| a ot OA ae een Dee LD fb

bet a i weve s

Phy 3' Wd Tanta a Lay at ' Ki etait nny ih ai Mite)

Wied 1 bef[eqite a iaPelotet ’ ‘ q i} - | By 4

a | lide ee Kt H RAB Weds lgaty Stony i Bia i) Y ik WHOM reat

Hat tt " “ qu Wade pepe le ly wits yt itn) ii sila

hasty pure AUS ae ABH i i's H ! Nirah

high va yen ily ty bind Hausa " i" Ts ba ny ihe WG ‘ it ie

je bite mt te hema) " : q ‘ ( YH YW Y Led

ra teil Ay tli ath rhs ‘tp Pa oR el ‘itd! i) Vrpe Hi eae na Nerd i

Ce ee Lee feleonn ia! AN is a Hal ya: {a 1d HAVING mn i ji Mi i pala i b aye

{ MY sey yiibabet i yi ti, iis fe phawe Hi hy Cee e f adie

ry) etd aaa URES He ai aa!

Fae area Mibitesta ened atta Hah rer iiaitn tive a

f D on ne at “ 2 ae 1a Maat ate A Weteey Ma i

i ty ie eal it hh A a BLAH Pro ili } p 4

\ , ; Malay Hin ait i tidy HI HEN lay nial Eee thy Ht Hit lay

pie RUM vet iii in te ! Wisin NPE ty

H Tiggi to sey the alee eae NS edney Wy

Soe al AVS MTEC ie i a aN i

it fu ts the Hh intl ie i tay ithe Md we ian BRAY UEU ho i

1 ' We rete itythe ae nt vt) } sora we 4) a i

Wy \! ahitiary? { ty oly {4 a b 7 ny athe Taied ih

i ‘ Iii (ih) uh) 4 7 H a) - Hite: ‘

' ‘ Hl iy ie hts if ty iit ne eles é

; i ea a | a ai

1 . =te : La) ans if ‘

ny \ any i Hy Pt ’ Nath th

' Ay Hi) tn Wit as

: ' ' ht Rea '

| | ba . |

Hf Weagt

’ |

te Hi = tt

ei ca He i

- ti ai ide Hai

aren ae! be Sle id

' a mW? mt)

' i nh) Wi

mag My nu

” t

‘a ‘ + t!

1 t i iret a a

' : Waa teat ) rh H a

; ‘ aE

: ao

; eh Wie th I ae

t 18 ty he ‘dre {

' ; a ns) . a.

i : ait

fe iii

A i p 7 Tai

; it

4 idvgiechy

agile,

‘

: vi

rs, FF My

1) May

itt asa

ee aL ui

Wie He Ca Cras te ing ja diege ay) igh ; oH F Hi aihay Sa fheepan

. oO ¢ a1 Ae a + vans i + Bie an fH ¥ “hg 4 1s “a : Jtdadses 4 ay

bees : . : 3 aed w Lia Uteea May it EP pRY Po

i a8 «8 rae | : ale wh H J hyt Vet baat F 4 eae } Was Sassy de

: Yo a. helt ‘ ab NE Dy ! i i { ts : Hats t ; coe

i : ¢ , ‘ : | H had 43

Stat

fiat -

eutied a

SSS

peas

TSS

‘ fy bya

’ Reet

ey eae

' ae 43)

mT)

wedeite 4

Poi)

ian att

i 1

; .

' Lita

‘

filet

Pune ba he

4 Tei

eddie

KEG00NP (938

Hibrary of the Museum |

COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY,

AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS.

Sounded by private subscription, i 1861.

WINS [NID NEB GNS

NO. GS Sip

AVG,.4 —~ DEC,27, (/&6f

THE ANNALS( |! \/!

AND | (

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,

WILLIAM S. DALLAS, F.L.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

VOL. VILL.—FIFTH SERIES.

Taal etl

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL,

4ND CO.; KENT AND CO.; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES, FOSTER, AND Cee DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN,

"1881.

PIL,

3 | | j

“ Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potentiz testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Harum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper ust WJ 4

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semiper

inimica fuit.”—Linnaus. xs :

‘Quel que soit le principé de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les owe pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opér year ’—Brucxner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,-

1767.

seach nyaiph pe caivay Metter hs The sylvan powers See

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their, garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme _

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too +

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

_ J. Tayuor, Norwich, 1818,

ALERE { FLAMMAM.

CONTENTS OF VOL, VILL.

[FIFTH SERIES. }

NUMBER XLIII.

Page

I. Contributions towards a General History of the Marine Polyzoa,

By the Rev. THomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S. (Plates I-IV.) ......

II. Description of a new Species of Alactaga from Mesopotamia.

By OLpFIELD Tuomas, F.Z.8., British Museum ................

III. Supposed new Species of Horse from Central Asia. By M.

POLIO 55 0 00 060 bb 0g oHdDOGEOCO ND DDIOdD DODO EG ODaD DOE NLS

IV. Notes on a small Collection of Rhynchota from Tokei, Japan.

BNP NY gid Uy J DESI BY AIT AC Mester LAS casts eho aM tA Mas Bernas cakes

V. Revision of the Lepidopterous Genus Azelina, with Descrip-

tions of new Species in the Collection of the British Museum. By

ATRIMENGIN, (Ch, ISWAMEINT, IN Ips. VAIS CIOs “os caoebodoacd oavegoode 29

VI. Supplementary Notes on the Flints and the Lithological Iden-

tity of the Chalk and Recent Calcareous Deposits in the Ocean. By

SHETGROI Mi aove IV Aucwertohe, MWLID), ooadenoooossobenepodone sn ovooe 46

Proceedings of the Geological Society .................4. ... 58—60

New Books:—On the Structure and A flinities of the Genus Monticuli-

pora and its Subgenera. By H. Atunyne Nicuouson, M.D.,

DSe., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., Prof. Nat. Hist. Univ. St. Andrews.—

Note-book of an Amateur Geologist. By J. E. Les, F.G.S.,

TS AAs ay eR CIO 18 2 occ: 0 GeO OnceR ORO AE Occ ee IERIE Ie nero oon 61, 65

On the Embryogeny of the Ascidians of the Genus Lithonephria, by M.

A. Giard; North-Atlantic Echinodermata, by MM. D.C. Daniels-

sen and J. Koren; On Dr. Karsch’s Subdivision of the Phry-

nidia, by A. G. Butler; On the Influence of the Marine Currents

in the Geographical Distribution of the Amphibious Mammalia,

and particularly of the Hared Seals, by M. E. L. Trouessart ;

On the Zoological Affinities of Halysites, by A. E. Verrill... .64—72

1v CONTENTS.

NUMBER XLIV.

Page

VII. On the perfect State of Prosopistoma punctifrons. By M.

/ausioieay \edeiaanioy | (LEWES G)\e oon oodcocucodandecocooncaocc 73

VIII. Notes on Indian Land and Freshwater Mollusks.—No. I.

On the Discrimination of the Sexes in the Genus Paludina. By J.

Woop-Mason, Deputy Superintendent, Indian Museum, Calcutta,

on Special Duty in Assam. ......0.0ee cece scene cere eres se ceees 85

IX. Description of a new Volute from the South Coast of Aus-

tralia. By FrepEerick M‘Coy, F.R.S., Professor of Natural Science,

University of Melbourne. "(late Villas cree ec oe 88

X. On some British Specimens of the “ Kammplatten” or

“ Kammleisten ” of Professor Fritsch. By THomas Srock, Natural-

History Department, Museum of Science and Art, Edinburgh.

(Gt iro A be eee te enna mb argi erinmninIn oyu Grn ral) 010.00 0 00005 < 90

XI. On some Mammals from the North-west Frontier of Kash-

pba) MBN lo OURS “Sos dadnonndbopoodVGdasueeddboGOd0tCCO0s: 95

XII. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida.—Order II.

Ceratinay By tly). Car man HES. cue) i (eylate1UX®)| ei renee 101

XIII. On the Development of the Fibre in the Spongida. By H.

Aj, (Cuusaman, Io Jes, Cas) (CHEM ID)) Wogbavascscebogaocbodogo0- 112

XIV. On an Organism which Penetrates and Excavates Siliceous

Sponge-spicula (Spongiophagus Carteri). By Prof. P. Martin

DUNCAN WHR Ss, bres. loyal Miacroscops SOc) (ccc. leet. 120.

XV. Contributions towards a General History of the Marine Poly-

zoa. By the Rev. THomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S. (Plates 1—-V.) 122

XVI. Observations on Aulastoma heluo. By Roperr TEMPLE-

On Bey (Celene MIMUE S Gaasen nena caseogbodotnoana anos ooon: 187

XVII. A Note on the Characters of the Genus Crossaster, with

the Description of a new Species. By I’. JEFrrey Betx, M.A..... 140

XVIII. Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.-—Revision of the Atré-

nicides and Amphionychides of Tropical America. By H. W. BaTEs,

ES ES years Se bids el becasentd nleseders’s « 2014 Oa 142

Proceedings of the Geological Society................-.-+.: 153—158

New Books :—Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New

South Wales for 1879.—Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists’

Society, 1879.—Proceedings of the Yorkshire Geological and

leollvael ama saeieiiy, USO) Gy bbbasooundsodoss0ecaagnD0s 158, 159

On some remarkable Fossil Fishes from the Devonian Rocks of

Scaumenac Bay, in the Province of Quebec, by J. F. Whiteaves ;

Migrations of the Poplar-Aphis (Pemphigus bursarius, Linn.), by

CONTENTS. Vv

Page

M. J. Lichtenstein; Metamorphosis of Pedicellina, by M. J.

Barrois; On the Structure of the Oothece of the Mantides, and

the Hatching and first Moult of the Larve, by M. C. Brongniart ;

Observations on Cladocor yne floccosa, by M. Duplessis ; Observa-

tions on the Structure of Dictyophyton and its Affinities with

certain Sponges, by R. P. Whitfield .................. 159—167

NUMBER XLV.

XIX. On the Penzidea. By C. Sprncrt Bare, F.R.S. &e.

(Plates XT. & XID)... cece eee eee eee 169

XX. Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.—Revision of the Airénicides

and Amphionychides of Tropical America. By H. W. BaTEs, F.R.S.,

FAS fopsectin 8 oh dictatoteaei vires eacave a ecdiieyn ialsuebetohaaaenaenl «Sane olathe Manarenetened ae 196

XXI. On a Collection of Crustacea made by Baron Hermann

Maltzan at Goree Island, Senegambia. By Epwarp J. Mrimrs,

Jaslbgsl, Ash. (Celene OUD. Leena ge eam nea eeaodnom coc. 204

_ XXII. Remarks upon Mr, Wood-Mason’s Paper “On the Discri-

mination of the Sexes in the Genus Paludina.” By Epaar A. Smiru 220

XXIII. On Spongiophaga in Spongilla. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S.

XXIV. On some Mammals from Kandahar. By J.Scutty .... @.

Proceedings of the Dublin Microscopical Club .- 229—235

Observations on Stedon lichenoides, by William E. Carlin; On the

Nature of Dictyophyton, by R. P. Whitfield ; Note on the Strue-

ture of a Specimen of Uphantenia from the Collection of the

American Museum of Natural History, New York City, by Dr.

J. W. Dawson; Mortality of Fish in the Gulf of Mexico; Rhi-

zopods the FE ood of some VOWS IIINES go occnceocep aces 235—240

NUMBER XLVI.

XXYV. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida.—Order I.

Carnosa. By H. J. Cartsr, F.R.S. eee |. ene 241

XXVI. On a Collection of Crustacea made by Baron Hermann

Maltzan at Goree Island, Senegambia. By Epwarp J. Mimrs,

ADS AMEN ZS rod cna sissy Poieels ehepegMeeed ere, stato, oh 23 Jo. veut hey ARNEL ORO 259

XXVII. Dr. H. AptER’s Researches on the Alternating Genera-

tion of the Gall-flies of the Oak 281

o— XXVIII. Note on Wagnerella borealis, a Protozoan. By C.

MERESCHKOWSKY

Vi CONTENTS.

, Page

XXIX. Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.—Revision of the Atréni-

cides and Amphionychides of Tropical America. By H. W. Barss,

LOM caer On) Wie maine en ae en wR EAR n: NEES DO <0 290

XXX. An Account of the Sphinges and Bombyeces collected by

Lord Walsingham in North America during the Years 1871-72.

ley Ainumenone (Cf, IBiomiime, I bAShy IVAS5 CIs cooccscn0eocd0ocs occ 306

XXXI. Description of a new Species of the Genus TZrichoplus

(Coleoptera, Cremastochilide). By Cuartes O. WATERHOUSE .. 319

New Book:—A Handbook of the Vertebrate Fauna of Yorkshire,

being a Catalogue of British Mammals, Birds, Reptiles, Am-

phibians, and Fishes, showing what Species are or have, within

Historical Periods, been found in the County. By W. Haein

Cruarkniand We DENISON iOEBUCK © .oeeraner ene ee ab.

On the Origin of the Ovum in the Hydroids, by M. A. de Varenne ;

Biological Evolution of the Aphis of the Alder (Vacuna alni,

sidaveialic)), loyy Wily dig iG heen aon cagoonsbcdceanadoo> 521, 323

NUMBER XLVII.

XXXII. : On Hair-worms in the Collection of the British Museum.

By Dri ORnnEY.( 7 (Plate Xavi) aerate atone rconte ane 325

XXXIII. Noteson the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No. XII.

Some Cambrian and Silurian Leperditie and Primitie. By Prof. T.

RuPERT Jones, FR.S., F.G.S. (Plates XIX. & XX.)-.7.5...5... 332

XXXIV. Ctenoptychius or Kammplatten. By T. P. Barxas,

PEGS esol Sie.boa: cus ite bis pe led eons ete ae ero eT REE one eens ae 350

XXXYV. On Spongiophaga Potisi, n.sp. By H. J. Carrer, F.RS.

Scape blate KOVAL), cs... oomkelbetteyaidesro clots oft eRe rs eae 304

XXXVI. On Aphelorrhina simillima, Westwood (Coleoptera, Ceto-

iid) by OHARTES O: WATERHOUSE: cei.) eieitsiie ce oes 362

XXXVII. On a Collection of Crustacea made by Baron Hermann

Maltzan at Goree Island, Senegambia. By Epwarp J. Mrmrs,

Ine) Lisboa da Sos on On OOD ooo do COMBE GAS EON Gc0 0a. 364

XXXVIII. Description of the Animal of Durgella Christiane, a

Species of Land Shell from the Andaman Islands. By Lieut.-Colonel

Ee Ee Gomwin-AUSPEN, HVS. eR Z.S:ecCam. ccs oe 377

XXXIX. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocerous Lepi-

doptera from Sumatra. By ArrHur G. Burien, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c. 379

New Books:—A Treatise on Comparative Embryology. By Francis

M. Batrour. Vol. 11.—Compte Rendu des Excursions (1) aux

Environs de Renaix, (2) aux Knvirons de Bruxelles, (8) dans le

Boulonnais, (4) dans le Quaternaire de la Vallée de la Somme.

Par A. Ruror.—(6) Sur les Restes de Mammifeéres Terrestres

dans les couches de ’Eocéne de Belgique. Par A. Rurot,—

(6) Les Terrains Tertiaires de la Belgique. Par A. Ruror et

G. VincenT.—Monograph of the British Aphides. By Grorex

BOW DEER BUCKDON Eee ieiiere iia leita ile cb cr ererns 382—384

CONTENTS, Vu

Page

On a Curious Phenomenon of Prefecundation observed in a Spionide

Worm, by M. A. Giard; Some new Genera of freshwater

Sponges, by EH. Potts; A new Form of Freshwater Sponge ;

Note on the Structure of the Posterior Foot of Toxodon, by EK.

D. Cope; Contributions to the Study of the Flagellata, by M.

Jip iCuastlene os cle ctin siaysre apie rynerehs cneicee ot siel va veseapanelt 386—390

; NUMBER XLVIIL.

=~ XL. On some Arctic Foraminifera from Soundings obtained on

~ the Austro-Hungarian North-Polar Expedition of 1872-1874. By

Jobonmmye 15} Jeune, oles, Cela LOG) acoocnecannnanoagnoonon 393

XII. On certain Points in the Morphology of the Blastoidea. By

P. HerBert CARPENTER, M.A., Assistant Master at Eton College. 418

XLIT. On the Genera Ctenoptychius, Agassiz; Ctenopetalus, Agas-

siz; and Harpacodus, Agassiz. By Jamus W. Davis, F.G.S8., F.L.S. 424

XLII. The Organization of Cenogoniwm, and the Theory of

Hichens Me by Drop VOGEE Rais siete ccm inal sees arene meee nee 497

XLIV. Report on a Collection made by Mr. T. Conry in Ascension

Island. By Dr. A. GintueEr, H. A. Smiru, E. J. Mimrs, C. O.

WATERHOUSH, Ky Jy snizny andes On oruED Bivens seen ese ... 480

XLV. Description of a new Species of the Genus Archaster from

ste Jalellemar,, LBs 18; diioisgeiony Jexooim, MIN, S ooooneadeonscboncoese 440

XLVI. Description of two new Species of Shells.) By EpeGar A.

SS MiVASELomey sgt ere cette teats nc i oRctotn ch taderey ian edt av een oh SNL ote eee 44]

New Book:—The Formation of Vegetable Mould through the

Action of Worms, with Observations on their Habits. By

Cieisinsls Deena, Ili ID IIS aooccadsgaaduegon0caceds 443

Dutch Mollusca, by J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S.; An Abbrevi-

ated Metamorphosis in Alpheus heterochelis, by A. S. Packard,

Jun.; Observations on the Rotifera of the Genus Melicerta, by

M. Joliet; Addendum to our Knowledge of the Carnosa, by H.

J. Carter, F.R.S. &c.; On the Circulatory System of Spatangus

purpureus, by M. R. Koehler; Jurassic Birds and their Allies,

by Prof. O. C. Marsh ; Contributions to the Natural History of

the Compound Ascidia of the Bay of Naples, by Dr. A. Della

Valle; On the Vitality of the Germs of Artemia salinaand Ble-

pharisma lateritia, by M. A. Certes; The Tertiary Lake-basin

of Florissant, Colorado, by 8. H. Scudder; On the Nature of

Craropiycus by, CRW Nialcottr cer mera sess 446-—459

PLATES IN VOL. VIII.

Prater I)

“Ia. |

/AUL. Marine Polyzoa.

Png |

“Vi. “Kammplatten” of Prof. Fritsch.

“VII. Voluta Roadnightz.

YVIIT. Aulastoma heluo.

+ IX. Ceratine Sponges—Development of the Fibre in the Spongida.

X. Prosopistoma puuctifrons.

AL New Penzidea.

oe + Crustacea from Goree Island.

gi ROYAL }

“XVII. Spongiophaga Pottsi.

» XVIII. Structure of the Gordiide.

XIX.

XX.

/XXI. Arctic Foraminifera.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.

sen Chat nn am Nery ia ee ve ee ’

Vol. 8 FIFTH SERIES. No. 45.

.————

THE ANNALS |

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

No. XLITI.

JULY 1881.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM S. DALLAS, F.L.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ““ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH THREE PLATES.

Illustrative of the Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a General History ©

of the Marine Polyzoa.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sold by Longmans, Green, Reader, and Dyer; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.;

Whittaker & Co.: Bailliere, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh : Hodges, Foster,

see & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin. fe har

On July Ist, Part I. 2s 6d.,

THE MICROGRAPHIC DICTIONARY:

A Guide to the Examination and Investigation of the Structure and —

Ne -Nature of Microscopic Objects.

_ By J. W. GRIFFITH, M.D. &ec.,

and

ARTHUR HENFREY, F.R:S., &c., Professor of Botany in King’s

College, London.

Fourtsx Epririon, illustrated by 55 Plates and more than 800 Woodcuts.

Edited by Dr. Grirriru, assisted by the Rey. M. J. Berxeney and

Prof. T. RupERT JoNEs.

To be completed in about twenty-one Monthly Parts.

JoHuNn VAN Voorst, 1 Paternoster Row.

Too much dependence placed on embryogeny, or else our knowledge of it not yet

complete.

ON :

SYSTEMATIC ZOOLOGY,

INCLUDING A

NEW ARRANGEMENT OF THE MAMMALIA.

By B. CLARKE, F.L.S., M-R.C.S.

Second Edition, 4to, with a Folio Table. Price 4s. 6d.

Wituiams and Noreatsz, 14 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, and

F. A. Brocknaus, Leipzic.

Having passed through various hands, this work is now offered as the com-

pletion of an Outline of the Natural System of Zoology by the position of the

Ovaries and Oviducts. The system of Mammalia is quite new.

‘“‘T am very glad that you have seen your way to the laying of your labours

before the zoologist, by whom, whether they are generally accepted as the best

basis of a practical classification or not, they must be regarded as a valuable

exposition of an important element in anatomical structure and of the affinities

involved in it.”—Dr. G. J. ALLMAN, June 7, 1881.

“Mr. Benjamin Clarke, one of our most careful observers.” —Mr. BEnTHAM, ©

Proc. Ininn. Soe. vol. vi. p. lxix.

‘Important to University and Natural-History Libraries, the number of copies

being limited to 160.

THE ACCOMPLISHMENT OF THE LONG-SOUGHT

NATURAL SYSTEM OF BOTANY.

Leaving the position of not a single Order or well-known Genus doubtful,

By B. CLARKE, F.L:S., M.R.C.S.

Folio, with 8 Folio Tables and a Plate. Price to Subscribers, at present 7s. 6d.,

to Non-Subscribers 20s.

Address, the Auraor, 2 Mount Vernon, Hampstead, London, N.W.

“Mr. Benjamin Clarke, one of our most careful observers.” —Mr. BENTHAM,

Proce. Linn. Soc. vol. vi. p. Lxix.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science.

A Journal devoted to Physics, Astronomy, Mechanics, Chemistry, Mineralogy,

and the allied Sciences. Monthly, price 2s, 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices:—

A set of the First Series, from 1798 to 1826 (wanting a few plates), in

68 volumes. Price £15.

The Second Series, from 1827 to 18382, in 11 volumes. Price £2 4s.

The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850, Pee Sek

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES.]

eee stccvasiesess per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Iée, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

NV. Parthenti Giannettasii Eel. 1.

No. 43. JULY 1881.

1.— Contributions towards a General History of the Marine

Polyzoa. By the Rev. THomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S.

{Continued from vol. vii. p. 161.]

[Plates I-IV. ]

VI. POLYZOA FROM BASS’S STRAITS.

THE present paper will be devoted chiefly to a report on the

new forms which occur in the dredgings obtained by Capt.

W. H. Cawne Warren in Bass’s Straits, and presented by

him to the Liverpool Free Museum *.

The whole collection, which wé owe to Capt. Warren’s

intelligent use of opportunities which are commonly wasted,

is a very interesting one; and he has the merit of having

made an important addition to our knowledge of the fauna of

the Australian seas. mE He AS

The material submitted to me for examination is compa-

* A list of the species detected in this very interesting collection, in-

cluding a diagnosis of such as appear to be new, has been presented to the

Liverpool Philosophical and Literary Society, and will be published in its

‘Transactions.’ The type specimens are deposited in the Liverpool Free

Museum.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. vin. 1

2 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards

ratively small in amount; but it has yielded no less than

ninety species, of which twenty-three appear to be undescribed.

I say appear to be undescribed ; for I confess that in several

cases I have had the greatest difficulty in making out the

forms intended by previous writers ; and in the interest of all

students I venture to protest against meagre diagnoses without

fieures as a serious Injury to science.

The greatest depth from which dredgings were obtained

seems to have been 40 fathoms: a large proportion of the

species were taken in the neighbourhood of Curtis Island.

Of the ninety species included in the collection, twenty-two

(or about a quarter) are Kuropean forms and occur on our

own coasts. ‘They are as follows :—

Eucratea chelata, Lenn. Rhynchopora bispinosa, Johnst.

Cellaria fistulosa, Linn., var. Porella concinna, Bush.

Membranipora lineata, Linn. Smittia Landsborovii, Johnst., var.

Micropora coriacea, Esper, var. reticulata, J. Mac Gill., and var.

Cribrilina radiata, Moll. —— trispinosa, Johunst.

Microporella ciliata, Padl., vars. Stomatopora Johnstoni (P), Heller.

Malusii, dud. dilatans (?), Johnst.

Schizoporella Cecilii, Aud. Idmonea atlantica, EZ. Forbes.

biaperta, Michelin. Diastopora suborbicularis, Hincks.

Hippothoa divaricata, Lame. patina, Lamk.

distans, MacGill. (=H. fla- Lichenopora hispida, Fleming.

gellum).

The most interesting special points determined by means

of Capt. Warren’s collection are undoubtedly the structural

peculiarities of Membranipora radicifera, n. sp., and Cribri-

lina ferox, MacGill., which are noticed in the account of

those species.

Suborder CHEILOSTOMATA.

Family Cellulariide.

CABEREA, Lamouroux.

Caberea grandis, n. sp.

(Pl. IIL. figs. 4, 4a, 40.)

Zoarium dichotomously branched. Zowcia in from three to

six rows, subquadrate; aperture subelliptical, sunk, the inner

surface of the cell-wall minutely roughened ; two spines on

the outer margin above, and one on the inner; operculum

with avery broad peduncle, entire, pretty regularly oval, with

a loop-like marking across the centre; on the outer edge of

the marginal cells, a little below the vibraculum, a small

sessile avicularium, elongate, tapering off to a point below,

a General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 3

the upper extremity occupied by a triangular mandible; below

each of the inner cells two small raised avicularia, with

pointed mandible directed downwards* ; occasionally gigantic

avicularia resembling those on the marginal cells (except in

size) distributed over the zoarium. Vebracular grooves ex-

tending to the very base of the organ; seta of great length

and serrate. Occiwm immersed, smooth; front flattened,

surrounded by a raised border.

Loc. Off Curtis Island.

In some cases the large avicularia, of the same type as those

‘on the marginal cells, scattered amongst the zocecia are a

striking character; but they are very commonly wanting.

The vibracular seta in this species is of remarkable length.

Caberea rudis, Busk, which was originally described from

Bass’s-Straits specimens, also occurs in Capt. Warren’s

collection.

Family Membraniporide.

MeEmBRANIPORA, De Blainville.

Membranipora pyrula, n. sp.

(Ries 25)

Membranipora lineata, MacGillivray, Prodr. Zoology of Victoria, Polyzoa,

decade 3, p. 34, pl. xxvi. fig. 3.

Zoecia pyriform, quincuncial, hyaline, silvery; area elon-

gate-oval, occupying three fourths of the length, wholly

covered in by membrane, surrounded by a thickened border,

from which spring on each side four broad flattened spines

with an expanded base, which bend over the area and meet

in the centre; a single spine at the bottom, or (sometimes)

two or three; on each side of the semicircular orifice an erect

spine; the portion of the cell below the area smooth and

glassy, the base subtruncate or (sometimes) pointed. Large,

elongate, subspatulate avicularia, with dark-coloured mandible,

distributed amongst the zocecia, occupying a distinct area and

replacing a cell. Oacia somewhat: elongate, smooth, with a

central keel running from the margin to the summit, and on

each side of it, close to the margin, a fossa.

Loc. Bass’s Straits, very common.

This handsome species is undoubtedly identical with the

M. lineata of MacGallivray’s work on the Victorian Polyzoa ;

but it has no claim whatever to the Linnean name.

* Except when the ocecium is present, in which case it points upwards.

p Pp p P 18 p

4 Rey. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards

Membranipora inarmata, n. sp.

(PI. IV. fig. 4.)

Zoecia ovate, placed closely together in lines, alternate

(quincuncially disposed) ; aperture occupying the whole of

the front, with membranous covering; margins raised, thin,

smooth, bearing on each side from four to six tall, straight,

silvery, pointed spines, which are inclined inwards towards the

centre; at the top asingle erect spine on each side. Avicu-

laria none. Occtum rounded, very shallow, just covering the

extremity of the cell, smooth, silvery, often projecting into a

point in front, with a broad calcareous band stretching over it.

Loc. Bass’s Straits, on shell.

In this species the acutely-pointed spines do not bend

abruptly over the cell, but incline inwards slightly towards

the centre, the tips almost meeting. The cells are very

regularly disposed in lines and are placed close together ;

those in neighbouring rows alternate, so that the arrangement

is quincuncial. The band across the ocecium is formed by

the margin of the cell above it. Avicularia seem to be totally

wanting. There is nothing very distinctive in this form; but

I cannot identify it with any described species.

Membranipora vitrea, n. sp.

(PI. I. fig. 1.)

Zoecia regularly oval, very shallow; area occupying the

whole front, and closed in entirely by membrane; margin

thin, smooth; two rather stout spines on each side at the

top. Oacium smooth, glassy, broader than high, rather

flattened, with a raised triangular figure in front, from the

apex of which a rib passes off to the back. Zoariwm forming

a delicate network of very fine glassy material.

Loc. Off Curtis Island.

The cells are remarkable for their extreme regularity of form.

Membranipora punctigera, n. sp.

(PL. IID. fig. 3.)

Zoecia elongate-ovate, commonly running to a point below ;

aperture ovate or elliptical, with a membranous covering, occu-

pying more than three fourths of the front, the remainder

being filled in by a thin minutely-punctate lamina, which is

continued up the sides as a narrow edging; margin raised,

thin, smooth ; at the bottom of most of the cells an avicula-

rium, slightly raised, with an acute mandible directed upwards.

a General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 5

Oecium rounded, smooth and silvery, somewhat compressed,

on the front an area inclosed by a raised line, which is

minutely pitted over.

Loc. Off Curtis Island, on Retepora &e.

Membranipora radicifera, n. sp.

(Pl. Il. figs. 6, 6 a, 60.)

Zoecia very large, quincuncial, ovate, attached by means of

numerous slender radical tubes given off from the dorsal sur-

face; aperture occupying the whole front, with a membranous

covering; margin rather thin and smooth; two short and

stout spines at the top of the cell, and a little below on one

side a single forked spine; opposite to it a very large sessile

avicularium, placed on the margin and occupying a great

proportion of the side, somewhat turned over towards the

area, with a rather slender pointed mandible, directed upwards,

the beak hooked at the extremity ; occasionally an avicu-

larium on each side of the zocecium. Owcium (2).

Loc. Bass’s Straits, spreading over soft mud.

This is the most interesting form which occurs in the

Warren collection. It is, 1 believe, the only known Mem-

branipora in which attachment is effected by means of tubular

fibres emitted from the dorsal surface of the zocecia. In

other cases the members of this genus adhere directly by the

base of the zoarium, which is closely soldered to the substance

on which the polyzoon grows. But in M. radicifera each

cell gives off a cluster of very long slender tubes, so that the

inferior surface of the zoarium is completely villous (PI. II.

fig.66). This structural modification points of course to some

peculiarity of habitat; and accordingly we find that the

Bass’s-Straits specimens had evidently been spreading over a

soft mud filled with small particles of shell, stone, &c., into

which the long rootlets had penetrated, thus holding the poly-

zoon firmly to its place. Whether the structure is constant

in the species as it now exists, or whether it is an exceptional

adaptation to peculiar circumstances, | am not in a position to

say. It exists in all the specimens I have examined; but

they were all subject to the same conditions.

We have instances of remarkable plasticity in the radical

appendages of the Cellulariide; but in this case the very

existence of a radical appendage is an anomaly, attachment

being effected in this tribe, as 1 have said, by simple adhesion.

Another structural peculiarity occurs in this species which

deserves notice. The cells are not united in the usual way ;

they are partially disjunct (Pl. II. fig. 6a). Hach one is

6 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards

connected with its neighbours by six stout but very short

processes, which originate one at each extremity of the cell

and two on each side. ‘These six connecting-bands are sepa-

rated by as many rather deep depressions or hollows, which

do not, however, pass through the zoarium. ‘The disconnec-

tion of the cells therefore is only partial; but we have in this

structure a most interesting transition-form between the solid

and compact zoarium and the disjunct and retiform condition,

which distinguishes the genus Diachoris. 'The dorsal surface

of the zocecium in MM, radicifera is decidedly convex, and

always bears a number of small raised tubular processes, from

which the radical tubes originate. The latter are very slender

and often of great length.

The avicularium of this species is of a very interesting type.

Though perfectly sessile and fixed, it is to a large extent of

the bird’s-head form, and represents a developmental stage

which is not far distant from the highest or articulated grade.

In M. Carteri (see ‘ Annals’ for July 1880, pl. x1. fig. 8),

which has a movable avicularium, we have a link between

Membranipora and Bugula; through the present species the

former genus is connected with Dzachoris, which has the

closest affinity with Bugula. Wescem here to catch a glimpse

of the lines along which the evolution of the Bicellarian forms

may have proceeded.

Membranipora inornata, un. sp.

(Pl. IV. fig. 5.)

Zoecia quincuncial, shallow, obscurely six-sided, often

rounded at the top and bottom; margins thin, smooth ; aper-

ture occupying the whole of the front, with a membranous

covering, which lies on a level with the rim of the cell;

orifice placed at the very top of the aperture in a kind of

recess in the margin, much broader than high (almost trans-

versely elliptical), the margin rising a little above it, and

very slightly hollowed out to receive it. Ocwciwm(?). Zoa-

rium flat, depressed, of a brownish colour.

Loc. Bass’s Straits, on shell.

This species bears a very close resemblance in many points

to M. hexagona, Busk ; but a comparison of it with a British

specimen of the latter (for which I am indebted to Mr. Busk’s

kindness) shows them to be distinct. The cells of IZ. enornata

are much larger than those of M. hexagona, and much less

recularly hexagonal; the orifice is much larger and of a

different shape, that of the British species being small, almost

semicircular, and placed at some little distance from the top.

a General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 7

In the present form the membranous wall appears to be of

stouter material, and the margins of the cells are more

distinct; the zoarium is always of a brownish colour. <A figure

of M. hexagona is given for comparison with the present

form (Pl. IV. fig. 6).

Family Microporide.

Microprora, Gray.

Micropora coriacea, Ksper, var.

The variety without the marginal knobs, which Ihave figured

In a previous paper (‘ Annals,’ November 1880, pl. xvi.

fig. 6), occurs amongst Capt. Warren’s dredgings. The

avicularia, which are sparingly developed on British speci-

pets of this species, are very abundant on those from Aus-

tralia.

STEGANOPORELLA, Smitt.

Steganoporella magnilabris, Busk.

This species, which is commonly found incrusting, forms in

Bass’s Straits erect, bilaminate, foliaceous expansions of con-

siderable size; it was obtaimed by Pourtales in a similar

condition off the coast of Florida. It seems to be very vari-

able in its mode of growth, and might pass in turn for a

Lepralia, Eschara, and Siphoneila, under the older systems.

Family Cribrilinide.

CRIBRILINA, Gray.

Cribrilina ferox, MacGillivray.

I have some doubt whether this curious species should be

referred to the genus Cribrilina. ‘The structure of the cell-

wall seems to be peculiar, and may possibly afford a basis for

a new generic group; but my specimens do not yield the

material for a satisfactory study of the development of the

zocecium.

It is a point of much interest (not noted in MacGillivray’s

description) that this species exhibits the remarkable peculi-

arities which I have described as occurring in Membranipora

radicifera.

The cells are connected as in the latter form; and the

zoarium is attached by means of radical tubes originating

from the dorsal surface. The specimens which occur are

growing upon sponge, the soft substance of which is pene-

8 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards

trated to some depth by a multitude of the slender rootlets.

Whether the species is ever found on hard bodies, attached in

the usual way, Ido not know. All the specimens which I

have examined are furnished with the radical appendages ;

and taking into account the convexity of the dorsal surface, I

should have been inclined to suppose that this is the normal

condition, and that in M. radicifera and Cribrilina ferox we

have forms specially modified for life on soft or porous sub-

stances. But as MacGillivray states that the species is found

incrusting Algez, the question whether the radical appendages

are provisional or permanent structures can only be settled

after further investigation*.

Cribrilina tubulifera, n. sp.

(PL. I. fig. 7.)

Zoecia oval, white, the front occupied by a flattened area

of about the width of the orifice, which is surrounded (except

above) by a row of erect tubular processes (about fourteen)

open at the top; the inclosed space crossed by shallow de-

pressions or furrows, in each of which are situated four rather

large pores; numerous minute slightly raised foramina irre-

gularly distributed ; outside the line of tubules the cell-wall,

which descends abruptly, is broken up into a number of

lobate processes separated by narrow elongate spaces ; orifice

arched above, lower margin straight, peristome not raised,

three spines above, two of which are usually very slightly

divided at the top. Occtwm (?).

Two small colonies occur on shell.

Cribrilina speciosa, n. sp.

(Pl. I. fig. 8.)

Zoartum of a brownish colour. Zowcra large, usually elon-

gate-ovate (sometimes shorter), quincuncial, distinct, not very

convex, carinate, a large proportion of the front occupied by

an oval areatraversed down the centre by a prominent keel, from

which ridges (7-12) pass to the border, the furrows between

them not punctured; area surrounded by a narrow margin

of smooth cell-wall; orifice suborbicular, rather contracted

below ; no spines or avicularia. Owciwm large and rounded,

smooth, dense, whitish, slightly flattened im front, and above

the flat space rising into a knob, from which a shallow sig-

moid fissure descends on each side.

* [ have a specimen spreading over a tough fibrous substance (? stem

of weed) into which the radical fibres (which are present in great abun-

dance) have penetrated, binding the polyzoon closely and firmly to the

surface.

a General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 9

Loe. Off Curtis Island, on shell, forming a large spreading

atch.

This handsome species belongs to the same group as C.

Jigularis.

Cribrilina monoceros ?, MacGillivray.

(Pl. III. fig. 6.)

Zoecia subcylindrical or ovate, flattish, separated by a

smooth raised line, highly calcified and confluent in older

states; the whole of the front surface pierced by numerous

holes of various shapes and sizes, some of them large; orifice

well arched above, lower margin straight, with a strong central

mucro, on the front of which is a small pointed avicularium,

the mandible directed upwards ; immediately above the orifice

two or three small pointed avicularia; four oral spines, two

on the upper margin, tall, slender, forked at the extremity,

and two (placed one on each side) just within the peristome,

immediately above the lower margin, articulated, tall and very

stout, forked ; frequently great numbers of avicularia of vari-

ous forms distributed over the zoarium. Occium rounded,

subimmersed, smooth, often with a thickened rib round the

opening, and bearing usually several small avicularia, closed

by a large, dark-coloured operculum.

Loc. Bass’s Straits, very common on shells, Retepore, &e.

I refer this form doubtfully to the Lepralia monoceros of

MacGillivray. Ifthe two are indeed identical, his brief de-

scription must have been founded on imperfect specimens ; for

it omits some important characters, such as the avicularium

on the mucro and the forked spines.

The species varies much with age, and in its older states

presents a flat uniform surface (the boundaries of the cells

being obliterated) completely covered with large perforations.

When young the surtace is bright and somewhat shining.

There is sometimes only one of the large articulated spines *.

In certain states there is a remarkable profusion of avicularia

of various forms: some, very large, elongate, raised and

laced on a distinct area, occur chiefly on the margin of the

colony (Pl. III. fig. 6a); others of a smaller sizé and sessile

are scattered abundantly over the cells, whilst occasionally a

very different kind is present in great numbers, which is erect,

and rises considerably above the surface, rounded on one side

and having on the other a triangular mandible, directed

straight upwards. I have also met with a spatulate form.

* MacGillivray’s description, ‘a large thick vibraculum or spine below

the mouth on one side” does not apply to this appendage, which is placed

within the peristome.

10 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards

Remarkable as the profusion and variety of these appendages

are In many cases, specimens frequently occur in which only

the oral avicularia are present.

Family Microporellide.

MicroporELia, Hincks.

Microporella (Eschara) mucronata, MacGillivray.

This species is very common amongst the dredgings, some-

times forming large erect and branching zoaria, sometimes

creeping on shells, in which state it bears a general resem-

blance to M. violacea. In all cases it originates in a crust

of larger or smaller extent, from the middle of which the erect

stems rise.

I have little doubt that this form is identical with the

Eschara lichenoides of Busk, though not with Milne-

Edwards’s species of that name*. Busk describes two

avicularia, situated one on each side immediately below the

mouth, whilst MacGillivray only notes one placed centrally ;

but the fact is that both conditions occur on one and the same

specimen: the younger cells have very frequently the pair

of avicularia; in the older portions of the colony there is more

commonly one. The cluster of stellate pores is the distinctive

character. If I am right in supposing that M.-Edwards’s

E. lichenoides is a different form, MacGillivray’s name will

hold its place, unless, indeed, the older EL. coscinophora of

Reuss should prove to be the same thing.

In older states, as calcification advances, the front of the

cell is occupied in great part by a large oblong depression,

within which the orifice and the pores, and not unfrequently

the avicularia, are included.

I have referred to the resemblance between the cell of this

species and that of M. violacea: their leading features, which

are sufficiently marked, are identical ; and it is impossible not

to recognize a close relationship between them; yet in the

older systems these kindred forms are relegated to distinet

families, simply because, though they both commence life as

incrusting species, one of them grows upward when adult.

HAPLOPORELLA, n. gen.

Gen. char.—Zocecia destitute of a membranous area or

aperture, and of raised margins ; orifice arched above, with the

lower lip entire; no special pores.

* Kirchenpauer has pointed out that Busk’s species is quite distinct

from that of Milne-Edwards.

a General Mistory of the Marine Polyzoa. 11

This group is formed for species with a Microporellidan

orifice, but destitute of the median pore, which is so striking

a character of the genus Microporella. It is difficult to

believe that this structure has no special significance ; it is at

least a much better clue to affinity than mode of growth.

If this be so, the Microporellidan forms from which it is

absent may well be set apart as a distinct group*.

Haploporella nodulifera, nu. sp.

(Pl. I. fig. 4.)

Zoecia massive and thick-walled, ovate, irregularly dis-

posed, of a brownish colour; a depressed area extending

downwards from a little below the orifice, and occupying a

large proportion of the front, the cell-wall elevated around it,

surface minutely roughened and punctured; orifice arched

above, inferior margin straight; peristome slightly raised,

three spines on the upper edge, with a black base; at each

side of the orifice, on a level with the lower margin, a promi-

nent nodule, often of a rich brown colour and polished.

Oacium (?).

A single colony only has occurred on shell.

Haploporella lepida, n. sp.

(BI sire 3323)

Zoecia hexagonal, very regular in shape, quincuncial, sepa-

rated by somewhat shallow sutures and raised lines, slightly

convex ; surface minutely granular, shining, of a delicate

greyish colour; orifice arched above, much broader than high,

lower margin straight, rather raised and everted ; peristome

thin; a rather large circular perforation on each side a little

below the orifice, and commonly a few others, usually smaller,

round the edge of the cell. Occasionally an avicularium,

placed on a distinct area, at the bottom of a cell, with an

elongate mandible directed upwards. Occiuwm globose, pro-

minent, granular.

Loc. Off Curtis Island, on shells.

A very pretty species, singularly regular and neat in ap-

pearance.

* Smitt’s genus LEscharipora (as far as I understand it) is founded

for Microporellidan forms with more than a single pore. But the physio-

logical significance is the same, whether there be one or many, and the

pees seems to be unimportant ; so also are differences in the shape of

the pore.

12 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards

Family Porinide.

Porta, D’Orbigny.

Porina (Eschara) gracilis, Lamouroux.

(Pl. III. fig. 5.)

Zoarium erect, irregularly branched, somewhat compressed.

Zoecia elongate, confluent, quincuncially disposed, the wall

rising towards the orifice ; surface reticulato-punctate ; orifice,

in young cells, arched above, the lower margin slightly curved

inward; in adult cells suborbicular, moderately raised, the

peristome thickened and bearing several (sometimes as many

as six) round avicularia; at a very short distance below the

orifice an elongate pore (which frequently becomes round as

calcification proceeds). Small circular avicularia often dis-

tributed irregularly over the cells. Occtwm immersed.

Loc. Curtis Island, not uncommon.

Busk does not notice the oral avicularia; the two mamil-

lary projections mentioned by him are avicularian. MacGil-

livray describes the pore as round; it is primarily elongate.

Family Myriozoide (part.), Smitt.

ScHIZOPORELLA, Hincks.

Schizoporella biaperta, Michelin (?=Lepralia megasoma,

MacGillivray).

This species occurs in two conditions, incrusting and with

an erect branching zoarium, often of very considerable size,

the branches cylindrical. I can find no characters in the cell

of the latter to distinguish it from that of the more usual

crustaceous form. Mr. Waters records an Hischarine variety

from the Sicilian Pliocene, which is erect and foliaceous; so

that this widely distributed form exhibits the most striking

differences in its habit of growth.

Schizoporella triangula, n. sp.

(PI. II. figs. 4, 4a.)

Zoecia subquadrangular, depressed, arranged in linear

series, bordered by a raised line; surface reticulato-punctate,

or thickly covered with nodules ; orifice subtriangular, margin

not raised, a sinus below marked off by two lateral dentate

processes; immediately below the orifice an elongate avicu-

lartwm, with pointed mandible directed straight downwards,

either immersed or with the beak standing out prominently.

a General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 13

Oacium very large, covering almost the whole of the cell

above it, rounded, often traversed by raised white lines, with

one or more projecting pointed processes on each side in front,

overhanging the opening, and opposite to them on the lower

margin two (sometimes more) strong conical teeth; surface

covered with large nodules and punctured ; orifice of the ovi-

celligerous cell very large, elongated transversely, with a

slightly sinuated lower margin.

Loc. Bass’s Straits, 40 fms., common.

The zocecia are often very irregularly disposed, turned in

all ways, and variable in shape. They are sometimes much

more convex than is usual, and ovate, losmg much of the

normal appearance. ‘These irregularities occur amongst the

secondary cells, which are developed upon the primitive layer.

The typical character is very constant in the primaries.

S. triangula belongs to the S. linearis group.

Schizoporella tumida, n. sp.

(Pl. I. fig. 3.)

Zocecia ovate, disposed in linear series, which radiate in all

directions from a centre, perfectly smooth, moderately convex ;

orifice arched above, lower margin with a rounded sinus in

the centre; peristome not raised; immediately below the

orifice a pouch-like swelling, bearing on the upper surface

a small rounded avicularium; frequently an ovate rising on

one side of the cell, extending from the orifice down a consi-

derable portion of its length, bearing on its upper extremity

an immersed avicularium, with pointed mandible directed

downwards. Owciwm globose and prominent, with a smooth

surface.

Loc. Bass’s Straits, on shell.

This species bears some resemblance to the 8. marsupium

described by Mr. Stuart Ridley in his valuable paper on the

‘Alert’ collections from the Straits of Magellan and Pata-

gonia, but is, I think, distinct. Mr. Ridley (Proc. Zool.

Soc. Lond. for Jan. 4, 1881, p. 48, pl. vi. fig. 6) identifies

his species with the Lepralia marsupium of MacGillivray ;

but the latter is, I believe, a Porella very nearly allied to

P. minuta of our own coasts, and extremely abundant in Bass’s

Straits. MacGillivray’s diagnosis is unfortunately brief,

giving no account of the shape of the mouth; so that it is by

no means easy to determine the species which he had in view.

On the whole, however, it agrees better with the Porella so

common in South-Australian waters than with any other form

I know.

14 Mr. O. Thomas on a new Species of

Schizoporella acuminata, n. sp.

(Pl. I. fig. 1.)

Zoecia short, lozenge-shaped (somewhat irregular), flattish,

quincuncially disposed, bordered by a smooth raised line ; an

acuminate suberect extension of the cell-wall behind the

orifice, the apex or peak of which is slightly bent forward,

and occupied by a smooth somewhat nodular prominence ; sur-

face thickly covered with minute punctures; orifice semi-

circular, with a rounded sinus on the lower margin, contracted

at the opening and expahded below, rim slightly thickened ;

on one side, a little below the orifice, an avicularium, with

pointed mandible directed upwards. Occiwm occupying the

place of the acuminate extremity of the cell, large, rounded,

deeply immersed, the opening the same as that of the cell, but

larger than the ordinary orifice, closed by the opercular valve ;

surface punctate.

Loc. Off Curtis Island, a single colony incrusting another

polyzoon.

A remarkable form, distinguished by the elevated peak-like

upper extremity of the zocecium.

HrpporHoa, Lamouroux.

Hippothoa distans, MacGillivray.

Hippothoa flagellum, Manzoni.

A species occurs very abundantly amongst the Bass’s-

Straits dredgings, creeping over shells &c., which is undoubt-

edly the H. flagellum of Manzoni. I believe that it is the

form described by MacGillivray as H. distans; and if so, the

latter name, as the older, must take precedence,

[To be continued. |

Il.— Description of a new Species of Alactaga from Mesopo-

tamia. By OLDFIELD THOMAS, I’.Z.S8., British Museum.

Tue type specimens of the species here described (a male and

a female) were obtained durmg the Euphrates expedition of

1835-37, and are now in the British Museum. They pro-

bably represent the “ Dipus jaculus” of the list of Mammals

of Arabia and Mesopotamia, given in the Appendix to Col.

Chesney’s account of that expedition*, being, to a superficial

observer, somewhat similar to the D. jaculus (Pall. et auct. nec

* Vol. i. p. 728 (1850).

Alactaga from Mesopotamia. 15

Linn.), a species for which the correct name is Alactaga decu-

mana, Licht. *

Alactaga euphratica, sp. u.

Ears slightly shorter than the head, and rather narrow.

Tail longer than the head and body, with a bicolor distichous

tuft as in the other species. Hind feet short and slender, as

compared with those of the larger A. decumana, and more like

those of A. acontiwm, Pall.t, to which this species, though

ae larger, seems on the whole to be most nearly

allied.

Fur very long and soft; above slate-coloured for half its

length, then pale fawn, the tips black. Belly white throughout.

Ears thinly clothed with short fawn-coloured hairs. Fore

limbs wholly white; external surface of hind limbs fawn,

internal white. Tail dark yellow above and below until

within about an inch of the tip, then black for half an inch,

and the tip white; the longest tuft-hairs at the end of the

tail about halfan inch long ; a white stripe, as usual, from the

front of the hip to the root of the tail.

The skull, as compared with that of an unusually large speci-

men of A. acontiwm, is somewhat longer, though of about the

same breadth. ‘The brain-case is much more elongated, as

shown by the fact that the width at the orbital constriction is

barely half the length from this point to the occiput, while in

A. acontium it is just two thirds. The anterior palatine fora-

mina are longer and more open, the muzzle (at their centre) is

decidedly broader, and the upper molar series is distinctly

longer in A. euphratica than in A. acontiwm. 'The compara-

tive measurements of the two skulls are given below.

Dimensions (in inches and tenths).

do. 2.

Headtandybadyacsermre sca: 56 5:0

Mail=vertebraay seca vas se ase 6°75 as

Hind foot, without claws...... 2:05 2:04

Heel to tip of fifth toe........ 1:25 1:28

Tea sor syaevretea eo eBder sey eyesore 3 ae 1:25

ISR rae ob od odd ov Has DEON 1:15 114

Measurements of the Skulls of A. euphratica and A. acontium.

A. euphratica 3. A. acontium g.

Motalelena thi errr ier 115 1:10

Zygomatic breadth ........ a 0:85

Breadth of brain-case ...... 0°63 0-63

Abh. Akad. Berl. 1825, p. 154, tab. vi.

Zoogr. Ross.-As. p. 182 (1811).

16 M. Poliakof on a supposed new Species

.Interorbital constriction .... 0°32 0:37

Nasalibonespeemmnete a. aa. 0:45 0-40

Anterior palatine foramina .. 0°23 0:20

Upper molar series ........ 0:25 0:22

Lower jaw, from condyles to

Lip ROlMMCISOTS ie yell 0:80 0-78

This species may be readily distinguished from A. decu-

mana, annulata, and spiculum by the comparative shortness

of its hind feet, from A. acontium and its allies by the cra-

nial characters already mentioned, and from A. saltatrix*, a

species which I only know from the original description,

wherein no measurements are given, by the fact that in that

species the usual white tip to the tail is absent, the tail ending

in a wholly black tuft.

III.— Supposed new Species of Horse from Central Asia.

By M. PoutaKor. ©

[WE are indebted to Mr. EK. Delmar Morgan, already well

known for his having rendered the travels in Mongolia of the

celebrated Russian explorer, Colonel Prejevalsky, accessible

to English readers, for the following translation of the de-

scription and account by the Russian naturalist Poliakof, in

the ‘ Izvestia,’ or ‘ Proceedings of the Imperial Russian Geo-

graphical Society’ for January last (1881, pp. 1-20, pls. i.

& il.), of a new species of horse presented by Prejevalsky to

the Museum of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of St.

Petersburg. |

Prejevalsky’s Horse (Equus Przewalsku, n. sp.).

For a very long time zoologists included among the repre-

sentatives of the solid-hoofed family of the Ungulate order of

Mammals only one genus, the Hqgwus of the present day. In

1824, the English zoologist Gray formed a subdivision of the

whole group, under the new generic designation Asinus. He

characterized the genus Hquus as follows :—“ Tail wholly

covered with hair, no dorsal stripe, warts on fore and hind

legs ;” or “ Cauda undique setosa, linea dorsali nulla, verrucis

brachiorum pedumque distinctis.” ‘The genus Asinus he dis-

tinguished in the following way :—“ Tail furnished with hair

only at extremity ; dorsal stripe present; warts on fore, but

not on hind legs ;” or “ Cauda apice setosa, linea dorsali di-

stincta ornatus, verrucis brachiorum distinctis, pedum nullis.”

* Dipus saltator, Eversm. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc, xxi. p. 188, pl. i.

(1848).

of Horse from Central Asia. 17

The only living representative of the former of these two

genera was, in Gray’s opinion, our domestic horse, Hguus

caballus. ‘To the latter he referred the djiggetai (Ascnus

hemionus, Pall.), the common ass (Astnus vulgaris), the

quagea (Asinus quagga, Gmel.), Burchell’s ass (Asinus Bur-

chellit, Gray), and, lastly, the zebra (Astnus zebra, Linn.).

(See Gray’s Revision of the Family Equide, in Zool. Journ.

vol. 1. 1825, p. 241).

In this article, | propose describing a new and existing

representative of the family of undivided-hoofed mammals. It

appears to be in some respects intermediate between our

domestic horse and the wild ass; but a very important ex-

ternal distinction places it properly in the genus Hquus, and

not among the asses. This peculiarity in the new species I

am about to describe consists in its having four warts or cal-

losities, one on each front and hind leg; whilst every member

of the asinine group has only two, on the inside of each fore

leg, the hind legs being invariably free from them. ‘The

warts on the hind legs of the domestic horse, as well as of the

species I am describing, are on the inside of the hock, a little

below the joint.

From the following description, it will be evident that the

new species closely resembles the domestic horse, both in

shape of skull and in many other particulars, as, for

instance, in the form of the hoof, absence of dorsal stripe, é&c.

A new wild representative indigenous to the plains and deserts

of Central Asia has therefore been added to the family of

Equide, hitherto said to consist only of one genus, a repre-

sentative, moreover, hitherto untamed by man; and in order

to admit this new species, the classification of solid-hoofed

mammals must undergo achange. Assuming the warts to be

the most important generic distinction, the genera Hquus and

Asinus rust henceforward be distinguished as follows.

Genus 1. Equus.

Verrucis brachiorum pedumque distinctis, artubus crassis; ungulis

latis rotundatis ; cauda undique vel in dimidio posteriore setosa.

1. Hquus caballus, Linn.

Cauda undique setosa, juba pendula vel suberecta, capronis (2. ¢.

jube partibus in frontem devexis [ Anglice ‘“ forelock”’}) longis ;

loro dorsali plerumque distincto.

2. Hquus Przewalskii, n. sp.

Caude dimidio posteriore setoso; juba brevi, erecta ; capronis et loro

dorsali nullis.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 2

18 M. Poliakof on a supposed new Species

Genus 11. ASINUS.

Verrucis brachiorum distinctis, pedum nullis ; artubus gracilioribus ;

ungulis contractis, subcylindraceis ; cauda apice setosa.

Without recapitulating here the various species of ass com-

prised in the genus, let me say that all other distinguishing

marks mentioned by Gray are only of relative importance.

Thus, he lays stress on the dorsal stripe, saying of the horse

‘¢ jinea dorsali nulla,” and of the ass “ linea dorsali distincta ;”

whereas Isidore Geoffroy de St.-Hilaire remarked that this was

of no real importance, because many horses have astreak along

the back, and, on the other hand, not a few asses are without

it (vide ‘‘ Sur le genre Cheval et spécialement sur |’ Hémione,”

extrait des Nouvelles Annales du Musée d’ Hist. Natur. vol. iv.

p- 1). He, too, observed, that the distinction “ cauda apice

setosa”’ properly only applies to the djiggetai,—the ass, and

particularly the zebra, besides other striped species of the

solid-hoofed animals, having tails furnished with hair so as to

form a regular gradation from the tail of the horse to that of

the djiggetai. The tail of my horse must be regarded as inter-

mediate between the horse and the ass; it is, however, so well

furnished with hair at the extremity and is so bushy, thick,

and bristly at the root, as to differ from most asses; and I

am inclined to attach weight to the characteristic “ cauda

apice setosa” as distinguishing the asinine genus from the

equine. Upon the whole, therefore, I dissent from Isidore

Geoffroy de St.-Hilaire, in so far as he rejects Gray’s divi-

sion of the solid-hoofed mammals into two genera. My horse

has the mane of an ass, and resembles it further in having no

forelock. Besides the above-mentioned distinguishing marks,

asses differ from horses in having more slender legs and

narrower hoofs. And as regards warts, these occur on the

fore legs of all asses, and have the appearance of smooth

hairless patches; whilst with horses they take the shape of

horny excrescences, particularly on the hocks. ‘Taking also

into consideration the skull as another distinguishing feature

between the ass and the horse, although it may be only in the

size of its several parts, Gray’s division of the solid-hoofed

animals must, I think, be upheld.

The materials I have availed myself of in comparing this

new species of horse with others are :—the stuffed specimens, in

the Zoological Museum of the Academy of Sciences, of Bur-

chell’s horse and zebra; a domestic ass; two kiangs (Asinus

kiang) brought by Prejevalsky from Northern Tibet; four

stufted kulans (Asdnus onager, Pall.), two from General Pol-

toratzky’s collection in Kastern Dzungaria, and two from the

of Horse from Central Asia. 19

Aralo-Caspian steppes obtained by General Perofsky ; and

one stuffed and two unstuffed skins of the djiggetai (Asinus

hemionus, Pall.) from Southern Dauria or the northern con-

fines of the Gobi steppe, from M. Radde’s collection. The

last-mentioned specimens are typical, having served Pallas

for his description. The kulan (Asinus onager) was de-

scribed by Pallas in his ‘ Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica,’ p. 263,

and called by him Hguus asinus 8. onager. He considered it

most closely allied to the domestic ass, an opinion accepted by

many other naturalists, including Gray, but one which I

regard as wholly erroneous—the kulan, or A. 8. onager of

Pallas, having no external resemblance to the domestic ass,

and being more readily confounded with the djiggetai, its closest

congener and nearest geographical neighbour. But without

ample materials I could not enter upon a complete analysis of

the wild asses of Asia; suffice it therefore to say, that in the

following remarks I shall refer to the djiggetai under the name

of Asinus hemionus, and the kulan under that of A. onager.

In describing my new species I shall chiefly dwell on ex-

ternal marks, only examining the head in a general way for

the sake of comparison with the domestic horse and the asses.

The dentition, specially valuable in examining fossil re-

mains of horses, has been purposely omitted, the materials

for a comparative study of this branch of the subject being

limited to Owen’s description of the Cave of Bruniquel and

its organic remains, in Phil. Trans. of Royal Soc. vol. clix.

(1869), and the article on American fossil horses in the same

volume. An examination of the tooth-system would be

interesting also on the basis of Riitimeyer’s researches

(“‘ Beitriige zur Kenntniss der fossilen Pferde,” in the ‘ Ver-

handlungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel,’

vol. iii. 1863, and the continuation of this work published in the

¢ Abhandlungen der schweizerischen paliontologischen Gesell-

schaft,’ vol. iii. 1875) ; but this important subject deserves

to be considered in a separate article.

The hunting expedition sent by M. Tihonof from the post

Zaisan to the sand deserts of Central Asia, in quest of wild

camels, obtained another interesting animal hitherto unknown

to science. ‘This was a new species of the equine race, iden-

tical with the “ Surtakeh” of the Kirghiz, if we may judge

from Dr. Brehm’s information, collected from the Kirghiz

inhabiting the tracts where the wild camel is known to exist

(‘ Zoologische Garten,’ 1876, p. 840). One single specimen

was shot by these native hunters; and its skin was preserved

and sent asa gift to Prejevalsky, who happened to be then at

Zaisan. He presented it to the Zoological Museum of the

20 M. Poliakof on a supposed new Species

Academy of Sciences, under the designation “ tarpan.” After

the donor I have named this species of horse Equus Przewal-

skit; but, though more nearly akin to the domesticated horse

than to any variety of wild ass existing in Asia, it is distinct

from the “tarpan” or wild horse of travellers and explorers

of the last century. Indeed the information regarding the

tarpan collected by Rytchkof, Gmelin, Georgi, and Pallas is

of so contradictory and confusing a nature that many zoolo-

gists have decided that the so-called wild horses, or “ tarpans,”

were not, strictly speaking, wild, but tamed horses which had

resumed their wild state on recovering their liberty (Wagner

in Schreber, ‘ Die Sdugethiere,’ pt. vi. pp. 20-29, 1835). A

similar opinion was expressed by M. Bogdanof at a meeting

of the Society of Naturalists of St. Petersburg; and Pallas

was disposed to take the same view (Reise durch versch.

Prov. des Russ. Reichs, iii. p. 346) when he assumed the

feral horses, or “‘ tarpans ” in Tartar-Kirghiz dialect, roaming

over the steppes of the Yaik and the Don as well as on that of

Baraba, to have originated from domesticated horses owned

by Kirghiz, Kalmuks, or other wandering tribes, and to have

becomewild. In his ‘Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica,’ vol.i.p. 260,

however, Pallas does not speak of the tarpans (Hqwus eque-

ferus) in the same way, but merely states that there had been

an intermixture, wild stallions having covered domesticated

mares separated from the herd. Ecker, in a recently pub-

lished work (‘ Das europiische Wildpferd und dessen Bezic-

hungen zum domesticirten Pferd,’ Globus: xxxiv. Braun-

schweig, 1878), accepts the tarpan as the true typical represen-

tative of the wild horse, resembling in every particular the

animal which, in his opinion, was indigenous at a period of

remote antiquity in various parts of Kurope, and became sub-

ject to man in prehistoric times, probably in the stone period.

Ecker finds a striking resemblance between the tarpan and the.

wild horse of the Caves of Solutré [near Macon], particularly

in regard to size of body, head, &c. (See also “ Le Cheval

sauvage de l’Hurope et ses rapports avec le Cheval domestique,

d’aprés M. Ecker,” by M. Viguier, ‘ Revue Scientifique de la

France et de l’Ktranger,’ no. xl. 5 Avril 1879, pp. 940-943.)

Unfortunately we have no reliable information on this legend-

ary tarpan since the end of last century, not a single traveller

either in Siberia or Russia having communicated any infor-

mation concerning it during the present century ; and the testi-

mony of the above-mentioned explorers is merely conjectural.

In any case, the animal I have named Equus Przewalskii

cannot be the tarpan as described by Rytchkof, Gmelin,

Pallas, and others. Rytchkof describes the tarpan as equal in

of Horse from Central Asia. 21

size to an average horse, but rounder in shape, colour dun or

bluish, other shades exceptional, with larger head than the

Kirghiz horse (Topography of Orenburg, pt. i. p. 290, St.

Petersburg, 1762).

Gmelin remarks that the largest of the wild horses is

scarcely to be compared for size with the smallest of domesti-

cated breeds; the head is very large in proportion to the rest

of the body ; the ears are pointed, and either of the same size

as those of the domesticated animal, or long and pendulous like

those of the ass; the eyes are fiery, the mane very short and

curly, the tail in some instances thick, in others scanty, and

always shorter than in the domestic animal ; the colour is in-

variably that of the mouse, with an ashy shade underneath the

belly, whilst the legs, from the knee downwards, are black ; the

coat is long and thick, more like fur to the touch than horse-

hair (‘Reise durch Russland in den Jahren 1768 und 1769,’

vol. 1. p. 44).

According to Pallas, the following was the appearance of

the tarpan :—‘‘ Plerique sunt colore griseo-fusco vel pallido,

juba, loro dorsi, caudaque fuscis, rostro albido, circa os nigri-

cante. Sed immiscentur variorum colorum eque a domesticis

gregibus per feros admissarios abactee vel allicitee. Statura

sunt minore domesticis, capite majore, pedibus procerioribus,

auriculis paulo majoribus, apice summo falcatim subreflexis.

frons iis supra oculos convexior, cum vortice inter oculos ;

ungule contracte, subcylindracese. Juba ab intervallo ocu-

lorum ad scapulas, minus prolixa, suberecta. Vellus hyeme

hirtum, laxius in dorso subundulatum. Cauda parum pro-

lixa.” (Zoographia R.-As. 1. p. 260.)

From these descriptions of the tarpan or wild horse by

Gmelin and Pallas, it is evident they were unacquainted with

Equus Przewalskit ; and Rytchkof had perhaps only acciden-

tally heard of it when he mentioned a horse of dun colour

(lutescens). As to tarpans of blue (c@rulescens) and other

colours mentioned by Rytchkof, they were such as had pro-

bably resumed a feral state in the same way as those described

by Gmelin and Pallas. If it could be proved that Equus

Przewalskii had ever been indigenous further west, and if

when crossed with the domestic breed, unlike all the asinine

tribe, it produced a fruitful progeny, some secrets in the history

of our domestic horse might be brought to light—a conjec-

ture partly confirmed by Rytchkof himself when he refers to

the dun-coloured tarpans in the neighbourhood of Yaik in

company with blue and other coloured tarpans.

It also gathers consistency from the testimony of Pallas as

to the habit of tarpan stallions, although in this instance not

22 M. Poliakof on a supposed new Species

of pure breed, to entice mares away from domestic herds; and

if from this intermixture of blood were born descendants,

these may have shown marks characteristic also of Lquus

Przewalskii. To these may be referred the characteristic of

the mixed breed noticed by Gmelin, viz. ‘legs from knee to

hoof black.’? The converse might also occur: stallions from

half-wild troops owned by the nomads of Asia might entice

mares from the wild herds; and a peculiar mixture of colour

and breed would result from this union. It may be consi-

dered very probable that Hguus Przewalskii would give

parentage to a fruitful progeny when intermingled with the

domestic animal; and perhaps the wild herd of parti-coloured

tarpans was the result of this cross-breeding. On the other

hand, it is also probable that the domestic horse, varying in

colour, size, and shape, is the descendant of a variety of wild,

now extinct breeds. ‘Vhat Hquus Przewalskii may have been

indigenous further to the west, not only on the Yaik or Ural

of the present day, but even beyond, in North-eastern Kurope,

is highly probable, judging from the history of its companions

in the steppes of Central Asia.

The saigak in the Diluvial epoch was met with at the Car-

pathians, where its bones have been discovered, together with

stone implements, in caves (Albin Kohn and Dr. C. Mehlis,

‘Materialien zur Vorgeschichte des Menschen im 6stlichen

Europa,’ Jena, 1879, p. 41). Remnants of the skull of a

saigak have also been found in the Volga valley near Sarepta.

Not longer ago than the end of last century the saigak was

very numerous in West Siberia; and Pallas mentions having

seen herds of this antelope on the Irtish below Semipalatinsk,

where it is now never met with and has been completely

forgotten. It is even rare at the present day in the environs

of Lake Balkash, where not long since it was as numerous as

the kulan, large herds of this last-named animal having in

Rytchkof’s time roamed near the Yaik. In my last excursion

to Balkash, during several days,passed im its solitudes I did

not observe a kulan, and only saw the tracks cf one imprinted

on the saline soil. These animals exist still in large numbers

in the little-inhabited steppes of Hastern Dzungaria and

Western Mongolia. A similar fate has probably befallen

Equus Przewalskii, whose habitat has now been discovered to

be the same as that of the saigak, the kulan, and wild camel.

If this horse was indigenous at any time further to the west

and became closely allied to the troops of domesticated

horses owned by the nomads, it would of course be the

object of the keenest pursuit, and would the sooner dis-

appear from its earlier habitat. But there exist herds in

of Horse from Central Asta. 23

more remote parts of Asia called wild by Col. Prejevalsky.

“Wild horses, called by the Mongols dzerlik-adu, are rare in

Western T'saidam, but more numerous near Lob-nor. They

are generally in large herds, very shy, and when frightened

continue their flight for days, not returning to the same place

for a year or two. Their colour is uniformly bay, with black

tails and long manes hanging down to the ground. They are

never hunted, owing to the difficulties of the chase”’ (Preje-

valsky’s ‘ Mongolia,’ English ed. vol. 11. p. 170).

Our specimen of Hquus Przewalskii is about three years of

age; in size it is no bigger than the kulan and djiggetai; its

head is nearly of the same length as that of those animals,

but lower, and better shaped near the end of the muzzle and

nasal bones, with shorter ears than those of the wild ass. Its

size 1s decidedly small in proportion to its head. In shape it

takes after the horse; its legs are relatively thick for the size

of its body, its hoofs rounder and broader, and its tail better

furnished with hair, than in the case of the wild ass. Its

colour is dun, with a yellowish tinge on the back, becoming

lighter towards the flanks, and almost white under the belly.

Its hair is long and wavy, brick-red on the head and nasal bones,

of the same colour but longer on the cheeks and about the lower

jaw. ‘The extremity of the nose is covered with almost white

hairs, a remarkable contrast to the brick-red on the upper part

of the head. A short upright | hogged] mane extends from

between the ears to the withers, of a dark brown colour, with

long yellowish hairs on the margins. It has no stripe of the

same colour as the mane along the back, as all Asiatic asses

and dun horses have, and a hardly perceptible one along the

pelvis. The upper half of the tail is of the same colour as

the back; it is longer, thicker at the root, and more bushy

than that of any kind of ass; halfway down the tail yellowish

hairs are mixed with the brown; and the extremity is dark

brown or nearly black. ‘The fore legs are brown near the

hoofs and on the knees; and oblique indistinct bars of brown

hair extend down the legs. The prevailing colour of the

lower parts of the fore legs is brown, a peculiarity never

known to occur with wild asses, these having only a narrow

barely distinguishable brown margin round the upper rim of

the hoof. Dark hairs also occur on the hind legs about the

hoofs and much higher.

Thus in external appearance as well as in colour Hquus

Przewalskii is distinct from all wild asses indigenous in the

same and neighbouring tracts. Moorcroft’s Asinus kiang

from ‘Tibet differs from it in colour. Of two specimens

brought by Prejevalsky from Northern Tibet, the colour of one

24 - M. Poliakof on a supposed new Species

on the upper parts of the body and flanks was a reddish

brown ; the other was partly of an ash-grey, with white hair

on the belly, the end of the muzzle, and chest, contrasting

with the reddish brown of the upper parts. The fore legs, too,

had a reddish tinge about them, whilst the hind legs were

light grey, and the tips of the ears inside and outside black.

Equus Przewalskii, on the other hand, has a barely visible

brown patch on the outer side of each ear.

The skull of Equus Przewalskii is also distinct from that of

all the asinine group, while it closely resembles that of the

horse. It is about the same length, but wider at the cheek-

bones than kulan, djiggetai, zebra, Burchell’s or the common

ass; besides this, the brain-cavity is greater, the bones of the

face are longer, and the skull is less prominent about the nasal

bones than these and all other kinds of wild asses. The

section of the cranium measured from the orifice at the back

to the frontal hollow on the margin of the ethmoid bone is the

greatest. Here, again, Hquus Przewalskid surpasses all Asiatic

as well as African asses, two specimens of a djiggetai and

kulan (old ones) excepted.

[The remarks immediately following and the table to which

they refer have been omitted, as being too detailed and elabo-

rate to interest any body but specialists. |

The hoofs have also more of the equine than the asinine

character about them, as will be seen by comparing the

measurements in the annexed Table, given in millimetres.

eR ah Asinus onager, Pall. muah oe

= 2 ~ a a

E a : SE as z E = 3 Dauria (Radde).

op S57 55 S15 aS

Sp A 2 |) a ie

Width of hoofs on

foxenlegs«s ahaanke 92) 75| 73| 79] 84) 95| 77) 72) 881 97) 73) 82

Length of hoofs on

foromlers)) 2).): aha 110 | 125 | 123 | 1254115 | 117 |-110 | 104) 108} 108] 116110

Width of hoofs on

laos ESAs oe go TEEN ON CED HO) (EN ES) 2g 1 WO GO) V7 WE

Length of hoofs on

hindvless eit): 108} 180 | 117 | 114] 104 | 102/110) .. |1044102)104| 109

of Horse from Central Asia. 25

Of all wild asses, only in two specimens, one an old kulan

and the second an evidently old djiggetai, are the hoofs of the

fore feet as wide as or wider than in Hquus Przewalskit ; and

these may be accounted for by the fact that, in the case of one

(the djiggetai) at all events, the hoofs were broken. In all other

specimens (kiangs, kulan, and djiggetai) the hoofs are narrower,

and in the case of the kiang longer, than in our specimen (a

young one).

Thus in Central Asia, besides the kiang (distinguished by

the colour of its hair and long narrow hoofs, forming a sepa-

rate species), besides the kulan and djiggetai (if not distinct

species, at allevents geographical varieties), there exists another

representative of the solid-hoofed family—a whole mass of

evidence distinguishing it from the wild asses we have men-

tioned, and at the same time characterizing the domestic

horse. Supposing the upper part of the tail of our new

species were more hairy, we should see a small domestic horse

of dun colour and low stature; for its comparatively large

head would not be striking or extraordinary compared with

varieties of domesticated breeds often seen. And if it were

possible to prove that culture influenced the growth of the tail,

that this became more hairy and the mane longer under altered

conditions of life, I would affirm that Equus Przewalskit was

indeed the animal whose ancestors were reclaimed by man in

the stone period, the so-called domestic horse of our day.

For the present, however, this cannot be asserted, because

other species having affinity with it, belonging either to geo-

graphical varieties or distinct kinds, indigenous in other

countries under different physico-geographical and climatic

conditions, might even more closely resemble the domestic

horse in colour and size, although differmg from it in hair,

and might in this state have become subject to man.

That animals like Hguus Przewalskit may present different

forms and geographical varieties is to be assumed, judging

from the instance afforded by the wild ass. Contrary to

Dr. Georgi’s views (‘‘ Etudes zoologiques sur les Hémiones et

quelques autres espéces chevalines,” in Ann. Sci. nat., Zoologie,

5¢ série, xii. 1869, pp. 5-48), including in one species all

kinds of the wild ass throughout the vast continent of Asia,

from Southern Dauria, across the Gobi, to the Aralo-Caspian

plains on the one side, and the highlands of Tibet and the

Himalayas to Persia and Syria on the other, I am convinced

that many distinct species exist, and a large number of more or

less constant geographical varieties. The kiang, for instance,

I consider an independent species ; the djiggetai and kulan from

the Aralo-Caspian plains differ partly in colour and partly in

26 On a supposed new Species of Horse.

their hoofs from one another; and most probably the Syrian wild

ass (Equus hemippus) will be found to vary considerably from

the djiggetai. Of all the wild asses of Central Asia, the kiang

is most like the domestic ass, owing to the length of its ears

and the ash-colour of the upper parts of its body, whilst it

differs from it in being bigger and having no transverse dark

stripes on the shoulder-blades. ‘The congeners of Hquus Prze-

walskit, occupying an enormous extent of territory in

Europe and Asia, as we are led to infer from their fossil

remains, may have been still more varied and multiform ;

and the first to be tamed were probably those on the outskirts

of the great barren steppes, inhabiting well-watered and hilly

tracts near one or other of those land-locked water-basins, the

earliest abodes of primeval man. In such regions in Siberia,

in the spurs and valleys of the Altai and Sayan ranges, in

Dauria, even in more northern and central parts of Siberia,

fossil remains of the stone period have been discovered by

me and other explorers, whilst the outlying mountains of the

Tian-Shan and Pamirs will doubtless afford many more.

The primeval horse indigenous in these localities may have

been more easily brought under subjection than its fellows in

the steppes, and may have presented some such relationship

to our Hquus Przewalski as exists between the kiang and the

djiggetai and kulan. Afterwards descending with man from

the more favoured hilly region, they may have together

entered the plains, where human activity appears to have been

of a more recent date, probably the bronze and iron period.

But, however this may have been, Hguus Przewalskii is the

sole wild species having close affinity with the horse (our

domesticated Hquus caballus).

_ Having pointed out the peculiarities which distinguish our

horse from all wild asses, and amongst others the generic

distinction, I must nevertheless distinguish it from the domes-

ticated animal for reasons already mentioned, viz. its erect

mane, absence of forelock, and tail only partly furnished with

hair. Whilst possessing all the internal characteristics of the

horse, externally Hquus Przewalskit, were it not for the warts

on the hocks, occupies an intermediate place between the wild

ass of Asia and Hywus caballus. Indeed, admitting that

domestic horses are to be found with similar peculiarities, and

even recognizing in the dun horse a descendant of the same

stock as Hguus Przewalskiz, I hold nevertheless that the

domestic horse of the present day is not merely the result of

culture, but is an intermixture of various breeds inhabiting

several parts of the Old World.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Japanese Rhynchota. 27

IV.—WNotes on a small Collection of Rhynchota from Toket,

Japan. By W. L. Disrant.

THe Rhynchota of the Japanese fauna having lately been

studied by Scott and Horvath, who have published lists of

species and described many novelties, I have considered it

useful to give the result of an examination of a small collec-

tion (principally Pentatomide) from the above locality, which

has recently passed through my hands. The most interesting

contribution which it contained is a somewhat remarkable

new genus in the subfamily Asopine.

NEOGLYPSUS, n. gen.

Femora unarmed; abdomen armed with a short basal

spine, which about reaches posterior coxe. Head large,

elongate, lateral lobes much longer than central, meeting in

front, but cleft at apex. Rostrum reaching the intermediate

coxe, thick, second joint longest, third broad and flattened,

about equal in length tofourth. Antenne long; second joint

longer than the third, subequal to the fourth; third and fifth

subequal. Pronotum with the lateral angles strongly pro-

duced and spinous, the anterior lateral margins crenulated.

Scutellum broad at base, with the apical portion elongated

and the apex rounded, extending a little beyond base of mem-

brane. Mesosternum with a distinct, central, moderately raised

keel. Tibiz strongly sulcated; anterior tibiee armed with a

distinct spine near middle.

This genus is allied to Glypsus, from which it is at once

separated by the unarmed femora.

Neoglypsus viridicatus, n. sp.

Above bronzy green, very coarsely punctate. Head thickly

punctate, apical half of central lobe and apical margins of

lateral lobes impunctate; lateral margins subreflexed. An-

tenne fuscous, bases of the joimts ochraceous ; first joint very

short, barely reaching middle of head ; second longest; third,

fourth, and fifth subequal in length. Pronotum thickly punc-

tate and transversely subrugulose ; lateral angles produced into

strong, acute, slightly raised and recurved spines, cupreous in

hue, lateral crenulated margins luteous. Pronotum thickly

punctate and subrugulose, basal angles (narrowly) and apex

cupreous. Corium very finely punctate, lateral margins

(narrowly) and a narrow submarginal streak, extending about

two thirds the length from base, ochraceous. Membrane

28 Mr. W. L. Distant on Japanese Rhynchota.

fuscous, with the margins paler. Abdomen above ochraceous ;

ventral incisures fuscous; connexivum with a subquadrate

greenish spot near base and at apex of each segment. Body

beneath and legs ochraceous. Rostrum with the apical joint

fuscous. Prosternum and posterior margins of metasternum

coarsely punctate. Femora finely spotted with fuscous ;

stigmata black.

Long. 24 millim., lat. pronot. ang. 13 millim.

Eurydema rugosa, Motsch., var.

One specimen from this locality has the ground-colour

luteous, instead of red as in all other specimens which I have

seen.

Tropicoris metallifer, Motsch. ?

Tropicoris metalliferus, Motsch. Bull. Mose. xxiii. 4, p. 501 (1859).

Tropicoris Basnini, Osch. Bull, Mose. xliii. 1, p. 128. 1 (1870).

Tropicoris metallifer, Stal, En. Hem. v. p. 106. 3 (1876).

Two specimens from this locality appear to agree well with

the descriptions of the above authors and the supplementary

notes of Stal, with the exception of the apex of the scutel-

lum, which is concolorous.

Compastes obtusa, Walk.

Pentatoma obtusa, Walker, Cat. Het. ii. p. 560 (1868).

This species seems clearly referable to Stal’s genus, though

differing in general appearance from C. boutanicus, Dall., the

type and only other recorded species. Walker’s description

of the species is defective, no mention being made of a trans-

verse row of four small luteous spots near anterior margin.

Urochela luteovaria, n. sp.

Head ochraceous, with two elongate fuscous spots at base.

Antenne black; basal halves of fourth and fifth joints luteous ;

second joint slightly longer than first, third very short, fourth

and fifth subequal and together about equal in length to

second and third combined. Pronotum ochraceous, coarsely

punctured with fuscous, with two transverse streaks on

anterior portion of disk, and posterior half of lateral margins

black ; basal margin (narrowly), a central narrow longitudinal

fascia commencing at base and extending to about middle,

and anterior half of lateral margins luteous; lateral margins

reflexed, lateral angles slightly prominent. Scutellum ochra-

ceous, sparingly covered with very coarse and dark punctures.

Corium ochraceous, finely and darkly punctate, basal margin

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina. 29

and area, apical margin and area, and inner angle (narrowly)

luteous; an irregular black spot at marginal base, and

another of the same colour at apex, both contained in the

luteous areas. Membrane fuscous. Abdomen above pale

testaceous, connexivum luteous, with a series of subquadrate

black spots. Body beneath pale ochraceous ; a submarginal

streak on prosternum, margins of pronotal angles, a round

spot on each side of pro- and mesosternum, lateral margins of

metasternum, a marginal segmental series of irregular spots,

stigmata, a double series of irregularly arranged smaller spots

on inner side of stigmata, and two small transverse streaks

on base and about centre of second segment black. J emora

ochraceous, spotted with fuscous, with the apices of that colour ;

tibiz luteous, base and apex dark fuscous; tarsi luteous,

apical joint dark fuscous. Rostrum ochraceous, apex fuscous,

about reaching intermediate coxee. Anal appendage armed

with a sharp acute spine on each side.

Long. 12 millim., lat. pronot. ang. 5 millim.

V.—Revision of the Lepidopterous Genus Azelina, with

Descriptions of new Species in the Collection of the British

Museum. By Artuur G. Butter, F.L.S8., F.Z.8., &e.

THE genus Azelina was founded in 1857, by M. Guénée, for

the reception of a number of New-world Geometrites with

the external aspect of the European genus Odontopera; to

the latter group he added two African and one Brazilian

species. He remarks with justice, “Il a beaucoup de rap-

ports avec mon genre Azelina, et je ne serais pas étonné que,

par la suite, quand beaucoup de nouvelles espéces se joindront

4 l'un et A l'autre, la séparation n’en devienne trés-délicate.”

O. edentaria, which we have from Rio Janeiro, certainly

might be placed with equal satisfaction in either genus ; how-

ever, for the present I leave the question of the probable

identity of these two groups, and proceed, in the first place, to

criticise the material wrongly placed under Azelina, and, in

the second place, to enumerate the remaining species.

The following species are wrongly placed in Azelina by

Walker and others :— ;

“Azelina”’ peplaria=Gonodontis peplaria, Hibn., agrees

far better with Hindropia.

“Azelina”’ neonaria, Walk., is a Hyperetis close to H.

nyssaria and nearly allied to Selenia esionaria (= Macaria

laticincta). i

30 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina.

“Azelina” atropunctaria, Walk., may be referred to Hn-

dropta.

“Azelina” xylinaria, Guénée, is referable to the genus

Meticulodes.

““Azelina”’ clelia, Cramer, is an Orsonoba.

“Azelina?” gabraria, Walk., is an Endropia.

“Azelina?”’ aretaria, Walk., is a Caripeta close to C. an-

austiorata.

“Azelina”’ ceriata, Walk. MS., is much nearer to Metécu-

lodes than Azelina.

““Azelina?”’ apicitruncaria, Herr.-Sch., has nothing in

common with the genus; it is closely allied to (if distinct

from) the genus Hyperythra, is conspecific with H. agasusaria,

Walk., and the male of Caberodes? bilbisaria, Walk. It

may be placed provisionally under the generic name Thysano-

. pyga, proposed for it by Dr. Herrich-Schiffer.

““Azelina?” perdica, Cramer, is an Angerona barely distinct

from A. aimylusaria, Walker.

“Azelina” metagonaria, Walk., is a Macaria.

“Azelina” fedaria, Walk., is identical with Endropia

mestusata, and possibly conspecific with H. hypochraria; the

latter, however, seems distinct.

“Azelina” immundaria, Walk., evidently does not belong

to the genus; but it will be necessary to see the type to

decide to what group it is referable—possibly to Thysanopyga.

“Azelina?” indecoraria, Walk., is closely allied to Pachy-

enemia, with which it might provisionally be placed.

The following have been referred either to Azelina or Gono-

dontis, which Guénée regarded as synonymous with it :—

“Gonodontis” antucaria, Felder & Rogenhofer, which is

probably a species of Hurymene, but certainly not an Azelina.

“Azelina?” claustraria, Felder & Rogenhofer, is a La-

gyra or a nearly allied genus, and identical with Andania

seriptipennaria, Walk.

“Azelina” cyclodaria, Felder & Rogenhofer, is evidently

allied to A. «ylinaria, Guénée, and therefore is not a typical

Azelina.

““ Azelina”’ volckeniata, Snellen, is Clysta succedens of

Walker, and of course has nothing in common with Azelina.

“Gonodontis”” semilutearia, Felder & Rogenhoter, is nearer

to Angerona than to Azelina.

““Gonodontis’’ nelsonaria, Felder & Rogenhofer, is con-

generic with my G. felix.

“Azelina” maracandaria, Erschoff, is more like a Timan-

dra than an Azelina; but its coloration is more suggestive of

the Larentiidee.

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina. 31

“Gonodontis” felix, Butler, was never intended to be

regarded as an Azelina. In naming this species I followed

Felder. Whether the name Gonodontis can be retained for

this and allied species I leave Mr. Kirby to decide in his

forthcoming Catalogue of Moths; and at the same time I take

this opportunity of thanking him for lending me his list of

the species of Azelina collated from Walker’s Catalogues and

the ‘Zoological Records’ up to 1876 ; the remaining ‘ Records’

and one or two species referred to other genera than Azelina

I have looked up subsequently to going through Mr. Kirby’s

catalogue list.

List of Species.

1. Azelina lustraria.

_Axzelina lustraria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 156. n. 242 (1857).

Rio Janeiro, Rio Jurua (Trail). B.M.

The example from the Amazons is rather redder in colour

than those from Rio Janeiro: the species approaches in

structure the genus Meticulodes.

2. Azelina stuposaria.

©. Azelina stuposaria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 160. n. 252 (1857).

Azelina fuscularia, Felder & Rogenhofer, Reise der Nov., Lep. v.

pl. exxiii. fig. 11 (1876).

6 2, Rio Janeiro. B.M.

The male is smaller than the female; the obtuse apical and

subapical denticles are very feebly indicated ; and the secon-

daries are entire; the basal area of the primaries to the discal

line is much darker and washed with lilacine, but the exter-

nal area is distinctly paler and more flesh-tinted.

3. Azelina Trailit, sp. n.

g. Allied to A. stuposaria. Primaries above with the

basal third pale sandy brown, obliquely striated on the costa

and transversely below the costa with grey; second third

occupied by the central belt, which is reddish olivaceous,

bounded by the ordinary lines, which are blackish; the inner

line undulated, the outer line slightly sinuous, obtusely bian-

gulated ; a large ochreous spot just within the superior angle

of the cell; reniform spot linear, grey, with a white dot on

its upper half; an irregular and badly-defined external grey

border to the central belt, followed immediately by three

unequal black spots; external third testaceous, covered with

little transverse blackish striations; apex dusky; one or two”

submarginal black dots ; two or three dull rust-coloured spots

By Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina.

on the disk: secondaries greyish brown, striated with grey ;

basal two thirds of abdominal border reddish; discal line

abbreviated, blackish; a large patch of ochraceous at anal

angle, extending from the abdominal margin to the third

median nervule ; a rust-red spot on the first median inter-

space; fringe testaceous: body above reddish olivaceous, the

abdomen greyish at the sides. Wings below brownish grey,

mottled with darker grey and ochreous ; a white dot at the

end of each cell; discal line white, indistinct on the prima-

ries, zigzag and margined towards the abdominal border with

black on the secondaries; apical area of primaries rust-red

internally, blackish externally, a diffused white patch across

the median interspaces: secondaries with the anal area stra-

mineous, changing to ochreous towards the second median

vein. Body below greyish brown. Expanse of wings 1 inch

8 lines. ;

Pariti, Rio Purus (Dr. Trail). Type B.M.

The wings of this species have the usual apical and sub-

apical denticles to the primaries, but are otherwise entire as

in A. stuposaria.

4. Azelina saturata.

@. Azelina saturata, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. ix. p. 196 (1866); ¢,

Felder & Rogenhofer, Reise der Nov. Lep. v. pl. exxiil. fig. 88 (1876).

Bogota and Venezuela.

How Dr. Felder managed to identify this species I cannot

comprehend; nor do I care to question the correctness of the

identification. Without seeing the type, I should have de-

spaired of even guessing at what Walker’s species was like,

since that author states that it is referable to a new section of

the genus, whereas he included no less than eight distinct

genera in what he regarded as the typical section. The

species identified by Dr. Felder is moreover perfectly typical,

although in pattern it somewhat resembles A. anceta.

5. Azelina curvisirigaria.

Pero curvistrigaria, Herrich-Schaffer, Zool.-mineral. Ver. Corr. Blatt,

xxiv. p. 184 (1870).

Cuba. é

Allied to A. Hiibnerarta, but said to be of a more cinna-

mon-brown colour and with a black lunule in each cell.

6. Azelina detractaria.

Nepitia detractaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. v. p. 1565 (1866).

Venezuela (Dyson). Type B.M.

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina. 33

This is a perfectly typical Azelina, although Walker says

that it is “ most allied to Fuscellina.”

7. Azelina Hiibneraria.

Gonodontis ancetaria, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. Lep. v.,

Geom. i., Ample ili., Eusaresze A, Capaces 3, figs. 1-4 (1806).

Azelina Hiibneraria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 159. n. 249 (1857) ; Walker,

Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 186. n. 1 (1860).

New York (#. Doubleday). B.M.

The two following may be fine varieties of this species :—

8. Azelina honestaria.

Azelina honestaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 258 (1860).

Massachusetts (Packard). Type B.M.

The type had no locality attached to it ; but a second speci-

men, labelled ‘A. Hiibneraria,” was received from Dr.

Packard. No true Azeline appear to be included in the letter-

press of that author’s ‘ Monograph of the Phalenide of -the

United States.’ |

9. Azelina stygiaria.

Azelina stygiaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. 5, p. 1648 (1866),

North America. Type B.M.

10. Azelina Behrensaria.

Azelina Behrensaria, Packard, Proc. Bost. Soc. xiii. p. 386 (1871);

Monogr. Phal. United States, pl. xi. fig. 60 (1876).

California.

Dr. Packard says that this is “at once known” (from A.

Fiibneraria) “by the broad fawn-brown central band on

fore wings, contrasting with the pale granite ash-grey of the

rest of the wings and body.”’ As these are the exact characters

of A. Hiibneraria, I have little doubt that he supposes

A. honestaria to be the typical form, and has redescribed the

latter : this is indeed borne out by the figures on the plates of

his ‘Monograph ;’ but the latter are unfortunately not coloured.

11. Azelina rectisectaria.

_Gonodontis rectisectaria, Herrich-Schiffer, Auss. Schmett. pl. Iviii.

fie. 325 (1850-69).

Azelina rectisectaria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 157. n, 243 (1857).

Brazil.

Nearest to A. zalissaria.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 3

34 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina.

12. Azelina zalissaria.

Azelina? zalissaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 187. n. 4 (1860).

Kast Florida (Doubleday). Type B.M.

13. Azelina nerisaria.

Azelina? nerisaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 188. n. 5 (1860).

St. Domingo (Tweedie). Type B.M.

14, Azelina mollis, sp. n.

@. Primaries from the base to the discal line bronzy oliva-

ceous, the base and costal border washed with pink; disk

dull pinky brown; external border bronzy olivaceous, inclining

to cupreous, tapering to the external angle; ordinary lines

blackish, the ‘extrabasilar’ or inner line quadrisinuate,

arched; the discal line straight and oblique, double, and with

a slender parallel greyish line immediately beyond it; a black

dot at the end of the cell; apex acute, an acute subapical

denticle, and an obtuse angle at the end of the second median

branch: secondaries almost entire, dull pinky brown; the

basal area feebly washed with bronzy olivaceous up to the

discal line, which is nearly straight, blackish, and with a

dusky diffused internal streak close to it; fringe bronzy

brown; costal border sericeous white: thorax olivaceous,

washed behind with pink; abdomen pinky whitish, with

olivaceous dorsal streak. Primaries below white, the discoidal

area and costa pinky brown; apex whity brown; external

border olivaceous, diffused internally; three or four black-

dotted white marginal spots; a diffused greyish discal streak :

secondaries pinky brown, irrorated with black, with whitish

abdominal border; a greyish transverse zigzag discal line,

dotted with black, and becoming wholly black on the abdo-

minal area; a small black discocellular lunule; a marginal

series of small white spots: pectus testaceous; legs cream-

coloured; venter pinky brown. Expanse of wings 1 inch

8 lines.

Rio Janeiro. Type B.M.

Allied to A. zalissaria of Walker.

15. Azelina Buckley?, sp. nu.

3. Primaries above pale olivaceous, speckled with black,

the disk and costa sordid white ; the central belt darkest; the

lines dark purplish brown, extrabasilar undulated, trisinuate

internally, but imterrupted at the median vein; discal line

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina. 35

double, with pink centre and rusty-orange internal margin; a

slight angulation at the lower radial vein; otherwise it is

straight and oblique; a dark olivaceous line on the central

belt and close to the discal line; a black dot at the end of the

cell; a series of unequal black spots close beyond the discal

line; one or two brownish spots placed obliquely upon the

disk ; a submarginal series of white-pupilled black dots ;

fringe tipped with rust-red: secondaries pale brownish oliva-

ceous, speckled with grey ; costal border whitish; a slightly

sinuated brown discal line; a submarginal series of black

dots: body whity brown, speckled with black; head and

collar olivaceous; a white bar between the eyes. Wings

below whity brown, speckled with black; a black dot at the

end of each cell; a dark brown discal line, straight in the

primaries, abbreviated and terminating in a large diffused

rounded blackish patch at the base of the median interspaces ;

an oval white patch on the disk beyond it; apical area

greenish ; black submarginal dots and fringe as above; in-

ternal area sericeous white; discal line of secondaries

crinkled ; submarginal dots smaller and less numerous: body

below pale sandy brown. Expanse of wings 2 inches 1 line.

Keuador (Buckley).. Type B.M.

Allied to the preceding and succeeding species.

16. Azelina frigida, sp. n.

gd. Allied to the preceding species, but altogether of a

much paler ashy grey colour; almost white above; the lines

as in the preceding species, excepting that they are placed

nearer together; the centre of the discal line and its internal

border pale buff; no brown oblique spots on the disk ; fringe

white at base, tipped with dark brown; submarginal black

dots with white pupils, as in A. Buckley. Under surface

silvery white, feebly washed with pinky brownish, excepting

on internal area of primaries. Hxpanse of wings 1 inch

11 lines.

Two specimens. Rio Janeiro. Type B.M.

This is the palest species in the genus; it is of the same

form as A. Buckleyt and A. mollis.

17. Azelina hedularia.

Azelina hedularia, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 158. n. 247 (1857).

Rio Janeiro. B.M.

Allied to A. rapinaria.

36 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina.

18. Azelina variaria.

Azelina variaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 257 (1860).

Azelina spectrata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1516 (1862).

Venezuela. ‘Type B.M.

The original type was probably also received from Vene-

zuela; but all trace of its habitat is lost, and consequently

Walker was unable to give it.

19. Azelina mathilda, sp. nu.

Primaries above pale brown, indistinctly striated with

darker brown; ordinary lines very broad, particularly the

outer line, which, below the first median branch, is expanded

to the middle of the central belt, dark olive-brown ; inner or

“ extrabasilar”’ line irregularly and widely zigzag; outer line

(or band) slightly irregular, with undulated external edge, and

enclosing a pale yellow spot on the upper radial interspace ;

a large 5-shaped spot and an oblique dash above it at the

end of the cell; these markings are jet-black, with pale yel-

low margins; an ill-defined and interrupted zigzag discal

line, the external area beyond which is slightly washed with

cupreous ; three black-edged submarginal white dots; fringe

cupreous: secondaries grey, the veins on the disk cupreous,

the costal border whitish; an irregular whitish-edged dusky

discal line; a submarginal series of black dots, pupilled with

white towards apex; fringe cupreous: thorax olivaceous ;

abdomen greyish. Under surface reddish brown; primaries

with the internal area silvery white; costal border mottled

with cream-colour; a white spot at the end of the cell, and a

large diffused rounded white patch on the disk; discal line

regular, slightly curved, blackish: secondaries irrorated with

cream-colour, particularly towards the abdominal margin; a

double spot at the end of the cell, and a very irregular discal

line black, edged with cream-colour; pectus whity brown;

legs cream-coloured; venter greyish. Expanse of wings

1 inch 8 lines.

Ecuador (Buckley). Type B.M.

Nearly allied to A. variaria of Walker, but quite distinct.

20. Azelina semiusta, sp. n.

Allied to the preceding species, from which it differs in

having the primaries pale blue-grey, with the greater part of

the central belt, including the imner borders of the ordinary

lines, bright ferruginous ; the inner line also much less irre-

gular, considerably nearer to the base; no pale yellow spot

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina. 37

on the outer line, but an abbreviated streak of black scales

immediately beyond it; the incomplete zigzag discal line

represented by three well-defined brown >-shaped markings ;

a band of black scales, interrupted by elongated red spots on

the veins, running across the apical area and then along the

outer margin: secondaries with the apical half washed with

fiery cupreous; discal line much abbreviated, not extending

above the third median nervule: thorax pale ash-grey, with

the collar and a dorsal crest pale rust-red; abdomen grey,

washed with reddish. Under surface darker and redder than

in the preceding species; primaries with a white-edged 7-

shaped black marking at the end of the gell; apex, as well as

the discal patch, white; the discal line obsolete: secondaries

with the black discocellular spot linear; discal line replaced

by a very irregular series of whitish-edged grey spots: body

below grey, clouded with reddish chocolate; legs chocolate-

brown, mottled with cream-colour. LHxpanse of wings 1 inch

10 lines.

Ecuador (Buckley). Type B.M.

21. Azelina stolidata.

Azelina stolidata, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 158. n. 246 (1857).

Colombia.

Allied to A. variaria.

22. Azelina habenaria.

Azelina habenaria, Guénée, Phal.i. p. 159. n. 251 (1857) ; Walker, Cat.

Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1516 (1862).

6 ¢, Rio Janeiro. B.M.

The description by Walker is that of an ordinary male

example.

23. Azelina rapinaria.

Azelina rapinaria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 157. n. 243 (1857).

Rio Janeiro. B.M.

Allied to A. stygvarta.

24, Azelina vetustaria.

Azelina ? vetustaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. 5, p. 1550 (1866).

St. Domingo (Tweedie). Type B.M.

There was not the slightest occasion for Walker to doubt

the generic location of this species; and therefore he placed a

note of interrogation after it; in other species, where there was

not even an approach to the generic characters of Azelina,

he unhesitatingly described them as members of the genus.

38 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina.

25. Azelina Lindiqt.

Axzelina Lindigi, Felder & Rogenhofer, Reise der Nov. Lep. v. pl. exxiil.

fig. 20 (1876).

Bogota.

26. Azelina fusaria.

Azelina fusaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 256 (1860).

Brazil.

Seems nearly allied to A. gonopteraria.

27. Azelina inconstans, sp. n.

Primaries above silvery grey, irrorated with black; lines

blackish ; extrabasilar line deeply dentate-trisinuate ; a con-

spicuous jet-black discocellular spot ; discal line dark purplish

brown internally, double, its outer edge blackish grey; a

series of white dots on the veins along the centre of the discal

line; the inner edge is also bounded by a series of more or

less distinct sienna-red conical spots upon the nervures; these

spots, however, are confluent just beyond the cell, and limited

internally by three dusky spots; a series of black spots just

beyond the discal line, and sometimes three spots in an oblique

subapical series; apex whitish, a submarginal series of black

dots more or less pupilled on their outer edge with white;

fringe whity brown tipped with dark red-brown, or greyish

tipped with black: secondaries shining sordid white, with a

broad greyish external border, bounded internally by the

discal line, which is nearly straight and blackish; a black

discocellular dot; a diffused subapical dusky patch; a sub-

marginal series of white-pupilled ‘black dots: thorax greyish

brown; abdomen whity brown, becoming silvery grey towards

the anus. Wings below silvery grey, washed with pink and

irrorated with black; a diffused blackish discal streak

preceded by a series of black dots; a black dot on the disco-

cellulars and a submarginal series; apex in all the wings

white: primaries with a white diffused externo-discal patch

continuous with the internal border, which is also white:

secondaries with whitish abdominal area: body below whity

brown, speckled with grey. Expanse of wings 1 inch 9 lines.

_ Two specimens. tio Janeiro. Type B.M.

This seems to be allied to A. fusaria.

28. Azelina amica, sp. n.

Allied to the preceding species. Wings more strongly

dentated, but of the same general coloration : primaries above

with very similar pattern, excepting that the discal line is

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina. 39

quite black, not double, and consequently not white-spotted

upon the nervures, that the extrabasilar line is less deeply

sinuated and placed nearer to the discal line, and that the

black discocellular spot is wanting: secondaries sordid white,

becoming grey towards the outer margin, but with no discal

line; submarginal dots as in the preceding species. Primaries

below silvery white, with brownish costal and external

borders ; a blackish dot at the end of the cell, and an abbre-

viated discal series ; a snow-white apical costal spot; fringe

blackish: secondaries pinky brown, gradually shading into

silvery white towards the abdominal margin, speckled with

black, and with a broad diffused apical external border; a

black discocellular spot: body below white. Hxpanse of

wings 1 inch 9 lines.

Rio Janeiro. Type B.M.

29. Azelina gonopteraria.

Azelina gonopteraria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 160. n. 253, pl. vi. fig. 5 (1857).

3 2, Rio Janeiro. B.M.

This seems to be the commonest and one of the most

variable in tint of all the species in Rio Janeiro.

80. Azelina repellaria.

©. Azelina repellaria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 161. n. 254 (1857).

$ 2, Rio Janeiro. B.M.

The male is slightly greyer than the female, and in form

more like A. stuposaria, the apical and subapical denticles

of the primaries only being indicated.

31. Azelina poaphilaria.

Azelina poaphilaria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 161. n. 256, pl. iv. fig. 5 (1857).

& 2, Rio Janeiro. B.M.

Judging from the figure alone, I should not have retained

this species in the genus; the insect, however, has well-

defined though short denticles to the outer margin of the

primaries and the usual angle at the extremity of the second

median branch.

32. Azelina imperfectaria.

3 2. Axzelina imperfectaria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 161. n. 255 (1857).

2, Rio Janeiro. B.M.

33. Azelina ochracea, sp. n.

Primaries above from the base to the discal line ochreous

speckled with grey and black, and with a subcostal inconspicuous

40 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina.

shining greyish line; both of the ordinary lines double, the

centre being grey and the edges black; the extrabasilar

slightly oblique and trisinuate; the discal line, which is also

preceded by a closely approximated black stripe, is oblique,

its outer edge being very feebly sinuated between the veins ;

disk stramineous, crossed by a very indistinct brick-red streak

bounded internally by a more or less distinct series of black

dots just beyond the discal line; a conical distinct red spot

just beyond the middle of the first median interspace ; external

area towards apex olivaceous; an incomplete submarginal

series of black-edged white dots; fringe ochreous: sconda-

ries stramineous, ochraceous at centre of abdominal area and

disk, speckled with grey; discal line slightly irregular, black,

bordered internally with slaty grey and with several small

angular markings of this colour just beyond it; a grey dis-

cocellular spot; a submarginal series of externally white-

edged black dots; fringe ochreous: body above ochreous,

washed with pink. Primaries below cream-coloured, sericeous ;

costal border ochraceous, speckled with grey; lines of the upper

surface grey, the extrabasilar indistinct ; a black discocellular

lunule ; a greyish subapical marginal patch; fringe ochreous,

with dark reddish outer edge: secondaries pale stramineous,

the costal border and apical area washed with reddish ochre-

ous; a zigzag grey discal line, becoming black on the abdo-

minal area; a black discocellular spot. Body below pale

ochraceous ; legs cream-coloured, speckled with black. Ex-

panse of wings 1 inch 8 lines.

Two specimens. Rio Janeiro. Type B.M.

34. Azelina crocallaria.

6. Azelina crocallaria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 162. n. 257 (1857).

3,2, Rio Janeiro; 2, Venezuela. B.M.

The female from Venezuela is very pale, but otherwise

agrees with the typical form. ‘The ordinary female, on the

other hand, is altogether darker and browner than the male,

but with exactly the same pattern.

30. Azelina campinaria.

Gonodontis campinaria, Herrich-Schiiffer, Auss. Schmett. pl. lxxix.

fic, 458 (1850-69).

Azelina campinaria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 157. n, 244 (1857).

Brazil.

__ The body of this species seems to be exaggerated in the

figure ; it is hardly possible that it can be so large in nature.

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina. 41

36. Azelina minima, sp. n.

Allied to the preceding species, but with the general aspect

of A. clysiaria. Primaries with trisinuate outer margin ;

dark sericeous brownish grey irrorated with black; costal

border mottled with whitish; a rather broad irregular central

ferruginous band bounded by the ordinary lines, which are

blackish and subparallel to the subcostal vein, where the inner

line turns inwards at an acute angle, which emits a spur

downwards to the end of the cell, and is followed by a small

ochreous spot bounded externally by a pure white crescent ;

fringe varied with cupreous: secondaries with an acute angle

at the extremity of the second median branch; slightly paler

brownish grey than the primaries, but transversely mottled

with slightly darker grey ; discal line indistinct, paler than

the ground-colour; submedian vein streaked with reddish

cupreous in the centre ; an incomplete submarginal series of

black dots: thorax olivaceous brown ; abdomen pale brownish

grey. Primaries below sericeous, grey, slightly silvery to-

wards the inner and outer margins; costal area whity brown,

striated with darker brown; an indistinct wavy abbreviated

discal line from the costa; postdiscal white crescent as

above; fringe whitish at the base; secondaries pale cupreous,

brown striated with grey, the abdominal border white; a

diffused grey discal belt, beyond which the external area is

whitish: body below greyish; legs cream-coloured. Ex-

panse of wings 1 inch 2 lines.

Six specimens. Rio Janeiro. Type B.M.

Section Potygonta, Guén.

37. -Azelina anceta.

Phalena-Geometra anceta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. p. 136, pl. ecclx. C, D

(1782).

Azelina ancetaria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 158. n, 248 (1857).

Guayaquil. B.M.

Our example does not quite agree,with Cramer’s figure; so

that it is just possible that the Surinam form may be distinct.

Without specimens from both localities, however, it would be

rash to separate them.

38. Azelina commixtata.

Azelina commixtata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1748 (1862).

Port Natal (Gueinzius). B.M.

42 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina.

39. Azelina fortinata.

Polygonia fortinata, Guénée, Ent. Month. Mag. v. p.41 (1868).

New Zealand, Otago. B.M.

40. Azelina gallaria.

Selenia gallaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 185. n. 6 (1860).

New Zealand. Type B.M.

Al. Azelina denticulata, sp. n.

Red-brown: primaries rather pale, the lines reddish choco-

late ; the inner line S-shaped, with pale inner edge, outer line

expanded internally into a band, covering, below the cell,

about a third of the central belt, its outer edge slightly undu-

lated, the greatest projection being on the interno-median

interspace; this line or band is edged externally with pinky

whitish ; two oblique pale sericeous streaks across the disk,

as in A. lustraria, stuposaria, and one or two other species;

an incomplete submarginal series of black dots, more or less

prominently pupilled with white: secondaries greyish with

reddish ochraceous external border; costal border whitish; a

submarginal series of black dots; discal line nearly straight,

chocolate-brown, with slender whitish edge: thorax darker

than abdomen, prominently crested. Under surface reddish

brown; a slender, externally white-edged, black discal line,

straight on the primaries, irregularly undulated on the secon-

daries: primaries with the submedian area grey, the median

interspaces black towards the base, but crossed from the

middle by a large pyriform white patch ; internal area silky

white; two or three submarginal dots with more or less pro-

minent white pupils: secondaries with a large black spot with

cream-coloured margin, and divided by veins of the same

colour at the inferior angle of the cell; abdominal border and

fringe pale buff; legs cream-coloured, streaked with dark

brown. Expanse of wings 1 inch 9 lines.

Two specimens. Ecuador (Buckley). Type B.M.

The primaries of this species are slightly irregular, as in

A. poaphilaria ; but the secondaries are distinctly dentated,

the margin from the third median branch to the anal angle

bearing three well-defined and slightly incurved processes of

equal length and width. The species therefore, although in

pattern it most resembles A. Hiibneraria and allies, seems by

its structure to come nearer to A. clysiaria; it nevertheless

differs somewhat in form from all described species.

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina. 43

Section approaching SYNEMIA.

42. Azelina latrata.

zelina latrata, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 163, n. 259 (1857).

Brazil, Colombia.

43. Azelina caninata.

Azelina caninata, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 163. n. 260 (1857).

Colombia.

If I have rightly understood the description of the form of

these two species, they must be allied to A. clysiarta, in which

the primaries are biangulated as in typical Synemia, and the

secondaries furnished with incurved marginal denticles at the

extremities of the second and third median branches. Herr

Snellen figures under this name (Tijd. Ent. xvii. pl. 2. fig. 4)

a Lycimna allied to L. succedens.

44, Azelina decisaria.

Azelina decisaria, Herrich-Schiffer, Zool.-mineral. Ver. Corr. Blatt.

xxiv. p. 185 (1870).

Cuba.

45. Azelina clysiaria.

Azelina clysiaria, Felder & Rogenhofer, Reise der Nov., Lep. v. pl. cxxiii.

fic. 12 (1876).

Rio Javary, Rio Purus, Rio Solimsées, Rio Jutahi (Dr.

Trail). B.M.

The figure of this species is too pale in colouring and does not

correctly represent the uncate character of the denticles on the

inner half of the external margin of the secondaries.

46. Azelina juruana, sp. n.

Nearly allied to the preceding species, but considerably

smaller, of a sandy testaceous colour speckled with black,

with no distinct triangular yellowish costal patch on the pri-

maries, but the oblique black dash commencing the “ extra-

basilar”’ line and the dark commencement of the discal line

even more strongly defined, the red inner border of the latter

line only indicated by a ferruginous spot beyond the trans-

parent discocellular marking, and a second on the submedian

vein ; the apex with an irregular reddish-brown spot diffused

externally, two or three olivaceous spots on the disk; a sub-

marginal series of black dots, pupilled with white towards the

apex ; fringe grey : secondaries washed with rust-red towards

44 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina.

the abdominal margin ; discal line nearly straight, brown

with a white edge; discocellular marking reduced to a trans-

parent point; no orange or rust-red spots just beyond it as

in A, elystaria; a subanal ferruginous streak and an indistinct

olive-brown subapical marginal spot, which, however, is some-

times absent; a submarginal series of black dots. Under

surface sordid white, striated with grey; discocellular mark-

ings white with blackish edges; a zigzag discal brown line

dotted with black, two or three dusky patches on the disk and

a submarginal series of black dots as above: body below

sandy whitish. Expanse of wings I inch 5 lines.

Rio Jurua, Amazons (Dr. Trail). Type B.M.

A very distinct and well-marked species of the form of A.

clysiarta, and with the ordinary lines of the primaries similar.

Section SyNEMIA, Guén.

A7. Azelina speciosata.

Azelina speciosata, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 159, n. 250 (1857).

Ecuador. B.M.

Described from a male obtained in Colombia. The female

is considerably paler in colour than the male. It is absurd to

think of separating this species generically from A. polygo-

naria.

48. Azelina guruparia.

Q. Azelina guruparia, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. v. pl. exxiii. fig. 21

(1876).

¢ Rio Jutahi (Dr. Trail). B.M. :

The male is smaller than the female, with the coloration of

the primaries more like that of Felder’s figure of A. saturata,

the apex being dark and the external area buff streaked with

whitish.

49. Azelina decora, sp. 0.

Allied to A. speciosata, with almost the same pattern, the

primaries altogether redder; the olivaceous basal area replaced

by purplish brown ; the olive borders of the ordinary black

lines narrower and darker; the pale patch on the internal

area just beyond the discal line much narrower, grey bordered

externally with white; the external third of the primaries

bright cupreous orange, with the area nearest to external

angle and a subapical patch slightly darker and speckled with

grey; no white zigzag discal stripe: secondaries with the

discoidal area dull ochreous, the costal and abdominal areas

to the discal line cream-coloured mottled with grey ; discal line

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Azelina. 45

whitish, arched, partly edged externally by the grey mottlings ;

external area bright ochreous outwardly, shading into orange

internally, where it is mottled with grey; a marginal orange

line spotted with dark grey. Body “and under surface very

like A. spectosata, excepting that the subapical semitransparent

white spot is wanting. Hxpanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines.

Rio Janeiro. Type B.M.

50. Azelina pumaria.

Pergama pumaria, Felder & Rogenhofer, Reise der Nov., Lep. v.

pl. exxili. fig. 15 (1876).

Espirito Sancto, Brazil; Rio Purus (Dr. Trail). B.M.

51. Azelina polygonaria.

Synemia polygonaria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 164. n. 261 (1857) Herrich-

Schaffer, Auss. Schmett. figs. 412, 413 (1850-58).

Brazil.

The two following species cannot belong to Azelina; they are

described as having the “fore wings acute,” the first ‘with

rounded exterior border and the second with the exterior

border angular. The genus, though it occurs in New Zealand,

is at present unknown from Australia.

Azelina inordinata.

Azelina inordinata, Walker, Char. undescr. Het. Lep. p. 74 (1869).

Australia. Melbourne Museum.

Azelina biplaga.

Azelina biplaga, Walker, Char. undescr. Het. Lep. p. 75 (1869).

Australia. Melbourne Museum.

Doubtful Species.

52. Azelina asilasaria.

Azelina asilasaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 194. n. 24 (1860).

Rio Janeiro.

53. Azelina amyclaria.

Azelina amyclaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 195. n. 25 (1860).

Brazil.

54. Azelina? atrapesaria.

Azelina? atrapesaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xx. p. 196. n. 27 (1860).

Of this species no trace, either of the specimen or the printed

label, appears in the cabinet ; and as Walker has made no note

46 Dr. Wallich on the Identity of the Chalk

in the Catalogue as to what he has done with it, I can only

suppose that it is a species which he omitted to label when

described, and which has consequently become the type of

some species in another genus.

The following group is so close to Azelina that it may save

the multiplication of synonyms to refer to it here.

Paragonia deustata.

Paragonia deustata, Felder, Reise der N ov., Lep. v. pl. exxiv. fig. 8

(1876).

Chili.

Paragonia subornata.

Macaria ?? subornata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1644 (1862).

Monte Video (Darwin). ‘Type B.M.

Nearly allied to the preceding species.

VI.—Supplementary Notes on the EFlints and the Litholo-

gical Identity of the Chalk and Recent Calcareous Deposits

in the Ocean. By Surgeon-Major Wauticu, M.D.

It may be in the recollection of those who have read my

former observations on the subject * that, in default of any

Tie available direct means of proving the lithological identity of

* the chalk and calcareous deposits of the Atlantic and other

oceans, I was obliged to rely chiefly on collateral evidence in

support of the view I advocated—namely, that the extraordi-

nary contrast between the percentages of silica, supposed to

characterize these two formations, does not in reality exist,

but is altogether based on the fallacious standard employed

in making the comparison. I maintained that the nearly

total absence of disseminated silica now observable in the

Chalk is not due to an almost infinitesimal quantity of that

substance having originally been present in it when it rested

as mud on the Cretaceous sea-bed, but to the fact of nearly

the whole of the silica it then contained having been then and

there eliminated from it through the agency of colloidal

sponge-protoplasm. For a like reason I contended, that the

large percentage of silica now met with in the surface-mud

of the recent calcareous areas does not furnish a trustworthy

index to the percentage which would be found were it possible

* “¢ A Contribution to the History of the Cretaceous Flints,” Quart.

Journ. Geol. Soc., Feb. 1880; and “On the Origin and Formation of the

Ftints of the Upper or White Chalk,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1881.

and Recent Calcareous Deposits. 47

to obtain for analysis a specimen of the consolidated stratum

resting at some depth below the surface, inasmuch as the

excess present in the immediate surface-layer (from which

alone all our information has heretofore been derived) repre-

sents, in reality, the aggregate contributions extracted from

each freshly-deposited layer as it became gradually submerged

beneath the layer that succeeded it. And, lastly, stating the

case in another form, I concluded that, were it possible

under existing conditions to compare with a portion of chalk

a portion of recent calcareous mud obtained from a consider-

able depth * below the surface of the sea-bed, there would in

all probability be no material difference in the relative per-

centages of silica derived from the two sources.

It subsequently occurred to me, however, that if my hypo-

thesis concerning the causes which lead to the stratification

of the flints is correct, the fossilized organic contents, so

frequently met with in certain hollow nodules, would at once

supply the requisite data for determining the relative quan-

tities of silica in the two formations, especially as the alleged

great excess of silica in one of these is so pronounced as to

render an approximately accurate quantitative analysis—such

as I might myself carry out—sufficient for the purpose SO

templated.

The line of inquiry I marked out in order to put my

hypothesis to the test of actual experiment was, to ascertain,

if possible, what constant distinctions are traceable between

the contents of those nodular cavities that have never, since

their consolidation, been so perfectly closed as to cut off all

communication whatever between their contents and the

medium surrounding the nodules, and the contents of those

cavities that have remained hermetically closed since that

critical stage in their history when they became sufficiently

consolidated to put every subsequent change in the lithological

combinations formed amongst the enclosed materials beyond

the pale of any supplementary accessions of materials from

without, or any transfer of the originally included materials

from within. a

Then, taking as my point of departure the fact alluded toin

my last paper on the flint question J, namely that the contents

of hermetically-closed nodular cavities consist of absolutely

intact portions of the organic material, and even of the water,

of the ancient Cretaceous ocean, around which the highly

* By immediate surface-layer I mean from 6 inches to probably a foot

and a half, beyond which there is no sufficient proof that any dredge,

sounding, or probing-machine has ever yet penetrated. ic

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1881, pp. 178 and 201.

48 Dr. Wallich on the Identity of the Chalk

contractile, but as yet unconsolidated, nascent nodules had

closed in so as to completely imprison them, I argued as

follows :—Inasmuch as the stratified flints were formed at the

immediate surface of the ancient sea-bed, from an already highly

saturated combination of sponge-silica and sponge-proto-

plasm *, the portion of organic débris entrapped within the as

yet unconsolidated masses of nascent flint must, in like manner,

have been derived from the immediate surface-layer ; and

consequently, since the nascent nodules were, under the con-

ditions specified, incapable of appropriating more silica from

any source, or of transferring any of their own silica beyond

their own boundary walls, whatever quantities of silica and

carbonate of lime were originally present in the imprisoned

masses, must have remained locked up, from the Cretaceous

period down to our own time, in the cavities in which we now

find them.

It will be seen hereafter that the examination made by

me, in pursuance of the plan thus sketched out, of a very

extensive series of carefully selected nodular flints, fully sub-

stantiates the main conclusions at which I had previously

arrived on the basis of collateral evidence only.

As regards the abstract possibility of the walls of the

nodular cavities (reduced as they occasionally are to a thick-

ness not exceeding a third or even quarter of an inch {) being

sufficient to prevent the dialytic translation of any of the

mineral substances held in solution within them, it is, I pre-

sume, almost unnecessary for me to offer any further proof

than the fact, well known to every mineralogist and chemist,

that minute quantities of fluid have continued pent up in

quartz, for periods, and under pressures, far exceeding those

we have now to deal with. But, even apart from this fact,

the condition in which we find the contents themselves, and

the appearance presented by the perfectly unbroken walls of

flint, tend to prove that no such dialytic translation of mate-

rial has, or indeed could have, taken place. On this point,

however, I shall have something more to say further on.

It has already been stated that my observations serve to

establish the lithological identity of the ancient and recent

calcareous formations. But they do more than this; they

lend the strongest support to the view, if they do not abso-

lutely prove, that the final stage arrived at, in the consolidation

of the contents of the nodular cavities, is wholly dependent

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Feb. 1880, pp: 68-91.

+ I mention these, not as indicating thicknesses present in the

nodules the contents of which I have selected for analysis, but merely as

the minimum compatible with safety.

and Recent Calcareous Deposits. 49

on the presence, or exhaustion, of the water of the ancient

ocean which was imprisoned along with the solid materials.

It is upon the exhaustion of this water that each one of the

various transitional stages of metamorphism in the materials

—ranging from a partial replacement of the carbonate of lime

by silica, to the production of a form of chert so homogeneous

and white as closely to resemble porcelain—is brought to a

final standstill; whilst between these two extremes is to be

met with every intermediate stage of (what I may describe as)

collateral metamorphism, including the production of chalce- |

dony or jasper through an occasional excess of alumina and

iron, of fibrous as well as granular silica, and, finally, of the

purest crystals of quartz, crystallized out of the last expiring

remnant of water holding in solution the last residuary particles

of silica.

Of each and all of these transitional varieties of the material

I have preserved representative specimens; and it is no exag-

geration to say that each time I look at them some new fact

seems to reveal itself in their wondrous history.

On the present occasion I will content myself with drawing

attention to two of the facts that have been elicited. The

first is, that in those nodular cavities in which the imprisoned

contents have not already been reduced to an anhydrous con-

dition—putting one in mind of our satellite the moon, without

atmosphere, without vapour, without even a ray of the

reflected light she receives—the whole of the changes above

enumerated can be distinctly noted as being either still in

progress or as having been cut short by the exhaustion of the

water, to which alluusion has just been made.

The circumstances connected with the second fact on which

I propose to touch, demand a few words of explanation. This

_ I have all the more pleasure in supplying, since it enables

me to make the interesting announcement, that the still

mysterious little organisms to which I gave the name of cocco-

spheres (discovered by me in 1860, amongst the rest of the

organic débris*, in soundings in the North Atlantic), have very

recently, and for the first time, been detected by Mr. J. T.

Young in a fossil state. Mr. Young has already detected

them in the Chalk series from various localities in the neigh-

bourhood of London. They have, up to this date, been found

by him “in the Chalk from Marlow, Pinckney’s Farm (near

Maidenhead), Charlton, Gravesend, the Grey Chalk from the

boring at Meux’s brewery, and the Glauconite beds (Upper

* As stated in a paper on the Polycystina in the Quart. Journ. Micro-

scop. Soc, for July 1865, I discovered living coccospheres in abundance

in the tropical seas on both sides of Africa in 1857.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 4

50 Dr. Wallich on the Identity of the Chalk

Greensand) at Folkestone, but, most abundantly, in Grey

Chalk from the Finchley Boulder-clay.”

Mr. Young, knowing the interest taken by me in the

matter, was good enough to acquaint me with his discovery

soon after making it im April last, and to increase the obli-

gation thus rendered, by presenting me with illustrative slides

and specimens of the Chalk itself, intimating at the same time

that I was at liberty to make any use I liked of the informa-

tion. He thus enabled me not only at once to verify his

observations, and, under the salutary stimulus afforded by his

discovery, to detect coccospheres in two or three specimens of

chalk I had by me, but, what was of still greater interest to

me just now, owing to its opportuneness, to detect selicified

coccospheres in the cavities of hermetically closed nodules ob-

tained direct from the Upper Chalk, and also in a number of

similarly closed hollow flints obtained, in the usual rolled and

weathered condition, from neighbouring gravel beds!

It is at this point that the history of these still myste-

rious little structures becomes so intimately connected with

the flint question as to warrant my laying greater stress on it

than I should otherwise have done; for not only does it add

another powerful link to the chain of evidence regarding the

mineral identity of the chalk and recent calcareous deposits,

but it conclusively attests the accuracy of the statement made

by me when I first figured and minutely described the cocco-

spheres *—namely, that, in common with the detached appen-

dages of these organisms called ‘ coccoliths,” the cell-wall of

the coccosphere ts consolidated by carbonate of lime tT, and hence,

when not silicified, exhibits by polarized light the well-known

distinctive cross. I may take this opportunity of mentioning

that, as some doubts have been expressed as to the correctness

of my view regarding the calcareous nature of the cell-wall

of the structures in question, I have during the past twelve

months carefully repeated my examination of them, and am

now in a position to reassert its strict accuracy in every par-

ticular.

I have spoken of the lithological identity of the ancient

* “On some novel Phases of Organic Life at Great Depths in the

Ocean,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1861.

+ It is a remarkable fact, also pointed out in the paper just named, that

T had never then (and I may here add that I have never since, either

during my cruise in the North Atlantic in 1860 or during my subsequent

examination of preserved specimens) observed a single collapsed or

crumpled specimen. In the large oblong coccospheres found by me, in

1857, in the tropical ocean on both sides of Africa, one end of the struec-

ture “dehisces,” as if truncated ; but I do not recollect having ever seen

it crushed or collapsed.

and Recent Oalcareous Deposits. 51

and recent calcareous formations. It should, however, be

clearly understood that this term is only applicable to them

both, as they undoubtedly present themselves to our notice,

in connexion with occasional peculiarities depending upon

conditions with which we are as yet very imperfectly acquain-

ted. For example, the term “ Globigerine areas” has been

employed by more than one eminent writer as synonymous

with an ideal standard of what recent cretaceous mud ought

to be like. It is not, however, in the purest Globigerine

areas that the deposit approaching nearest to the Upper or

White flint-bearing Chalk is being deposited. But that a true

flint-bearing cretaceous rock is being very generally deposited

over certain areas of the ocean, differing from it perhaps as

much, in colour only, as the latter differs from the Grey, but

nevertheless lithologically identical with it, is, I am inclined

to believe, quite certain. On the other hand, grave objections

have been urged against this view on purely paleontological

grounds, which may be as insuperable as the authority is high

of the eminent geologists who entertained them. But having

had some practical experience in deep-sea exploration, and

being aware of what has been done in this direction by others

during the last ten or twelve years,|I cannot help considering,

it somewhat premature to affirm—because ‘ not a single one

of the characteristic Cretaceous genera of Mollusca, such as

Ammonite, Baculite, Belemnite, &c., has been brought to light

in the Globigerine areas, and nothing to indicate that the Creta-

ceous formation (speaking in a geological sense) is going on

anywhere with that sort of persistency which is inferred hy ”

some *—that the attainment of this or equivalent paleonto-

logical evidence is impossible. The fact is that no really

appropriate means have heretofore been devised and _perse-

veringly employed for determining the question ; and, looking

at it froma less debatable point of view, the most that can

be said of the opportunities heretofore available for the detec-

tion of some of the missing paleontological links is—that the

likelihood of their proving successful stands on a par with an

attempt (were such to be indulged in by some zealous natura-

list) to determine the precise nature and scope of the European.

marine fauna by dropping a thimble at every mile ortwo miles,

on the bottom of the area known as the British Channel. _/

It will have been observed from the foregoing remarks

that I have adopted as the basis of my conclusions the fact

that, since the substance of the chalk itself furnishes un-

* Extract from a letter of Sir Charles Lyell’s to the author, dated

January 24th, 1870.

a2 Dr. Wallich on the Identity of the Chalk

questionable proof that the quantity of silica now present im

it is so small as hardly ever to exceed 3 per cent., the close

approach to uniformity between the demonstrable percentage

of silica in the surface calcareous mud of the existing sea-bed

and the now also demonstrable percentage in the contents of

the hermetically closed nodular cavities (which must in like

manner have been derived from the immediate surface mud

of the cretaceous sea-bed) warrants the inference that the

relative percentages in the equivalent ‘ horizons” of the two

formations are equal, and hence that this uniformity must,

according to all reasonable probability, extend to every sub-

jacent horizon.

In order to substantiate this inference, however, it is indis-

pensable that some distinct and constant difference should be

shown to exist between the mineral constitution of the material

contained in such flint-cavities as have from the beginning

remained perfectly closed, and those which have never been

completely so. I may state that within the past six months

I have carefully examined at least two hundred specimens of

each kind and that, so far as the experience thus acquired

enables me to speak with confidence, I am quite unaware of

a single example in which the original organic carbonate of

lime of the Foraminifera and other débris obtained from the

closed cavities, has not been more or less completely, but

never completely, replaced by the organic silica. Isay never

completely replaced because I have never yet seen any portion

of the original calcareous material that yielded otherwise than

very partially to the action of hydrochloric acid. As a rule

the entire contents, without exception, are composed of chert

—that is to say, of a chemical combination of carbonate of

lime and silica in every proportion, from the state of nearly

pure silica on the one hand, to the perfect form of chert

already described by me at p. 49, anté, on the other; whilst

in the contents of the only partially closed cavities, and

notably in the deep external furrows present in some nodular

flints, the silicification would seem rarely, if ever, to have

proceeded to the same extent; and we find (what is never

found in the perfectly closed cavities) calcareous organisms

altogether unmetamorphosed. ‘This is most strikingly mani-

fest in the case of “ coccoliths,” and, as I have recently

discovered, of the coccospheres, every one of the latter obtained

from the closed cavities being, without exception, silicified to

such a degree as to remain perfect in all their details after sub-

jection to strong hydrochloric acid. ‘The explanation of this is

sufficiently obvious. In the one case the siliceous materials

and included portion of colloidal protoplasm have had an

and Recent Calcareous Deposits. 53

unlimited quantity of carbonate of lime in the surrounding

matrix to work upon, and an unfettered access to water.

Hence they have virtually been in the same position they

would have occupied if simply imbedded in the chalk itself,

where they occur in multitudes.

In the other case the silica, carbonate of lime, and proto-

plasm are imprisoned within a closed wall of adamant, and

have had to come to terms as best they could without the least

extrinsic aid or interference.

It is moreover specially deserving of note that the occur-

rence of s¢licified coccospheres in the closed cavities furnishes

the strongest presumptive evidence that they and the materials

associated with them are of extrinsic origin, and are not, as

it were, effete or residuary products derived from the nodular

mass itself. For, obviously, these extremely minute structures

would have been the first to succumb to silicification by

replacement, and consequently to absorption and obliteration

in the substance of the flint, had those now found in the nodular

cavities ever formed part of it.

Another point upon which I lay great stress is the unmis-

takable evidence, already alluded to, of the various changes

that take place amongst the imprisoned materials, continuing

in operation, in certain cases, to the present day.

It is an important circumstance that, in such closed cavities

as contain a large proportional quantity of water, the advance

from the initiatory condition of the component materials asso-

ciated with it ¢s at tts minimum—an apparently paradoxical

assertion in view of what was said a few lines back, as to

water being the determining agent in the chain of metamor-

phism under notice. It is, however, no paradox; for what

happens is, that the larger the relative quantity of water the

larger is the quantity of silica maintained in solution, and the

less tendency is there in it to supplant the coexistent car-

bonate of lime. In this wise the carbonate of lime, obviously

the more yielding of the two mineral elements throughout all

these operations, is left alone for a longer period.

It is a very remarkable fact, moreover, that the water-con-

taining, cavities seem to be most common, and the quantity of

water greatest, in those flints which have been obtained from

gravel beds, and must therefore, during a very considerable

period of their mearceration, have been subject to the mighty

turmoil of some ancient coast-line. Unfortunately I have as

yet neither had the time nor the appliances for analyzing this

water. I can, however, state that it is perfectly clear and

limpid when allowed to settle, has no perceptible saline taste,

and evaporates with extraordinary rapidity on being laid bare

to the atmosphere.

54 Dr. Wallich on the Identity of the Chalk

One of the conclusions I draw from the data afforded, is that

the period at which perfect consolidation of a given stratum

of flint takes place (leaving out of consideration at present the

fissure-flint, which involves widely different issues, of which

I may have something to say on a future occasion) is con-

temporaneous with the consolidation of the stratum of chalk

underlying it; whereas the period of ultimate consolidation

of the contents of the closed cavities would appear to be inde-

finite. Some have apparently become consolidated at the

same time as the enclosing flint nodule. ‘This would seem to

have occurred in those cases in which there is no trace of

cavity left—the materials, entrapped as almost solid lumps of

mud, with no more water than was just sufficient to keep them

in a stiff paste, having filled up the entire space and become

finally merged as a solid core in the substance of the sur-

rounding wall of flint. In other cases the materials would

appear to have become consolidated after an indefinitely length-

ened term, leaving central cavities devoid of fluid, and bounded

either by a glistening mass of minute quartz crystals or of

delicately mamillated chalcedony with an intervening layer

of reddish or greenish jasper between the crystalline layer and

the substance of the flint. Where water is present in a resi-

duary cavity, so is some remnant of unconsolidated material.

Of course, in the whole of the examples of which I have

spoken in this paper, I have purposely left out of sight such

nodules as have formed around a distinct portion of sponge-

structure. They havea perfectly distinct history of their own.

I would here allude to an additional proof I have to offer

of the contents of the hermetically closed cavities being in

the strictest sense “¢nclustons,” as distinguished from any

solid material that may have formed part of the nascent

flint mass itself. It consists in the important fact that, but

for the superior cohesiveness (the “ ¢dio-attraction”’ of Mr.

Graham) of the nascent nodular masses, and their stubborn

refusal to mix with water, in no instance in which free water

had been admitted along with solid material in any consider-

able quantity, as compared with the internal area of the cavi-

ties, would the finally consolidated mass be found (as it con-

stantly is found, whether in a finely or coarsely granular state,

or a compact and solid cherty mass) resting quite loosely

within the cavity like the kernel of a hazelnut within its shell,

Under no other possible or even conceivable condition than

those resulting trom the hermetical closure of the cavities

from the beginning, would the imprisoned water have remained

to this day unexhausted, even assuming what I believe to be

impossible—that the said water, instead of having been directly

and Recent Calcareous Deposits. 5a

obtained in the first instance from the Cretaceous ocean itself,

had originally formed part of the ‘combined water”’* of the

nodule when in its still colloidal nascent condition. On the

other hand, itis by no means improbable that, in every case, a

limited portion of the contents of the nodular cavities has, during

the yet unconsolidated state of the nodules, been expended in

thickening, from within, the cherty lining of the interior of

these cavities. But it is manifest that, although this would to

the same extent diminish the quantity of included material, it

could not exercise any material effect on the relative percentages

silica and carbonate of lime left within the cavity.

Lastly, where any channel of communication existed be-

tween the interior of the consolidated nodular cavities and the

outer world, through which water from without could have

penetrated, it 1s evident that in the case of flint nodules ob-

tained from gravel beds, or where a stratified layer of flints

had been left exposed to atmospheric influences, such water

must have carried along with it foreign substances in a minute

state of division or in solution, and that these must have

produced a distinctly observable effect upon the imprisoned

masses. Under these circumstances, moreover, a means of

egress as well as ingress would have been established, so as

to permit of the escape of portions of the material from the

interior of the nodular cavities, as well as the entrance of

some of the materials from without—a state of things which

could not for a moment deceive any experienced observer.

It will be seen that in my analysis I do not pretend to have

arrived at strict accuracy, but have rested satisfied with sup-

plying an approximate index to the relative proportions of

soluble and insoluble materials only. It must be borne in

mind moreover that, on the one hand, there is no question just

now pending as to the quantity of residuary substances known

to exist only in extremely minute proportions in the materials

under examination, and, on the other hand, that silica and

carbonate of lime constitute, as a matter of fact, at least from

90 to 95 per cent. of the mass. ‘Ihe point to be determined,

therefore, is not whether more or less than from 4 to 3 or, at

the utmost, 4 per cent. of the silica present in the chalk is

doubled, trebled, or even quadrupled in the material from the

flint-cavities, but whether the silica present in the latter cor-

responds approximately with that met with in the calcareous

mud of the existing sea-bed T.

* See a paper “On the Properties of Silicic Acid,’ by the late Mr.

Graham (Proc. Roy. Soc. for June 1864).

T The analysis given below was made at my request, in February 1880,

by Mr. W. F. Ward, of the Royal School of Mines. It is intended to

56 Dr. Wallich on the Identity of the Chalk

/ Now the quantity of silica in the recent mud has been

“variously estimated at from 20 to 30 per cent. of the mass,

the carbonate of lime at from 50 to 60 per cent. All I now

profess to accomplish is—to show that my results, as deducible

from analyses of the material obtained from hermetically closed

cavities, correspond very much more closely with the percent-

ages found in the recent calcareous mud than those erroneously

supposed (as I contend) to represent the original quantity of silica

_contained in the chalk.| That I have done this much will, I

“think, be freely conceded. But in order sti!l more firmly to

establish my position, I must have such a detailed qualitative

as well as quantitative analysis made of the quantity of car-

bonate of lime which is undoubtedly locked up in the cherty

portion of the contents, and rendered temporarily insoluble

by its combining with the silica to form the large residue

included in my analysis under the head of ensoluble matter.

There is another point that demands explanation. I have

had to balance the percentages of material, as closely as I con-

sidered justifiable in the absence of further analytical data, in

quite an opposite direction—that is to say, by showing that

this large insoluble residue is not pure silica but chert, and that

the chert found in the hermetically closed nodular cavities, and,

indeed, in “ the flint” generally, is here as elsewhere a com-

pound of organic silica and lime, which unite, where an

organic colloid is present, in almost indefinite proportions.

Now the silica in the recent calcareous mud does not exhibit

any appreciable trace of intermixture with carbonate of lime.

In the contents of the nodular cavities the captive silica and

lime have, during the lapse of ages of undisturbed seclusion

(the existing conditions being precisely those most likely to

favour their union), become closely combined,—the point at

which any further combination between the materials was

arrested having been the point at which they became anhydrous.

The chert of the flints is nearly altogether insoluble in

hydrochloric acid. The most perfect form of chert met with

show the percentage of sz/zca in seven samples of chalk which were taken

by me at various levels from the face of a lofty cliff in one of the pits at

Charlton :—

per cent.

JA’ GPS oe MERCER O TY ERO chs 0:57

HSM Melita stain ele (ulavetaceiee 0:50

(OF igh id eRe ATRL en 0:49

1) sb ch Che EMRE ti 0-48

TEU Name Rerste eas ket fee ieiezolereae 0:64

SNA eye Rade Mc uel aiale Folate 0:95

and Recent Calcareous Deposits. ‘aff

n the cavities is not soluble even in boiling nitrohydrochloric

acid. ‘Hence it appears to be not a mere mechanical combi-

nation of the lime and silica which produces the extreme

hardness, whiteness, and homogeneousness of the porcelain-

like form to which I have already called attention, but a truly

chemical union between the two substances.

Under these circumstances I leave the analysis to speak

for itself. At the same time I annex to it a purely arbi-

trary and provisional computation of the probable average

amount of carbonate of lime that had entered into combination

with the silica to form the large ¢nsoluble residue. One third

may be too high or too low an estimate; but I am inclined to

think it will eventually prove not very far wide of the mark.

On these grounds I submit that I have made good the

statement with which I opened this paper—namely, that the

ancient and recent Cretaceous formations are lithologically

identical.

It will be noticed that I have deemed it better, for the pre-

sent at least, to adhere to the term “ s¢lictfication” than to

have continually to repeat the expressions conversion into chert,

or flinty chert, or cherty flint, as the case may be—since

one and all of these would, for the reasons already assigned,

be too indefinite to serve any useful purpose. Our scientific

vocabulary is already extensive enough to discountenance the

addition to it of such a word as chertification. At the same

time, I confess I do not quite see my way to avoiding it.

In selecting specimens of materials for analysis I have used

every available precaution to ensure their having been obtained

from really hermetically closed nodular cavities, and being

in the condition best fitted to furnish trustworthy results.

The total number of specimens analyzed by me is ten. Of

these, six were extracted from the cavities of nodules obtained

from gravel beds and four from the cavities of nodules obtained

from the Upper White Chalk. Two of those from the gravel

beds, however, were analyzed, not for the purpose of com-

parison, but with a view to determine the source of their ex-

ceptionally rich sulphur tint. The number represented in the

analysis is therefore reduced to eight.

Taking into account 3 per cent.

as the approximate quantity

of carbonate of lime locked -

up in the znsoluble residues,

and adding it to the soluble,

we have :—

per cent. per cent.

Soluble in acid .. 5237 | 6834 carbonate of lime.

Insoluble in acid . 47,4, | 3138 silica.

‘on

Geological Society.

er cent. per cent.

No. 2) .; Soluble in acid .. 4433 63723; carbonate of lime.

veage

10) < Insoluble in acid 5523 63143 silica.

From the

eravel

beds

It only remains for me to express my hope of being able, ona

future occasion, to enter more fully into the various remarkable

changes which are observable in the materials enclosed within

both the perfectly and the only partially closed nodular cham-

bers. I also hope to be able to furnish a series of perfected

analyses of the solid materials, and of that most interesting

portion of the sealed-up nodular contents—namely, the water

handed down to us from that grand old ocean,—all these

details being inseparably connected with the flint-question asa

whole.

June 16, 1881.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 11, 1881.—Robert Etheridge, Hsq., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “ Notes on the Fish-remains of the Bone-bed at Aust, near

Bristol, with the Description of some new Genera and Species.” By

James W. Davis, Esq., F.S.A., F.G.S.

The fossil fishes described in this paper are from the Rheetic bed

at Aust Passage. The stratum containing the fish-remains is rarely

more than 9 inches thick, often considerably less, and is composed

of rounded masses of hardened clay or marl, which, at the time of

their deposition, were soft enough to receive the impressions of the

coprolites and fish-remains. ‘There are large numbers of coprolites

and bones of fishes, as well as some remains of Saurians, mingled

with each other indiscriminately. The fishes belong to the orders

Plagiostomi and Ganoidei, some of the former being of considerable ~

size. It is inferred, from the intermixture of Saurians and fishes,

that the deposit is the result of shallow water existing near land,

in which the fishes lived and the Saurians occasionally disported

themselves.

Besides the fossil remains of the animals which lived during the

deposition of the Aust beds, there are also others which appear to

have been derived from the Mountain Limestone and the Coal-

measures, representing such generaas Psammodus, Psephodus, Helodus,

and Otenoptychius. Fossil teeth of these genera occur scattered rather

sparingly through the mass; they are very perfectly preserved, and

Geological Society. 59

do not show any signs of attrition. They must, however, be the

result of the disintegration of older rocks, or the genera which they

represent existed to a much later period than is generally supposed.

The following new species were described :—Ctenoptychius Ordu ;

Nemacanthus filifer, Ag., varieties a and /; Nemacanthus nunor ;

Sphenonchus obtusus ; Hybodus austinensis and pustulosus ; Petalodus?

2. “On some Fish-spines from the Coal-measures.” By J. W.

Davis, Hsq., F.S.A., F.G.S.

The author described in this paper three species of a new genus

of fossil fish from the Carboniferous formation, two of the species

having been found in the Cannel Coal of the West Riding of York-

shire, and the other in the Burghlea limestone, near Edinburgh.

Anodontacanthus is a straight spine, offering many points of resem-

blance to some of the Pleuracanths: it has a similarly close-grained

microscopical structure ; the internal cavity opens terminally at the

base of the spine; and it was not deeply implanted in the flesh of

the fish. It, however, differs from all the Pleuracanths in being

quite free from external denticles; its surface is plain or but

slightly striated; whilst that of Plewracanthus always possesses a

double row of denticles, either ranged laterally along the exposed

part of the spine or in some position between the lateral and pos-

terior aspects of the spine. It is possible that evidence may be

discovered which will render necessary the removal of these spines

to the genus Plewracanthus; but at present there is no evidence that

such is advisable. All the specimens of Plewracanthus-spine found

associated with teeth or shagreen have been armed with the double

row of denticles; and at present no evidence exists that spines

without denticles were associated with remains of this genus. It

is therefore considered best to institute a new genus for the three

species, with the name Anodontacanthus, in allusion to its having no

teeth or denticles.

3. “On some Specimens of Diastopora and Stomatopora from

the Wenlock Limestone.” By Francis D. Longe, Esq., F.G.S.

Mr. Longe showed and described some specimens of Bryozoa from

the Wenlock Limestone of Dudley, which he compared with corre-

sponding forms from the Oolite and later periods, and pointed out

the close similarity of the Silurian with the later forms, in respect

of the shape and dimensions of the cells, as well as in the habit of

coencecic growth.

Alluding to some other Paleozoic forms, assigned to the Bryozoa

under the generic names of Berenicea and Ceramopora, he pointed

out the difference between the shape of the cells in these forms and

those which he had described, and expressed a doubt whether they

should be classed as Bryozoa at all.

On the other hand he referred to some specimens described by

Professor Nicholson (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xv., 1875) under

the names of Alecto auloporoides &e., as having the true Bryozoan

60 Geological Society.

cell, and furnishing additional evidence of the existence, in the

Silurian seas, of forms of Bryozoa which, though very abundant in

the Oolite and all subsequent periods, were not generally supposed

to have existed in the Palzeozoic period.

4, “On a new Species of Plesiosaurus (P. Conybeari) from the

Lower Lias of Charmouth, with Observations on P. megacephalus,

Stutchbury, and P. brachycephalus, Owen.” By Prof. W. J. Sollas,

M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.8., &¢., Professor of Geology in University

College, Bristol; accompanied by a Supplement on the Geological

Distribution of the Genus Plestosaurus, by G. F. Whidborne, Esq.,

M.A., F.G.S.

The greater part of this paper was devoted to the description of a

remarkably fine specimen of Plestosaurus from the Ammonites-obtusus

zone of the Lower Lias, Charmouth. Its distinctive characters are

as follows :—

1. The length of the skull is 19°75 in., taken from the anterior

extremity of the lower jaw to the posterior margin of the quadrate.

2. There are sixty-six vertebree, of which thirty-eight are cervical,

twenty-one dorsal, two sacral, and five caudal.

3. The length of the neck is 83 in.; and the cervico-cephalic

index is 24-1.

4, The length of the cervico-dorsal series is 136 inches; and the

cervico-dorsal-cephalic index is 14-6.

5. The length of the centrum in the anterior cervical vertebre is

equal to the height, and greater than the breadth of the articular

face. In vertebra xv. the measurements are—length 2 inches,

breadth 1°5 inch, height 2 inches.

6. In the posterior cervical vertebre the breadth of the articular

face is greater than the length or height, but the latter two dimen-

sions remain equal.

7, The neural spines increase in size up to vertebra xl., in which

they measure 4-75 inches in length.

8. The neural spines are inclined backwards as far as vertebra

ly.; past this, up to lvii., they are inclined forwards; but after-

wards they again incline backwards.

9. The humerus and femur are nearly equal in length, the femur

being slightly the shorter.

For the species the name of P. Conybeari is proposed. P. Cony-

bear agrees closely with P. Htheridgi in the relative length of head

and neck; but it has eight more cervical vertebre than the last-

mentioned species. _ In the number of the cervical vertebre it agrees

with P. homalospondylus, but has a much larger cervico-cephalic

index.

5. “ On certain Quartzite and Sandstone Fossiliferous Pebbles in

the Drift in Warwickshire, and their probable Identity with the true

Lower Silurian Pebbles (with similar fossils) in the Trias at Bud-

Bibliographical Notices. 61

leigh Salterton, Devonshire.” By the Rev. P. B. Brodie, M.A.,

The author notices some previous remarks upon these pebbles,

which, in Warwickshire and elsewhere, either occur in the Trias or

have been derived from it. To account for these, he supposed that

there had been a more northerly extension of Silurian rocks than

can now be detected in Central England. The Lickey quartzite has

been supposed to have contributed some of these; but the author

states that he has not found any one well-detined Llandovery species,

but that the most characteristic are Lower Silurian. These pebbles

are most abundant south of Birmingham, towards Warwick and

Stratford-on-Avon. They agree lithologically with the Budleigh-

Salterton pebbles; these, as it has been shown, are partly Lower »

Silurian, partly Devonian, partly Carboniferous. The author gives

a list of species collected by him from the Warwickshire pebbles.

Sixteen are present from the twenty-four Lower-Silurian forms

found in Devonshire. Notwithstanding their identity, physical

considerations forbid the supposition that they have been derived

directly from that locality or Normandy ; so that it is probable these

Lower Silurian quartzite rocks once extended much further to the

north.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

On the Structure and Affinities of the Genus Monticulipora and its

Subgenera. By H. Aturyne Nicuorson, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S.E.,

F.LS., Professor of Natural History in the University of St. An-

drews. 8vo. Edinburgh & London: W. Blackwood & Sons, 1881.

Tus work is a further result of the continued paleontological re-

searches of Prof. Nicholson, and although perhaps not so generally

interesting as his previous volume on the Tabulate Corals, is not a

less important contribution to the history of a difficult and variable

group of Ccelenterata—the Monticuliporide, whose relations and

affinities have of late years been the subject of investigation. In

his previous work Prof. Nicholson only treated generally of Monti-

culipora and its immediate allies. The matter there given, greatly

expanded and improved by more extended observations of his own

and other authors’, is incorporated in the present treatise.

The general history and literature of Monticulipora and the allied

genera, including an analysis of the classification of Dybowski, is

followed by a chapter on its comparative structure, in which the

forms of the corallum, the differential structure of the walls of

the corallites as compared with those in Stenopora and Cheetetes,

and the surface features are described; under the latter head are

the “‘ monticules ” (circumscribed areas on the surface of the coral-

lum, which are more or less ¢levated above the general level), from

the presence of which the name of the genus is derived.

62 Bibliographical Notices.

Another remarkable superficial feature is the ‘‘ spiniform coral-

lites,” peculiar blunt spine-like structures placed in greater or less

numbers round the calices; and these are regarded, for reasons

assigned, not merely as appendages of the corallum, but as truly of

the nature of peculiarly modified zooids or corallites—a view differing

from that of Dybowski, who considered them of the same nature

as the peculiar (intramural) canals which are found in various tabu-

late corals (see also Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 92).

Besides these curious structures, microscopic examination brings out

the important fact that the corallum of Monticulipora is dimorphic,

consisting of two different sets of corallites, inhabited during life

by two different sets of zooids; this is stated by the author

to be analogous to the structure which Mr. Moseley has shown to

exist in Heliolites, the interstitial tubes of which were previously

regarded as vesicular coenenchyma.

The third chapter treats of the development, affinities, and syste-

matic position of Monticulipora, in which the author discusses and

dissents from its Polyzoan affinities as advocated by Dr. Lindstrom ;

the resemblances and differences with Heteropora are compared, from

which it is inferred ‘‘that the points of likeness between the two

are by no means so weighty as the points of difference.” The

affinities of Chetetes and Stenopora are considered, and also the

Helioporidee.

After pointing out the strong resemblances between Monticulipora

and its allies and various undoubted corals, principally among the

Helioporide, Prof. Nicholson is inclined to regard the Monticuli-

poridee as an ancient group of the Alcyonaria. With regard to the

zoological position assigned to this group, it is evident, from the

numerous references cited throughout the work, it was quite an unin-

tentional oversight that the author did not notice that the affinity

now adopted by him was proposed and clearly foreshadowed by

Prof. Duncan ten years ago, in the third report on British fossil

corals (Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1871, p. 135), where he places amongst

the Aleyonaria Chetetes, Monticulipora, Dania, Stellipora, and

Labechia, and states that the last two genera, together with Dekayza,

are subgenera of Monticulipora, and that Dania cannot be separated

from Cheetetes.

Prof. Nicholson also does not appear to have referred to the valu-

able work of Milne-Edwards, ‘ Histoire des Coralliaires,’ in which

much information is given with regard to the so-called Tabulata,

under the Cheetetine (vol. iii. p. 269).

With regard to the subdivisions of the group, Prof. Nicholson

proposes to arrange under the family Monticuliporidee the following

genera—Vistulipora, Constellaria, Dekayia, Monticulipora—the first

three groups, for practical convenience, being retained as distinct

genera, “in spite of the fact that they have no theoretic claim to

such a rank.” The last genus is again divided into five subgenera,

Heterotrypa, Diplotrypa, Monotrypa, ,Prasopora, Peronopora; the

general characters and detailed descriptions of the illustrative species

of these subgenera occupy the last five chapters. The majority of

Bibliographical Notices. - 63

the species selected for illustration are from the Silurian rocks of

America, two are from Europe, and about four from Britain.

The series of well-executed woodcuts and plates illustrating the

microscopic structure, copied from sections and drawings prepared

by the author himself, together with the clear and elaborate deserip-

tions, will render this work a valuable guide for future observers on

a puzzling group of Paleozoic corals; for, as Prof. Nicholson

observes, the subject is far from exhausted. ‘he main object has

been to record the characters of a number of partially known forms

rather than to describe new species—a laudable object in the

present state of Paleontology, where in certain groups, such as that

now under consideration, the identification and recurrence of species

in particular horizons are chiefly based on the characters of external

form and aspect.

Note-Book of an Amateur Geologist. By J. EK. Lrn, F.G.S., F.S.A.

8vo. London: Longmans, Green, and Co., 1881.

Amone the various contributions to geological literature, scarcely

any having a similar object and tendency to the above work have

appeared, excepting the ‘Sections and Views illustrative of Geolo-

gical Phenomena,’ by De la Beche, published in 1830.

The facts collected in this volume embody the results of visits to

some of the more interesting geological localities in this country and

on the continent during the last fifty years; and the sketches and

diagrams made on the spot are now given in more than two hundred

plates with ninety pages of descriptive letterpress. The author has

endeavoured to make the description of the sections and sketches as

brief as possible—in fact, to let the sketches speak for themselves,

so that any one with a geological eye will at once see why the section

or sketch was drawn.

Among the various subjects illustrated we may notice the Lias

and Trap rocks of Portrush, the chalk and basalt of the Giant’s

Causeway, the extinct volcanos and crater-lakes of the Eifel, the

granite rocks of the Land’s End, the parallel roads of Glenroy,

various sketches of the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks,

the moraines and glaciers of the Alps, the scenery and rocks of the

Auvergne, the physical and geological features around Rome and

Naples, the geological structure of parts of Sweden and Denmark,

the contours produced by the weathering of different kinds of rocks.

Considering the range of time through which the work extends,

one or two of the earlier descriptions might now perhaps be slightly

modified and improved; among the later ones a further and more

detailed account of the Faxoe beds would have been interesting, in

showing the nature and relation of the strata and their fossils, of

the Stevensklint and Faxoe limestones to the underlying white chalk

with flints.

There appears to be some confusion about the crustacean figured

on plate 204, from the Lower ‘Greensand of Atherfield, and referred

to Mecochirus Pearcei, M‘Coy ; the latter species is from the Oxford

64 Miscellaneous.

Clay near Chippenham, and is described in the Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 172), having been previously named by Mr.

Pearce Ammonicolax longimanus, and considered by him to belong

to the hermit-crabs. The specimen figured on plate 204 is the

Meyeria vectensis, Bell (Pal. Soc. 1862, pl. x.), the Meyeria magna,

M‘Coy. Without any pretensions to be ascientific treatise, the ‘ Note-

Book of an Amateur Geologist’ must be regarded as a useful, if

not a necessary, appendage to other geological works, in affording

a series of accurate sketches of the more interesting geological facts

and phenomena collected by the author during many years of travel,

and which, with the accompanying descriptive notes, may be con-

sidered worthy of being permanently recorded.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Embryogeny of the Ascidians of the Genus Lithonephria.

By M. A. Grarp.

The Ascidian that forms the subject of this note is very common

at Wimereux on the lower surface of stones. It is very nearly

allied to Lithonephria complanata, Alder and Hancock, and L. de-

cipiens, Giard, but differs from the latter in its tadpole, which never

presents prolongations similar to those of the embryos of the

Molgule. I believe it to be identical with ZL. eugyranda (Cteni-

cella), Lac. Duth. ‘The study of its embryogeny is facilitated by a

physiological peculiarity which is rare in the simple Ascidians: the

ova are incubated in the progenitive organism; so that we find a

great number of different stages of evolution in a single individual.

I have resumed upon this species the investigation of the singular

productions which issue from the ovum before the segmentation,

and have received the name of cells of the green layer, or granulosa-

cells. These observations absolutely confirm those I made some

years ago upon the ovarian ova of Molgula socialis and several other

simple Ascidians *.

The granulosa-cells, without any possible doubt, have an origin

exterior to the ovule; they have emigrated from the follicle, or even

from some other part of the ovary, and penetrated very early into

the vitellus; they are by no means derived from the germinal

vesicle, which takes no part in this process. The migratory cells

bury themselves deeply in the vitellus, and may even apply them-

selves to the germinal vesicle; they are always easily discovered by

means of very dilute acetic acid. These cells soon become inflated,

present a distinct wall, and their contents divide into two, four, and

six protoplasmic masses; then the wall disappears, and these masses

are by degrees expelled at the surface of the ovum at the moment

when, the latter being mature, we see the contractions of the

vitellus commence. ‘The action of acids forwards the expulsion of

* Association Frangaise, Montpellier, 1879, p. 768.

Miscellaneous. 65

the nuclei and the formation of the granulosa. I can only compare

this series of phenomena to the migrations observed by Pfltiger and

Lindgren in the cells of the granulosa of the higher Vertebrata.

The presence of an abundant nutritive vitellus (of an orange

colour) gives rise in our Lithonephria to a remarkable condensation

of the embryogeny. I shall indicate only two particularly inter-

esting stages.

At the stage VIII. the ovum presents four coloured endodermic

cells and four colourless exodermic cells, arranged as in typical cases

of epibolism.

At the stage XX XII., and even earlier, the ovum clearly displays

the bilateral symmetry of the adult; at the nutritive pole we see

six endodermic blastomeres, two large and four smaller ones. At the

base of the two large ones six mesodermic blastomeres form a half-

equator: three mesodermic spheres are situated to the right of the

plane of symmetry, and three to the left; the spheres increase in

size from this plane.

At the formative pole twenty cells constitute an exodermic hemi-

sphere: twelve are arranged in two series of six on either hand of

the meridian of symmetry ; the others form two groups of four cells

each, occupying the free space to the right and left between the

endoderm and the exoderm.

The study of the segmentation shows that the six mesodermic

blastomeres are derived from two spheres which themselves issue

from the endoderm, and are situated symmetrically with relation to

the median plane at the point of junction of the endoderm and ex-

oderm.

The six mesodermic cells are afterwards covered by the exo-

dermic cells in consequence of the progress of the epibolism ; they

also become more numerous ; the half circlet contracts and acquires

the form of a horseshoe. This is the rudiment of the chorda, so

characteristic thatit hasstruck all the authors who have paid attention

to the embryogeny of the Ascidians; but in the ova with equal

segmentation this rudiment appears much later.

I have often insisted upon the point that, in unequal segmenta-

tion from the stage IV., the ovum at the stage VIII., which is physio-

logically a morula, morphologically represents a gastrula. In the

case now before us the ovum at the stage XXXII. is still physiolo-

gcally a morula; morphologically it already posseses a middle layer

-(solid mesoderm), and represents a much more advanced stage of

the Ascidians with dilated embryogeny. The embryogenetic con-

densation might therefore be defined an advance of the morphological

upon the physiological state of the embryo. .

Here, as in all known cases, the solid mesoderm prodticed by two

cells derived from the endoderm at the periphery of the prostoma

(circle of contact of the exoderm and endoderm) appears before the

cavitary mesoderm (enteroccele, cceloma, &c.). The former gives

origin to the skeletal and muscular organs; the other forms princi-

pally the hematic apparatus and the serous membranes properly so

called.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 5

66 Miscellaneous.

As I have indicated elsewhere, striated muscular fibre cannot

suffice to characterize either mesoderm, since, in the Tunicata, this ~

element is met with at the same time in the tail of the tadpole and

in the cardiac muscular layer (Perophora, Phallusia, Ciona).—

Comptes Rendus, June 6, 1881, p. 1350.

North-Atlantic Echinodermata.

By MM. D. C. Danietssen and J. Korzn.

MM. Danielssen and Koren describe some Starfishes collected in

the late Norwegian expedition for the exploration of the North

Atlantic.

1, Asterias spitsbergensis is a new species, of which several speci-

mens were taken in Magdalena Bay, Spitzbergen, at a depth of

61 fathoms, on a bottom of dark grey clay, at a temperature of

2°-1 C. (=35°8 F.). At the first glance it resembles Stichaster

roscus ; and in the structure of the dermal skeleton it presents cha-

racters approaching both Stichaster and Asterias, so that the authors

were in some doubt to which of these genera it should be referred.

Asterias spitsbergensis has five arms: and the smaller is to the

greater radius as 1:44. The arms are rather thick, not much con-

stricted towards the base, somewhat obtuse at the apex, very con-

vex on the back and sides, where they are beset with spines, which

form regular longitudinal series on the sides, and irregular trans-

verse rows on the back. Between the spines, both on the disk and

arms, the skin is naked and occupied by tentacular pores. The

lower surface is flat. The spines on the disk are larger and smaller;

in the middle they are grouped circularly round the central anal

aperture. The madreporic plate is oblong, very small, placed imme-

diately above the angle of the arms, immersed in the skin and sur-

rounded with spines. Ambulacral furrows bounded by three rows of

strong spines, one turned in towards the furrow, another turned

outwards, while the middle row has fewer spines, the ambulacral

plates bearing alternately two and three. Outside the outer row is

another series of spines, nearly as large as those of the furrow.

These are surrounded by pedicellariz on the outside of the base,

while the innermost row has them on the inside; and beyond the

outer row, more towards the dorsal surface, there are two rows of

small spines also surrounded by pedicellarie: The disk has no

pedicellariz ; but the arms are covered with such organs of different

forms. Towards the ambulacral furrows the calcareous pieces of the

dermal skeleton become more regular in form and arrangement than

elsewhere; they form two distinct longitudinal rows, and are im-

bricated. Those of the inner row are triangular, and have their

inner margin in contact with two ambulacral and two adambulacral

plates; their outer surface bears the spines forming the first row

outside the furrow. They may be regarded as ventral marginal

plates. The outer row are nearly T-shaped ; their broad part is in

contact with the ventral marginal plates, which they partly cover.

They may be regarded as dorsal marginal plates, and bear two

Miscellaneous. 67

spines standing side by side, which form the second row outside the

furrow. The colour is orange-yellow, with an intensely red eye

at the end of each arm.

2. Solaster glacialis, also described as a new species, is known

only by a single specimen dredged in N. lat. 72° 27', KE. long. 20°

51’, at a depth of 191 fathoms, on a bottom of sandy mud. Tem-

perature 3°°5 C. (38°3 F.). Its character is given as follows :—

Body 7-armed. Proportion of the smaller and greater radius as

1:3. Paxille on the back rather scattered, forming regular series

on the arms. Interbrachial spaces beset with isolated spines, other-

wise naked. A row of spines along the ambulacral groove. From

every ambulacral piece there issue inwards towards the furrow from

three to five longitudinally arranged spines, and outside the furrow

a similar number of transversely arranged spines. There are twenty-

eight small ventral marginal plates, bearing penicilliform paxille.

The back is dark red, the ventral surface white.

3. Asterina tumida, Stuxberg—Stuxberg’s Solaster tumidus, de-

scribed in 1878 from specimens from Novaia Zemlia, was taken at

two stations, in N. lat. 67° 24’ and 74° 54’, E. long. 8° 58’ and 14°

53’ respectively, at depths of 452 and 658 fathoms, in water of a

temperature below 32° F. Stuxberg’s largest specimen measured

25 millim. across; and its larger radius was 14-15 millim. The

expedition obtained one specimen measuring 75 millims. across, with

a greater radius of 40 millim. The authors figure. this starfish,

which, however, they remove from Solaster and refer to Asterina,

although only provisionally, as it differs from that genus in the

dermal skeleton, which does not present the peculiar arrangement of

the calcareous plates in the dorsal surface, in the great abundance

of tentacular pores (which are distributed over the whole dorsal

surface right to the margins both on the arms and the disk), and

also in the concealed marginal plates and their form.

4, Asterina tumida, var. tuberculata.—A. starfish, about which the

authors are in doubt whether to treat it as a distinct species or as a

strongly marked variety of the preceding, is described by them under

the above name. Specimens were taken at two stations, respectively

in 76° 22' and 80° N. lat., and 17° 13’ and 8° 15’ E. long., at depths

of 146 and 260 fathoms, with a bottom temperature of 30°-34°F. The

colour, which in A. twmida is tile-red above, white with a yellowish

tinge beneath, in the variety is yellowish red with pale yellow spots on

the back and yellow on the lower surface ; the madreporic plate and

the anus are straw-yellow, and the eyes at the extremity of the

arms orange-red instead of deepred. There are five arms, which are

longer and narrower than in the type form. The proportion of the

radii isas 1:2. The back is convex, the lower surface flat. On the

back, besides the paxille, there are many separate round tubercles,

closer together on the arms than on the disk. The madreporic

plate is nearly round, nearly equidistant from the angle of the arms

and the subcentral anus, but rather nearer the former; the ambu-

lacral furrow has three rows of spines, one of which turns in to-

wards the furrow ; the margin is pretty strongly marked, and formed

— 6€668 Miscellaneous.

by the ventral marginal plates, which are very distinct ; the dorsal

marginal plates are less striking; the plates corresponding to the

tubercles of the dorsal surface are much thickened and round. In

diameter the specimens range from 25 to 51 millim.

5. Tylaster Willet, named in honour of Captain Wille, is a new

species representing a new genus of the family Asterinide, obtained

at two stations, in 71° 25’ and 75° 12’ N. lat., and 15° 40"5 and

3° 2’ E. long., at depths of 620 and 1200 fathoms on a clay bottom.

Temperature —1° and —1°6 C. (=30°2 and 29°1 F.).

Genus TYLASTER.

Body convex, pentagonal. Arms short, robust. Skin of the back

with no skeleton, but everywhere beset with fine isolated calcareous

spines, between which are tentacular pores. Dorsal marginal plates

rudimentary. Ventral marginal plates furnished with spines. The

interbrachial space of the ventral surface has small calcareous plates

arranged in an arched form and having one or more spines. Anus

central. Two rows of ambulacral feet without spicules. No pedi-

cellarie.

Tylaster Willer.

Body convex on both surfaces. The smaller radius is to the larger

as 1:13. Ambulacral papille in three series, of which the inner-

most are the longest. Ventral marginal plates furnished with three

rows of spines. In the interbrachial space three curved rows of

spines, with isolated spines between the rows. Back tile-red, ventral

surface white. Anal aperture and madreporic plate yellow. The

species is figured.

6. Poraniomorpha rosea is another new species representing a

new genus of Asterinide, resembling Porania at the first glance,

but in character approaching nearer to Asterina. A single example

of this species was taken in N. lat. 61° 41’, H. long. 3° 18':5, at a

depth of 220 fathoms, on a bottom of mud and clay.

Genus PoRANIOMORPHA.

Body 5-rayed, flat below, not very convex above. Anus subcentral.

Both upper and lower surface covered all over with fine isolated

calcareous spines. Margins sharp, formed by the ventral marginal

plates alone, which bear spines. The dermal skeleton on the back

consists of small, oval, calcareous pieces, forming a close reticulation

with extremely small meshes; on the ventral surface of oblong, flat,

calcareous pieces forming rows. No pedicellariz ; no spicules in the

ambulacral feet.

Poraniomorpha rosea.

Radii in the proportion of 1:12. On each adambulacral plate

five spines, of which two are directed inwards into the ventral

furrow and form one row on each side ; the other three form three

rows outside the furrow. ‘he ventral marginal plates bear from

Miscellaneous. 69

three tosix short obtuse spines. The madreporic plate is sunk into the

thick skin. Back rose-coloured ; ventral surface yellowish red.

The authors remark that from their investigations upon the genus

Solaster they are led to the conclusion that neither Muller and

Troschel’s division of the genus into Crossaster and Solaster, nor the

new genus Lophaster, established for Solaster furcifer, can be sus-

tained. Their reasons will be given in a forthcoming part of the

general report upon the results of the expedition. Nyt Magazin

for Naturvidenskaberne, Bd. xxvi. (1881), pp. 177-194, tab. 1. & il.

On Dr. Karsch’s Subdivision of the Phrynidia. By A. G. Burtnr.

My attention has just been called to a short paper in the ‘ Archiv

fiir Naturgeschichte’ for 1880, in which Dr. Karsch makes an

effort to answer my criticism upon his previous memoir (see Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 313); how far he has succeeded

may be gathered from the following sketch of it.

Dr. Karsch commences where I left off, with the serious fact that

his genus Charon was based upon the Phrynus Grayi of Gervais,

the type of which he had never seen, and which I find does not

possess the characters ascribed to this genus; and he says that I

am illogical when I state that this fact necessitates the rejection of

the generic name “Charon.” Dr. Karsch proceeds to explain why

this is so: he says that the specimens which he calls P. Grayit

were so named by Dr. Gerstaecker, and they agree with Hoeven’s

figure of P. medius. If, then, the species described by M. Gervais

is distinct, he proposes the name of C. Hoeveni for the P. medius of

Hoeven, and regards the latter as the type of his genus. I must be

very obtuse; for I fail entirely to see how this subsequent action on

the part of Dr. Karsch proves me to have been illogical in rejecting a

genus which, for all practical purposes, had no type at the time

when I wrote my article.

In the second place, it may be a matter for grave question whether

the genus Charon can be retained under that name, since the type

is the P. Grayw of Gervais and not the P. Grayw of Gerstaecker or

Karsch. When a man relies upon the authority of a friend, who,

however learned he may be, has himself not examined the type

of a species, and upon that species bases a new genus, he must be

prepared to see it overturned. But Dr. Karsch says he thinks the

type of P. Grayii may be a monstrosity, or it may have had its hind

legs broken off and those of another species stuck on; or, in short,

any thing may have happened rather than that the generic name

Charon should be superseded ; and, after a little cogitation, he con-

vinces himself that something certainly has happened to this type,

and concludes his paper thus :—“ Figure 4 is the hind leg of Charon,

and, indeed, of that species which is identical with Phrynus medius,

Hoeven (nec Herbst), and which I believe must indicate Phrynus

Graywi, Gerv.”

The remainder of Dr. Karsch’s paper is taken up with an attempt

70 Miscellaneous.

to convince arachnologists that the inconstancy of a generic character

is no reason for not relying upon it, his plan evidently being to

regard as monstrosities all specimens which do not answer to the

generic diagnosis.

On the Influence of the Marine Currents in the Geographical Distri-

bution of the Amphibious Mammalia, and particularly of the Eared

Seals. By M. KH. L. Trovessarr. i

In a memoir recently presented to the Academy Prof. Milne-

Edwards has demonstrated the influence of the antarctic currents on

the geographical distribution of the Penguins. By applying the same

laws to the class Mammalia, and more particularly to the group of

the Otaries (or seals with external ears), which have a mode of life

analogous to that of the penguins, I have arrived at some very im-

portant results, which confirm, in the most complete manner, the

views put forward by M. Milne-Edwards.

The Eared Seals, in the present geological epoch, seem, like the

penguins, to be native to the Antarctic lands, whence they have

spread towards the north. Carried by the blocks of ice which the

regular currents detach every year from the great southern glacier,

these animals have colonized the shores of Cape Horn, the Falkland

Isles, the Cape of Good Hope, Kerguelen Island, New Zealand,

and Australia—in one word, all lands situated in the south of

the New and the Old Worlds. Humboldt’s current, in the west, has

carried them, like the penguins, as far as the Galapagos Islands,

under the equator; but while this extreme limit has not been

. passed by the penguins, the eared seals, on the contrary, have pene-

trated into the northern hemisphere. ‘They are found on the shores

of California and in the north of the Pacific Ocean; but they have

certainly not arrived there by the direct route; for these animals

are absolutely unknown on the west coast of America, from Peru to

the north of Mexico—a stretch of more than 20 degrees ; and, be-

sides, the Otaries of the Galapagos Islands and those of Califorma

belong not only to different species, but to different genera.

This peculiarity seems at first sight inexplicable; but if we note

on a good map of marine currents, and according to the method

introduced by M. Milne-Edwards, all the stations where eared seals

have been observed, we can easily explain the route followed by

these animals before reaching the northern part of the Pacific. It

is not the too great temperature of the tropical regions, as might be

supposed, but the presence of contrary currents, that has banished

them from these regions.

The equatorial current of the Pacifie Ocean north of the Gala-

pagos Islands, and that of the Atlantic north of the Falkland Islands,

are directed precisely in opposition to the migrations of the Otaries.

Those of these animals which, having reached the island of Tristan

d’Acunha, have then tried to gain the western coast of Africa, have

been seized by this current and driven to the west, onto the coast

of Patagonia.

Miscellaneous. 71

Those which have taken up their abode at the Cape of Good Hope

have never been able to come up along the eastern coast of the con-

tinent, on account of the Mozambique current, which drove them

back incessantly towards the south. It is this that explains why

the eared seals are wanting in all the Atlantic Ocean north of the

Falkland Islands, as well as in the whole western region of the

Indian Ocean. Thus there remains only the eastern part of this

latter ocean ; and it is evidently by this route that the migration

under consideration was accomplished. Having arrived, as already

stated, on the southern shores of Australia, the Otaries have come

up gradually on the western coast of that continent, which they

still inhabit at the present day. In the north they have arrived as

far as Melville Island, off the coasts of Port Essington, where at

least two species of this family are to be found.

We know that a secondary current, the direction of which is de-

termined by that of the monsoon, puts the Indian Ocean in commu-

nication with the Chinese Sea. From April until October, exactly at

the time when the eared seals come up towards the north, this current

is directed towards the north-east and flows into the ereat basin of

the Pacific. This current must have singularly facilitated the migra-

tions of the Otaries, which have been performed through the

passages of the Molucca Sea, or by the much broader and deeper.

course of the Straits of Macassar. Once in the Chinese Sea, these

animals gained the coast of Japan; thence, with the help of the

great current of Tessan (the Kur-Sivo, or “black river,’ of the

Japanese), they make the tour of the North Pacific Ocean, following

the shores of Kamtschatka, of the Aleutian Islands, and North

America, arriving finally at the south of California, which is the

extreme limit of this vast circuit.

The proof of this migration is furnished us by the genus Zalophus,

which still occurs on both sides of the equator—namely at Melville

Island, on the coasts of Japan, on those of California, and through-

out the northern part of the Pacific Ocean.

Considerations of the same kind may apply to the dispersion of

the true seals, which are almost exclusively quartered in the northern

hemisphere.

Thus a species of the genus Pelagius (or Monachus) has recently

been met with in the West-Indian Sea. Now hitherto this genus

has been considered peculiar to the Mediterranean ; but we know

that the monk-seal (Pelagius monachus), the only species formerly

known, has passed through the Straits of Gibraltar ; it occurs on the

north-west coast of Africa, and as far as Madeira and the Canary

Islands. It is probable that some individuals of this species, having

been seized on these coasts by the equatorial current which com-

pletes the circuit of the Gulf-stream, have been carried to the west

as far as the West-Indian Sea, where they have constituted a new

form (Pelagius tropicalis, Gill).

The geographical distribution of the sea-elephants (Macrorhinus),

is more difficult to understand. It is the only true seal (comparable

in this respect to Zalophus) which is found equally on both sides of

{ly Miscellaneous.

the equator. In opposition to the opinion of Mr. Allen* I do not

think that the starting-point of this type (at least considering it in

the present epoch) can be placed in the northern hemisphere ; for it

is only found there now at one point of the coast of California,

while these animals abound on all the coasts of the southern hemi-

sphere. It ismuch more probable that it is from the island of Juan

Fernandez, one of their principal stations in the Southern Seas, that

these seals sent forth their colonies as far as California, making a

long détour by the west of the Pacific Ocean. The Humboldt cur-

rent and then the equatorial current have carried them as far as

the Marianne Islands, skirting all the archipelagoes of Polynesia.

From the Marianne Islands this same current has carried them

eastward to the Sandwich and Revillagigedo Islands and to the

coasts of California, where they constitute a distinct race (MJacro-

rhinus angustirostris), now almost entirely destroyed by the whole-

sale slaughter to which they have been subjected.—Comptes Rendus,

May 9, 1881, p. 1118.

On the Zoological Affinities of Halysites. By A. KH. VurRiqt.

Of the so-called “ tabulate corals ” many genera have already had

their zoological positions determined. Thus Agassiz, in 1847,

ascertained the hydroid nature of Millepora; and his observations

have been fully confirmed by Moseley and others. That Pocillopora

and its allies, living and extinct, are true Madreporarian corals was

shown by me in 1867. That Favosites and the related extinct

genera are Closely allied to the modern Alveopora and Porites was

also demonstrated by me in 1872. Moseley, while on the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ Expedition, was fortunate in examining the animal of

Heliopora. He proved that it belongs to the Aleyonaria, and re-

ferred to the same group various fossil genera, in some cases

apparently without sufficient reason.

The affinities of the genus Halysites, the common “chain coral ”

of the Silurian, have hitherto been very doubtful. Within a few

days Mr. H. T. Woodman has shown me a very remarkable speci-

men of this genus, in which the internal structure is beautifully

preserved. In this example, which is a fragment several inches

across, the large tubes contain twelve well-developed and regular

septa extending to the centre. Their edges are slightly serrulate,

and do not rise above the tubes. In other words, the structure is

that of a true Madreporarian coral.

Mr. Woodman informs me that this specimen is a fragment from

a large mass 8 to 10 feet across, and that “the larger part of the

mass was like the common specimens, showing no rays; but here

and there, in spots all over the face of the mass, the septa were as

well preserved as in the fragment shown to you.”—Amer. Journ.

Scz., June 1881.

* ‘History of North-American Pinnipeds,’ 1880, p. 7d1.

+ Amer. Journ. Sci. ili. pp. 187-194.

A HISTORY OF THE BIRDS OF EUROPE

(INCLUDING ALL THE SPECIES INHABITING THE WESTERN

PALAJARCTIC REGION),

By H. E. DRESSER, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

Excepting the General Index and a short Introduction, which will together

form a thin separate volume, the work is now complete and ready for binding.

It contains nearly 5000 pages of letterpress and more than 600 hand-coloured

Plates by JoserH Wo tr, J. G. Kevtemans, and EH. Neaxx, and forms seven

thick quarto yolumes, for which titlepages, specially designed by JoserH Woxr,

-are issued.

The stones being erased and the type distributed, the work is now out of

print. A few complete copies are, however, still unsold; and intending pur-

chasers are requested to apply to the AurHor direct, at

Tur ZooLocicat Society, 11 Hanover Square, W., or

6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, London, W.

Price, FIFTY GUINEAS.

Also, demy 8vo, price Is.,

A LIST OF EUROPEAN BIRDS

(INCLUDING ALL SPECIES FOUND IN THE WESTERN PALAARCTIC

REGION). r

The Nomenclature carefully Revised by

HENRY E. DRESSER, F.LS., F.Z.8., &e.,

Author of the ‘ Birds of Europe.’

(A check-list for labelling and for referencein making exchanges of birds and eggs.)

Published by the AurHor at 6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, W.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

ZOOLOGY. ?

Sincx September 1879, when the work was commenced, ten parts (including that

now issued) have been published ; and the work has progressed as follows :—

Mammalia. By E. R. Atston. (Pp. 1-200, pls. i.-xxii.)

‘Aves. By O. Satvin and F. D, Gopman. (Pp. 1-152, pls. i—x.)

Colecptera. Vol. III. part 2 (MatacopEermara). By H. 8. GorHam.

_ (Pp. 1-64, pls. i—iv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Loneicornnia), By H. W. Batzs. (Pp. 1-192,

pls. i.—xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PHyTopHAGA). ByM.Jacony. (Pp. 1-88,

ls, i—iv.) :

a Lepidoptera Rhopalocera, By F. D. Gopman and O. Savin. (Pp. 1-104,

pls. ix.)

Lepidoptera Heterocera. By H. Drucz. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)

Rhynchota. By W. L. Disranr. (Pp. 1-128, pls. i.—xi.)

BOTANY.

Of the Botany Seven Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. I. (nearly

complete), pp. 1-568, pls. i.-xxxy.; Vol. IL., pp. 1-96, pls. xxxvi.—xhii.

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d.

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Portrr, 10 Chandos Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dotav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 43.—Fifth Series.

Page

I. Contributions towards a General History of the Marine Polyzoa,

By the Rey. Tuomas Hincass, B.A., F.R.S. (Plates I-III.) ......

II. Description of a new Species of Alactaga from Mesopotamia.

By Otprietp Tuomas, F.Z.8., British Museum .................. 1A

III. Supposed new Species of Horse from Central Asia. By M.

SPOLIAROR Cee eS uh Ts a re ree 163

IV. Notes on a small Collection of Rhynchota from Tokei, Japan.

SAB yer ay STSTANE 852 oie owing Cs ee Ree cee Dre

Y. Revision of the Lepidopterous (enn Usane with Descriptions —

of new Species in the Collection of the British Museum. By Arraur —

G.DorLER, Wa. 8s5 EUZ Saag oes ee cee Peers Wis goa ats pas vas

VI. Supplementary Notes on the Flints and the Lithological Iden-

tity of the Chalk and Recent Calcareous Deposits in the Ocean. “By.

Surgeon-Major Warten, MDS ea, oe eee a al of

- PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

Geological Society:—Mr. J. W. Davis on the Fish-remains of

the Bone-bed at Aust, near Bristol, with the Description of —

some new Genera and Species; Mr. J. W. Davis on some Fish-—

spines from the Coal-measures; Mr. F. D. Longe on some Ne

Specimens of Diastopora and ‘Stomatopora from the Wenlock

Limestone; Prof. W. J. Sollas on a new Species of Plestosawrus

CR: Conybeari) from the Lower Lias of Charmouth, with Obser-

vations on P. megacephalus, Stutchbury, and P. brachycephalus,

Owen; Rev. P. B. Brodie on certain Quartzite and Sandstone

Fossiliferous Pebbles in the Drift in Warwickshire, and their

probable Identity with the true Lower Silurian Pebbles (with

similar fossils) in the Trias at Bates Salterton, Devonshire

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICHS.

On the Structure and Affinities of the Genus Monticulipora and its

Subgenera. By H. Atternz Nicworson, M.D, D.Sc., F.R.S.E.,

F.LS., Professor of Natural History in the University of St.

YATTON 5 che es ici 60s ace so a aie euee inc nate Wes echo ee ee 61

Note-book of an Amateur Geologist. By J. HE. Luz, F.G.8.,F.8.A... 63

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Embryogeny of the Ascidians of the Genus Lithonephria. By

MA GEARD ei itere eos vio a ns ot a4 oop oh so CRI eee 64

North-Atlantic Echinodermata. By MM. D.C. Danietssen and J.

KOREN (5 chia soon nah Ib to) #6, nce ip sine Be pe RE eee 66

On Dr. Karsch’s Subdivision of the Phrynidia. By A.G. Burtmr .. 69

On the Influence of the Marine Currents in the Geographical Distri- -

bution of the Amphibious Mammalia, and particularly of the

Hared Seals. By M. EH. L. Trovnssart...................- TD

On the Zoological Affinities of Halysites. By A. E. VERRILL ...... - 72

*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

58-60

PIF

¥ , -

H SERIES. No. 44.

LEE

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, |

INCLUDING My

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anv GEOLOGY.

WILLIAM 8. DALLAS, F.LS.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

: BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

| MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

_ WITH SEVEN PLATES.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

| Sold by Longmans, Green, Reader, and’ Dyer; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.;

Whittaker & Co.: Bailliere, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Foster,

& Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

x —

CONDUCTED BY /

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, PAG MD. Ea. D:: BPRS.

Double Wumber. Price Five Shillings.

ERRATA (‘ Annals,’ July 1881). ; fy

Page 7, last line of the paragraph on Steganoporella, for Lepralia substitute

Membranipora. :

Pages 10 and 11, for Haploporella read Monoporella. ‘

Royal 4to, 1284 pp., with 34 Plates, Map, &c. Price £7.

A HISTORY OF THE BIRDS OF CEYLON.

|-By Captain W. V. LEGGE, R.A. F.LS., &.

Published by the AurHor, Aberystwith, Wales.

Price 2s. 6d., royal 8vo.

A CATALOGUE OF COLEOPTERA

FROM THE

JAPANESE ARCHIPELAGO.

By GEORGE LEWIS.

A few copies printed on one side only, for labelling, price 3s. 6d.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.

Price 5s.; royal 4to, with Coloured Plates and Woodcuts.

NATURAL HISTORY OF THE EUPLECTELLA ASPERGILLUM

(VENUS’S FLOWER-BASKET),

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. |

By WILLIAM CHIMMO, Capt. R.N., F.L.S., F.R.A\S., &e,

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.

Demy 8vo, price 3s. 6d.

THE GAULT.

Being a Monograph on the Gault of England correlated with that of France,

together with the Bibliography and full Tables of Fossils. —

By F. G. HILTON PRICE, F.GS.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

Including Zoology, Botany, and Geology.—Monthly, price 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices :—

The First Serves, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.

The Second Series, in.20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. ,, £10.

The Third Series, in 20 yolumes, from 1858 to 1867. ,, £12.

Tayior and Francois, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science.

A Journal devoted to Physics, Astronomy, Mechanics, Chemistry, Mineralogy,

and the allied Sciences. Monthly, price 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices:—

A set of the First Series, from 1798 to 1826 (wanting a few plates), in

68 volumes. Price £15, :

The Second Series, from 1827 to 1832, in 11 volumes, Price £2 4s.

The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1882 to 1850, ue ach

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES.]

No. 44. AUGUST 1881.

VII.—On the perfect State of Prosopistoma punctifrons.

By M. ALBERT VAYSSIERE*.

[Plate X.]

THE curious Arthropod that is the subject of this memoir was

left, until within the last few years, in the class Crustacea,

although its principal characters ought to have led to its being

referred to that of Insects. It is, indeed, to this uncertainty

as to its systematic position that it owes a part of the interest

it has aroused.

From the extreme rarity of this animal the naturalists who

had to refer to it have not always been able to verity the asser-

tions of their predecessors. ‘This insect was observed and

figured for the first time in 1800, by Geoffroy, under the de-

nomination of Binocle @ queue en plumet, then by Latreille, who

indicated it under the name of Binocle pennigére, and lastly

by Duméril, who gave it the denomination of Prosopistoma,

atter having first of all called it Binocle pisciforme. A little

later the learned Dean of the Sorbonne, M. H. Milne-Hd-

wards, mentioned it at the end of his ‘ Histoire des Crustacés,’

* Translated by W.S. Dallas, F'.L.S., from the ‘ Annales des Sciences

Naturelles,’ 6° sér. tome xi. (1881), pp. 1-16.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 6

74 M. A. Vayssiére on the

expressing some doubt as to the systematic position assigned

to it by Latreille.

It was only in 1869 that my friend and collaborator, Dr.

Em. Joly, having discovered its habitat in the Garonne, was

able to ascertain and establish indisputably the true zoological

affinities of Prosopistoma. 'The presence of trachez in this

animal showed it to be an insect presenting numerous analogies

with the larve of the amphibiotic Orthoptera, and especially

with those of the family Ephemerina. Dr. HE. Joly, nm a

series of memoirs published either by himself alone or in

conjunction with his father, Prof. N. Joly of Toulouse, par-

tially made known the characters of the animal, but could

never succeed in witnessing its metamorphoses.

In 1878, having undertaken the whole anatomical part of

a monograph on the genus, which M. Joly and myself will

publish shortly, I was struck, during my first dissections, with

the excessive concentration of the nervous system of this

animal; and I was thus led to accept the opinion expressed by

Mr. MacLachlan as to the probably permanent larval condition

of this insect. Having also zepeatedly observed that the

genital glands sometimes presented a considerable develop-

ment, I set myself, from that period, to seek for its reproduc-

tion in the aquatic state; and it was in pursuing this kind of

investigation upon some individuals taken in the Rhone at the

beginning of April this year (1880) that I was able to

observe, first of all towards the end of the same month, the

change of skin of these insects (which had not previously been

noticed), and then on the 3rd of June the metamorphosis into

the perfect insect of two of them*.

In this way the question the solution of which I had vainly

sought during the two preceding years, was at last solved,

although in a contrary manner to what | had expected.

These Arthropods therefore, in order to reproduce, followed

the same course as the other Ephemerina, with which they were

more intimately connected, not only by this fact, but also

and especially by the more strongly marked EKphemerine

facies which they present in the perfect state.

Before describing this last stage of the Prosopistoma, I

think it right to say a few words as to the organization of

the nymph, and to point out the analogies which exist between

it and the nymphs of the genera Cenzs and Beetisca.

What especially characterizes our insect in the aquatic state

is the complete coalescence of the thoracic segments with the

* T immediately noticed this last fact, in a note which Prof. Blanchard

was kind enough to present to the Academy of Sciences in the meeting

of 7th June, 1880.

perfect State of Prosopistoma punctifrons. 75

first seements of the abdomen, a coalescence which has super-

induced a diminution of the respiratory parts and a more com-

plete localization of those organs. In fact, instead of having,

like the generality of the Ephemerina, a pair of respiratory

organs or tracheo-branchie upon the sides of each of the tirst

seven segments of the abdomen, and even presenting them

upon other regions of the body (Oligoneurta, Palingenia), it

possesses only five pairs of tracheo-branchie ; and, further, the

first two pairs, which are considerably modified, are of little

service in the phenomenon of respiration, although by their

movements they contribute to facilitate the physiological action

of the following ones.

If, quitting Prosopistoma for a time, we examine the number

and arrangement of the respiratory organs of the two types

previously cited, in which an actual concentration is observed,

we find :—

First of all in Cenis or in Tricorythus* (fig. 1) the tracheo-

branchie, more or less modified, are reduced to six pairs. The

first pair, which is completely isolated in relation to the others,

consists of two fusiform bodies placed one on each side on the

margins of the first segment ; its physiological function must

be almost null.

We then find five plates of different dimensions upon the

sides of the second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth segments

of theabdoment. The first consists of two very large and very

strong plates destined to protect the following ones, which

they can entirely conceal; these plates, which are of a horny

consistency, present the same coloration as the integuments of

the body ; if they do not present digitations on their margins,

each of them nevertheless possesses a small tracheo-branchial

tuft at its point of insertion.

The other four pairs of respiratory organs are formed by

* It is especially by studying the nymphs of Tricorythus, for which I

am indebted to the kindness of Dr. E. Joly, that I have been able to

ascertain the arrangement of the respiratory organs, and to recognize the

perfect similarity that exists in this stage between that genus and the

genus Cems.

+ I venture here to point out a small error which Mr. Eaton has left

in his monograph of the Ephemerina (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1871).

In giving the diagnosis of the genus Cenis (p.92) he says “. . . Seg-

mentorum abdomuinis 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 branchifera;” whereas it ought to be

“ Segmentorum abdominis 1, 2,3, 4, 5, 6 branchifera.” It is to the poste-

rior margin of the second segment that the respiratory plate is articulated,

and not to the margin of the third; for the latter bears the following

tracheo-branchia, and. so on to the sixth segment inclusive. The seventh

segment of the abdomen has never shown me respiratory organs, as, indeed,

might be expected, seeing that they could not be protected by the plate

covering the four preceding pairs. ae

76 M. A. Vayssitre on the

plates of much smaller dimensions, presenting numerous

digitations on their margins. The respiratory functions

being specially devolved upon these organs, it is a matter of

course that they do not present the same consistence as the

large plates; and their external envelope is even very delicate

in the digitate parts.

While we have in this genus a very marked localization of .

the tracheo-branchial organs, such as is not observed in the

commonest Ephemerina, we shall find in the next type a still

greater localization, which has induced a concentration of

various regions of the body. In fact in Betisca (fig. 2) we only

find five pairs of respiratory organs, all of which fulfil the

physiological function devolved upon them. ‘These organs

present the appearance of very delicate plates with more or less

digitate margins. ‘These plates are not protected, asin Canis,

by one of their number modified for the purpose, but by a

considerable development of the dorsal part of the thoracic

integuments, which forms a prolongation reaching nearly to

the sixth segment, thus giving origin to a sort of large cara-

pace, under the shelter of which the respiratory apparatus

performs its functions without running the risk of being

damaged by contact with surrounding bodies. The move-

ments executed in these tracheo-branchial plates give rise to

a continuous current of water in this great cavity, which is

directly in communication with the exterior at its posterior

part and sides. ‘The animal can even slightly raise this

carapace, at the same time causing its abdomen to execute a

movement in the opposite direction, and thus facilitate the

introduction of the surrounding liquid.

There is no doubt that an equally great concentration of

the various systems of the organism, and especially of the

nervous system, is in correlation with this considerable locali-

zation of the respiratory apparatus, as also with the coalescence

of the thoracic segments.

Let us return now to the examination of the same organs in

Prosopistoma punctifrons. We observe an equally complete

localization of the respiratory organs; but here the general

concentration is more strongly marked (figs. 3, 4).

In the first place, the first thoracic segment or prothorax,

which in the preceding Ephemerine (Betisca) was still some-

what distinct, is intimately soldered to the mesothorax

without showing any traces of the union at the dorsal surface.

The carapace formed by the prolongation of the dorsal

integuments of the thorax cannot, in Prosopistoma, perform

any movements, seeing that it is soldered to the neighbouring

integuments by its lateral and posterior margins. ‘lhe cavity

perfect State of Prosopistoma punctifrons. 17

which it forms, and which we shall designate the respiratory

chamber, is put into communication with the exterior only by

three apertures—one dorsal and median, two ventral and

lateral. ‘The water destined for respiration penetrates by the

ventral apertures (fig. 4, v,v'), and, after having aerated the

tracheo-branchiz, issues by the dorsai opening. This current

of water is produced by the movements of the first two pairs of

respiratory organs. ‘The two very elongated plates of the

first pair are destined to cause the entrance of the liquid by

the ventral apertures, while the two large quadrangular

plates which form the second pair expel it by the dorsal

aperture. The other three pairs of respiratory plates, which

can only be detected by removing the quadrangular lamine,

present numerous digitations, which facilitate the interchange

of gases *.

Of course the nervous system participates in this general

concentration of the mteguments of Prosopistoma. It con-

sists :—(1) of a pair of cerebroid ganglia, closely applied to one

another, and innervating the organs of the senses (eyes, ocelli,

and antenne) ; (2) of a single subcesophageal or pharyngeal

ganglion, which furnishes numerous nerves to the various

regions of the head; and (8) of a very voluminous thoracic

ganglion, which represents of itself the whole ganglionic

chain, and consequently sends forth nervous trunks to all

parts of the thorax and abdomen. Upon the contour of this

nervous mass we may sometimes observe swellings indicating

the original existence of three pairs of thoracic ganglia and of

one abdominal ganglion,

I think that the details I have just given as to the organi-

zation of Prosopistoma in the nymphal state, as well as the

resemblance that can be set up between this insect and the

nymphs of the two most nearly related genera, will be of

service towards the ready comprehension of the importance of

the modifications which I have ascertained to occur in the

perfect insect, and to justify the uncertainty in which, like

many other naturalists, I found myself as to the final state of

this Arthropod. ,

~ It would appear that the metamorphoses of Prosopistoma

into the subimago and imago must take place in the course of

June; at least, as I have stated in my note to the Academy,

this is the period at which I ascertained the fact, and a period

nearly the same as that at which many Ephemerina are

metamorphosed.

* It is very probable that the insect at its escape from the egg does not

possess tracheo-branchiz, and that respiration is effected for a certain

time through the skin of the general surface of the body; the carapace

must be more or less incomplete during this larvular phase.

78 M. A. Vayssiére on the

The following are the modifications observed in the nymph

when it is on the point of being transformed. During the

whole of the aquatic period known to us the integuments of

Prosopistoma present a very light chitine-yellow tint, nearly

white if the insect has just moulted, and more or less marked

at other times; but at the commencement of the transformation

the colour becomes darker from day to day, and soon becomes

very brown. It is especially in the posterior part of the cara-

pace above the respiratory chamber that this coloration

becomes very strongly marked, which is easily explained, as

it is at this point that the wings are formed, and these, as we

shall see hereafter, are iron-grey in the subimago.

At the end of about a fortnight, when the general colour

becomes blackish, it is possible, under a low power, to observe

by transmitted light the outlines of the perfect sect through

the nymphal envelope; and it is then necessary to watch the

animal, as the metamorphosis will soon take place. In two

or three days one may see the animal cling to a stone partly

out of the water, and divest itself of its nymphal integuments ;

and it is to be remarked that the metamorphosis takes place

very early in the morning.

The two parts of the carapace begin to separate in the

median line of the body, under the pressure from below

upwards exerted by the animal; then the anterior margins of

the same region and the posterior part of the cephalic integu-

ments (the epicranium) also separate. ‘The insect can then

free its head and the whole of its thoracic part; the buccal

organs and the legs escape easily from the nymphal envelope,

owing to the state of atrophy in which they always are in the

perfect animal. The Prosopistoma afterwards frees its abdo-

men ; and at the same moment we see issue from it the wings,

which, originally folded longitudinally in three parts, imme-

diately acquire their definitive form. The insect can then

take to flight, to go and rest on some point at a distance from

the water ; and there it divests itself of its subimago envelope. -

I have been unable to observe this last metamorphosis

of the adult Prosopistoma, the two female subimagos that I

had having died soon after stripping off their nymphal enve-

lope; it is quite possible that the females of this genus

oviposit in the state of subimago, and do not attain that of

imago. According to Mr, Eaton the females of various types

of Hphemerina only present a single stage in the pertect

state *.

_* At the end of p. 42 of the Monograph of Ephemerina of the Eng-

lish naturalist (doc. cit.) we find the following phrase :—‘In certain

genera the subimago is the permanent aerial stage of the females.”

perfect State of Prosopistoma punctifrons. 79

The facies of Prosopistoma punctifrons in this state (fig. 7) re-

sembles that of Canis ; its body is a little shorter in proportion

to its breadth, which gives the animal, when its wings are

extended, a certain vague resemblance to some Diptera.

The general colour of the integuments of the subimago is

reddish brown, darker on the dorsal than on the ventral

surface, where the tint even becomes very light at certain

points (at the insertions of the legs); the wings are of a pretty

dark iron-grey, especially the first pair.

The coalescence of the ditferent regions of the body no

longer exists in so marked a manner in the perfect state ; on

the contrary they are very distinct. I now proceed to give

a detailed description of each of them, and to show the import-

ance of the modifications superinduced by the metamorphosis.

The head is slightly triangular in form. When seen from

above, it shows in the middle an inflated part bounded in

front and on the sides by a sinuous line. In front of this line

is the median ocellus, which forms a slight projection beyond

it; on each side of this we observe the antenne, the points of

insertion of which are rather on the ventral than on the dorsal

surface; behind we see the lateral ocelli placed on each side

of the cephalic prominence, at the points where the sinuous

line already mentioned: becomes confounded with the integu-

ments. The compound eyes occupy quite the lateral parts of

the base of the head (figs. 7, 8) ; in consequence of their posi-

tion, they are equally visible whether the animal is viewed

from the upper or the lower surface.

The ventral or inferior surface of this first region of the body

(fig. 8) shows in front the points of insertion of the antenne ;

the ‘median ocellus, which, as just stated, is placed between

these organs, is more or less distinct according to the inclina-

tion given to the body of the animal; further back there is a

strongly marked line bounding the clypeus, which, in conse-

quence of a special modification, terminates rather low down

on the ventral surface. It is in the interior of the concavity

formed by the margins of the clypeus that all the buccal organs

are placed. ‘The large dabiwm, which led to the name of Proso-

pistoma being given to the nymphal state, from its resemblance

in this species to a mask (see fig. 4), has become completely

atrophied, and leaves exposed the rudiments of the maaille

and mandibles ; of all the buccal organs the labrum is the only

one that has retained a well-defined form.

In the dorsal view of the animal (fig. 7) the thoracic region

presents an exceedingly short prothorax, the anterior margin of

which is slightly convex in the middle, while the posterior

margin is alittle concave. ‘Then follow the mesothorax and the

80 M. A. Vayssiére on the

metathorax, which are closely soldered together and present

in their middle an inflated portion, a sort of lozenge-shaped

plate; this plate is divided, in the direction of the length of

the body, into two equal and symmetrical parts, each of which

presents on its inner margin a rather deep notch (which,

however, does not go very far), and then posteriorly an emar-

gination. On the lateral parts of this plate there are a series

of nodosities and folds, symmetrically arranged on the two

sides of the body, and serving as points of insertion for the

wings; I think it would be tiresome to enter here into the

description of these nodosities, and I shall only say a word or

two about them further on in speaking of the wings.

The ventral surface of the thoracic region (fig. 8) shows im

front the prothorax distinctly separated from the rest; upon

the somewhat lateral parts are the points of insertion of the

first pair of legs. ‘These are separated. from each other only

by a rather wide prominence of a strong reddish-brown colour.

A portion of the mesothorax is distinct on this surface,

although its lower two thirds are intimately united with the

metathorax. The insertions of the legs of the second and

third pairs upon the thorax are placed almost upon the sides

of a large strongly chitinized plastron, which of itself consti-

tutes the lower surface of this region of the body.

The abdomen remains to be mentioned. On the dorsal

surface (fig. 7) this presents ten well-marked segments, ex-

cept the first, of which the anterior margin is confounded

with the metathorax; but on the ventral surface (fig. 8) it only

exhibits eight, the boundaries of the first two having com-

pletely disappeared, and their union with the thoracic region

being as intimate as possible.

The segments of the abdomen are not all of the same form

and the same dimensions. ‘Thus, when seen from the dorsal

surface, the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments repre-

sent in form each a very wide trapezium; the sixth shows

the same form, but reversed, the large base or lower base of

the trapezium being in front, while the superior base is

behind ; it is also much longer than the preceding, but not so

wide. The seventh and eighth segments are nearly rect-

angular, while the ninth presents the appearance of a reversed

trapezium, of which the small base is much emarginate; finally,

the last abdominal segment, that which bears the sete, nearly

forms a square.

These various segments, which are more convex on their

dorsal than on their ventral surface, are not, however, all

equally so; thus the sixth segment is a little more inflated

than the preceding ones, and the ninth much more so.

perfect State of Prosopistoma punctifrons. 81

The first five segments of the perfect insect represent those

which, more or less soldered together, occupy in the ventral

surface of the nymph all the space included between the last

pair of feet and the lower part of the ventral apertures (fig. 4) ;

the sixth is formed by that to the dorsal surface of which the

extremity of the carapace is soldered; the seventh and eighth

correspond to the first two free segments of the abdominal

region of the nymph; the ninth has nearly the same form in

these two states of Prosopistoma ; for in both cases it performs

nearly the same part, namely the protection of the last seg-

ment. The latter in the subimago is composed of a dorsal

plate, which is homologous with the dorsal surface of the same

segment in the aquatic insect, and of two atrophied plates

which, placed over the sete, represent the two plates of the

ventral surface of this tenth segment in the larval and

nymphal forms of the Prosopistoma. 'The mobility of these

inferior plates is far from being so great in the perfect insect,

seeing that the setee have lost the faculty of withdrawing

themselves completely into the interior of the penultimate

segment. We have observed only four pairs of stigmata,

placed on the sides of the dorsal surface of the third, fourth,

fifth, and sixth segments ; we believe, although we have not

been able to ascertain it de visu, that there are also stigmata

upon the second segment.

It remains for us to add to what has just been said on the

form of the various regions of the body ,that all the integu-

ments are covered with simple hairs, more or less closely

adpressed to each other according to the parts examined ; these

hairs are also abundant upon the surface of the appendicular

organs.

We now proceed to examine the organs of the senses, the

legs, the wings, and the set, which we have hitherto passed

over.

Antenne.—In the nymph the organs of touch are formed of

six joints, which are unequai but have nearly the same form ;

this is no longer the case in the perfect state (fig. 13), in which

the antennee have only two very unequal joints and a flagellum.

The basal jomt, of a cylindrical form, is rather short; the

second, on the contrary, is at least three times as long, inflated

in the middle, and attenuated at the apex; both these joints

are of a brown colour, and are also covered with a great

abundance of hairs.

The flagellum, which is inserted at the extremity of the

second joint, is of itself as long as the rest of the antenna; it

is very slender; and its tegumentary envelope, which is desti-

tute of hairs, presents a very pale brown colour.

82 M. A. Vayssiére on the

Compound Eyes and Ocelli (fig. 12).—The compound eyes

show astrongly marked black tint ; they are inserted upon the

outer, lateral margins of the head, nearly at the intersection of

these margins with its base. ‘They are hemispherical. On the

dorsal surface of each of them, a little behind the middle, we

observe a groove, which does not surround it completely.

This peculiarity places these organs of, vision in the section of

ascalaphoid compound eyes of certain Ephemerina (Lepto-

phlebia). The facets of these organs are not always hexagonal ;

they often present only four or five sides; or their outlines

may even be irregular.

The ocell’, with their very convex cornea, are easy to dis-

tinguish even by the naked eye, owing to their whitish colour.

The lateral ocelli are placed within and a little in front of

the compound eyes; the median ocellus, as already stated,

occupies the middle of the space between the antenne, and is

almost in the anterior margin of the head.

Legs.—The organs of locomotion are all atrophied in the

perfect insect ; this modification, which is observed in a great

many other adult Ephemerina, must be in relation to the short

duration of the life of the animal in this state ; it is therefore

very probable that, after copulation (and oviposition in the

case of a female), Prosopistoma punctifrons speedily dies.

We hope that future investigations will soon enable us to fll

up this gap.

The legs are very unequal: the shortest are those of the

first pair, and the longest belong to the third pair (fig. 14).

The colour of these organs is very light brown, depending some-

what upon the thinness of the chitinous envelope, the surface of

which also is but little clothed with hairs. The first two joints,

coxa and trochanter, are pretty well formed in all the legs, and

are even strongly developed in those of the first pair; the form

of the femur ot the anterior limbs is not much modified, whilst

it is more or less modified and atrophied in the other legs.

The last three portions, tbia, tarsus, and claw, are always

deformed, and often actually twisted into a corkscrew, in all the

legs.

“In the figure of the insect seen from the ventral surface I

have represented (fig. 8) only the first two joints of the first

pair; in fig. 14 I have given a representation of one of the

legs of the third pair under a power of about 50 diameters.

In this last pair the general atrophy is more marked even than

in the two ‘others.

Wings.—The organs of flight are greatly developed in

Prosopistoma, which is not surprising, considering the atrophy

of the legs, and the necessity under which the insect in con-

perfect State of Prosopistoma punctifrons. 83

sequence finds itself, of flying throughout the whole of its

perfect state.

It has already been stated that the wings are formed above

the respiratory organs, in sheaths which only become deve-

loped a little while before the metamorphosis of the ani-

mal. The sheaths destined to produce the upper wings

originate in the interior of the integuments which cover the

tracheo-branchie—that is to say, under the posterior part

of the chitinous envelope of the carapace; the hinder wings

are formed in the interior of those two plates which, in the

aquatic state of Prosopistoma, appear to be formed to protect

the points of insertion of the first two pairs of tracheo-

branchie (fig. 3,/). These plates must be formed very early

in our animal; for I have always observed them in the same

state of development in more than fifty individuals of all sizes.

The upper wings, or wings of the anterior pair, affect the form

of right-angled triangles, of which the hypotenuses are repre-

sented by the anterior margin ; their inner margin, as in all

Ephemerina, forms the shortest side (see fig. 7).

The longitudinal nervures of these superior wings are not

numerous; and transverse nervures are entirely wanting. The

base of the two strongest nervures (anterior nervures) consti-

tutes, with a thickening of the margin of the wing, the prin-

cipal part of the articulation with the two strongest projections

observed on the sides of the thorax. Below the two anterior

nervures we find three others which do not reach the articula-

tion of the wing; the five following nervures, which succeed

one another at nearly equal distances apart, as they approach

the inner margin of the wing, terminate at the base of the

wing, with the exception of the last, which is shorter and

more delicate than the others. The anal nervure starts from ~

a chitinous thickening of the basal region of the organ of

flight, and terminates on the inner nargin, nearly at the point

where this becomes rounded to form the posterior margin.

The wings of the second pair, of an oval form, are much

smaller and more delicate (fig. 11) ; their principal point of

insertion 1s upon the nodosity which may be noticed on each

side of the metathorax at the level of the points of attachment

of the last pair of legs. When the fore wings are extended,

the apical extremities of the others slightly exceed the abdo-

men on each side; when the animal is in repose the ordinary

position of the wings is the same that is observed in all the

Ephemerina: they are placed vertically above the body, and a

little inclined towards each other. The inner and posterior

margins of these different wings presented long delicate hairs

(fig. 10) ; but the surface itself of the wings was covered with

84 On the perfect State of Prosopistoma punctifrons.

very short and abundant hairs; the latter character occurs in all

the subimagos of Ejphemerina.

Setee.—The sete (fig. 17) are far from showing the same com-

plication of structure in the perfect insect as in the nymph.

They are borne by the last segment, in the cavity of which they

canno longer shelter themselves, the apparatus destined to make

them enter into the interior of the body having become atro-

phied, because, in the perfect state, it would be of no use to the

insect to retract them; the last joint can still, however, in

part withdraw itself into the ninth. We no longer observe

traces of annulation on the surface of the sete: ; and the hairs

which clothe them are very short and very irregularly ar-

ranged.

I have carefully dissected the only two examples of the sub-

imago that I have been able to procure. Both of them being

females, I found in the interior of their visceral cavity a great

quantity of eggs (about sixty in each). ‘These eggs (fig. 5) were

about ! millim. in length; their form was distinctly ellipsoidal ;

their surface presented a multitude of pretty strong rugosities,

into which the vitelline mass penetrated (fig. 6); and their

colour was milk-white. ‘These eggs, from their general ex-

ternal characters, and especially the absence of the hood or

cap at their two extremities, greatly resemble those of Cloé

diptera. After having freed the visceral cavity of all the

eges, I observed the empty state of the digestive tube and the

atrophy of all the glandular organs of that apparatus, which

had either completely disappeared, like the yellow hepatic

layer of the stomach, or partially, like the Malpighian tubes.

The nervous system presented the same degree of concen-

tration as in the nymph. It consisted of a pair of cerebroid

ganglia, a cordiform subcesophageal ganglion, and a single

large thoracic ganglion representing the whole of the ventral

chain.

The tracheal apparatus consisted of two lateral trunks,

sending forth numerous ramifications to all parts of the body,

and connected with the four or five pairs of stigmatic aper-

tures by means of very short secondary trunks.

As the perfect state of Prosopistoma punctifrons is now

known, my collaborator, Dr. H. Joly, and myself intend

changing the name of the animal, in order to conform to the

entomological usage according to which the denomination of

an insect should not be derived from a larval character, as is

the case with Prosopistoma; and it is in the monograph of the

genus, which we shall not delay to publish, that the definitive

diagnosis of this Hphemerine under its new denomination

will be found.

Discrimination of the Sexes in the Genus Paludina. 85 °

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

The numbers placed beside the figures express the enlargement in

diameters.

Fg. 1. A nymph of Tricoryphus (sp.?), X 5. a, rudimentary respiratory

organ of the first segment; the chitinous plate, 0, has been

removed on one side to show the following respiratory organs.

Fig. 2. Betisca obesa, seen from above and drawn from a nymphal enve-

lope, in which the last segment and the antennze were deficient,

x 5.

Fig. 3. Prosopistoma punctifrons, nymphal stage, seen from above, x 12.

The left half of the carapace has been removed to show, in front,

the digestive tube partly concealed by the left lobe of the genital

gland ; behind, the interior of the respiratory chamber, in which

is the sheath of the lower wing (jf) concealing the points of

insertion of the first two tracheo-branchie.

Fig. 4. Prosopistoma punctifrons, nymphal stage, seen from below, x 12.

The last segment, with the sete, has withdrawn into the ninth

segment; at v and v' are the apertures which give the water

access to the respiratory chamber.

Fig. 5. One of the ova found in the body of the subimago of Prosopi-

stoma, X 120.

Fig. 6. One of the nodosities of this ovum, much enlarged, x 400.

Fg. 7. Female (subimago) of Prosopistoma punctifrons, seen from above,

x 14. The stigmatic apertures may be seen on the right side

of the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth serments.

Fig. 8. The same, seen from below, x 14. In order to avoid making

this figure too complicated, I have not represented the legs of

the second and third pairs, and I have left only the first two

joints of those of the first pair.

Fig. 9. Base of the inner surface of an upper wing, x 30.

Fug. 10. Fragment of the posterior margin of the same wing, to show the

multitude of hairs which cover both surfaces of the organs

of flight, x 30.

Fig. 11. Lower wing, x 18.

Fig. 12. Right compound eye and lateral ocellus, in their respective posi-

tion, X 80. 12q@isa hair from the integument of this region,

much enlarged.

Fig. 13. Antenne, x 60.

Fig. 14. Leg of the third pair, x 50.

Fig. 15. Ventral surface of the abdomen of the female subimago, x 35.

Fig. 16. One of the two plates forming the ventral surface of the last

segment, X 80.

Fig. 17. The three setze of Prosopistoma in the perfect state, xX 80.

N.B. In several of the figures I have not represented the villosity due

to the presence of the hairs which cover the integuments and the wings of

the subimago.

VIII.—Notes on Indian Land and Freshwater Mollusks.—

No. I. On the Discrimination of the Sexes in the Genus

Paludina. By J. Woov-Mason, Deputy Superintendent,

Indian Museum, Calcutta, on Special Duty in Assam.

WHILE at Balaganj and Panchuganj, on the Kusiara river,

in Central Sylhet, on my way to Cachar, I was struck by the

86 Mr. J. Wood-Mason on the

marked difference in size presented by the shells of a species

of Paludina which lay in thousands at the bottom of the

broad and shallow ditches close to the river-bank: shells of

two distinct sizes, a larger and a smaller (not, so far as I

could see, graduating into one another), were observed. ‘This

difference of size evidently not depending upon age, but

being probably sexual, I determined to investigate the matter

as soon as opportunity offered.

On my arrival at Silchar my native collector brought me,

amonest other freshwater mollusks, five specimens of a Palu-

dina*, belonging to a totally distinct species from the one

observed at Balaganj and Panchuganj. Of these, three of

the same size were smaller and rather less ventricose than

the other two, which also agreed with one another in size. In

order to ascertain whether any difference in the external form

of the animals accompanied the obvious difference between

their shells in point of size, I placed the specimens in a plate

of water. In a few minutes the mollusks emerged from their

shells; and I at once noticed that, while the acuminate ten-

tacles of the two larger ones were both quite straight, the right

tentacle in each of the three smaller ones was strongly bent

outwards and inwards upon itself, or hooked and somewhat

swollen, and rather more darkly pigmented than its fellow of

the opposite side or than the tentacles of the larger ones—an

observation which suggested the suspicion that in the former

case one had to do with males, and in the latter with females.

To place the matter beyond all doubt, I dissected two of the

smaller and one of the larger specimens; and I found in the

genital gland and duct of the former two forms of sperma-

tozoa in all stages of development, and in the uterus of the

latter ova containing fully-formed embryo Gasteropods with

foot, operculum, spirally-lined soft nautiloid shell, upturned

proboscis, and all complete.

Considering it desirable that this observation should be

verified by the examination of a larger series of examples, I

sent the collector to the river for a fresh supply; and he soon

returned with seventy-six specimens. ‘These were placed in

a basin of water and sorted, like those previously obtained,

into two sets, according to the form of the right tentacle ;

each set was then carefully gone over to see that the sorting

had been correctly carried out; and finally the sex of several

individuals out of each set was determined by dissection and

microscopic examination, with the result of completely con-

* T am indebted to my friend and colleague Mr. Geoffrey Nevill,

C.M.Z.S., for the information that the name of this species is P. crassa,

Hutton.

Sexes in the Genus Paludina. 87

firming the conclusion already arrived at, namely that males

can, in this species of Paludina, be distinguished from females

by their smaller and less ventricose shells and by their right

tentacle being hooked.

Of the seventy-six specimens thirty proved to be males, and

forty-six females; the latter sex thus greatly predominated

in the series collected; but whether this predominance would

be maintained in a much more extensive series is to be doubted,

especially as the tendency of most collectors of zoological

specimens is to take the fine and to leave the small and juve-

nile individuals of a species. In each set there occurred only

a single aged individual, with the apex of the shell much

eroded. Of the forty shells classed as females a few young

ones, with the peristome still thin and fragile, and in size

equal to and less than males of average proportions, cannot

be distinguished from these, and may possibly be immature

males which have not yet acquired the hook to the tentacle ;

but all the rest can readily be distinguished from those classed

as males. Itis to be expected that individuals of one sex

partaking of the characters of the other will occasionally occur,

just as in the human species feminine men and masculine

women, and in crustacea female crabs with male tails, are

met with; and in such cases it may be difficult, if not im-

possible, for a conchologist to decide upon the evidence of the

‘shell alone to which sex a specimen belongs.

The knowledge of this fact in the natural history of Palu-

dina may prove useful to conchologists engaged in working

out the fauna of regions or of rocks, such as the Intertrappean

beds of the Deccan, in which the genus abounds; but it is

far from probable that any other Gasteropodous genera will

be found to present similar sexual differences, the large and

swollen shell of females in Paludina being in obvious correla-

tion with the viviparous habits universal in the genus but

unknown in other Gasteropoda, being, in fact, necessitated

by the great bulk gradually attained by the uterus as the eggs

develop within it into hard-shelled young Paludine.

In the European Paludina vivipara a distinct penis is pre-

sent, and, according to Owen*, “is closely connected with

the right tentacle ;” but in the Indian species the penis is

altogether aborted, and its function has been transferred to the

contiguous right tentacle, which has consequently become

converted into a hooked copulatory organ. Analogous to this

is the case of the Dibranchiate Cephalopoda, in which one or

other of the arms, according to the genus, functions as a penis

* ‘Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of the

Invertebrate Animals,’ 2nd ed. 1855, p. 564.

88 Prof. F. M‘Coy on a new Volute from

and is more or less considerably modified in form. Anda

more remote analogy is offered by male spiders, in which the

tips of the pedipalps are curiously modified and perform the

duty of conveying spermatophores to the genital aperture of

the female.

My collector has since brought me, from a marsh in the

immediate vicinity of the station, specimens of P. bengalensis,

or a species closely allied thereto, in which also the right

tentacle is hooked in the male.

1. View of a male P. crassa, to show the hooked right tentacle,

2. Shell of an aged female of P. crassa.

Fie. 3. Shell of an aged male.

4, Shell of a female in the prime of life.

Fig. 5. Shell of a male in the prime of life.

Obs. The animals of the two aged specimens have prolonged their

body-whorl much beyond the old peristome, corresponding to that of the

two in the prime of life.

Silchar, Cachar, April 2, 1881.

1X.—Description of a new Volute from the South Coast

of Australia. By Freprrick M‘Coy, F.R.S., Professor

of Natural Science, University of Melbourne.

[Plate VII. ]

Voluta Roadnighte (M‘Coy).

(Pl. VII. figs. 1 & 2:)

Descr. Broad fusiform; pullus at apex of spire very large,

smooth, spheroidal, oblique, of about 14 turn; spire conical,

the South Coast of Australia. 89

apical angle 65°, of four whorls (besides the pullus); turns

of the spire moderately convex ; body-whorl obtusely angu-

lated a little below the suture; whorls of the spire crossed by

from sixteen to eighteen large obtusely flattened prominent ribs,

most prominent towards suture, the intervening spaces between

which vary from rather more, on the spire, to much less than

their width, on the penultimate whorl ; ribs becoming obsolete

on body-whorl; sloping angulation of body-whorl and spire

near suture marked with about ten cord-like subequal spiral

ridges, with coarse parallel stria between them, the intervening

spaces twice as wide as the ridges; below or before the spiral

strize on body-whorl the surface is only marked by the obtuse

irregular lines of growth, until near the anterior extremity,

where about eighteen or nineteen spiral ridges similar to those

near the suture appear, Outer lip moderately arched, ob-

tusely thickened and reflected; respiratory notch at anterior

end moderate. Three or four large oblique plaits on pillar,

the hindmost but one largest ; inner lip thin, glassy, spreading.

Colour pale brownish creamy white, with acutely angular zig-

zag, longitudinal, sparse markings of rich raw-sienna brown.

Length 6 inches 5 lines; proportional length of body-

whorl =1°.. of penultimate whorl +5, antepenultimate 75>, pre-

ceding whorl ;4,; length of pullus $5, width of pullus pO> ;

diameter of succeeding whorl at suture 7/5; greatest diameter

of body-whorl 335.

This magnificent Volute was found by Mrs. Roadnight, to

whom I have had the pleasure of dedicating it, three years

ago, when I sent a description and figure for publication,

which seem to have been lost, and a copy of which I now for-

ward, as I have recently received several inquiries about this

the most striking form among the many Volutes described of

late years. In its great size and general aspect it somewhat re-

sembles the fossil Voluta Hannafordi, M‘Coy*, a fact which

did not escape Mrs. Roadnight’s notice. It differs, however,

in being rather more slender, less angulated, without the

conical tubercles of that species, and having the whorls of the

spire crossed with narrower obtuse coste. It is not nearly

related to any recent species known to me.

Hab. Southern coast of Victoria, the type specimen having

been found on the beach at the Lake’s Entrance, Gipps Land.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII,

Figs. 1 & 2. Back and front views (3 natural size) of type specimen.

# Prodromus of Paleontology of Victoria, decade 1. pl. 6. fig. 1.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. vii. 7

90 Mr. T. Stock on the ‘“Kammplatten” or

X.—On some British Specimens of the “‘ Kammplatien”

or * Kammleisten” of Professor Fritsch, By THOMAS

Stock, Natural-History Department, Museum of Science

and Art, Edinburgh*.

[Plate VI. ]

Proressor Fritscu of Prague, in his ‘ Fauna der Gaskohle

und der Kalksteine der Permformation Béhmens’ (Prague,

1880), describes} and figuresf, in connexion with Ophiderpe-

ton, certain peculiar comb-like plates which he calls “ Kamm-

platten” or “ Kammleisten.” The evidence of the association

seems tolerably complete ; for in fig. 1, pl. xx. (op. cit.), two

detached plates are drawn beneath a group of the “ Stiibchen ”’

or scutes which defended the ventral region of the animal’s

body, and in fig. 5, pl. xx., a series of these plates is repre-

sented lying upon a well-preserved fragment of the creature.

The series (?a double series), of which an enlarged draw-

ing is given in fig. 6 (oc. cit.), consists of six elements,

closely approximated to each other, but receding gradually

in size from the most externally situated to those lying most

towards the interior. Several detached plates are figured,

from which it is possible to obtain a correct idea of their general

contour and of the different appearances presented as they are

viewed on their concave or on their convex surfaces. They

are usually, though apparently not in all cases, pectinated along

one edge of their more expanded portions; and their handles

are in all cases, in the specimens figured, more or less bent

inwards and directed towards the pectinated edges. They

are ganoid externally, and therefore exoskeletal and probably

dermal appendages. As to their origin, Prof. Fritsch suggests

that they are perhaps modified ossicles of the ventral armour ;

and as to their function, that they “ wahrscheinlich in der

Kloakengegend als Hilfsorgane bei der Paarung dienten.”

These curious bodies do not appear to have been preserved

in the specimens upon which Prof. Huxley founded the

genus§, Mr. T. P. Barkas, F.G.S., however, in a letter to

the ‘Geological Magazine’ for January 1869, drew attention

to and gave woodcut figures of two forms from the shale over-

lying the Low-Main coal-seam of the Northumbrian Coal-

measures, which are certainly identifiable with Prof. Fritsch’s

* Communicated by the Author, having been read before the Edinburgh

Geological Society, May 1881.

+ Band i. Heft 2, pp. 119-125.

{ Plate xx.

§ “On a Collection of Fossil Vertebrata from the Yarrow Colliery,”

Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. vol. xxiv. 1867.

“Kammleisten”’ of Professor Iritsch. 91

“ Kammplatten,” though Mr. Barkas ascribed them to Cteno-

ptychius. Mr. Barkas subsequently* named them C. wnilate-

ralis, and refigured them in a plate accompanying a communi-

cation to the ‘ Colliery Guardian’+, and in his Atlas of

Carboniferous Fossils f.

During the past winter Mr. John Young, F.G.8., exhibited

to the Natural-History Society of Glasgow§ a specimen from

the Blackband Ironstone shales of the Airdrie coal-field, which

he referred to the “ Kammleisten” of Ophiderpeton, atter

comparing it with Prof. Fritsch’s figures and descriptions.

Forms of the same general description have been lately de-

tected in the Edge coal series of our own neighbourhood—that

is, near the base of the middle division of our Scottish Carbo-

niferous system. Dr. Traquair’s Huctenius elegans, founded

upon specimens obtained from the Black-band Ivonstone,

worked at Burgh Lee, near Edinburgh ll, 1s evidently a

‘“‘Kammplatte.’ Dr. Traquair, who has, with great kindness,

given me much help in the preparation of this paper, tells me

that he had independently arrived at the same conclusion. My

friend Mr. W. ‘I’. Kinnear, still more recently, has discovered

undoubted specimens of “ Kammplatten ” at the same locality.

On a small slab, which he has generously allowed me to keep

for my collection, there is an entire plate; and close beside it

there is the handle of a second. They are associated with a

specimen of Ctenoptychius pectinatus, Ag., which is a common

fossil at the locality.

I am greatly indebted to my friend Mr. Joseph Taylor, of

Shire Moor, for the opportunity of studying three comb plates

from Newsham. Mr. John Ward, F.G.S., of Longton, has also

kindly allowed me to see some good specimens from the same

locality. They do not appear to be rare on the horizon of the

Low-Main seam ; but they have not yet been recorded else-

where except at the Scottish localities mentioned. Probably

as attention is directed to them it will be found that they are

not unfrequent in the Carboniferous rocks of this country.

The animals to which they belonged seem to have ranged from

the Permian (in Bohemia), through the Coal-measures (in

Northumberland and Lanarkshire), down to the base of the

Carboniferous Limestone series (in Midlothian).

* In ‘Scientific Opinion.’

+ ‘ Colliery Guardian,’ March 10, 1871.

t Atlas to ‘A Manual of Coal-measure Paleontology,’ Lond. 1873.

§ Note in ‘Science Gossip,’ Feb. 1881, p. 44.

\| “Notice of new Fish Remains from the Blackband Ironstone of

Burgh Lee, near Edinburgh,’ Geol. Mag. no. 199, dec. ii. vol. viii. no. 1,

pp. 34-57.

92 Mr. T. Stock on the “Kammplatten”’ or

The series which Prof. Fritsch figures* is probably incom-

plete. From the figure it would appear that it was single;

but in his descriptiont he says that it is double, consisting of

three elements on each side facing each other. In the figure,

too, the edges of the plates appear to be crenulated rather than

pectinated—an appearance which must be due to fracture, if

the detached plates which he figures really belong to the

same species. I must confess that I do not feel satisfied on

that point. If his figure 6 really represents any considerable

fragment of this problematical apparatus, it seems to me that

it would be safer to take that as a guide to the limitations

of specific diagnosis than to attempt to graduate into each

other from scattered evidence plates so divergent as those

represented, for example, by his figures 2,9, and 10. Of

course, without seeing the actual specimens and the whole

of Prof. Fritsch’s excellent material, it would be unsafe to

speak very confidently on the matter ; but after an attentive

study of his descriptions and figures, and after examining

the British specimens, I should be inclined to think that

his figures 2, 8, and 13 represent one series, his figures 6 and

perhaps 9 another, and his figure 10 possibly a third. At any

rate, if the whole of these are to be referred to a single cate-

gory, I cannot see any reason for excluding his figures 11 and

12 from the same category. The divergence is no greater ;

yet he considers that they represent a distinct species.

Three additional species of Ophiderpeton are described

from other evidence; and there seems proof of the existence of

a fourth. This fact alone might have warranted, one would

have thought, a freer separation of the “ Kammplatten”’ into

forms of specific equivalence.

If the series referred to is taken as a guide to the in-

vestigation of the value of specific characters, it will be

seen that the amount of variation is slight between the con-

stituent elements. Shght differences of form, accompa-

nied by differences in size and in the number of the pectina-

tions, are all the variation that can be detected. The

difficulty, however, is increased in detached specimens by the

different aspect presented as they are seen on their concave or

convex surface. Sometimes they le on their side with the

pectinated edges buried in the matrix; and many of them

appear to have undergone distortion. The British forms that

I have been able to examine appear to be distinct from those

discovered in Bohemia. All the forms that I have seen may

be referred to three, or more probably four, distinct series ; and

* Op. cit. pl. xx. fig. 6. + Op. cit. p. 122.

“Kammleisten” of Professor Fritsch. 93

of these two, or perhaps three, have been recognized by

previous observers. Mr. Barkas’s* figures in the ‘ Geological

Magazine’ | apparently represent members of two distinct

series. Fig. 1 may be identifiable with the specimen that [

have drawn on Pl. VI. fig. 1. The pectination is coarser,

. however, and the teeth less numerous. Fig. 2 may possibly

be referable to my No. 2 (Pl. VI. fig. 2). Mr. Barkas’s

figures, however, are a little roughly drawn; and I have not

been able to see the original specimens. An examination of

these might perhaps show that they are distinct. These two

Specimens were named, I believe, Ctenoptychius unilateralis.

I have not been able to see either the figures or description of

Ctenoptychius marginalis, Barkas ; nor have I yet seen any

specimens in collections so labelled. I cannot, therefore, say

whether it is a ‘‘ Kammplatte” or not. The doubt which I

am thus unfortunately obliged to leave surrounding Mr. Bar-

kas’s work is of the less importance, as there does not appear

to be any immediate necessity of distinguishing the different

forms by names. Well characterized fragments or perfect

specimens of the animals that bore them may be discovered

at any moment with the comb plates attached ; and it is per-

haps better to wait till the connexion can in this way be

satisfactorily established before giving names to their scat-

tered fragments.

The unexpected revelation of these singular bodies in con-

nexion with a genus of Labyrinthodonts, if they do really

belong to the genus {, makes it probable that as the history

of other and allied genera is gradually elucidated, variously

modified dermal structures will be disclosed, of whose exist-

ence we are at present in ignorance.

Description of the British Specimens of ““Kammplatten ”’ in the

Cabinets of Messrs. Taylor and Ward and in my own

Collection.

No. 1 (Plate VI. fig. 1, nat. size) —Length 1 inch. Handle

less than one half of the entire length, thick, gradually

tapering to a blunt poimt. The lamella gradually rises to a

* Mr. Barkas has kindly supplied me with the reference to ‘ Scientific

Opinion,’ but omitted to give me the volume and page. I am also in-

debted to him for a plate from the ‘Colliery Guardian,’ giving figures of

two specimens, apparently the same as those represented in the Geol.

Mag. (vide infra). As I have not been able to see ‘Scientific Opinion ’

(a rather obscure and now defunct publication), I am unable to discuss

Mr. Barkas’s contributions to our knowledge of these bodies as fully as I

~ could wish.

+ Geol. Mag. vol. vi. p. 43. -

} A microscopic examination would help to settle the point.

94 On “Kammplatten” or ‘“Kammleisten.”

plane slightly elevated above that of the handle, then slightly

sinks again towards its termination. It is 7 lines long, and

nearly 2 broad. The variation in the width is slight. The

edge looking towards the handle is finely pectinated, the teeth

numbering about sixty.

Horizon. Low-Main seam, Coal-measures, Northumber-

land.

Locality. Newsham.

Collection of Mr. Taylor.

No. 2 (Plate VI. fig. 2, twice nat. size).—In shape this

specimen is not unlike a tadpole. On an interesting slab

lent me by Mr. Ward there is one of them associated

with two forms which are referable, I think, to my No. 3.

The association is probably an accident, and does not point, I .

think, to any serial affinity.

Length 8 lines. Handle bent and probably slightly dis-

torted, longer than the lamella. Lamella 3 tines long; width,

where greatest, a third of the length. Shape an elongated

ellipse, marked with about twenty-three irregularly-shaped

shallow pits or punctures along the middle of the convex area

in the direction of the length. Teeth about thirty, but not

easily counted.

Same horizon, locality, and collection as the last.

No. 3 (Plate VI. fig. 3, 3 nat. size)—lLength 1 inch.

Handle nearly straight, slender, and a little longer than the

lamella. The shape of the latter cannot be well ascertained.

It lies on its side, with the pectinated edge buried in the

matrix. It is distinct from the preceding, but is probably part

of a series similar to that described under No. 4.

Same horizon, locality, and collection as the preceding.

No. 4 (Plate VI. fig. 4, nat. size)—Three specimens are

upon this slab. ‘The smallest may be referable to my No. 2,

the largest to No. 3. The shape of the third cannot be ascer-

tained, as it is much broken. The largest plate is 1} inch in

length, and describes a double curve. ‘The lamella is nearly

4 lines broad at its widest part, and is fringed on one edge by

a row of minute teeth, numbering nearly a hundred. By the

closeness of the pectination it comes near tomy No.1. As

more abundant material becomes available a gradation between

the two forms may be established. In the meantime, how-

ever, it appears best to separate them.

In the collection of Mr. Ward. Same horizon and locality

as the preceding.

On some Mammals from Kashmir. 95

No. 5 (Plate VI. fig. 5, twice nat. size).—Length 4 inch.

Handle stout. Lamella about a third of the whole, 2 lines

broad at the broadest part, somewhat elliptical in shape, con-

vex on one side, concave on the other, armed with about

fifteen stout closely-placed teeth, which are longest in the

centre, gradually diminishing in length on both sides. This

plate somewhat resembles my No. 2; but the teeth are much

stouter, more erect, and have no definite space between their

bases, as most of the previously described forms have. In

these characters it approaches the Bohemian examples, and

also somewhat Mr. Barkas’s figures in the ‘ Geological

Magazine’ (/oc, cit.), if the latter correctly represent his speci-

mens. Dr. Traquair has kindly allowed me to examine his

specimens of Huctentus; and there can be no doubt of the

identity of the two.

Found by Mr. W. T. Kinnear in the ironstone of Burgh

Lee, near Edinburgh, and now in my collection.

XI.—On some Mammals from the North-west Frontier of

Kashmir. By J. SCULLY.

Tue following notes are founded on a small but interesting

collection of mammals made by Major J. Biddulph during

the course of last year in Astor, Gilgit, Yassin, and Deosai—

districts in the extreme north-west part of Kashmir or on the

frontier of the state in that direction. A note on the mam-

malian fauna of the first three places above mentioned, with a

slight sketch of their physical aspects, will be found in a

paper written by me in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 197; of

Deosai, which I have not visited, I quote the following

description from Mr. F. Drew’s ‘Jummoo and Kashmir

Territories,’ p. 376 (1875) :—

‘“ Deosai is a plateau, a mass of high land, surrounded by

yet higher mountains. he centre of it lies 25 miles south-

south-west from Skarda*, while the nearer edge is only

10 miles from that place. There is a ring of mountains,

irregular, but still of a general circular form, the diameter

of which from crest to crest of the ridge is about 25 miles.

These mountains make a rugged serrated barrier of a height

of from 16,000 to 17,000 feet. Within this ring is flat,

though not completely flat, country, made up of plateaus more

or less separated by flat valleys a few hundred feet below

* Skardu or Iskardo is the capital of Baltistan (Little Thibet), and is

situated in lat. 85° 22' N. and long. 75° 27' EH.

96 Mr. J. Scully on some Mammals from the

them in level. This flat part varies in height from 12,000 to

13,000 feet, according as we measure a valley or an inter-

mediate plateau, or according as we take the measure away

from or near to the mountains.”

The collection sent to me by Major Biddulph comprises well-

preserved specimens of eight species, on each of which I

proceed to make a few remarks.

Marites foina (Erxl.).

Male, Gilgit (5000 feet), October.

Length of head and body 18 inches, tail 10, hairs at end of

tail 3, hind foot from heel s. wu. 3°05, fore foot s. w. 2°03, length

of ear 1.

Dark brown above and below, the feet and tail nearly

black. On the throat and breast a large white patch reaching

to the forearms, in the central part of which there are several

irregular brown spots. Face and chin earthy brown, palest

on the cheeks; ears brown, with complete white margins.

The underfur, on all the parts which are brown, is brownish

grey. The exposed feet-pads fleshy; claws dusky at base,

whitish at tip.

The following are the dimensions of the skull :—

metre

Total length from occiput ..............2+55 “080

Inferior margin of foramen magnum to incisors. ‘071

Posterior margin of bony plate to incisors .... *037

Greatest breadth across zygomatic arches...... ‘047

Greatest breadth of brain-case ...........--. 038

Least breadth of brain-case behind postorbital

PROCS “ooocgntooocog nonce sen000000 021

en gti 22 oi ae eee an eee ‘O10

Breadih\ an teriorlyanae ene eee Eeeeeee 005

Bred Gh es a: Seiobonetoteeoe EN CE "008

Menethe externally’ Le sere eee ER eee 004

iene thtanternally | «9: een eee ere eee ‘006

Length of mandible (condyle to symphysis).... ‘052

Height of mandible to coronoid process ...... 024

Length wee cece cece eee cece eee aes ‘010

Length — veces eee ence eee e cence nee cnee 004

This specimen is considerably darker and more richly

coloured than any specimens of MJ. foina hitherto obtained

from Gilgit. In a large series of Beech-Martens from that

locality which I have examined there is much variation in

the length, softness, and colour of the fur, while the underfur

North-west Frontier of Kashmir. 97

varies from white to brownish grey. There can be little

doubt that MM. lewcolachnea, Blantord (‘Scientific Results of

Second Yarkand Mission,’ Mammalia, p. 26, 1879), and

M. intermedia, Severtzoff (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876,

Xvill. p. 46), are merely varieties of M. foina, and not en-

titled to specific rank.

Mustela temon, Hodgson.

Adult specimen, Chashi, Yassin (9500 feet), August.

Head and body 9-5 inches, tail 5°5, hairs at end of tail

0:65, nose to ear-orifice 1:45, length of ear from orifice 0°45,

hind foot from heel s. w. 1:55, fore foot s. u. 0°75.

General colour above tawny brown, darker on the head;

tail like the back, but tinged with rufous and slightly paler

on the lower surface, tip darker brown than the rest of the

organ. Limbs externally like the back, but white over the

toes. Lips and chin white, rest of lower surface pale yellow.

Measurements of skull :-—

metre.

Length from inferior margin of foramen magnum

130 Goel Gir jpRemnenallwawes shoacooecdoocoec 045

Greatest breadth across zygomatic arches...... 028

Greatest breadth of brain-case behind posterior

{erminarlonvolzveOmar rn Meena 025

Least breadth of brain-case behind postorbital

(DROGEESES ‘oococdccoapondssonbooconousn ‘O11

Length of bony palate from symphysis of pre-

WM GUETIES. “Goobocncas.005000000000006 022

Length from posterior margin of anterior

palatine foramina to hind margin of palate. -018

Breadth of palate between inner tubercles of

AE pinecone crocs Beato ete 008

Length of pm-3 slong outer margin ..... coono. Whe

Breadth of 22 Were eae tees 2: 004

Length of mandible from condyle to symphysis. -028

Height of mandible to coronoid process ...... ‘015

This weasel is probably the same as the animal included

by Dr. Severtzoff in the “ Mammals of Turkestan” (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, xvi. p. 45) under the name of

Fetorius alpinus. 1 employ the specific name given by Mr.

Hodgson, for reasons mentioned in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881,

p. 203.

Lutra vulgaris, Erxl.

A young otter captured at Gilgit on the 3rd June, at an

elevation of 5000 feet, seems to be referable to L. vulgaris.

The following is a description of the specimen :—

98 Mr. J. Scully on some Mammals from the

Head and body 15:5 inches, tail 7-8, nose to ear-orifice 3,

length of ear from orifice 0°6, hind foot from heel s. u. 2°9,

fore foot s. u. 2.

Head above and body greyish brown, on the head, upper

part of neck, and sides of body with some pale hairs inter-

mixed with the brown ones; the underfur grey. Tail brown

above, greyish white below, and blackish brown at tip above

and below. Lips, sides of face, and whole under surface

greyish white, the underfur greyish brown; lower lip, chin,

and centre of throat cream-coloured.

Sciuropterus fimbriatus, Gray.

An example of this flying squirrel, captured at Gilgit in

August, at an elevation of 6000 feet, measures :—

Head and body 7:8 inches, tail 9, hairs at end of tail 1-7,

nose to ear-orifice 2, length of ear from orifice 1:2, hind foot

from heel s. wu. 2, fore foot s. w. 1:3.

This specimen differs a little from the others collected in the

district in being whiter below and in having a patch of black

on the middle of the back.

Arctomys caudatus, Jacq.

In the collection is a specimen of a young marmot cap-

tured in the Deosai plain, at an elevation of 12,000 feet, in

July, which is clearly referable to this species. ‘The following

is a description of the specimen :—

Head and body 9 inches, tail 3-7, hairs at end of tail 1°8,

hind foot from heel s. w. 2°3, fore foot s. wu. 1°5, nose to ante-

rior canthus 1:2, nose to ear-orifice 2°2, length of ear from

orifice 0°5.

The nose and lips are black; a black ring surrounds the

eye. The top of the head, sides of face and body, and rump

yellow tawny ; on the nape there is a distinct black band,

cowl-like, sharply separating the tawny-coloured head from

the back, which is mixed tawny and black, the latter colour

predominating ; on the whole upper surface and sides the fur

is black at the base. Whole lower surface tawny yellow,

washed with rufous on the centre of the throat and breast ;

limbs tawny, slightly washed with rusty and nigrescent on

the toes. ‘l'ail tawny on basal two thirds, with a central

black stripe on the lower surface; distal third of tail black,

with yellow tips to some of the hairs.

This example is of interest in several respects. It shows

that the coloration of the young animal closely resembles that

of the adult, the black cowl on the nape being characteristic ;

North-west Frontier of Kashmir. 99

as in the adult, the length of the tail, including the hairs at

the tip, is more than half the length of the head and body.

Further, the determination of the species of marmot living on

the Deosai plateau, hitherto doubtful, may now be considered

settled. Lastly, the specimen described above shows con-

clusively that the young marmot from Turkestan, referred by

Dr. Severtzoff to A. caudatus (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876,

xvi. p. 50), could not have belonged to that species. ‘The pro-

portions there given are not those of the species under con-

sideration: A. caudatus with a tail ‘8 inches 5 lines” would

have the head and body about 17 inches long, not ‘ 14 inches

2 lines ;” moreover Severtzofft’s description of his marmot,

where he says that “the head was darker and blackish” in

contrast with the general colour of the animal, is exactly the

reverse of what obtains in A. caudatus.

Mus sublimis.

Mus sublimis, Blanford, Scientific Results of the Second Yarkand

Mission, Mammalia, p. 51 (1879).

The following is the description of a mouse collected by

Major Biddulph in the Astor district, in September, at an

elevation of 11,000 feet :—

Head and body 2°8 inches, tail 4, hairs at end of tail 0°15,

nose to ear-orifice 0°8, length of ear from orifice 0°4, hind foot

from heel s. u. 0°73.

Colour above sandy brown, below greyish white, the colours

not very distinctly separated. Fur soft and long, about 0°3

on the middle of the back ; all except the tips both above and

below slate-grey, the terminal portions of the hairs being

fulvous or brown above, and whitish below. On the upper

surface numerous long fine black hairs are imtermixed with

the shorter fur. ace rather paler than the back, the whiskers

brown at base and white for the greater portion of their

length. Ears well covered with fine hairs, and uniform rich

brown. Feet well clad with shining silvery-white hairs ;

tail covered with short bristly hairs, pale brown above, lighter

below. The tail tapers gradually from base to tip, and is

nearly half as long again as the head and body; the hind feet

are long, with the hinder tubercle large and elongated.

The following are measurements of the imperfect skull of

this specimen :—

metre.

Breadth of frontal region between orbits .... *004

Breadth of muzzle in front of infraorbital

LOLA EM 1264 a eee ee Ut MENG Ca ‘003

100 On some Mammals from Kashmir.

metre

Length of anterior palatine foramina ........ 0035

Length of bony palate from incisors to opening

OF OOO WMS “SG o55s50000acccng5GcC 008

Length of bony palate behind anterior palatine

OMANI) Gag oosonaoono02 0009000000809 0035

Leneth of row of upper molars.............. 0055

Distance between anterior molars and incisors. *005

Breadth of palate between anterior molars.... °003

Length of mandible from condyle to sym-

(ONS cooconcdaadg9s00Dadoa0900000009 O11

Length of row of lower molars.............. “004

The specimen above described agrees fairly with Mr.

Blanford’s description of M. sublimis (loc. cit.) ; only the tail

is nearly an inch longer than in the only example known of

that species, the type, a female obtained by the late Dr.

Stoliczka at Tankse, west of the Pankong lake in Ladak, at

an elevation of 13,000 feet. My specimen, which was ob-

tained miles away from any habitation, is probably a male,

and doubtless belongs to the species described by Mr. Blan-

ford. Of the better-known Indian mice this species comes

nearest to Mus urbanus, but is distinguished by its proportion-

ally longer tail and much longer feet. The habits of the

two species are very different.

Lagomys macrotis, Gunther.

A specimen obtained near Gilgit, in July, at an elevation

of 7500 feet, measures :—

Head and body 7:2 inches, nose to anterior margin of eye

0-92, nose to ear-orifice 1°95, length of ear from orifice 1, hind

foot from heel s. uw. 1°25, fore foot s. wu. 0°75, hair on middle of

back 0-7. ;

This example agrees fairly with the type of the species ;

the forehead and crown are rufous. It differs from a specimen

obtained in the Gilgit district in October (P.Z.S. 1881,

p- 207) in the tips of all the hairs on the back being fulvous,

and in not having a rufous gorget.

Lagomys Roylet, Ogilby.

A specimen of Lagomys from Deosai (12,000 feet), collected

in July, is obviously distinct from the preceding species.

Colour above greyish brown, much mixed with black on

middle of back, and rufous on forehead and nape; sides of

face and body rufous; lower surface whitish. The fur

throughout is dark slate-grey, the tips beimg rufous on the

forehead, nape, and sides of the body, and greyish white on

the lower parts; on the back the hairs have fulvous-brown

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida. 101

rings near their ends, and black tips. The extremities are

clad with pale isabelline hairs above, and ashy-coloured ones

below ; the feet-pads are black and the claws dusky. The

ears are rounded, dusky in colour, and sparsely clad with ash-

coloured hairs.

Length of head and body 6:1 inches, nose to eye 0°75, nose

to ear-orifice 1°35, length of ear from meatus 0°87, hind foot

from heel s. wu. 1°1, fore foot 0°52, length of hair on middle of

back 0°65.

The following are measurements of the skull of this

specimen :—

metre.

Motallenethe: 2k tose tates ea eee ene 039

Breadth across zygomatic arches ............ 021

Mensthyotmasalybonesmenerssn asec er ‘013

Width of nasal bones behind .............. 0045

Width of nasal bones in front .............. ‘0053

Width of frontal between orbits ............ 005

Leneth of palatine opening ................ “O11

Antero-posterior diameter of bony palate .... * 002

Width of palate between last pair of molars... -007

Length of series of upper molars............ 008

Length of lower jaw from angle to symphysis 025

Jelena ay Wo ComElyl® .peccdaoovcontogbooab end ‘016

This specimen is, I believe, correctly referred to L. Roylez,

notwithstanding the difference in coloration and size from the

typical example. The type seems not to have had any rufous

patches on the fur; but the presence or absence of rufous

colours in this genus seems to be of no specific importance.

The Deosai Lagomys agrees well in size, colours, and cranial

characters with an example from Sikkim in Mr. W. T. Blan-

ford’s collection.

XI.— Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida.

Order II. Ceratina. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e.

[Plate IX.]

Class SPONGIDA.

Order II. CERATINA.

On reconsideration of the order Ceratina (‘‘ Notes Introductory

to a Study of the Spongida,” ‘ Annals,’ 1875, vol. xvi. pp. 134,

135), which was proposed, among others, after an examination

of all the specimens of Sponges then in the British Museum,

I find, since having gone over, in a similar manner, those of

102 Mr. H. J. Carter’s Contributions to our

the late Dr. Bowerbank, which by purchase have been added

to the Museum, that I have something to alter in and add to,

respectively, the characters of the three families into which

the Order has been divided.

Family 1. Luffarida.

As regards the general characters of the first family, viz.

the Luffarida, I have little to state more than that the digitate,

branched forms, which may be hollow or solid, closely resemble -

those of the digitate Chalinida in having, when solid, the

vents in plurality scattered over the branches, and when

tubular or hollow, single only, at the ends of the branches re-

spectively; also that, in addition to the other forms men-

tioned, they may be thick and fan-shaped,—thus pointing out,

in both instances, that form in the Spongida is not to be

depended on alone in specific description, while as to size,

under favourable circumstances, there seems to be no limit;

for the specithen of Luffaria Archeri, Higgin, vulg. “‘ Nep-

tune’s Trumpet” (‘ Annals,’ 1875, vol. xvi. p. 223), found by

Dr. Archer at Belize, and presented to the British Museum by

Mr. Thomas H. Higgin, F'.L.8., of Liverpool, 1s 5 feet 5

inches long and 44 inches thick in its greatest diameter, which

is about a foot from the mouth, as I am informed by Mr.

Stuart O. Ridley, F.L.8., of the British Museum, to whom I

am indebted for these measurements.

Geographically the Luffarida, which appear to abound

in the seas between the two Americas, ex. gr. Carib-

bean Sea (De Fonbressin et Michelotti), are also to be found

on the 8.W. coast of Australia (Bowerbank collection, from

George Clifton, Esq.) and in the Levant (British Museum,

from Admiral Spratt).

Family 2. Aplysinida.

Here the distinction from the Luffarida is chiefly im the

relative size of the granular axis to the thickness of the horny

fibre, which is the opposite to that in the Luffarida, where the

horny element is greatest, and thus the fibre rendered more or

less rigid; while that of Aplysina, on the contrary, by its

thickness, becomes more or less flaccid (Pl. LX. figs. 10, 11),

to which may be added, perhaps, a more or less massive lobate

form generally, spreading laterally rather than vertically.

Having entered into the history of the Aplysinida prepara-

torily to describing the species A. corneostellata= Darwinella

aurea (‘ Annals,’ 1872, vol. x. p. 101 &c., pl. vi.), I need

Knowledge of the Spongida. 103

not repeat any part of this here; but among the late Dr.

Bowerbank’s sponges I found some more specimens, from the

S.W. coast of Australia and Ceylon (Trincomalee) respectively,

which require notice.

Thus, among those from the $.W. coast of Australia is one

which, on account of its black colour, nodulated form, and

doughy consistence (now hard from dryness), closely resem-

bles the type specimens of A. aérophoba from the Adriatic Sea,

sent to the British Museum by Prof. Oscar Schmidt; but the

“fibre” is different, inasmuch as it is not cylindrical although

branched, but scanty and made up of several small incom-

pletely developed fibrils longitudinally fasciculated in an

irregularly fluted form (Pl. IX. fig. 1,); so that, in the

transverse section, it presents a crenulated outline, agate-like,

in which the horny laminze do not entirely surround the axial

substance of the different fibrils indicated (fig. 1,7), thus con-

stituting a confused composite structure of ill-developed and

ill-formed horny material contrasting strongly with the simple,

single, perfectly cylindrical fibre of other species (fig. 11).

Besides this, it ditfers from A. aérophoba in the presence of

dark black-purple pigmental cells (figs. 1,f, and 3, a), which

are so abundant throughout the specimen as greatly to obscure

the scantily developed fibre. What the colour when fresh

might have been [cannot say ; for A. aérophoba also, although

nearly black in the dried state, is, according to Schmidt’s dia-

gnosis, ‘‘ greenish yellow’ when fresh. That the Australian

is the same as that which I have noticed under the name of

“ Aplysina purpurea” in my first report on the Manaar speci-

mens (‘ Annals,’ 1880, vol. vi. p. 86), I have no doubt; but

having had a very poor supply of the latter for description,

this, of course, is correspondingly imperfect. Now, however,

I find that not only some of the Australian specimens, but

that from Trincomalee, to which I have alluded (‘ Annals,’

ibid.), are all of the same species, and among them furnish

sufficient for the following amended description.

Aplysina purpurea. (PI. IX. figs. 1, a—c, and 2, a-c.)

Form of specimen pyramidal, somewhat compressed, cactus-

like externally, light (Pl. 1X. fig. 1, Ceylon), or nodular,

compact, and heavy (fig. 2, Australia). Colour black-purple.

Surface, in the Ceylon specimen, even minutely reticulated in

relief (fig. 1, c, and 2, 6) in the dried state, interrupted irregu-

larly by large puckered monticular or cactiform elevations

(fig. 1, 0) more or less obtuse on the summit, where, in a grana-

lar form, still darkened by the pigmental cells of the dermis

and on a level with the latter, may be seen the termination

104 Mr. H. J. Carter’s Contributions to our

of the fasciculated fibre in a truncate-like condition (fig. 1, @),

or, in the Australian specimens, nodular instead of monticular

elevations, &c. (fig. 1,a,6). Pores not seen. Vents scat-

tered here and there in the dermal sarcode (fig. 1,aa). In-

ternal structure cellulo-cavernous in the Ceylon species, more

compact in the Australian ones. Dermal sarcode fibrous

below, charged abundantly with purple pigment-cells above,

which also extend throughout the sarcode, but do not enter

into the composition of the horny fibre. Pigmental cells now

(in the dried state) compressed and oval, but more inflated

and globular, probably, when fresh, consisting of a transparent

colourless (?) cell-wall containing several spherical granules

which are opaque and purple in colour, together with a

nucleus (figs. 1,4, and 3,a); the whole frequently burst

and the purple granules let free into the sarcode, where some

at least seem to grow into forms respectively like that of the

parent. Horny fibre scanty, not simply cylindrical although

branched, but composed of a plurality of more or less imper-

fectly formed fibrils fasciculated longitudinally so as to present

an irregularly fluted surface (fig. 1,4), the whole together

possessing in the transverse section (fig. 1, 7) an irregularly

crenulated figure, agate-like in the linear outline of the horny

lamine, which therefore do not always completely encircle

the granular axis of the fibril to which they belong, although

this substance occupies their-concavities respectively ; also,

in the Ceylon or Trincomalee specimen, a great number of

amber-coloured “ horn-cells,”” whose composition and grada-

tional growth longitudinally would appear to indicate that

from such the fibre originated (fig. 1,g). Size of specimen

from Trincomalee (which is pyramidal and compressed in

shape, with a kind of shoulder in the form of another pyrami-

dal lobe on one side) 5 inches high, with a base 5 inches lone

and 2 inches thick; that of the largest Australian specimen

(for there are two, massive and irregular in form) 4 inches long,

2 inches broad, and 12 inch high. (Pl. LX. fig. 1 represents

the upper half only of the Ceylon specimen, natural size.)

Hab. Sea-bottom on hard surfaces.

Loc. Coast of Ceylon and 8.W. Australia.

Obs. As the full-grown specimens of a sponge frequently

differ in form, so the Ceylon specimens of the species are

cactiform on the surface and cellulo-cavernous in the interior,

while the Australian ones are nodular on the surface and more

compact internally. How far the doughy compactness of the

latter may arise from partial decomposition and drying after-

wards, 1 am unable to state, for the cerues being filled

with sand, appear to have been washed about in the waves

Knowledge of the Spongida. | 105

on the beach some time before they were picked up for preser-

vation.

Pigmental Cells and Origin of the Sponge-Ovule.

(Pl. IX. figs. 3-9.) -

The so-called “ pigmental cells,” which are by no means

confined to the order Ceratina, are in most species of Luffaria,

as well as in Aplysina, striking objects under the microscope,

from their dark opaque carmine-purple colour, sharply defined

outline, and compressed elliptical or globular form, averaging

about 1-2000th inch in diameter (fig. 3, a); but in a dried

specimen of a digitate branched species of Luffaria from the

West Indies, in the British Museum (which is of a pinkish-

brown tint), as, indeed, in the well-preserved specimen in

spirit from the Levant, presented to the British Museum by

Admiral Spratt, they are not so deeply coloured, although in

other respects they present the same appearance (fig. 3, d) ;

while in the Kuropean species of Aplysina, viz. A. carnosa

and A. corneostellata, they are not only still lighter, but much

less defined in their outline, possessing an elongate irregularly

stellate form, in which the ray-like processes of the cells,

more or less prolonged into thread-like forms, seem to be

connected with each other. This is well seen in a large

globular well-preserved specimen in spirit of the “ fine

Turkey sponge” of commerce (Spongia officinalis) from

the Black Sea, where, on the upper surface, they are dark

purple in colour, becoming colourless towards the base; and

in another, but dry specimen, of the same kind of sponge from

theWest Indies, onwhich the dermal sarcode is absolutely black,

the colour fades off gradually where extended into the sarcodic

lining of the larger excretory canals, until, beyond a certain

distance inwards, it disappears altogether, thus apparently indi-

cating that, as in plants, the colour is deepest where the cells

are most exposed to the light, and vice versd: yet this can

hardly be the case always; for the dark-purple pigmental cells

are almost as abundant in the flesh of Aplysina purpurea and

Ianthella (which will presently be described) internally as in

the dermal sarcode.

In no instance have I found the pigmental cells so large

or so defined as in Séelletta aspera and Dercitus niger (fig. 8),

where they are elliptical or globular, and average 1-170th

inch in diameter, contain a large colourless nucleus (fig. 8, a),

and are otherwise filled with a great number of brown spherical

granules (fig. 8,5), each of which is also nucleated and aver-

ages 1-6000th inch in diameter (‘ Annals,’ 1871, vol. vii.

pp. 7 and 4 respectively, pl. iv. figs. 14 and 6). The “gyra-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 8

106 Mr. H. J. Carter’s Contributions to our

nules”’ are just as brown and large in Chondrilla sacciformis,

but in this, as well as in C. nucula (where they are smaller),

have no definite arrangement, beg grouped together irregu-

larly in small parcels of four to twelve granules, each without

any appearance of ced-wall whatever (fig. 9). Similarly com-

posed are the pigment-cells of the Ceratina, to which I have

alluded as “‘ so-called,” because in no instance have I been

able to demonstrate a cell-wall by chemical reagents, any more

than in Ameba; hence all that can be stated in this respect

is that the nucleus and granules appear to be suspended in a

sarcodic substance which, in some of the Ceratina, and in

Stelletta aspera &c., has a definite elliptical or globular form

like that of a “cell ;” while the “parcels” of granules in the

two Chondrille just mentioned have no defined form at all,

and but for their being thus congregated might be generally

distributed throughout the filamentous trama (fig. 6), of which

the substance of these sponges is chiefly composed, for the

colouring effect which they produce.

Again, if we return to the pigmental or coloured cells of

Aplysina carnosa &e. and Spongia officinalis, they will be found

to possess the irregularly stellate form mentioned, in which

the ray-like processes are prolonged into pseudopodial appen-

dages that unite with each other. ‘This is particularly well

seen in fresh specimens and those which have been preserved

in spirit of Dysidea (Spongelia) fragilis (fig. 4), where,

although colourless, or nearly so, on the surface as well as in

the interior, these cells are the centres of a network of pseudo-

podial reticulation which spreads throughout the sponge, and

is so soft and delicate that, on drying, the whole structure is

irretrievably lost in the gum-like consistence which it then

assumes.

Thus the well-defined pigmental cell with its deeply

coloured purple granules, as well as the stellate form with its

lighter ones, may be fairly assumed to have been produced by

evolution from a pseudomorphous wncoloured condition ; while,

on the other hand, the dermal cell, when more elongated, might

lead not only to the elliptical form (fig. 5), but to the fusiform

filamentous element (fig. 6), of which the general structure of

Ohondrilla &c. is chiefly composed, whereby, still possessing

its contractile or polymorphic power, the whole mass might,

in combination, be subjected generally or partially to this

motive influence; for change of form cannot be effected with-

out motion.

Here it should be remembered that all the soft parts of a

sponge are polymorphic, and that, as they are all evolved from

a single cell at the commencement, they are only parts of the

Knowledge of the Spongida. 107

same unit modified to meet their respective requirements

(figs. 5,6). Hence it has appeared to me that while the cells

(spongozoa) of the ampullaceous sacs (Geisselkammer) are

uniciliate and take in food, there may be others scattered

through the parenchyma which have no cilium and are more

particularly ova-bearing, whereby the presence of the ova in

the midst of the parenchyma, and not in the ampullaceous

sacs, might be explained. That there are sponge-cells there

under an ameeboid form (that is, without cilium), but with

pseudopodia, which are interunited and capable of taking in

food (carmine, fig. 7), has been pointed out by Metschnikoff

in Halisarca Dujardinit (Zeitschritt f. wiss. Zoologie, Bd. xxxil.

p- 372, Taf. xxi. fig. 4), after which my illustration is taken.

The presence or absence of the cilium in the sponge-cell

(spongozoon) is of no account; for, although provided with

one when first liberated under water from the ampullaceous

sac, the cillum may be seen to soon shrink back into the cell

itself, which in its turn supplies the locomotive power by

polymorphism, creeping about like an Ameba. This power

of being able to put forth or retract the cilium I have long

since pointed out in Acineta tuberosa, Khy. (‘ Annals,’ 1865,

vol. xv. p. 287, pl. xu. figs. 9-11), as being worth remem-

bering in a physiological point of view generally.

Returning once more to the “ pigmental cells,” it is re-

markable that, although chiefly confined to the surface and

outer part of the large excretory canals, they are not always

so; for in Janthella, as will be seen hereafter, they are not

only present in the sarcode generally, but also enter largely

into the composition of the horny fibre, both the dermal sar-

code and the fibre being analogous in their skeletal uses

according to the requirements of the case—thus affording an

external skeleton in Geodia (the petrous crust), and an internal

one in the fibrous sponges (viz. the “ fibre ”’).

Moreover the colouring-matter, which appears to be born

on the surface of the granules, often becomes separated from

them and diffused throughout the sponge, leaving the granules

themselves more or less colourless (in fact, just as they might

be if not exposed to the light) ; or the diffusion might be con-

fined to the sarcode of the pigmental body suspending the

granules, and thus the former present a defined outline similar

to a cell-wall, especially when dry.

Aplysina fusca. (Pl. IX. fig. 11, af)

There is another species of Aplysina in the Gulf of Manaar,

of which I could only give a short description on account of

the limited supply ; but it also appears to grow on the south-

108 Mr. H. J. Carter’s Contributions to our

west coast of Australia, as a specimen among the late Dr.

Bowerbank’s sponges indicates. In size this specimen does

not exceed 2 inches in diameter; thus, although sufficient for

identification, it adds very little to my description of A. fusca in

the first Report of the Manaar specimens (loc. cit. p. 36).

The dried sarcode, too, presents the appearance of dry thick

glue, and contaims no purple pigmental cells, although an

equal number of such cells without pigment (that is, nearly

colourless) are especially congregated towards the surface, to-

gether with large cylindrical fibre (fig. 11), whose branches,

intertympanized by the sarcode, give rise to a cavernous inter-

nal structure much coarser and larger than that of the Manaar

specimen. On account of the large size of the fibre, averaging

in its greatest thickness 1-24th inch in diameter, wherein the

horny lamine (fig. 11, 6) are comparatively loosely united to

each other and the granular axis very large (fig. 11, a), it

affords a convenient object for microscopical dissection and

examination of these elements, of which the former (that is,

the horny lamine), when viewed edgewise in a transverse

section, appear to be composed of cells (especially the outer

ones), like those of Janthella (fig. 14), but of course without

colour, and therefore very faintly foreshadowed. ‘To this

fact I shall have to allude again in the next article.

Aplysina inflata, n. sp.

Cylindrical, somewhat curved, hollow, closed at each end,

rendered more or less irregular by the presence of mammiform

bud-like projections here and there. Colour dark brown

tinged with purple, becoming greenish black-grey after much

exposure. Surface ciliated or fringed by the projection of

the filamentous ends of the fibre beyond the reticulation of

the interior. Vents large, scattered here and there over the

surface, and terminating singly at the summit of each of the

mammiform projections. Poresnot seen. Internally hollow,

bladder-like ; wall very thin, composed of a single layer of

reticulated fibre, whose interstices are tympanized by the

sarcode, which, in the dried state, are translucent. Fibre

round, aplysinoid (that is, more or less flaccid from the large

size of the granular core or tube compared with the thickness

of the kerasine wall) ; kerasine fibrillous in structure longitu-

dinally, especially after much exposure and, perhaps, drying

in the sun. Size 43 inches long by 13 inch in diameter,

Hab. Marine. Attached to a bivalve shell.

Loc. Coast of S.W. Australia, Freemantle. .

Obs. The chief character of this species is its inflated

bladder-like structure and consequently thin wall, together

Knowledge of the Spongida. 109

with its filamentous surface and the fibrillous composition of

the fibre after exposure.

Aplysina compacta, n. sp

There is still another specimen from the south-west coast

of Australia in the Bowerbank collection, which, although

much worn and only 2} inches in diameter each way, bears

evidence of an altogether different species. The mass in

form is irregularly lobed; black in colour, with an irregular

although smooth surface; the sarcode charged throughout

with intensely black-purple pigmental cells, and the fibre

small, short-meshed, reticulated, and abundant, so that the

internal structure is more compact than cavernous. On

account of its massive amorphous state and the granular core

of the fibre prevailing greatly in size over the thickness of its

horny investment, I have named it “Aplysina;”’ but other-

wise the fibre, from its uniformity in size and short uniform

reticulation, yellow colour when denuded of the black sareode,

and great abundance, simulates that of Luffarta; so slightly

do some of the. species of these families differ from each other!

Family 3. Pseudoceratida.

Here I must at once correct an error which partly led me

to propose the formation of this “ family,” viz. the impression

that an Aplysian fibre internally might be combined with a

spiculiferous one on the surface; hence I named the supposed

species “ Aplysina chalinoides,” gave this as part of the

character of the “family” (‘ Notes’ &c., loc. cit. p. 132

&e.), and placed it among the typical illustrations (¢bed.

p- 192); but on examining it more particularly I found out

that it was a tubular digitate Chalina, in which the acerate

spicules of the fibre eternally had become absorbed, leaving

a granular axial tube or core with horny exterior, of a dark

amber-colour, exactly like that of Aplysina, while the small

fibre of the surface still retained its spicules. Hence ‘“Aply-

sina chalinoides”’ must be expunged, as well as that part of

the character relating to it, in the diagnosis of the Pseudoce-

ratida (loc. cit.), viz. “‘or passing into a dermal layer of

proper spicules like that of the Rhaphidonemata,”’—a mis-

leading change, which is not confined to one species of

Chalina only, but may occur in others of a similar kind, and

has thus been mentioned to prepare the student for dealing

with it accordingly.

110 My. H. J. Carter’s Contributions to our

Aplysina capensis, ni. sp.

This is the species to which I have alluded in my “ Key

to the Classification of the Spongida”’ (loc. cit. p. 192) as one

of those illustrating the Pseudoceratida, whose description

having been promised in the third part of my “ Notes,” is

for convenience here given, as follows :—

Form massive, lettuce-like, foliate ; leaves, fronds, or lamine

continuous, plicate, thin, erect, proliferous; sessile. Colour

pink or mulberry-purple. Surface uniformly papillated by a

thick incrustation in the form of a reticulated structure in

relief, wherein the interstices correspond to depressions and

the knots to papillee, from the summits of which respectively

the attenuated terminal end of a fibre for the most part pro-

jects. Incrustation composed of foreign bodies—ew. gr. quartz-

grains, fragmentary sponge-spicules, frustules of Diatomacez,

&c. Pores and vents respectively situated in the “ depres-

sions”? of the incrustation, which are tympanized at the

bottom by the dermal sarcode alone. Internal structure

cellular; cellular cavities formed by the sarcode intertympan-

izing the intervals between the branches of the fibre. Sarcode

dark purple when dry, pink by transmitted hght, charged

more or less with pink but not opaque dark purple cells:

colour diffused, not confined to the cells; many foreign

bodies in the sarcode, viz. quartz-grains &c. Fibre amber-

coloured, branching, reticulated longitudinally by intertrans-

verse portions, more or less flaccid when dry, from the small

amount of horny element and the large size of the axial tube

or core, which here and there also contains foreign bodies,

ex. gr. quartz-grains &c. Size variable, that of the specimen

about 24 inches in diameter all ways; a little broader than

high, and somewhat expanded towards the top.

Hab, Marine, on hard objects.

Loc. Port Elizabeth, Cape of Good Hope.

Obs. This species, which is placed among the Pseudoce-

ratida on account of the presence of foreign bodies here and

there in the fibre, seems to be allied to Aplysina carnosa and

A. corneostellata, as well as the British species A. nevus,

dredged on board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ between the north of

Scotland and the Firée Islands (‘ Annals,’ 1876, vol. xviii.

p- 229, pl. xii. figs. le and 2). <Aplysina capensis is remark-

able for the great variety of sponge-spicules and Diatomacean

frustules in its incrustation, indicating the great variety also

of Sponges and Diatomaceans that must exist in the locality

where it grew; while the pink colour which characterizes it,

being due to the presence of the dermal sarcode more or

Knowledge of the Spongida. 111

less among the white foreign bodies, becomes much darker

in the dried sarcode internally where it is without them (No.1,

reg. no, 71. 5. 12. 1, Brit. Mus.).

TANTHELLA, Gray.

This sponge is placed among the Pseudoceratida for having,

like the foregoing, foreign bodies here and there in its fibre.

The genus was first established by the late Dr. J. E. Gray

(Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., Jan. 14th, 1869, p. 49), although

long before specialized by Pallas, followed by later authors

under the names respectively of Spongia basta (“ Vox basta

pannum grossius significat”) and SS. flabelliformis (see

Gray l.c.). There are three thin specimens in the British Mu-

seum under a glass case, bearmg my “running no.” 529.

The central one, which is the largest, viz. Janthella flabelli-

formis, Pall., registered ‘42. 6. 16. 5,” is fan-shaped, 11 x 9

inches; and on either side are two others, one of which, bear-

ing the name Janthella basta, Pall., has no number, and the

other, called by Dr. Gray “Z. Homet,” is registered 57. 11.

18. 200. The former of these two is vase-shaped, 8 inches

high and 5 inches in diameter at the mouth, with a hole at

the bottom, indicating that it also was fan-shaped first, and

then, as usual, became converted into a vase-shape by approxi-

mation and union of the opposite borders, except at the

bottom, where the “ hole ’’ or incompleted union now exists ;

the latter is but a flat, thin, fan-like fragment about 5x6

inches in diameter.

For this genus, as before stated, the late Dr. Gray proposed

the name of “Janthella;”’ and the three specimens to which I

have alluded, which are noticed in his paper under the names

respectively of J. flabelliformis, I. basta, and I. Homet, are

generically and specifically described; but there is nothing

stated of their histological character, which character renders

the genus as remarkable as it is unique among the Spongida,

I allude chiefly to the composition of the fibre, in which the

dark purple pigmental cells of the sarcode generally are so

numerous in each horny lamina, that the latter not only appear

to have been produced by them, but the fibre throughout,

when viewed under the microscope by transmitted light,

presents in colour one of the most beautiful objects that can

be conceived, on account of the contrast between the clear,

transparent, amber-looking horny lamine and the purple pig-

mental cells in them, rendered bright carmine by transmitted

light (Pl. 1X. figs. 12-14).

All the specimens come from the Indian Ocean ; and they

112 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Development

do not appear to be uncommon, although the unique histo-

logical structure to which I have alluded has not, to my

knowledge, been heretofore pointed out by any one but

myself.

I found one small, rugged specimen without label among the

late Dr. Bowerbank’s collection of sponges; but it appears to

have come from the south-west coast of Australia or the Indian

Ocean; and although only a fragment (consisting of the

remains of two thin fronds united at their base) altogether

measuring about 5x 3 inches, the fibre and dry black-purple

sarcode filling up the interstices of the thin lattice-like struc-

ture are quite sufficient for identification, while the former,

from its large size, here 1-12th inch in diameter at the base

of the specimen, seems to ally it to J. Homed, Gray ; yet, as

Dr. Gray states (/.c.) that the latter ‘‘chiefly differs from

I. basta in the network appearing to be thicker and stronger,’

and “is only a young and partly-developed specimen,” while

I. basta has received its designation also from the coarseness

of its fibre, being like “ bast,” it may be that future obser-

vation will identify the two, which thus differ from the more

finely-fibred latticed one, viz. L. jlabelliformis. ‘The fibre,

however, of Dr. Bowerbank’s specimen not only appears to

be coarser but more oblique in the interstices of its reticulation

than that of 1. flabelliformis, which, on the other hand, is

more quadrate. As its histological character will be more

particularly mentioned in the “ Development of the Fibre in

the Spongida ” generally, which I propose to consider in the

next article, there is no occasion for entering into it more

at length here.

The generic description given by Dr. Gray (loc. cit. p. 50)

may, however, be rendered more complete by adding to

it the following histological characters, viz. :—‘* Sarcode

charged with dark purple pigmental cells, especially numerous

on the surface and in the horny lamine of the fibre, which

appear to be secreted by them (fig. 12). Core of the fibre

granular, grey. or colourless, often enclosing foreign bodies,

but no pigmental cells.”

XIII.—On the Development of the Fibre in the Spongida.

By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S8. &e.

[Plate IX. ]

For a familiar example of the fibrous structure in the Spongida

the sponge, of commerce may be instanced, as consisting of

of the Fibre in the Spongida. 113

nothing else, all the soft parts having been abstracted, leaving

only a resilient mass composed of what will henceforth be

ealled “fibre,” while the horny material of which the fibre is

chiefly composed will be termed “ kerasine ”’ («épas), “‘ resem-

bling horn, horny, corneous.”’

Yo all who are acquainted with this fibre, it must appear

no less true than inexplicable how it can be so formed as in

most cases to become axiated or cored with foreign bodies, or

by spicules formed by the sponge itself.

Tracing, then, the development of the fibre through the

different orders of my proposed classification of the Spongida

(““ Notes” &e. loc. cit.), we find that there is none in the

Carnosa (ex. gr. Halisarca) ; that it makes its appearance

in the Ceratina (Luffaria), where it is composed of horny

Jaminee axiated by a granular core ; that foreign bodies appear

within this core in the Psammonemata (Hircinia), and in the

Rhaphidonemata (ex. gr. Chalina) spicules formed by the

sponge itself, which are equivalent to the “ foreign bodies”’

in this respect; and so on throughout the other orders, where

the spicules are held together by more or less kerasine.

With reference to the presence within the fibre of foreign

bodies or spicules developed in the sponge itself,it might at

once be assumed that this must have preceded the formation

of the laming: of horny material which enclose them, and that

these bodies must have been placed there by that develop-

mental intelligent power whose existence in every organized

product is only known to us by its manifestations.

Our object, however, is not to endeavour to find out what

this power is, which may be said to be able to do any thing

with every thing and every thing with any thing so far as we

can see, but to observe the nature of the material and the

sequence of its adaptation in the formation of the fibre.

With this view it is first necessary to briefly define

the elementary composition of the material of which the

fibrous sponges are composed; and this may be divided into

the soft and hard parts—the “soft parts” consisting of

a transparent granuliferous substance (polymorphic when

alive), in which are suspended nucleated granuliferous cells

more or less alike but of different functions, the ampul-

laceous sacs, the sperm-sacs, and the ova when developed,

all together usually called the “ sareode” or ‘“ parenchyma ”’

(“ syncytium,” Hickel*). But of these, the part of most conse-

* How far the whole of this may not be composed of a congeries of

polymorphic cells or bodies, and the transparent granuliferous substance -

itself (‘ Annals,’ 1849, vol. iv. p. 91, pl. xiv. fig. 2,dd) a united mass of

them, in which their individualization can be no more distinguished than

114 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Development

quence to remember here is the “ transparent granuliferous

substance ”’ (“‘ sarcodine”’ and ‘‘ granula,” Hiickel), as this

is the primordial element of the single ovicell or ovum from

which by evolution all the rest is developed ; whilst the “ hard

parts’ consist of the grey or colourless granular core

(fig. 10, a), which may also contain foreign bodies or spicules

developed by the sponge itself, according to the species, and

of the horny lamine or kerasine (fig. 10,6), which together

form the fibre.

Now, if we examine microscopically the fibre of Luffaria,

the axial structure will be found to consist of the granuliferous

core just mentioned, which, being comparatively soft and

colourless or of a light grey colour, contrasts strongly with

the external part, which is horny, concentrically lamellated,

and of a transparent brown or amber colour. Both these

structures are sharply differentiated ; and in thin transverse

sections the axial one becomes so separated from the horny

cylinder that it may be picked out and easily examined under

a high magnifying-power (say 450 diameters), when the

granuliferous substance of which it is composed closely re-

sembles the ‘“‘ granuliferous transparent substance ”’ of the sar-

code, while the granules, which are yellowish and opaque,

appear to be spherical (? cellule in embryo), and become,

when dyed with red aniline, much deeper in colour than the

EStn le gIPNO etree lala) e

Thus the question arises whether the horny layers of the

fibre are formed by successive additions to its interior through

the granuliferous substance, or whether they are supplied by

the sarcode or parenchyma externally.

If we follow the axial substance of the interior, say in the

Psammonemata, where the fibre for the most part 1s cored

with foreign bodies, it will be found that the axial substance

encloses these bodies, which, indeed, are incorporated with it,

and the same with spicules in the Rhaphidonemata &c., so

that thé granuliferous core might be inferred to exist before

the horny part of the fibre was supplied ; while if we examine

the purple sponge (viz. Janthella) to which I have alluded

in the concluding part of the preceding article—wherein

the nucleated cells of the sarcode, taking on a pigmental

action, become strikingly defined by their opaque deep purple

colour rendered carmine and translucent by transmitted light

that of two Amcebe under similar circumstances, future observation

must determine. I have already pointed out that the “investing mem-

brane,” or dermal sarcode, of Spongzlla, in which the pores are situated

is thus composed (‘ Annals,’ 1857, vol. xx. p. 24, pl. i. figs. 1, 600, 6 & 7).

of the Fibre in the Spongida. 115

under the microscope—the horny laminzs may be seen to be

almost wholly composed of them in a moreor less flattened state,

corresponding with the thinness of the lamina in which they

are imbedded (figs. 12, 6, and 14, 6) ; while in one specimen,

viz. that from Dr. Bowerbank’s collection before mentioned,

where the cells and their coloured contents have so disappeared

as to leave nothing but their empty cavities, the horny lamin

present nothing but a reticulated structure of kerasine

(tinged with carmine from the escape and diffusion of the

colouring-matter), and the axis consists of the colourless

or grey granuliferous substance already described. Again, if

by taking a very early development of this fibre, in which

it is very thin, we lessen the number of the horny lamine

one after another down to the axial granuliferous substance,

the last horny layer (fig. 13, 6) will be found to possess com-

paratively very few pigment-cells, where it rests immediately

on the granular core, which, on the other hand, contains none

(fig. 13, a).

So that, in fact, we are reduced to the conclusion that the

horny lamin were not only deposited on the grey granulife-

rous axis, but the horny material itself was formed by the

pigmental cells, which would become substantiated if the horn

lamine generally (that is, in all other sponges) presented this

cellular structure in an equally evident degree; but they do

not; on the contrary, the higher the magnitying-power that is

put upon them in most other sponges but Janthella, the more

homogeneous their composition appears to be. Hven in the

Luffarida and Aplysinida, where the pigment-cells are as

purple and as defined as in Lanthella itself, there is not a ves-

tige of them to be seen in the horny lamine.

Thus we are compelled, so far as the purple pigmental cells

are concerned, to attribute the formation of the horny lamin

either to the grey granuliferous substance of the axis on the

one side, or to the granuliferous transparent sarcode of the

general parenchyma on the other—either to the addition of

the lamine internally from the axis, or externally by some

other agency.

Studying the early development of the axial substance,

which, being so like the granuliferous transparent portion of

the sarcode or parenchyma, can hardly be distinguished from

it, in the absence of the horny lamine, it is not uncommon to

find in the Aplysinida separate globular horn-cells more or less

elongated and branched, arrested on their way to the forma-

tion of fibre, and thus rendered abnormal products, in all of

which the grey granuliferous material occupies the axis

(fig. 1,9); so that I have long since termed such bodies

116 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Development

“horn-cells’’ (‘Annals,’ 1873, vol. 1. p. 6, pl.1. fig. 7, dd).

Moreover the fibre may present interiorly towards its termina-

tion a number of conical lines indicative of a succession of

layers arranged after the manner of a bud (¢b¢d. 1872, vol. x.

p- 107, pl. vi. figs. 5-7), but added to the surface and not

produced, as in the vegetable bud, from the axial substance.

Hence the horny lamine would appear to be deposited on the

granuliferous axis by the sarcode or parenchyma, although

by what element of it in particular there is no evidence to

show.

So far, then, we may infer that the axial substance is poly-

morphic and can enclose extraneous bodies, foreign or formed

by the sponge itself, as the case may be, thus supplying the

mould or core, and determining, in the first place, the position

and extent of the kerasine fibre, which is afterwards deposited

on it by the sarcode or parenchyma to complete the formation

of the fibre.

However acceptable this view may be in the main, it should

be remembered that the axial substance under the microscope

is very like the “transparent granuliferous sarcode” of the

sponge generally, and therefore that it may possess the means

of covering itself with a layer of kerasine in the first instance,

although the sarcode of the sponge generally may supply the

subsequent ones, since in many of the Hydroida the horny

sheath must be formed by the core, for there is no other soft

substance externally, although where there is a fleshy layer

externally, as in Hydractinia, the horny structure produced by

the ‘horn-cells” in the first instance may be subsequently

thickened by it (‘ Annals,’ 1880, vol. v. p. 455).

I have stated that the horny lamine of sponge-fibre generally

do not present a vestige of cell-structure ; and in no instance,

except Janthella, are they composed of colowred pigmental

cells ; but I have also noticed in my description of Aplysina

Jusca (ante) that, when viewed on their edges in a transverse

section, the horny lamine here do present a faint colowrless

appearance of cellular structure, especially in the outer layers,

which seem to lose it and become more homogeneous as they

become older or mere internal, evidencing, as in the specimen

of Janthella from Dr. Bowerbank’s collection, that it is formed

by cells which in the fully-formed lamine are obliterated ;

while if this be the case generally, then it may be inferred

that the horny lamine are produced from horn-secreting

cells in the parenchyma. Where the pigmental cells of Jan-

thella are empty, as in the instance to which I have just

alluded, the cellular structure of the fibre is manifest ; but it

is still, as before stated, tinged of a carmine colour by the

of the Fibre in the Spongida. 117

pigment having passed into the kerasine. The faint lineation

of the colourless cellular structure in the fibre of Aplysina

fusca (fig. 11, 6, ¢c), although too distinct for representation,

nevertheless presents somewhat of the appearance in form of

that of Janthella in the transverse section (fig. 14,6). I

should also mention that in the abortive (?) horn-cells of

Aplysina purpurea many of the granules of the axial substance

often present a dark purple colour like those of the pigmental

cell, and that, in size, the smallest horn-cell hardly exceeds

the dark pigmental cell itself (fig. 1, 7), im which, too,

the dark purple granules are most distinct ; so that it seems as

though the horn-cell originated in the pigmental one ; and yet

there are no dark-purple pigmental cells to be seen in the

horny fibre of A. purpurea as in Lanthella, although the sar-

code of the former is equally charged with them (see a descrip-

tion of the pigmental cell, anté, p. 104).

As the spicules formed by the sponge itself have been men-

tioned among the “hard parts” of which the skeletal struc-

ture is composed, it may not be without interest to add here

that they appear to be developed in a similar way, although

certainly, in some instances at least, first originated in nucleated

cells and then ejected into the sarcode or parenchyma for

completion (‘ Annals,’ 1874, vol. xiv. p. 100, pl. x. figs. 3~

15, and pl. xxi. figs. 26, 27); also that, occasionally, ar-

rested spherical, elliptical, and elongated forms of the spicule

are present analogous to the “ horn-cells’’ above mentioned

(fig. 15). This is particularly the case in a specimen of

Dictyocylindrus laciniatus from the Mauritius, to which I

have before alluded (‘ Annals,’ 1879, vol. iii. p. 297), as it

is with the “horn-cells” in the specimen of Aplysina pur-

purea from Trincomalee. Further, it may be observed that

the ornamental parts of the spicule are the last parts added to

its structure (ez. gr. the small spines on the anchoring-spicule

of Hyalonema, * Annals,’ 1873, vol. xii. p. 371, pl. xiv.

fig. 9, f, &c.), and that the horny fibreis frequently accompanied

by a foreign body attached to its surface by an extension over

it of the last formed horny lamina, indicating in either instance

that the sarcode or parenchyma, at least, has the power of

producing both substances (‘ Annals,’ 1872, vol. x. pl. vii.

fig. 4, /). E

Analogous, however, as the sequential growth of the fibre

and the spicule in the sponges may be, they are not homolo-

gous, any more than the bones and ligaments in the higher

animals; and but for a single instance, viz. that pub-

lished in 1865 by Fritz Miiller in Darwinella aurea (Archiv

f. mikroskop. Anatomie, Bd. i, p. 344, Taf. xxi.), wherein

118 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Development

some of the fibre has a stellate or rayed form, there is not

another recorded instance in which there is the slightest

resemblance of the horny fibre to the thousand and one known

forms of spicules which exist among the sponges. And even

here Fritz Miiller’s ‘ favourite”’ hypothesis (loc. cit. p. 351),

viz. that in evolutionary development a horny form of the

sponge-spicule precedes the siliceous and calcareous ones,

is not borne out by the facts that in the first order, viz. the

Carnosa (according to my classification), the first family, viz.

the Halisarcida, possesses neither fibre nor spicules, that

the second family, viz. the Gumminida, possesses spicules but

no fibre, and that it is not until we reach the Ceratina and

other orders that the jibre is developed. So with the deve-

lopment of the sponge from the ovule, the spicules of the

species are already seen in the embryo, while the fibre does not

appear until the embryo has become fully developed into the

young sponge (‘ Annals,’ 1874, vol. xiv. pls. xxi. and xxi.

fig. 34, respectively).

Again, if I am right as to the sequential way in which the

fibre and the spicule are formed, the core or axis receives in the

one as well as in the other its respective coverings at once,

and not by transition; that is, the kerasine alone is deposited

in the former and kerasine suspending silex in the latter.

Thus Schmidt’s statement, in 1866, that the siliceous spicule,

when deprived of its silex by fluoric acid, leaves a horny form

(“‘ Hornnadel,” Spong. Adriatisch. Meeres, 2nd Suppl. p. 21),

by no means confirms Fritz Miller’s hypothesis, as was in-

tended, which, in an evolutionary point of view, as before

shown, is not substantiated by either phylogenetic or ontoge-

netic development.

Moreover I have studied Darwinella aurea myself inde-

pendently, as my naming a specimen Aplysina corneostellata,

which came from the N.W. coast of Spain, will show, and

find that to identify the stellate development of the fibre

with the spicules (“‘ Nadeln”’) of a sponge requires a stretch

of imagination which the anatomical facts, forms, and mea-

surements that I have long since published (‘ Annals,’ 1872,

vol. x. p. 101, pl. vu.) do not justify, any more than the

phylogenetic and ontogenetic development to which I have

just alluded. Hence I do not think that the term ‘ Horn-

nadeln ” should be applied to this fibro-stellate structure.

I can see no more analogy between the fibre and the spicule

than that above mentioned. ‘They are as distinct from each

other as the ligamentous structures and bones of the human

subject, where, under normal conditions, the former never

become the latter nor the latter the former.

of the Fibre in the Spongida. 119

Thus, then, my study of the development of the fibre leads

me to the inference that the granular core is able to produce a

kerasine layer at first, but that subsequent ones are added by

some other agent of the sarcode or general parenchyma ; while

the kerasine is supplied by the pigment-cells in Janthella

simulated by faint cell-structure in Aplysina purpurea, but

in no other instance that has come under my observation have

I been able to see this.

Other facts bearing upon the fibre and the spicule respec-

tively might be mentioned here with advantage, viz. that the

interior of a Rhaphidonematous fibre may have the whole of

its spicules removed by absorption, and the core so transformed

into a simple granuliferous tube, while the horny part still

remains unaftected, that it becomes almost identical with the

fibre of Aplysina, and that, too, while the acerate spicules in

the circumferential fibre remain intact, as I have before men-

tioned (p. 109)—which led to my calling the specimen “Aply-

sina chalinotdes.”

Again, it is not uncommon to find the core-spicules in both

the Rhaphidonemata and Echinonemata only partly absorbed,

although the horny fibre in this case also remains perfectly

intact. Here the spicule is often obliterated, all but the cen-

tral canal and a single fragment of its entire calibre in the

centre, whereby it presents the form of a spindle—which at

first appears to be a new form, butis subsequently proved, by

the presence of others in different degrees of absorption, to be

otherwise, and the true form of the spicule thus found out.

Nor is it uncommon to find the central cores of spicules

themselves so enlarged that the siliceous portion is more or

less reduced to a mere continuous film while its extremities

are still closed.

All this points out that the spicules within the fibre and the

internal part of the spicule itself may undergo absorption with-

out any evident contact with the element by which they may

be surrounded.

I have said nothing of the giassy fibre of the vitreous Hex-

‘actinellida, because it, mutatis mutandis, is the same as the

horny fibre; and, of course, in the Lithistina there is no fibre

at all, where its office is supplied by the interlocking of the

filigreed extremities of the branches of the spicules.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Aplysina purpurea, from Trincomalee. Upper half of the speci-

men, natural size. aa, vents; 6, monticular elevation, magnified

2 diameters; c, reticular subdermal structure; d, dermal termi-

nation of fibre; e, group of pigmental and horn-cells; f, pig-

mental cells; g, horn-cells (scale 1-48th to 1-6000th inch) ;

120 Prof. P. M. Duncan on Spongiophagus Carteri.

h, fragment of the fibre, lateral view; 2, the same, transverse

section (diagrams).

Fig. 2. The same, from 8.W. Australia. Fragment, natural size. a,

lobule, magnified; 6, subdermal reticulation; c, dermal termina-

tion of fibre.

Fig. 3. Pigmental cells of the Ceratina. a, dark opaque purple ; 4, light-

coloured pinkish brown.

N.B. The opaque purple pigmental cells in this illustration

are made generally dark for contrast, or as they appear under a

low magnifying-power ; otherwise their elementary composition

is similar to that of the light-coloured pinkish-brown ones, with

the exception of the pigment.

Fig. 4. Pigmental cells of Dysidea fragilis= Spongelia.

Fig. 5. The same, elongated, ? muscular.

Fxg. 6. Filaments of the trama in Chondrilla nucula and saeciformis ; ? fili-

form cells.

Fig. 7. Spongilla. Sponge-cells of the parenchyma containing fragments

of carmine. a, carmine, after Metschnikoff (Zeitschrift f. wiss.

Zooloyie, Bd. xxxii. Taf. xxi. fig. 4).

Fig. 8. Stelletta aspera and Dercitus niger, pigmental cells of. a, nucleus ;

b, granules.

Fig. 9. Chondrilla sacciformis. Pigmental granules, in irregular groups

as they occur, viz. without cell-definition.

N.B. Figs. 3-9 inclusive are on the scale of 1-24th to 1-

6000th inch.

Fig. 10. Luffaria. Fragment of the fibre, to show the relative size of its

component elements. a, granular axis; 6, horny lamine.

Fig. 11. Aplysina fusca. Fragment of the fibre, to show the relative

size of its component elements. a, granular axis, tubular, mem-

branous; 6, horny lamine; c, transverse section; d, granular

axis; e, horny lamine; f, fragment of granular axis, greatly

magnified; g, transparent sarcode ; h, granules.

Fig. 12. Ianthella. Fragment of the fibre, lateral view. a, granular

axis; 6, horny laminee, chiefly composed of pigmental cells.

Fig. 18. The same. Fragment of small fibre, lateral view. a, granular

axis; 6, first horny lamina bearing a few pigmental cells.

Fig. 14. The same. Transverse section of the fibre, showing the horny

lamine and their pigmental cells edgewise. a, granular axis;

b, horny lamine.

N.B. Figs. 10-14 inclusively are all diagrams.

Fig. 15. Dictyocylindrus laciniatus, Mauritius. a, abortive development

of the spicule ; 0, cells of the parenchyma. (Scale the same as

that of fig. 1, e, for analogical contrast.)

XIV.—On an Organism which Penetrates and Excavates

Siliceous Sponge-spicula (Spongiophagus Carteri). By

Prof. P. Martin Duncan, F.R.S., Pres. Royal Microscop.

Soc., &e.

In a communication which I made to the Royal Microscopical

Society on June 8, 1881, the presence of green-coloured cells

on siliceous sponge-spicula, in relation to minute penetrations

into their axial canals, was asserted. The occurrence of a

Prof. P. M. Duncan on Spongiophagus Carteri. 121

granular plasma of the same tint within enlargements of the

axial canals was noticed; and the penetration and erosion

were stated to be due to the organism. The cells which were

observed within hollows on the surface of spicula, and also on

perfect spicula in positions where erosion from without in-

wards could readily occur, were very small,—not more than

too inch in length, and very much less in height. Their

imensions, however, corresponded to those of certain circular

patches with hollowed-out bases, which are the first stages of

the penetration through the spicule down to the axial canal.

The penetration of the spicule down to the central canal is

followed by the growth of the organism, which appears to

erode the silica and enlarges the canal in a most remarkable

manner,

After a while the spicule suffers solution of its continuity

by the thinning from within, and the thinnest flakes present

a granulated appearance.

Since writing that communication I have observed siliceous

sponge-spicula, obtained from great depths, which are affected

by an organism whose cells are much larger and whose pene-

trations therefore are wider and much more visible. On the

head of a large spinulate spicule I found many circular pits,

each containing an organic mass without definite cell-wall,

and yet granular and green in colour by transmitted light.

These pits are shallow and are 5,4, inch in diameter.

Similar pits and of the same dimensions are seen on other

spicula; but they are deep and resemble cylindrical tubes with

hollowed-out bottoms. Some reach the axial canal, which

has become enlarged. The penetrations contain granular

organic substance ; and so do the enlarged axial canals. The

walls of the enlarged axial canals are frequently very irregu-

larly eroded and look ‘“ worm-eaten ;” the hollows are, more-

over, green with the very visible granular matter.

Thus there are two dimensions of the penetrations. The

first kind of cell found on the spicula resembles somewhat the

simple zoospores of Achlya penetrans, nobis (Proc, Royal

Soc. vol. xxv. pl. vi.); the second is larger; and in both

there is a decided green tint. No ramifications of the pene-

trating cylindrical tube occur; and it pierces perpendicularly

to the surface of the spicule, or, it may be, slightly aslant.

The presence of pits on the surface of sponge-spicula was

noticed by Kolliker as a peculiar degeneration of the structure.

Dr. Carter described and figured pits in the outer part of a

spicule, and distinctly referred them to the action of a vege-

table cell, in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xii.

p- 407, pl. xvi. figs. 8,9, None of the pits seen by my

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5, Vol. viii. 9

122 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards

friend reaches the axial canal; but some of them terminate in

globular excavations.

It is evident that the assimilation of the organic substance

in the sponge-spicule by the vegetable organism produces the

destruction of the siliceous structure; and probably the colloid

silica unites with the protoplasm of the destroyer and forms

an organic compound with it.

Large cells and small nucleus-like cells operate, producing

penetrations of corresponding diameters through the spicula

down to the axial canal. The vegetable growth occurs there ;

and the amount of erosion does not appear to be in relation

with the size of the primary penetration.

The organism is not an Achlya; and all that can be said is

that it consists of cell-like bodies without very definite cell-

walls, but evidently with a very delicately limiting texture

surrounding a granular greenish plasma, and that there

is much free and non-cellular plasma with bodies like small

nuclei, the whole having a faint green tint. J have named

this very lowly organic substance (which is probably a plant)

Spongiophagus Cartert.

XV.— Contributions towards a General History of the Marine

Polyzoa. By the Rev. THomas Hines, B.A., F.R.S.

[Plates I.-V. ]

_ [Continued from p. 14.]

Family Escharide (part.), Smitt.

LEPRALIA, Johnston (part.).

Lepralia clecdostoma, Smitt, var. orbicularis.

This form differs from Smitt’s species in having a rather

large circular avicularium, placed on an elevation at one side

of the orifice and looking towards it, instead of a pointed

avicularium. ‘The ocecium of L. cleidostoma is described as

striated ; that of the present variety is usually smooth and

silvery ; but I have met with one which was distinctly marked

by radiating lines or slight ribs. On the whole I can see no

sufficient reason for separating the two forms.

Loc. Bass’s Straits, abundant in the dredgings. [Florida

(Pourtales). |

Lepralia Poissonii, Audouin. (?=Escharella setigera, Smitt.)

This species was figured by Savigny in his work on Egypt,

a General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 123

and seems to have been little noticed since his time. Its

remarkable peculiarity is the line of spines fringing the base

of the cell for about half its length. It is not uncommon in

Capt. Warren’s dredgings, on shells, Retepores, &c.

PoRELLA, Gray.

Porella marsupium, MacGillivray.

(PI. I. fig. 6.)

This species is nearly related to the British P. minuta,

Norman. MacGillivray does not notice the tooth on the lower

margin, which is sufficiently conspicuous ; nor does he describe

the shape of the orifice; but, on the whole, there is ground,

I think, for identifying the form which I have figured with

his species. ‘The whole surface is sometimes punctured; in

other cases there is only a row of perforations round the edge.

Loc. Bass’s Straits, on shells &c., extremely common in

the dredgings.

7 Smirria, Hincks.

Smittia Landsborovii, Johnston, var. purpurea.

This differs from the English form in colour, being com-

monly of a rich purple. It exhibits another peculiarity which

I have not met with before in this species: the ocecium is

“ hooded ;”’ and in the fertile cell the peristome gives off two

processes in front, which meet across the orifice, leaving a

circular opening, through which the avicularium is visible *.

These, however, are merely varietal differences.

Smitiia reticulata, J. MacGillivray, var.

The aviculariwm always placed on one side of the sinus,

close to the peristome, directed downwards, elongate (some-

times of great length) ; the mandible of much the same width

throughout, rounded at the extremity.

In all essential characters this form agrees with the normal

S. reticulata ; but the avicularium is modified in shape, and

is constantly placed in a different position. In the usual

form it is situated centrally immediately below the sinus, and

is furnished with an acute mandible. Though the variation

is comparatively trifling, it affects very materially the appear-

ance of the species.

The normal form also occurs.

* As in Microporella ciliata, vax. personata.

124 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards

Mucrone.ua, Hincks.

Mucronella porosa, n. sp.

(Pl. I. fig. 5.)

Zoecia elongate and rather narrow, or of a shorter and

more ovate form, moderately convex, rising towards the

orifice, depressed towards the base; orifice ample, suborbicular,

somewhat flattened below, with a broad tooth inside the

inferior margin, and a sharp denticle on each side; imme-

diately below the tooth a large massive mucro, swollen at the

base, bearing on one side an aviculariwm with rounded man-

dible directed upwards; a small aviculariwm (also rounded)

on the margin at one side of the mucro ; walls of cell strongly

calcified; surface thickly covered with rather large deep

pores, in older states reticulate. Occium large, rounded, of

considerable width, thickly and minutely granulated or reti-

culate, slightly flattened in front, white and silvery.

Loc. Off Curtis Island. [Singapore or the Philippines,

on coral (Miss Jelly).|

Mucronella teres, n. sp.

(Pl. I. fig. 5.)

Zoecia ovate, quincuncially arranged, convex, divided by

deep sutures, in which an inconspicuous line is traceable,

punctured round the edge, the cell-wall rising towards the

orifice, which is borne on a short neck; surface perfectly

smooth, whitish ; orifice suborbicular, a tooth inside the lower

margin ; the peristome carried up into a small central mucro

in front, on the inner side of which is a slight nodular pro-

jection; six spinesround the upper margin. Owciwm globose,

smooth, somewhat recumbent, two spines showing on each side

in front of it.

Loc. Off Curtis Island, on shells.

Allied to the British JZ. ventricosa and a characteristic

example of the simpler type of structure for which this genus

was originally founded. It is a question whether the Mucro-

nella group might not properly be divided; but any revision

should be based on a more extended study of foreign species

than has yet been made.

Mucronella spinosissima, n. sp.

(ele aQUL; ieee, 74.)

Zoecia small, lageniform, the peristome elevated, suberect,

forming a neck; surface perfectly smooth, subhyaline, a row

of punctures round the edge; orifice suborbicular, a broad

a General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 125

tooth on the lower margin ; the rim of the elevated peristome

set round with about eight spines; the front margin carried

up into a tooth-lke mucro. Oactum globose, smooth, recum-

bent. Avicularia none.

Loc. Off Curtis Island, on Retepora and Flustra dissimilis.

Mucronella tricuspis, n. sp.

(Pl. IIL. fig. 1.)

Zoecia ovate, moderately convex, separated by shallow

sutures, hyaline, smooth or slightly roughened; orifice trans-

versely elliptical, three tall spines on the upper margin, in

front closed in by a screen-like elevation, which in the centre

rises into a dentate process rounded at the top, and on each

side of it into a projecting lobe, a furrow down the middle of

it; on each side of the cell, about halfway down it, a raised

avicularium, with a slender pointed mandible directed outwards.

Oecium globose, smooth, silvery, with a projecting rim round

the opening, the avicularia of the neighbouring cells flanking

it on each side.

Loe. Off Curtis Island, on shells &c., very common.

A very marked and abundant form. I cannot find any

description of it in the works of Australian writers, though it

is difficult to believe that it has escaped observation. It is

not amongst the forms figured by MacGillivray in his work

on the Victorian Polyzoa.

Ruyncworora, Hincks.

Under this name I have constituted a genus* for the recep-

tion of the remarkable form Lepralia bispinosa of Johnston.

Amongst Capt. Warren’s dredgings a species occurs which

has many features in common with the last named, but which

seems to be distinct. Reserving for the present all questions

respecting the genus, I shall describe it provisionally as

Rhynchopora longirostris, n. sp.

Zoecia pyriform, ventricose above, narrowing off and de-

pressed towards the base, quincuncially disposed, rather

coarsely granulated, with a line of perforations round the

edge ; orifice (primary) transversely elliptical, perfectly

simple; secondary orifice, formed by the elevation of the

peristome, subelliptical or irregular in shape and of large

* Hist. Brit. Mar. Poly. vol. i. p. 385. I am indebted to Miss Agnes

Crane for pointing out to me that the name Rhynchopora had already been

appropriated toa genus of Brachiopods; so that a substitute must be found

for it.

126 Rey. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards

size, the margin frequently bearing a number of short spinous

processes, which give it ajagged outline ; within the lower lip

a large bluntly pointed process which stretches across on one

side almost to the margin, and forms with it a kind of loop ;

immediately behind this process a massive mucro, which bears

on its inner aspect an aviculartum, with a short triangular

mandible directed upwards; commonly on the front of the

cell a raised avicularium, with a very long mandible, rounded

at the apex and usually pointing downwards. Oaciwm

rounded, shallow, smooth, often subimmersed, the opening

closed in by a calcareous operculum.

Loc. Off Curtis Island, on Retepora.

This form has many points of resemblance to F. bispinosa,

a species which is very liable to variation; but the differences

are striking and somewhat significant, and it seems right that

it should have aseparate name. ‘The shape of the cell can be

observed best on the growing edge, before calcification has

proceeded far. In an early stage it is distinctly pyriform,

very ventricose at the upper part and depressed below; the

surface is smooth. In later stages the surface is covered with

a granular crust, the cells lose their distinctness, the original

orifice is concealed by the elevation of the peristome, and a

large opening is developed above it of somewhat irregular

shape. The oral avicularium differs materially from that of

R. bispinosa: in the latter it is placed transversely immedi-

ately below the orifice, and is borne on a mound-like swelling,

below which the mucro is situated; in the present case it

occupies the inner aspect of the mucyro itself, which rises im-

mediately behind the spur-like process on the inferior margin.

The latter appendage is larger and more prominent than that

of R. bispinosa, and of a difterent shape. Another distinctive

feature of this species is the presence, usually in great numbers,

of the elongate avicularia, which are somewhat elevated and

placed on the front of the zocectum. The mandible is slightly

expanded at the base, but throughout the greater portion of its

length is narrow and of uniform width, terminating in a blunt

extremity. These appendages are very conspicuous, and ‘are

so numerous as to give a peculiar character to the zoarium

(Pl. IV. fig. 8). The primary orifice, seems to want the

slightly sinuated lower margin which has been noticed in\2.

bispinosa. ‘The latter species also occurs in Bass’s Straits.

a General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 127

Family Celleporide.

CELLEPORA (part.), Fabricius.

Cellepora granum,n. sp. (Pl. ILI. fig. 8.)

Zocecia erect, ovoid, smooth, distant, those of the uppermost

stratum more or less separated by the cells of the one below

it; orifice quite terminal, suborbicular, with a very marked

pointed sinus ; peristome elevated around it and carried up in

front into a tall central rostrum, which bears at the top on its

inner aspect a small oval aviculariwm; peristome on each side

of the rostrum rising into a point. Occvum rounded, smooth,

a flattish semicircular space on the front bounded by a raised

edging and traversed by radiating lines. Zoartwm forming

small subglobose patches.

Loc. Off Curtis Island, common.

Family Selenariidez, Busk.

Lunvuites, Busk.

Lunulites incisa, n. sp. (PI. IV. figs.1-3.)

Zoarium conical, well raised; beneath flat, divided into

lobes round the edge, porous. Zowcial orifices occupying a

kind of furrow between the lines of avicularia, separated

by short spaces, depressed, the cell-wall rising around them,

elliptical, with a narrow well-marked sinus on the lower

margin. Avicularia short, suberect, pointed; mandible pro-

bably triangular, turned in different directions.

Loc. Bass’s Straits.

This fine species probably belongs to the same group as the

L. cancellata and philippensis of Busk, which agree with it

in the cancellated structure of the zoarium, and should no

doubt be dissociated, as suggested by Busk, from the other

members of the genus. The diagnosis in the British-Museum-

Catalogue of the two species just named, however, does not

give any detailed account of the structure of the orifice ; and

it is therefore impossible to determine their exact relation to

the present form.

In the specimens of L. incisa which I have examined the

mandibular portion of the appendages is wanting ; but, from

the form of the fixed base (beak), there can be no doubt that

they are avicularia; and if so, in this respect the species

differs from the other recent forms, and agrees (so far) with

Conescharellina of D’Orbigny.

128 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards

The present form is ranked under the genus Lunulites

provisionally. We are not yet in a position to discuss the

affinities and systematic place of the various members of the

Selenarian group.

Suborder CYCLOSTOMATA.

Family Tubuliporide.

TuBULIPORA, Lamarck.

Tubulipora capitata, n. sp.

(PL. IV. fig. 9.)

Zoarium white, wholly adnate, composed of a number of

capitate or clavate portions, which originate one from the

other by means of a slender, stem-like base, and form a linear

series, slightly branched. Zowcia slender, minutely speckled,

with a circular orifice, disposed radiately on the expansions,

the anterior half erect. Gonocysts consisting of an irregularly

shaped inflation of the surface, thickly covered with minute

puncta, freely produced, sometimes as many as three on an

expansion.

Loc. Bass’s Straits, on shell.

This seems to be a distinct species ; several specimens have

been examined, which all exhibit the same remarkable habit of

growth. The free production of gonocysts appears to be a

distinguishing character ; they form a succession of transverse

swellings on the surface of the zocecial expansions.

ADDITIONAL.

Family Membraniporide.

[The remarkable form which is described below has the

true Membraniporidan cell, the characteristic Flustrine habit

(though without the flexible membrano-calcareous zoarium),

and the marginal rib, which is the distinguishing feature of the

Flustramorpha of Gray. It seems to occupy a somewhat

intermediate place between Flustra and Membranipora. I

shall hope to discuss its systematic place hereafter, and leave

it provisionally amongst the Membranipore. |

Membranipora roborata, n. sp.

(Pl. II. fig. 3.)

Zoarium erect, calcareous, bilaminate, compressed, the

stem expanding slightly upwards, divided and subdivided

dichotomously into narrow segments, a thickened rib along

a General History of the Marine Polyzoa, 129

the margin, composed of tubular fibres laid closely to-

gether, which at the base form a considerable tuft of root-

lets. Zoewcia quincuncially arranged, ovate, often running

out to a poimt below; margin thin, smooth, two short and

rather stout spines above; aperture ovate, occupying the

whole front, with a membranous covering, depressed, the

cell-wall surrounding it minutely granular, expanded below ;

above each cell two raised and pointed avicularia placed side

by side, the mandible directed downwards. Ocaciwmmitriform,

flattened and smooth in front, surrounded by a thickened border,

which rises into a blunt point in the centre.

Loc. Off Curtis Island, abundant in the dredgings.

The tubules which constitute the rib along the edge of the

zoarium (as in Lschara flabellaris, Busk) are given off from

the side of the marginal zocecia ; they strengthen, and support,

and hold together the rigid but slender stem and branches,

and secure a certain amount of flexibility to the whole struc-

ture; at the base they run out into a multitude of (quas¢)

root-fibres.

Note on Catenicella.

In Capt. Warren’s collection there is a fair representation

of the characteristic Australian group of the Catenicellide ; and

amongst the forms occurring there are two or three which

I cannot identify with any described species; but as I have

not been able as yet to obtain all the papers dealing with this

tribe they must be reserved for future examination.

VIL FOREIGN MEMBRANIPORINA (third series).

MEMBRANIPORA, De Blainville.

Membranipora amplectens, n. sp.

(Pl. III. fig. 7.)

Zoecia pyriform, disposed in single series, which bifureate

at intervals; surface smooth, frequently a line of minute pores

on each side, extending from the aperture to the bottom of the

cell ; aperture oval, occupying more than half the front, with

a membranous covering ; margin smocth, slightly thickened,

two spines at the top, two on each side, and a tall vibraculoid

spine, calcareous, with a corneous joint at the base, imme-

diately below the aperture. No avicularia. Oacium borne on

a special cell, which is always situated in the fork between two

branches, elongate, rounded at the top, composed of a number

of flattened pieces or ribs placed close together, which spring

from the opposite sides and unite in the centre, a line (mark-

130 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards

ing the junction of the ribs) passing from the top of the

ovicell to the opening.

Loc. Australia, creeping over an alga (Miss Jelly).

This species is allied to M. pilosa, but differs from it in

many points. Its most marked characteristic is the very

curious ribbed ovicell, which occupies a fixed place in the

colony and is borne on a cell embraced by the branches which

are given off at intervals from the extremity of the single

lines. The ocecium is formed by an extension of the aper-

ture upwards, giving rise to an elongate-oval area bounded

by a slightly raised margin. On the latter are developed

seriatim the rib-like processes, which ultimately unite along

a central line, and constitute the marsupial chamber. These

must be regarded as a modification of the spines of the zocecial

aperture. When closely examined the wall of the ocecium is

seen to be composed of spine-like ribs, united laterally by a

calcareous expansion, but often slightly disjunct at the base.

In this species, therefore, the marsupium is formed of the upper

portion of the zocecial aperture (which is much extended in the

ovicelligerous cell), roofed in by a number of marginal spines,

which meet and are soldered together at the extremities, and

are united along the sides by a calcareous lamina. It is a

very simple modification of certain elements of the zocecium,

by which the latter is divided into two chambers—one for the

polypide, the other for the embryo.

Membranipora velata, n. sp.

(EIR Ne ties3 9)

Zoecia ovate, pyriform, or hexagonal (somewhat irreeular

in shape), distinctly quincuncial, placed close together; aper-

ture occupying the whole front (except in the pyriform

cells), ovate, the cell-wall around it slightly roughened or

crenate, with a membranous roofing stretching across it on

a level with the margin, which it overspreads. Avicularia

sessile, on a distinct area, scattered amongst the zocecia,

always wedged in between two cells at their upper extre-

mity; beak not prominent; mandible pointed, flattened,

directed obliquely upwards. Owciwm very shallow and in-

conspicuous, just covering the extremity of thecell. Zoariwm

presenting a flat uniform surface of a dark brownish colour,

caused by the overlying membrane.

Loc. Santa Cruz, California, on shell (Miss Jelly),

The brownish appearance of the zoarium, which is due to

the extension of the membranous front wall over the margin

of the cells, is a distinguishing character. There is much

irregularity in the shape of the cells; in many cases they are

a General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 131

prolonged below, and become distinctly pyriform. Their

arrangement is very regularly quincuncial.

The avicularia are remarkably depressed and scarcely rise

above the surface.

Membranipora circumclathrata, n. sp.

(Pl. V. fig. 1.)

Zoecia ovate, running to a point below, quincuncially

arranged, distant, the interspaces areolated; aperture slender-

oval, occupying about three fourths of the front, and closed

in entirely by a membranous wall; margin slightly thick-

ened, crenate, bearing a line of small holes; immediately

below the aperture a pointed avicularium, elevated on a very

prominent rising or boss, sloping upwards, the mandible

directed straight outwards or turned obliquely. Occium

rounded, smooth, a raised rib across the front a little above

the opening ; surmounted by an avicularium, which is some-

times of very large size, with an elongate acute mandible

pointing obliquely upwards, sometimes of the usual form.

Loc. Santa Cruz, California, on shell (Miss Jelly).

The striking characteristics of this attractive species are the

areolated space which surrounds the cells * and the very

prominent avicularia. Whether the marginal holes indicate

the position of as many spines in the perfect state I am unable

to say ; there is no trace of these appendages in the specimen

which I have examined.

Membranipora variegata, n. sp.

(PI. V. fig. 2.)

Zocecia ovate, often running to a blunt point below, placed

closely together, quincuncial, with a thick, rounded, and

minutely granulated border; aperture occupying the whole

of the front, slightly contracted above and expanded below,

with a membranous covering ; four tall spines at the top, a

little below them a very stout subclavate spine on each side,

and below these again about six very slender sharply-pointed

spines, which bend inwards over the area and converge towards

the centre; all these appendages with a dark-coloured base.

Avicularia none. Occium (?).

Loc. Santa Cruz, on shell (Miss Jelly).

An examination of the marginal zocecia in a colony shows

that the cell-wall is pierced by a number of large oblong fora-

mina, placed side by side and separated by a very narrow band

* In the M. ewrcumceincta of Heller the zocecia are separated by a reti-

culate or areolated interspace.

132 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards

of calcareous matter. There may be about fifteen or sixteen

of these openings round the cell, each of them occupying a

kind of recess in the wall. In some cases a slender acuminate

spine originates near the base of one of the larger spines above,

and projects outward instead of bending over the aperture.

VIII. FOREIGN CHEILOSTOMATA (Miscellaneous).

Family Bicellariide.

Dracuoris, Busk.

Diachoris distans, n. sp.

(Pl. V. figs. 4-6.)

Zoecia elongate, slender, not expanded below, distant, sub-

erect, entirely open in front; two long tapering spines at the

top, and about four on each side, of which the uppermost pair

is very small, and the pair below it usually larger than all the

rest, the lower third of the margin destitute of spines; con-

necting tubes six im number, long; on one side of the cell a

large aviculariwm, usually placed below the third spine, pro-

jecting considerably behind towards the base ; a long straight

back extending from the projection to the beak, which is

slightly bent at the point; mandible triangular, surface

smooth and shining. Dorsal surface smooth, destitute of

spines, with a round tubular projection at the upper extremity

of considerable size, from which the radical appendage origi-

nates. Occium (?).

Loc. South Africa (Miss Jelly).

This form resembles in some respects the Australian D. sp7-

nigera, MacGillivray ; but there are not unimportant points

of difference, and on the whole I believe they are rightly

accounted distinct. a

The cells of D. distans are of an elongate type and consi-

derably larger than those of D. spinigera; they lie wider

apart, the connecting-tubes being of more than ordinary length,

and are very decidedly suberect. ‘The spines are not onl

fewer in number, but different in character from those of the

kindred species. The small half-rudimentary pair just below

the top of the cell is very constant, and contrasts strikingly

with the tall stout pair immediately following. In D. spini-

gera the lateral spines, which generally extend to the bottom

of the cell, are much more uniform in character.

But the most marked differences are found in the avicula-

ria. ‘There are normally two of these appendages in D. spini-

a General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 133

gera, which are placed nearer the top of the cell than that of

D. distans; they also differ in form (Plate V. fig. 6 com-

pared with fig. 7), and are especially remarkable for the

length of the free portion of the beak. ‘The mandible becomes

much attenuated towards the apex.

Diachoris intermedia, n. sp.

(PI Via tie 83)

Zoecia small, elongate, open in front, the aperture narrow-

ing slightly downwards, decumbent, three (or two) denticles

at the top of the cell, and a small spinous process at each side

in a line with the lower margin of the oral valve; on each

side a small aviculariwm, placed at a very short distance

below the top; beak short and slightly bent. Dorsal surface

perfectly smooth and destitute of spines ; each cell connected

by short tubular processes with four others, two terminal and

two lateral, the latter originating at opposite points on the

side-wall a little above the middle. Occcum (?).

Loc. Tasmania, on an alga (Miss Gatty).

This is a minute species, and is interesting as in some mea-

sure a transition form between the genera Déachoris and

Beania. ‘The simple plan of the zoarium allies it to the latter

genus, while in the decumbent cell armed with avicularia it

resembles the former. ‘The species described by Mr. Ridley

from the Straits of Magellan as Chaunosia fragilis* ap-

proaches still more nearly to Beania; its polypide, however,

is said to be furnished with a gizzard, and it may possibly be

entitled to generic rank. Its affinities are much more with

Beania than Diachoris.

Diachoris hiriissima, Heller, form robusta.

(EEVesteso se oias)

Zoecia large, suberect, boat-shaped, expanded below, and

narrowing off rather abruptly towards the oral extremity into

a kind of neck, entirely open in front; three very large acu-

minate spines at the top, and four tall stout ones immediately

below them placed two at each side, flanking the oral valve ;

below these again four or five tall spines, originating just out-

side the margin, from the base of which spring as many slen-

der spiules, which bend over the aperture ; at one side near

the top an avicularium, subglobose, with a very small and

slightly projecting beak and a broad mandible; connecting-

tubes extremely short, sixinnumber. Dorsal surface smooth,

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 45.

134 Rey. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards

entirely destitute of spines, the radical appendage springing

from about the centre. Owcium (?).

Loc. Algiers, under stones (J. Y. Johnson).

It is with considerable doubt that I rank this fine Diachoris

as a form of Heller’s species. On comparing it with a speci-

men of the latter from the Cape-Verd Islands many diffe-

rences between the two are apparent. The cells of the

present form are fully a third larger than those of the normal

hirtissima, and are more erect; the spines with which they

are furnished are much less numerous. In D. hirtissima the

dorsal surface bristles with these appendages; behind the

triplet at the top of the cell are placed a number of tall slen-

der spines, which extend for some distance down the back.

Others are scattered over the dorsal surface, and are frequently

forked. In the present variety the back of the cell is entirely

destitute of spines. ‘The spinules which bend over the aper-

ture are usually more numerous in the normal form than in

the variety ; and the spines generally are more delicate, and

the whole habit less robust. The terminal triplet, from its

size, is a really striking feature in the Algerian specimens.

I have seen no avicularia on the normal D. hirtissima; in

the variety robusta they are present, but not numerous. ‘They

are peculiar in shape, and unlike the usual capitate forms,

being almost globose and having a very short rudimentary

beak. In this species the connecting-tubes are extremely

short, and the cells consequently lie very closely together ;

the dorsal surface presents an appearance very much re-

sembling that which I have described in Membranipora

radicifera (‘ Annals’ for July 1881).

Family Myriozoide.

SCHIZOPORELLA, Hincks.

Schizoporella insignis, n. spe

(Pl. V. fig. 10.)

Zoecia ovate, distinct, quincuncially arranged; surface

perfectly smooth, of a greyish colour; a raised line enclosing

a large part of the front, and carried above the orifice ; within

it arow of perforations, and immediately outside of it a row

of small disks surrounded by a white line ; orifice large, peri-

stome not raised, arched above, the lower margin slightly

curved inward, with a central sinus, narrow at the opening

and below subcircular, the cell-wall carried up immediately

below the sinus into a prominent ridge-like umbo. Owcdwm (?).

Loc. Africa (Miss Jelly).

a General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 135

In this beautiful species the oral sinus is almost circular

and is connected by a narrow gap with the true orifice. It

suggests very forcibly the special pore of the Microporellide.

As bearing on the morphological relations of this portion of

structure, an observation by Mr. Ridley is interesting. He

has noticed a Myriozoidan stage in the development of a

Porinidan cell, in which the pore had not yet become iso-

lated, but was connected by a gap with the orifice *.

CORRIGENDUM.

Epicaulidium pulchrum, mihi.

I have to plead guilty to a strange oversight respecting

this beautiful form. When I gave it the above name

(‘ Annals’ for Feb. 1881) it had quite escaped my recollec-

tion that it was long ago described and accurately figured in

Ellis’s posthumous work, edited by Solander, under the name

of Cellaria tulipifera. A chance reference to the plates of

this work (which I had not consulted for a long time) at once

revealed to me my mistake, and has enabled me to make this

early confession and correction of it. .

Lamouroux reproduced in his ‘ Exposition’ Ellis’s figure ;

but he ranged the species amongst the Sertularians, and re-

ferred it to his genus Pasythea. Both De Blainville and

Lamarck gave it generic rank, the one as Zuliparia (“Tuli-

paire”), the other as Liriozoa; but Lamarck has changed

(without any sufficient warrant, as it seems) Solander’s

specific name. .

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats I,

Fig. 1. Membranipora vitrea, n. sp.

Fig. 2. Membranipora pyrula, n. sp.

Fig. 3. Schizoporella tunuda, n. sp.

Fig. 4. Monoporella > nodulifera, n. sp.

Fig. 5. Mucronella porosa,n. sp. 5a. Ocecium.

Fig. 6. Porella marsupyum, MacGillivray.

Fig. 7. Cribrilina tubulifera, n. sp.

fig. 8. Cribrilina speciosa, nu. sp. (This figure and fig. 5 are drawn to the

same scale, and are much less highly magnified than the rest.)

* “Polyzoa, Coelenterata, and Sponges of Franz-Joseph Land,” Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. for June 1881, p. 448.

Tt This genus stands as Haploporella in the text; but Mr. Waters tells

me that this name has been applied to a genus of fossil Foraminifera.

136

Fig.

Fug.

fxg.

Fig.

Fg.

Fug.

Fig.

Fug.

Fig.

Fug.

Fig.

Fug.

Fig.

Fg.

Fig.

Fug.

Fig.

fag.

Fug.

Od Or Co bo

On SO) Or Hm Co bo

£9 00 NIG) OTB Co NO

On Marine Polyzoa.

Puate II,

. Schizoporella acuminata, 0. sp.

. Monoporella lepida, n. sp.

. Membranipora (?) roborata, nu. sp. (provisionally named).

. Schizoporella triangula, n. sp. 4a. The ocecium.

. Mucronella teres, 0. sp.

. Membranipora radicifera, nu. sp. 6a. Dorsal surface of the zoce-

cium. 60, Cluster of the radical tubes.

Prats III,

. Mucronella tricuspis, 0. sp.

. Mucronella spinosissima, i. sp.

. Membranipora punctigera, un. sp.

. Caberea grandis, nu. sp. 4a. Seta of the vibraculum, showing its

remarkable length. 46. One of the large avicularia.

. Porina gracilis, Lamx, 5a. The same, natural size.

. Cribrilina monoceros (?), MacGillivray. 6a. One of the large

marginal avicularia.

. Membranipora amplectens, n. sp.

. Cellepora granum,n. sp. 8a. The same, natural size.

Puate LV.

. Lunulites incisa, n. sp. Zocecia, magnified.

. Lunulites incisa, n. sp. Portion of the underside of the zoarium,

showing the lobate margin and the cancellated structure of the

centre.

. Lunulites incisa, n. sp., nat. size.

. Membranipora marmata, 0. sp.

. Membranipora mornata, n. sp.

. Membranipora hexagona, Busk (for comparison with the pre-

ceding).

. Rhynchopora longirostris, n. sp. A group of young zocecia.

. Rhynchopora longirostris, n. sp. Zocecia and elongate avicularia

from the centre of the colony, less highly magnified.

. Lubulpora capitata, n. sp.

PLatE V.

. Membranpora circumclathrata, u. sp.

. Membranipora variegata, n. sp.

. Membranipora velata, n. sp.

. Diachoris distans, n. sp.

Diachoris distans, n. sp. Dorsal surface.

Diachoris distans, n. sp. Avicularium.

. Avicularium of Diachoris spinigera, MacGillivray.

. Diachoris intermedia, n. sp.

. Drachoris hirtissima, Heller, form robusta. 9a. Avicularium.

10. Schizoporella insignis, n. sp.

Mr. R. Templeton on Aulastoma heluo. 137

X VI.— Observations on Aulastoma heluo.

By Rosert Tempweton, Esq.

[Plate VIII. |

THE leech I am about to describe (Aulastoma heluo) is the

common horse-leech of the north of Ireland, and may pro-

bably be more widely distributed. It may be collected in

sufficient abundance two miles south of Belfast, on the moist

banks of drains and wet ditches communicating with the river

Blackwater between Stockman’s Lane and the meadows in

rear of the industrial school. It is found under stones, clumps

of very coarse tangled grass or weedy masses, during the

summer months; it seldom remains long in the water or

pools of the ditches; when swimming it becomes lengthened

out and very flat, It is gluttonously voracious, greedily

gorging itself with earthworms, aquatic larve, small stickle-

backs, and various thin-shelled Helices, Planorbes, Limnee,

&c. In size it reaches to 23 inches in length; the body is

widest behind (4 inch nearly), the margin curvilinear; thence

it narrows gradually to the head, which is small (5 inch);

the sides of the body are rounded, the dorsum slightly con-

vex, its colour very dark olive-green, almost greenish black,

the belly greyish ash-colour. There are lighter-coloured

specimens, which have a tinge of brown or yellow; but these

are exceptional. Selecting a model specimen, the colour

appears tolerably uniform, a little lighter and brighter down

the middle line of the back, and the rings, of which there are

ninety-five quite distinct, are readily made out. The sexual

organs are between the twenty-fifth and twenty-sixth rings

and the twenty-ninth and thirtieth rings. Let a small piece

of plate-glass be now placed on the back, so that the entire

surface may lose the rounded form given to it by the rings,

become quite flat, and no longer glisten, a very handsome

arrangement of longitudinal lines is exhibited; these lines,

four in number on each side of the middle of the back, have

avery patchy look, are very dark, but usually a little less

deeply tinted in the middle, so that each of the lines often

looks distinctly double; they are interrupted at the passage

from ring to rmg. ‘The innermost of these sets of four lines,

enclosing a moderately narrow space running the entire length

of the back, and of rather brighter hue than the rest of the

dorsum, may be subdivided into nineteen definite lengths of

five rings, with the same configuration over and over again

repeated from head to tail. Within these five rings the first

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 10

138 Mr. R. Templeton on Aulastoma heluo.

little bit of the bounding-line, extending over two rings, is

quite straight and parallel to its fellow of the opposite side ;

then follows a curved portion, a nearly semicircular arch,

engaging three rings, the concavity of those of opposite sides

directed towards each other. The recurrence of this peculiar

conformation every five rings gives a very pretty appearance

to the back of the leech. The two next, or intermediate

longitudinal lines, conform in a degree to this curved character

of the innermost line; not so the outermost, which, very near

the margin, adapts itself toit. This line seems made up of

a continuous series of minute patchy triangles, the bases

towards the edge, the apices directed inwards. The narrow

ledge left between the bases of these triangles and the extreme

margin of the body isin some specimens tawny yellow, never,

however, distinctly marked. ‘The belly is dashed with patchy

markings scattered joosely along the sides.

The eyes (ten in number) are disposed in a quasiparabolic

curve conforming closely to the outline of the head and but a

short distance from the margin of the head ; they are arranged

in pairs upon the rings. ‘The first pair, side by side on the first

ring, are much the largest, and are a diameter and half of

either eye, asunder. The second pair of eyes, of lesser size

than the preceding, appear to form with them a gentle curve ;

they are placed somewhat to the rear of the second ring.

The third pair, lesser still, the eyes decreasing in size gradually

from front to rear, are on the third ring, aslight degree behind

the middle. A ring is now skipped, the fourth pair being

rather in front on the fifth ring. Another ring is skipped, the

fifth, last, and smallest being very minute and close to the

front of the seventh ring. :

The anal sucker, not large, quite round, looking downwards

and backwards, gives an oblique appearance to that end of

the body.

The upper lip projects over the mouth; this latter is quite

oval, and opens into the gullet, which is capable of great

expansion. The folds which are described and figured by

M. Moquin Tandon in the cross section of the head cannot

be readily made out in the vertical section. At the extre-

mities of the three largest of these folds is the site of three

whitish caruncles ; and in front of each of these, he states, is a

small jaw bearing fourteen teeth ; I have searched for these

in vain. Some specimens were sent to my friend Dr. Carte,

the able superintendent of the Natural-History Department of

the Museum of Art and Science in Dublin ; he could find them

no more than myself. He found the three whitish tubercles,

but nothing bearing the slightest resemblance to jaws or teeth.

Mr. R. Templeton on Aulastoma heluo. 139

M. Moquin Tandon, in his second edition, speaking of the

genus Aulastoma, says :—‘ Si je n’ai pas parlé de ces organes,

quand j’ai publié la premidre édition de cet ouvrage, ce n’est

pas, comme dit Duvernoy, parce qu’ils sont caduques, mais

parce que je n’avais pas su les voir.” Ina note he adds, “‘ M.

de Blainville n’a pas été plus heureux que moi.’

A page or two further on we find :—

“Dans lAulastoma les machoires sont presque paralléles,

écartées et non enfoncées dans des plis de la membrane buc-

cale ; elles paraissent portées par l’extrémité antérieure des

trois plis les plus grands de l’cesophage. Ces machoires sont

fort peu comprimées.

“On remarque aussi, sur leur bord libre, une rangée des

denticules, en forme de V renversé; mais ces saillies sont

moins nombreuses, moins serrées, plus grosses, et plus obtuses

que dans les Hemopis et les Sangsues. Chaque machoire

présente environ quatorze denticules. On pourrait comparer

ces organes aux dents molaires des animaux vertébrés.”

(‘ Monographie,’ 1846, p. 91.)

This last remark, which appears to be entirely at variance

with the figures given in his plate, had for me a peculiar

‘interest, since on one occasion, when examining a decompo-

sing specimen, I discovered three minute bodies of elongated

form in the exact site, each with slight double curvature, like

an italic ‘hb pointed at the distal extremity, open at the other,

and sufficiently dense to form a bed for greenish-brown flattish

bodies, fourteen in a double row, scarcely at all projecting,

and smaller and rounder at the ends, but so disposed collec-

tively as to bear acertain resemblance to the crown of a molar

tooth. Anexact copy of the sketch taken at the time is given

at fig. 5. Often looked for, I have never seen any thing like

them since.

Another and very pretty leech (Glossiphonia sexoculata) is

to be found in the rivulets running from the Hollywood hills

into Belfast Lough.

4 EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Aulastoma heluo.

Fig. 2. The arrangement of the lines on the back.

Fig. 3. Their coalescence at the head.

Fig. 4, The configuration of the eyes.

Fig. 5. Molar teeth ?

Fig. 6. Vertical section of the head.

10*

140 Mr. F. J. Bell on the Genus Crossaster.

XVII.—A Note on the Characters of the Genus Crossaster,

with the Description of a new Species. By F. JEFFREY

Bexx, M.A.

I HAD hoped to accompany the description of the new species

of Solaster which forms the body of this note by an inves-

tigation into the distinctive characters of the apparently

three generic types which have been associated together under

Forbes’s name Solaster; but I find from a late number

of the ‘Nyt Magazin’ that the two eminent Norwegian

naturalists, Messrs. Danielssen and Koren, are about to pub-

lish some observations on this point. I shall therefore deal

very briefly with one or two characters of these forms, and

shall exhibit the respect which I feel for the workers just

named by deferring to their right of speech. .

The time has certainly come when greater care must be

taken in referring species to the genus Solaster. Hiven if we

allow that Miller and Tyroschel were justified in placing

S. endeca and S. papposus in the same genus, there can be no

doubt that Prof. Verrill has done good service to the correct

estimation of generic differences by establishing the genus °

Lophaster * for the S. furcifer of Diiben and Koren; while,

lastly, there can be no doubt that the S. tumddus of StuxbergT

is more correctly placed with the genus Asterina, as is now

proposed by Messrs. Danielssen and Koren in the essay to

which I have just referred.

Although Liitken, Sladen, and Agassiz have all entered

into some discussion of the question, and have all been in-

clined to separate S. endeca and S. papposus into different

genera, the absolute characters which distinguish them seem

never to have been distinctly formulated. The last-named

writer expresses himself very strongly on the unnatural

alliance; for he says, ‘ From an examination of the hard

parts it is evident that Solaster papposus and Solasier endeca

should not be included in the same genus, having really

nothing in common except the great number of arms.”

This remarkable statement has been searchingly dealt with

by Dr. Viguier §, who undoubtedly has the better position in

the controversy on the facts called in evidence; but that

excellent investigator seems to me to have not fully weighed

* Am. Journ. Se. (8) xvi. p. 216.

+ (fv. K. Vet. Akad. Férh. Stockholm, 1878 (1879), no. 3, p. 31.

t{ Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. v. no. 1 (1877), p. 98.

§ Arch. de Zool. Exp. vii. p. 189.

Mr. F. J. Bell on the Genus Crossaster. 141

all the facts which can be made out with regard to these two

forms, which he retains in one genus.

I will here only direct attention to the gradation in cha-

racters, which, till the publication of Messrs. Danielssen and

Koren’s studies, induces me to regard Solaster, Crossaster,

and Lophaster as distinct genera.

When we examine the actinal surface of a ray of S. endeca

we observe that, externally to the transverse set of spines

which runs near the ambulacral groove, there is a series of

special plates bearing a comb of spines: though in a sense

marginal, these plates are quite confined to the actinal sur-

face; from the dorsal view one would not have the least

suspicion of their existence. It is not so with C. papposus ;

for in it the modified marginal plates are set on the upper

part of the side of the ray, and form a regular series of dorso-

marginal plates. Coming lastly to Lophaster, we find that

the “differentiated marginal plates” of which Prof. Verrill

speaks exhibit a striking advance on what has been seen in

Solaster or in Orossaster: there are now two sets, one dorso-

marginal and one ventro-marginal.

A gradational series so well marked does, I submit, afford

very considerable support to the view that the three forms in

question belong to distinct though allied genera.

Crossaster neptunt, 1. sp.

Arms ten: R=50, r=25.

A species of the character of C. papposus, but distinguished

from it by the absence of the glassy spines on the paxille

and by the smaller number, larger size, and greater regularity

of the paxille themselves.

The spines in the single adambulacral row which fringes

the groove are generally placed by threes on each plate; near

the actinostome, however, four spines may be found on a

plate; the spines are short and stout. About five or six

similarly rather stout spines are found in each set of the trans-

verse rows; they are not spread out in fan-shape, as they are

in S. papposus. ‘The interbrachial space is small, and has

scattered over it pairs or triplets of short spines, just suffi-

ciently numerous to relieve it from an appearance of bareness.

The outer free edge of this space (interbrachial angle) 1s

occupied by a collection of small spines arranged in form of a

double tooth-comb; there are about twelve of these special

bundles of spines; and they, as they pass outwards, rapidly

mount to the dorsal edge of the arm, to which they give a

very characteristic appearance. The double tooth-comb

arrangement soon yields to a more irregular disposition, and

142 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

the spinelets form rather a fasciculus or bundle set on a

rounded base; there are no glassy spines in connexion with

these bundles, which, as they approach the tip of the arm,

gradually diminish in size.

Along the middle line of each ray, and even as far as the

centre of the disk, it is quite easy to detect the regular

arrangement of the chief paxille. About twelve of these can

be made out in each row; and they add much to the distinct-

ness of the several rays.

In addition to this row of specially large and conspicuous

paxille, two sets at least of smaller ones are to be made out

on either side of each of them. Similarly the somewhat wide

spaces between each of the more important paxille are occu-

pied by smaller paxille. The rest of the abactinal surface,

whether on the free portion of the rays or on the disk itself,

is occupied by single spines, by spines a few together, or by

papule ; but none of the spines are either long or sharp.

The single madreporic plate, which is situated a little way

from the centre of the disk, is of a moderate size and suffi-

ciently easy of detection.

Keuador. Coll. B.M.

The single specimen from which this description has been

drawn up has been at least twenty-five years in spirit; it is

of a creamy-yellow colour. It was collected by 8. O. Good-

ridge, Esq., R.N., and formed part of the Haslar collection.

XVIII.—Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.—Revision of the

fErénicides and Amphionychides of Tropical America.

By H. W. Bares, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Wir the exception of three genera—Oberea, Tetraopes

(northern forms, spreading across the Mexican frontier partly

into Central America), and Phea—all the true Saperdine of

Tropical America belong to Lacordaire’s “ groupes’? Amphio-

nychides and Aurénicides. ‘These are distinguished from tem-

perate and Old-World forms of Saperda not by any constant

peculiarity of structure, but a combination of characters and the

occurrence in many of the genera of special features not exist-

ing in any other groups of the subfamily. In these remarks

it will be understood that I recombine the original Saperde

and their allies with the Phytawcie, placed in Lacordaire’s

system so wide apart, and form with them a subfamily Saper-

dinz, equivalent to the true Lamiine, Niphonine, Acantho-

derine, &c., and that I exclude the groups Calliides, Gryl-

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 143

licides, and Heébestolides of Lacordaire as foreign to the

Saperda type. ‘This seems to be the arrangement most in

accordance with nature and with our present knowledge of

this difficult and numerous group of Longicorns,—the division

into tribes with simple and tribes with toothed claws break-

ing down completely in the genus G'lenea (belonging to the

true Saperde), of which we now know so many species (GJ.

lepida, cinerea, amboynica, &c.) possessing toothed claws in

the male, and the three ‘‘ groupes”’ above mentioned, in spite

of their toothed claws, receding completely from the Saperda

type in many other points of structure. Lacordaire’s elabo-

rate classification of the Longicornia, in fact, fails here, as it

does elsewhere, from his too close adherence to technical

system, by which he unconsciously sacrificed natural affinity

in striving to secure absolute definitions.

The Amphionychides and A‘rénicides are closely allied to

the Phytceciides of the Old World, having, like the typical

species of that group, tarsal claws with very few exceptions

bifid, ¢.e. their basal tooth pointed and as long or nearly as

long as the stem of the claw. Some of the /Mrénicides

approach the Phytecie so closely that they are scarcely to be

distinguished from them, having a similar structure of pro-

sternum and similar unretracted head and notched middle

tibie ; but the gradation is so insensible between these and

the rest, in which the middle tibie are simple and the pro-

sternum contracted, with the head retracted * or resting in

its lower part on the strongly exserted anterior haunches,

that we are compelled, in spite of systematic reasons, to

keep the whole of the forms together. In the Amphiony-

chides there are no disparate elements ; it may be said, indeed,

that here the tropical American type of Phytecia reaches its

highest development, receding entirely from the Old- World

type. ‘The head is in all strongly retracted, the tibie simple,

the antenne, the shape, and clothing of the body different

from the Phytecie, and the species branching out into a

variety of beautiful and eccentric forms unlike those of any

other Saperdine. In nearly all of them the elytra have a

distinct raised rib or carina, separating the dorsal surface

from the sides or epipleure, which latter are usually of great

elevation. This is also a distinctive feature in Gleneides, the

tropical division of the Old-World Saperde; and the two

* Lacordaire used the term “ retractile” for this peculiar relation of

head to prosternum; but the term is objectionable from its ambiguity,

its obvious meaning being the power of withdrawal of the head within

the thorax. I have myself used the word with this signification in the

‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, vol. v.

144 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

groups Gleneides and Amphionychides may be therefore

looked upon as to some extent representative forms.

The researches of entomological travellers during the twelve

years that have elapsed since Lacordaire’s classification was

published have immensely increased the amount of material

in these groups at the disposal of the student. The total

number of species mentioned by Lacordaire was 83; in the

list which terminates the present memoir I enumerate 220,

including the new species which I here describe from my

own collection; and there are doubtless many other species

still undescribed in public and private museums. The new

species do not furnish any fresh element rendering indispen-

sable a modification of Lacordaire’s division into two groups;

but they bridge over the gap which divided them in the state

of our knowledge at that time, so that neither the retracted

head nor the carination of the elytra can now be said to afford

reliable group-characters ; in fact they are of little more than

specific value in some of the genera. It is convenient, how-

ever, for the present to retain the two groups. ‘Two of the

genera, Pretilia and Sphallonycha, break the uniformity of

the groups in the structure of the tarsal claws, having the

basal tooth short and broad; but they cannot be withdrawn

without necessitating the institution of two other groups for their

reception, the two genera differing from each other greatly in the

form of the elytra and head, although agreeing in the dentation

of theclaws. Zenicomus (Thomson) I remove trom the Amphio-

nychides, with which it agrees in none of its principal cha-

racters. It is in fact a member of the Calliides group, and

is scarcely different generically from Chereas. On the other

hand I include Amillarus (Thomson), which Lacordaire,

overlooking its true affinities, placed in a widely different

part of his system. The tarsal claws in this genus have

undergone a remarkable modification of position, the long

basal teeth being soldered to the stems of the claws and closely

joined at the base, so that the claws have become “‘ divergents”’

instead of “ divariqués” as in the rest of the Saperdine.

There can be no doubt, I think, that Améllarus is closely

related to Hrana, especially to such species as L. dispar, in

which the sexes differ similarly m form and colour. Its

longer prosternum and free head, however, necessitate our

including it in the group Afrénicides.

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 145

New Genera and Species.

Group 1. AURENICIDES.

APHILESTHES.

Corpus elongatum, robustum, lineare, subdepressum, dense breviter

pilosum. Caput exsertum ; oculi magni, convexi; frons brevissima

et angusta, 1hfra paullo retracta. Antennee corpore multo breviores,

a basiad apicem subtus sparsim ciliate, articulo tertio ceteris haud

longiore. Thorax valde transversus, medio rotundato-dilatatus.

Elytra parallela, apice singulatim rotundata, paullulum convexa,

absque carinis. Prosternum ante pedes vix elongatum, concavum,

coxis conicis valde exsertis. Episterna metathoracica latiuscula,

parallela. Tibisxe intermedie fortiter emarginate.

The head is similar in shape to that of the typical Wrenice,

the forehead being scarcely prolonged below the voluminous

eyes. ‘The mouth, however, is not so distant from the ante-

rior haunches as in Arenica, owing to the shorter and more

concave anterior part of the prosternum and the long exserted

coxe. ‘The terminal ventral segment in the female is very

large, and broad at the apex, with an impressed central line.

-Aphilesthes rustica.

Rufo-fusca, pube cinereo-flava dense vestita et breviter erecte pilosa ;

thorace lateribus late elytrisque marginibus anguste flavis; femo-

ribus supra et geniculis rufo-testaceis.

Long. 83 lin. Q.

Merida, Venezuela (Goring).

Antodyce juncea.

Linearis, gracillima, fusco-castanea, capite, thorace, antennis, vitta

lata elytrorum marginali (longe post humerum subito incipiente

et usque ad angulum suturalem continuata) melleo-flavis, elytris

ante medium maculis duabus rotundatis (transversim positis) li-

turaque curvata fascieeformi ante apicem testaceo-albis ; thorace

angustissimo, dorso tuberoso, episterno vitta lata fusca; elytris

apice obtuse rotundatis, dorso subtilissime punctulatis; pedibus

fulvis, fusco-lineatis ; ventre piloso; antennis gracilibus, pilosis.

Long. 44 lin. C.

Brazil.

Ajrenica spissicornis.

Linearis, obscure fusca, tomentosa et breviter pilosa, thorace vittis

angustis tribus elytrisque utrinque signaturis tribus (prima basali

postice suturam versus curvata, secunda laterali-mediana arcuata

tertiaque subapicali a sutura versus marginem obliquata) fusco-

146 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

cinereis; thorace breviter cylindrico, postice paullo angustato;

elytris apice conjunctim subacuminatis, sed obtusis, sublineatim

punctulatis ; antennis corpore brevioribus, crassis, dense undique

(subtus longius) pilosis, scapo quam articulus tertius paullo lon-

giore.

Long. 53-73 lin. 3 Q.

Parané, Brazil.

Similar in general colours to Arenica canescens (Klug),

but differing in the pale markings of the elytra being linear,

forming on each three elongated and oblique or curved streaks,

and also in the remarkably thickened antenne. Although

the scape is shorter than in the type species (1. hirticornis) ,

it bears the same relative proportion to the other joimts. The

middle tibie are entire ; in 4. canescens, according to Klug’s

figure, they are notched.

Afrenica leucippe.

Robusta, ochraceo-fulva, subtiliter tomentosa, thorace vitta dorsali

(postice dilatata), elytris macula ante medium elongata triangu-

lari suturali communi, altera utrinque vitteformi ante apicem

corporeque subtus vitta laterali cretaceis; thorace elongato,

cylindrico, postice vix angustato; elytris apice acuminatis et

utrinque longe spinosis, dorso sparsim subgrosse punctatis (punctis

fuscis); antennis crassis, filiformibus, pilosis ; scapo brevi, quam

articulus tertius paullo breviore.

Long. 9 lin.

Parand, Brazil.

Airenica porosa.

Robustior elytrisque latioribus, atro-fusca, tomento subtili cinereo-

ochraceo vestita; thorace cylindrico, scabroso-punctato; elytris

apice rotundatis, angulo suturali producto acuto, dorso punctis

magnis nitidis sublineatim impressis, interstitiis (versus basin)

punctulatis ; antennis haud pilosis, subtus sparsim breviter cilia-

tis ; tarsis articulo unguiculari ut in &. hirticorni valde elongato,

gracili, sed unguiculis ramo irteriore multo breviore.

liars, See lings OQ

Venezuela.

APAGOMERA.

Corpus cylindricum, angustum. Caput post oculos dilatatum, subtus

haud retractum, frons brevis. Thorax cylindricus, basi angustatus

vel constrictus. Elytra parallela, apice conjunctim rotundata,

absque carinis lateralibus. Antenne filiformes, robuste, longe

ciliate. Coxe anticze minus exserte.

The type of this genus is Saperda triangularis of Germar.

It differs from the allied genera Hrana and Hssostrutha in the

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 147

head being not retracted in repose, the prosternum in front of

the anterior haunches being of considerable length, and the

front of the head much shortened; the anterior coxe differ

also from the just-cited as well as all other genera allied to

Amphionycha in being much less exserted and conical, the

prosternum being in correlation wider between the sockets.

In its robust filiform antenne it agrees with Hssostrutha.

Apagomera triangularis.

Apagomera triangularis, Germar, Ins. Spec. Noy. p. 493 (Saperda trian-

gularis) ; Perty, Del. An, Art. Bras, t. 19. fig. 12.

Rio Janeiro, Brazil.

Apagomera suturella.

Cylindrica, gracilis, niger, griseo-pubescens ; thorace fascia antica

lateribusque flavis, linea dorsali et sutura elytrorum canis; cor-

pore subtus vitta laterali fulva; thorace cylindrico subelongato,

postice angustato; elytris subcrebre punctatis; antennis supra

breviter pilosis, articulo tertio quam scapus paullo breviore et quam

articulus quartus vix longiore; tibiis intermediis distincte emar-

ginatis.

Long. 4 lin. ¢.

Parand, Brazil.

Although closely related to A. triangularis by the form of

the head, prothorax, and prosternum, this species recedes in

points of structure which might be regarded as generic, viz.

the much shortened third antennal joint and the notched

middle tibiee.

Apagomera azurescens.

Robustior, cylindrica, nigra, pube tenui sericeo-grisea vestita, macula

thoracis utrinque rotundata aurantiaca ; capite (2) subgloboso ;

thorace brevi, transverso, medio utrinque tuberoso; elytris sub-

sparsim punctulatis ; antennis articulis secundo ad quintum subtus

dense et longe ciliatis.

Long. 5 lin. Q.

Brazil.

The Amphionycha azurescens of Dejean’s Catalogue. In

the short and laterally tumid thorax this species differs

greatly from the type of the genus.

EXULACHNESIA.

Eulachnesia, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1872, p. 231.

This genus belongs to the Ailrenicides by the non-retracted

head, the lower part of which, in the typical species, is deci-

148 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

dedly remote from the anterior haunches; and the prosternal

process is in correlation visible between the moderately ex-

serted coxee. The anterior part of the prosternum, how-

ever, 1S concave, showing an approach to the structure

distinctive of the true Amphionychides ; and the lateral carina

of the elytra is more or less clearly indicated. These typical

species are connected by insensible gradations with others

which have the same form of elytra and antenne, but the

head much more strongly retracted, and well-developed

elytral carine. ‘There are therefore no constant characters

separating the two groups.

EKulachnesia cobaltina.

Elongata, postice modice attenuata, nigra, pube vel squamulis tenui-

bus pallide viridi-ceruleis tecta, vertice vittis tribus, genis vitta

utrinque lata (per thoracem continuata), thorace plaga dorsali

antennisque nigris; genis (infra vittam nigram) prosternoquo

utrinque vitta alba, in elytrorum basi aurantiaco-fulva, postice

oblique ducta; capite valde exserto, vertice prolongato; elytris ante

apicem curvatim angustatis, apice sinuato-truncatis et bidentatis,

dorso punctulatis, costulis duabus carinaque laterali haud elevatis ;

antennis utroque sexu corpore multo longioribus, filiformibus,

robustis, infra usque ad apicem breyiter ciliatis.

Long. 6-7 lin. ¢ @.

New Granada.

Much resembling EZ. sapphira in colours, but differig in

many points of structure: the head is much more elongated

and voluminous; the elytra taper in a gradual curve to the apex

instead of rectilinearly ; and the raised dorsal lines and carinee

are only feebly indicated by the limiting punctures; lastly,

the antenney have beneath a much shorter and less dense

fringe of hairs. ‘The male example before me has the elytra

almost entirely fulvous, probably owing to the abrasion of

the fine blue scales.

EHulachnesia calliste.

Longissima, postice gradatim valde attenuata, nigra, subtus aureo-

pubescens, capite thoraceque vitta lata laterali flava, elytris di-

midio basali testaceo-flavo, dimidio apicali violaceo-nigro polito,

sutura flavo- pubescente, antennis, pedibus et metasterni episterno

fulvis ; capite longe exserto, vertice convexo ; thorace dorso nitido,

convexo; elytris apice sinuatim truncatis, angulis productis, versus

basin lineatim punctatis, apice levibus, carina laterali versus basin

tantum elevata; antennis infra longe subdense ciliatis, articulo

tertio longissimo,

Long. 8 lin. ¢.

Near Cuzco, Peru.

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 149

Eulachnesia equatoria.

Elongata, linearis, subtus nigro-enea, nitida, tenuiter cinereo-pu-

bescens, capite thoraceque nigris velutinis (hoc disco subzeneo-

nitido), vertice vittis quatuor, genis utrinque una, thoraceque una

laterali aiteraque inferiore albis; elytris fulvo-rufis, subtiliter

pubescentibus, macula magna communi submediana enescenti-

nigra; capite minus exserto, subtus paullo retracto; thorace

cylindrico, medio paullulum dilatato, dorso convexo inzequali ;

elytris apice sinuatim truncatis utrinque bidentatis, dorso costulis

utrinque duabus, interstitiis crebre punctulatis, carinis lateralibus

utrinque duabus ; antennis infra longe subdense ciliatis, articulo

tertio longissimo.

Long. 6-7 lin. ¢ Q.

‘Ecuador (Buckley).

Hulachnesia viridipennis.

Sublinearis, postice paullo angustata, viridi-enea, subtus dense

cinereo-pubescens, elytris sericeo-nitentibus, epipleuris violaceis

marginibus aureo-pilosis, capite thoraceque supra nigris, vertice

lineis duabus thoraceque utrinque una laterali flavis, fronte

cinerea ; antennis pedibusque fulvis, illis articulorum apicibus a

tertio saturatioribus: capite modice exserto, quam thorax latiore,

subtus vix retracto; thorace cylindrico, medio paullo dilatato ;

elytris apice sinuatim truncatis utrinque bidentatis, dorso sparsim

punctulato, carina laterali obtusa sed distincta, apicem fere attin-

gente; antennis longe ac minus dense ciliatis, articulo tertio

longissimo.

Long. 53 lin. 6.

Macas, Ecuador (Buckley).

Group 2, AMPHIONYCHIDES.

SPHALLONYCHA.

Corpus cylindricum, modice elongatum, erecte pilosum. Caput

thorace multo latius, pone oculos prominulos gradatim angusta-

tum, fronte convexa modice elongata, infra angustata, subretracta.

Thorax relative magnus, elongatus, subcylindricus, medio paullo

dilatatus, dorso tuberoso. LElytra parallela, apice sinuato-trun-

cata, angulo suturali distincto, exteriore dentato; dorso sublineatim

sparsim punctata, carina laterali subobtusa, carina accessoria

distante, longiore. ‘Tarsi breves, articulo quarto curto, unguiculis

basi intus dilatatis subdentatis. Prosternum, coxe anticex, et

antenne ut in Amphionychis typicis.

A new genus, rendered necessary for Amphionycha rosev-

collis (Bates) on account of its departure from the group-

150 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

character in the form of the tarsal claws. On superficial

observation the claws seem destitute of teeth, as in Saperda ;

but on close examination the thickened base of each is ob-

served to be separated from the stem of the claw by a notch

not far from the base, leaving a moderately acute basal tooth.

The structure thus does not differ essentially from that of

certain species of Phytecia, e. g. P. femoralis (Muls.). In all

other points of structure, however, Sphallonycha belongs

strictly to the Amphionycha group, in which the peculiar

form of the head and the relatively great length and tubercu-

lation of the thorax would entitle it to generic distinction

independently of the form of the claws.

There is great resemblance in general form, as well as in

the dentation of the claws, between this genus and Pretilia ;

but the degree to which the head is retracted differs consider-

ably in the two genera; and the elytra are destitute of carinz

in Pretilia, and distinctly carinate in Sphallonycha. Thus

all the leading characters on which Lacordaire relied in his

classification here break down utterly.

Sphallonycha roseicollis.

Sphallonycha roseicollis, Bates, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, xvii.

p. 430 (Amphionycha roseicollis).

Upper Amazons.

ALAMPYRIS.

Alampyris, Bates in Godman and Salvin’s Biologia Centrali-Americana,

Coleoptera, v. p. 218.

In this genus, numerous in species in Mexico and Central

America, the head is retracted nearly as in Amphionycha, but

the exserted anterior haunches are scarcely so closely approx1-

mated. The majority have no trace of elytral carine; and in

those where they are present they are obtuse and sometimes

much abbreviated, with epipleure of slight elevation. The

true position in the group 1s very difficult to fix.

Alampyris planipennis.

Valde elongata, vix convexa, nigro-fusca, dense erecte pilosa, tho-

racis linea laterali indistincta, elytrorum sutura vittaque laterali

albo-testaceis, marginibus albo-tomentosis; thorace sparsim,

elytris crebre punctulatis absque carinis, lateribus post medium

paullulum explanatis; palpis et femoribus testaceo-variis. ¢ ab-

domen nigrum; @ segmentis tertio et quarto utrinque pallide

flavis tomentosis.

Long. 6-7 lin. ¢ @.

South Brazil.

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 151

Calocosmus janus.

Fusco-niger, subnitidus, pectore medio, abdomine femoribusque

fulvo-testaceis ; fronte vix conyexa, pilosa, crebre punctata ; tho-

race antice grosse sparsim punctato, limbo et postice plus minusve

rufescente, cylindrico, lateribus medio obtusissime tuberculatis ;

elytris humeris prominulis, apice rotundatis, supra punctulatis.

Long. 5-53 lin. ¢ @.

Cuba.

Calocosmus semimarginatus.

Fulvyus, subnitidus, tenuiter pubescens, sparsim setosus ; elytris pur-

purascenti-nigris, basi, sutura et lateribus usque medium anguste

fulvis; tibiis et tarsis antennisque nigris, harum articulis quarto

et-quinto basi fulvis; elytris subacute conjunctim rotundatis,

sublineatim punctulatis, carinula laterali paullulum distincta.

Long. 4 lin. 3.

Santiago, Cuba.

TETANOLA.

Corpus elongatum, postice gradatim acuminatum, sparsim setosum,

vittis nudis politis. Caput (cum oculis) thorace ¢ 2 haud latius,

inter antennas depressum, fronte modice elongata, quadrata, infra

retracta. Thorax cylindricus, prope basin paullulum contractus.

Elytra valde elongata, postice acuminata, apice fere acuta, dorso

planata, sparsim tenuiter lineato-punctata, carina laterali recta,

obtusa, usque ad apicem continuata. Antenne <6 2 corpore

breviores, sparsim ciliate.

The acuminate elytra and extension of the lateral carina

(although as an obtuse ridge only) to the apex constitute the

chief characters of this genus. The smooth and shining

integumental stripes of the upper surface are also a peculiarity

which distinguishes it from the Amphionyche.

Tetanola polita.

Subtus fulva, tenuiter pubescens, lateribus nigro-fuscis ; supra nigro-

vel fusco-castanea, elytrorum basin versus rufo-castanea, polita,

capite, vitta laterali prothoracis, elytrorum lineis tribus (suturali

et laterali ad apicem conjunctis, interiore ante apicem desinente)

flavis ; thorace tomentoso, disco postice tuberculo polito; antennis

cinereo-fuscis, scapo fulvo-nitido ; pedibus fulvis, geniculis tarsis-

que nigris.

Long. 73-83 ln. ¢ 9.

Ecuador (Buckley).

OCHROMIMA.

Facies Megalopi (trib. Phytophagorum). Corpus breve, oblongum,

postice angustatum, erecte pilosum. Caput latissimum, retra-

ctum, inter oculos paullo depressum, fronte elongata sed infra valde

152 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

angustata, pilosa; ore parvo, mandibulis paullo exstantibus.

Tubera antennifera longe barbata. Thorax trapezoidalis, a basi

usque ad marginem anticum recte angustatum. Elytra convexa,

apice conjunctim rotundata, carina laterali flexuosa, epipleuris

altis. Antenne corpore longiores, usque ad apicem longe ciliatee.

This new genus is necessary for the reception of Amphio-

nycha megalopoides, which differs in form and in some points

of structure quite as much as Chrysaperda from the rest of

the Amphionyche. ‘The only example at present known

appears to be a male.

Ochromima megalopoides.

Ochromima megalopoides, Bates, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, xvii.

p. 427 (Amphionycha megalopordes).

Santarem, Amazons.

CHRYSAPERDA.

Corpus oblongum, convexum, erecte pilosum, nitidum, absque plagis

tomentosis. Caput exsertum, inter antennas anguste depressum

(tuberibus antenniferis elevatis), 2 vertice valde convexo, fronte

elongata, infra paullo dilatata, oculis parvis rotundatis. Thorax

valde transversus, antice angustatus, medio transversim convexus.

Elytra oblonga, medio angustata, ante apicem rotundato-dilatata,

apice late truncata, angulo exteriore dentato, dorso planata,

postice citius declivia, epipleuris altissimis (postice altioribus)

carina laterali acutissima paullo curvata, supra declivatatem api-

calem subito terminata. Antenne corpore vix longiores, undique

setose, scapo elongato gradatim clavato, articulo tertio longissimo,

quarto ad sextum (precipue in 2) paullo incrassatis, apicalibus

attenuatis.

Resembles species of the genus Megalopus, tribe Phyto-

phaga. Most of the generic characters are but an exagge-

ration of what is seen in one or other of the species of Am-

phionycha; but in combination, as we find them here, they

seem to warrant the institution of a separate genus.

Chrysaperda metallica,

Flava, vertice plaga magna (orbitam ocularem includente) nigra niti-

da; elytris (margine angusto laterali fasciaque latiore apicali flavis

exceptis) cyaneis vel viridi-eneis, nitidis; antennis flavis, scapo

basi et supra, articulis secundo et tertio (apice excepto) et septimo

ad undecimum nigris ; elytris subcrebre punctulatis.

Variat metasterno nigro-fusco, thorace supra rufo, antennarumque

articulis primo ad tertium yix infuscatis.

Long. 43-53 lin. ¢ Q.

Ecuador (Buckley), Chanchamayo, Peru (Dr. Thamm).

[To be continued. ]

Geological Society. 153

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 25, 1881.—Robert Etheridge, Esq., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On the Discovery of some Remains of Plants at the Base of

the Denbighshire Grits, near Corwen, North Wales.” By Henry

Hicks, M.D., F.G.8. With an Appendix by R. Etheridge, Esq.,

F.R.S., Pres. Geol. Soe.

Traces of these fossils were first observed in 1875, by the author,

in Pen-y-glog quarry, about two miles east of Corwen. Further

research has resulted in the discovery of more satisfactory specimens,

which have been examined by Messrs. Carruthers, Etheridge, and

EK. T. Newton. Among them are spherical bodies resembling the

Pachytheca of Sir J. D. Hooker, from the bone-bed of the Ludlow

series, supposed to be Lycopodiaceous spore-cases ; also numerous

minute bodies, stated by Mr. Carruthers to be united in threes and to

agree with the forms of the microspores of Lycopodiacex, both recent

and fossil; and some fragments which may belong to these plants,

and others probably belonging to plants described by Dr. Dawson

from the Devonian of Canada under the name of Pstlophyton. The

above testify to the existence of a very rich land-flora at the time.

Mixed up with these, however, are numerous carbonaceous frag-

ments of a plant described also by Dr. Dawson from the Devonian

of Canada, which he referred to the Conifer, but which is, accord-

ing to Mr. Carruthers, an anomalous form of Alga, The former

called it Prototaxites; the latter renamed it Nematophycus. Nume-

rous microscopical sections, showing the beautiful structure of this

interesting plant from the specimens found at Pen-y-glog, have been

examined by Mr. Etheridge and Mr. Newton; and their conclusions

agree with those of Mr. Carruthers. The evidence seems to show

that at this mid-Silurian period the immediate area where the plants

are now discovered must have been under water, and that the mix-

ture of marine and dry-land plants took place in consequence of

floods on rapid marine denudation. The author indicated that the

land-areas must have been to the south and west, chiefly islands

surrounded by a moderately deep sea in which Graptolites oceurred

in abundance. The position of these beds may be stated to be about

2000 feet below the true Wenlock series, and about the horizon of

the Upper Llandovery rocks.

2. “ Notes on a Mammalian Jaw from the Purbeck Beds at Swan-

age, Dorset.” By Edgar Willett, Esq. Communicated by the Pre-

sident.

Excavations were undertaken last summer in this locality (Durl-

stone Bay, Swanage), where, rather more than twenty years since,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 11

154 Geological Society.

the jaws of sixteen new species of Mesozoic Mammalia were found

by Mr. Beckles. These, though less successful than the former,

resulted in the discovery of the larger part of the right mandibular

ramus of a marsupial, about 13 inch long. Six teeth are preserved

in situ. This specimen was described and its affinities discussed by

the author. He referred it to the genus Z’riconodon, described by

Prof. Owen in his monograph (Paleont. Soc. 1871). The peculiarity

of this specimen is that it has four teeth having the form of true

molars, while those previously found have only three. Triacan-

thodon, indeed, has four true molars ; but between it and the specimen

described there are some important differences of detail. The dental

peculiarity may be explicable on either of two hypotheses suggested

to the author by Prof. Flower; and he thinks it better to refer it to

Triconodon mordaw than to attribute it to a new species of the

genus.

June 8, 1881.—Robert Etheridge, Esq., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

“The Reptile Fauna of the Gosau Formation, preserved in the

Geological Museum of the University of Vienna.” By Prof. H. G.

Seeley, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.8.; with a Note on the Geological

Horizon of the Fossils, by Dr. Edward Suess, F.M.G.S.

The collection of Reptiles described in this paper was obtained at

Neue Welt, near Wiener Neustadt, by tunnelling into the freshwater

deposits which there yield coal. A part of the collection was

described by Dr. Bunzel in 1871; but the author’s interpretation of

the fossils rendered a reexamination of the whole collection neces-

sary. All the species hitherto discovered are new, and, with the

exception of those referred to Crocodilus, Megalosaurus, Ornithochi-

rus, and Emys, are placed in new genera. Nearly all the bones are

more or less imperfect.

The Iguanodon Suessii, of Bunzel, was referred to a new genus,

Mochlodon, characterized by the straight anterior end of the ramus

of the lower jaw, and by the vertical bar in the middle of the teeth

of the lower jaw. ‘There appear to be two teeth in the ramus. The

tooth referred to the upper jaw has several uniform parallel vertical

bars. A small parietal bone, referred by Bunzel to a Lizard, is

considered by the author to belong probably to the same species ;

and, with some doubt, he associated with it the articular end of a

small scapula.

Bunzel's Struthiosaurus austriacus was redescribed by the author,

who indicated that the bones of the base of the brain-case, regarded

by Bunzel as the quadrate bones, really belong to the occipital

region, which necessitates a different interpretation. The foramina

along the base of the skull were also described as presenting one of

the characteristics of the Dinosaurian order. The base of the skull

of Acanthopholis horridus was described, to show its relation to the

Geological Society. 155

above type, with the view of demonstrating its Scelidosaurian

affinities.

The greater part of the remains were referred by the author to a

new genus, Cratwomus; some of these had been figured by Bunzel

as “Crocodili ambigui,” and others as belonging to Scelidosaurus

and to a new Laccrtilian genus, Danubiosaurus. To Crateomus

he referred mandibles, teeth, vertebra from all parts of the

column except the sacrum, dermal armour, and the chief bones of

the limbs. Two species were distinguished, C. Paulowitschi and

C. lepidophorus. The former, which is much the larger, was named

in honour of M. Paulowitsch, who voluntarily superintended the

work at Neue Welt. The author stated that he regarded these

animals as carnivorous, and that, unlike the typical Wealden Dino-

saurs, they were not Kangaroo-like in habit, but had strongly

developed fore limbs, as indicated in the proposed generic name.

Two teeth belonging to Megalosawrus were described as repre~

senting a new species, MM. pannoniensis, characterized by the crown

being shorter and broader than in previously described forms. A

fragment, regarded by Bunzel as the thoracic rib of a Lizard, was

interpreted as the distal end of the femur of a Dinosaur, and

named Ornithomerus gracilis. The lower jaw, described by Bunzel

as Crocodilus carcharidens, of which a maxillary bone also occurs,

was made the basis of a new genus, Doratodon, probably Dinosau-

rian, judging from the lateral position of the apertures of the skull

and the characters of the teeth. The genus Fhadinosaurus was

founded upon the humerus and femur, the latter having been

regarded by Bunzel as the dorsal rib of a Crocodile; the species was

named R. alcimus. Oligosaurus adelus was described as presenting

Lacertilian characters in combination with some Dinosaurian pecu-

liarities. The remains include the humerus, femur and scapula, and

two vertebrae, which were regarded by Bunzel as feetal vertebre of a

Dinosaur. The genus Hoplosaurus was founded on some vertebra,

fragments of limb-bones, and dermal armour; it shows, with

distinctive peculiarities, a certain resemblance to Hyleosaurus.

A proceelian Crocodile was represented by many parts of the

skeleton—some figured by Bunzel as Lacertilian, others as Croco-

dilian. It is remarkable for having a buttress supporting the trans-

verse process in the lumbar region. ‘The author calls it Crocodilus

proavus. ei

The specimen figured by Bunzel as the ilium of his Danubiosaurus

anceps was stated by the author to be a costal plate of a large Che-

lonian, in which, apparently, the margins of these plates remained

separate through life. Skull-bones believed to belong to the same

animal are strongly sculptured. The author named the species

Pleuropeltus lissus. Three or four species of Emvdiaus were said to

be indicated by isolated plates, the largest of which was named

Emys Neumayri.

The only specimen referable with certainty to a Lizard is a small

vertebra of elongated form, regarded as indicating a new genus and

species, named Spondylosaurus gracilis, Of Pterodactyls there are

IL kes

156 Geological Society.

but few remains; but these certainly represent two genera. The

author only describes one species, to which he gives the name of

Ornithochirus Bunzeli. There are, in all, probably ten genera of

Dinosaurs and five genera of other groups, making fifteen in all.

The paper was supplemented by a note by Prof. Suess on the

geological relations of the beds at Wiener Neustadt to those of the

Gosau valley, in which he comes to the conclusion that they are

older than the true Turonian deposits, and especially older than the

zone of Hippurites cornu vaccnum.

June 22, 1881.—R. Etheridge, Esq., F.R.S8.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “ Description of a new Species of Coral from the Middle Lias

of Oxfordshire.” By R. F. Tomes, Esq., F.G.S.

The species of Coral described in this paper was referred by the

author to the genus Thamnastrwa and the subgenus Synastrea,

under the name of Thamnastrea Walfordi, in honour of its dis-

coverer, Mr. E. A. Walford. The specimen was from the spinatus-

beds of the Marlstone at Aston-le-Walls, Oxfordshire. Like Tham-

nastrea Etheridgei, previously described by the author (Q. J. G.S.

xxxiv. p. 190) from the Middle Lias of Oxfordshire, this species pre-

sents the same subgeneric characters as 7’. arachnovdes of the Coral

Rag of Steeple Ashton ; and the author remarks upon the fact that

the only species known from the English Lias resemble Corallian

rather than Inferior-Oolite forms.

2. “ Note on the Occurrence of the Remains of a Cetacean in the

Lower Oligocene Strata of the Hampshire Basin.” By Prof. J. W.

Judd, F.R.S., Sec.G.8. With a Note by Prof. H. G. Seeley, F.R.S.,

The author referred to the rarity of remains of marine Mammalia

in the Lower Tertiaries of Britain, the only recorded species being

Zeuglodon Wanklyni, Seeley, from the Barton Clay. The single

specimen in his possession was obtained at Roydon, about a mile

and a half north of Brockenhurst, where the beds exposed in the

brickyard consist of sandy clays crowded with marine fossils, and

resting upon green freshwater clays with abundance of Unio Solandri

belonging to the Headon series. The author briefly referred to the

question of the horizon of these deposits, which he regards as

belonging to the same great marine series as the beds of Brocken-

hurst and Lyndhurst, which he holds to be Tongrian or Lower

Oligocene.

The Cetacean vertebra obtained by Prof. Judd was stated by Prof.

Seeley to be a caudal vertebra, probably the eighth, but not later

than the twelfth, of a species belonging or closely related to the

Geological Society. 157

genus Balenoptera, and especially approaching Balenoptera laticeps,

a species of the North Sea which appears to range to Japan. Prof.

Seeley regarded it as representing a new species, which he named

Balcenoptera Juddir.

3. “Description of a Peat-bed interstratified with the Boulder-

drift at Oldham.” By G. H. Hollingworth, Esq., F.G.S.

The author described a deposit of peat interstratified with Boulder-

drift, exposed in a railway-cutting at Rhodes Bank, Oldham. The

depth of the section was only 14 feet; and it showed :—

EA Soil ee Bey sr onecry te Agta eee 8 to 10 inches.

2. Boulder-clay, with beds ‘and strings

OMPCA bare shia es 22 mnie ee an en 2 to 6 feet.

3. Main bed of peat, containing mosses,

exogenous stems, and beetles .... 2 inches to 1 ft. 9 in.

(average 15 inches).

4. Inns me Clayy (OR) caccscoe cos 2 inches to 1 foot.

5. Current-bedded coarse sand and fine

SPAN COMM mene erty ale erohte yas 4 inches to 2 feet.

6. Boulder-clay.

The mosses in the peat are of northern type.

4, “Silurian Uniserial Stomatopore and Ascodictya.” By G. R.

Vine, Esq. Communicated by Prof. P. Martin Duncan, F.R.S.,

F.G.S.

For the genus Stomatopora the name Alecto has priority; but as

that had previously been applied to a member of the class Echino-

dermata, the author preferred the later name. Species of the genus

have also been described under the generic name Aulopora. The

author has received from Mr. Maw more than two hundredweight of

washed débris of Wenlock shale, about thirty pounds of which, from

twelve localities, he has examined. It contains a moderate amount

of Polyzoan remains, generally water-worn. The author described

the following species—Stomatopora inflata and dissimilis, -Asco-

dictyon stellatwm and radians (with a variety siluwriense), and dis-

cussed the characters of the genera.

5. “On a new Comatula from the Kelloway Rock.” By P. H.

Carpenter, Esq., M.A., Assistant Master at Eton College. Commu-

nicated by the President.

The specimen, to which the author’s attention was called by R.

Etheridge, jun., Esq., is in the national collection; he proposes

for it the name Actinometra calloviensis. The specimen’is from the

Kelloway rock, of Sutton Benger; the whole diameter is 15 mm.;

diameter of centrodorsal 6mm. Three species of this genus are

already known from the British Jurassic rocks: two are only known

from their ceutrodorsals, which are each different from that of

A. calloviensis; the third is A. cheltonensis, from the Inferior Oolite,

158 Bibliographical Notices.

known only by its radials and basals, which are different from those

of the present specimen. To this Antedon Picteti, from the Valan-

gian of the continent, has some resemblance. It is, however, a true

Actinometra, differing chiefly from existing forms in retaining its

primary basals without their having undergone transformation into

a rosette.

6. “Descriptive Catalogue of Ammonites from the Sherborne

District.” By Sydney 8. ‘Buckman, Esq. Communicated by Prof.

J. Buckman, F.G.8., F.L.S., &e.

In this paper the author gave a list of the Ammonites from the

Inferior Oolite of the neighbourhood of Sherborne, in which he

enumerated about 47 species, and stated that he had about 50 more

which appear to be undescribed; fully one half have the mouth-

termination perfectly preserved. The author indicated the zones

into which the rocks furnishing these Ammonites could be divided,

as shown at Oborne, near Sherborne, at Wyke quarry, and at Brad-

ford Abbas, and indicated the characteristic fossils of each; he also

gave the principal synonyms of the species referred to, and discussed

some of their characteristic peculiarities.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales

for 1879. Vol. xiii. 8vo. Sydney, 1880.

Astronomy, Geology, Zoology, Lule weouel OE, and Microscopy supply

the chief matter of this vol. xiii. of the ‘ Journal and Proceedings of

the Royal Society of New South Wales.’ The Rev. J. E. Tenison-

Woods’s illustrated Monograph of the Genus Distichopora, Dr.

Hector’s comparison of the geological formations of New Zealand

with those of Australia, H. C. Russell’s account of the Wentworth

hurricane (with a chart), and his description of the ‘“‘ Gem” cluster

in Argo, are good examples of Australian scientific work, and, with

the other contents of the volume, will be found to be highly useful

contributions to science and general knowledge. We must add that

the Anniversary Report by the Vice-President, the Hon. Professor

Smith, gives a most genial and noteworthy biography of the late

Rev. W. B. Clarke, including a careful résumé of his geological

labours.

Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists’ Society. New series, vol. viii.

part 1, for 1879. 8vo. Bristol, 1880.

Dr. 8. P. Tompson contributes a most interesting account of some

optical illusions, especially as concerns the “strobic circles,” with

Miscellaneous. 159

suggestive explanations as to the causes of these illusions. Dr. Bed-

doe treats of the Ethnology of the Hindoo-Koosh ; H. Charbonnier

of specimens of the Pomarine Skua killed in Hngland; A. EK. Hudd

of the Local Lepidoptera (part 3); W. J. Sollas of the Structure and

Life-history of a Sponge (Sycandraraphanus); A. Leipner of Proli-

fication in Cyclamen persicum; and C. Bucknell of the Local Fungi

(part 3). Thus, touching the highest and the lowest in Biology, the

Society fulfils its part in Natural History, supplementing the above

with E. Wethered’s valuable paper on Underground Temperature

-and G. F. Burder’s Table of the Rainfall at Clifton in 1879.

Proceedings of the Yorkshire G'eological and Polytechnic Socvety.

New series, vol. vii. part 3, for 1880. 8vo. Leeds, 1831.

Excepting the Marquis of Ripon’s Presidential Address on the

objects, work, and progress of the Society, and a paper by W. P.

Sladen on the Structure of the Asteroidea, with special reference to

their ancestral relationship, this part i. for 1880 is mainly com-

posed of geological notes and memoirs, mostly with local bearings,

The Raygill Fissure, the Creswell Caves, the Glacial Deposits near

Bridlington and elsewhere, the Geology of Cleveland, the Fault in

the Flamborough Chalk, Bones of Ctenodus, and the Fossil Fishes of

the Coal-fields in Yorkshire are here treated of more or less fully.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On some remarkable fossil Fishes from the Devonian Rocks of

Scaumenac Bay, in the Province of Quebec. By J. F. Warrnaves.

ImMEpIATELY after my paper on the Canadian Pterichthys* was

written, Mr. A. H. Foord, of the Geological Survey of Canada, went

down to the Baie des Chaleurs, and spent two months and a half of

the summer of 1880 in a careful and systematic examination of the

fish-bearing beds of the Devonian rocks of the north bank of the

mouth of the Restigouche river. The exact locality at which the

Pterichthys canadensis was found is not the Baie des Chaleurs proper,

but Scaumenac (sometimes written Escuminac) Bay, Restigouche

Harbour, in the county of Bonaventure. On the shores of this bay

a series of shales, sandstones, and conglomerates, now known to be

of Devonian age, are overlain, apparently unconformably, by the

red sandstones and conglomerates of the “ Bonaventure Forma-

tion.”

From these Devonian rocks Mr. Foord succeeded in obtaining a

* “On a new Species of Pterichthys, allied to Bothriolepis ornata,

Eichwald,” &c., Amer. Journ. Sci. xx. p. 182, August 1880.

160 Miscellaneous.

large and interesting collection of fossil fishes. Fully four fifths of

the entire number of specimens in this collection are referable to

the genus Pterichthys, which at this locality seems to be represented

by only one species, P. canadensis. Some of these are nearly per-

fect, and want only the fins proper and the tail, while others are

mere isolated plates or detached portions of the pectoral spines.

One of the specimens shows that the Canadian Pterichthys

had two labial appendages or barbels attached to the front margin

of the head. These barbels are almost exactly similar in shape to

those indicated by dotted lines in the ideal representation of the

genus Pterichthys on plate vi. of the ‘Monographie des Poissons

fossiles du Vieux Grés Rouge,’ which Agassiz claims to have

seen in his P. latus; but in P. canadensis the barbels are very close

together at their bases. In two other specimens of a Pterichthys

collected by Mr. Foord two remarkable, flattened, conical dermal

processes are plainly visible on the helmet, one on each side of the

orbital cavity. Posteriorly each process appears to fit into the

angle formed by the junction of the prelateral with the nuchal and

postlateral plates, while anteriorly they are each directed obliquely

outward and forward across the prelaterals, which they partly cover.

In one of the specimens the dermal processes, which are orna-

mented with a sculpture precisely similar to that of all the other

plates, are half an inch long and 23 lines broad near their base.

They taper gradually from their base to an obtuse point, and are

pressed close to the surface of the helmet.

In addition to these remains of Pterichthys, there are examples of

eight or nine species of fossil fishes in Mr. Foord’s collection, which

belong to at least seven genera. The following is a brief descrip-

tion of the most striking characters of six of these species, the

affinities of the remainder not having yet been satisfactorily ascer-

tained :-—

Dip lacanthus.

Two specimens, one showing scales and longitudinally-grooved

fin-spines, and the other a large portion of the body of a small

smooth-scaled Diplacanthus, very like the D. striatus of Agassiz,

and possibly identical with that species.

Phaneropleuron curtum, sp. nov.

Four crushed and distorted but nearly perfect examples and

several fragments of a new species of Phaneroplewron, which differs

from the P. Anderson of Huxley, from the Old Red Sandstone of

Dura Den, in its smaller size and in its much greater height or depth

as compared with its length. P. Andersoni is represented as being

about five and a half times as long as high, whereas in the largest

specimen of P. curtum yet collected, which is 6 inches long, the

length is not much more than twice the height.

Miscellaneous. 161

Eusthenopteron Foordi, nov. gen. et sp.

The name Husthenopteron®™ is proposed for a supposed new genus,

which resembles the Yristichopterus of Sir Philip Egerton in the

shape and ornamentation of its scales and cranial plates, in the cir-

cumstance that the fin-rays of its anal and second dorsal fins are

both supported by three osselets articulated to a broad interspinous

apophysis, and in some other important particulars. But the ver-

tebral centres of TZristichopterus are said to be ossified, and the

osselets which support the rays of the lower lobe of the tail are

described as ‘‘ springing from eight or nine interspinous bones,”

whereas in Husthenopteron the vertebral centres are not ossified, and

the caudal osselets are articulated to the modified hzemal spines. In

Eusthenopteron, too, the*osselets and interspinous bones of the anal

and second dorsal are larger than those of Z'ristichopterus, and diffe-

rent also in their shape and relative proportions.

The species, which is named after its discoverer, Mr. A. H.

Foord, may be recognized by its large size (it appears to have

attained to a length of 2 feet or more) and by its narrowly elon-

gated and acutely pointed first dorsal fin.

Glyptolepis microlepidotus, Agassiz.

A single nearly perfect specimen of a small-scaled Gilyptolepis

which cannot at present be distinguished from the above-named

European species.

Glyptolepis

A second species of Glyptolepis, apparently allied to the G‘. lep-

topterus of Agassiz, is indicated by a number of large detached

scales, nearly an inch in diameter, which are associated with slender

rib-bones, an operculum, and a fragment of a jaw with teeth on

the same small slabs of shale.

Cheirolepis canadensis, Noy. sp.

Four exquisitely preserved specimens, two of which are nearly

perfect, of a large Cheirolepis, which resembles the C. macrocephalus

of M‘Coy and the C. Cumingie of Agassiz in the size, contour, and

sculpture of the scales of the body and fins, but which seems to

differ from both in the relative position of its fins. In C. cana-

densis the ventrals are separated from the pectorals by a short

interval and from the anal by a much longer one. In C. macro-

cephalus, on the other hand, the ventrals are represented by M‘Coy ~

as being nearer to the anal than they are to the pectorals, while in

O. Cumingic, according to Hugh Miller, “ the large pectorals almost

encroach on the ventrals and the ventrals on the anal fin.”

A more detailed description of these species will be found in the

current number of the ‘ Canadian Naturalist’ 7}.

* From evoGevis, stout, and zrépop, a fin.

+ Vol. x., new series.

162 Miscellaneous.

The existence of fossil plants as well as of fish-remains in the

Devonian shales and sandstones of Scaumenac Bay was noticed by

Dr. Abraham Gesner in 1842; and from these rocks Mr. Foord also

obtained four species of ferns, which have recently been reported on

by Principal Dawson.

The analogies between the fossil fauna of the fish-bearing beds of

Scaumenac Bay and that of the Old Red Sandstone of Scotland and

Russia are very striking. Pterichthijs canadensis is still doubt-

fully distinct from the Bothriolepis ornata of Kurope; the fragments

of a Diplacanthus obtained by Mr. Foord have apparently much the

same characters as the D. striatus of Agassiz; and the genus Phane-

ropleuron can now be shown to occur in the Devonian rocks of

Canada as well as in those of Scotland. Husthenopteron has many

features in common with T'ristichopterus; one species of Glyptolepis

from Scaumenac Bay seems to be identical with the G'. microlepi-

dotus of Agassiz, from Lethen Bar, while the other bears a general

resemblance to the G. leptopterus of the same author; and, lastly,

Cheirolepis canadensis is certainly very closely allied to two Scotch

species.

; These Devonian rocks at Scaumenac may have been of freshwater

or estuarine origin; for no traces of any marine invertebrata have

yet been detected in any of them, and the fossil fishes which they

contain are invariably found associated with land plants.—Amer.

Journ. Sci., June 1881.

Migrations of the Poplar-Aphis (Pemphigus bursarius, Linn.).

By M. J. Licurensrein.

In August of last year* I had the honour to announce to the Aca-

demy that the Aphis of the woody galls of the poplar (Pemphigus

bursarius, partim, Linn., sub Aphis), placed under a bell glass on

its escape from the galls, upon a plant of /ilago germanica, produced

young which, having in their turn acquired wings, had furnished

sexual insects, laying in abundance upon fragments of poplar-bark

placed within their reach in my study.

These sexual forms, which had no rostrum, copulated and fur-

nished numerous fecundated ova. 1 say numerous, because the

females themselves were very numerous; for each of them, like all

the Pemphigine of which I know the sexual forms, has only a single

ovum in its body.

The copulation is preceded by several moults, which appear to

me to be fourin number. Although they had no mouth, and con-

sequentiy could not.feed, these little animals inereased in size, like

seeds put to soak. ‘The male dies first, after having fecundated

several females. When the female arrives at the moment of ovipo-

sition, we sec issuing from her body very numerous white filaments,

* See ‘ Annals,’ November 1880, p. 404.

Miscellaneous. 163

which surround the ege, which is thus enclosed in a pith-like enve-

lope of asecretion resembling spiders’ threads. The secretory organs

consist of two circlets of spinnerets placed on the sides of the

abdomen, at the point occupied by the cornicles in the true Aphi-

dinee.

These eges, kept through the winter, began to hatch in the first

days of April; I then transported the fragments of bark bearing

these little animals to a young poplar placed for the purpose in my

garden, and upon which I had ascertained that there were no galls

last autumn. This operation was effected in the first days of the

month of April, before my departure to the meeting of the French

Association at Algiers. On my return I hastened to look at my little

tree, and found it garnished with small galls of Pemphigus bursa-

rius (easily recognized by their position at the base of the young

buds) already as large as green peas.

The test and counter tests having thus proved successful, I think

that I may affirm that Pemphigus filaginis is only the gemmiparous

and pupiferous form, 7. ¢. the third and fourth forms of Pemphigus

bursarius.

It may perhaps be objected that, the poplar being in the open air

and incapabie of being covered with a bell glass, some error may

still be possible; but this seems to me difficult. Nevertheless I am

already preparing plants of Jago, which I shall keep shut up and

under bells until the month of July, so as to make a rearing in the

room, sheltered from all external influences.

Moreover I have sent some of the same eggs which I have used

in the above experiments to Mr. Riley at Washington, and to Mr.

Monell at the Botanic Garden of St. Louis (Missouri); I am ex-

pecting information from them; and if I can give rise to the same

galls on the poplar in America, this will be an unanswerable argu-

ment.—Comptes Rendus, May 2, 1881, p. 1063.

Metamorphosis of Pedicellina. By M. J. Barrors.

Most authors have hitherto supposed that the larva of Pedicellina

passed directly into the adult by simple elongation of its lower

part (the extremity of its aboral face), which became drawn out to

form the peduncle. In 1877 I gave figures showing that matters

did not go on in quite so simple a manner, and that, notwithstanding

the great resemblance of the two forms, the larve of Pedicellina,

like all the others, were subject to a period of very profound modi-

fications. I was not then able to trace these modifications; but my

recent thorough investigations of the subject enable me now to give

a description of the passage, based upon observed facts.

I. Fixation—The fixation takes place by the oral pole, and not,

in accordance with the extant hypothesis, by the extremity (aboral

pole) of the body.

II. The digestive tube, accompanied by a portion of the vestibule,

undergoes a rotation from in front backwards. In consequence of

164 Miscellaneous.

- this phenomenon the intestine loses the horizontal position with

apertures directed downwards, which it at first possessed, and passes-

gradually through two other positions :—1, one vertical with aper-

tures directed towards the posterior surface of the larva (which, as

in the Hscharinee, becomes the anterior surface of the adult); the

other horizontal and with apertures directed upwards.

The first position represents a state precisely analogous to Loao-

soma, with the anus above and the cesophagus below ; the second is

that of Pedicellina.

III. While the digestive tube is undergoing this rotation, the

vestibule divides into three distinct parts:—1l, the inferior one,

which bears the circlet, and of which the elements come to form the

gland of the foot, which is also visible at a certain epoch in the

Pedicellina ; 2, the superior one, which follows the digestive tube

and becomes isolated to form the tentaeular chamber; it is this

portion that will give origin to the tentacles; it afterwards places

itself in relation with the exterior by means of a cleft-like invagi-

nation of the ectoderm; 3, the median portion, which becomes de-

generascent to give origin to the mass of globules, which at first

fills the cavity of the peduncle, and each of which afterwards be-

comes converted into a stellate cell of the supposed colonial nervous

system.

TV. There remain the two enigmatic organs of the ectoderm

(organs of sense) which a recent author (Hatschek) represents as

playing so important a part. These, in my opinion, are nothing

but provisional organs; they are both thrown up upon the dorsal

surface, where they finally disappear by degrees. No doubt we

must recognize in the two sete described by Salensky upon the

dorsal surface of Lowosoma crassicauda the remains of the anterior

organ of sense, which, according to my investigations, comes to

occupy this position.—Comptes Rendus, June 27, 1881, p. 1527.

On the Structure of the Oothecw of the Mantides, and the Hatching

and first Moult of the Larve. By M. C. Bronentarr.

Several groups of Articulata surround their eggs with a common

protective envelope. Sometimes it is in the body of the female

itself that this agglomeration is effected (Blattina); sometimes, on

the contrary, the female constructs the protective shell and deposits

her eggs in it (Spiders, Hydrophili, Mantina).

Several authors, such as Pagenstecher, Roesel, Prof. E. Perrier *,

and M. Henri de Saussure +, have studied the egg-cases or oothece

constructed by the Mantes. In May last I brought from Algeria

some oothece of Mantes; and I have thus been able to witness the

emergence of the young larve.

The egg-cases of the Mantes are deposited upon branches of

shrubs or upon stones. The structure differs but little in the diffe-

* Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. 5° sér. xiv. (1870).

+ Mission Scientifique au Mexique, 1872.

Miscellaneous. 165

rent species. Outside, the ootheca is of a greyish-brown colour. It

is generally pyriform, with the smaller extremity upwards; it ap-

pears to be strongly furrowed transversely. If we make a section

in the direction of these furrows, we observe that the eggs are con-

tained in a circular median chamber. ach of the large exterior

furrows corresponds to a story; and an ootheca contains some

twenty stories.

This median chamber is surrounded by frothy envelopes without

eggs, the arched layers of which correspond to the succession of

stories of the central chamber. ach story of this chamber is

divided into two cells by a thin antero-posterior partition, and com-

municates in front with the exterior by a sort of flattened neck, the

edges of which, in the form of scales, are bent and laid one over the

other ; that is to say, they are imbricated.

The eggs in each cell are symmetrically arranged, in such fashion

that the portion of the egg which will constitute the extremity of

the abdomen is applied to the wall, whilst the heads are turned

forward obliquely and are all brought close together. Consequently

the larve, to get out, will only have to advance straight forward,

without any turning. Lach central cell contains a dozen of eggs;

there are about twenty-four on each story, each contained in a

sort of gummy alveolus; the cells at the two extremities of the

case contain a smaller number. This egg-case, which is at first

transparent and frothy, solidifies and becomes impermeable to

such a degree that it may be immersed in water without wetting

the eggs. f

To construct its egg-case the insect employs its abdomen and

elytra. Clinging to the branch of a shrub, the Mantis secretes a

frothy, slightly transparent liquid, which it holds up by means of

the extremity of its elytra. By this means it can construct the

first stories of its egg-cases in the form of a spherical hood by

means of the regular movements of its abdomen, which kneads the

frothy substance and spreads it in successive layers with the assist-

ance of the cerci. The eggs are expelled by the abdomen, together

with a certain quantity of frothy liquid, which will form the alveo-

lus. The ootheca gradually acquires a darker colour and becomes

harder.

After the copulation, which generally takes place in September,

the female builds her ootheca. The eggs hatch in May and June.

Last month I witnessed the emergence of the larve from the

oothece that I brought with me. Lach larva, while still soft,

advances towards the aperture of its cell in order to issue from it.

M. de Saussure explains the emergence of the larva in the fol-

lowing manner :—* The little larva has now to escape from the cell

in which it is enclosed; and as zt 1s too weak to make use of its feet,

nature comes to its assistance by means of a peculiar artifice. The

surface of its body is clothed with a chitinous substance, upon which

are developed some spines directed backward. By giving its abdo-

men an undulatory movement, the spines serving as a support

166 Miscellaneous.

against the walls of the cell, the larva travels towards the operculum

in the same way that an ear of rye, by the aid of its spiny beards,

can travel over a piece of cloth which is set in vibration.” The

comparison employed by M. de Saussure is quite correct; but the

spines are not, properly speaking, upon the abdomen; they are

situated on the cerci, which have the form of two large mamille.

Moreover the legs are covered with strong spines, which likewise

assist the young larvee to travel in their alveolus. The larve of the

upper part of the case are the first to issue, although these eggs were

the last laid. Sometimes the lid of the cell closes again before the

larva has completely issued and it perishes. Those which succeed

in quitting the ootheca, instead of falling to the ground, are sustained

in the air by the aid of two very long and very slender silky threads,

fixed on the one hand to the extremity of each of the cerci, and on

the other adherent to the inner and posterior wall of the shell of the

ege. Very soon all the little larvee thus suspended from the ootheca

form asort of bunch. They remain for some daysin this state; and

when the first moult has taken place, their cast skins remain suspended

from the ootheca.

If these young larve were to fall to the ground in such a feeble

state, they would become the prey of their enemies. After the moult

they manifest their voracity by falling upon the small insects they

meet with, and they are very active.

The silky threads which sustain these young larve have been

regarded as the representatives of the cerci; but in the larvee con-

tdined within the egg the cerci already aris and are formed, as I

have already indicated, by two short rods covered with spines.

It often happens that, in order to change the skin, the larve of

these insects are obliged to attach themselves to the branches by

means of filaments. These long silky threads seem to have no other

purpose but to enable the larva to effect its first moult secure from

all dangers.—Comptes Rendus, July 11, 1881, p. 94.

Observations on Cladocoryne LOGO

By M. Dupressts.

M. Duplessis’s memoir on Cladocoryne floccosa (Bull. Soc. Vaud.

des Sci. Nat. 2° sér. tome xvii. pp. 108-118) furnishes us with

complete information upon a curious type of Hydroids which is the

sole representative of a distinct family. The distribution of the

tentacles, their dichotomous branching, and their knobbed termina-

tions would seem to bring Cladocoryne into the family Cladonemidee

or into that of the Clavatellide. But in both these families the

polypes produce Medusz, while the genus Cladocoryne is larvipa-

rous. It approaches the family Corynide by the constitution of its

genital capsules and by the arrangement and form of its tentacles ;

but it is the only larviparous genus in which the latter organs are

branched. Unless we were to modify the diagnosis of the Corynide

we must therefore form a family Cladocorynidx, including the

Miscellaneous. 167

single genus Cladocoryne, to which two species belong—namely

Cladocoryne floccosa, Rotch, from the Mediterranean and Atlantic,

and C. pelagica, Allm., which has hitherto been found only in the

Atlantic. This second species, instead of being littoral and from

the bottom, has, as its name indicates, a pelagic existence. M.

Duplessis thinks that perhaps we ought to approximate to the latter

another pelagic form described as a new genus by F. E. Schultze

from specimens collected at Trieste upon Fuci.—Bibl. Univ., Arch.

des Sci. Physiques et Nat., July 15, 1881, p. 98.

Observations on the Structure of Dictyophyton and its Affinities

with certain Sponges. By R. P. Wurrrrerp.

In the Chemung group of New York and in the Waverley beds of

Ohio and elsewhere there occurs a group of fossil bodies which haye

been described under the name Dictyophyton, but the nature of which,

I think, has not been properly understood. In the ‘Sixteenth Report

on the State Cabinet of Natural History of New York,’ p. 84, in the

remarks preceding the generic description, they are referred to the

vegetable kingdom, with the opinion expressed ‘‘ that they are Algze

of a peculiar form and mode of growth,” a reference which I think

their nature does not warrant.

If we examine the figures of the various species described, given

on plates 3 to 5 a of the above-cited work, it will be seen that these

bodies are more or less elongated tubes, straight or curved, cylin-

drical or angular, nodose or annulated, and that they have been

composed of a thin film or pellicle of network, made up of longitu-

dinal and horizontal threads which cross each other at right angles,

thereby cutting the surface of the fossil into rectangular spaces,

' often with finer threads between the coarser ones. When the speci-

mens, which are casts or impressions in sandstone, are caretully

examined, it is found that these threads are not interwoven with

each other like basket-work or like the fibres of cloth, nor do they

unite with each other, as do vegetable substances; but one set

appears to pass on the outside and the other on the inside of the

body. The threads composing the network vary in strength, and

are in regular sets in both directions, while the entire thickness of

the film or substance of the body has been very inconsiderable. In

one species, the only one in which the substance filling the space

between the cast and the matrix has been observed, it appears to be

not more than a twentieth of an inch in thickness, and is ochreous

in character. ‘This peculiar net-like structure does not seem to be

that of any known plant; nor does their nodose, annulated, cylin-

drical, or often sharply longitudinally angular form, with nearly

perfect corners, indicate a vegetable structure; moreover it is not

a feature likely to be retained in a soft yielding vegetable body of

such extreme delicacy and large size, while drifting about by the

action of water, in becoming imbedded in the sand of a sea-bottom,

168 ~ Miscellaneous.

but would rather indicate a substance of considerable rigidity and

firmness of texture.

In examining the structure of Huplectella it is found to be com-

posed of longitudinal and horizontal bands similar to those above

described, with the additional feature of sets of fibres passing in

each direction obliquely across or between the longitudinal and

horizontal sets, but not interwoven with them ; so that the longitu-

dinal series forms external ribs extending the length of the sponge,

and the horizontal series inside ribs or bands; and they appear as

if cemented to each other at their crossings. The oblique threads,

besides strengthening the structure, cut across the angles of the

quadrangular meshes formed by the two principal sets of fibres, and

give to them the appearance of circular openings, making the struc-

ture much more complicated than in Dictyophyton. ‘The addition of

oblique fibres in Huplectella is the most noticeable difference between

the two forms; but if placed horizontally and longitudinally be-

tween the primary sets they would produce precisely the structure

seen in Dictyophyton.

As yet we have no positive evidence of the nature of the substance

which composed the fibres in Dictyophyton. The only cases known,

so far as I am aware, of the preservation of the substance of the

fossil are that mentioned above, where the space between the matrix

and the cast is occupied by a ferruginous body, a material which so

often replaces siliceous organisms in a fossil state, and specimens of

D. Newberryi from Richfield, Ohio, on which there occur slight

patches of a carbonaceous substance, but not sufficient to warrant

the conclusion that it ever formed a part of the structure, even in

the opinion of the author of the genus, who supposed these organisms

to have been of vegetable origin, especially as they are associated

with numerous fragments of terrestrial plants. I am therefore led

to the opinion, from their firmness of texture, as evinced by the

strong markings left in the rock and the almost perfect retention of

their original form, that they were of a siliceous nature. Still in

this opinion I may be mistaken, and it must be left for future dis-

covery to determine ; but that they were of the nature of sponges

and not of plants I feel very confident.

The form given by Professor Vanuxem in the Geological Report

of the Third District of the New York Survey, and also figured in

the Sixteenth Report above cited, I think would also better conform

to this idea than to that of a vegetable origin, although its broad

flattened bands may be something of an objection.

The name Hydnoceras was originally applied by T. A. Conrad to

designate a species of this genus (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.

vol. vill. Ist series, p. 267), but was discarded on account of its

objectionable signification, though, if the view here suggested prove

correct, the later appellation is almost as objectionable-—Amer.

Journ. Sci., July 1881.

A HISTORY OF THE BIRDS OF EUROPE

(INCLUDING ALL THE SPECIES INHABITING THE WESTERN

PALAARCTIC REGION).

By H. E. DRESSER, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &.

ixcepting the General Index and a short Introduction, which will together

orm a thin separate volume, the work is now complete and ready for binding.

It contains nearly 5000 pages of letterpress and more than 600 hand-coloured

lates by JosepH Woxr, J. G, Keutemans, and EH. Neazsz, and forms seven

‘thick quarto yolumes, for which titlepages, specially designed by JosepH Wo tr,

ire issued.

The stones being erased and the type distributed, the work is now out of:

rint, A few complete copies are, however, still unsold; and intending pur-

hasers are requested to apply to the AurHoR direct, at

THE ZooLoeica Socrery, 11 Hanover Square, W., or

6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, London, W.

Price, FIFTY GUINEAS.

Also, demy 8vo, price 1s.,

A LIST OF EUROPEAN BIRDS

(INCLUDIN G ALL SPECIES POERGLON) THE WESTERN PAL#ARCTIC

R REGION). —

The Nomenclature carefully Revised by

HENRY EH. DRESSER, F.LS., F.Z.S., &c.,

- Author of the ‘ Birds of Europe.’

A check-list for labelling and for referencein making exchanges of birds and eggs.)

__ Published by the Aurnor at 6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, W.

’

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

_ Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

ae ZOOLOGY.

Srycx September 1879, when the work was commenced, ten parts (including that

now issued) have been published ; and the work has progressed as follows :—

Mammalia. By E. R. Atsron. (Pp. 1-200, pls. i—xxii.)

_ Aves. By O, Sarvry and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-162, pls. i—x.)

- Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (Matacopmrmara). By H. 8S. Gornam.

(Pp. 1-64, pls. i-iv.) : :

' Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Lonaicornia). By H. W. Barzs. (Pp. 1-192,

pls. i—xiii.) e ‘

' Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PuyropHaca). ByM.Jacopy. (Pp. 1-88,

§. i.-iv.) © rene.

Pcie sters Rhopalocera. By F.D. Gopman and O. Satvuy. (Pp. 1-104,

8. 1.—x.)

Lepidoptera Heterocera. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)

Rhynchota. By W. L. Disranr. (Pp. 1-128, pls. i—xi.)

BOTANY.

Of the Botany Seven Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. I. (nearly

mplete), pp. 1-568, pls. i—xxxv.; Vol. II., pp. 1-96, pls. xxxvi—xliii.

a The Price of each Zoological Part is 2ls., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d.

aadon: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porter, 10 Chandos Street,

se Cavendish Sq., W., and Duzav & Co., Soho 8q., W.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 44.—Fifth Series, — 2

VII. On the perfect State of Prosopistoma punctifrons. By M. Bs

ALBERT VAysstkRE.” “(Plate X.) 20.62.2244 « ee Sa ee

VIII. Notes on Indian Land and Freshwater Mollusks.—No. ‘fe

On the Discrimination of the Sexes in the Genus Paludina. By J. aa

Woop-Mason, Deputy Superintendent, Indian Museum, Calcutta, on

Special Dutyin Assam. 092.0. es eae y ecco =

IX. Description of a new Volute from the South Coast of Australia,

By Frepertcx M‘Coy, F.R.S., Professor of Natural Science, University

of Melbourne. (Plate VII. ) Ciel 'al, Saisie ane gl Lise aa an ey

X. Onsome British Specimens of the “ Kammplatten” or “Kamm-

leisten ” of Professor Fritsch. By Tuomas Srocx, Natural-History

Department, Museum of Science and Art, Edinburgh. (Plate V1I.).;

XI. On some Mammals from the North-west Frontier of Kashmir,

By J. Sunny 672 seed pce siced ce keine one «

XII. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida.— Order Il. ;

Ceratina. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &. (Plate IX.)............ 10

XIII. On the Development of the Fibre in ime Spongida,

J. Carrer; FRA, es (Plated X.)) 2.0.0 112

XIY. On an Organism which Penetrates sad Excavates Siliceous

Sponge-spicula (Spongiophagus Cartert). By Prof. P. eet Duncan,

ERS. Pres; Royal: Microscop.Soc. &e..... 0. oe ee 120°

XV. Contributions towards a General History of the Marine

Polyzoa. By the Rev. Toomas Hrvcxs, B.A.,F.R.S. (Plates IV. & V.) 122

XVI. Observations on Aulastoma helio. By Rozerr been ae

Esq, (Plate VIL)...

XVII. A Note on the Characters of the Genus Crossaster, with the a

Description of a new Species. By F. Jurrrey Bert, M.A. ........ 140

XVIII. Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.—Revision of the. Eré-

nicides and Amphionychides of Tropical America. el ure Wz to

x‘

RRS, RUS Oe ee 142

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ‘

Geological Un SBA gS or La enranouinep eh etn coon NE St or 153-158 |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL N OTICES. . :

Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales ‘

for TOYO es ae Sh OO a GS eee 158 :

Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists’ Society, 1879 ....... Pes 1D

Proceedingsof the Yorkshire ee and Polytechnic Society, 1880. 159 — .

MISCELLANEOUS. . a

On some eee Fossil Fishes from the Devonian Rocks of Scau-

' menac Bay, in the Province of Quebec. By J. F. WurrEAvzs . 159

Migrations of the Poplar Aphis (Pemphigus busarius, Linn.). By ae -

J). EAGHTENSTEIN, 6 0°. OC Vis ss noe eae bus gre eke ieee sane cee 1623

Metamorphosis of Pedicellina. By M. J. Bagrots................ 163 |

On the Structure of the Oothece of the Mantides, and the Hatching :

and first Moult of the Larye. By M. C. Bronentarr ......., 164 —

Observations on Cladocoryne floccosa. By M. Duprmssis .......... 166

Observations on the Structure of Dictyophyton and its Affinities with |

certain Sponges. By R. P. WHITFIELD ........... vossceee 167

*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Offi,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London,

WITH SEVEN PLATES.

SAAN Re aM ED eG A ce

Vol. 8. FIFTH SERIES. 0. 45

THE ANNALS - |

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GuOLOGY,

CONDUCTED BY

“ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.B.S.,

WILLIAM §. DALLAS, PLS,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

__-BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS ” COMBINED WITH

|| MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINS OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH TWO PLATES. ;

Illustrative of Mr. C. Spence Bate’s Paper on the Pensidea.

LONDON: Sey

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Longmans, Green, Reader, and Dyer; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.;

_ Whittaker & Co.: Bailliere, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh : Hodges, Foster,

& Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

A new Edition (the eighth) now ready.

‘ MANUAL OF BRITISH BOTANY,

CONTAINING THE FLOWERING PLANTS AND FERNS, ARRANGED

ACOORDING TO THE NATURAL ORDERS.

By Professor CHARLES CARDALE BABINGTON, M.A., FBS.

12mo, cloth, 10s. 6d. Thin-paper copies in limp leather binding (for the

ji pocket), 12s.

~ Joun Van Voorst, | Paternoster Row.

- NORMAL SCHOOL OF SCIENCE AND ROYAL SCHOOL OF

MINES, SOUTH KENSINGTON AND JERMYN STREET.

The School will open on Monday, October 3rd. The Prospectus may be

obtained on application by letter to the Secretary, Science and Art Department,

South Kensington, S.W.

Royal 4to, 1284 pp., with 84 Plates, Map, &. Price £7.

A HISTORY OF THE BIRDS OF CEYLON.

By Captain W. V. LEGGE, R.A., F.L.S., &e.

Published by the AuTHoR, Aberystwith, Wales.

Price 2s. 6d., royal 8vo.

A CATALOGUE OF COLEOPTERA

FROM THE

JAPANESE ARCHIPELAGO.

By GEORGE LEWIS.

A few copies printed on one side only, for labelling, price 3s. 6d.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.

Price 5s.; royal 4to, with Coloured Plates and Woodcuts. R

NATURAL HISTORY OF THE EUPLECTELLA ASPERGILLUM

(VENUS’S FLOWER-BASKET),

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

By WILLIAM CHIMMO, Capt. R.N., F.LS., F.R.AS., &e.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

Including Zoology, Botany, and Geology.—Monthly, price 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbeys) may be obtained at the following prices :—

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. ,, £10.

The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867, ,, £12.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science.

A Journal devoted to Physics, Astronomy, Mechanics, Chemistry, Mineralogy,

and the allied Sciences. Monthly, price 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices:— -

A set of the First Series, from 1798 to 1826 (wanting a few plates), in

68 volumes. Price £15,

The Second Series, from 1827 to 1882, in 11 volumes. Price £2 4s.

The Third Serves, in 37 volumes, from 1852 to 1850. Agile 5 6

Tayztor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES. }

No. 45. SEPTEMBER 1881.

XIX.—On the Penwidea. By C. Spence Bate, F.R.S. &e.

(A Critical Examination of the typical Specimens of the Penseidee of

Milne-Edwards, preserved in the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes, and

a Synopsis of the Species of Penzidea in the ‘Challenger’ Collection.)

[Plates XI, & XII. ]

In the collection of Crustacea brought home by the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ there is a very considerable number of species of

Peneus and nearly allied genera. Believing these to constitute

one of the most distinct and natural groups of the class, I have

endeavoured carefully to determine the various forms that

distinguish the genera and species of the extremely inter-

esting tribe Penzeidea.

The tribe itself differs from all others of the class in the

structure of the branchie, in having the third pair of pereio-

poda chelate and in most genera the anterior two pairs also,

with long carpi and subequally chelate hands; but the pos-

terior two are never chelate.

The sexual characters of both male and female are peculiar.

The first pair of pleopoda is single-branched, the base carrying

on each side in the former a large curtain-like membrane that

is attached by a small pedicle near the base of the first joint and

meets its fellow at the centre, where they are united by a number

Ann, & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 5. Vol, viii. 2

170 C. Spence Bate on the Pencidea.

of small hook-like processes that Sars has called “ eineinnuli ;”

this membrane (which I propose to call ‘‘ petasma,” from its

curtain-like character), when at rest, lies folded up in a manner

peculiar to each separate species.

The second pair of pleopoda, like all the others posterior to

it, is two-branched, besides which there is in the male a rudi-

mentary branch attached to it that varies much in different

species, which variations, without being very important, are

yet valuable addenda for the determination of closely approxi-

mating forms. The other pleopoda gradually decrease in length

posteriorly.

In the female the vulve are situated at the extremity

of open projections on the third (that is, the posterior of

the chelate) pair of pereiopoda; and, in most instances, in the

family Peneide the organs face each other and almost touch

in the median line. Posterior to these a ventral plate of

varying form and appearance, according to species, lies be-

tween the last two pairs of legs; connected with this, varying

also in form with species, a large mass of brown membranous

material is attached: in some species large and fan-like in shape,

in others it is an irregular oval disk; but what relation it has

to the true history of the animal, observation has yet to de-

termine.

The first pair of pleopoda, as in the male, is single-branched,

and the petasma is reduced to a rudimentary process; and the

second pair of pleopoda does not carry a small additional

branch. Add to this the singular fact that among all the

specimens in the ‘ Challenger’ collection, as well as those in

the British Museum and the typical collection of the Jardin

des Plantes, there is not a single specimen in which the female

has either ova or the remains of ovisacs attached to the hairs

of the pleopoda—a circumstance which, compared with the

great frequency with which ova in all stages are found in

nearly every genus of the class besides, is highly suggestive,

either that the Penzidea are viviparous, or that the young

like those of some fish, are hatched floating in the sea.

What form the Brephalus may take is yet to be determined :

it may be what Fritz Miiller has pronounced it to be; but

whether it be a Nauplius, a Zoéa, or a Megalopa must be

decided by future observation.

After comparing the specimens in my possession with the

descriptions in the works of the best-known carcinologists,

such as Milne-Edwards, De Haan, Dana, Stimpson, Heller,

&c., I examined the collection in the British Museum, under

the care of Mr. Miers, who has recently drawn up a “ synoptic

table of the species of Peneus,” which was published in

C. Spence Bate on the Pencidea. 171

the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,’ March

5, 1878. Icame to the conclusion that it was desirable to

see the typical specimens on which Prof. Milne-Kdwards

determined the forms that he published originally in his

‘ Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés,’ vol. 11. pp. 403-430.

In the collection of the Jardin des Plantes, with the coope-

ration and assistance of Prof. Alphonse Milne-Edwards, I

was enabled to identify all the old types still preserved in the

Museum except Penceus styliferus, which, I fear, has got

mingled with others or the label lost in the hasty removal of

the specimens to some underground cellars during the unhappy

period of the Communistic ascendency in Paris.

It is at the suggestion of Prof. A. Milne-Edwards that this

memoir is written; and my intention is to adhere as nearly as

possible to the text of the ‘ Histoire des Crustacés,’ making

such further additions as appear to me to be necessary for

the ready identification of the species, together with figures

Pe such as have not already been published of the typical

orms.

The tribe Peneidea contains several genera; but of those

tabulated in the ‘ Histoire des Crustacés’ certainly Stenopus,

Oplophorus, Ephyrus, and Pasiphea must be excluded.

SICYONIIDA.

Sicyonia, Kdw. Branchie dendrobranchiate, but arranged in

plates. Scaphocerite angular.

PENZIDA.

Peneus (Fabricius), in which the first pair of antenne: are

shorter than the carapace.

Penceopsis (A. Milne-Hdwards), in which they are longer.

Solenocera (Lucas), in which they are longer and have one of

the rami flattened and concave longitudinally.

Haliporus, n. gen. Body more slender.

Hemipencus, n. gen. Rostrum straight, short; five podo-

branchize present.

Aristeus, Duvernoy. Rostrum long ; five podobranchie.

Hepomadus, n. gen. Damaged ; four podobranchie.

Benthesicymus, n. gen. Rostrum short and cyrest-like; five

___ podobranchiee.

Gennadas, n. gen. Like last, with less arborescent branchie.

Euphema, Edwards. Young Peneid.

SERGESTID A‘.

Sergestes, Kdw. First pair of pereiopoda not chelate, second

and third chelate, fourth and fifth not chelate.

172 C. Spence Bate on the Pencidea.

Petalidium, n. gen. Four branchial plumes only, and four

single foliaceous branchial plates.

Acetes, Kdw. Like Sergestes ; fourth and fifth pairs of pereio-

poda wanting.

Eucormp, Dana.

Eucopia, Dana. Gnathopoda developed as pereiopoda ; five

anterior pairs subchelate ; two posterior ‘“ vergiform.”

Chalaraspis, Willemoes-Suhm. Like Hucopia, but has only

the posterior pair non-chelate.

Sicyoniide, Kdwards.

The genus Sicyonta has been clearly defined by M. Milne-

Edwards, and illustrated by excellent figures of S. sculptus

and S. carinatus in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’

for March 1830; but the general form of the animal and the

texture of its external covering do not correspond with the

character of Peneus in any single teature, except that the

third pair of pereiopoda is chelate. Added to this, the bran-

chies differ considerably in structure also. Although the

structure is dendrobranchiate in form, it varies typically from

that seen in Peneus and allied genera by having the ultimate

rami foliaceous (flat and scale-like) instead of being cylindrical.

These points (that is, the external appearance combined with

the altered branchial condition), in my opinion, warrant the

establishment of a distinct family for the true classification of

the genus.

Sicyonra, Edw.

Sicyonta sculpta, Edw.

Inhabits the Mediterranean, Milne-Edwards’s specimens

having come from the Bay of Naples. That in the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ collection was taken off St. Vincent, in the Cape-Verd

Islands.

Sicyonia carinata, Olivier, Edw.

Is recorded by Milne-Edwards from the coast of Rio

Janeiro.

The ‘Challenger’ specimens were taken in shallow water

at St. Thomas’s, in the West Indies.

Sicyonia lancifer, Olivier, Edw.

I have little doubt that this species is the same as S. cristata

of De Haan (‘ Fauna Japonica,’ p. 190, pl. xliv. fig. 10).

C. Spence Bate on the Penwidea. 173

The ‘ Challenger’ specimen is undoubtedly S. cristata of De

Haan; but it agrees with Olivier’s description of S. lancifer

in all points, excepting that Olivier says that the latter has

five or six teeth posterior to the line of the frontal margin,

whereas in our specimen, as well asin De Haan’s, there are

properly only four. But when we consider how general were

the descriptions given of animals a few years since, and even

now by some writers, I think it highly probable that Olivier

reckoned in the number behind the trontal margin the un-

usual and prominent tooth that projects anteriorly from the

first somite of the pleon.

Olivier’s specimen was procured from the Indian seas;

although the habitat is omitted in the ‘ Histoire des Crustacés,’

it is given by Edwards in a note to the species in the ‘ Annales

des Sciences Naturelles.’ De Haan’s was from Japan ; and the

‘Challenger’ took it south of New Guinea in about 28 fathoms

of water.

Stcyonia levis, n. sp.

Surface of the animal smooth. Rostrum armed with five

teeth, dorsal carina with two. Hepatic tooth small. Pleon

slightly carinated. 'Telson as long as the outer plates of the

rhipidura.

This species can only be mistaken for S. parvula of De

Haan, but differs from it in being more slender, in having

the rostrum without a tooth on the lower margin, and in

having the apex terminating in a slender bidentate point.

Length 1 inch.

Taken north of New Guinea, at a depth of 150 fathoms of

water.

Penzxida.

The genera in this family are laterally compressed; fur-

nished with a long rostrum. Gulls dendrobranchiate, branches

filamentous. Eyes well developed. First pair of antenne

biramose, furnished with a protarsema on the inner side, and

a stylocerite on the outer. Mandible having a two-jointed

synaphipod. First three pairs of pereiopoda subequally chelate.

Carpus long, &c.

First pair of pleopoda single-branched, and in the male fur-

nished with a petasma.

PENAUS, Fabricius.

Body compressed. Rostrum carinate. Ophthalmopod bi-

articulate. First pair of antenne having the dorsal surface

deeply excavated to receive the eye, and furnished on the inner

174 C. Spence Bate on the Peneidea.

side with a fixed inarticulate branch or protarsema, and on

the outer with a sharp spine or stylocertte. The flagella are

never longer than the carapace ; and the second pair of antenne

carry a long scaphocerite. The pereiopoda have the first

three pairs subequally chelate, with the hand not broader than

the carpus, each increasing in length posteriorly. Posterior

two pairs are simple, and all carry a basecphysis or branch

attached to the basis joint. The pleopoda gradually decrease

in length posteriorly; and the branchie are arranged as

follows :—

Pleurobranchiz ............ rire Werte Cee Re oe ba eed ee

Arthrobranchiz ............ DD Oa eh eile

Podobranchisz ............ sets eS aS BY

Mastibranchiz ............ POSE ine: eit een oe an | eles

h tk bmn _o

Peneus caramote (Risso).

This species is described by Milne-Edwards as being armed

with a dozen teeth on the upper margin of the rostrum and

one on the lower, situated a little in advance of the eyes;

whereas the figure which represents it in plate xxv. fig. 1

has only seven teeth on the upper margin of the rostrum and

three on the lower, which is incorrect. The figure is reduced

to about one third of the natural size.

On each side of the central dorsal crest a deep furrow ex-

tends from the anterior margin to close to the posterior,

terminating before reaching it; and a third longitudinal groove,

less deep but more elevated, separates these two in the poste-

rior half of the carapace, and continues from the posterior

margin to the base of the rostrum. A very short tooth is

situated on the anterior border of the carapace just above the

base of the first pair of antenne. The eyes are very large

and short. The terminal filaments of the first pair of an-

tenne are extremely short, being shorter than the last two

joints of the peduncle. Basis of the three anterior pairs of

legs armed with strong teeth. Telson armed on each side

with three spines, of which the middle is the strongest.

Length about 7 inches.

Inhabits the Mediterranean.

Peneus canaliculatus (Olivier).

Is extremely like P. caramote, but is distinguishable by the

rostrum being less elevated towards the base and more ciliated

upon the superior border, by the absence of a tooth from the

base of the third pair of legs and of spines from the telson.

Length about 5 inches.

Taken at the Celebes and the Isle of France.

C. Spence Bate on the Penerdea. 175

Independent of the above differential description of Milne-

Edwards, it may be observed that this species has only nine

teeth on the upper margin of the rostrum, while P. caramote

has twelve; that the deep channel on each side of the dorsal

carina has the margins parallel, whereas in P. caramote the

line is waved and the channels broader posteriorly.

The specimen taken as the type by Milne-Edwards in the

collection that I examined was labelled from the island of

Mauritius.

There are specimens in the ‘Challenger’ collection from

the Fiji Islands and Port Jackson that correspond closely in

their general aspect with the typical form. ‘They are, how-

ever, smaller in size, and vary somewhat in the aspect of the

ventral plate of the female. In Japana larger form is known,

specimens of which are in the British Museum as well as in

the Jardin des Plantes ; but these, like those in the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ collection, are females, and carry a pair of large

fan-like membranous processes issuing from the anterior

extremity of the ventral plate, the object of which I have not

been enabled to determine; neither have I been able to procure

or see a male specimen corresponding with this variety.

Should it not be the same, I propose to call it P. japonicus.

Peneus brasiliensis, Latreille.

There was no specimen of this species in the collection when

M. Milne-Edwards wrote, he having taken his information

from Latreille. Milne-Edwards distinguishes it from P. canali-

culatus by the presence of three teeth on the inferior margin

of the rostrum. Mr. Miers, in his “ Notes on the Penzidz ”’

(P.Z.S. 1878, p. 806), says that there are two spines on

the first pair of perelopoda and one on the second, and that

the telson has no marginal spines.

Inhabits the Atlantic, off Brazil.

Peneus velutinus, Dana.

This species, as described and figured in the United States’

Exploring Expedition, is covered throughout with a very

short velvety coat. Rostrum straight, lanceolate, somewhat

ascending from the base, dentate to the apex; seven teeth equi-

distant, and one posterior ; lower margin entire, straight, ciliate.

Dorsal surface not carinated or sulcate posterior to the

rostral crest. Second and third pairs of pereiopoda subequal.

Telson armed with minute spinules on either side.

Length 12 inch.

The habitat of the type is the Sandwich Islands.

176 C. Spence Bate on the Pencidea.

Specimens in the ‘Challenger’ collection from various

localities in the Australasian archipelago correspond closely

with Dana’s description and figure, and, I have no doubt, are

the same species, but are generally about twice as large. They

may readily be distinguished from closely approximating forms

by the petasma on the left ventral side of the male being

longer than that on the right, and by the form of the ventral

plates between the coxe of the two posterior pairs of pereio-

poda of the female (which is too complicated to be followed in

a verbal description, but which will be illustrated in the

memoir on the subject in the ‘Challenger’ reports), and two

long ventral teeth between the second pair of pereiopoda.

Peneus setiferus, L. (Pl. XI. fig. 1.)

The specimen of this species in the collection of the Museum

of the Jardin des Plantes is a male animal, and is the type of

Milne-Edwards’s description. It has the rostrum as long as

the scaphocerite, straight and styliform at the extremity,

and armed with two teeth on the lower and nine or ten on

the upper margin, which is prolonged posteriorly in the form

of a slight crest to half the distance between the frontal

and the posterior margins of the carapace ; and on each side of

the rostrum a small ridge reaches nearly to the stomachic

region. There is no little tooth above the ophthalmopod,

which is long and supports a large eye. The antennal filaments

are about half the length of the peduncle which carries them.

The flagellum of the second pair of antenne is excessively long ;

and there are no spines on the lateral margin of the telson.

Length about 7 inches.

It is often found in very considerable numbers at the em-

bouchures of the rivers of Florida. That in the collection is

labelled “* Guadaloupe.”

An examination of this species shows that the outer flagellum

of the first pair of antenne has the small articuli obliquely

arranged, and the upper margin of each produced into a sharp

posteriorly directed tooth. I have not seen this structure in

any other species, and I believe it is a sexual character only.

The petasma attached to the first pair of pleopoda is longi-

tudinally folded as a double tube.

Telson dorsally grooved longitudinally, and terminating in

a sharp point; lateral margins without spines, but thickly

furred with hair.

Milne-Edwards has grouped this species among those that

have no groove in the median line between the base of the

rostrum and the posterior margin of the carapace. This is

by no means a definite character of specific value, inasmuch

C. Spence Bate on the Pencidea. (4

as it exists in some species in the female and not in the

male.

Penceus monoceros, Fabricius.

(PI. XI. fie. 2.)

Rostrum straight and ciliated on the lower margin; from

the pomt the crest is a little elevated posteriorly, and

armed with nine teeth, of which the posterior is a little more

distant than the rest, and situated near the centre of the

stomachicregion. The terminal flagella of the first pair of an-

tenne are short, being less long than the last two joints of

the peduncle. Legs short; and there are no spines on the

margins of the telson.

Length about 3 inches.

Inhabits the coasts of India.

The typical specimen is labelled from Bombay. It is a

female, and offers no decided character in the arrangement of

the posterior ventral plates of the pereion, from which I pre-

sume that it is not a fully adult-formed specimen. Dana

figures the cephalon of a specimen from Singapore (?) about 5

inches in length; but it appears to differ little, in the parts

that he has figured, from his own species P. velutinus, ex-

cepting that in the latter the rostrum is pointed a little upwards

instead of horizontally straight as in the type of P. monoceros,

which differs from the specimen above described only in having

a few spines on each side of the telson.

Peneus indicus, M.-Kdw. (Pl. XII. fig. 5.)

The rostrum is described by the author as being straight,

styliform at the extremity, reaching beyond the distal ex-

tremity of the peduncle of the first pair of antenne, and

surmounted posteriorly by a crest which continues nearly to

the third part of the carapace. Hight or nine teeth surmount

the dorsal margin; and four or five are situated on the lower.

The flagella of the first pair of antenne are slender and are a

little longer than the peduncle of the same. In general cha-

racters this description resembles P. setiferus.

Length about 6 inches.

It inhabits the coast of Coromandel.

The typical specimen is labelled from the coast of Coro-

mandel, and is a female. It is described as having the “ rostre

droit,’ whereas the specimen has the extremity of the rostrum

slightly elevated. In all other parts the description faithfully

agrees with the specimen.

So closely does this species coincide with the figure given

by Heller of his P. tahttensis (‘ Reise der Fregatte Novara,’

178 C. Spence Bate on the Penwidea.

p- 121) that I think they are the same; unfortunately Heller

describes the inferior margin of the rostrum as being “ eden-

tulous,” whereas his figure 2, plate x1., shows there are three

teeth on the lower margin.

Peneus carinatus, Dana, also, it appears to me, belongs

to this species, the only distinction being that Dana and

Heller’s species have three teeth on the lower margin, and

the type of P. indicus has four or five; but these are not

distinctly portrayed, and are more elevations than distinct

teeth.

Undoubtedly the number of teeth on the rostrum is a very

constant feature in normal and well developed forms, and

may be relied upon as representing some important structural

character in the animal. Occasionally, however, some forms

exhibit an effort to abnormally increase or diminish the number;

but whenever this is the case the teeth exhibit generally an

imperfect and enfeebled condition. This appears to be the

case with the type specimen; and I am induced to think that

they are merely varieties of the following species.

There are other specimens in the collection labelled “ P.

indicus,’ some of them from the coast of Coromandel; but

these bear the impress of having been named by others than

the veteran author of the ‘ Histoire des Crustacés ;’ they agree

more nearly with Peneus setiferus of the West Indies, and

require a closer examination than | devoted to determine them

specifically.

Peneus monodon, Fabricius.

This species is extremely like P. indicus ; but, according to

Milne-Edwards’s definition, the rostrum only presents three

teeth on the lower margin, and the flagella of the first pair

of antenne are shorter.

Length of types of Milne-Edwards 38 inches; of Fabricius

7 inches.

Hab. Indian seas.

The type specimens are all small and immature animals;

but there are larger specimens in the collection that agree with

Fabricius’s description as referred to by Edwards. A close

analysis of this species compared with P. irdicus makes me

very dubious of any truly specific character, beyond the

“much shorter length of the flagella of the first pair of an-

tenn,” and there being only three teeth on the lower margin

of the rostrum.

I am induced, from the great resemblance in the form of the

ventral plates in the females, to accept the conclusion that

P. indicus, Edw., P. monodon, Fabricius, P. semisulcatus,

C. Spence Bate on the Penwidea. 179

De Haan, P. tahitensis, Heller, P. carinatus, Dana, and P.

esculentus, Haswell, are varieties of this species (P. monodon).

The ventral plate, which varies considerably in form in the

females of most species, consists in this of two halves of a cir-

cular disk, the straight side being longitudinally in the median

line, the margins of which are curved upwards (Pl. XII.

fig. 5, vp). ; é dis

The petasma in the male consists of a longitudinal tube

formed by the two plates being united together along the

anterior surface, whereas it is open posteriorly. I have only

had the opportunity of examining male specimens of those in

the ‘ Challenger’ collection.

The type specimens of the males of P. indicus and those of

P. monodon in the collection of the Jardin des Plantes were

too small for the full development of the parts.

Peneus affinis, Milne-Edwards.

(BEX Sire. G:)

This species resembles P. ¢ndicus, from which it may readily

be distinguished by the absence of teeth upon the inferior

border of the rostrum, the shortness of the eyes (which scarcely

pass the external margin of the scaphocerite), and the form of

the dactylus on the posterior two pairs of pereiopoda, which

are extremely slender and not sensibly flattened.

Length about 5 inches.

Inhabits the coast of Malabar.

There were several specimens in the same bottle, labelled

from Malabar; and they evidently show that Milne-Edwards

drew up his description from a female, with which it coin-

cides ; but among them were also several males, and these

differed from the others in essential features; so that, had they

not been found associated, I should have considered them

typical forms of distinct species.

The male has a peculiar notch or excavation on the anterior

margin of the ischium of the fifth pair of pereiopoda (Pl. XII.

fig. 6, 0); surmounting the notch is a slight prominence or

tubercle. Another notch or excavation surmounted by a distal

prominence is situated at the base on the outer margin of the

external plate of the rhipidura (Pl. XII. fig. 6, v); in both sexes

the telson is dorsally grooved, and terminates in a long and

slender style-like extremity. .

The ventral plate of the female is heart-shaped and de-

pressed in the centre; and the petasma in the male terminates

in a cross piece that will be better appreciated from ex-

amination than from any description. |

In a second bottle, labelled “ India,” is a single female

180 C. Spence Bate on the Pencidea.

specimen that I take to be P. sculptilis, Heller. It resembles

P. afinis in every detailed appearance, except that it has pos-

terior to the rostral crest a carina flattened at the summit, with

traces of a longitudinal groove in the median line, and, more-

over, it has two fine sutures resembling fractures on each side

of the carapace. One, the longer, commences just above the

orbital tooth on the frontal margin, and traverses the surface

of the carapace longitudinally in a waved line to near the

posterior margin; the other is at the infero-lateral margin of

the carapace, near the centre of the branchial region. There

is also a small suture on the infero-lateral margin of the first

somite of the pleon; but all these I have observed as a con-

dition in other species.

The Penceeus monoceros (ensis) of De Haan is undoubtedly,

I think, a female specimen of P. affinis.

P. affinis (barbatus) of De Haan I consider to be P. velu-

tinus of Dana.

P. Hardwickii of Miers differs froin P. afinis in having the

tooth over the gastric region apparently broken, and the apex

of the rostrum a little more curved upwards.

Peneus fissurus, n. sp.

Like P. monoceros, but has only six teeth on the rostrum

and one on the gastric region. Pleon carinated from the

posterior portion of the third somite. Fourth, fifth, and sixth

somites produced to a small dorsal tooth at the posterior margin

in the median line. ‘Telson armed with a strong tooth on each

side.

Taken at a depth of 50 fathoms south of New Guinea.

There are three remarkable fissures that I have observed in

other species also traversing the carapace from the orbital to

near the posterior margin, and from the lateral margin of the

carapace vertically across the branchial region on each side.

Penceeus rectacutus, n. sp.

Rostrum horizontal, straight and sharp, armed on the upper

surface with eleven ortwelve teeth and one on the gastric region.

Lower margin straight and fringed with cilia. Dorsal surface

of the pleon carinated on the fourth, fifth, and sixth somites,

which last terminates in a posterior tooth.

Taken in about 100 fathoms of water among the Philippine

Islands.

Peneeus brevicornis, Milne-Edwards. (Pl. XI. fig 3.)

Rostrum very short, scarcely passing the eyes, elevated to

a crest near the base, styliform, armed with six teeth on the

C. Spence Bate on the Pencidea. 181

upper and smooth and straight on the lower margin. Flagella

of the first pair of antenne slender and short, about half the

length of the peduncle.

Length about 3 inches.

Inhabits the coasts of India. Taken off Madras by Sir

Walter Elliot.

The specimens in the Museum are labelled “‘ Bombay.”

The female does not exhibit any distinctly formed ventral

plate, from which I presume that it has not attained its full

development. ‘The male has the petasma approximating that

of P. afinis, yet with characters sufficiently distinguishable to

determine the species.

Peneus avirostris, Dana (United States’ Exploring Expe-

dition, p. 603), belongs, I think, to this species. It appears to

be a full-grown specimen.

Length 5 inches.

It inhabits the coast near Singapore.

Peneeus Philippi, n. sp.

Rostrum horizontal and straight in the male; slightly de-

pressed over the distal extremity of the eye and again raised

in the female; six or seven teeth on the upper surface of the

rostrum, and one on the gastric region. Hye large, ovate,

‘half the length of the rostrum. First pair of antenne with

the peduncle not longer than the rostrum. Flagella about half

the length of the peduncle. Telson furnished with three

spines on the lateral margin. Male having the petasma folded,

long and narrow, somewhat like P. velutinus, but has the plate

on the left side, which is the longer of the two, rolled over

anteriorly. The female has the ventral plate longitudinally

divided and bilobed.

This species was taken off the Philippine Islands in about

100 fathoms of water. I have dedicated it to Philippi, who

has written of the family ; hence the specific name.

Peneeus anchoralis, n. sp.

Rostrum horizontal on the upper margin; eight teeth

on the rostrum and one distant on the gastric region.

Lower margin smooth and gradually ascending in a curved

line to the apex. ‘The frontal margin is armed with a small

supraorbital, and with antennal and hepatic teeth. The third,

fourth, and fifth somites terminate in a small dorsal carinate

tooth. Telson unarmed; but a small notch looks as if, in

unworn specimens, a small spine might exist on each side.

Length 34 inches.

Taken south of New Guinea in 28 fathoms of water.

182 C. Spence Bate on the Pencrdea.

Tn the male the species may readily be recognized by the

petasma being folded in a form much resembling that of an

anchor, of which the flukes fall laterally over the basal joint of

the two posteror pairs of pereiopoda. In the female the ventral

plate (of a somewhat hexagonal form) lies between the base of

the penultimate pair of pereiopoda, behind which a cup-like

depression exists.

Peneus telsodecacanthus, n. sp.

Carapace with five teeth on the rostrum and one distant on

the gastric region. Sixth somite of the pleon produced to a

small dorsal carinate tooth. Eyelarge. ‘Telson long, pointed,

armed on each side with five articulating spines.

Length 3 inches.

Taken in the channels of the Japanese islands in from 8 to

10 fathoms of water.

Penceus serratus, n. sp.

Rostrum slightly arched, serrated with twelve or more small

teeth between the apex and the frontal margin, and one more

conspicuous on the gastric region. Lower margin ciliated,

each hair having a defined point of attachment. Telson long,

narrow, and pointed, laterally armed near the distal extremity

with a rigid tooth on each side.

Length about 4 inches.

Taken off the Fiji Islands in about 300 fathoms of water.

The specimens of this species are much damaged: the

flagella of the first pair of antenne are not perfect ; but they

appear to be slender and not longer than the peduncle.

In other respects this species closely resembles that which

M. A. Milne-Edwards has named Pencopsis serratus, from a

specimen taken in the Gulf of Mexico, but which has the

flagella of the first pair of antenne longer than the carapace,

for which he proposes to make 4 new genus, Pencopsis. I

have not yet met with any specimens in the collection of

the ‘Challenger’ corresponding with this definition, that do

not belong to the genus Solenocera of Lucas; so that I

have not had an opportunity of examining the branchial

apparatus to feel quite certain that the genus is a good deter-

mination; I have therefore used the same specific name, to

show their close approximation of form.

Genus Pen zopsis, A. Milne-Edwards, MS.

Like Penceus, but with the flagella of the first pair of an-

tenn longer than the carapace and cylindrical.

C. Spence Bate on the Penwidea. 183

This genus is proposed by M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards

for those Pencet which do not belong to Solenocera. It is

founded on a species not yet described that he has seen in the

collection of the U.S. Mexican-Gulf exploration, but which so

closely corresponds with Peneus serratus from the Fiji Islands,

that, if they are not separated by the length of their antennee,

they appear to be identical; and I have accordingly adopted

the same specific name.

Penceopsis serratus, A. Milne-Kidwards, MS.

Length about 4 inches.

Taken in the Gulf of Mexico.

The gradual approximation of the length of the flagella of

the first pair of antenne, as seen in specimens of Penwus

caramote on the one hand, where they are so short as to be

easily overlooked, to that of Pencopsis, where they are half the

length of the animal, is so gradual that it is difficult, however

convenient it may be, to determine where the genus can

naturally be separated; and without any other distinguishing

feature it can only be accepted as provisional.

Peneopsis styliferus, Edwards.

The type of this species appears not to be preserved; or at

least we could not identify it. M.-HEdwards says that the

filaments of the first pair of antennee are cylindrical ; it there-

fore cannot, like the other two species arranged by M.-Kdwards

in his second division of the genus Penceus, belong to the genus

Solenocera. :

Length 4 inches.

Taken in the neighbourhood of Bombay.

Penceeus Dobsoni, Miers (Proc. Zool. Soc. March 5, 1878),

appears to differ from P. styliferus only in the slightly

different length of the flagella of the first pair of antenne ;

and, with the exception of the peculiar feature of the fifth

pair of pereiopoda (which the author considers to be a condition

of the female, and which appears to be abnormal), I see nothing

to separate this species from P. styliferus as described by

Edwards.

Hab. West coast of India.

Genus SOLENOCERA, Lucas.

Milne-Edwards separated the genus Peneus into two

divisions, the second of which contained “those having the

terminal flagella of the first pair of antenne longer than the

carapace,’ and established in it three species—P. membrana-

ceus, P. crassicornis, and P. styliferus.

184 C. Spence Bate on the Penerdea.

The last of these three species I was not able, with the

assistance of the accomplished curator, M. A. Milne-Hdwards,

to find, the label probably having been lost in the hasty

removal of the specimens during the unhappy siege and com-

munistic occupation of Paris.

The first two belong to the present genus, established

by M. Lucas (‘Annales Soc. Entomologique de France,’

Février 1849, p. 215, pl. vi. no. 11) on Penceus siphonoceros

of Philippi (Archiv fiir Naturgesch. p. 190, pl. iv. fig. 3,

1840), which he named Solenocera Philippit, trom a specimen

that he captured off the coast of Algiers.

Solenocera differs from Peneus in having the flagella of the

first pair of antenne not only longer than the carapace, but

having one branch broader than the other and hollow on

the inner side, so that the less robust flagellum may rest. lon-

gitudinally in the larger, and by having four teeth on each side

of the carapace, one at the outer orbital angle, one supraor-

bital, one hepatic, and one near the antero-inferior angle of the

carapace.

The branchie also differ from those of Peneus in having

two arthrobranchial plumes attached to the penultimate pair of

pereiopoda, and one arthrobranchial and one podobranchial

plume attached to the first pair of gnathopoda, and may be

tabulated as follows :—

Pleurobranchia ............ 1 del al la

Arthrobranchi#............ Pi D2) 22> 9S Oe

Podobranchia.............. Boas eres <a a

Mastibranchia ............ hele al Si al ee Lie

htkitimn io

Solenocera membranacea, Fabr.

Milne-Edwards describes this species as being carinate

for the entire length of the carapace. ‘The extremity of the

rostrum is a little turned upwards, and is very short, not

extending beyond the eyes, with five or six teeth on the

upper surface, and ciliated on the lower. Hye large and

short, the flagella of the first pair of antenne being much

longer than the carapace, one slender and cylindrical, the

other broad, flat, and ciliated on the inner side. 'Telson long

and styliform, grooved on the upper surface, the margins of

which terminate on each side in a sharp-pointed tooth.

Length about 3 inches.

Inhabits the Mediterranean.

Solenocera Philippii, Lucas, appears to me to be the same

species; but, according to the author’s figure, the extremity

of the larger flagellum of the first pair of antenne: terminates

C. Spence Bate on the Penwidea. 185

more abruptly than it appears to do either in S. membranacea

or the specimen preserved as the type of Lucas’s species.

Solenocera crassicornis, Milne-Kdwards.

The specimen is labelled “ Bombay,” and corresponds with

the author’s description, to which may be added the presence

of four teeth that are to be found on the anterior extremity of

the carapace, and are of generic value.

There are specimens from the sea between Borneo and the

Philippine Islands, taken at 250 fathoms, in the ‘ Challenger’

collection; and Sir Walter Elliot has taken it at Waltair, on

the Madras shore of India.

Solenocera Lucasti, n. sp.

Rostrum short and with seven teeth, of which the last two

are more distant and situated above the gastric region. Hye

not large; larger branch of flagella of first pair of antennz

tapering ; posterior pair of pereiopoda long; dactylus com-

pressed. ‘Telson shorter than the inner plates of the rhipidura.

Length 3 inches.

Taken south of New Guinea at about 130 fathoms.

HALIPORUS, n. gen.

General appearance more slender than Solenocera, appen-

dages longer and more slight. Second pair of gnathopoda as

long as and stouter than the pereiopoda. Flagella of the first

pair of antenne long, subequal, cylindrical. T'elson long and

natrow, laterally compressed.

Haliporus curvirostris, n. sp.

Carapace covered with minute spines; dorsal median line

dentate. Rostrum curved, being posteriorly and anteriorly

depressed. Telson armed with two or three small teeth at the

sides.

Length about 3 inches.

Taken in mid Pacific at 2375 fathoms.

Haliporus levis, nu. sp.

Having no lateral teeth on the carapace, six teeth on the ros-

trum, and two on the gastric region. Rostrum straight.

Length about 2 inches.

- Taken in mid Atlantic at a depth of 2500 fathoms.

Haliporus neptunus, n. sp.

Carapace smooth. Rostrum armed with six teeth, and two

Ann, & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 5, Vol, viii, 13

186 C. Spence Bate on the Pencerdea.

on the gastric region. Petasma folded so as to resemble two

tridents, one on each side.

Length 3 inches (male).

Taken among the Celebes Islands in about 600 fathoms of

water.

Haliporus obliquirostris, n. sp.

Rostrum elevated from the base obliquely upwards, armed

with five teeth, and two larger ones on the gastric region.

Telson sharp, as long as the plates of the rhipidura, and

armed with two immovable teeth, one on each side.

Length.about 3 inches (female).

Taken off Kermadec Island.

I should have considered these to be the females of ZH.

neptunus, but for the separation of their habitats by so great

a distance—no female being found with the former, and no

male with the latter. ;

Genus HEMIPENAUS, n. g.

Rostrum horizontal, shorter, or, at all events, not longer,

than the peduncle of the first pair of antennee. Ophthalmopod

single-jointed, furnished with a small tubercle. First pair of

antenne with the flagella unequal, one exceedingly short and

implanted near the base of the third joint, the other very

long and situated at the extremity. Branchial arrangement

as follows :—

Pleurobranchia ............ oo Ded), di laea se

Arthrobranchi#@..........0. OE neaieea eye Gy = 72

Podobranchia..........e0+- 1 als ee S

Mastibranchia .........00. UEP Uys ie Thad ae)

htktmn o mei

2 otis)

Hemipencus spinidorsalis, n. sp.

Rostrum straight, sharp, styliform, armed with two teeth

on the posterior and one on the gastric region, and one long

spine-like tooth on the dorsal surface of the third somite of

the pleon directed backwards. Appendages long and slender.

Length about 3 inches.

Taken in the South Atlantic, near the island of Tristan

d’Acunha, in 1900 fathoms of water.

Hemipenceus speciosus, i. sp.

Rostrum anteriorly depressed, armed with three teeth on

the upper surface, one of which is posterior to the frontal

margin, the other two near together on the rostrum. Oph-

thalmopod long and slender. Hye scarcely larger than the

C. Spence Bate on the Peneidea. 187

diameter of the stalk. Pleon unarmed, sixth somite termi~

nating posteriorly in an angle.

Length about 24 inches.

Taken in the Atlantic off the coast of South America, at a

depth of 2650 fathoms.

Hemipenceus virilis, n. sp. vi Roms

Rostrum straight, armed with three teeth, posterior small and

distant. Carapace smooth. Pleon having the posterior

margin of the fourth and fifth somites produced in the median

line to a small tooth. Ophthalmopod short, Hye large,

orbicular.

Length about 4 inches (male).

Taken near the Philippine Islands at a depth of 255 fathoms.

Hemipenceeus dubius, n. sp.

Rostrum straight, equal in length to the peduncle of the

first pair of antenne, armed on the lower side with four small

teeth situated on the distal half, and eight upon the upper,

equidistant from each other, between the apex and the gastric

region. Dorsal surface elevated to a crest above the line of

the frontal margin. Pleon smooth, sixth somite terminating

in a small tooth posteriorly projected. Hyes large.

Length about 3 inches (male).

Taken among the Philippine Islands at a depth of less

than 20 fathoms of water.

Genus ARISTEUS, Duvernoy.

_ This genus was established by M. Duvernoy in the

Annales des Sc. Nat. for 1841, vol. xv., from a specimen taken

in the Mediterranean which Risso had previously named

Penceus antennatus, under the mistaken supposition that the

structure of the branchiz was essentially different from that

of Peneus, But although the structure is the same, as pointed

out by Dana and confirmed by Mr. Miers, the arrangement of

the branchial plumes is essentially distinct, as may be seen if

the following Table be compared with that of Pencus.

Pleurobranchia ............ Tea ya eT Vee Wiis Li eg Wc:

Arthrobranchiz............ RO Di Oh dseley

Podobranchia,............. 160 Wad ae a La

Mastibranchia ............ Qh 711 2) ali i a 3

Rita t min oyna)

Tf this Table be compared with that of Peneus, it will be

found that there are podobranchial plumes attached to the five

anterior appendages of the pereion (that is, to are pairs

is 3

188 C. Spence Bate on the Penceidea.

of gnathopoda and the three anterior pairs of pereiopoda),

whereas in Pencus there are none; and if comparison be

made with Duvernoy’s figure of the branchial arrangement,

it will be seen that he represents no mastibranchial lash

attached to the penultimate pair of pereiopoda, whereas the

specimens that have come under my examination in the

‘Challenger’ collection show that there is a large mastibran-

chial plate. In discussing this pomt with M. A. Milne-

Edwards, he contended that the presence or absence of an

appendage such as this, unless it were corroborated by some

external evidence, was a very doubtful specific character, and

one that was of no value in the history of descent when not

otherwise illustrated.

Still it appears to me that a feature relating to the economy

of the animal of so important a character, if constant, must be

of specific value; so that its generic connexion must depend

upon its constant character in allied specific forms. If on

further examination I am enabled to determine a series of

species in which the mastibranchial lash is constant, however

much in other respects they may resemble Aristeus, they must,

in our present state of knowledge, be arranged as a distinct

genus; and as I think this can be done, I propose provision-

ally the name of Plestopeneus for such as have the masti-

branchial plate attached to the penultimate pair of pereiopoda,

which is not present in the figure given by Duvernoy (“Crus=

—taeés-de_Nice;” Ann. des Sc. Nat. vol. xv. 1841).

Aristeus antennatus, Risso.

Rostrum styliform, reaching a little beyond the extremity

of the peduncle of the first pair of antenne, and with three

strong teeth on the dorsal surface at the base. Pleon smooth,

fourth and fifth somites produced to a poimt on the dorsal

surface in the median line, but not elevated or produced into a

tooth.

Hab. Mediterranean, at a great depth (isso, Duvernoy,

Johnson), Algiers.

Peneus Edwardsianus of Johnson (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867,

p- 897) undoubtedly belongs to the same species.

Aristeus armatus, 0. Sp. Picco rr

Rostrum styliform, as long again as the peduncle of the

first pair of antenne. Three long teeth near together above

the frontal margin. Third, fourth, and fifth somites of the

pleon dorsally produced into a laterally compressed tooth ;

sixth somite carinate. ‘Telson armed on each lateral margin

with four small spines. Ophthalmopod long. Eye not large.

C. Spence Bate on the Penceidea. 189

Flagella of second pair of antenna twice the length of the

animal.

Length 8 inches. |

Taken among the islands of the Australasian archipelago,

in the North Pacific, and South Atlantic, at a depth of from

1900 to 2050 fathoms.

Aristeus semidentatus, n. sp.

Rostrum styliform, straight, armed on the upper margin

with two teeth near together in front, and one further behind

the frontal margin. Posterior dorsal margin of the fourth,

fifth, and sixth somites produced to a small tooth. Eye

orbicular. Ophthalmopod slender.

Length 34 inches (female).

Taken south of the Philippine Islands.

Aristeus tomentosus, n. sp.

Surface covered with a short fur. Rostrum scarcely as

long as the peduncle, armed with three short distal teeth.

Pleon having a small tooth at the posterior dorsal margin of

the fourth, fifth, and sixth somites. Hye large, orbicular.

Length 6 inches (female).

Taken south of the Philippine Islands.

ore

SZ S) A. viet

i . 4

Aristeus rostridentatus, n. sp. Pirere Linens

Rostrum long, elevated, curved, armed on the upper margin

with ten or twelve teeth, the posterior of which is situated

on the gastric region. Third and following. somites of the

pleon furnished with a small tooth at the posterior dorsal

margin. Ophthalmopod short. Hye orbicular, on a slender

ophthalmopod. Flagellum of second pair of antenne about

six times the length of the animal.

Length about 6 inches.

Taken near the Fiji Islands at a depth of about 300 fathoms.

Genus HEPOMADUS, n. g.

There are only two specimens of this genus; they are of

distinct species; and both are injured. The rostrum of each

is broken; but the larger specimen has a slender tooth on

the dorsal surface just behind the frontal margin. But the

structure of the branchie differs from that of either Pencus or

Aristeus in having the ultimate branches longer and in having

the mastibranchial lash of the penultimate pair of pereiopoda

rudimentary, in having only four podobranchial plumes, and

in having all the pleurobranchie small except the posterior,

as shown in the accompanying Table. |

190 C. Spence Bate on the Peneidea.

Pleurobranchia .........+0- cae ds er Wey Pee ee Beery JL

Arthrobranchigz..........0+ ED ie YD TS aes

Podobranchia..........-+9. TAS tf Ea Wee é

Mastibranchia ...........+ aS “a eal ae oes

htktmun oo

Hepomadus glacialis, n. sp.

Dorsal surface of the carapace elevated into a carina that

terminates at the cardiac region. Pleon armed with one large

tooth at the dorsal median posterior margin on the third

somite, and one little one on the fourth and fifth. Ophthal-

mopod long, furnished with a small tubercle near the base on

the inner side. Eye small, not much larger than the dia-

meter of the stalk.

Length about 8 inches (female).

Taken in mid South Atlantic at a depth of 1875 fathoms.

Hepomadus inermis, ni. sp.

Dorsal surface unarmed. Pleon smooth. Telson not half

the length of the outer plate of the rhipidura.. Rostrum

(broken off). —

Length about 4 inches. ,

Taken in middle of South Pacific at a depth of 2550 fathoms.

Genus BENTHESICYMUS, n. g.

Structure of the integument submembranous. Rostrum

short, compressed, crested. Ophthalmopod flattened, furnished

with a conspicuous tubercle or secondary eye. Hye not large.

First pair of antennee with the flagella subequally long, the

upper more robust than the lower, not longer than the cara-

pace. Mandible carrying a two-jointed appendage, second joint

short and pointed. Second pair of gnathopoda terminating

in a sharp-pointed dactylus. Pereiopoda long, slender, feeble.

Branchie with the uitimate branches longer than in Peneus,

and arranged as in the following Table :—

Pleurobranchia ............ Pose cae] lige eer eM TT

Arthrobranchisz............ DEON sD OTe ens

Podobranchia.......0...++: Dislike

Mastibranchia ............ We ed ole al

htkhk2tlmnio

Benthesicymus crenatus, n. sp.

Rostrum straight, pointed, dorsally elevated into a laterally

compressed crest, armed with three small teeth, and one

behind the crest on the gastric region. Cervical suture

deeply fissured. Posterior margin of the fourth somite of the

C. Spence Bate on the Penceerdea. 191

pereion crenated, fifth produced to a small tooth in the dorsal

median line. Pleopoda very long.

Length 8 inches (female).

Taken in mid Pacific at a depth of 2600 fathoms.

Benthesicymus altus, nu. sp.

Rostrum pointed, crest armed with two teeth. Dorsal

surface smooth. Ophthalmopodas long as the rostrum. Hye

small. Flagella of first pair of antennez half as long as the

animal. |

Length about 3 inches.

Taken several times between Australia and Japan, between

300 and 1400 fathoms.

Benthesicymus brasiliensis, n. sp.

Rostrum pointed, crest armed with two small points.

Third somite of the pleon dorsally terminating in the median

line with a small laterally compressed tooth ; fourth and fifth

somites carinate and terminating in a smaller tooth; sixth

carinate. Telson long and narrow, but not so long as the

lateral plates of the rhipidura.

Length about 5 inches.

Taken several times in the Atlantic and Pacific oceans,

the finest specimens occurring off Brazil at 1100 to 2440

fathoms.

Benthesicymus wridescens, n. sp.

Rostrum short, not more than half the length of the oph-

thalmopod; crest armed with one small tooth.

Length about 4 inches.

Taken in South Atlantic, near the island of Tristan

d’Acunha, in 1900 fathoms of water.

Genus GENNADAS, 0. g.

Like Benthesicymus, but much smaller ; peduncle of the

first pair of antenne longer and stouter; the dactylus of the

second pair of gnathopoda is spatuliform, instead of being

cylindrical and sharp; and the first pair of pereiopoda is

shorter and, compared with the others, more robust. ‘The

structure of the branchiz is also modified.

This genus approximates nearer than any other to the little

erustacean named Pencus (Kolga) speciosus in Salter and

Woodward’s map of fossil Crustacea; hence the generic

name (from yevvadas, of a noble race).

192 C. Spence Bate on the Pencidea.

Gennadas parvus, i. sp.

Rostrum short, pointed; crest armed with one tooth, and

behind the crest a little point. Ophthalmopod short. Pereio-

poda slender. Pleopoda long. ‘Telson short.

Length scarcely 1 inch (male).

Taken off Japan in 2425 fathoms.

This small species is undoubtedly an adult male; for the

petasma attached to the first pair of pleopoda is large and

well developed, while two button-like plates, larger than are

found in animals of much greater size, are attached to the

second pair of pleopoda. ‘These are seen only in well ma-

tured males.

It has been taken frequently in both Pacific and Atlantic

oceans, in from 1240 to 2550 fathoms, and once in the deep

trawl-net in the Pacific.

Genus EupHema, Edwards.

There is a specimen in the ‘ Challenger’ collection which

belongs to this genus; but I think that it is only a very

young and immature form of some species of Peneus. It

corresponds nearly with the figure of the fourth stage in the

development of Palemonetes vulgaris as given by Mr. Walter

Faxon in his plates on the development of the latter species

in vol. v. no. 15 of the ‘ Bulletin’ of the Museum of Compa-

rative Zoology at Harvard College, U.S., 1879, excepting

that our specimen has the third pair of pereiopoda chelate.

The rostrum is curved upwards, and is not denticulated

along the margin. The large tooth upon the dorsal sur-

face of the second somite of the pleon is waved and turned

upwards; and the fourth, fifth, and sixth somites terminate

posteriorly in a small tooth.

Length little more than } inch. Edwards’s specimen is

8 lines.

Both were taken in the Atlantic Ocean.

I give our specimen no name, feeling sure that it is a young

Peneid, probably of the genus Avisteus.

Genus PASIPH@A.

Neither by the description of M. Milne-Edwards nor the

figures of Risso and Savigny can this genus be retained in

the group or family of the Penzide or allied forms.

It the species in the ‘ Challenger’ collection belong to this

genus, as I believe they do, the branchial plumes are deve-

C. Spence Bate on the Penwidea. 193

loped on the type of the Phylobranchiata. On this point also

the figures of Michael Sars are insufficient; and he says

nothing about the branchie in his ‘ Bidrag til kundskab om

Christiania-Fjordens Fauna,’ 1868.

Sergestide.

The genera in this family yet require more extended re-

search and observation. The specimens in the ‘ Challenger’

collection are numerous, but, coming mostly from deep water,

are in a very injured condition. The first pair of pereiopoda

is not chelate; but the succeeding two pairs are, and the

fourth and fifth are simple.

Genus SERGESTES, Edwards.

Has the fifth pair of pereiopoda smaller than the fourth,

a small leaf-like plate attached to three somites, and the

branchiee arranged as follows :—

Pleurobranchiz .......... Liga Loar en La Lian)

Arthrobranchia .......... Ree Nee. ores ene

Podobranchia ............ :

Mastibranchia ............ 1

Sergestes Kréyert, nu. sp.

Like S. Frist of Kréyer, but is about 3 inches long; it is

a female, and has the cervical fossa well defined on the dorsal

surface. Rostrum a small anteriorly directed crest-like tooth.

Ophthalmopod half the length of the first joint of the first pair

of antenne, large, orbicular. First pair of pleopoda long

and unbranched, fifth pair short and biramose. Telson as long

as the inner plate of the rhipidura.

Length 24 inches.

Taken off Kermadec Island in about 500 fathoms of water.

This species has two well-developed pleurobranchie attached

to the penultimate somite of the pereion, two to the ante-

penultimate, one plume and a leaf-lke plate to the next three

somites, and one plume and a rudimentary mastibranchial

plate to the first pair of gnathopoda.

Sergestes prehensilis, n. sp.

Like the preceding, but has no cervical fossa, and has the

rostral crest larger and more sharp. ‘The first pair of pereio-

poda is shorter than the succeeding, and has an organ for

grasping at the last articulation between the ultimate and

penultimate joints, such as Kroyer shows to exist in S. Hd-

194 C. Spence Bate on the Peneidea.

wardsw at the penultimate articulation. Telson shorter than

inner branch of rhipidura.

Length about 2 inches.

Taken off Japan in about 500 fathoms of water.

Sergestes japonicus, 0. sp.

Like S. Kréyert, female, but has the ophthalmopod nearly

as long as the first joint of the first antenna. Hye small.

Length about 3 mches. _

Taken south of Japan, in about 350 fathoms. :

This species has two pleurobranchial plumes attached to

the penultimate somite of the pereion, one and a foliaceous

plate to all the preceding, and a rudimentary mastibranchial

plate attached to the first pair of gnathopoda.

Sergestes diapontius, n. sp.

Resembles 8. ancylops of Kroyer, but differs in the ros-

trum being not horizontal, but directed upwards and forwards.

Telson as long as the outer plate of the rhipidura. Ophthal-

mopod as long as the first two joints of the first antenna.

Eyes round. One of the flagella of the first pair is half as

long as the animal, and twice the length of the peduncle. It

differs from S. brachyorrhos, Kroyer, in having the lateral

margin of each somite of the pleon terminating in a sharp tooth,

and in the length of the telson.

Length 1 inch.

Taken in towing-net in the Atlantic.

Genus PETALIDIUM (aeradicvov, a small leaf).

This genus is very imperfectly known to me, owing to the

damaged condition of the specimen. As far as I know it

externally corresponds with Sergestes; but the structure and

arrangement of the branchie are different. The structure can

only be described by figures ; but the arrangement is asin the

following Table :—

Pleurobranehia ......5.s4.. sy palpate

Arthrobranchia ......+.«..: 5 gee herp. Seaea) ieee

Podobranchia...........06-

Mastibranchia .........+..

De ib 2 eee 0

Between the somites of the pereion corresponding with each

branchial plume is an interstitial foliaceous leaf; hence the

generic name.

Petalidium foliaceum.

Cervical suture well defined. Rostrum elevated into a

C. Spence Bate on the Pencidea. 195

crest that has one distinct rostral tooth and posteriorly a

rudimentary point.

Length about 3 inches.

Taken in South Indian Ocean at a depth of about 2100

fathoms.

Genus Acrrss, Edwards.

I have not had the advantage of examining critically any

‘species of this genus; but it appears to differ from Sergestes

in the absence of the two posterior pairs of pereiopoda ; but

whether the third and fourth pairs terminate in minute chele,

as in Sergestes, I am not able to determine. Milne-Edwards

has figured and described them, as he has those of Sergestes,

as being filiform, which they appear to be by the assistance

of an ordinary lens; but more critical examination shows that

they are minutely chelate, as determined by Kréyer.

The branchial apparatus, so far as I am aware, has not been

examined by any one.

Acetes indicus, Edwards.

IT am not aware that this animal has been noticed since

described by M. Milne-Edwards in 1829 at the Académie des ©

Sciences de Paris; yet it must be very abundant in our seas,

and Sir Walter Elliot notes on his collection made at Madras

that “avery large Dicerobalis eroogoodoo was taken at Waltair

in 1825, 21 feet in length and 25 broad. Its stomach was

filled with myriads of this little crustacean, which was carried

away in basketfuls by the fishermen, and thousands were left

scattered on the shore.”

Information such as this appears to be suggestive of the

desirability of surveying the ocean in mid water as well as at

its bottom and surface.

Eucopiide, Dana.

Genus Kucopia, Dana.

Gnathopoda developed in the form of true legs. Posterior

two pairs of pereiopoda “ vergiform.”

Eucopia australis, Dana.

Eucopia australis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 609, pl. xl. fig. 10.

Hab. New Holland. ‘Taken from the stomach of a penguin,

Genus CHALARASPIS, Willemoes-Suhm.

Chalaraspis, Willemoes-Suhm, Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser. Zool. vol. i.

p- 37.

This genus approximates closely to Hucopta of Dana, if

196 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

it be not identical. The only distinction appears to be in

Eucopia having the posterior two pairs of pereiopoda filiform,

whereas Chalaraspis has only the posterior pair filiform. But

Dana says that his specimen, which was taken from the

stomach of a penguin, had the last ‘four partly broken.”

Willemoes-Suhm says “the last pair of pereiopods.. .

very hairy and without branchiz. Three branches of branchize

on the base of the gnathopoda and first four pereiopoda, two

of which are covered by the carapace.” ‘These branchie

he figures as dendrobranchiate. Dana remarks of his species

Eucopia australis:—“ Branchie attached to the base of

thoracic legs, irregularly foliaceous, in many folds.”

Chalaraspis unguiculata, Willemoes-Suhm.

Length 35-37 millim.

Taken in the South Atlantic in from 350 to 2500 fathoms

of water. ‘Common, with as wide a geographical as bathy-

metrical distribution.”

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Peneus setiferus, L., male. c, portion of flagellum of first pair of

antenne ; p, petasma and base of first pair of pleopoda; T,

telson.

Fig. 2. Peneus monoceros, Fabricius, female.

Fig. 8. Peneus brevicornis, Milne-Edwards, male. p, petasma and base

of first pair of pleopoda.

Fig. 4. p, petasma and first pair of pleopoda of Peneus Bocaget, Johnson,

male.

Prats XI.

Fig. 5. Peneus indicus, M.-Edwards, female. v p, ventral plate.

Fig. 6. Peneus affinis, M.-Edwards, male. m,n, 0, third, fourth, and

fifth pereiopoda ; v, outer plate of rhipidura.

XX.—Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera—Revision of the

ZErénicides and Amphionychides of Tropical America.

By H. W. Bates, F.R.S., F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 162. |

AMPHIONYCHA.

' Amphionycha, Leseleuc in Guérin, Mag. Zool. 1844, t. 188; Lacordaire,

Gen. Col. ix. p. 890 (1872).

_ After the withdrawal of its more aberrant constituents, this

genus still remains exceedingly numerous and polymorphic.

It comprehends all species of cylindric or linear form, with

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 197

cylindrical or at most slightly rounded thorax and high ely-

tral epipleure surmounted by carine, and antennee in which

the joints are slender and filiform, sparsely ciliated beneath,

chiefly along the basal half, and with the third joint conspicu-

ously longer than the following. The head is retracted

beneath, often to a remarkable degree, the mouth resting on

the strongly exserted anterior haunches, and the prosternum

greatly contracted; but the occipital development varies greatly,

this part in some species being much elongated and exserted, in

others retractile nearly up to the eyes within the thorax. The

relative volume of the head is often a sexual character, the

head in the male being small or normal, triangularly de-

pressed between the antennee, and in the female enlarged and

gibbous, with plane and elongated forehead and much elon-

gated mandibles. The species in many cases admit of com-

bination in natural groups, which I have indicated in the

catalogue at the end of this paper.

Amphionycha charis.

Breviter subcylindrica, castaneo-fulva, subtiliter tomentosa, thorace

vitta utrinque laterali (postice angustata), scutello et elytris

utrinque maculis quatuor (prima obliqua suturali basin versus,

secunda discoidali post medium, tertia parva subsuturali posteriore,

quarta minuta laterali) cretaceis; antennis scapo articulisque

ceteris apice nigris, pedibus melleo-flavis ; subtus pro- et meso-

sterno vitta lata laterali abdominisque segmento primo macula

magna laterali, secundo et tertio maculis parvis, cretaceis: capite

lato, inter antennas paullo depresso, fronte magna, fere plana ;

thorace lateribus rectis; elytris apice rotundatis, dorso vix con-

vexis, basin versus punctulatis, carina laterali flexuosa.

Long. 6 lin. 9.

_ Ecuador (Buckley).

Amphionycha albiventris.

A, chariti proxime affinis, at differt corpore subtus omnino cretaceo

ete. Oblongo-cylindrica, castaneo-fulva, tenuiter ochraceo tomen-

tosa, thoracis lateribus (striga angusta episterni excepta) creta-

ceis, scutello, elytris maculis utrinque sex (prima parva basali,

secunda magna suturali basin versus, tertia paullo minore rotun-

data discoidali post medium, quarta transversa lata fasciiformi

prope apicem, quinta et sexta marginalibus) cretaceis; antennis

omnino rufo-castaneis ; pedibus melleo-flavis: capite lato, fusco,

genibus postice canis, fronte magna fere plana; thorace cylin-

drico, ante basin paullo constricto; elytris apice rotundatis obtu-

sissime subtruncatis, carina laterali flexuosa.

Long. 63 lin. Q.

Venezuela.

198 Mr, H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera,

Amphionycha leucodryas.

A, chariti et albiventri proxime affinis, at differt forma multo angus-

tiore. Gracilis, fulvyo-castanea, corpore subtus (medio nigro-fusco

excepto) cretaceo; supra macula utrinque post oculum, thorace

toto (linea angusta dorsali et altera utrinque episternali exceptis),

scutello elytrisque utrinque maculis sex (prima minuta indistincta

basali, secunda maxima quadrangulata suturali, tertia rotundata

discoidali post medium, quarta prope apicem suturali quadrata,

quinta et sexta parvis marginalibus) cretaceis; antennis melleo-

flavis, apicem versus fuscescentibus, scapo nigro ; pedibus melleo-

flavis: capite parvo, inter antennas concavo et impresso-lineato,

fronte convexa; thorace cylindrico, ante basin paullo constricto ;

elytris apice rotundatis, obtusissime truncatis, carina laterali

flexuosa.

Long. 43 lin. 6.

New Granada.

In its slender form similar to A. sewguttata (Lucas) of the

same group, which, however, is only 7 millim. long, and has

the chalky-tomentose markings of its elytra reduced to six

rounded spots.

Amphionycha tribalteata.

Gracilis, tomento niveo compacto vestita, elytris fasciis angustis

tribus carinulaque laterali castaneis, prima carinulam haud

attingente ; antennis griseo-nigris ; pedibus melleo-flavis: capite

(dg) inter antennas haud depresso, fronte fusca; thorace cylin-

drico, basi valde depresso, paullo angustato, punctis disci duobus,

altero utrinque laterali, nigris; elytris apice rotundatis, carina

laterali flexuosa.

Long. 5 lin. G.

Chanchamoyo, Peru (Dr. Thamm).

Amphionycha leeta.

Parva, gracilis, rufo-fulva, albo-tomentosa, antennis fulvis, pedibus

albo-testaceis ; thorace lineis duabus, elytris fasciolis duabus, denu-

datis: capite inter antennas vix concavo, fronte convexa, pilosa ;

thorace fere cylindrico ; elytris obtuse truncatis, apicem versus

interdum nigrescentibus; antennis quam corpus dimidio longi-

oribus laxe ciliatis.

Long. 4 lin.

New Granada, Venezuela, and Peru. —

A common insect long known in collections under the name

I have adopted.

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera, 199

Amphionycha spilota.

A. scalari (Pasc.) similis. Parva, supra alba, elytris marginibus

fasciisque utrinque quatuor suturam haud attingentibus claviculos

simulantibus (prima prope basin magis curvata) nigris; thorace

vitta laterali(e medio ramum in discum emittente) et maculis

medianis duabus (prima juxta marginem .anteriorem, secunda

dorsali) nigris: capite inter antennas depresso, fascia verticis

fronteque nigris; antennis (2) corpore dimidio longioribus,

fulvo-rufis, articulis primo et secundo nigris, tertio ad quintum

apice fuscis ; subtus cinereo-nigra, lateribus albis ; pedibus fulvis,

Long. 4 lin. 2.

Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.

Closely resembling A. scalaris (Pascoe) from New

Granada and Panama. ‘The black markings of the elytra are

in the same position; but the four belts are narrower near

their commencement at the black border, and are dilated at

their termination at a short distance from the suture ; the epi-

pleuree are black and shining, except that there is a white

spot under the shoulder and another after the first black

fascia. ‘The lateral carina is more strongly elevated than it

is in A. scalaris.

Amphionycha sealineata.

Major, cylindrica, cretaceo-tomentosa, elytris utrinque lineis tribus

parallelis (a basi usque longe ultra medium continuatis) macu-

lisque tribus transversis prope apicem nigris ; fronte nigra opaca ;

capite postice punctis quatuor, thoraceque punctis sex sic (: : :)

dispositis, nigris; antennis nigris; corpore subtus cinereo-nigro,

vitta lata laterali cretacea ; pedibus fulvis: capite inter antennas

paullo concavo, oculis infra magnis; thorace breviter cylindrico;

elytris apice obtusissime truncatis, carina laterali subrecta.

Long. 84 lin. 9?

Constancia, Rio de Janeiro (Lev. Hamlet Clark).

Amphionycha theaphia.

E majoribus: elongata, postice attenuata, tomento compacto albo-

sulphureo vestita, vitta laterali ab oculo usque ad elytrorum

apicem ducta (dentes duos in dorsum elytrorum emittente), linea

tenui verticis et thoracis dorsi fronteque tota umbrinis; corpore

subtus albo-sulphureo, vitta centrali pedibusque umbrinis; an-

tennis umbrinis, articulis primo et secundo nigris: capite inter

antennas (9?) depresso, fronte abbreviata vix convexa, oculis

maximis ; thorace paullo elongato, cylindrico, basi constricto,

lateribus ante stricturam subtuberculatis ; elytris versus apicem

angustatis subacuminatis, apice breviter truncatis, carina late-

rali nulla, epipleuris verticalibus tenuiter tomentosis, punctulatis.

Long. 93 lin. 9?

Ecuador (Buckley).

200 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

Amphionycha dilaticeps.

Brevis, subcylindrica, postice angustata, fulvo-rufa, pedibus melleo-

flavis, antennis apice fuscis; thorace lateribus, elytris utrinque

maculis vel fasciis duabus magnis (una ante, altera post medium)

albo-tomentosis : capite vix exserto sed latissimo et fronte lon-

gissima, mandibulisque valde elongatis; oculis ut in gen. T'etraope

divisis ; thorace antice lato, postice angustato, dorso gibboso, basi

constricto ; antennis basi ciliatis, scapo longissimo, clavato ; elytris

apice rotundatis, carina laterali acuta, valde flexuosa.

Long. 43 lin. Q.

Santa Marta, New Granada.

Amphionycha dimidiata.

Elongata, subcylindrica, flava, elytrorum dimidio apicali, pectore

abdominisque apice, nigris: capite angusto, retracto, inter an-

tennas declivi (tuberibus antenniferis elevatis), fronte convexa,

epistomate nigro, occipite maculis tribus, genibus utrinque una,

nigris; thorace antice angustato, basi latiore, disco anteriore

maculis duabus, episternis utrinque una, nigris; elytris parallelis,

apice late rotundatis, dorso versus apicem subito declivi, carinis

lateralibus utrinque duabus ; antennis ( 2 ) corpore multo brevio-

ribus, gracilibus.

Long. 8 lin. 2.

New Granada.

Amphionycha bisellata.

Cylindrica, nigra opaca, thorace supra (macula rotunda dorsali mar-

gineque anteriore medio exceptis), elytris fascia recta subapicali

metasternoque macula utrinque laterali flavis: capite subtus

valde retracto, inter antennas depresso, fronte brevi, plana;

thorace transverso, medio rotundato, ante basin fortiter con-

stricto; elytris parallelis, convexis, apice late obtuse rotundatis,

carina laterali obtusissima, epipleuris altis ; antennis quam dimi-

dium corporis paullo longioribus, sparsim ciliatis.

Long. 8 lin. 9?

Macas, Ecuador (Buckley).

A peculiar species in form, colour, and clothing, but not

sufficiently different to be separated generically from Amphio-

nycha, its peculiarities being those of A. dimidiata carried a

little further. The lateral carina is marked as a distinct

angle separating the dorsal surface of the elytra from the epi-

pleura; but it does not form a rib; or if it does, the elevation

is concealed by the dense black pile of the elytra. The

yellow colour of the thorax and apical belt of the elytra is

associated with pilosity of a very peculiar nature, which I

have not noticed in any other species; it resembles the texture

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 201

of a blanket or sponge, and is formed of coarse loosely-felted

short hairs.

Amphionycha suturata.

Modice elongata, cinereo-nigra, thorace dorso (vitta mediana postice

dilatata excepta), elytris sutura et lateribus (haud usque apicem)

fronteque vittis duabus albis; pedibus et antennis fulvis, tibiis

tarsisque apice, scapo articuloque tertio, quarto apice, quinto ad un-

decimum totis nigro-fuscis: capite inter antennas concavo, fronte

convexa, vertice nudo grosse punctato; thorace antice angustato,

angulis posticis prominulis ; elytris apice obtuse rotundatis, dorso

punctulatis, carina laterali simplici, subrecta, elongata ; antennis

(¢) corpore dimidio longioribus.

Long. 53 lin.

Brazil.

Amphionycha pubicornis.

Angustior, cylindrica, passim setosa, castaneo-fusca, subtiliter cinereo

pubescens, capite, thorace antice, elytrorum sutura marginibusque

et pedibus (tibiis tarsisque fuscescentibus) testaceo-fulvis, thorace

utrinque linea obliqua antennarumque articulis quarto et quinto

albo-testaceis: capite inter antennas profunde concayvo, fronte

valde convexa, vertice ¢ plano, 2 valde convexo, geni dilatatis,

mandibulis magnis ; thorace antice angustato, post medium paul-

lulum dilatatato, deinde iterum angustato, angulis posticis promi-

nulis ; elytris apice truncatis, angulo exteriore dentiformi, dorso

lineatim punctulatis, carina laterali subrecta apicem fere attin-

gente.

Long. 4 lin. $ @.

Lower Amazons (H. Smith).

Although very closely allied to A. sutwrata, this species

differs in many important points. The depression between

the antenne exists in both sexes, and takes the form of a very

deep fovea. ‘The erect pubescence extends over the whole

body, including legs and antenne, fine erect hairs clothing

the latter organs on all sides from base to apex, but replaced

underneath the basal joints by the usual long cilia character-

istic of the genus. The sexual differences in the size and

convexity of the head and development of the mandibles it has

in common with many allied species.

Amphionycha postilenata.

Subcylindrica, nigro-fusca, subtiliter pubescens, vix pilosa, fronte,

thorace fasciaque postica elytrorum sulphureis, elytris apice

griseis: antennis tenuibus, scapo elongato paullulum clavato,

articulo tertio valde elongato, infra sparsim longe ciliato; scapo

subtus, articulo tertio quartoque basi fulvo-testaceis; capite antice

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 14

202 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

modice convexo, inter antennas late concavo, apud oculos quam

thorax multo latiore; thorace medio rotundato-dilatato, angulis

posticis productis acutis; elytris apice obtusissime truncatis,

carina laterali subrecta; palpis flavis; corpore subtus griseo,

femoribus subtus flavo-testaceis.

Long. 53 lin. S.

Rio Janeiro, Novo Friburgo.

Allied to A. colligaia, Redt. (clathrata, Dej. Cat.).

Amphionycha rectilinea.

Gracilis, supra planata, erecte pilosa, griseo-nigra, capite antice,

thorace lateribus elytrisque marginibus et apice canis ; femoribus

et tibiis melleo-flavis : capite ( ¢) inter antennas depresso, macula

frontali, altera post oculum et vertice, nigris; thorace breviter

cylindrico, medio rotundato-dilatato, angulis posticis productis

acutis; dorso plaga magna (medio linea cinerea) vittaque mar-

ginali nigris; elytris apice subacute conjunctim rotundatis,

carina laterali acutissima, recta, apicem fere attingente ; antennis

(3) corpore dimidio longioribus, pilosis, articulis primo ad

sextum infra ciliatis.

Long. 4 lin. ¢.

Minas Geraes, Brazil.

Amphionycha longipennis.

Linearis, valde elongata, subplanata, sparsim pilosa, cinereo-nigra,

fronte, linea laterali thoracis, sutura marginibusque elytrorum

flavo-cinereis ; femoribus basi testaceo-flavis: capite ( ¢) parvo,

inter antennas late et valde concayo; thorace antice angustato,

basi latissimo, angulis posticis productis acutis, medio paullulum

rotundato, dorso punctato, nitido ; elytris relative elongatis, paral-

lelis sed lateribus apicem versus paullo dilatato-explanatis, apice

sinuato-truncatis, dorso subcrebre punctulatis, carina laterali

acutissima subrecta, apicem fere attingente; antennis nigris, arti-

culis basi anguste (quartoque medio) flavo-testaceis. _

Long. Glin. ¢.

Rio Macas, Ecuador (Buckley).

Amphionycha fenestrata.

Nigra, elytris utrinque medio macula alba oblonga suturam haud

attingente: capite 9 lato, inter antennas plano, occipite valde con-

vexo; ¢ normali, inter antennas concavo; genis albis; thorace

curto, medio paullo dilatato, 9 basi constricto, supra inzequali ;

elytris apice singulatim rotundatis, crebre punctulatis, carina

laterali recta, acuta, mox ante apicem subito terminata; antennis

utroque sexu corpore paullo longioribus, sparsim ciliatis, articulo

tertio quam quartus ¢ paullo, 2 muito longiore.

Long. 5lin. ¢ Q.

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 203

Rio Janeiro, Novo Friburgo.

A species remarkable for the sexual differences in the head,

thorax, and antenne.

The male agrees in many respects with the genus Jsomerida,

whilst the female has the characters of Amphionycha ; the an-

tenne: of the male, however, are sparsely ciliated, and not

furnished with tufted pencils of hair as inLsomerida. 'The whole

insect is deep black, except a streak under each eye and on the

epistome, and a large oblong spot on each elytron, which are

hoary white.

Amphionycha fuscipennis.

Cylindrico-oblonga, flayo-testacea (abdomine metasternoque inter-

dum fuscis), capite antennisque nigris,elytris piceo-fuscis, tenuiter

pubescentibus, thorace tomento compacto flavescente tecto: capite

(cum oculis) quam thorax utroque sexu vix latiore, inter an-

tennas concavo, fronteconvexa ; thorace medio utrinque prominulo,

antice leviter angustato, postice subconstricto ; elytris convexis,

ante apicem subito declivibus, apice late subtruncato-rotundatis,

dorso seriatim punctulatis, carina laterali subrecta, longe ante

apicem terminata; antennis nigris; pedibus nigris, femoribus

(apice exceptis) flavis.

Long. 5-6 lin. ¢ Q.

Yungas of La Paz, Bolivia (Buckley) ; Chanchamayo, Peru

(Dr. Thamm).

The Peruvian specimens have the under surface of the body

wholly pallid; in one from Bolivia the abdomen and sides of

the metathorax are blackish. The Bolivian specimens are

5 lines long, that from Peru 6.

Amphionycha fulvicornis.

Modice elongata, nigra, antennis melleo-fulvis, scapo apice, articu-

lisque secundo et apicalibus fuscis ; thorace vitta (antice dilatata)

laterali alba: capite 2 magno, occipite valde convexo; g nor-

mali, inter antennas concayo ; thorace basi valde constricto, disco

nitido; elytris apice rotundatis, supra crebre punctatis; carina

laterali recta, apicem fere attingente; antennis utroquesexu corpore

paullo longioribus, sparsim ciliatis, articulo tertio quam quartus

3 paullo, 2 multo longiore.

Long. 44-5 lin. ¢ Q.

Rio Janeiro, Novo Friburgo.

In structure similar to A. fenestrata, and agreeing with that

species in the sexual differences as to the size of the head and

the length of the third antennal joint. In colours it is totally

different.

Amphionycha discicollis.

Robusta, rufo-testacea, vertice utrinque post oculum elytrisque

(sutura et apice exceptis) fusco-nigris, griseo tenuiter pubescenti-

14*

904 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea fiom

bus, thorace medio plaga magna nigra nitida: capite (cum oculis)

quam thorax utroque sexu vix latiore, inter antennas depresso ;

thorace antice paullo angustiore, disco quinquetuberculato ; elytris

elongato-oblongis, convexis, ante apicem paullo subito declivibus,

apice subtruncato-truncatis, dorso punctulatis, carina laterali recta

acuta, longe ante apicem terminata, carinula accessoria carine

parallela, minus elevata sed longius prolongata; antennis nigris,

scapo subtus et apud apicem rufo, articulo quarto albo; pedibus

nigris, femoribus vel totis vel subtus tantum flavis.

Long. 74 lin. 5 @.

Ecuador (Buckley).

Amphionycha rubra.

Oblongo-cylindrica, postice angustata, rufa, antennis nigris: capite

(3) magno, exserto, infra retracto, inter antennas depresso, vertice

valde convexo, fronte elongata, planata, oculis parvis; thorace

breviter cylindrico; elytris apice late truncatis, angulo exte-

riore paullulum producto, medio dorso planato, apice declivi,

carina laterali subrecta, abbreviata, carina accessoria flexuosa, lon-

giore,

Long. 6 lin. 9.

Novo Friburgo, Rio Janeiro, Brazil.

Amphionycha urocosmia.

Gracilis, flavo-testacea, subnuda, metathorace (medio), abdomine

elytrisque dimidio apicali nigris, his plaga magna subapicali cano-

tomentosa; antennis (2) corpore longioribus, cinereo-nigris,

articulo quarto flavo; capite exserto, inter antennas planato,

fronte conyexa, lateribus paullo rotundatis ; thorace cylindrico,

basi constricto; elytris apice subsinuatim truncatis, angulis pro-

ductis, dorso sublineatim punctulatis, epipleuris nitidis, carinis

duabus eequaliter acutis.

Long.44 lin. Q.

New Granada.

[To be continued. |

XXI.—On a Collection of Crustacea made by Baron Hermann-

Malizam at Goree Island, Senegambia. By Epwarp J.

Miers, F.L.8., F.Z.8.

[Plates XIII, XIV., XV., & XVL]

THE collection that forms the subject of the present Report,

which will be continued in the two succeeding numbers of

the ‘ Annals,’ is of very considerable interest, as having been

made in a locality hitherto scarcely visited by the carcino-

Goree Island, Senegambia. 205

logical collector, and also on account of the number of new

and remarkable forms it contains.

All the species collected, except Peneus brasiliensis, were

dredged in Goree Bay, at a depth of about 9-15 fathoms

(18-28 metres), on a bottom partly shelly and partly muddy,

and were brought to the British Museum by Baron Hermann-

Maltzam. Dr. Giinther, Keeper of the Zoological Depart-

ment, recognizing the scientific value of this collection,

intrusted it to me for description; and a complete set of the

species obtained has been retained for the British Museum.

Although (so far as I am aware) the only species heretofore

described from Goree is the Pilumnus africanus of M. Alph.

Milne-Edwards, a considerable number of species have been

recorded from other localities on the West-African coast, and

from the Cape-Verd and Canary Islands and Madeira, by

Leach, Webb and Berthelot, Dana, Stimpson, Milne-Edwards,

and other naturalists, reference to whose works will be found

in the following pages; and a very close affinity will be

shown to exist between the crustacean fauna of West Africa

and that of the Mediterranean region, through the island

groups above mentioned. In the determination of this affinity

I have been much aided by the collections made at Madeira

by the Rev. R. B. Watson and at the Canaries by the late

R. MacAndrew, Esq., and by them presented to the British

Museum.

A very distinct but less marked relationship is also trace-

able between the West-African Crustacea and those inhabiting

the western shores of the Atlantic (particularly the West

Indies) ; and some few of the species collected have even an

Oriental distribution. One only has as yet been recorded

from the Cape of Good Hope (Pilumnus verrucosipes, Stimp-

son),

At the end of the paper will be given a systematic list of

the genera and species, with the geographical distribution as

far as known at present.

I have added descriptions in footnotes of a few species from

neighbouring localities in the British- Museum collection.

Baron Hermann-Maltzam is himself engaged in working

out the interesting series of Mollusca collected ; but the few

shells inhabited by Paguridee and referred to below have been

determined for me by my colleague Mr. EH. A. Smith,

206 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

DECAPODA.

BRACHYURA.

Stenorhynchus rostratus (Linn.).

Several small specimens, both males and females, are in

the collection ; the length of the cephalothorax of the largest

to tip of rostrum is only about 7 lines (15 millim.).

In all of these specimens the rostrum is very short, the

epistome and basal antennal joint are without spines, and the

anterior legs nearly smooth; the long vertical spines on the

gastric and cardiac regions of the carapace are in most of

these specimens more developed than in the numerous Huro-

pean specimens of S. rostratus in the collection of the British

Museum.

An adult male in the collection—length of carapace about

84 lines (18 millim.)—differs from the foregoing and from

typical specimens of S. rostratus in having the anterior legs

or chelipedes armed with numerous spinules on the upper and

lower edges of the arms, wrists, and hands, which joints are

ordinarily in S. rostratus smooth or simply granulated; the

fingers, which are dilated and laterally compressed, are smooth,

and when closed have between them, near the base, a wide

hiatus. A specimen collected by W. 8S. Kent, Hsq., during

the ‘ Norma’ Expedition, in Vigo Bay (which, however, has

the rostrum broken), and one from Belfast Bay, dredged

in 20 fathoms (W. Thompson, Hsq.), present similar cha-

racters.

This variety differs from 8. egyptius, S. Czernjawskit, and

S. longirostris in the very short rostrum and by the absence

of the minute spines at the base of and upon the basal antennal

joimt, and may be designated var. sprnulosus.

Herbstia violacea.

Micropisa violacea, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. iy.

p- 50, pl. xvi. figs. 8-6 (1868).

To this species I refer a series of small specimens (both males

and females). Length of the largest about 9 lines (19 millim.),

breadth about 7 lines (nearly 15 millim.).

The spines of the carapace show great variation in the

degree of their development. In all the specimens I have

examined the chelipedes have the inner margins of the fingers

smooth, not denticulated. Specimens are in the British

Museum (preserved dry) from the West-African coast,

Goree Island, Senegambia. 207

Pisa carinimana.

Pisa carinmana, Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 5) iv. p. 11

pl. iv. fig. 6 (1879).

Several specimens are in the collection, of both sexes and

different sizes; none are as large as the type from the

Canaries (2. MacAndrew, Esq.), which (rostrum included)

measures 7 lines in length (15 millim.) ; the largest specimen

in the Senegambian collection has a total length (rostrum

included) of only 6 lines (13 millim.), breadth little over 4

lines (9 millim.).

Some of the specimens preserved in spirit are of a beautiful

rose-colour with yellowish patches, others yellowish brown ;

but there are apparently no other differences observable be-

tween the two varieties. Only in adult males are the specific

characters drawn from the anterior legs or chelipedes to be

made out. In the females not only are these characters

undistinguishable, but also the tubercles on the gastric and

branchial regions are commonly obsolete; the transverse

tubercles of the gastric region (which are very obscure in the

type) are not to be made out in the series now before me,

and ought to be erased from the specific description.

Lambrus (Parthenopoides) massena, Roux.

A good series of specimens of both sexes is in the collection,

which I refer here. Colour in spirit varies from yellowish

brown to reddish.

This species varies very considerably in the form of the

rostrum and the amount of tuberculation of the carapace; and

it is possible that some of these differences may be of specific

importance.

In what I shall regard as the typical, because the com-

monest, condition of: the species, with which I believe ZL.

rugosus, Stimpson, from the Cape-Verds, to be probably

identical, the front is very prominent, triangulate, and acute

or subacute; the gastric, cardiac, and branchial regions very

convex and tuberculated ; one tubercle on the summit of each

of these regions is more prominent than the rest; the inter-

regional depressions in the carapace and the sides towards

the lateral margins of the branchial regions are nearly smooth.

The chelipedes have the merus or arm rather slender and

elongated, strongly tuberculated above, palm with but few

granules or tubercles on its flattened upper surface (exclusive

of the marginal teeth).

Length and breadth of a specimen from Goree a little over

208 My. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

7 lines (15 millim.) ; length of the larger (right) chelipede

when fully extended 1 inch 23 lines (31 millim.).

There are in the Museum collection examples from the

Mediterranean and Sicily.

In two specimens, length and breadth of largest about

74 lines (16 millim.), which otherwise do not differ much

from the foregoing, the prominent tubercles of the gastric,

cardiac, and branchial regions are developed into blunt spines,

a similar spine exists near the distal end of the upper surface

of the arm, and the upper surface of the palms is strongly

granulated and tuberculated; they may be designated var.

spinifer.

In another set of specimens from Goree Island, which

appear entitled to rank as a distinct variety, the front is much

less prominent, more deflexed and rounded at its distal end,

the regions of the carapace less convex and less prominently

granulated, with the interspaces and the sides towards the

lateral margins also more or less granulated; arm generally

shorter. They may be designated var. atlanticus.

The five specimens I have seen are females. Colour in

spirit more or less reddish ; length of the largest a little over

7 lines (15 millim.); breadth 8 lines (over 17 millim.).

Length of larger chelipede when extended about 1 inch 1 line

(nearly 28 millim.).

Another adult female differs from any of the preceding in

having the carapace almost altogether destitute of tubercles or

spines; some very small and obscure granulations exist on

the branchial and cardiac regions and on the interspaces be-

tween them and on the posterior margin; the upper surface

of the hands is nearly smooth. In the less acute rostrum and

in general form this specimen nearly resembles the preceding

variety, of which it is probably an extreme condition. The

colour is a nearly uniform deep red. Length of carapace

about 63 lines (14 millim.) ; breadth about 7 lines (15 millim.).

Length of larger chelipede when fully extended about 1 inch

(253 millim.).

L. pulchellus, A. M.-Edwards*, from the Cape-Verd

Islands, has the front in the figure represented as truncated,

concave on each side in front of the orbits, and may be dis-

tinct from any of the foregoing.

Lambrus (Parthenopoides) bicarinatus, sp. n.

In this, which I must regard as a distinct species, because

I have observed no examples connecting it with any of the

* Nouv. Arch, Mus. Hist. Nat. iv. p. 53, pl. xvi. figs. 7-9 (1868),

Goree Island, Senegambia. 209

varieties above enumerated of L. massena, the carapace is

more depressed than in that species, and the front elongated

triangulate acute or subacute, and scarcely at all deflexed.

There are a few small granules on the summit of the gastric,

cardiac, and branchial regions, and in the interspaces between

the two last mentioned, and on the posterior margin; but the

anterior part of the carapace, rostrum, and the sides of the

branchial regions are smooth; the branchial regions are ob-

liquely carinated, the carina reaching to and most distinctly

defined near the postero-lateral margins. The chelipedes

have the arms distinctly tuberculated ; palms smooth on the

upper surface. Colour (in spirit) yellowish brown or pinkish.

Length and breadth of the largest example about 6 tines

(124 millim.).

Four specimens (males and females) are in the collection

from Goree. There is also in the British Museum a male

from the Canaries.

This well-marked form may be distinguished from P. eapan-

sus, Miers, by not having the carapace nearly so much produced

over the bases of the ambulatory legs, the acute rostrum, and

other points.

It bears some resemblance to the variety figured by Costa *

of the form he designates Parthenope contracta ; the carapace,

however, is broader, not indented on the sides of the hepatic

regions, and there is no prominent spine on the cardiac region.

The typical P. contracta is regarded by Heller and others as

synonymous with P. massena.

Heterocrypta Malizami, sp. n.

(Ge; SOUUL, aie, 1)

In this species, of which I have seen a large number ot

specimens of both sexes from Goree, the carapace is penta-

gonal rather than triangulate, the lateral margins at first

widely divergent, and afterwards nearly parallel ; the gastric,

cardiac, and branchial regions convex ; the gastric region is

posteriorly steeply inclined ; anteriorly it slopes gently down-

ward to the front, which is very prominent, nearly horizontal,

smooth, and flat above, with the sides slightly arcuated and

the apex subacute; the sides of the anterior face of the gastric

prominence are sharply defined and usually somewhat granu-

lated ; the cardiac prominence has the form of a large, very

distinctly defined granulated tubercle; on the branchial

regions is a sharply defined oblique granulated ridge that

extends from the postero-lateral angles of the carapace nearly

* Crustacea in Fauna del Regno Napoli, pl. vi. fig. 3 (1838).

210 Mr. EK. J. Miers on Crustacea from

to the base of the gastric prominence; the intervening parts

of the carapace are nearly smooth ; the antero-lateral, lateral,

and posterior margins of the carapace are thin, sharp-edged,

and somewhat obscurely crenulated. Asin Heterocrypta granu-

lata, there is a distinct more or less granulated ridge on the

pterygostomian regions; the postabdomen in both sexes has

six joints distinct. The short thick eyes fit closely into the

orbits, which have a scarcely distinguishable closed fissure in

their upper margins ; the longitudinally-folded antennules are

widely separated from the antennee, whose basal joint occupies

the inner orbital hiatus and whose short flagellum is scarcely

visible from above in a dorsal view; the ischium joint of the

outer maxillipedes is broad, nearly oblong, excavated at its

distal end to receive the merus, which is nearly quadrate, not

notched at its antero-internal angle, where it is articulated

with the next joint; the exognath is narrow, and about reaches

to the distal end of the merus. Chelipedes slender and some-

what elongated; merus or arm trigonous, with the three faces

smooth, the margins with little-prominent crenulations or

teeth, which are themselves minutely denticulated ; wrist with

three crenulated and minutely denticulated ridges; palm

longer than the arm, trigonous, its upper surface smooth, the

margins dentated, the teeth themselves granulated or denticu-

lated and very small, except on the inner margin, where they

average about ten in number; fingers small, acute at apices,

and distinctly toothed on their inner margins. Ambulatory

legs slender, smooth, with the joints compressed and usually

unarmed; the merus joints of the first ambulatory legs,

however, are sometimes minutely denticulated.

Colour (in spirit) yellowish white, pinkish, or slaty.

Length of the largest male 5 lines (nearly 11 millim.) ; breadth

nearly 6 lines (12 millim.); length of chelipede when ex-

tended as far as its conformation will allow 10$ lines (22

millim.).

The description is taken from an adult male. Most of the

females bear ova.

It is at once distinguished from its congeners, Heterocrypta

granulata, Stimpson, and H. macrobrachia, Stimpson *, from

the American seas, by the different form of the carapace,

which in outline more nearly resembles that of certain species

of Cryptopodia (e. g. C. concava).

It is certainly one of the most interesting species in the

collection ; and I have much pleasure in dedicating it to Baron

Hermann-Maltzam, its discoverer.

* Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, x. p. 105 (1871).

Goree Island, Senegambia. 211

Lophozozymus (Lophoxanthus) sexdentatus, sp. n.

(PI. XIIL fig. 2.)

In this pretty little species the carapace is less than one and

a half times as broad as long; its dorsal surface is less convex

than usual, and rather strongly lobulated on the postfrontal,

gastric, and hepatic regions, and on the sides of the carapace

behind the antero-lateral marginal teeth; the cervical suture

and the depressions between the lobules are very distinct ;

the surface of the carapace (viewed under a lens) appears

punctulated ; the frontal margin projects somewhat more than

is usual in the genus, and is straight and entire. The first

(or outer orbital) tooth and the second tooth of the antero-

lateral margins are not developed, the three posterior antero-

lateral marginal teeth are prominent, triangulate, and acute,

the front part of the antero-laterai margins and the subhepatic

and pterygostomian regions, and the narrow epistome are

more or less pitted and eroded. The segments of the post-

abdomen are all separate and distinct in both sexes. The

basal antennal joint reaches to the infero-lateral angles of the

front. ‘The outer maxillipedes are punctulated on their outer

surface, the transverse merus joint being marked with two

somewhat larger and deeper depressions. The chelipedes in

the male are short, robust, and (in the specimens I have

examined) of unequal size; arm or merus joint very short ;

carpus somewhat pitted above and on its outer surface, and

with a spine on its inner surface ; palm slightly convex on its

upper and inner surface, and more or less pitted above and on

its outer surface; fingers short, compressed, and nearly

meeting along their inner edges when closed; the dactylus or

mobile finger carinated above.

Ambulatory legs of moderate length, compressed, and cari-

nated above; dactyli not carinated and closely pubescent.

Coloration yellowish orslaty ; chelipedes and ambulatory legs

sometimes reddish, fingers brownish. Length of the largest

example rather over 5 lines (11 millim.); breadth about

74 lines (16 millim.); the largest male is a trifle smaller.

All the specimens are males, except the largest, which

differs in coloration, having the carapace marked with reddish

blotches on a paler ground. In this example one chelipede

only remains; in this the palm is more strongly pitted on its

outer surface, and the fingers are pinkish.

M. Alph. Milne-Edwards has recently * established the

genus Lophoxanthus tor two species which apparently scarcely

differ from Lophozozymus, except in the more depressed cara-

* Crust. in Mission Scientifique du Mexique, p. 256 (1873-80).

212 Mr. KE. J. Miers on Crustacea from

pace and the obsolescence of the first and second antero-lateral

marginal teeth. ‘To this genus (or subgenus, as I prefer to

regard it) L. sexdentatus is to be referred. It differs from

both the West-American species, LZ. lamellipes, Stim., and

L,. bellus, Stim., in the much more prominent front and teeth

of the antero-lateral margins.

Prof. A. Milne-Edwards* has united with the Lophozozymus

(Xantho) radiatus of M.-Edwards both the Xantho lamelligera

and Atergatis lateralis of White. Yet more recently Dr. F.

Hilgendorft has referred all these species to the Cancer

dodone of Herbst. It appears to me very doubtful, however,

whether these identifications can be sustained. In White’s

specimens of A. lateralis in the British-Museum collection the

chelipedes have the hands pitted and the wrist with a short

keel or lobe (not two tubercles) on its inner surface, asin L.

dodone, but there are no hairs on the antero-lateral marginal

teeth, as described by Hilgendorf in that species. In Lopho-

zocymus lamelliger, White, the carapace, as well as the

chelipedes, is very distinctly granulated and pitted, the

frontal lobes are sinuated, and the lobes of the antero-lateral

margins granulated and very obscurely defined. ‘The carpus of

the chelipedes is rather bluntly cristate on its inner margin.

Xanthodes melanodactylus.

Xanthodes melanodactylus, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist.

Nat. iv. p. 60, pl. xvii. figs. 1-3 (1868).

A large series is in the collection, all the specimens being

of small size, the largest scarcely more than 3 lines (6:5

millim.) in length and 5 lines (11 millim.) in breadth; the

anterior legs are unequally developed, ordinarily the right,

but more rarely the left, being the larger; in the smaller

chelipede the palm is slenderer and the fingers bent down-

wards, so that the lower margin of the smaller finger is not

in a straight line with the inferior margin of the palm. The

colour (of specimens preserved in spirit) is variable : sometimes

the minute red punctulations on the carapace mentioned by

M. A. Milne-Edwards are discernible, but in other examples

they are quite obliterated; ordinarily the chelipedes are

reddish: and the fingers black or dark-coloured, with paler

tips; but in others these limbs are pale-coloured, and in some

the fingers are purplish. These variations seem to afford

evidence that the coloration is of little value in this genus as

a specific distinction.

* Nouy. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. ix. p. 206 (1878).

+ Monatsh. der Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 789 (1878),

Goree Island, Senegambia. 213

There is in the British-Museum collection a small specimen

of this species from the Island of Ascension (h. Trimen, Esq.)

in which carapace and legs are alike of a pale rose colour, an

the fingers brownish, also specimens from Madeira (Rev. R.

Boog Watson) in which the coloration is obliterated.

It may be of interest to add that there is in the series ob-

tained by Baron Maltzam a female bearing ova whose length

does not reach 2 lines (4 millim.).

X. rufopunctatus, A. M.-Edwards*, from Cape St. Vincent

and Maio, is very briefly described, and I should be inclined

to doubt its distinctness from X. melanodactylus; but not

having examined the type, I do not venture to quote it as

synonymous with the latter species.

X. ertphioides, A. M.-Edwardst, also obtained from Cape

St. Vincent, is at once distinguished by the strong spiniform

tubercles of the carapace, chelipedes, and legs. ‘This species

is still a desideratum in the collection of the British Museum.

Xantho pilipes ?

? Xantho pilipes, A. M.-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, vii. p. 268

(1867).

There are in the collection numerous specimens of a species

of Xantho, which I refer here with some hésitation, as Milne-

Edwards’s diagnosis is in few words. According to the dis-

tinguished French naturalist X. pilipes is nearly allied to X.

rivulosus, but is distinguished by its narrower and less convex

carapace, the much deeper depressions separating the branchial

from the hepatic regions, the well-defined triangular antero-

lateral marginal teeth, which are four in number, the slight

prominence of the external orbital angle, and in the inferior

and lateral regions of the carapace being covered with hairs.

Breadth of carapace 40 millim., length 34 millim. In all

these particulars the specimens betore me agree with X. pilipes.

The front in these specimens, as in most species of the

genus, is divided by a median notch into two broad and trun-

cated lobes. On the postirontal region and on the front of

the gastric region are slightly marked transverse elevations.

The male postabdomen is five-jointed; the third to fifth seg-

ments coalescent; the anterior legs (in the adult male) are

very robust; merus or arm short, smooth; carpus or wrist

with a small tooth on its mner margin; palm short, robust,

smooth on its outer and inner surfaces, in all except the

largest examples obscurely ridged on its upper margin ;

* Rev. et Mag. Zool. (ser. 2), xxi. p. 409 (1869).

+ Arch. Mus. H. N. iv. p. 58, pl. xvi. figs. 10-14 (1868).

214 Mr. HE. J. Miers on Crustacea from

fingers black or pale brown, with lighter tips. Ambulatory

legs short, compressed, the hairs most dense on the merus

jomts. In spirit-specimens the chelipedes are often orange or

reddish, and the carapace with more or less trace of reddish

coloration upon a paler ground. None of the specimens

before me are so large as Milne-Hdwards’s type, the largest

not 7 lines (14 millim.) in length, and a little under 10 lines

(20 millim.) in breadth.

X. pilipes has been hitherto a desideratum in the collection

of the British Museum.

X. parvulus (Fabr.), Milne-Edwards* (a species found

in the West Indies and on the coast of Brazil, and which,

according to Dana, occurs at the Cape-Verds), has an ex-

tremely strong tooth at the base of the mobile finger, which

does not exist in the specimens I refer to X. pilipes.

In X. minor, Danat, from Madeira and the Cape-Verds,

the upper margin of the hand is deeply suleated; and in

specimens I refer with some hesitation to this species in the

Museum collection from Madeira (Rev. R. B. Watson), the

chelipedes are much slenderer, hand and carpus more rugose

and tuberculated.

Leptodius punctatus, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 3.)

Carapace moderately convex, about one and a half times

as broad as long, the convexities on the anterior part of its

upper surface prominent and separated by strongly-marked

and rather wide depressions ; these elevations are pitted with

scattered punctuations; but the intervening depressions and

the flat posterior and postero-lateral regions of the carapace

are smooth. Front bisinuated and with a median incision,

thus divided into four rounded and not prominent lobes, the

frontal margin and the upper orbital margins somewhat

thickened. Antero-lateral margins of the carapace with the -

four posterior teeth distinct and somewhat tuberculiform ; the

tooth at the exterior orbital angle obsolete. Postabdomen of

the male narrow, composed of only five distinct segments ;

terminal segment triangulate. Outer maxillipedes having the

merus joint transverse and marked with a circular pit on its

outer surface. Anterior legs or chelipedes (in the two speci-

mens examined) robust; merus or arm short; carpus or wrist

pitted on its upper and outer surfaces, smooth on its inner

surface, with a blunt tooth at its antero-internal angle; palm

pitted above and on the upper part of its outer surface, smooth

* Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 395 (1884).

+ Cr. U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. p. 169, pl. viii. fig. 7 (1852).

Goree Island, Senegambia. 215

below and on its inner surface; fingers rather obscurely

toothed on their inner margins, of a deep black colour, the

coloration not extending along the inner and outer surfaces of

the palm; the mobile finger is longitudinally channelled above,

but without spinules or tubercles near its base. Ambulatory

legs short, compressed, with only a few hairs on the upper

margins of the merus joints; terminal joints clothed with a

short dense pubescence. Colour in the typical example

coppery red, paler below. Length of carapace about 7 lines

(15 millim.), greatest breadth nearly 11 lines (23 millim.).

The single specimen in the collection is an adult male. In

the pitted carapace and chelipedes, and in the strongly defined

inequalities of the carapace, this species more nearly resembles

Aanthodius than Leptodius; but it presents no traces of the

palatal ridges which are characteristic of the former genus

and, indeed, constitute its sole claim to generic distinctness.

As these ridges in Xanthodius are sometimes imperfectly de-

fined, it may be necessary to unite the two genera, as has been

done by Prof. A. Milne-Edwards. As compared with the

West-Indian Xanthodius americanus, Saussure, Leptodius

punctatus has the carapace somewhat less convex toward the

frontal and antero-lateral margins, the lobulations of the cara-

pace less prominent and separated by wider depressions. In

both specimens of Leptodius punctatus examined the right

chelipede is but little larger than the left.

The differences, however, between the West-Indian and

African forms are so slight that, but for the single character of

the absence of the palatal ridges, I should have considered

L. punctatus a mere variety of X. americanus. L. punctatus

further resembles Xanthodius, and differs from most species of

Leptodius, in that the black coloration of the fingers does not

extend along the inner or outer surface of the hands. There

is in the British-Museum collection a male, preserved dry,

from the west coast of Africa, in which the frontal lobes are

obsolete*.

* Leptodius Macandree, sp.n. (PI. XIII. fig. 4.)

There is in the collection of the British Museum a single specimen of

a species of Leptodius from the Canaries, which is very distinct from the

preceding and from all others that I have examined. It may be briefly

diagnosed as follows:—Carapace flat above, with scarcely any traces of

surface prominences or depressions; slight sulci, however, are observable,

which originate at the bases of the third and fourth antero-lateral mar-

ginal teeth. Frontal margin divided by a median notch into two broad

truncated lobes, from which the little prominent internal orbital angles

are separated by a notch; the teeth at the exterior orbital angles and the

first pair of antero-lateral-marginal teeth are obsolete, the three posterior

teeth of the antero-lateral margins distinct. Chelipedes robust ; carpus

216 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

Pilumnus verrucosipes. (Pl. XIII. fig. 5.)

Pilumnus verrucosipes, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 38

(1858),

Four specimens in the collection agree in all particulars

with Simpson’s diagnosis, to which the following may be

added :—'The front is rather prominent, its median notch very

small; the first or exterior orbital tooth is small; the verru-

cosities of the chelipedes and ambulatory legs are prominent

and tuberculiform ; the outer surface of the larger chelipede

(which may be either the right or the left) is nearly naked,

and the granulations with which it is covered become obsolete

toward the inferior margin. ‘The oblique ridges on the inner

surface of the palate do not quite reach to the anterior margin

of the buccal area. Orbital margin with a wide inner hiatus

and a very narrow fissure near the outer orbital tooth, near

to which, on the upper orbital margin, is sometimes a second

very small tooth. Colour yellowish or olive-brown. Length

of the largest example 3 lines (nearly 6 millim.), breadth a

little over 4 lines (9 millim.).

This species was hitherto unrepresented in the British-

Museum collection; and its acquisition is of interest, since

the type was obtained by the United-States expedition at

Simon’s Bay, Cape of Good Hope.

A Pilumnus (P. africanus) has been described by Prof.

A. Milne-Edwards* trom Goree and Angola, which is in all

respects very distinct from P. verrucosipes, and is allied in

many of its characters to P. hirtellus. To it I refer speci-

mens without locality in the Museum collection.

with two obscure teeth on its inner surface; palm obscurely ridged and

sulcated along the upper margin; fingers somewhat compressed, dis-

tinctly toothed near the base, and ridged above ; pale coloured, the lower

fingers only being excavated at tips; those of the larger chelipede widely

gaping; ambulatory legs compressed. } :

The specimen, which is preserved dry, has faint reddish markings on a

ale ground. Length of carapace little more than 6 lines (11 millim.),

Preaath about 8 lines (17 millim.). The smooth carapace, together with

the obsolescence of the exterior orbital and first antero-lateral-marginal

teeth, seems to distinguish this species, which was presented to the British

Museum by the late R. MacAndrew, Esq.

Tt bears a curious resemblance to Lophozozymus 6-dentatus, from which

not only the excavated finger-tips but the much broader, smoother cara-

pace, with less prominent front and smaller antero-lateral teeth, at once

distinguish it. It is very nearly allied to Leptodius dispar, Stimpson, a

Cuban species, in all particulars except that in L. dispar no trace exists

of the third antero-lateral tooth, and the chelipedes are described as

“naked, smooth, and polished; fingers a little more than one half as long

as the palm, scarcely gaping, and but little excavated at the tips.”

* Amn. Soc. Entom. France (ser. 4), vil. p. 280 (1867).

Goree Island, Senegambia. 217

Neptunus (Amphitrite) inequalis, sp. n.

(BIXaUE is 5G.)

Carapace rather convex, closely pubescent and granulated ;

the granules disposed in series upon the more elevated parts

of the gastric, cardiac, and branchial regions ; on the gastric

region the granulated prominences are disposed in a cruciform

figure, behind which are two closely approximated tubercules

in the median line ; two similar submedian prominences exist

on the cardiac region, and three oblique granulated elevations

on each branchial region ; from the long lateral epibranchial

spines a line of granulations extends on each side to the hepatic

region, where it is bifurcated. Front with six lobes, of which

the two median are small, the next on each side prominent

and triangulate, and the outer (or inner orbital lobe) broadly

rounded. ‘The antero-lateral marginal teeth are spiniform and

acute; the ninth (or lateral epibranchial) tooth very long,

in the largest individual about one third as long as the greatest

width of the carapace. No spines at the postero-lateral angles

of the carapace. Postabdomen (in the male) subtriangulate,

not T-shaped, as in Callinectes. Anterior legs slender and

somewhat elongated; arm or merus with four or five spines

on its anterior margin, and one at the distal extremity of its

posterior margin ; wrist or carpus with a strong spine on its

inner and outer surfaces; palm slender and elongated, with

two spines on its upper margin (one just above the articula-

tion of the dactylus, and the other a short distance behind it),

and with a third spine just above the articulation with the

wrist. Ambulatory legs slender; fifth pair having the merus

joint unarmed, and the terminal joint ovate, ciliated, and

rounded at the distal end. Colour (of spirit-specimens) light

yellowish, inclining to pink; fingers variegated with reddish

or purplish. Length of largest individual (a female with

ova) about 7 lines (15 millim.), breadth to base of lateral

epibranchial spines 113 lines (24 millim.). Length of cheli-

pede, when extended, 1 inch 64 lines (39 millim.).

The description is taken from the largest example; three

other smaller speciméns are in the collection, two of which are

males. In the smaller specimens the elevations of the cara-

pace are less distinctly marked, the two anterior gastric pro-

minences being indeed obsolete: the teeth of the antero-lateral

margins are less spiniform; but the full number are developed

even in the smallest example, which measures scarcely 3 lines

(6 millim.) in length.

In many particulars this species is nearly allied to the

West-Indian Neptunus Gibbesit, Stimpson, but may be dis-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. vii. 15

218 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

tinguished by the greater prominence of the submedian frontal

teeth, more convex and tuberculated carapace, with longer

lateral epibranchial spmes, &c. From Neptunus marginatus,

A. M.-Edwards, which inhabits the Gaboon coast, it is at

once distinguished by the tuberculated carapace and the ex-

istence of an additional spine on the upper margin of the

palm; and from NV. vocans, A. M.-Edwards, from the Cape-

Verd Islands, by the form of the frontal teeth and the absence

of a spine at the postero-lateral angles of the carapace.

N. anceps, Saussure*, of which there is a specimen from

Martinique in the Museum, has the carapace much less tuber-

culated and differently shaped antero-lateral marginal teeth,

&e.

Thalamita integra, vay. africana, n.

This designation is proposed for several Thalamite in the

collection, which scarcely differ from typical specimens of

Thalamita integra, except in having the lateral lobes of the

front shorter than the median lobes. Asis usualin 7’ cnéegra,

the fourth lateral marginal spine is rudimentary, the basal

antennal joint is armed with a smooth and entire crest, and the

penultimate joint of the fifth leg bears traces of very minute

denticulations. The carapace is somewhat pubescent; the

armature of the chelipedes closely resembles that of the typical

T. integra. ‘The fact of Thalamuta integra being an Oriental

species and not occurring (as far as is known) on the west

African coasts, renders it possible that the specimens from

Goree Island may belong to a distinct species; but a larger

series is required to determine the point with certainty.

There are in the British Museum two small specimens from

the Canaries (2. MacAndrew, Esq.) which belong to the

new variety.

Gontosoma Millerii. ©

Goniosoma Millerii, A. M.-Edwards, Nouy. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat.

iv. p. 54, pl. xviii. figs. 1-3 (1869).

Here are referred two small examples, males; the larger

measures little more than 5 lines (11 millim.) in length, and

about 7 lines (15 millim.) in breadth. The small denticles

between the larger antero-lateral teeth are perfectly distin-

guishable, although very small; the frontal teeth, although

broad and obtuse, are scarcely as much truncated as in the

figure above cited. In the smaller example, length only

34 lines (little over 7 millim.), the denticles of the antero-

* Mém. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Genéve, xiv, p.434, pl. ii. fig. 11

(1858),

-Goree Island, Senegambia. 219

lateral margins are on one side obsolete and on the other dis-

cernible only by a lens of considerable power; the frontal

teeth are less regular, and separated by somewhat shallower

incisions ; so that, had the larger specimen not been available

for comparison, the identity of the smaller with Milne-Edwards’s

species might well have been questioned.

This is a very interesting acquisition, the species having

been hitherto a desideratum in the Museum collection.

Its near affinity with the Oriental G. erythrodactylum,

noted by Milne-Hdwards, is unquestionable; but in adult

individuals of that species there are only two rudimentary

denticles in the interspaces between the three anterior teeth

of the antero-lateral margins; moreover, in the specimens I

have seen of G. erythrodactylum, the carapace is smooth and

naked, whereas in G'. Millert¢ it is clothed by a short pubes-

cence.

Since the above was written a larger female has been re-

ceived from Baron Hermann-Maltzam, from Goree Bay.

Length nearly 10 lines (21 millim.), breadth about 1 inch

2 lines (80 millim.).

Portunus corrugatus (Pennant).

Here are referred several specimens in the collection ; they

are of the typical form, with distinctly defined frontal lobes.

The wide Oriental range of this common European species 1

have already noted*; and the fact of its occurrence in the

Atlantic region, as far southward on the west coast of Africa

as Senegambia, is not without interest.

Portunus pusillus, Leach.

Three examples, a male and two females, are in the collec-

tion, which agree in all particulars with Mediterranean speci-

mens.

There are in the British Museum examples from the Cana-

ries (2. MacAndrew, Esq.).

Portunus pusillus, has much aflinity with Portumnus afri-

canus (A. M.-Edw.) and P. nasutus (Latreille), and it is

indeed difficult to cite any certain differences by which these

species may be distinguished from Portunus.

P. pusillus has evidently a wide geographical range, being

found on the British coasts as far north as the Shetlands, from

which locality there are specimens in the British-Museum

collection.

It is one of the British species recently mentioned by Mr.

* “On a Collection of Crustacea from the Corean and Japanese Seas,”

Proc, Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 33.

15*

990 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genus Paludina.

Kirk as occurring in the New-Zealand seas; but I am in-

clined to think the New-Zealand species distinct, since Mr.

Kirk mentions the existence of a ‘‘ prominent spine’ on the

anterior margin of the hand in his specimens: this I have

never observed in the true P. pusillus, which has the distal

end of the anterior margin acute or armed with a very small

spinule.

Atelecyclus rotundatus, Olivi.

Several specimens of this common Mediterranean species are

in the collection. Length of the largest 11 lines (23 millim.),

breadth a little over I inch 1 line (28 millim.); the others

are all much smaller.

[To be continued. |

XXI.—Remarks upon Mr. Wood-Mason’s Paper “On the

Discrimination of the Sexes in the Genus Paludina.” By

EpGcar A. SMITH.

Mr. Woop-Mason’s object is to show that the sexes of

Paludina are distinguishable by differences both in the shells

and animals. ‘This fact, I need scarcely remind the readers

of this journal, has been known for nearly two hundred years.

Lister, in 1695 *, gave a very fair anatomical description of

the animal, demonstrating (p. 46) the bisexuality of the

genus and the characters of both male and female.

He says, in reference to the distinguishing external features,

‘¢ si tamen nota aliqua externa, qua mas a foemina primo intuitu

discerni possit, desideretur, scire licet mares fere minores esse,

deinde, in maribus dextrum cornu (tab. 2. fig. 1, f) sinistro

duplo latius esse, apiceq. obtuso desinere.”” On turning to

the above-quoted figure we find it thus described: —‘ Dextrum

maris cornu obtusum, in quo penis exitus est.”

The latter discovery has since received confirmation from

Cuvier |, Moquin-Tandon {, and others.

Supposing a marked difference in the size of the adult shells

generally prevails in the sexes of Paludina, J fail to perceive

how a conchologist, judging from the shells alone, can know

which, in any series he may have before him, have contained

males and which females. In any large number of a species

* ¢Hxercitatio anatomica altera, in qua maxime agitur de Buccinis

fluviatilibus et marinis’ (12mo, London, 1695).

+ Ann. du Mus. 1808, p. 170; also Mémoires pour serv. a l’Hist. des

Mollusques, 1817.

{ Mollusques terr. et fluv. de France, 1855, vol. ii. pp. 5380-537.

Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genus Paludina. 221

we invariably meet with intermediate sizes, which with cer-

tavnty can neither be considered small females nor yet large

males. ‘Then, again, as in other classes of the animal king-

dom, individuals of the same species of both sexes vary much

in their dimensions ; consequently that which we might deem

an ordinary-sized female would possibly prove to be an

overgrown male were the inhabitant known, and vice versd.

Mr. Wood-Mason says, in reference to the difference in the

size of the shell, “ It is far from probable that any other Gas-

teropodous genera will be found to present similar sexual

differences.” But this feature has already been noticed in

the whelk tribe (Buccinwm) ; for Messrs. H. and A. Adams

(Genera Recent Moll. vol. i. p. 108) observe, “ The shells

of the males are generally smaller than those of the females,”

aresult due probably to the same cause as in Paludina, namely

the greater space requisite to contain a distended ovarium.

In the quotation from Professor Owen’s work (‘ Lectures on

the Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of the Invertebrate

Animals,’ 1855, p. 564) there occurs an important mistake.

Mr. Wood-Mason observes that in Paludina vivipara the

penis “‘ is closely connected with the right tentacle” (Owen).

From this it might seem to some that the great anatomist was

somewhat indefinite in his demonstration. However, if the

line had been correctly quoted, and the words ‘‘wnited to”

substituted for connected with, the sense and clearness of the

description become apparent. Moreover, can it for a moment

be conjectured that the writings of Lister and Cuvier upon

this subject were unknown to the distinguished author.

Mr. Wood-Mason goes on to say, “ but in the Indian species

the penis is altogether aborted, and its function has been

transferred to the contiguous right tentacle, which has conse-

quently become converted into a hooked copulatory organ.”

From this it would appear that he imagines that in P. v7-

vipara the penis arises from a spot somewhere near the right

tentacle, whereas it is contained within it, as in his Indian

species, and although contained by it, does not, I conjecture,

transfer its function at the same time, the tentacle bemg but

as a sheath to the penis, which, at the time of copulation,

protrudes through the end of it.

Beyond the fact of the tentacle in question being curved or

hooked in P. crassa and P. bengalensis, we gain little further

knowledge of this genus from Mr. Wood-Mason’s paper; and

it is advisable that inquiry should be made concerning what has

already been done upon any subject before trespassing upon

the valuable space of such a journal as the ‘Annals and

Magazine of Natural History.’

222 Mr. H. J. Carter on Spongiophaga.

XXIII.—On Spongiophaga in Spongilla.

By H. J. Carter, F'.R.S. &e.

THrouGH the kindness of Mr. Kdward Potts of Philadelphia,

United States, I have received a present of twenty-four slides

of different kinds of Spongilla for examination; and among

them are at least four (I think six; but there are certainly

four) that contain unmistakable evidence of the presence of a

new species of Spongiophaga, which I desire to name after Mr.

Potts, who brought it to my notice, “ Spongiophaga Pottsi.”

The spongiophagous filament in this instance rises by one

(the broad) end from a prolongation of the chitinous coat

through the hilous opening of the seed-like body or statoblast

of Spongilla, and, after twisting about for some time, gradually

becomes diminished in thickness to an almost immeasurable

point or irregular termination—thus not ending in a bulb at

each end, like the marine species Spongiophaga communis

(‘ Annals,’ 1878, vol. ii. p. 168), but in other respects identical

with it. Apparently from two to four filaments are extended

from the prolongation mentioned, webbed together at their

origin, like the arms of a Cephalopod; and, besides being

found in a new species of Spongilla from a small stream in the

Centennial Grounds of Philadelphia, it also occurs in the

same species from Bethlehem, about fifty miles distant ; while

two other slides, each bearing specimens of Meyenia (Spongilla)

Baileyt, Bk., from Buffalo, Lake Krie, appear to be equally

affected by the same (if not still another) species. The

existence of Spongiophaga in the fresh- as well as in the salt-

water sponges is thus substantiated. Whether it belongs to

the animal or vegetable kingdom, no one yet has been

able to find out, although it is perfectly evident that the marine

species destroys the sponge which is infested by it. It is to be

hoped that Mr. Potts, who, like Lieberktihn with the marine

species, is under the impression that it is part of the sponge

itself (op. e¢ loc. cit.), will, under the advantage of a medium

which is much more manageable than sea-water, be able to

trace its development, and thereby tell us something more about

it, if not what it really is. Meanwhile I hope before long to

state more in detail, with illustrations, that which I can make

out of this enigmatical organism from the slides.

XXIV.—On some Mammals from Kandahar.

By J. SCULLY.

Lreut.-Cou. C. SWINHOE lately intrusted to me for exami-

nation a small collection of mammals which he made in the

Mr. J. Scully on sone Wonnmeall from Kandahar. 223

neighbourhood of Kandahar, in Southern Afghanistan. As

nothing has to my knowledge been published about the mam-

mals of that country since Captain Hutton’s “ Rough Notes on

the Zoology of Candahar,” in the ‘ Journal of the Asiatic Society

of Bengal’ for 1845, I have thought it would be of interest to

give a notice of the species which Colonel Swinhoe has ob-

tained, and which he has presented to the British Museum.

There has been so much discussion about Kandahar lately,

that the position of the place will doubtless be well known to

whoever may read these notes; the elevation of the city is

about 3500 feet above sea-level.

Vesperugo Kuhlit (Natt.).

Pipistrellus lepidus, Blyth, J, A. 8. B. xiv. p. 340 (1845).

Pipistrellus leucotis, Dobson, J. A. 8, B. xli. pt. 2, p. 222 (1872).

Male, city of Kandahar, March.

Head and body 1°75 inch, tail 1:43, head 0°6, ear 0:54,

tragus 0°24, forearm 1°35, thumb 0°24, third finger 2°3, fifth

finger 1°7, tibia 0:5, foot and claws 0:27, caleaneum 0°53.

Upper inner incisors long and pointed, the outer incisor less

than a fourth of the length of the inner ones; lower incisors

with trifid crowns ; postcalcaneal lobe large.

This specimen agrees well with Blyth’s description of P.

lepidus and Dobson’s account of V. leucot’s. 1 follow the

latter author im considering this pale desert form only a variety

of V. Kuhhii; but 1 would mention that, if it is to be separated

from V. Kuhl of Southern Europe, it must bear Blyth’s title

of lepidus, which has precedence by twenty-seven years over

the term leucotis.

The following is Captain Hutton’s account of the habits of

this bat in Kandahar :—“ This species is very common, and

may be seen from February till towards the end of October,

flitting about in crowds in the twilight hours of evening ; they

shelter during the day in holes of houses, walls, and rocks.”

Erinaceus megalotis, Blyth.

A hedgehog obtained at Kandahar in April agrees well

with Blyth’s and Hutton’s description of the typical examples

originally sent by Captain Hutton from that country. In the

specimen before me, which is fully adult, there is no nude

space on the vertex; the spines have three isabelline bands,

situated at the base, middle, and tip, and two black bands,

one above the basal pale band and one subterminal. ‘The

upper canine has two roots, the first premolar only one; and

the second premolar has two, one external and one internal.

I mention this, as Dr. Anderson notes (J. A. S. B, i, 1878,

224 Myr. J. Scully on some Mammals from Kandahar.

p- 196) that Z. megalotis has three roots to the second up per

remolar.

The following are measurements of the skull of this

specimen :—

millim

Motalilenethyemer iim citaeioeir trek tochorrile 58

The xOameynlO | WCEVNIN, 4565005056900030000060006 34

beng th ofjpalate wevtyecgrcou ce Jer loetreaatiertelens 32

Weng thyot mass WbOnes ayer reer ere rete 20°5

Breadth of postorbital constriction..........,. 13

Length of mandible ........ Klong. co g0-005 86 44

Erinaceus macracanthus, Blanford.

A specimen obtained at Kandahar in April is obviously

distinct from the preceding species, and is clearly referable to

the hedgehog described by Mr. Blanford in his ‘ Zoology of

Persia’ (1876, p. 27). This example, which agrees perfectly

with the original description and figure of the adult animal,

has a distinct nude space on the vertex, running back to the

nape; the spines are much longer and coarser than in #.

megalotis, and are differently coloured. ‘There are two pale

bands, one at the base of the spine and one subterminal, and

two black ones, situated one above the basal isabelline band

and one occupying the tip of the spe. ‘The general effect

produced by the different distribution of colours on the spines

of LE. megalotis and EL. macracanthus is this, that, viewed from

above, the former is of a pale clay-colour, while the latter is

black. In the present specimen the upper canine has two

roots, the first upper premolar has also two, and the second

upper premolar has three roots.

The following are the measurements of the skull of #.

macracanthus, which differs considerably in shape from that of

Li. megalotis.

millim

Motal@lengthe., Ajes ic busi tea ene clea erotaerene 51:5

DS ROTHTS |OREN Gooaoadocogsabouoocodoos 30

Meno thyotgpalate wait ey cd tr ose reer 27

Length of nasal bones ............. bea090000 16°5

Breadth of postorbital constriction............ 11:5

enethyormandibleys: ise 38

This species has not previously been recorded from

Kandahar.

Canis lupus, Linn.

According to Hutton, wolves are common about Kandahar.

He gives the dimensions of a specimen he measured there as—

total length, including the tail, 56 inches, and height at

shoulder 27. Colonel Swinhoe has brought two skulls of

Mr. J. Scully on some Mammals from Kandahar. 225

wolves, killed at Kandahar in December, of which the mea-

surements in millimetres are appended; the parts measured

are as defined by Prof. Huxley in his paper on the “ Cranial

and Dental Characters of the Canide” (Proc. Zool. Soc.

1880, p. 243) :—

a. b.

millim. millim.

Motalvlenoth) yasea te a eee eee 230 204

Zyeomatic breadth) ....s1 sere ee 117 105

Weng tnvotpalacer recent tea 111 104

Breadth of palate................ 69 64

Mengthiot 2) hl) Aes ay 94 23:5

Aone vols teresa ees Mn 16 14

TERED CPS, sodcoceconovccee 20 19

Mongth ol “2207 Meeps aantes Nasi, 8 8

Breadth: of "2s avon cha 13 18

Length of mandible.............. 174 152°

JL@ WEIN Ol —— ecocccccccaounonKs 27 26

m, 1

Length of — . 12.11. eee e eee e ee 12 10

Length of mop tithe tessa 6 6

The difference in size between these two specimens is due

to age, the smaller example (b) being the skull of a young

animal. It will be observed that in these examples the upper

sectorial tooth is equal in length to, or longer than, the two upper

molars together ; in C. pallipes from India, as far as is known,

the upper sectorial is always shorter than the two upper molars

taken together. But it appears that this difference cannot

alone always be relied upon for the separation of the skulls of

the two supposed species; for Prof. Huxley gives in the paper

above mentioned, at page 279, the measurements of the cheek-

teeth in two specimens of C. lupus from Belgium and Russia,

showing that in these skulls the upper sectorial and the two

upper molars have the same relative proportions as in C.

pallipes. However, if C. pallipes is to be ranked as a species

distinct from C. lupus, the Kandahar wolf is evidently to be

referred to the latter and not to the former.

Vulpes montana, Pearson.

It was long ago asserted by Griffith that there were two

species of foxes in Afghanistan, distinguished principally by

size—a large form found near Quetta, and apparently iden-

tical with the Himalayan fox (V. montana), and a smaller

animal, resembling the fox of the plains of North-west India.

Blyth subsequently named the small fox of Afghanistan

226 Mr. J. Scully on some Mammals from Kandahar.

V. Grofithi, the type being a specimen obtained at Kandahar

by Capt. Hutton. Col.. Swinhoe has brought home two

skulls of foxes killed near Kandahar in December; and these

certainly tend to confirm the view above mentioned, that there

are two separable forms of foxes in that country.

The larger skull, which I have now to notice, exactly

resembles several skulls of the true V. montana from Gilgit ;

and I cannot doubt that it is referable to that species. Com-

pared with examples of V. vulgaris, the whole skull is smaller

in all its dimensions ; but the teeth are decidedly larger.

The following are the cranial and dental measurements of

this specimen :—

millim

Motalilen och 7 sets Mere aay ida we ket. etna eects Ra 139

Zyeomaticibrendt hyn se neh en Aenea ee 70

Mena thyorupalate niin earn erase ee rele eee 69

reddchvotipallate meant m nein Tussle a net i 38

eneth, Of ee hee ala ake iat ante Vee 14

Length of eT a ath) MASI STA Be Re Lil

Broad favo t 2 Nae 4 Urn uN yO ane A lied ee 14

Length of LENG a ANIME RO RESALE aah) 0 6

BESACE NOR hele SNL, ee Blea 9

Weng thyorpmandi ploy eyer-teyrarejerete ely ets oleae eee 100

Mength Of Fee sree ee eee es 16

Length of eee cece ete tence nea 74

Length of wesc cece eee ee eee eee ees 35

Vulpes Griffitht, Blyth.

Vulpes Griffithi, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxiii. p. 780 (1854), and xiv. p, 344

(1845).

Capt. Hutton notes that this species is numerous in the

valleys around Kandahar, hiding in burrows and holes in

rocks. Of two specimens which he measured he gives :—

Length of head and body 24 inches, tail 17 and 17°5 ; height

at shoulder 14 and 15. Blyth says that V. Griffiths is of

about the size of V. pusillus, and larger than V. bengalensis

and V. iewcopus, with longer fur than in the last-mentioned

species, ‘“ and the pale parts tinged with yellowish fulvescent.”’

The following is his detailed description of the pelage of

V. Griffithi:—“ The winter fur is long and soft, and is of

two sorts—a shorter and delicate underfur, which on the back

is darkish, passing to white on the sides and underparts, and

pure white on the sides of the neck and shoulders in some,

m others but partially so, and longer straight hairs, black-

Mr. J. Scully on some Mammals from Kandahar, 227

tipped, and yellowish white along the back, whiter on the

sides; the breast and underparts, with the exterior of the

limbs above the mid joint, dusky ; ears brown-black to near

their base ; face fulvescent, with dark patch before each eye ;

and the tail very bushy, a little fulvescent, and white-tipped.

In summer dress the long hairs have more or less disappeared ;

and in a male before me the inner fur is considerably deeper-

coloured than in Capt. Hutton’s female.”

The following are measurements of the skull of this species,

collected by Col. Swinhoe at Kandahar :—

millim

Motal lengthy ti jspule sees otra aecereleeen eve eee cae 119

Zycomaticioted dt ian a yeee eee eee 63°5

Henetin’ Of palatey secret eqeyeccue es siersievencncuies terres 59

Breadth of palate: ii vaivtetwcmiia maser ciath weer: 33

emai ee hon okasoocacbeobodoauvor 12

Length of ATR ce OeO aL ORAL Une 9:5

Brendon ace Meta US mek ONT meen ciran 12

Length of LL! Tb EM COMA RING DIRAR § c e PC RT 5:5

BreadtIvot ae ene ean tual 9

WMencthrol mandible) sey sas ieee ee 86

ILE Ol ay soonocdnodo dog secasavold 356000 14

IDI OI ns Sacbosecoogresoushooneaooogde a

Length of —>

A comparison of the above measurements with those given

under V. montana will show that the two skulls differ con-

siderably. I have compared this skull with those of V. leu-

copus and V. bengalensis, and find that it is larger than in

either -of these species; in general shape of skull V. leucopus

more nearly resembles V. Griffith than does V. bengalensis,

Mustela sarmatica, Pallas.

This brightly-coloured species is said by Capt. Hutton to

be plentiful about Kandahar. ‘The following are dimensions

of the skull of an example obtained in the neighbourhood of

that city in April :—

millim

Motalvlens they ia terceaey ual geveneretolchces%=) sie\ietsyeylctste 52

Wengthrot bony, palaterr .vieotnt lcci) lets oie oe 235.

Width of palate at junction of outer faces of 22

ein aN UMM nen UE 5 oc AL a 18

Zyeomatic Pread Lew ntti araeittel a lola reel l</-0 lel 30

Breadthioiinu27] Caeser ap eye ert 13

228 = Mr. J. Scully on some Mammals from Kandahar.

millim

Greatest breadth of brain-case ............+00. 24

enoth Of en na. eee Ee S40 eee 65

Breadthyet 2S piisewtls. sabe per eee ee 55

Length of mandible from condyle to symphysis.. 52

Height to coronoid process (straight) .......... 15

hemo Ghyo fg siren iy deletes tari tegen tates eke 65

m. 1

Length of — oo... eee eee eee e eee, Sani 2:3

Mus bactrianus, Blyth.

Of this species (the common house-mouse of Kandahar)

there are three fine specimens in the collection, preserved in

alcohol; they were captured in a house in the city of Kan-

dahar in February. ‘The following are the measurements in

inches :-—

3. x

millim, millim. millim.

iEleadtandubodymermmca: errr tect SAL ef Biol ark

AMEN Lea inns eet ENA RteReO tC 4 3d eid) eae

Nose to ear-orifice ............ 083 08 0:8

Length of ear from orifice ...... 05 049 0:53

IBreadthiohearierrs ese ere ee 045 045 0:46

Forearm and hand ............ 0:93 0:9 0:9

Hind foot (without claws) ...... 0°75). 107A OG

Gerbillus Swinhoet, sp. nov.

The following is a description of a male Gerbillus captured

in April at Gatai, a place on the edge of the desert, about

halfway between Kandahar and the Khojak Pass, at an ele-

vation of about 4000 feet above sea-level :—

Head and body 3:4 inches, head 1:3, tail 3-1, hairs at end

of tail 0°4, nose to ear-orifice 0°95, length of ear 0°44, breadth

of ear 0°38, forearm and hand 1:1, hind foot without claws

0:93, longest whiskers 1°75.

The colour of the fur above is rich brownish rufous, creamy

white below, the colours sharply separated along the sides ;

the hairs of the upper parts have the basal three fourths

slaty grey. On the middle of the back some long black hairs

are intermixed; and these increase in number towards the

insertion of the tail. The hairs of the lower surface and limbs

are uniform creamy white throughout their length. A broad

band from the nose, on each side of the muzzle, over the eye

to the ear, pale isabelline. Hars small and oval, inside naked,

except towards the margins, where they are scantily lined

with fine greyish hairs; externally sparsely covered with

isabelline hairs, which become long and close on the basal

parts of the outer and inner margins; along the margin at

Dublin Microscopical Club. 229

the tip of the ear there is a fringe of short whitish hairs.

Whiskers mostly white, the upper series black, with grey

tips. The hands and feet are well clad above with whitish

hairs; below the palms are bare, and the soles are covered

with fine white hairs. The tail is short and cylindrical, only

diminishing slightly in calibre towards the tip; it is uniform

in colour above and below, and is very scantily clad with pale

isabelline hairs; at the tip of the tail is a pencil of long pure

black hairs.

The upper incisors are grooved as usual; the first and

second upper molars have the transverse ridges forming the

crowns of the teeth united in the middle, asin G. hurriane,

G. psammophilus, G. nanus, &c. (hombomys of Wagner),

and the third upper molar has no second posterior ridge or

talon, as in G. indicus and G. erythrurus.

The animal, though not very old, appears to be quite full-

grown.

I have failed to identify this specimen with any described

species of Gerbillus, and have therefore ventured to name it

after Lieut.-Col. C. Swinhoe, who collected it.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

DUBLIN MICROSCOPICAL CLUB.

January 20, 1881.

A Black Soot-like Fungus, resembling Torula pinophila, occurring

on the Stoppers of Glycerine Bottles.—Prof. M‘Nab exhibited a fungus

found in the Botanical Laboratory at Glasnevin, upon the stoppers

of bottles containing glycerine. The extremely dilute glycerine which

moistens the stoppers catches and retains a black soot-like fungus,

which seems to have some affinity with Zorula pinophila, the

soot-like fungus of spruce-firs. The subject is one which requires

more investigation.

Pitchstone from Dyke near Newry.—Prot, Hull exhibited a thin

section of pitchstone from the well-known dyke of that rock near

Newry, which is marked on Griffith’s geological map of Ireland

(1855), and which (according to Dr. Frazer, who possesses specimens

of the rock) was first discovered by the late General Portlock. The

rock is of a dark bluish-grey colour, compact and vitreous, containing

numerous crystalline grains or blebs of quartz, a few crystals of

orthoclase (sanidine) sometimes in twins, and a few little black specks

of magnetite. It is traversed by numerous parallel joint-planes

dividing the whole rock into plates about 4 inch across. These

230 Dublin Microscopical Club.

planes are so fully developed that the rock is exceedingly friable in

consequence.

With a two-inch objective and the aid of the polariscope the paste is

seen to be truly vitreous, as it becomes dark when the Nicol prisms

are crossed. At the same time the quartz and felspar crystals

polarize vividly.

With a magnifying-power of 400-500 diameters numerous micro-

liths appear. A few with parallel sides suggest the forms of

apatite prisms, others are probably of pyroxenic origin ; there are

also cellular spaces of amorphous matter. But the most noticeable ap-

pearances are those of stellate forms, generally originating in a centre

and shooting out sharp-pointed needles in various directions. Some-

what similar forms are described by Rosenbusch from the obsidian

of Greenland*, and by Allport from the pitchstone of Arran in

Scotlandf. These latter differ from those observed by the author

in the fact that they polarize distinctly, and are considered by Mr,

Allport to be forms of pyroxene. Those in Prof. Hull’s section,

however, do not polarize{, but with crossed Nicols entirely disap-

pear from view along with the vitreous ‘paste of the section. These

forms, together with the absence of polarization, suggested that in

the present instance they are those of shrinkage fissures originating

in various centres during the cooling process, not those of crystalline

bodies.

A new Sarcodine, possibly to be referred to the Genus Microgromia.

—Mr. Archer showed examples of a very minute monothalamous

freshwater Rhizopod, not very uncommon in moor-pools, but yet

not hitherto recorded. Owing, however, to the fact that never yet

was he able to alight on even a single example exhibiting pseudo-

podia, he was actually unable to refer this form definitely to a par-

ticular genus out of, say, three, to some one of which it might @

priori belong. These were Nebela, Hyalosphema, or Wicrogromia ;

Mr. Archer, however, for the present at least, felt inclined to sup-

pose that in the last it would most probably find its most fitting

location. The test in this form is very minute, membranous, as it

were, somewhat crumpled, balloon-shaped or pyriform, with a com-

paratively thick neck, its circular opening with a distinctly marked,

slightly thickened rim; the test, when young, colourless, but

brownish eventually ; the body-mass granular and faintly bluish in

tint, though it might be called “colourless,” and with a posterior

nucleus. Were such a form as this to be seen to project even a

single, ever so short, sharply bounded, pellucid, “finger-like”

pseudopodium, it would doubtless fall under Nebela (Difflugia in

part); but if so, it would be by far the most minute form known

referable thereto; or its hyaline test might suggest Myalosphenia.

Its very small size alone would suggest Microgromia; but still the

larger examples are, by comparison, a good deal larger, and with a

* Mikrosk. Phys. Band i. + Geol. Mag, vol, ix.

t This fact was witnessed by several members of the Club present.

In one instance the light appeared through the sides of the needle.

Dublin Microscopical Club. 231

considerably longer ‘‘ neck” than Microgromia socialis (Archer),

Hertwig, and still more so than Microgromia mucicola, Archer, the

little form found nidulating in the enveloping mucous of the alga

Dimorphococcus lunatus, or more especially in the alga of similar

habit formerly referred by Mr. Archer to Durctyospherium (but

erroneously) and called D. constrictum. If, then, this Sarcodine

had been seen projecting even ever so short pseudopodia of “reti-

culose” character, its genus would be decided; but, as mentioned,

it has never been seen to emit any. All in this way that it ever

has shown is but aslight “ overflow ” of the sarcode from the frontal

aperture, this projecting quantity of sarcode with a “fuzzy” or

somewhat torn-like margin. Now this sort of margin presents

more of the ‘‘Gromian” aspect, or that which is seen in such forms

before pseudopodia begin to be given off at length or in quantity—

Difflugian Rhizopods presenting, on the other hand, a smooth, sharp

outline before and during the emission of their pseudopodia. Add

to this the fact that when this sarcodine presents itself in a gather-

ing, it is mostly in some numbers, showing thus a good deal of a

gregarious tendency, though it need not be said they do not occur

combined “socially,” like Microgromia socialis, by means of inoscu-

lating pseudopodia, and the idea that this form may prove to belong

to Microgromia becomes slightly strengthened. ‘‘ Conjugated” ex-

amples, however, are not infrequent, the mouths of the tests in

close approximation. Such an example Mr. Archer was able to

place under the microscope, and this too showed the by no means

infrequent circumstance that the whole combined sarcode-mass of

the two so joined examples had become balled together into a single

globular “‘spore-like” encysted body occupying the globose base of

one of the tests, this possibly destined to give origin another day to

** zoospores.” Were this form to have been seen issue linear (that is

to say ‘‘ Euglyphan ”’) pseudopodia, it would fit into Schulze’s genus

Platoum; but having waited on it from time to time so long, Mr.

Archer regarded this as most unlikely. For the reasons indicated,

therefore, he felt most inclined to relegate this puzzling little form

to Microgronua, at least ad interim, it possibly remaining as Micro-

gromia ambigua ; if it should stay there, the genus would consist of

three species, all of which Mr. Archer had been the first to detect.

Stichococcus minor, Nigeli?—Dr. EK. Perceval Wright exhibited

examples of a chlorophyllaceous unicellular alga, identified by Dr.

Wittrock as Stichococcus minor. He also showed examples of an

alga forming a green coating on drowned flies, which ap-

peared to be quite the same form as the foregoing; but, owing to the

complete rotundate, in no way elongate figure, of the cells in both

instances, it appeared very doubtful that either should be relegated

to the genus Stichococcus, Nageli, at all.

February 17, 1881.

Alcyonaria.—Dr. E. Perceval Wright exhibited the spicules of

two very beautiful new species of Alcyonaria from the collection

232 Dublin Microscopical Club.

made by the ‘Challenger’ expedition, belonging to the group of the

Primnoade. These spicules were feebly calcareous, longer than

broad, and smooth on their edges.

Cerebellar Cortex, Cerebral Cortex, and Gastric Mucous Membrane

stained with Klein’s Cochineal Fluid, and its Formula.—Dr. R. J.

Harvey showed specimens of cerebellar cortex, cerebral cortex, and

gastric mucous membrane stained with Klein’s cochineal fluid. The

preparation of and modus operand: with this fluid are exceedingly

simple. One per cent. of alum and cochineal in distilled water are

boiled to four sevenths of the original volume; when cool, a few drops

of carbolic acid are added and the liquid filtered. Sections will stain

well in three or four hours, but will not be injured if left twenty-four

hours. They require nothing but washing in distilled water. The

branching processes of Purkinje’s cells in the cerebellum, the con-

nexion of the kite-shaped cells of the cerebral cortex, and the

“chief”? and ‘‘ investing” cells of the gastric mucous membrane

were rendered especially evident by this method.

Conceptacles of Xylaria polymorpha, the spores with two wucler, one,

or no nucleus.—Mr. Greenwood Pim exhibited sections of the concep-

tacles of Xylaria polymorpha showing the asci and spores. He drew

attention to the fact that some of the spores presented two nuclei,

some a single nucleus, and some were even destitute of any nucleus,

and observed that this character, of considerable value amongst

Pezizas, failed in the Xylarias.

Staurastrum, nov. spec—Mr. Archer showed examples of an

undescribed Staurastrum, which, so far as he was aware, had not

been found out of Connemara, and there it was rare. It somewhat

resembles St. maamense plus horns, these slender, sometimes fur-

cate, and more or less dissimilar, the crenatures on the margins of

the semicells smaller and less pronounced. Of this distinct form

Mr. Archer would defer a description. This had so long stood as

the ‘‘ Horned” Staurastrum, it might probably remain as Stauras-

trum cornutum.

Testis of Hirwdo.—Prof. Mackintosh exhibited cross sections of

the testis of Hirudo medicinalis, showing the axis from which

budded off the mother cells of the spermatozoa, which were seen in

various stages of development.

March 23, 1881.

Capnodium Footii—Mr. Greenwood Pim showed specimens of

Capnodium Footii from Stephanotis-leaves, and of C. citra from

orange-leaves. The chief interest in these somewhat obscure leaf-

parasites turned on the fact that an action had recently been brought

in Scotland against the Shotts Iron Co. to restrain them from

smelting iron within a certain distance of the extensive and valu-

able plantations belonging to the Lord President of the Court of

Session. The defence tried to show that the black deposit on the

Dublin Microscopical Club. 233

leaves was due to some form of Capnodium or Fumago, but failed to

prove their case.

Torula pinophila—Dr. M‘Nab exhibited specimens of Torula

pinophila, Chev. (Antennaria pinophila; Nees ab Ks.), obtained

abundantly on healthy spruce-firs growing in Glasnevin Botanic

Garden. The fungus seems to live on the bud-scales, and only ex-

tends to the stems and leaves under exceptional circumstances. It

was met with both in the conidial (Torula) stage and in the Conio-

thecium condition. The fungus was identical in all its characters

with that observed at Glencorse, near Edinburgh.

Chlorochytriwm Cohnit.—Dr. E. Perceval Wright showed living

specimens of this green unicellular Alga, exhibiting the various

stages of the division of the protoplasmic cell-contents, fuller details

of which he hoped to publish shortly.

Conjugated State of a Compressed or Two-angled Form of Stau-

rastrum sterosporum, Lundell.—Mr. Archer showed the zygospore

of Staurastrum pterosporwm, Lundell, especially remarkable inas-

much as nearly all the examples which occurred in the gathering

were compressed (that is, two-angled), not three-angled, in the end-

view ; that is to say, they conformed to the character ascribed to

the genus Arthrodesmus. And, indeed, in the eyes of some observers,

these would doubtless be regarded as Arthrodesmus incus, ** forma ;”

but how erroneously, the present conjugated examples demon-

strated. There could be little doubt but several really distinct

species are confused together under the designation Arthrodesmus

imcus ; but perhaps only a couple have shown their zygospores, and

no doubt these agree in the main, being simply orbicular and beset

by not very numerous, but comparatively long, subulate, acute

spines. However lke the present parent form might be to A. zncus,

yet Mr. Archer must say he would have hesitated to so designate

them, and so by some might possibly be regarded as running away

with a pet idea. But let us, looking down the microscope, discuss

the matter as we like, and come to varied conclusions, the little

desmid knows better, and, our disputations notwithstanding, just

runs its own specific course. Forget to develop a third angle during

vegetative growth it may ; but forget that it is all the time in reality

not A. incus, or any form of it at all, when it comes to produce its

zygospore, it would seem it cannot; it accordingly fashions its

zygospore into a compressed cushion-like figure, oblong, the angles

somewhat dilated into a wing-like appendage, this remaining still

within the parent half-cells, and retaining them at the angles; for

in truth it is just Staurastrum pterosporum all the time, a species

very aptly named by Lundell. The first to exhibit the triangular

(Lundell’s) form conjugated in this country was our member

Mr. Crowe, the examples, so far as Mr. Archer remembered, being

from the Rocky Valley, near Bray. Just as there is, then, an

Arthrodesmus-like (that is, a compressed) form of St. pterosporum, so

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. vii. 16

234 Dublin Microscopical Club.

there is a similar form of the closely resembling Staurastrum

O’Mearii. Such cases tend to confirm the conclusion that Arthro-

desmus, as a genus, cannot stand; still the species relegated to

Arthrodesmus stand, per se, very good indeed. They show that there

is as little reason for a separate genus for two-angled Staurastra as

for the three- or four- or five-angled, as distinguished from one

another.

Sections of Fetal Vertebre.—Dr. Harvey showed a section of

foetal vertebrae stained with purpurine. All the effects for which

double staining had been so much recommended of late, in studying

the process of ossification in cartilage, are brought out by this dye.

The cartilage matrix remains unstained, the new territories of bone-

substance assume a distinct though somewhat pale hue, while all

the cells (cartilage-cells, bone-cells, osteoblasts, and marrow-cells)

become brilliantly stained—Mr. E. G. Hull subsequently showed a

transverse section through the medulla of a human foetus at full

term, at the level of the apex of the calamus scriptorius (lower apex

of fourth ventricle), showing the nuclei of the vagus and hypoglossal

nerves (respiratory centre).

Tetraploa aristata exhibited—Mr. Pim showed examples of

Tetraploa aristata from dead Pampas-grass stems in his garden.

This is a very rare Torulaceous fungus. It appears to consist of

about eight cells, superposed two and two; from each of the upper

four arises a long bristle or awn, the whole forming a pretty and

singular object.

Structure of Micaceous Dolerite from Slieve Gullion.—Prof. Hull,

F.R.S., exhibited a thin section of micaceous dolerite from Sleve

Gullion, a mountain on the borders of Armagh and Louth rising

1893 feet above the sea. The rock occurs in association with

quartziferous porphyry, and is probably of volcanic origin, belonging

to a period more ancient than the Miocene lavas of co. Antrim. It

is represented on the map of the Geological Survey, sheet 59. It

is a rock of rare occurrence, as it is seldom that mica and augite

are associated as essentials together in the same rock. It is

largely crystalline-granular, and of a dark colour.

With a low magnifying-power and the aid of the polariscope the

slice presents a very beautiful appearance, as all the minerals

polarize more or less vividly. The following were observed :—

1. Orthoclase, in large crystals, rare.

2. Plagioclase, probably Labradorite, in long plates and prisms,

perfectly crystallized, and indenting the augite. Some small crys-

tals are seen enclosed in the latter mineral, which was consequently

later in consolidating.

3. Augite, in large coloured patches without erystalline form,

indented by the crystals of felspar.

4, Mica, easily recognizable in hand-specimens, and equally

abundant with augite, from which it may be distinguished in the

thin section by its parallel cleavage-planes.

Miscellaneous. 235

5. Olivine, in small grains and crystals, occurring generally in

groups imbedded in those of felspar. They are easy to distinguish

by their form and polarization; and, though fresh and unaltered in

the interior, they are bounded by a thick band of brown ochreous

matter, due to decomposition.

6. Magnetite, in minute grains and small quantity, visible with a

1-inch objective.

The order of crystallization appears to have been :—first, magnetite

and olivine; second, the felspars; third, mica; and last, augite.

It was remarkable that in a rock of probably Mesozoic age the

minerals should be so slightly (in most cases not at all) altered.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observations on Siredon lichenoides. By Wrti1am E. Cartin.

Como Laxe, U.S., is a body of water about two miles and a half

in circumference. It has no known outlet, but is fed by a stream of

pure spring-water about two feet wide and a foot deep, which, con-

tinually running, prevents the lake’s absorption by evaporation.

The lake is quite shallow, and can be easily waded at almost any

part, being not more than 10 feet deep in the deepest place that I

have been able to find. The bottom of the lake is soft, and is

covered in most places with grass and weeds. ‘The water is strongly

impregnated with alkali; and a large number of cattle are said to

have died a number of years ago from drinking it. It is very dis-

agreeable to the taste. The amount of water varies about 14 inches

during the year, being highest in the spring, from the melting snow,

and lowest in theautumn. Thisis the home of the Siredon lichenordes

(Baird). They never enter the stream of fresh water, preferring the

alkali water of the lake. They seem to suffer no inconvenience,

however, if placed in fresh water. I have caught as many as a

hundred and fifty, and placed them in a cauf, and have never had

one die from the change. The change to fresh water undoubtedly

hastens the metamorphosis into the Amblystoma form, as I have

noticed quite a change in the course of twenty-four hours in indi-

viduals placed in the cauf, while an equal number kept in the

alkali water in the boat have shown no change in any of them in

several days. I have kept six at different times in jars of fresh

water until they have completed their metamorphosis. JI made no

systematic note of appearance from day to day; but my observation

was careful and regular. In two cases the change in external ap-

pearance was so abrupt that I should have been almost certain that

another salamander had been substituted for the one in the jar, had

J not had him so completely under observation that it was impossible.

The gills had assumed a stubby form about half the length that they

were the night before; and the gill on the back of the body was nearly

936 Miscellaneous.

half gone. It took air quite often; and I removed it from the jar

and placed it in a box with some lake-grass around it to keep it

moist. It completed the metamorphosis in a few days, I did not

feed it during this time. While it was in the jar it was well

fed with flies. The jar was placed upon a table in the telegraph-

office. The flies at first had to be pushed in front of it with a

pencil. It finally got to know that tapping the jar with a pencil

meant a fly, and would rise to the surface immediately and snap at

whichever it saw first, pencil or fly. It furnished train-men con-

tinual amusement while here; and they kept it constantly gorged.

Those that 1 kept well fed in jars and seldom changed the water,

say once in three days, usually began to show a slight change in

from two to three weeks, and all of them completed the change into

the Amblystoma inside of six weeks, while I have had but three

changes of those kept in the cauf (sixty of them) in three months.

During that time they have not been fed at all. The Siredon meaxi-

canus is said to never undergo the transformation in its home; and

Professor Marsh doubts that it ever makes it here. This doubt I

can put at rest. They do make the change here, and in large num-

bers. During the latter part of the month of July and the entire

month of August, if the day is rainy or misty, they come from the

lake on to the shore in large numbers, and secrete themselves under

some piece of wood or rock where they can keep moist. Sometimes

they venture out in a shower, and the sun catches them before they

can obtain shelter either in the lake or under cover, and in a few

minutes kills them. They can be found dried hard anywhere about

the lake, on the shore, or in the grass. While catching Stredon I

have seen and caught a number of Amblystoma in the lake with the

metamorphosis, as far as I could see, as complete as those we find

half a mile from the lake. They cover the ground by thousands

during a warm summer rain, coming from every conceivable place

where they could have found shelter—from under rocks, boards, old

ties, and out of gopher-holes. I have a cat that eats them greedily.

She has fished several out of jars on the table, and devoured them

during the night when there was no one to watch her; and I am

told by a resident that the numerous skunks that live around the

lake live principally on them. They are of two colours, a blackish-

green and a yellowish-green colour. I have had two of the blackish-

green complete the change in sequence while one of the yellowish-

green was completing it under the same circumstances of change of

water and food. I think this will be found to be the result in all

similar cases. I have caught them in all stages of growth, and in

all stages of their changes into the Amblystoma state. During the

months of July and August they lie close to the shore of the lake,

where it is shallow; but after the first frost they disappear com-

pletely ; or, at least, I have never been able to find them. I think

they must bury themselves in the mud at the bottom of the lake, as

I have stirred up the grass often and have not seen them issue from

it.—Proceedings of United States’ National Musewm, June 1881,

p. 120.

Miscellaneous. 237

On the Nature of Dictyophyton. By R. P. Wurrrierp.

Since writing the article on Dictyophyton published in the last

number of this journal I have obtained additional evidence of their

spongoid character. About the middle of May, while discussing

their nature with Principal Dawson, of Montreal, we examined

some allied forms from the Keokuk beds at Crawfordsville, Indiana,

which lately came into the possession of the American Museum of ~

Natural History, and found one which retained the substance of

the organism. Under a hand-glass of moderate power it is seen to

have been composed of cylindrical threads of various sizes, now re-

placed by pyrite. With the means then at our command it was

impossible to fully determine whether they had been bundles of

vegetable fibres or sponge-like spicules; but Dr. Dawson kindly

offered to examine them more critically if I would forward a speci-

men to him at Montreal. This was done; and his note on their

nature is appended below. The specimen used probably belongs to

the genus Uphantenia, Vanuxem, and is a fragment about 24 by 3

inches across, and seems to have been a part of a circular or discoid

frond of 8 or 10 inches diameter. It differs from Uphantenia

chemungensis of New York in many features. The broad radiating

bands are more distant, with a narrow thread-like band between;

while all the circular bands have been narrow or thread-like. The

spaces between the bands and threads are rectangular and covered

by a thin film, which is alternately elevated or depressed in the ad-

joining spaces, as if the bands had been elastic, like rubber, and

had contracted, wrinkling up the intermediate spaces. A further

description and illustration of the form I shall defer to a future

occasion, but shall here designate the species as Uphantenia Daw-

sont. The broad bands are composed of very fine thread-like

spicules, and the narrow ones of much stronger ones, while the thin

film occupying the intermediate spaces is composed of still smaller

spicules, apparently arranged ina radiating manner. The character

and nature of these threads and spicules are well set forth in Dr.

Dawson’s note below, and the spongoid features and relations to

Euplectella indicated.—Amer. Journ. Sc., Aug. 1881.

Note by Dr. J. W. Dawson on the Structure of a Specimen of

Uphantenia from the Collection of the American Museum of

Natural History, New York City.

To the naked eye the fossil presents rectangular meshes of dark

matter on a grey, finely arenaceous matrix. The spaces of the

network are of an average size of 6 millim. in length and 4 or 5 in

breadth. The longitudinal bands are about 3 millim. broad, the

transverse bands much narrower. Some of the rectangular inter--

spaces are of the colour of the matrix, others wholly or partially

238 Miscellaneous.

stained with dark matter. The meshes are nearly black, but in a

bright light show a fibrous texture and metallic lustre, due to

pyrite.

Viewed as opaque objects under the microscope, the reticulating

bands are seen to be fascicles of slender cylindrical rods or spicules

varying much in diameter, some of the largest being in the narrow

transverse bands. The spicules may in a few cases be seen to be

tapering very gently to a point, but usually seem quite cylindrical

and smooth. In their present state they appear as solid shining

rods of pyrite. The largest spicules are about =}, of an inch in

diameter, the smaller scarcely one fourth of that size. The-spicules

of the transverse bands cross those of the longitudinal ones without

any organic connexion. Among the long spicules of the bands can

be seen multitudes of very minute and apparently short spicules

confusedly disposed ; and these abound also in the dark-coloured

areoles.

On the whole the structures are not identical with those of any

plant known to me, and rather resemble those of siliceous sponges

of the genus Huplectella.

The most puzzling fact in connexion with this view is the mineral

condition of the spicules, now wholly replaced by pyrite. Carbo-

naceous structures are often replaced in this way; and so are also

calcareous shells, especially when they contain much corneous

matter; but such changes are not usual with siliceous organisms.

If the spicules were originally siliceous, either they must have had

large internal cavities which have been filled with pyrite, or the

original material must have been wholly dissolved out and its place

occupied with pyrite. It is to be observed, however, that in fossil

sponges the siliceous matter has not unfrequently been dissolved

out, and its space left vacant or filled with other matters. I have

specimens of Atylospongia from the Niagara formation which have

thus been replaced by matter of a ferruginous colour; and in a

bundle of fibres, probably of a sponge allied to Hyalonema, from the

Upper Llandeilo of Scotland, I find the substance of the spicules

entirely gone, and the spaces formerly occupied by them empty. It

should be added that joints of crinoid stems and fronds of Fenestella

occurring in the same specimen with the Uphantenia are apparently

in their natural calcareous state.

Though I have hitherto regarded this curious organism as a

fucoid, I confess that the study of the specimen above referred to

inclines me to regard it as more probably a sponge.

I owe the opportunity of examining this very interesting speci-

men to the kindness of Professor Whitfield Amer. Journ. Sci.,

Aug. 1881, p. 132.

Mortality of Fish in the Gulf of Meaico.

From notices appearing in the ‘ Proceedings of the United States’

National Museum’ it appears that for the last two years there has

Miscellaneous. 239

been a very serious mortality among the fish in the Gulf of Mexico

near Florida, arising apparently from some peculiar condition of a

belt of water at some small distance from the shore. Mr. M. A.

Moore, writing on 30th November last, from Braidentown, Manatee

County, Florida, to Prof. 8. F. Baird, gives the following account of

the facts as brought under his observation. He says :—

«* You are doubtless aware that we have employed here a number

of vessels as fishing-smacks, ranging from 30 to 50 tons, whose

vocation it is to carry live fish to the Cuban markets. This in-

dustry provides occupation and subsistence for a large portion of our

population in South Florida.

“« About two years ago certain portions of our Gulf-waters became

poisoned in some way that caused the death of all the fish that came

in contact with it. Whenever a smack with a full fare, 7. ¢. a full

cargo, of fine healthy fish in her well sailed into this poisoned

water, every fish would die, and they would have to be thrown away.

This compelled the vessel to return to fishing at the loss of a month’s

hard work.

“This state of affairs has occurred again, the waters of some por-

tions of the Gulf becoming so noxious as to kill the fish. The

poison seems to be confined to certain localities and currents for

the time being, as sometimes this state of affairs is observed more

marked at one place and sometimes at another. However, there

seems to be more of it about the mouth of Charlotte Harbour and

off Punta Russa than elsewhere.

“¢ Where this condition of water prevails the surface of the water

is covered with dead fish, and the beach is covered with them in

such numbers that sometimes the stench is intolerable.

“JT live immediately on the beach of Palma Sola Bay ; and some

two weeks ago the beach was covered with dead fish. The only

thing that seems to be inexplicable is, that this water seems to affect

what are termed here bottom-fish more than any others. The prin-

- cipal game of the fishing-smack are the grouper (Serranus nigritis)

and the snapper (Serranus erythrogaster). These, with the perch,

kingfish, trout, and all those fish which take the hooks, seem to be

much more affected than the mullet (Mugil lineatus) or the pom-

pano (Bothrolemus pampanus). ... . Numbers of sharks and rays,

eels and catfish are thrown up dead on the beach... . . My own

opinion is, that the state and condition of the water are caused by

some volcanic action at the bottom.”

These facts of the death of the fish in the wells of the smacks

“on reaching a certain kind of water distinguishable by its colour,”

and of the mortality among the fish in the Gulf, are confirmed by

other writers. The noxious water is said to be of a brick-red colour,

and to occur over a space of 200 miles.

Various hypotheses have been put forward by local writers to

account for the phenomenon. Mr. Moore, in the above letter, sug-

gests volcanic action at the sea-bottom; and this opinion seems to

be held by others. Sometimes it is put definitely, namely an

240 Miscellaneous.

escape of noxious gases, or of mineral substances held in solution ;

and the editor of the newspaper ‘ Forest and Stream’ refers par-

ticularly to a boiling spring which is said to exist off the coast.

Others suggest the action of parasitic plants; and this appears to be

the opinion of Dr. F. M. Endlich, who has made an analysis of

the noxious water, and reports upon it as follows :—

“‘ Having completed the examination of sea-waters from the Gulf

of Mexico, so far as the scant supply would permit, I have the

honour to offer the following report thereupon, the water in which

the fish die being designated as A, the good water as B :—

ze B.

Speci ora viby seer ere a demir et: 1024 1-022

Solid constituents (total), per-cent... 40780 41095

Ferric compounds, per cent. ...... 01106 0:0724

Injurious organic matter .......... ratio=3 ratio=2

‘*T find that the water A contains a large quantity of Alew and

Infusoria. It is eminently probable that the former may have had

an injurious effect upon the fish. Specimens of the Algz have been

submitted to Professor Goode, who will send them to some expert

in order that their specific character may be determined.

«¢ The ‘ dead fish’ in the possession of the United States’ National

Museum are such that any examination of the organs of respiration

will be of no avail.

“T cannot find, even by spectroscopic analysis, any mineral con-

stituents in the water A which could noxiously affect the fish.

“‘ In my estimation the death of fish was caused by the more or

less parasitic Algee, which are found in large quantities in water A,

but do not occur at all in water B.

‘In case the same phenomenon should recur, the presence of an

expert in the questions involved, more particularly chemistry and

botany, would most likely lead to definite results.”

Rhizopods the Food of some young Fishes.

Dr. Leidy reports that the young of some of the Suckers (Cato-

stomide), Hypentelium, Myxostoma, &c., have been found by Mr. S.

A. Forbes, of Illinois, to have the intestines packed with tests of

Difflugia and Arcella, indicating that they feed on Rhizopods. In a

slide containing material from the intestines of the young mullet

(Myzxostoma macrolepidotum) from Mackinaw Creek, prepared by

Mr. Forbes, Dr. Leidy distinguished Difflugia globulosa and D. acu-

minata ; and in another of the food of Hremyzon succetta he found

Difflugia globulosa, D. lobostoma, D. pyriformis, Arcella vulgaris,

and A. discoides, besides another peculiar undescribed form.—Amer.

Journ. Science, July 1881.

\ HISTORY OF THE BIRDS OF EUROPE

a * pep cepNe ALL THE SPECIES INHABITING THE WESTERN

.- PALMAROCTIC REGION).

By H. E. DRESSER, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Excepting the General Index and a short Introduction, which will together

form a thin separate volume, the work is now complete and ready for binding.

It contains nearly 5000 pages of letterpress and more than 600 hand-coloured.

Plates by JoserH Wotr, J. G. Keutemans, and E. Neaxsz, and forms seven

thick quarto volumes, for which titlepages, specially See by JosePH WOLF,

‘are issued.

_ The stones being erased and the type distributed, the work is now out of

Pp mint, A few complete copies are, however, still unsold ; and intending pur-

chasers are requested to apply to the AUTHOR direct, at

Tux Zootocicat Socrery, 11 Hanover Square, W., or

6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, London, Ww.

Price, FIFTY GUINEAS.

Also, dene 8yo, price Is.,

A LIST OF EUROPEAN BIRDS

; GxouuDING ALL SPECIES ORRGION). THE WESTERN PALMARCTIC

The Nomenclature carefully Revised by

HENRY E. DRESSER, F.LS., F.Z.S., &e.,

Author of the ‘ Birds of Europe.’

(A check-list for labelling and for referencein making exchanges of birds andeggs.) —

A Published by the AuTHOR at 6 Tenterden Street, Hanover pasar W.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Hdited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

ZOOLOGY.

Smvce September 1879, when the work was commenced, twelve parts (including

that now issued) have been published; and the work has progressed as

follows :—

Mammalia. By E. RB. Arston. (Pp. 1-200, pls. i.—xxii.)

_ Aves. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-168, pls. i—xi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (Matacopermara). By H. S. GoRHAM.

(Pp. 1-88, pls. i—v.)

Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Loneicornia). By H. W. Bates. (Pp. 1-224,

Is, i.—xv.)

: Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PHyvtopHaga). ByM.Jacopy. (Pp. 1-120,

pls. i.—vi.)

P Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. By F.D. Gonmanand O. Satvin. (Pp. 1-136,

ols. i—xv.)

Lepidoptera Heterocera. By H. Dauce. (Pp. 1-24, pls. i., ii.) °

Rhynchota. By W.L. Distant. (Pp. 1-168, pls. i.-xv.)

BOTANY.

a |

i Of the Botany Eight Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. I.

ae pp. 1-568, pls. i.—xxxy.; Vol. IL., pp. 1-192, pls. xxxvi.—xlix.

‘The Price of each Zoological ; Parti is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s, 6d.

: _ London ; Published for the Editors by R. H. Porter, 10 Chandos Street,

e) , _ Cavendish Sa W., ape Duxav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 45.—Fifth Series.

: | Page

_ XIX. On the Penwidea. By C. Spzunce Barz, F.RS. &.

(Plates ka XL.) le eae Talli ise Gs ls'a's'n eine ele Aen rr

XX. Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.—Revision of the Aré- (

nicides and Amphionychides of Tropical America. By H. W. se: ney

308) iS iae e Poey S ep e e tec 14 ae Sk (196.

XXI. On a Collection of Crustacea made by Baron Hermann- —

Maltzam at Goree Island, Senegambia. By Epwarp J. Mimrs, F.L8., |

BZ. gn ee eee Oe ER a ee ee 204

XXII. Remarks upon Mr. Wood- Mason’s Paper “On the Discri- — 3

minaticn of the Sexes in the Genus Paludina.” By Ge A. Suir 220

XXIII. On Spongiophaga in Spongilla. By H. J. Carrer, BRS. 42

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

Dublin Microscopical:Club (2... sv. es oe ee ener 229-235

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observations on Stredon lichenoides. By Wittram E. Cartin...... 235

On the Nature of Dictyophyton. By R. P. WHITFIELD............ 237 |

Note on the Structure of a Specimen of Uphantcema from the Collec-

tion of the American Museum of Natural ee New York

City: «. By Dr.WJ. Wi Dawson oc 280s: eA ees we .

Mortality of Fish in the Gulf of Mexico........-1 Aeanage ahs 238

Rhizopods the Food of some young Fishes ...................- 240 :

*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, i

Red Lion Court, Fleet Sine London. :

A ‘PRAY

Vol. 8. Gite FIFTH S RIES. | | No. 46.

a ee

ae arate

“MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

No. XLVI.

OCT. 1881.

thal CONDUCTED BY

| ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., ER. S

: WILLIAM §S. DALLAS, F.L.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F-.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Px.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS ” COMBINED WITH

| MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINS OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH TWO PLATES, — |

Illustrative of Mr. E. J. Miers’s Paper on Crustacea from Goree Island,

, _ Senegambia.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Longmans, Green, Reader, and Dyer; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.;

Whittaker & Co.: Bailliere, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Foster,

ofe & Co., Dublin: and Asher, } Berlin.

A new Edition (the eighth) now ready.

- WANUAL OF BRITISH BOTANY,

CONTAFNING THE FLOWERING PLANTS AND FERNS, ARRANGED

— * ACECORDING TO THE NATURAL ORDERS.

By Professor CHARLES CARDALE BABINGTON, M.A., F.BS.

12mo, cloth, 10s. 6d. Thin-paper copies in limp leather binding (for the

pocket), 12s.

Joun Van Voorst, | Paternoster Row.

Royal 4to, 1284 pp., with 54 Plates, Map, &c. Price £7.

A HISTORY OF THE BIRDS OF CEYLON.

By Captain W. V. LEGGE, B.A, F.LS., &.

Published by the AuTHor, Aberystwith, Wales.

Price 2s. 6d., royal 8vo.

A CATALOGUE OF COLEOPTERA

EPROM THE

JAPANESE ARCHIPELAGO.

By GEORGE LEWIS. |

A few copies printed on one side only, for labelling, price 3s. 6d.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.

Price 5s.; royal 4to, with Coloured Plates and Woodeuts.

NATURAL HISTORY OF THE EUPLECTELLA ASPERGILLUM

(VENUS’S FLOWER-BASKET),

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

By WILLIAM CHIMMO, Capt. R.N., F.L.S., F.R.A.S., &e.

TaYLoR and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

Including Zoology, Botany, and Geology.—Monthly, price 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices :—

The First Serves, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.

The Second Serves, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. ,, £10.

The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. ,, £12.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science.

A Journal devoted to Physics, Astronomy, Mechanics, Chemistry, Mineralogy,

. and the allied Sciences. Monthly, price 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices:—

A set of the First Serves, from 1798 to 1826 (wanting a few plates), in

68 volumes. Price £15.

The Second Series, from 1827 to 1852, in 11 volumes. Price £2 4s.

The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850, » £6.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES. ]

No. 46. OCTOBER 1881.

XXV.—Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida,—

Order I. Carnosa. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. Ke.

In the first part of this contribution I propose to enumerate

with short commentary all the species of the order Carnosa

that have been made known, tabulating them afterwards as

they might be arranged with reference to my Classification

(No. 23*); and in the second part I propose giving a descrip-

* Publications to which reference is made in the following communi-

cation :—

-1.—1838. Dusarpin, F. “ Observations sur les Eponges et en particulier

sur la Spongille ou Eponge d’eau douce,” Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Zool.

sér. 2, tome x.

2.,—1842. Jounsron, G. A History of British Sponges and Litho-

phytes.

3.—1847. N arpo, D. “Osservazioni anatomiche sopra l’animale ma-

rino detto volgarmente Rognone di mare,” Atti dell’ Instituto

Veneto, vol. vi.

4.—1862, Scumipt, O. Die Spongien des adriatischen Meeres.

5.—1864, Scumipr, O. Die Spongien &c. Hrstes Supplement.

6.—1866. BowERBANK, J.S. A Monograph of the British Spongiade,

vols. 1. and ii.

7.—1866. Scumipt, O. Die Spongien des adriatischen Meeres. ZAweites

Supplement.

8.—1867. SeLenKa, H. “Ueber einige neue Schwamme aus der Siidsee,”

Zeitschrift f. wiss. Zoologie, Bd. xvii.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 17

242 Myr. H. J. Carter’s Contributions to our

tion of the elastic tissue of the Spongida, which, although

principally developed in the Carnosa, is so widely distributed

throughout the class, that it may be considered one of the

constituent elements of the Spongida, and therefore deserving

of that special attention which hitherto it has not had.

Finally, I propose adding some observations on other sponges

which seem to claim admission into the Carnosa, ending with

a notice of Dr. Oscar Schmidt’s genus Cellulophana.

Since the Ray Society published the late Dr. Bowerbank’s

work on the British sponges, entitled ‘ A Monograph of the

British Spongiade’ (Nos. 6 and 21 respectively), which is

chiefly confined to the species growing on the shores and com-

paratively shallow depths of the submarine bank immediately

round the British Isles, not only more species from this

locality have been discovered, but the “ dredgings” of

H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine,’ having extended a little beyond the

border of the bank into the “deep sea” of the Atlantic

9,—1868. ScumipT,O. Die Spongien der Kiiste von Algier. Mit

Nachtriigen zu den Spongien des adriatischen Meeres. (Drittes

Supplement.)

10.—1869. Carrer, H. J. “A Descriptive Account ot Four Sub-

spherous Sponges, Arabian and British, with General Observations,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv.

11.—1869. Carter, H. J. “On Grayella cyathophora, a new Genus and

Species of Sponges,” ibid. vol. iy.

12.—1870. CartEer, H.J. “Note on the Sponges Grayella, Osculina,

and Cliona,” ibid. vol. v.

13.—1870. ScumiptT, O. Grundzitige einer Spongienfauna des atlan-

tischen Gebietes. ‘

14.—1871. Carter, H. J. “A Descriptive Account of three Pachy-

tragous Sponges growing on the Rocks of the South Coast of

Devon,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vii.

15.—1872. Hackret, H. Die Kalkschwaimme, ein Monographie in zwei

Banden Text und Atlas, mit 60 Tafeln Abbildungen.

16.—1872. Giarp, A. ‘Recherches sur les Ascidies Composées ou

Synascidies,” Archives de Zoologie expérimentale et générale, H.

de Lacaze-Duthiers, tome i.

17.—1873. Carter, H.J. “On two new Species of Gumminez, Se.,”’

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xii.

18.—1878. Grarp, A. “Contribution a lHistoire Naturelle des Synas-

cidies,’” Archives de Zoologie expérimentale et générale, H. de

Lacaze-Duthiers, tome ii.

19.1874. Cantrr, H.J. “Onthe Spongozoa of Halisarca Dujardinit,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiii.

90.—1874. Carter, H. J. ‘On Halhsarca lobularis,” ibid.

alae Bowrrsank, J.8. A Monograph of the British Spongiade,

vol. iil.

22,—1874. Carter, H. J. “Descriptions and Figures of Deep-sea

Sponges and their Spicules from the Atlantic Ocean, dredged up

on board H.M.S. ‘Porcupine,’ with Figures and Descriptions of

Knowledge of the Spongida: 248

Ocean, have brought to light a still greater number (Nos. 17,

22, and 25, pp. 17, 207, and 226 respectively), most of which

must be considered as much British as those which, growing a

_ little further in towards the shore, are more accessible. [Hence

all these will also have to be added to the “ British Sponges.”

Among them are a few belonging to my order Carnosa, of

which nothing is stated in the ‘ British Spongiadee,’ except

Hymeniacidon Dujardinit, Bk. (No. 6, vol. i. p. 224), which

the author has endeavoured to identify with Halisarca Dwar-

dintt, Johnston (No. 2, pp. 192 and 251), m a way that

almost amounts to “* burlesque,”’ inasmuch as his statement is

made upon the assumption that Dujardin (who first described

Halisarca, No. 1, p. 6, and No. 2, l.c.) and Johnston (who

designated it Halisarca Dwardinii, and made a genus of it

under the following characters :—‘‘ Spongia gelatinosa diffuse

repens cute tenui et levi vestita spiculis et cellulis fibratis

carens. Genus litorosum, rupes et fucorum radices ornans.”

No. 2, p. 251) had made a mistake !

some remarkable Spicules from the Agulhas Shoal and Colon,

Panama, respectively,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiv.

23.—1875. Carter, H. J. “Notes Introductory to the Study and

Classification of the Spongida,” ibid. vol. xvi.

24,—1876. Barrors, Cu. Thése pour le Grade de Docteur és Sciences

Naturelles. (Also printed in Ann. d. Sc. Naturelles, Zool. sér. 6,

tome iil.)

25.—1876. Canter, H. J. “Descriptions and Figures of Deep-sea

Sponges,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.

26.—1877. Scnuuze, F. HE. “ Untersuchungen uber den Bau und die

Entwicklung der Spongien. Die Gattung Halsarca,” Zeitschrift

f. wiss. Zoologie, Bd. xxviii.

27.—1879. Scuutzn, F. EH. “Untersuchungen tiber den Bau und die

Entwicklung der Spongien. Die Familie der Chondrosidee,” ibid.

Bd. xxix.

28.—1879. Carter, H. J. “Contributions to our (Knowledge of the

Spongida,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii.

29.—1879. Carter, H. J. “Onanew Species of Excavating Sponge

(Alectona Millari), &c.,” Journ. Roy. Microseop. Soe. vol. ii.

30.—1880. Cartrer, H. J. “ Report on Specimens dredged up from the

Gulf of Manaar, and presented to the Liverpool Free Museum by

Captain W. H. Cawne Warren,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. vi.

81.—1880. ScumipT, O. Spongien des Meerbusen von Mexico (und des

Caraibischen Meeres). Zweites (Schluss-) Heft.

32.—1881. Cartmr, H. J. “Supplementary Report on Specimens

dredged up from the Gulf of Manaar, together with others from

the Sea in the Vicinity of the Basse Rocks and from Bass’s Straits

respectively, presented to the Liverpool Free Museum by Capt.

W. H. Cawne Warren,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vil.

33.—1881. Scutiuzs, F. E. “Untersuchungen tiber den Bau und die

Entwicklung der Spongien. Zehnte Mittheilung. Cortecwwm cande-

labrum, O. Schmidt,” Zeitschrift f. wiss. Zoologie, Bd. BES 8. 410.

244 My. H. J. Carter’s Contributions to our

The fact is that Hymentacidon Dwardinit, Bk., although

well described (No. 6, /. c.) and illustrated (No. 21, pl. xxxviu.

figs. 1-4), is no Hymendacidon at all, but a Hymedesmia

according to Dr. Bowerbank’s classificatory diagnoses (No. 6, .

vol. i. p. 153 &c.) ; for the thin gelatinous film of which it is

composed supports a bed of spicules (“ tibiella ” with inflated

ends, not simply cylindrical and obtuse, as figured by Dr.

Bowerbank, No. 21, /. c.) confusedly arranged ; from the sur-

face of which project shorter, clavate, spined spicules with an

inflated end respectively, in an echinating manner (that is,

with their points outwards), while the whole when dry is

brittle and not tenacious like the gummy consistence of the

Carnosa. Thus the character of Hymeniacidon Dwardinii

more resembles that of the lamina of “ Microciona and Hyme-

rhaphia”’ (No. 6, vol. i. p. 190), to which Dr. Bowerbank

himself has especially likened Hymedesmia, than the massive

forms with crumb-of-bread-like structure in Hymeniacidon.

Similar remarks might be made on his Hymeniacidon pau-

pertas, whose description just precedes that of H. Dujardinii ;

but this isnot the place for them. It is therefore Dr. Bower-

bank’s and not Dujardin’s “ misapprehension ”’ of the “ struc-

ture of the genus Halisarca” (No. 6, vol. u. p. 225) that

alone concerns us for the present as it has done. et us now

turn our attention to the enumeration and classification of

the Carnosa as proposed in my ‘‘ Notes” (No. 28, p. 438).

Class SPONGIDA.

Order 1. CARNOSA.

Char. Without evident skeleton *.

Family 1. Halisarcida.

Char. Possessing no spicules.

In 1838 Dujardin discovered on the coast of Normandy

(Calvados, No. 1, /.¢.), and described, the sponge-substance

to which he gave the name of “Halisarca;” and in 1849

Johnston described the same kind of sponge as a British

species. from Berwick Bay &c. under the designation of

Halisarca Dujardin’ (No. 2, l. ¢.). To this Schmidt, in

1862, added another species, viz. Halisarca lobularis (No. 4

p- 80), which, in 1874, I first found, together with H. Dujar-

dint, growing plentitully on this coast, viz. Budleigh-

* Hmended posted, p. 255.

Knowledge of the Spongida. 245

Salterton, South Devon, where I reside (Nos. 19 and 20,

pp. 315 and 433 respectively).

As regards H. Dujardinit, nothing can be better than

Johnston’s description and generic diagnosis, excepting that

he did not see any ova. They are abundantly present, how-

ever (though not far advanced), in the specimens which I

have just now (28th June) taken off the rocks, while the

more minute histology of the species was described in 1874

(loc. ctt.).

When fresh and én setw the yellow transparent colour and

oily appearance of Hymeniacidon Dujardin and Halisarca

Duwardinit ave so much alike that it is almost impossible to

distinguish them from one another without microscopic exa-

mination, when the presence of the spicules in the former, with-

out any thing else, is quite sufficient. It is therefore not

extraordinary that Dr. Bowerbank so far, should h7cmself

have made the mistake to which J have alluded.

Halisarca Dujardinii not only differs trom HH. lobularis

when observed in sttu by shape and colour, the former pre-

senting an even surface with a yellowish transparent colour

like oil or albumen (“ white of egg”? uncooked), and the latter

a lobulated surface with a bluish carmine colour, especially

over the more prominent parts, but, when examined under

the microscope, A. Dujardinii is found to consist of a massive

structure permeated by an excretory canal-system that has

generally only one (but may have more) short tubular vents

projecting from the surface, which is otherwise entirely covered.

by a smooth epidermis or dermal layer of sareode (cuticula).

On the other hand, /. lobularis is made up of contorted ana-

stomosing knotted tubulation, with intervals (lacune) between

the convolutions like those of Grantia clathrus, Sdt.,= Clath-

rina, Gray, = Ascetia clathrus, Hickel (No. 15, vol. 11. p. 30,

Taf. 4), opening here and there, by the union of two or more

convolutions, in common vents (No. 26, Taf. 1. figs. 6 and 7) ;

so that there is an excretory canal-system, as usual, together

with the spongozoa in groups (ampullaceous sacs), and other

sponge-elements zmside the tubulation, and an external one,

apparently produced by cilia, on the outside, which may thus

keep up a circulation of water throughout its lacunose or

reticulated mass. The latter has been called by Hiickel the

“intercanal system’? (No. 15, vol. i. p. 275); but I have not

been able to observe, under the most favourable circumstances,

any cilia on the surface of the tubulation in Clathrina (which

is abundant here) ; while, from the dermal layer of cells in

reserved-in-spirit specimens of A. Dujardinii being so like

that of H, lobularis, 1 think the former, if examined in the

246 Mr. H. J. Carter’s Contributions to our

living state, might also be found to be so ciliated. Lastly, in

H. Dujardinit wnder the microscope, it may be observed that

the spongozoa Ke. are but scantily accompanied by filaments

of elastic tissue, like that so abundant im the next genus, viz.

Chondrosia; while in £1. lobularts there seems to be none at

all; so that im this respect /7. lobudar’s would appear to be

the most simply formed of the two, yielding, from the absence

of the elastic element, permanently not only to the pressure of

objects with which it may come into contact in the preserving-

jar,” but, although much thicker than H. Dwardinit when

treshly laid upon the glass slide, also on this account subsiding

on being drved into a much thinner stratum. When a frag-

ment of H. Dujardinw? is placed on a glass slide in water for

examination, it slips away to the border of the cover, from its

slimy elastic nature, while that of H. lobularis under the same

circumstances remains stationary like a bit of soft dough.

Hence I cannot understand how specimens of the latter found

by Dr. Ch. Barrois on the north coast of France, nearly oppo-

site this place, should be termed “‘semi-cartilagineuse” (No. 24,

p- 42).

Could the calcareous sponges have originated in AL lobu-

laris, which, together with the spicules, would be very like

Ascetta (Clathrina), from the tubular, tortuous, anastomosing

structure in both being almost identical ? At all events, it is

remarkable that the earliest forms, according to Hiickel, ot

the calcisponges, viz. Ascetta, should afford the only analo-

gous structure among the Spongida, so far as I know, to

Halisarca lobularis (No. 15, vol. 1. and Atlas). ,

Thus, when carefully examined, there are such strong dif-

ferences between Halisarca Dwardinti and H. lobularis, that

it almost becomes questionable whether they should bein

the same genus.

Halisarca guttula, Sdt. (no. 5, p. 41, and Taf. v. fig. 2,

No. 9), is thought by Schulze to be the same as his (Schulze’s)

H. lobularis purpurea (No. 26, Taf. i. fig. 5).

Giard’s Halisarca mimosa (mimic) from Boulogne, which,

according to his description, consists of a thin lamina with

plane surface, of a brick-red colour varied with orange-yellow,

having its oscules bordered with deeper red slightly carmine,

from which radiate orange-coloured lines, like “ ascidian ani-

malcules”’ (no. 18, p. 488), requires confirmation. And the

other species, which was found at Roscoff, although so like Z.

lobudar’s that Schulze conjectured it to be the same as his

variety, viz. £1. lobularis purpurea (No. 26, p. 45, Separat-

Abdruck), differs from “7. dobular’s in being “ semi-cartilagi-

neuse ’’ in consistence, and the specimens possess “ une grande

Knowledge of the Spongida. 247

élasticité et repoussent vivement le verre qui les comprime

quand on veut en examiner une parcelle au microscope,” as

my above description of 1. lobularis will show.

Halisarea cruenta, n. sp., 1876.

Smooth, more or less puckered, extending among the de-

tritus of sea-bottom, and agglomerating the whole on its way,

so as to give it a dark crimson-red colour, most intense where

it is most exposed. Consistence firm, tolerably resilient.

Surface, here and there where uninterrupted by the irregulari-

ties of the detrital bodies, of glassy smoothness, puckered to-

wards the projecting points of the latter, and presenting vents

irregularly scattered on a level with the dermal layer or

cuticula. Internal structure more or less permeated by the

branches of the excretory canal-system ; tolerably resilient ;

crimson colour of the surface, which is seated in an extremely

thin cuticula, fading off into grey internally; tissue, when

examined under the microscope, presenting elongated granu-

liferous cells, rather than the fusiform transparent filaments so

characteristic of the Chondrosidg and upon which the amount

of resistance or elasticity in the latter seems to depend, scat-

tered among the spongozoa and other cells &c. of which the

body-mass is composed. Ova not seen. Size indefinite, ac-

cording to the extent of the spreading agglomeration, many

portions of which are free from foreign objects to the extent

of a quarter of an inch square and deep, which, when cut out,

do best for examination.

Hab. Marine. Spreading among the detrital objects of

sea-bottom and enveloping every particle in its course.

Loc. Gulf of Suez.

Obs. This forms part of the contents of a small jar of or-

ganisms of a like nature, among which is Chondrilla nucula

growing over a piece of stony coral, collected by J. K. Lord,

Esq., in the Gulf of Suez, and presented to the British

Museum. It seems to be the same species as that previously

noticed by myself under the above name, in my account of the

sponges dredged on board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine,’ in the deep

sea of the Atlantic Ocean, near Cape St. Vincent (No. 25,

p- 228), of which the supply was too small for any thing but a

provisional description ; hence the above emended one. In

appearance and firmness it is more like Chondrosta than Hali-

sarca Dujardinit or H. lobularts ; but in composition, from the

comparative absence of the elastic filamentous element and

consequent diminution of tenacity, more like the latter,

248 Mr. H. J. Carter’s Contributions to our

For an account of the specimens from Bass’s Straits pro-

visionally named Halisarca bassangustiarum, I must refer the

reader to my second Manaar report (No. 32, p. 373), and for

- that of H. rubditingens, also provisionally named (2d. p. 366).

The latter will be more particularly considered hereafter in con-

nection with Cellulophana, Sdt. (No. 4, p. 41, &c.).

Chondrosia reniformis, Sdt. This name is taken from

Nardo’s description (No. 3), translated im extenso by Schmidt

(No. 4, pp. 40, 41); so that it has been known for many years

and, curious enough, to the Adriatic fishermen, under the

name of ‘ Carume di mar,” which, in Greek, becomes “ Hali-

sarca,” the name that, just ten years previously, had been given

by Dujardin to Halisarca Dujardinit, which, as before stated,

was found on the coast of Normandy. Since this sponge has

been studied by Dr. F. E. Schulze, of Gratz, as well as the

preceding genus Halisarca, in two separate communications,

and the result of his careful investigations thus recorded

(Nos. 26 and 27), I cannot do better than refer the reader to

these as being a sine qué non to a right understanding of both

Chondrosia and Halisarca, merely adding here that, as the

filaments of which the elastic felt-like trama of Chondrosia reni-

jormis is characteristically composed form an element in many

of the Spongida quite apart from the dendriform skeletal fibre,

they demand a distinct consideration, which, not having been

accorded to them before, I propose, as before stated, to give

hereafter.

Gummina gliricauda and G. ecaudata are two other species

described and figured by Schmidt (No. 4, Taf. ii. figs. 20 and

21 respectively). They appear only to differ in form from

Chondrosia reniformis ; and all, judging of specimens from

Madeira which I possess, seem to take in foreign bodies during

their growth, although Schmidt does not mention them in G.

gliricauda and G. ecaudata from the Adriatic; but they pro-

duce no spicules of their own. It might be questionable how

tar the “‘ foreign bodies’ are a substitute for proper spicules,

and thus analogous to the foreign bodies taken in by the

Psammonemata for the core of their fibre.

Ohondrosia plebeja, Sdt., from Algiers (No. 9, p. 1), appears

to do the same (that is, to take in foreign bodies) ; but Chon-

drosta tuberculata, Sdt., from the Adriatic (7b. p. 24, Taf. v.

fig. 4), contains neither foreign bodies nor spicules, and ac-

cording to Schmidt is, in the section, very much like Halisarca

lobularis ; wherefore Schulze thinks it to be the same (No. 27,

Knowledge of the Spongida. 249

p- 31, Separat-Abdruck) ; but if so, why should Schmidt call

it “ Chondrosia,” likening its “ firmness” especially to

Chondrilla? It it be Halisarca lobularis, then the “ semi-

cartilagineuse ’’ consistence of the specimen found by Dr. Ch.

Barrois at Saint-Vaast, near Cherbourg, can be understood

(loc. cit.).

Family 2. Gumminida.

Char. Possessing spicules.

Chondrilla nucula, Sdt. In 1862 Schmidt established this

genus (No. 4, p. 38, Taf. 11. figs. 22, 22a), together with C.

embolopora, both possessing spicules and both found in the

Adriatic Sea. - The former appears to be a “ world-wide”’

species ; for during the last five years I have had specimens of it

from the Red Sea, the Gulf of Manaar, the Mauritius, Molucca

Islands, and the West Indies. Schulze has added Chondrilla

mixta, from the Red Sea, and C. distincta, from Ponapé

(No. 27, p. 32, Sep.-Abd.). !

In 1870 Schmidt described an incrusting species, about

“1-2 millim.” thick, charged with a pin-like skeleton-

spicule and a spinispirular flesh-spicule from the Antilles, to

which he gave the name of Chondrilla phyllodes (No. 18,

p- 26, Taf. vi. fig. 1) ; and in 18738, I added Chondrilla austra-

liensis from Port Jackson (No. 17, p. 23, pl. 1. figs. 10-16).

If the species Lacinia stellifica from Bass’s Straits (No. 8,

p. 568, Taf. xxxv. fig. 8), described and illustrated by Selenka

in 1867, possesses, as stated, a spicule ‘‘ ganz iihnlich,” ex-

actly like his fig. 13, then it seems to me that he has made

a mistake in calling it calcareous (Kalksternchen); or the

organism 18 a Leptoclinum, M.-Kdw.,=Tribus 11. Didem-

nie, Giard, ‘ ‘Tunique commune remplie de spicules calcaires ”’

(No. 16, p. 644, pl. xxii.). Were the spicule siliceous, then

the species would be like Schmidt’s Chondrilla nucula; but if

calcareous, then, as I only know of the existence of similar

stellates in the compound Ascidians and never in the Calci-

spongie, I think that Selenka’s discovery also requires con-

firmation. If substantiated it would indeed far exceed M.

Giard’s Halisarca mimosa in point of mimicry !

Cortictum candelabrum. Of this sponge Schmidt, who

found it in the Adriatic Sea in 1862, made a new genus,

observing in his characters, “ Spongia incertes hucusque

familie,” describing’ and figuring its spicules (No. 4, p. 42,

Taf. ili. fig. 25, a-g). There is no doubt, however, of its

250 Mr. H. J. Carter’s Contributions to our

family now ; for it evidently belongs to our order Carnosa, and,

possessing spicules, to our family Gumminida ; but very little

of the filamentous element, as may be learnt from Schmidt’s

and Kélliker’s observations, appears to exist in it; indeed,

Schulze could not see any at all (No. 33, p. 422). It is pre-

sent, however, in Cortictwm abysst, but here very scanty,

especially in the body-substance ; hence the want of tenacity

displayed in tearing a portion of the latter to pieces with

needles, compared with Chondrosia and Chondrilla, in both of

which this elastic filamentous trama abounds.

In 1868, Schmidt added another species from the Adriatic

Sea (No. 9, p. 25, Taf. ii. fig. 6), which he named C. stelli-

gerum; and in the same publication (p. 2, Taf. i. fig. 11),

another from the coast of Africa, which he named Corticiwm

plicatum, in which the spicules are allied, in their tetrac-

tinellid form, to those of Corticewm abysst. ‘The latter I de-

scribed and figured from a specimen found in the “ deep

sea’? at the entrance of the English Channel (No. 17, p. 18,

pl. i. figs. 1-9). I have just stated that the filamentous

element is very scanty in Corticium abysst, which probably

accounts for its amount of tenacity beimg tar less than that

of Chondrosia and Chondrilla, approaching therefore nearer

to that of Halisarca lobularis. But it is not identical (iden-

tisch) with Samus anonyma, Gray, as supposed by Schmidt

(No. 31, p. 69), which may be seen by my descriptions and

figures of these sponges respectively (No. 28, p. 350, pl.

xxix. figs. 1-4, and No. 30, p. 59).

My species (named pro temp.) Corticium Kittonit is only

conjectural, being provisionally inferred from the tetractinellid

form of some spicules hitherto only found among the detritus

of sea-bottom at Colon, Panama (No. 22, p. 24, pl. xv.

figs. 48, a-e) ; while C. parasiticum from the “ deep-sea”

was not sufficient in quantity for much more (No. 25, p. 229,

pl. xvi. fig. 52).

Oorticium versatile, from St. Vincent (West Indies), is

another species lately (1880) adverted to by Schmidt, who has

unfortunately devoted much more to the possible “ combina-

tions” of its tetractinellid form of spicules than to a descrip-

tion of the sponge itself (No. 31, p. 69, Tat. ix. fig. 5). All

that is stated of it is that it is a “ Crustenschwamm,” to

which are added figures of the spicule in the plate (7. c.), but

nothing else. From the form of the flesh-spicule not having

been given, if, indeed, there was any, [ cannot speak with cer-

tainty ; but the skeleton-spicules are very like those of Samus

simplex (No. 30, p. 60, pl. v. figs. 26 a-c), which, of course,

Knowledge of the Spongida. 251

are liable, like those of C. versatile and all other tetractinellids,

to irregularity in the division of the arms; but when accom-

panied by a particular form of flesh-spicule in great abun-

dance, as in Samus anonymus and Samus (olim Pachastrella)

parasiticus (No. 25, p. 410, pl. xv. fig. 41, a, 6, and No. 30,

p- 60), 1 think that, however great the variety in the skeleton-

spicule may be, the form of the flesh-spicule heve should

decide the species question, as the branches in the skeleton-

spicule are as inconstant as they are accidental. Schmidt’s

second part of his descriptions of the sponges from the Gulf

of Mexico, which were sent to him from America for this

purpose (No. 31), reached me on the 2nd July 1880, just two

months after my Report on the Manaar specimens (No. 30)

had been written and illustrated; or I should have referred

therein to his observations in connection with Corticium ver-

satile and its relationship with Pachastrella, to which now I

can only commend the student for instruction. .

Sarcomella medusa, as 11s substance proclaims, is an Alge-

rine specimen, shortly described by Schmidt as an irregularly

convex body, medusa-like in consistence, and charged with

one form of spicule only, viz. acerate, like a Reniera (No. 9,

poll):

Osculina polystomella, Sdt. Of this sponge, which came

from La Calle, on the Algerine coast, and was forwarded in

spirit to Schmidt by Lacaze-Duthiers, the former states in his

description of it (No. 9, p. 3, Taf. 1) that its consistence is the

same as that of Chondrilla, which, together with its being

spiculiferous, is sufficient for our classification. It would have

been more satisfactory if the thickness of the cortex had been

mentioned in the text instead of having only been represented

in the illustration with the indefinite term a little (geringe),

when it may fairly be inferred to be very much, magnified.

In 1870 I compared Osculina polystomella with Grayella

cyathophora (No. 12, p. 73) from the Gulf of Suez, which in

many particulars are very much alike—so much so indeed

that I feel compelled now to add Grayella provisionally to the

Gumminida as follows :—

Grayella cyathophora was described and illustrated by my-

self in 1869; and I still possess the little specimen in spirit as

it came to me from the late Dr. J. H. Gray (No. 11, p. 189,

pl. vil.). Since then a much larger but dry specimen has

been added by purchase to the British Museum, which was

stated by the dealer to have come from Port Elizabeth, Cape

of Good Hope. It is 4x4 inches superficially, and half an

252 Mr. H. J. Carter’s Contributions to our

inch thick, bearing the register no. 71. 6. 5. 1 and my run-

ning no. 15. On reexamining the wet specimen, to which I

have alluded, I find that the dermal layer or cortex is only

1-277thinch in vertical diameter, but sufficiently thick to present

a slippery, homogeneous, glutinous consistence, which, by its

opacity, prevents the subjacent structure from being seen ; so

that, with its stelliferous character, Grayella cyathophora also

comes within our specification of the Gumminida ; but whether

all such sponges should be here introduced which conform to

this “‘ specification”’ alone, is questionable; hence I shall

return to this point hereafter under the head of ‘‘ Observa-

tions.”

Columnitis squamata, from the Antilles, is another sponge

which Schmidt has added to his Gumminiew (No. 13, p. 25,

Taf. v. figs. 3, 4), and therefore is inserted here; but as a

similar incrustation occurs on this coast which I have always

regarded as closely allied to, if not the same as, Donatia

(Tethya) lyncurium, and Donatia itself may justly claim a

place among the Carnosa from its semicartilaginous consis-

tence &e., I shall also return to this subject again.

Finally, in 1879 I figured and described a sponge under

the name of Latrunculia corticata, said to have come from

the Red Sea (No. 28, p. 298, pl. xxvii. figs. 1-4), covered

with a homogeneous, semicartilaginous, thin dermis surround-

ing a reticulated structure internally charged with acerate

skeleton- and spinispirular flesh-spicules, but the latter varying

in form from a “spinispirula’”’? to “sceptrella.” When

softened by soaking in water the dermal layer is found, under

the microscope, to be almost entirely composed of the filamen-

tous feltiform tissue, while the interior is also very tenacious

and glue-like; so that, with its spicules, this species also must

be classed with our Gumminida.

Hence, when tabulated, the whole will stand thus :—

| Order 1. CARNOSA.

Char. Without evident skeleton.

Family 1. Halisarcida.

Char. Possessing no spicules.

Halisarca Dujardinti, Johuston. Great Britain.

lobularis, Schmidt. Adriatic,

—— guttula, Sdt. Adriatic,

Knowledge of the Spongida. 253

Halisarca mimosa, Giard. English Channel.

cruenta, Carter. Atlantic Ocean, Cape St. Vincent.

Gummina gliricauda, Sdt. Adriatic.

—— ecaudata, Sdt. Adriatic. tie

Chondrosia reniformis, Nardo ap. Sdt. Adriatic.

—— plebeja, Sdt. Algiers.

—— tuberculata, Sdt. Adriatic.

Family 2. Gumminida.

Char. Possessing spicules.

Chondrilla nucula, Sdt. Adriatic.

———- embolopora, Sdt. Antilles.

australiensis, Carter. Port Jackson, Australia.

—— sacciformis, Carter. Mauritius.

Corticium candelabrum, Sdt. Adriatic.

—— plicatum, Sdt. Algiers.

stelligerum, Sdt. Algiers.

—— abyss, Carter. Entrance to English Channel.

Kittoni, Carter, prov. Colon, Panama.

—— versatile, Sdt. St. Vincent, West Indies.

Sarcomella medusa, Sdt. Algiers.

Osculina polystomella, Sdt. Algiers.

Grayella cyathophora, Carter. Red Sea,

Columnitis squamata, Sdt. Antilles.

Latrunculia corticata, Carter. ? Red Sea.

OBSERVATIONS.

In noticing the filamentous feltiform trama of Chondrosia

reniformis I have stated that this structure demands “ distinct

consideration ;” for the element of which it is composed is so

generally developed among the Spongida that it may be said

to form one of their constituent parts ; hence it not only de-

serves a distinct notice, but also a distinct appellation, and

therefore will be described under the following name :—

Hlastic Tessue.

I first alluded to this woof or texture in 1873, in these

words, viz. :—

“Thus, although in the Gumminee there is no ‘ sponge-

skeleton-fibre, so to speak, the cuticula and a great part of

the body is made up of fine intercrossing filaments, which are

so soft that, on drying, they all sink their form into a common

homogeneous mass like hard glue” (No. 17, p. 20).

254. Mr. H. J. Carter’s Contributions to our

This tissue, when examined in water microscopically, is

found to consist of short, soft, flaccid, apparently fusiform,

opaque or translucent, whitish-yellow filaments of variable

length, being in Chondrilla sacciformis (from the Mauritius)

about 1-150th inch long and about 1-6000th inch thick in

the middle: at least this is what may be inferred from the

parts which project from a fringed-out edge of a fragment of

the sponge just mentioned, when torn to pieces with needles,

in water, and placed under a microscopic power of 300-400.

diameters ; for it is not easy, as Schulze says, to isolate an

entire filament. In the condition thus mentioned it may be

observed to be translucent, and when unstranded to be made

up of a number of almost immeasurable fibrils, like the finest

hairs, which, although bound together in the poited end of

the filament that may project from the border of the fragment

into the water, sinks down on drying upon the glass slide into

an expanded lash of fibrils that become elementarily undis-

tinguishable in the gum-like homogeneous consistence which

they altogether then assume. How far the filaments may be

interunited like the elastic tissue of the warm-blooded animals,

ex. gr. the human subject, I am unable to say ; but of course

such an arrangement would enhance the elastic power of the

tissue; and this interunion actually seems to be the case in

a dyed and dried microscopic piece of Halisarca Dujardinit

which I have mounted in balsam. At the same time, although

generally distributed among the Spongida, the filaments of

which this tissue is composed may not always present the

same arrangement ; and, again, although often alluded to as

being “ semicartilaginous,”’ it should be remembered that this

refers to the consistence and not the structure, which is not

that of cartilage. When exposed for some time to the dyeing

influence of aniline (magenta-red ink) it only becomes faintly

coloured, compared with the sponge-cells and other sarcodic

particles with which it is intermixed ; while after having been

dried and mounted in balsam im this state, no more of it can

then be seen than has been above mentioned. As it is most

abundant in those species of Carnosa which are most elastic

and resilient, ev. gr. Chondrosia and Chondrilla, so it is least

where the species is more easily torn to pieces, as in Halisarca

Dujardinii, and apparently does not occur at all in Hl. lobularis,

wherein, as before stated, | have not been able to discover any

trace of it. How it originates | am unable to say ; but it seems

to me not impossible that its filament may have been an elon-

gated fusiform cell whose contents generally have become deve-

loped into a bundle of fibrils such as that above deseribed ;

nor am I able to say if it has any contractile power indepen-

Knowledge of the Spongida. 255

dently of its elasticity; while of its composition Schulze

states: —“ Die Priifung auf Cellulose mit Kupferoxydammoniak

sowie mit Schwefelsiure und Jod ergab ein negatives Resul-

tat” (No. 27, p. 19, Sep.-Abd.).

It is not confined to the Carnosa, although most abundant

there; for it may be found more or less present in most sponges

with and without the genuine dendriform fibre-skeleton ;

although, where the latter is absent, this elastic tissue seems

to supply its place. Perhaps the effect of its entire absence

is best seen in the Calcispongie, where, in consequence of

this absence, the fragility after drying is so great that the

more tender forms, ex. gr. Clathrina, will hardly bear handling

without breakage.

How far, then, the presence or absence of the Elastic

Tissue should influence our classification is the next point to

be determined.

It may be remembered that my diagnosis of the order

Carnosa is simply ‘without evident skeleton ;” but to what

extent this will suffice may be inferred from the facts that

Chondrosia reniformis and falichondria suberea, Johnston

(No. 2, pp. 140, 197), = Suberites domuncula, Sdt., both come

under this definition ; for neither have an evident skeleton

(that is, genuine dendriform anastomosing fibre), while Chon-

drosta reniformis presents the consistence of india-rubber, and

Halichondria suberea that of crumb of bread. Hence the

former has been placed in the order Carnosa, and the latter in

that of the Holorhaphidota.

Now, as it is plain that Chondrosia reniformis possesses an

abundance of the “ elastic tissue,” and Halichondria suberea

scarcely any (if any), while both are equally “ without evident

skeleton,” which is our present definition of the order Carnosa,

it is evident that this definition alone is not sufficient.

Again, when the “ elastic tissue ”’ is ever so scantily deve-

loped in the dermal layer, the latter, however thin, as in

Grayella cyathophora (Rio. 11), presents a gelatinous consis-

tence, with slimy, slippery surface, rendered opaque by spirit

of wine—which, while preeminently characteristic of the

Carnosa, is, on the contrary, very different from the thin

delicate transparent sarcodic film which characterizes the

other orders. Hence it becomes necessary to add these points

to our present definition of the Carnosa, which would then

stand thus:—‘‘ Surface slimy, glutinous, without evident

skeleton, more or less composed of elastic tissue.”

Still there remains a little difficulty, as with all border-

questions, in adjustment ; for in Donatia (Tethya) lyncurium,

after which I have proposed a group, viz. Donatina, in the

256 | Mr. H. J. Carter’s Contributions to our

family Suberitida of the order Holorhaphidota (No. 23,

pp. 182 and 184), there is a thick cortex composed of elastic

tissue (charged, of course, with the spicules of the species),

so densely developed that in consistence it is almost semi-

cartilaginous, with no “ evident skeleton ;” while the same

sponge, as before stated, grows here over shells in the form of

an incrustation in which hardly more than the cortical layer

is developed, thus simulating Schmidt’s Columnitis squamata

so closely that I cannot help thinking that one and all must

be the same, and that therefore, if Columnitis squamata is,

according to Schmidt, to be placed among his Gumminee,

Donatia lyncurium also ought to come under our Gumminida.

That Donatia (originally called “ Tethya” by Lamarck) has

no specific alliance whatever with Tethya cranium, Johnston,

which is the type of my group ‘“ Tethyina,” may be easily

seen by an examination of both species. Hence there seems

no reason whatever why Donatia should not join Columnitis

squamata among the Gumminida; so it may fairly be inserted

in my tabulated enumeration of the Carnosa, p. 252, antew.

It would have been satisfactory to have had a description of

the form of the skeleton-spicule of Columnitis squamata in

the text as well as in the illustration, in which the anteterminal

inflation makes it differ from that of Donatia lyncurtum ; but

in the Polymastina, which, not only in the tender but in the

compact and hard forms, are in spiculation closely allied to

Donatia (No. 25, p. 892), the head of the spicule constantly

varies, even in the same species, between a simple fusiform

acuate and an anteterminally-inflated shatt.

Lastly, in Axos spinipoculum (No. 28, p. 286, pl. xxv.

figs. 1-9) there is an unusual development of the elastic tissue

in the cortex as well as about the excretory canal-system (J. c.

figs. 6-8) ; so that, but for the presence ot an “ evident skele-

ton,” dendriform and spiculo-fibrous, it also, would be placed

among the Carnosa instead of the Holorhaphidota, where,

perhaps, after all it should form a distinct genus in the group

Axona (No. 32, p. 881). I mention this imstance chiefly to

show that the elastic tissue may be developed to a great extent

in sponges which, possessing in addition an “ evident skele-

ton,” cannot therefore be admitted into the order Carnosa,

The soft, slippery, velvet-like dermis of the common black

sponge of this coast, named Dercitus niger by Dr. Gray, and

described by myself (No. 14, p. 3, pl.iv. figs. 1 &c.),= Hyme-

niacidon Bucklandi, Bk., of 1866 (No. 6), =Battersbya

Bucklandi, Bk., of 1874 (No. 21), =Lachastrella, Sdt., of

1868 (No. 9), aptly compared by Dr. Bowerbank to “ bullock’s

liver’ when fresh, i which the elastic tissue is powerfully

Knowledge of the Spongida. 257

developed, especially towards the surface, with no dendriform

fibre-skeleton, but with an abundance of spicules, might also

claim a place among the Carnosa—although I cannot speak

with such certainty of the other species of Pachastrella that

have come before me, which, as Schmidt has stated, are very .

ill-supplied in this way (‘sehr arm an Weichtheilen,” No. 31,

p- 69), while the habit of Dercitus niger of extending itself into

the cracks and crevices, however minute, of the rock on which

it may be growing, inclines me to the view that it would

do this with other objects, such as shells and corals, under

similar circumstances, if growing upon them: hence, on one

occasion, 1 found its spicules, together with those of Cliona

mucronata, Sollas, in the excavated multilocular cavities of

a branch of stony coral from the island of Cuba.

And this opens another question, viz. how many of the

Keccelonida (No. 29, p. 496) or excavating sponges may

belong to the Carnosa ; for, on the one hand, the tetractinellid

spiculation of Samus is in form very evidently allied to that

of Pachastrella, ex. gr. Dercitus niger &e., and on the other

to that of Corticiwm plicatum, Sdt., C. abyss’, Carter, and

C. versatile.

So far as Cliona alata, when growing within its excavated

multilocular cavities in shells or rocks (calcareous), and

when free in the form of Rhaphyrus Griffithsii, Bk., and

Cliona corallinoides (‘ Annals,’ 1871, vol. viii. p. 14, pl. 1.

figs. 33-36) go, there is nothing but the absence of an “ evi-

dent skeleton,” as in Halichondria suberea, that would induce

me to place them among the Carnosa; and of the rest I can

state nothing in this respect; but as regards the genera Samus

(No. 30, p. 59), Alectona (olim Gummina) Wallichit and

Millari (No. 29, p. 494), if not of Thoosa socialis, Dotona

pulchella, and Alectona Higgint (No. 30, pp. 56-58), whose

almost microscopic dimensions render this evidence respecting

them presumptive only, the gum-like consistence of the sar-

code, together with the presence of the elastic-tissue filaments

and the absence of a fibre-skeleton, seems to claim for them

all a place among the Gumminida; indeed Schmidt’s Corti-

cium versatile appears to be my Samus simplex (No. 30, p. 60,

pl. v. figs. 26 a-c).

All these are “ border-questions,” as I have said before, in

which the transition of one kind of structure into another, as

exemplified in different species of sponges, becomes perplexing

to’ the classifier, who, after all, can only divide them at the

confines of his grouping by an empiric distinction, chiefly

based upon ‘‘ degree,’ which arrangements, under the best of

circumstances, must be conventional, as there is no line of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 18

258 Contributions to ow Knowledge of the Spongida.

demarcation in nature. But until all such facts as I have

mentioned are known and duly considered, the classifica-

tion of the Spongida will not become satisfactorily useful,

although much may and must be done in this way previous

to arriving even at this point; while at last, the nearest

approach to the imaginary line of demarcation can only be

attained by the most masterly mind on the subject.

CELLULOPHANA, Sdt., 1862.

Before concluding, it is desirable to turn our attention for

a few moments to the nature of Cellulophana pileata, first

named, described, and figured by Schmidt, who placed it

among his Gumminez or Kautschukschwiimme (caoutchouc

sponges), equal to our Carnosa (No. 4, p. 41, Taf. ii. figs. 24

and 24a), but was so uncertain about its sponge-nature, that

he proposed to refer the question to the botanists. He recurs

to the subject again in his 2nd Supplement (No. 7, p. 22),

but with little advancement, and finally ends with the de-

scription of another species trom the coast of Florida, which

isnamed C. collectrix, but, after all, adds in a “ footnote ” that

the subject requires further observation (No. 13, p. 25).

His illustration of Cellulophana pileata (0. c.) represents a

vertical section of the entire body, which had a roundish form,

elongated and enlarged upwards, about 8 inch high and 7

inch thick, said to be “ etwas vergréssert,”’ whatever that may

amount to, and to have been surrounded by a cortex enclosing

a parenchyma, the former brown and ‘thick, according to the

illustration, and the latter earmine, passing into grey inwards.

In fig. 24a the epidermis. is. shown to consist of a thin fibrous

layer with polygonal plant-like cell-structure underneath ;

while the second species, viz. C. collectrix, contained foreign

bodies.

Now the chief objections to the sponge-nature of this

organism are that no pores or oscula have been discovered in

the epidermis, nor is there any excretory canal-system, while

the presence of the polygonal cell-structure to which I have

alluded (J. c. fig. 24 a) is also totally opposed, so far as my

experience goes, to ordinary sponge-character, where all the

cell-structure, if not polymorphic, 1s,.too gelatinous to present

a defined cell-wall like that of plants. But J must refer

the reader to the whole of Schmidt's observations, as they

tend towards establishing the sponge-nature of this organ-

ism; meanwhile I would mention that I myself labour

under similar difficulties with the organism from the Gulf of

Manaar that I have provisionally named Halsarca rubitingens

ERRATUM.

By an unfortunate oversight on my part, which 1 regret extremely,

Baron Maltzan’s name has been mispelled in the earlier parts of this

paper. Instead of “ Maltzam” read “ Maltzan,” and instead of “Hetero-

crypta Malizamt” read “ Heterocrypta Maltzani.’”—E. J. M.

On Crustacea from Goree Island, Senegambia. 259

(No. 32, p. 365), which, presenting a membranous form when

stretched across the irregularities of the detritus of the sea-

bottom in which it may be growing, can be satisfactorily

examined with the microscope, when it is found to be com-

posed of an extremely thin transparent layer or epidermis on

each side, enclosing one of polygonal cells of different sizes,

indistinctly defined, but filled with granules, and apparently

each containing a nucleus. In this membrane may be ob-

served minute foreign bodies, such as fragments of sponge-

spicules &c.; but their presence is only a part of what is

taking place generally with the detritus under the spreading

growth and agglomerating influence of this ruby-coloured

organism, whose ‘ granules” appear to bear the colouring-

material. ‘This is all that I could make out of Halisarca

rubttingens in the dry state; and therefore, like Schmidt,

have stated that further observations in the wet state or while

living are necessary for its elucidation.

XXVI.—On a Collection of Crustacea made by Baron Her-

mann-Malizam at Goree Island, Senegambia. By KDWARD

J. Mimrs, F.L.S., F.Z.8.

[Continued from p. 220. |

Pilumnoplax sulcatifrons, var. atlantica, n.

Pilumnoplax sulcatifrons, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 93

(1858).

I thus designate, with much hesitation, a small female

crustacean which agrees in nearly all its characters with

specimens from the “‘ Hastern seas”’ inthe Museum collection

that are referred to Stimpson’s species, of which, however, I

have seen no typical specimens. ‘The Oriental examples have

lost their ambulatory legs, but agree in the form of the cara-

pace and the antero-lateral marginal teeth, the notched and

sulcated frontal margin, and the structure of the antenne with

the West-African specimen. This latter has somewhat

slenderer chelipedes—acharacter that cannot be depended upon,

in the absence of males from the same locality for compari-

son. Length 33 lines (nearly 8 millim.), breadth about

41 lines (10 millim.).

I may add, as further points of distinction, that there are a

few granules near the base of the second antero-lateral tooth,

and the sulcus reaching from the fourth tooth to the cardiac

region is obsolete in the West-African specimen.

18*

260 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

Typhlocarcinus integrifrons, sp. 0.

(Gels 2S cares, il)

The carapace is transverse, granulated, convex longitudi-

nally, with a short scanty pubescence on its upper surface, and

clothed with longer hairs on the lateral margins and on the mar-

gins of the legs ; the cervical and branchio-cardiac sutures are

very distinct. ront somewhat deflexed, with its anteriormargin

entire, straight, and clothed with long hairs, and rounded off on

the sides towards the inner orbital angles. Antero-lateral

margins arcuated, when viewed under a high magnifying-power

appearing granulated, with obscure indications of division

into two or three granulated lobes. Epistome very short.

Postabdomen (of male) not as wide in its widest part as the

sternum, with all the segments distinct, terminal segment sub-

triangulate. The ocular peduncles lie closely within the orbits,

which are widest internally, with granulated margins ; a wide

hiatus exists between the inner suborbital angle and the front,

which is filled by the broad quadrate basal (or second) joint

of the antenne, which reaches to the front; the exposed joints

of the antennal peduncle are slender and clothed with long

hairs; the flagellum rather long and muitiarticulate, the joints

clothed with very short sete; the outer maxillipedes are

smooth externally, with scarcely any intervening hiatus when

closed ; ischium rather broad, merus about as broad as long,

not notched at its antero-internal angle, where it is articu-

lated with the next joimt. Chelipedes (in the male) rather

robust, pubescent; arm short, carpus without a tooth on its

inner surface; palm short and broad, and rather convex,

broader transversely than the carpus; fingers slightly

arcuated, minutely toothed on their inner margins, which are

hairy at base, and having a rather wide interspace between

them when closed. Ambulatory legs compressed, with hairy

margins and rather long and slender terminal jomts. The

male verges lie in channels of the sternum, but are visible

from above. Colour light fulvous-brown. Length of the

largest example (a male) somewhat over 3 lines (7 millim.),

breadth 4 lines (nearly 9 millim.).

A second specimen (female) is of rather smaller size, with

slender chelipedes, the fingers of which meet when closed.

It is with some hesitation that I assign this species to the

genus T'yphlocarcinus of Stimpson’s family Rhizopide, as

but few ot the types to which it is apparently most nearly

allied are represented in the Museum collection. The diffe-

rent genera of this family described by Stimpson are appa-

rently separated by characters of small importance. The

Goree Island, Senegambia. 261

species now described is apparently most nearly allied to

Ceratoplax in the characters of the orbits, antenne, and am-

bulatory legs, but differs in the form of the carapace, the

small epistome, and the form of the merus of the maxillipedes.

From Typhlocarcinus nudus and T. villosus it is distinguished

. by the form of the front, &e.

THAUMASTOPLAX, gen. nov.

I propose this generic name for a species in the collection

that is closely allied in all its characters, and particularly in

wanting the fifth pair of thoracic legs, to the genera Hexapus,

De Haan, and Amorphopus, Bell, but is distinguished from

the former by the much greater development of the second

ambulatory legs and the structure of the outer maxillipedes,

whose merus joint is elongated and narrowed at its summit,

where it is articulated with the next joint; and from the latter

by the well-formed orbits and the entire absence of rudimen-

tary fifth legs.

Thaumastoplax anomalipes, g. et sp. n.

(PI. XIV. fig. 2.)

The carapace is transverse, about one and a half times as

broad as long, longitudinally rather convex, polished, naked,

and rather coarsely punctulated above; the regions not de-

fined; the sides sharp-edged; the antero-lateral margins

arcuated, the margins of the branchial regions straight and

parallel. The front is nearly a quarter the breadth of the

carapace, and has its anterior margin nearly straight. The

orbits are very small, without marginal fissures, with a wide

hiatus at the mfero-internal angle, which is filled by the basal

part of the antenne. The buccal cavity is without distinct

longitudinal ridges on the palate; epistome obsolete; abdo-

men in the male narrow, five-jointed, the third and fourth

joints coalescent, and also the fifth and sixth, although in one

specimen traces of the suture dividing the two last-mentioned

joints are discernible under the microscope ; the sternal surface

(an the specimens examined) is nearly naked. ‘The eyes are

closely encased in the orbits, which have a distinct inferior

margin ; the large antennules are transversely folded ; antennee

with the basal portion very small and occupying the infero-

internal orbital hiatus; antennal flagellum rather long and

about ten-jointed. ‘The outer maxillipedes are slender and

clothed with long dense hairs on their inner margins; ischium

and merus each longer than broad, narrowing at each end,

and with the inner margin arcuated; the penultimate joint

262 — Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

dilated distally. Chelipedes (in the specimens examined) sub-

equal, of moderate length ; arm very short, little exceeding its

vertical depth in length; carpus small; hands compressed,

with short hairs and with subseriately-arranged tubercles on

their outer surface ; fingers thin, sharp-edged, denticulated,

and nearly meeting along their inner margins; second legs

small, third and fourth legs thick, with the third to fifth

joimts very robust, and the claws small; fifth legs entirely

wanting. Colour (in spirit) light yellowish brown; legs

more or less densely clothed with a short pubescence. Length

of the largest example (a male) nearly 4 lmes (8 millim.),

breadth a little over 6 lines (13 millim.).

Two smaller examples are in the collection—one a male,

the other apparently an immature female.

This formis apparently sonearly allied to Amorphopus of Bell*

that I am not sure whether it ought to be generically separated

from it. In Amorphopus, however, the carapace 1s described

as cylindrical, the inferior orbital margin is wholly wanting ;

the chelipedes are unequal, the fingers in the larger hand

meeting only at the tips, and the fifth legs are represented by

a minute tubercle inserted in a little notch at the base of the

first joint of the fourth pair. Of this I find no trace in 7.

anomalipes.

The locality of Bell’s type, Amorphopus cylindraceus, is not

stated. :

Hexapus seapes (Fabr.), as described and illustrated by De

Haan, in v. Siebold}, resembles this species in general shape

and in having only three pairs of ambulatory legs, without a

rudiment of a fourth; the species, however, is of minute size,

the carapace somewhat broader behind, the outer maxillipedes

with the ischium or second joint broad and transverse, merus

quadrate (as shown in the figure), truncated at its distal end,

with the next joint articulated with it at its antero-internal

angle ; the second legs are shorter, whereas in 7. anomalipes

they are longer and more robust than the rest.

Gelasimus tangiert (yg.).

Gelasimus tangrert, Eydoux, Magas. de Zoologie, vii. pl. xvii. (1835) ;

M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. (ser. 8) Zool. xviii. p. 151, pl. iv. fig. 21

(1852) ; Heller, Crust. des stidl. Europa’s, p. 101 (1863) ; Kingsley,

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 153 (1880).

* Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. iii. p. 27 (1859).

ae Japonica, Crust. pp. 35, 63, pl. xi. fig. 5, and pl. D. fig,

Goree Island, Senegambia. 263

Gelasimus perlatus, Herklots, Addit. Faun. Carcin, Afric. Occid. p. 6,

i i. fig. 3 (1851); M.-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. ¢. ¢. p. 151 (1852) ;

ilgendorf, Monatsber. der Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, p. 806 (1878) ;

Kingsley, ¢. ¢. p. 153 (1880).

Here are referred three very small specimens in the collec-

tion, which I was at first disposed to regard as a distinct

species; the largest only measures about 3 lines (7 millim,)

in length and 4 lines (83 millim.) in breadth. Not only do

they differ from all the specimens of G’. tangieri I have seen

in their much smaller size, but also in the small number of the

granules of the carapace, of which there are scarcely any on

the median portions, and in the relatively much shorter fingers

of the larger chelipede, which are no longer than the palm.

The hand, when the fingers are closed, is nearly ovate; and

there are scarcely any granules on its inner surface. An ap-

proach to these specimens is exhibited, however, in an example

from Sierra Leone of rather small size; length of carapace

52 lines (12 millim.).

This species occurs at various localities on the northern and

western coasts of Africa, as noted by Mr. Kingsley in his

monographic list of the species of the genus above cited; and

I may add, as a fact of much interest, that there are speci-

mens from the West Indies (frazer) in the British-Museum

collection which are not to be distinguished specifically from

the African examples.

Philyra cristata, sp.n. (Pl. XV. fig. 1.)

In this species the body is depressed, suborbiculate ; cara-

pace minutely punctulated above, produced at the margins into

a thin continuous crest that surrounds the body; the regions

are not distinguishable; the intestinal region, behind the

posterior marginal crest, is also strongly cristate. The front

has its anterior margin straight, and does not project anteri-

orly so much as the front of the buccal cavity. Orbits small;

the fissures of the upper margin are very indistinct, and have

a wide hiatus at their exterior and interior angles, and no

lower margin other than that formed by the projecting rim of

the buccal cavity. Postabdomen with all the joints except

the first and last coalescent, of the male nearly half as broad

as the sternum, concave on the sides in the middle, with a

small tubercle on the penultimate joint, terminal joint much

smaller than the preceding. Hyes small, black. Antennules

lodged in horizontal fossettes. Antenne scarcely distin-

guishable. Inferior surface of the body smooth and minutely

punctulated. Outer maxillipedes with the triangular merus

as long as the ischium; exognath very broad, with its

264 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

exterior margin arcuated, broader at its distal end than the

endognath. Anterior legs or chelipedes rather slender; merus

trigonous with the margins granulated; carpus very small ;

palm slightly compressed, with the upper and lower margins

carinated but not granulated; fingers slightly incurved at

their acute apices, and slightly hairy on their inner margins.

Ambulatory legs slender and short, with the joints (except the

dactylus) slightly compressed and carinated butnot granulated ;

dactylus slender. Colour (in spirit) light yellowish or greyish,

sometimes with faint dusky lines on the carapace. Length of

the largest specimen nearly 3 lines (6 millim.), breadth very

little more; length of chelipede, when extended, about 4 lines

(83 millim.).

I refer this species to the genus Philyra; but it may not im-

probably be found to constitute the type of a distinct genus

intermediate between Philyra and Onychomorpha. It differs

from all other species of the genus except P. marginata,

A. M.-Edwards*, from Upolu, in the marginal crest or im

of the carapace, and in the form of the male postabdomen.

From Onychomorpha lamelligera, Stimpsony, it differs not

only in the form of the carapace, but also in the transverse

antennulary fossettes, form of the postabdomen in the male, and

longer fingers of the chelipedes. O. lamelligera was obtained

at Hong-Kong.

Philyra marginata is very briefly described, but is appa-

rently distinguishable by the finely granulated upper and lower

margins of the chelipedes.

Philyra levidorsalis, sp.n. (Pl. XV. fig. 2.)

Carapace moderately convex, smooth and shining, its upper

surface minutely punctulated, slightly concave behind the

front, but without any marked depressions or sutures, and

destitute of granulations and tubercles; the lateral margins,

however, are defined by a granulated line, which extends from

the front to within a short distance of the posterior margin,

which is straight and marked with a granulated ridge. The

frontal margin projects less than the anterior margin of the

buccal cavity, and has a very obscure median prominence.

The inferior surface of the body is naked, shining, but minutely

punctulated. The postabdomen of both sexes has all the

joints except the first and last coalescent, without tubercles ;

the terminal jomt in the male is very small, much narrower

than the preceding, whose posterior limit is indicated by cre-

* Journ. Mus. Godeffroy, iv. p. 85 (1873).

+ Proc, Ac, Nat. Sci, Phil, p. 162 (1858),

Goree Island, Senegambia. 265

nations in the lateral margins. The eyes are contained in

small circular orbits, whose upper margins are marked by a

fissure. Antennules transverse ; the minute antenne are also

placed almost transversely, and occupy the narrow inner

orbital hiatus. Maxillipedes with large ischium and elongate

triangulate merus jot; exognath stout, with its exterior

margin curved, and apex (which does not. reach quite to the

distal end of the merus) rounded. Chelipedes robust, of mode-

rate length; merus or arm with numerous small granules at

its proximal end on its upper and under surfaces, the margins

also granulated ; carpus smooth, convex; palm little longer

than broad, convex on its inner and outer surfaces, its upper

margin acute, its inferior margin rounded ; fingers but little

shorter than the palm, curved at the apices and denticulated

on the inner margins. Ambulatory legs slender, short;

dactyli longer than the penultimate joint. Colour (in spirit)

more or less slaty or pinkish. Length of the largest example

(a male) little over 7 lines (15 millim.), breadth about

64 lines (nearly 14 millim.); length of chelipede (when ex-

tended) nearly 1 inch (25 millim.). In the smallest example

(a female) the length of the carapace is about 4 lines

(9 millim.).

Five males and females are retained from Baron Hermann-

Maltzam’s collection.

From the preceding species P. levidorsalis is distinguished

by the absence of the lateral marginal crest, not to speak of

other characters. It is distinguished from most of the other

species of Philyra by its smooth and somewhat polished cara-

pace and shorter robust chelipedes—from the Australian P.

orbicularis, Bell, by the lateral marginal line of granules not

being continued over the posterior margin, by the absence of

a tubercle on the male postabdomen, smaller granules of the

arms, and other characters.

Ila spinosa, sp.n. (Pl. XV. fig. 3.)

This very interesting species has the subglobose body

covered with small granules, which, however, are less nume-

rous and crowded than in J. nucleus. ‘There is a short spine

on the pterygostomian region, and two long somewhat curved

spines on the postero-lateral margins of the carapace, in place

of the short postero-lateral spines of J. nucleus; also two

shorter somewhat triangulate and compressed spines on the

posterior margin, occupying the position of the rounded pro-

minences of J. nucleus. In the form of the rostrum, post-

abdomen, and the thoracic limbs this species very nearly re-

266 My. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

sembles /. nucleus. Colour (in spirit) light purplish or yel-

lowish ; the smallest example has reddish markings. Length

and breadth of the largest example (a female) about 84 lines

(18 millim.); length of chelipede, when extended, 1 inch

7 lines (40 millim.).

Five specimens have been retained for the British Museum

from Goree Bay. The largest male, which is but little

smaller than the female above mentioned, has the carapace

rather more strongly and closely granulated than the other

specimens. In the adult females the postabdomen completely

conceals the sternal surface; in a smaller example which ap-

pears to be of this sex, length and breadth nearly 5 lines

(10 millim.), the postabdomen occupies little more than one

third the breadth of the sternum.

The length of the posterior and postero-lateral spines of the

carapace is so much greater than in L. nucleus that I cannot

regard the distinction as of less than specific value when taken

in connexion with the other characters | have mentioned. In

the young examples, however, the spines are less developed.

There is in the collection of the British Museum a young

specimen from the Canaries (f. MacAndrew, Esq.) which I

refer to this species.

EBALIA.

The specimens of this genus, and of the allied Phlyaxia

(which, | am inclined to think, cannot be retained as generically

distinct), present such great individual variations of sex and

age that their determination is extremely difficult, and is more-

over complicated by the insufficiency of the figures and de-

scriptions of several of the species. It is therefore not with-

out much hesitation that I have described the following as

new ; and it is possible that a comparative examination of the

types would have enabled me to identify one or more of them

with previously described forms, or that a larger series would

have shown that the distinctions are not in all cases of specific

value.

Ebalia tuberculata, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 3.)

In this handsome species the carapace is subrhomboidal,

rather convex, and covered with numerous small but prominent

granulations, which are numerous and crowded on the promi-

nent parts of the carapace, but absent upon some of the de-

pressions—as, for instance, on the deep concavities behind the

antero-lateral margins. The front is obtusely truncated or

obscurely emarginated; a longitudinal narrow ridge passes

Goree Island, Senegambia. 267

from it to the gastric region; the carapace is crossed in its

widest part by a transverse series of six granulated elevations

or tubercles, of which the two median are situated on the

gastric region ; posterior to these is another granulated pro-

minence. The cardiac region is obtusely rounded and very

convex; there are usually two slight prominences on the

antero-lateral margins of the carapace, one on the postero-

lateral margins, and two rounded lobes, which are sometimes

confluent, on the posterior margin. The fissures of the upper

orbital margin are indistinct or sometimes quite obliterated.

The male postabdomen has its third to sixth joints coalescent.

The antennulary fosse communicate with the orbits by the

cavity at the inner suborbital angle, which is also partly oc-

cupied by the basal antennal joints. The outer maxillipedes,

legs, and the inferior surface of the carapace are granulated ;

the exognath of the maxillipedes is robust, with a nearly

straight outer margin, and does not reach to the extremity of

the triangulate merus joint of the endognath. ‘The chelipedes

(in the adult male) are closely granulated, the granules often

acute; the arm or merus is slender and, like the carpus,

destitute of prominent spines or tubercles; the palm has two

slight prominences on its upper margin, and is rather convex

on its inner surface; fingers compressed, acute at apex. Am-

bulatory legs short, slender, the joints (except the last) some-

what compressed, margins with acute granulations; terminal

joints slender, pubescent. Colour (in spirit) yellowish or

grey, often tinged with pimk, sometimes with irregularly-

disposed punctulations of a more intense purplish pink. Length

of largest male a little over 5 lines (11 millim.), breadth

about 6 lines (nearly 13 millim.) ; length of chelipede a little

over 7 lines (15 millim.).

A good series of both sexes is in the Museum collection.

The tuberculations of the carapace are more distinct in some

specimens (from which the description is taken) than in others,

where they are rather to be described as rounded prominences.

In the females they are sometimes nearly obsolete. ‘he

margins of the postabdomen are usually marked with red

spots. I very much doubt the generic distinctness of Phlyata

from Hbalia: the presence or absence of supraocular fissures is

not a character of much importance; and the antennulary

fossettes certainly communicate with the orbits in some species

of Hbalia (e.g. in adult H. tuberosa).

There is a specimen from the Canaries, and another from

Madeira, in the collection of the British Museum which have

the carapace everywhere evenly and distinctly granulated, and

scarcely any trace of the transverse series of prominences,

268 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

These may be designated EL. fragifera; they may be no more

than a marked variety of the preceding.

In Ebalia maderensis, Stimpson, from Funchal Bay*, no

mention is made of the tubercles on the gastric region, and

that on the cardiac region is described as ‘‘ acutely prominent.”’

Specimens are in the British-Museum collection from Madeira

(tev. k. B. Watson) which I refer to this species, which is

perhaps identical with H. twmefacta.

Lbalia insignis, Lucast, appears to be allied to H. tuber-

culata; but the tubercles of the carapace are differently dis-

posed.

E. granulosa, M.-Kidwards{, has the posterior margin of

the arm or merus joint cristate.

E. aspera, Costa§, somewhat resembles L£. fragifera in

the even granulation of the carapace, which, however, is very

much more convex in L. aspera than in EL. fragifera.

Hbalia affinis,sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 4.)

The carapace is depressed, finely and closely granulated on

the posterior half, but nearly smooth in its anterior half, with

three small tubercles disposed in a triangle on the gastric

region, a rounded prominence on the cardiac region, one on

the hepatic and pterygostomian regions, a small tubercle,

which is sometimes obsolete, on each branchial region, and two

prominent rounded lobes on the posterior margin. Front

slightly concave. Fissures of the upper orbital margin nearly

obsolete. Inferior surface of the carapace, maxillipedes, and

the merus joints of the chelipedes strongly granulated. Male

postabdomen narrow, with the third to sixth jomts coalescent.

The exognath of the maxillipedes is broad and reaches to the

distal end of the merus joint. Anterior legs or chelipedes

slender and elongated, with the arms everywhere closely

granulated, but not cristate or tuberculate; wrist and palm

more finely granulated; palm somewhat convex on its mner

surface and slightly cristate above; fingers straight, acute at

their apices, and somewhat hairy on the inner margins at base.

Ambulatory legs slender, with the joints not dilated and com-

pressed, very finely granulated; tarsi pubescent. Colour

(in spirit) yellowish or slate, tinged with pink. Length

and breadth of an adult male about 43 lines (10 millim.);

* Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 160 (1858).

+ Crust. in Explor. Sci. Algérie, p. 24, pl. i1. fig. 8 (1849).

{ Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 150 (1837).

§ Crost. in Fauna del Regno Napoli (Addizioni), p. 6, pl. v. fig. 5

(1838).

Goree Island, Senegambia. 269

length of chelipede, when extended, about 7 lines (nearly

15 millim.).

In the females the lobes of the posterior margin of the cara-

pace are not distinct one from another, so that the posterior

margin appears nearly straight.

This species is evidently very nearly allied to #. Cranchii,

but is more coarsely granulated, the two anterior of the tuber-

cles of the gastric region are much less distinct, the palm of

the chelipedes in the male slenderer and more elongated.

Moreover, in EL. Cranchit the exognath of the maxillipedes

does not nearly reach to the distal end of the merus joint.

Dorippe armata. (PI. XV. fig. 4.)

Dorippe armata, White, List Cr. Brit. Mus. p. 54 (1847), descript.

nulla.

Several small examples are in the collection (males and

females) ; length of the largest nearly 6 lines (12 millim.),

breadth about 74 lines (16 millim.).

The description that follows, as also the figure, is taken

from White’s typical example, which is a male of much larger

size, length of carapace about 10 lines (21 millim.), greatest

breadth about 1 inch 1 line (28 millim.), and was obtained

during the Congo expedition (J. Cranch). It is without pre-

cise indication of locality.

Carapace moderately convex, with the cervical and branchio-

cardiacal sutures strongly defined. The branchial and cardiac

regions are convex above and distinctly granulated. ‘The

front between the orbits is concave ; the inner orbital angle is

prominent, but scarcely spiniform; there is a spine at the

outer orbital angle, and a very strong spine on the sides of the

branchial regions at the widest part of the carapace. The

inferior surface of the body is more or less hairy ; postabdomen

7-jointed in both sexes; the third jot in the male with a

transverse prominence ; terminal joint small, recerved into an

excavation in the anterior margin of the penultimate joint, its

distal half triangulate. Chelipedes (in the male) unequal ;

the larger (which is the right in the specimen described) has

the arm granulated on its outer surface, without spines or

tubercles ; wrist granulated in its outer and proximal portion,

without spines ; hand about as long as vertically deep; palm

posteriorly rounded, smooth on its outer and inner surfaces ;

fingers nearly straight, with acute apices, and only very ob-

scurely denticulated on their inner margins. Smaller cheli-

pede slender, with the fingers relatively longer and more dis-

tinctly denticulated. Second and third legs more than twice

270 Mr. KE. J. Miers on Crustacea from

as long as the carapace; fourth to sixth joints not much di-

lated, nor armed with spines, but longitudinally granulated

above; terminal joint not quite as long as the preceding, com-

pressed, and somewhat twisted. Jourth and fifth legs slender,

short, and subdorsally elevated as in other species of the genus.

Colour pale yellowish or greyish. The body and legs are

more or less pubescent.

From the Mediterranean D. lanata, to which this species

seems to be most nearly allied, D. armata difters not only in

the much stronger lateral branchial spines, but in the non-

tuberculated carapace, the non-spinulose merus joints of the

second and third legs, &c. In the small West-African ex-

amples the. chelipedes are feeble, subequal, and the outer

orbital and lateral branchial spines much smaller.

Ethusa mascarone (Roux).

Several specimens (among them males and females) are in

the collection from Goree Bay, which cannot be regarded as

specifically distinct from Mediterranean examples, although

the larger chelipede in the male has the palm deeper and ex-

ternally somewhat more convex than the male from the Medi-

terranean in the Museum collection. Colour (in spirits) pale

yellowish or purplish ; chelipedes (of male) pale, with purplish

tips. Besides the Mediterranean examples there are speci-

mens in the British Museum from the Canaries.

Prof. A. Milne-Edwards has recently described a species,

Ethusa americana, from West Florida*, which is only dis-

tinguished from 4. mascarone by the more acute and diver-

gent rostral spines, more deeply notched orbital margin, and

more prominent postorbital spine. In these particulars I can

see no difference between the Mediterranean and African

specimens of H. mascarone.

The Hthusa microphthalma is another American species of

this genus, quite recently described by Prof. 8. I. Smith,

from the coast of New England}. It is apparently well dis-

tinguished by the diagnostic characters mentioned by its

author, ¢. e. the very small eyes and form of the carapace.

ANOMURA.

Dromia fulvo-hispida, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. fig. 1.)

In this species the carapace is a little broader than long,

moderately convex, and covered with a short close fulvous

* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. viii. p. 80 (1880),

+ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, iii. p, 418 (1881).

Goree Island, Senegambia. 271

pubescence, which is absent (perhaps from abrasion) on the

median and most elevated portion of the body. The antero-

lateral margins are entire and apparently somewhat flattened

on the hepatic regions. The front is triangulate and deflexed,

with a small tuberculiform tooth above the inner orbital

hiatus. Hpistome triangulate. The buccal cavity has appa-

rently no longitudinal palatal ridges, and has three fissures in

its anterior margin. The male postabdomen is narrow-

triangulate, with all the joints apparently distinct, and is

covered, as is all the inferior surface of the body, with a

dense fulvous hairy coat. Hyes well nigh concealed in the

deep orbital cavities, which are very incomplete below. Basal

joint of the antennules much enlarged. Basal antennal joint

occupying the large hiatus beneath the ocular peduncles.

Outer maxillipedes with the merus joint as long as the

ischium, and truncated at its distal end, articulated at its

antero-internal angle with the next jot; exognath narrow.

Anterior legs or chelipedes of moderate length, densely hairy,

but apparently without spines or tubercles; fingers naked,

excavated, and strongly dentated at their apices. Ambulatory

legs of the first two pairs somewhat flattened above, clothed

with longish fulvous hairs; terminal joints slender. In the

fourth and fifth pairs of legs the spiniform terminal joint is

reflexible against a spiniform process of the penultimate joint.

Colour of the single specimen (a male in spirit) light yellowish

or fulvous brown; tips of fingers white. Length nearly

4 lines (8 millim.), breadth 5 lines (nearly 11 millim.). The

specimen has been somewhat crushed and its natural outline

thereby altered.

Dromia spinirostris, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. fig. 2.)

In this species the carapace is rather convex, a little broader

than long, and clothed with a short close pubescence, which

is absent in certain places; the surface is rather uneven,

there being an obscure rounded prominence on each branchial

region near the branchio-cardiacal suture, which, however, is

very faintly defined; nor are the other sutures of the carapace

indicated. The rostrum is composed of two rather prominent

conical and slightly divergent spines ; there is a short spine

at the inner angle of the orbit, and another on its lower

margin ; four small dentiform spines on the lateral margins of

the carapace, one on the subhepatic region, and one at the

antero-lateral angles of the buccal cavity. The inferior sur-

face of the body is clothed with a dense pubescence; the

buceal cavity has no longitudinal ridges on the palate; the

272 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

sternal sulcz in the female are not approximated, and terminate

in a tubercle between the bases of the second pair of legs.

The postabdomen in both sexes is seven-jointed ; the terminal

segment in the male is small, rounded at its distal end, and

armed with a short rounded lobe or spine at its proximal and

lateral angles. As is usual in the group, no septa separate

the antennules from the antennez and the antenne from the

eyes. The first antennal joint is short, the second robust.

The outer maxillipedes have the merus as large as the

ischium, with the next joint inserted at its antero-internal

angle; exognath stout, and reaching nearly to the extremity

of the merus. ‘The chelipedes (in the two specimens exa-

mined) are subequal, moderately robust, and densely pubes-

cent, except at the finger-tips; arm trigonous, carpus with

two small tubercles on its upper and outer surface near the

articulation with the merus; palm nearly twice as long as

broad, in the male clothed with longer hair on the inner and

under surface; fingers somewhat obliquely deflexed, dentated,

and closely meeting along their inner edges, excavated, naked,

and white at the apices. Second and third legs robust, not

tuberculated, fourth and fifth legs subdorsally elevated ;

penultimate joint in both terminating in a spiniform process,

against which the terminal claw closes ; fifth legs much more

slender and feeble than the fourth. Colour (in spirit)

brownish. Length of the largest (a male) to tip of spines of

rostrum about 1 inch 5 lines (nearly 36 millim.), breadth

1 inch 6 lines (88 millim.). The smaller example is a female

with ova.

The form of the spines of the rostrum, together with the

small dentiform teeth of the antero-lateral margins, appear to

distinguish this species from its congeners.

Diogenes varians.

Pagurus varians, Costa, Fauna di Napoli, Cr. p. 9, pl. ii. fig. 2 (1838).

P Pagurus arenarius, Lucas, Anim. Artic. in Expl. Sci. Algérie, Crust.

p. 33, pl. iii. fig. 7 (1849),

? Diogenes arenarwus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 283 (1858).

Diogenes varians, Czerniavsky, Materialia ad zoograph. ponticam com-

paratam, p. 127 (1868); Heller, Crust. siidl. Europa, p. 170, pl. v.

fios. 13, 14 (1868).

Here are referred with some doubt a series of specimens inha-

biting sponge-incrusted shells of the genera Oliva, Turritella,

and Clavatula. As M. Costa’s description and figure leave

several points undetermined, the following description is given

of the specimens from Goree Island. {f may add that D.

varians may itself be identical with the Pagurus pugilator ot

Goree Island, Senegambia. Die

Roux *, a species very insufficiently characterized ; but, to

judge from the figure, the smaller chelipede differs from

that of D. arenarius. Heller, however (¢. ¢.), unites it

with that species.

The carapace is smooth and naked, the cervical suture very

distinct, the branchial regions but little dilated; the front

between the eyes has a very slight rounded median promi-

nence, but a strong lobe or tooth on the outer side of the eye-

peduncles; the rostriform spine attached to the ophthalmic

segment does not reach to the apices of the ophthalmic scales.

The terminal postabdominal segment is somewhat transverse,

and has its margins armed with numerous small spinules.

The eye-peduneles are rather slender, and do not quite equal

in length the width of the frontal margin; their basal scales

are spinulose on their outer and distal margins, the distal

spinules being the longest; the antennules have the terminal

peduncular joint slender and longer than the preceding, the

flagella very short; the second joint of the peduncle of the

antenne is armed with a spinulose tooth, which does not reach

to the apex of the eye-peduncle; the terminal joint of the

peduncle is slender and longer than the preceding ; the joints

of the rather short flagella are clothed on the underside with

very long sete. The chelipedes are very unequal, the ght

small and feeble, the left very considerably developed ; in

the right the arm, wrist, and hand are of about equal thick-

ness, the wrist and hand armed with a series of small spinules

on their upper margins, and more or less hairy; fingers acute

at the apices, and distinctly toothed on the inner margins; in

the left chelipede the arm is very short and thick, with a

few spiniform granules at the distal end of its upper and lower

margins; wrist granulated, with a large concavity extending

somewhat obliquely across the upper surface, its margins

towards the inner side with stronger, almost spinuliform

granules ; palm scarcely longer than broad, nearly flat, and

very closely and evenly granulated on its outer surface, punc-

tulated on the inner surface, its lower margim acute and

strongly granulated ; fingers rather shorter than the palm,

acute at their apices, lower finger rather strongly toothed on

the inner margin, upper robust, arcuate, with strong, almost

spinuliform tubercles on its upper margin. Second and

third legs moderately robust, somewhat hairy, with the dactyli

faintly longitudinally channelled on their outer surface, curved,

and longer than the penultimate joints; the fourth legs are

thicker than the fifth, with very small dactyli that scarcely

* Crust. de la Méditerranée, pl. xiv. fig. 3 (1830).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 19

274 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

project beyond the scabrous pad at the distal end of the

penultimate joint. The fifth legs are more distinctly che-

late, the dactylus closely applied to the projecting lobe at

the distal end of the penultimate jomt. ‘The uropoda are

nearly symmetrical, the left little larger than the mght.

Colour (in spirit) yellowish; eye-peduncles orange, the

chelipedes pinkish ; there are faint indications of longitudinal

orange or brownish bands on the jomts of the legs. Length

of carapace about 4 lines (9 millim.) ; of the second leg on.

the left side about 9 lines (19 millim.) ; the larger chelipede

is incapable of full extension, therefore its dimensions are not

given.

In what I regard as the typical state of this species,

because most nearly resembling Costa’s figure, the palm of

the left chelipede is more elongated, with the lower margin

nearly straight, outer surface of lower finger concave at base ;

in another variety, which I will designate var. ovata, the

palm is more ovate, lower margin convexly arcuated, the

fingers somewhat shorter, the lower nearly flat on its outer

surface. In both the concavity of the wrist is very distinct.

In a single specimen of small size the granules on the outer

surface of the wrist and palm are smaller and less crowded,

wrist without any concavity on its upper surface, hand more

elongated and less flattened on its outer surface, dactylus as long

as the palm and less strongly spinulose. ‘This variety (or

species) may be designated provisionally var. gracilimana.

M. Brito de Capello has recently described * two species

(Pagurus Bocaget and P. algarbiensis) from the Portuguese

coast which appear to belong to this genus, and must be desig-

nated Diogenes Bocagec and D. algarbiensis. They are

distinguished by having the sides of the carapace armed with

a spinose crest, and by the anterior legs being “ covered with

spines,’ &c.

Pagurus striatus (Latr.).

Several small specimens inhabiting shells of Conus pro-

metheus, var. siamensis, Hwass., and Mesalia brevialis, Lamk.,

are referred to this species; their coloration, however, differs

somewhat from that of P. striatus as described by Milne-

Edwards and Roux, and as exhibited in dried specimens from

the Mediterranean in the British-Museum collection. The

coloration of the legs in the specimen preserved in spirits from

Goree is a deep purplish red, variegated with pale blue and

lighter red markings, and with numerous small whitish spots

* Jornal de Sciencias etc. de Lisboa, 1874, p. 128.

Goree Island, Senegambra. 275

on the under and inner sides of the joints ; the eye-peduncles

are bluish, banded with red. Length of cephalothorax in

the largest example (a male) about 74 lines (16 millim.), of

the larger (left) chelipede, when extended as far as its confor-

mation will allow, rather more than 1 inch (26 millim.).

There are in the British Museum specimens of this species

from Madeira (purchased) in which the coloration has to a

considerable extent disappeared; also others apparently

referable to the Mediterranean P. calidus, Roux. Of this

latter species there are also specimens from Lanzarote Island

(Rev. L. T. Lowe)*.

* There is in the collection of the Museum a remarkable Hermit-crab

from St. Helena, which does not appear to have been described; it may

be appropriately designated

Pagurus imperator, sp, 0.

The carapace is indurated in its cervical portion, and considerably

dilated on the sides of the branchial regions, with the cervical, post-

frontal, and other sutures strongly defined ; the lateral margins are hairy ;

the frontal margin is nearly straight, without any median rostriform pro-

minence, but with an obtuse lobe or tooth on either side of the eye-

peduncles. Four transverse calcareous plates protect the dorsal surface

of the postabdomen; the penultimate and terminal segments are calcified,

the penultimate segment with a T-shaped impression, the terminal seg-

ment furcate, with the lobes unequally developed and rounded at their

distal ends, and with three or four denticles on their inner margins.

EKye-peduncles robust and shorter than the front, with two or three tufts

of hairs on their upper surface near the cornez, and with their basal

scales narrowing distally, and hairy and denticulated on their outer

margins. Antennules short. Antenne shorter than the body, with the

terminal joint of the peduncle much longer than the preceding; the

‘basal acicle short, spinitorm, and not reaching far beyond the end of the

penultimate peduncular joint ; flagellum red, the joints clothed with very

short setee. Outer maxillipedes robust, short. Chelipedes robust, un-

equal; in both the merus is trigonous, with its inferior margin and the

outer and distal margins armed with short spines; wrist and palm exter-

nally convex, wrist shorter than the palm; both wrist, palm, and fingers

are armed on the outer surface with numerous conical acute spiniform

tubercles, the surface between the tubercles in the larger (left) hand

being closely pubescent, and in the smaller (right) chelipede clothed only

with longer scattered hairs; the fingers are robust, dentated on their

inner margins, and with black, corneous, excavated tips. The second

and third legs are very robust, the last three joints armed above with

strong spiniform tubercles and clothed with scattered hairs ; tarsi exter-

nally longitudinally sulcated, except in the second leg on the left side,

which has the last two joints dilated and nearly of the same form as in

P. pavimentatus, Hilgendorf, 7. e. with a strong longitudinal tuberculated

ridge on their outer surface, above which the outer surface of each joint

is deeply longitudinally concave; margins densely hairy, the concavity

deepest in the terminal joint; the fourth pair of legs are imperfectly and

the fifth perfectly chelate; the four postabdominal appendages (deve-~

lgped on the left side only, and articulated with the calcareous dorsal

plates) are simple; the uropoda are asymmetrical, the left ene larger

276 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

Pagurus granulimanus, sp. n.

(PI. XVI. fie. 3.)

This designation is proposed for a species of Pagurus of

which there are several specimens inhabiting shells of Cassz-

dulus morio, Lamk., Purpura hemastoma, Lam., and Natica

cruentata, Lam., in the collection.

Carapace one and a half times as long as broad, with the

cardiaco-branchial as well as the cervical sutures distinctly

defined, punctulated in front of the cervical suture, with a few

granulations near the antero-lateral angles; hepatic and

branchial regions clothed with tufts of yellowish hairs; no

distinct median rostriform projection ; terminal postabdominal

segment somewhat quadrate, with the angles rounded. Hye-

peduncles slender and nearly or quite equalling in length the

width of the frontal margin ; ophthalmic scales narrow, nearly

approximated in the median line, and with the apices denti-

culated. Antennules reaching little beyond the eye-peduncles ;

terminal joint of the peduncle slender and longer than the

preceding ; flagella very short. Antenne shorter than the

body, with thin basal acicles, rather narrow, acute at apices,

reaching about halfway to the end of the eye-peduncles, and

very hairy; the joints of the peduncle are very short, the

penultimate joint has a short spine on the under surface near

its. distal end; flagella nearly naked. The last three joints

of the outer maxillipedes have their under margins near the

than the right. Length of the largest specimen about 5} inches (133

millim.), of the larger (left) chelipede about 53 inches (88 millim.).

The ground-colour of the specimen described (which was presented by

H. E. Dresser, Esq., and at the time of its acquisition by the Trustees had

been preserved for some time in spirit) is orange-yellow, the front of the

carapace and eye-peduncles variegated with purple; the prevailing colour

of the limbs is a deep blood-red. In a second smaller example from the

same locality (J. C. Melliss, Esq.) the coloration is not so distinct. Both

examples are males.

There are several species allied to P. emperator in the structure of the

left lex of the third pair. In P. setfer, M.-Edwards, from Australia (of

which there are specimens in the Museum collection), and in P. sevlptipes,

Stimpson, from Japan, the eye-peduncles are much longer and slenderer ;

in P. parimentatus, Hilgendorf, the hand of the left chelipede is much

shorter in proportion to its length; P. hungarus, Herbst, is very imper-

fectly known; but Hilgendorf, m his remarks upon the specimens in the

Berlin Museum, does not mention any differences from P. pavimentatus

in the form of the left chelipede. In P. stnistripes, Stimpson, from

Panama, the outer surface of the left chelipede is described as granulate-

squamose, and the last two joints of the left leg of the third’ pair are

apparently but little excavated. A much larger series than the Museum

at present possesses is needed to show whether these are truly distinct or

may not be, some or all, varieties of one widely-distributed form.

Goree Island, Senegambia. 277

distal ends fringed with long hairs; the penultimate and

antepenultimate joints are somewhat dilated near the distal

ends of their inferior margins ; the terminal joints are slender.

The chelipedes are very unequal, the right being small and

the left considerably enlarged ; in the right the wrist is about

as long as the palm, and both are externally granulated and

hairy, the hairs being more dense on the hands; fingers a

little longer than the palms, scarcely denticulated on their

inner margins, and subexcavated towards the tips, which are

corneous and black. The left chelipede has the arm very

short, thick, trigonous, with a strong blunt tubercle on its

under surface ; wrist and hand naked, the wrist shorter than

the palm, and externally closely granulated; palm shorter

than its vertical depth, somewhat compressed, with the outer

surface covered with large flattened granules. A longitudinal

series of more prominent granules exists near the upper

margin, and a longitudinal series of larger, transversely set,

flattened tubercles parallel to the lower margin, which is

sharp-edged and crenulated ; fingers very short, granulated

externally, acute at the apices; the mobile finger with the

outer surface deeply concave. Second and third legs robust ;

the right legs of each pair have the joints nearly smooth ;

dactyli a little longer than the penultimate joints, with black

corneous tips: the third leg on the left side has the upper and

outer margins of the last two joints carinated, and the outer

surface concave, the concavity being deepest on the last joint.

In the fourth legs (which are shorter and more robust than

the fifth) the small dactylus impinges against the produced

scabrous portion of the preceding jomt; the slender fifth legs

are not chelate; the male postabdomen is armed with four

filamentous appendages on the left side, besides the uropods,

which are very unequally developed, the left being much the

larger. Colour (in spirit) yellowish, inclining to orange on

the front of the carapace, eye-peduncles, and legs; left cheli-

pede of a slaty or purplish tinge. Length of the carapace of

the largest specimen (a male) about 10 lines (21 millim.).

The legs are not capable of complete extension.

The form and sculpture of the left chelipede apparently

distinguishes this species from all its congeners.

Isocheles ? gracilis, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. fig. 4.)

Tn this species the carapace is membranaceous, widest pos-

teriorly (at the back of the branchial regions), with the sides

nearly straight and convergent thence to the front, which is

sinuated, but without any rostriform projection; so that the

278 My. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

ophthalmic segment is just visible between the bases of the

eye-peduncles. The postabdomen is clothed with scattered

hairs, and has the dorsal surface of the antepenultimate and

penultimate segments protected by imperfectly calcified

plates; the terminal segment is somewhat transverse, and

with ashallow emargination at its distal end. Hye-peduncles

slender and longer than the width of the front; their basal

scales small, with acute apices. Antennulessmall. Antenne

about as long as the animal, with a very small basal acicle ;

penultimate joint of the peduncle shorter than the terminal

joint; joints of the flagellum with very short sete. Outer

maxillipedes very hairy. Right chelipede very little larger

than the left; both are rather thinly clothed with longish

hairs; with the merus unarmed; carpus with four or five

short spines on their inner and upper margins ; hands rather

narrow-ovate (the left narrower than the right), with short

spinules along the upper margins; fingers in the right

about as long as, and in the left a little longer than, the palm,

with acute apices, and rather strongly dentated along their

inner edges. Second and third legs slender and hairy, with

the penultimate longer than the antepenultimate jot, and the

dactyli long, curved, and slightly twisted. Fourth and fifth

legs slender, feeble, and hairy; in the fourth leg the small

curved dactylus closes against the produced infero-distal

scabrous lobe of the preceding joint; the fifth legs terminate

in a very small but perfect chela; the left uropoda are much

larger than the right, and hairy. Colour (in spirit) yellowish

white ; legs pinkish. Length of cephalothorax 5 lines (nearly

11 millim.), of right chelipede, when extended as far as its

conformation will allow, 94 lines (20 millim.).

The single specimen examined is a male.

In most of its characters (e. g. the form of the carapace,

hairy postabdomen, elongated eye-peduncles, which are ap-

proximated at base, short antennal flagella, and subequal

horizontal chele, whose fingers are acute at the tips) this

species belongs to Isocheles; but the antennal flagella are

clothed with very short sete, and the dactyli of the ambulatory

legs are very slightly contorted.

Sptropagurus elegans, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. fig. 5.)

This is a very interesting addition to a genus whose only

representatives hitherto known are from the Japanese seas

and the West Indies (Barbadoes).

In general appearance it very much resembles the well-

known HLupagurus Prideaucit, having similarly-formed but

Goree Island, Senegambia. 279

more nearly equal chelipedes, and long twisted and longitu-

dinally canaliculated joints to the second and third ambulatory

legs.

“The cephalothorax and legs are slightly pubescent. The

carapace is rather broad in proportion to its length, and is of

a thin and almost membranaceous texture. ‘There is no dis-

tinct median rostriform projection, the carapace between the

eyes being rather broadly rounded, and leaving the ophthalmic

segment at this part partially visible. The cervical suture is

very distinct. The terminal postabdominal segment is divided

by a narrow almost closed longitudinal median fissure; and

the lobes are armed on their distal and outer margin with ten

to eleven small spinules. The eye-peduncles are short and

thick, the cornese somewhat dilated ; and the eyes do not reach

beyond the apices of the acicles of the antenne ; the scales at

base of the ophthalmic peduncles are broad, entire, subtrun-

eated at the distal ends. The antennules are short, with two

flagella; the last joint of the slender peduncle nearly as long

as the eye-stalks, the upper flagellum fringed on its under

surface with long hairs. Antenne: about as long as the animal,

the last joint of the peduncle little longer than the preceding ;

the slender acicle scarcely reaching beyond the end of the

penultimate joint ; the outer maxillipedes reach (when thrown

forward) considerably beyond the antennules ; the joints are

hairy on their under surface at their distal ends. The chelipedes

are of about equal length ; the right, however, is more robust

than the left; merus short, with two small denticles near the

distal end on its under surface; carpus about as long as the

palm, with about haif a dozen small spinules of unequal length

near the distal end of its imner and upper margin; hand

ovate, palm about as long as fingers, smooth on its outer sur-

face, its upper margin without spinules, its lower subacute ;

fingers meeting along their inner edges when closed, acute

at apices, and very indistinctly denticulated on their inner

margins. The left chelipede is very similar to the right, but

the joints are slenderer. Second and third legs robust, with

the fourth to sixth jomts thick, nearly smooth; fourth joint

with transverse short impressed lines, fringed with short sete

on its outer surface ; on the fifth joints these lines are longi-

tudinal, and on the sixth oblique; dactyli slender, much

longer than the penultimate joints, fringed above with long

hairs, and deeply longitudinally channelled on their outer

surfaces. ‘The fourth legs are wanting in the single specimen

examined; the fifth are slender, feeble, and are apparently

not chelate, the last joint being densely hairy on its under

surface and at its distal end; the spirally-coiled genital ap-

280 On Crustacea from Goree Island, Senegambia.

pendage of the left fifth leg is articulated with the posterior

surface of the basal joint and is membranaceous, with the

outer margin indurated and diminishing in thickness to the

extremity, which is slightly hairy. The uropoda are unequally

developed, the rami of the right being smaller than those of

the left. Colour (in spirit) whitish. Length of the cephalo-

thorax of the male a little over 6 lines (13 millim.), of right

chelipede about 9 lines (19 millim.). The full extension of

this limb, however, is not possible.

The single example (male) is in imperfect condition, not

only the fourth pair of legs but also the second leg on the

right side being deficient.

In 8. spiriger (De Haan), from Japan, the ciliated

striations of the limbs exist, it would appear, on the cheli-

pedes as well as the followmg limbs. In S. dispar, Stimpson,

from Barbadoes, the fingers of the right chelipede are short,

not more than half the length of the palm, and are coarsely

toothed within.

In S. cris, A. M.-Edwards*, also from the Barbadoes,

there is a distinct rounded rostriform lobe, and the chelipedes

are covered with small spines.

Eupagurus excavatus.

Cancer excavatus, Herbst, Nat. Krabben u. Krebse, ii, (Abth. 2) p. 51,

pl. xxiii, fig. 8 (1796).

Pagurus angulatus, Risso, Crust. de Nice, p. 58, pl.i. fig. 8 (1816) ;

Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid. v. p. 89 (1826) ; Desmarest, Consid. sur les

Crust. p. 178 (1825); Roux, Crust. de la Méditerranée, pl. xli. (1830) ;

M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 217 (1837); Lucas, Cr. in Anim.

aa, lV Algérie, p. 28 (1849) ; Heller, Cr. stidl. Europa’s, p. 166

Das meticulosus, Roux, Cr. de la Médit. pl. xlii. (1830), var.

Pagurus excavatus, White, List Cr. Brit. Mus. p. 59 (1847).

Eupagurus angulatus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 237

(1858).

Several small specimens, representing both sexes, are in

the collection, which I refer here with little hesitation. The

scarcely differ from the much larger specimens in the collec-

tion of the British Museum, except in the lesser granulation

of the chelipedes, which yet are of the form so characteristic

of H. excavatus. ‘The spinules arming the upper margin of

the penultimate and antepenultimate joints of the right

leg of the second pair exist, but are with difficulty dis-

cernible among the hairs with which this limb is clothed.

Colour (in spirit) light yellowish; limbs pinker. The length

of the carapace of the largest specimen from Goree barely

* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. viii. p. 44 (1880), °

Researches on the Grall-flies of the Oak. 281

exceeds 8 lines (17 millim.), One specimen inhabited a shell

of a species of Clavatula.

I cannot regard the distinctions mentioned by Heller as

characteristic of H. meticulosus as of specific importance.

The smallest specimen in the collection referred to this

species—leneth of carapace not 3 lines (6 millim.)—has the

outer surface of the palm in the larger chelipede much more

evenly granulated and the median longitudinal ridge obsolete,

and bears a great resemblance to H. Horbesi, Heller, of which

there is an authentically named specimen from Falmouth

(W. P. Cocks, Hsq.) in the Museum collection, which may be

nothing but the young state of this species. I hesitate, how-

ever, to unite the two without further comparison of a larger

series of specimens. A much larger example from Sicily, in

the Museum collection, designated H. Forbesi, has the outer

surface of the larger chela armed with numerous spines, and

without depressions or longitudinal ridges, and is probably

referable to H. Lucast, Heller (=£. spinimanus, Lucas).

Besides the Paguridee enumerated above, there is in the col-

lection a very small hermit-crab, apparently of the genus

Cibanarius, inhabiting a sheil of Nassa miga, Adanson,

which it would be unadvisable to designate by a distinct

specific name.

[To be continued. |

XXVII.—Dr. H. Apuur’s* Researches on the Alternating

Generation of the Gall-flies of the Oak.

“ A SATISFACTORY explanation of the mode of reproduction of

the Cynipidee will only be obtained when their development

is traced step by step, through all its stages, from the ferti-

lized and unfertilized egg. Let us hope that amongst our

entomologists an Qidipus will be found able to solve this

enigma.”

It was thus that Prof. von Siebold expressed himself in the

last chapter of his work upon parthenogenesis, published

ten years ago. The Cidipus has appeared, and has furnished

us with one of the most curious chapters in the history of

insects.

It has been known for a long time that in many species

* Translated by W. Francis, jun., from the ‘ Bibliothéque Universelle

de Genéve’ for June 15, 1881.

282 Dr. H. Adler’s Researches on

of gall-flies the males are much less numerous than the

females ; among certain of these Hymenoptera they appeared

even to be altogether absent. Several hypotheses had been

put forward to account for these anomalies. It is useless to

recall them here, as they have disappeared before the results

of observation. It was eight years ago that the first true

notion of the phenomena of the reproduction of these insects

was introduced to science. In 1873 Mr. Bassett pub-

lished in the ‘Canadian Entomologist’ some observations

upon gall-flies, amongst which was one of great importance.

He demonstrated that one species living on Quercus bicolor

produced upon the peduncle of the leaf and upon its median

nervure swellings whence emerged, in the month of June,

insects among which the male sex and the female sex were

represented in equal numbers. Galls of another form appeared

at the end of summer upon the extremities of the young

branches ; the insects which were developed in their interior

and hibernated there were all females, differing only from

those of the preceding generation in being slightly larger.

Mr. Bassett concluded from these facts that the two genera-

tions proceeded one from the other, and succeeded one another

in the course of a year. Although based on a bare supposi-

tion and wanting in direct proofs, this theory has been verified

by the observations of M. Adler of Schleswig, who, in 1875,

began his numerous and persevering researches without being

acquainted with the opinions of the Canadian entomologist.

The investigations of M. Adler extended to all the species

of oak-gall-flies which he has been able to observe in his native

country, North Germany. He took the greatest pains to

follow the various phases of development of each species, and

the successive forms in which it appears. ‘The description of

the methods employed in the rearimg inspires absolute con-

fidence in the results. .

M. Adler divides the Cynipide of the oak into four groups,

which include all the species observed by him, viz. :—

I. Group Neuwroterus ;

II. Group Aphilotriz ;

III. Group Dryophanta ;

IV. Group Biorhiza.

The insects belonging to the first of these groups may furnish

us with an instance of the singular phenomena of reproduc-

tion discovered by M. Adler.

Neuroterus lenticularis produces, on the under surface of the

the Gall-flies of the Oak. 283

leaves of the oak, galls which appear in July and fall to the

ground in September or October. ‘The larva is at this period

very small; and the perfect insect does not come out till April

or the beginning of May. Scarcely has it escaped from the

gall in which it was developed, when it deposits its eggs

upon the buds of the oak. Around these eggs are formed,

upon the leaves and the peduncles of the male flowers, galls

differing from those which had nourished the Neuroterus.

The insect which emerges from them is no Newroterus at all,

but had been classed in another genus under the name of

Spathegaster baccarum, L. This, in its turn, will deposit eggs

which will produce Neurotert.

The same alternation has been observed in three other

species of Newroterus corresponding to three distinct species of

Spathegaster.

Not only do the two generations live in galls differing in

form, size, colour, and situation, and the insects exhibit among

themselves differences of size, proportions, and structure,

but what renders the contrast more striking is, that the

Neuroterus generation 1s only represented by females, whilst

the Spathegaster generation presents individuals of both sexes.

We have therefore here a new form of alternating genera-

tion*.

The genus Aphilotrix contains a great number of species of

Cynipide, of which only the female individuals were known.

M. Adler observed in nine of these an agamic and sexual

alternation of generations ; these last are represented by species

belonging to the genus Andricus.

Three species of Dryophanta which were investigated by

the same observer exist only in the female state; the sueceed-

ing generation is formed, as in the case of Neuroterus, of

species belonging to the genus Spathegaster.

The fourth group, that of the Beorhiza,is the most interesting

of all, on account of the differences of form and habits which

the insects of the two consecutive generations exhibit.

Biorhiza aptera, which exists only in the female form, is a

little wingless insect, from 4 to 7 millim. long, known to

form upon the roots of the oak galls at first soft and of a red-

dish-white colour, which assume a brown colour on arriving

at maturity, and become tolerably solid. M. Adler observed

that the insect which comes out from them does not lay its

eges on the roots, but climbs the oak to attack the young

shoots, and, above all, the big terminal buds. From the galls

which are developed round the punctures an insect comes out,

* This case belongs to the category which Prof. Balfour, in his treatise

on embryology, calls heterogamy.

984 Dr. H. Adler’s Researches on

which had received the name of Yeras terminalis. This

second form includes winged males, and females either wing-

less or furnished only with the rudiments of wings. In other

respects the two generations do not differ much in the totality

of their organization.

In another species of the same group, Biorhiza renum, the

differences of structure between the two generations are far

more striking. This insect (the agamic generation) is

wingless, 1°5 millim. long; its abdomen is sessile. Its an-

tenne have thirteen joints, its labial palpi two, its maxillary

palpi four. From its eggs, deposited on the adventitious buds

of the trunk, branches, or twigs, emerge, at the end of May or

middle of June, a Cynips known under the name of Trigonaspis

crustalis, and which differs very much from the preceding.

It is 4 millim. in length; the male and female are both pro-

vided with very long wings. ‘The antenne of the male have

fifteen joints, those of the female fourteen; the labial palpi

have three joints, the maxillary five. The colour and the

sculpture of the body are very different from what is seen

in B. renum. The ovipositor has also quite a different

structure.

In the species of these four groups, the transformations of

which we have just traced from the observations of M. Adler,

there is a cycle formed of two generations more or less distinct

one from the other—one of which is represented only by

females laying by parthenogenesis, while the other exhibits both

sexes. This alternation, although very much diffused amongst

the Cynipidee, is not the general rule. There are some Aphi-

lotrices which reproduce in a continuous way without any males

appearing. ‘The four species in which M. Adler has observed

this mode of reproduction emerge in April, and have only one

generation, of which the period of development is a year.

The galls which furnish food and shelter to the Cynipide

during the greater part of their existence, as is known,

vary considerably in form, colour, size, and situation. They

furnish good characters for distinguishing species which are

otherwise difficult to separate.

It has been generally supposed that it is the puncture of

the gall-flies, with the introduction into the wound of a secre-

tion peculiar to the insect, which causes an irritation and, in

consequence, an abnormal production of cellular tissue. On

this hypothesis the differences between the galls are to be ex-

plained by the variety of the substances produced in the

glands of the insect and deposited in the tissue of the plant.

M. Thomas, of Ohrdruf, who has examined a great number of

galls of insects and Acari, had already called in question this

the Glall-flies of the Oak. 285

explanation. M. Adler, on the other hand, proves its falsity

as regards the galls of the Cynipide of the oak. At the

same time he admits that it holds good in the case of certain

galls which owe their existence to other Hymenoptera.

Thus, the wound made by the serrated ovipositor of Nematus

Vallisnierti in the leaves of Salix amygdalina causes an

abundant formation of cells; and the gall thus formed attains

its full growth at the end of a few days, before the larva has

escaped from the egg. In the Cectdomyie, on the contrary,

the manner in which the eggs are laid shows clearly that it

is the larva which causes the formation of the gall. The

same is the case with the Cynipide. No effect is produced

until the larva is hatched. Zrigonaspis crustalis lays its

egos in May, and the larve do not hatch till September; and

it 1s only in this last month that the gall begins to form. As

soon as the larva has attacked some cells the increase is

effected. M. Adler has even proved that whilst the young

larva has the hind part of its body still enclosed in the mem-

brane of the egg, a large proliferation of cells is formed

in front of it round the slightly wounded tissue. M. Adler

gives many particulars concerning the regions of the tree

and the nature of the tissues in which the galls are deve-

loped, and concerning the causes which lead to anomalies or

arrests of development of these galls. [Two coloured plates

very well executed represent the galls mentioned in the

memoir.! The author. describes and figures with care the

parts of the ovipositor, and discusses the manner in which

the egg is probably introduced to the further end of the canal

pierced by the insect.

The eggs of the gall-flies differ from the pedicellated eggs

of other Hymenoptera in so far that in the latter the pedicel is

placed at the anterior pole of the egg instead of at the poste-

rior. Moreover this extension is not a simple solid appen-

dage of the envelope of the egg of cuticular nature. It

contains a cavity which is in direct communication with the

vitelline cavity; and its extremity presents a club-like swelling.

M. Adler is of opinion that this pedicel, which is exposed to

the atmosphere, performs the part of a respiratory tube.

We have already pointed out above some of the essential

characters which distinguish the two generations in certain

Cynipide. ‘The distinction is far from bemg always so

striking as that which is observed in the group Biorhiza.

The species of Newroterus and Spathegaster do not exhibit

externally much difference; but on examining them more

closely it is seen that the Neuwroterus form is thicker set and

has the abdomen more strongly developed, the wings shorter

286 Dr. H. Adler’s Researches on

and broader, and the antenne longer than the Spathegaster

form. The differences which are perceived in the abdomen

are due to the structure and form of the ovipositor, which

vary according to the duty it is called upon to perform and

the part which it is destined to pierce.

The reproductive organs seem to have on the whole the

same structure in the females of the two generations. In

both the ovaries are formed of a great number of ovarian tubes,

in each of which are found from six to twelve eggs. Gene-

rally the agamic generations have a greater number of

ovarian tubes, and there. are more eggs in each tube. One

gland, which M. Adler regards as playing the part of a pros-

tate, although more developed in the females of the sexual

generation, exists also, however, in those of the agamic

generation. What is still more remarkable is that the seminal

receptacle is found not only in the females of the agamic

generations which alternate with the sexual generations, but

also in those of the species which propagate only by partheno-

genesis. A certain degree of atrophy of this organ is found,

however, among the agamic females in comparison with

that among sexual females. The persistence of the seminal

receptacle in these parthenogenetic insects plainly shows, as

M. Adler remarks, that at a very remote period males must

have existed. Other facts described by the author tell the

same tale. There is found, moreover, among the Cynipide

(Rhodttes rose and &. eglanterie) living on other plants than

the oak a manifestation of atavism, thus confirming the bonds

which exist between the sexual and agamic states. Al-

though reproduction among them has become entirely par-

thenogenetic, yet at times males appear, although probably

no copulation has taken place for a long period.

Besides the differences existing between the perfect insects,

the two alternating generations are distinguished also by the

longer or shorter time necessary for the development of the

ege and of the larva, and by the division of the phases of

this development. ‘The larve of Newroterus and those of

Spathegaster also exhibit differences m the form of their man-

dibles, these organs being adapted to the kind of life of each.

The researches of M. Adler have not been merely limited

to the Cynipide of the oak. Other Hymenoptera, parasitic

on animals and plants, have disclosed to him some interesting

facts, which show to what a great extent parthenogenesis

prevails among the insects of this order, and under what

different conditions it shows itself in the various groups, and

even in the species of the same genus.

Von Siebold proved that in Nematus ventricosus the males

the Gall-flies of the Oak. 287

and females are in equal numbers, and that nevertheless

parthenogenesis exists. M. Adler has observed the mode of

reproduction of N. Vallisnierz7, and discovered in this species

the existence of two broods a year which are entirely parthe-

nogenetic; so that parthenogenesis, which is only excep-

tional in the first species of this genus, has become constant

in the second.

Pieromalus puparum, the larva of which lives as a parasite

in the chrysalides of various species of diurnal Lepidoptera,

also exhibits phenomena of parthenogenesis; but the conse-

quences of this mode of reproduction are the inverse of those

which are observed in Nematus Vallisnier. Thus the

virgin females chiefly give birth to males, a fact which brings

these insects near to the bees as regards their reproduction.

Of four chrysalides infested with larve of this Pteromalus

produced by parthenogenesis, the first yielded 124 males, the

second 62 males, the third 75 males and 5 females, the fourth

45 males and 4 females.

All these facts tend to prove that parthenogenesis among

the Hymenoptera originates from sexual generation. It is,

apart from that, difficult to establish any general law, because

the results relative to the sex of the progeny are too change-

able. Sometimes the virgin females give birth principally or

exclusively to females, sometimes to males and females in

apparently equal numbers, and, lastly, sometimes principally

or exclusively to males’ In the case where the male sex

seems to have entirely disappeared in consequence of prolonged

parthenogenesis, there still reappears from time to time a male

among a great number of individuals.

M. Adler seeks to explain the origin of the alternation of

the two different annual generations among the Cynipide.

He assumes that at first there was probably only one genera-

tion a year, and subsequently two identical generations. The

modifications produced later on in these two generations are

to be attributed to the influence of external vital conditions.

Among the first must be placed changes of climate; for we

know, chiefly from the observations and experimental re-

searches of M. Weismann, that the influences of different

climates are able to give the first impulse to the changes

which lead to the separation of two generations. As for

the degree of the modifications, it arises from a factor whose im-

portance we cannot well appreciate; the special organization of

a species presents sometimes a great disposition to vary, some-

times a tendency to preserve its characters; so that there is

sometimes scarcely any difference between the two alternate

generations of the Cynipide in spite of the most varied ex-

288 C. Mereschkowsky on Waguerella borealis.

ternal conditions (aptera-terminalis), whilst at other times

there are striking differences (renwm-crustalis).

Whilst admitting that the two generations may have been

originally identical, one is led to ask, which of the two now

existing corresponds to the original form, or at least re-

sembles it most. M. Adler believes that it is the agamic

generation that represents this original form; if it is not

identical with it, it should at least be very near. This con-

clusion is deduced from the following facts :—

First, the parthenogenetic form exists alone in certain

species.

Secondly, among the Cynipide there is no case known of

a sexual form existing alone; all the sexual species are only .

known to us as a link in a cycle containing an agamic

generation.

Without being absolutely convincing, the arguments of M.

Adler have a certain value. To this we might add that, con-

trary to what we see in other Articulata in which partheno-

genesis exists, the sexual generations are the summer broods,

and the parthenogenetic generations producing females

are those which hibernate. Now the analogies with other

insects would lead us to suppose that the hibernating genera-

tion is the original, and that the summer generation is

secondary*.

These provisional hypotheses will probably have to be much

modified by later discoveries ; but the researches of M. Adler

will always be conspicuous as being a great advance in our

knowledge of parthenogenesis, and be reckoned among the

mostpatient and fruitful researches which have been undertaken

on insects. A. H.

“ XXVIII.—WNote on Wagnerella borealis, a Protozoan.

By C. MrREScHKOWSKY.

WHEN I described in this Journal} the interesting organism

that I discovered in the White Sea, and named Wagnerella

borealis, in honour of my master Prof. Nicolas Wagner, |

had before me only a few specimens ; and these were preserved

* See A. Weismann’s ‘Studien zur Descendenz-Theorie: [. Ueber den

Saison-Dimorphismus der Schmetterlinge,’ Leipzig, 1875.

+ C. Mereschkowsky, “On Wagnerella boreats, «1 new Genus of

Sponge nearly allied to the Physemariez,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878,

ser. 5, vol. i. ; and “ Etudes sur les Eponges dela Mer Blanche,” in Mém.

de l’Acad, de St. Pétersb. vol. xxvi. no. 7.

C. Mereschkowsky on Wagnerella borealis. 289

in spirits. Now the individuals preserved in alcohol, even

when afterwards placed in glycerine, become entirely opaque ;

one can see nothing of their contents or of their internal

organization; and consequently it is only possible to form an

idea of the nature of the animal from the characters presented

by their exterior. But this exterior bears witness strongly

in favour of the animal being nothing but asmall sponge; the

spicules of two different kinds produced by the animal itself,

above all, suggest this opinion as to the nature of the animal.

Since then I have had the opportunity of seeing some

hundreds of specimens of Wagnerella borealis in the Bay of

Naples, as also the preparations made of it by M. Paul

Mayer, who has had the kindness to show me these as well as

his drawings. The preparations of these animals coloured

with tincture of cochineal have especially served to convince

me that I was entirely deceived in assigning them a place

among the sponges. | am now convinced that itis an organ-

ism probably belonging to the group Heliozoa, in the class

Protozoa; for there is no doubt that the protoplasmic mass is

not formed of cells ; it isin all only a single cell with a single

nucleus, which divides only for the purpose of propagation into

two, four, and eight nuclei, as described by M. Paul Mayer*.

It is therefore, in the first place, to correct this error that

I write this note, and, further, to confirm the identity of the

Wagnerella borealis of the White Sea with that which occurs

in the Bay of Naples, and which has been recognized as a

Protozoan by the researches of M. Paul Mayer.

In the second place, it is to rectify another error that I

committed in describing the animal discovered by me in the

White Sea, and an error of a much less pardonable nature than

the former. I described the spicules that cccurred in Wagne-

-rella borealis as being of a caleareous nature. A more careful

examination of the object has convinced me that in this I have

committed a profound and gross error, the spicules being sili-

ceous as in all the Heliozoa. It was in reading the fine work

by M. Biitschli on the Protozoa} that I recognized the neces-

sity of correcting this error, which I hope will be excused me,

seeing that I committed it at the very outset of my zoological

studies.

As to the question whether the spicules are produced by the

animal itself, or elements foreign to the organism and selected

by it from among the spicules of sponges, I think that M.

* Paul Mayer, “ Wagnerella borealis,” Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. ii. 1879,

pp: 857, 358.

+ Butschli, Bronn’s ‘Klassen und Ordnungen, Band i. Protozoa, 1881.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 20

290 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

Biitschli has no reason for doubting that the former supposition

is the only correct one. Among a great number of these

animals I have not seen a single one in which there were not

always the two kinds of spicules, and always arranged in the

same manner—that is to say, the longer ones implanted only

by one end at the surface of the head, and the smaller ones

entirely immersed in the organic substance of the head and

peduncle ; further I have never observed any other spicules,

small grains of sand, or other foreign substances. I believe,

therefore, that we may, without hesitation, accept my opinion

that these spicules are the product of the organism itself, as,

indeed, we not untfrequently find siliceous spicules formed by

the protoplasm of the Heliozoa.

As regards the classification of the animal, there is only a

single point that makes me hesitate before placing it among

the Heliozoa ; and that is the absence of pseudopodia. I have

never been able to observe pseudopodia issuing from any part

of the body, just as I have also never seen them in Haliphy-

sema ramulosa; and M. Paul Mayer has also told me that he

never saw them in Wagnerella. With the exception of this

difference there is a very great resemblance between Wagnerella

and the Heliozoa, such as Clathrulina, for example—a resem-

blance much closer than with any Rhizopod or, in general,

any other Protozoa. It must consequently form a distinct

family in the group of the Heliozoa—a family which will be

characterized by the presence of separate spicules forming the

skeleton, and by the presence of a peduncle which attaches the

animal to foreign objects. This family should undoubtedly be

called WAGNERELLIDA, from the generic name of the single

species known.

XXIX.—Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.—Revision of the

Arénicides and Amphionychides of TYropical America.

By H. W. Bates, F.R.8., F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 204. ]

Isomerida jimbriata.

I. albicolli major et robustior, elytris postice paullo dilatato-expla-

natis. Niger, griseo subtiliter pubescens, thorace lateribus obtuse

tumidis vittaque angusta indistincta grisea; elytris apice rotun-

datis et planatis, carina laterali paullo ante apicem desinente, dorso

subcrebre punctulatis, lateribus vitta alba (spatium inter carinam

et marginem occupante) longe ante apicem terminata; antennis

( d ) corpore longioribus nigris, articulis secundo ad sextum infra

sparsim ciliatis, ceteris pubescentibus; corpore subtus nigro,

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 291

femoribus basi testaceis; trochanteribus posticis productis,

acutis.

Long. 6-7 lin. ¢.

Rio Janeiro, Minas Geraes.

Resembles Spathoptera gutticollis, Thoms., but is smaller,

and distinguished at once by the generic character of unarmed

thorax. In Spathoptera the sides (behind the middle) are fur-

nished with a long and robust, spine (obtuse at the point) ; in the

present species they are simply though rather strongly rounded.

Isomerida plumosa.

Angustior, elongata, nigra; antennis articulis secundo ad sextum

supra, infra et intus densissime nigro-penicillatis ; thorace brevi-

ter cylindrico, lateribus medio vix rotundatis, basi et apice paul-

lulum sulcatis; linea laterali vix conspicua pallida; elytris apicem

versus perpaullum dilatatis, apice singulatim rotundatis; dorso

sublineatim punctulatis, carina laterali elevata, apicem fere attin-

gente, epipleuris vitta indistincta cinerea; femoribus basi rufo-

testaceis; trochanteribus posticis spiniformibus.

Long. 74 lin. 3 Q.

Rio Janeiro, ¢ Tucuman.

The brush-lke ornamentation of the antenne, at first sight,

resembles that of Isomerida crinicornis (Germar); but in that

species the pencils are on the under side of the joints only

from the first to the seventh, though on each joint they form

two diverging brushes. J. crinicornis has the elytral suture

pale testaceous, and the posterior trochanters simple.

Isomerida picticollis.

Elongata, nigra, subtiliter griseo-pubescens, fronte maculis duabus,

occipite vittis duabus thoraceque macula magna utrinque antico-

laterali cano-tomentosis, elytris linea utrinque juxta carinam

marginalem testacea; fronte convexa; thorace parvo, basi con-

stricto; elytris elongatis, fere parallelis, apice singulatim rotun-

datis vix truncatis, supra crebre punctulatis ; antennis 3 corpore

haud longioribus, articulis primo ad septimum infra subpenicil~

latis, tertio czeteris conspicue longiore.

Long. 6 lin. ¢.

Parand, South Brazil.

Although the relatively greater length of the third antennal

joint would bring this species within the definition of Amphio-

nycha, the thick and somewhat tufted and long cilia of the

underside of the joints, from the first to the seventh, is a de-

eided character of the genus Isomertda. The whitish tomen-

tose spots of the thorax are situated on the antero-lateral part

on each side, reaching a little way down the flank, but not

attaining the mesial dorsal line, where there is a very straight

stripe of the black ground-colour.

20*

292 Myr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

Isomerida vittipennis.

I. tineate (Bates) simillima, at differt antennarum articulo tertio

quam quartus vix longiore. Cylindrica, nigro-fusca, subtiliter

eriseo-pubescens, thorace vitta laterali, elytris linea elevata dorsali

limboque laterali carneo-fulvis: capite inter antennas fortiter

concavo ; thorace antice angustato, medio vix latiore, disco sub-

tuberculato, nitido, sparsim punctato; elytris lineatim punctulatis,

apice breviter truncatis; antennis articulis basi flavo-testaceis,

articulis omnibus (secundo excepto) subequalibus, primo ad sex-

tum infra penicillatis ; femoribus ventrisque apice flavo-testaceis.

Long. 6-7 lin.

Rio Janeiro, Novo Friburgo.

In colour very similar to /. lineata 2, but longer and

more cylindrical, and the third antennal joint very little longer

than the fourth, with thick tufts of hair beneath all the joints

from the first to the sixth.

Isomerida longicornis.

Cylindrica, fulvescens pube tenui flavo-cinerea vestita, pedibus rutis,

tibiis extus tarsisque nigris: antennis ( ¢ ) corpore multo longi-

oribus, robustis, fiiformibus, nigris, articulo tertio ceteris dis-

tincte longiore, secundo ad septimum infrapaullo densius ciliatis ;

capite haud retractili, fronte convexa ; thorace cylindrico, densius

flavo-tomentoso ; elytris fundo rufescentibus, apice truncatis, an-

gulo externo dentato, dorso lineatim punctulatis interstitiisnonnullis

subelevatis, carina laterali paullo ultra medium obsoleta, carinula-

que exteriore paullo longiore.

Long. 63 lin. g.

Bahia, Brazil.

Of all the species hitherto described, this approaches Amphio-

nycha nearest in the relative proportions and ciliation of the

antennal joints. ‘The third joint, however, is not relatively so

long asit isin Amphionycha; and the hairs beneath the joints

are longer than in that genus, and decidedly denser on joints

2-7. In facies and style of coloration and in the truncature of

the elytra the species is quite conformable to the prevailing

character of [somerida.

Hemilophus infuscatus.

Fere cylindricus, fusco-niger, capite et thorace (hoc disco postice

fusco excepto) fulvescenti-rufis, elytrorum sutura (anguste et in-

distincte) vittaque abbreviata laterali cinereis; antennis nigris,

articulis nonnullis basi testaceis, femoribus fulvo-testaceis: an-

tennis articulis secundo ad quartum subtus dense, ceeteribus spar-

sim ciliatis; thorace sparsim grosse punctato, disco posteriore

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 293

valde convexo; elytris apice recte truncatis, angulo exteriore

dentiformi, dorso sublineatim punctulatis, carina laterali acu-

tissima.

Long. 43 lin. ¢ Q.

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

This species, long known in collections under the inedited

name which I have adopted, is closely allied to A. dimidiati-

cornis (Serv.), the type of the genus. It differs ¢nter alva in

the colour of the thorax, which in Serville’s species is black

with a large spot on each side pale reddish.

Hemilophus leucogramma.

H, dinadiaticorni valde affinis, at differt thorace nigro linea utrinque

alba tomentosa. Niger, capite rufo; thorace supra nigro nitido,

punctato, vitta laterali utrinque alba: elytris apice obtusissime

truncatis, muticis, vitta lata marginali apicem longe haud attin-

gente, albo-tomentosa ; femoribus quatuor anticis flavo-testaceis,

geniculis infuscatis ; antennis articulis secundo ad quartum infra

densissime nigro-penicillatis.

Long. 5 lin.

Province of Parand, Brazil.

Hemilophus unicolor.

Fuligineo-niger, vitta laterali elytrorum rufescenti-cinerea, femoribus

fulvo-testaceis fusco-signatis ; elytris apice obtusissime truncatis,

muticis ; antennis articulis secundo ad quartum infra densissime

nigro-penicillatis, omnibus basi testaceis.

Long. 5 lin.

Brazil.

Hemilophus Smathi.

H, fasciato et spectabili quoad colores similis ; tere cylindricus, niger,

elytris fascia postmediana fulvescenti-alba maculaque humerali

fulva; capite fulyo, fusco-nebuloso vittulaque verticis nigra :

thorace vitta laterali e tomento compacto flava, vel cretacea fulvo-

marginata ; corpore subtus medio plus minusve fulvo, abdominis

segmentis tertio et quarto in Q albis (medio fuscis); pedibus

nigris, femoribus basi fulvis: antennis articulis tertio et quarto

valde clongatis fere vequalibus, quarto paullo grossiore et in Y

infra densius ciliato ; thorace medio utrinque paullulum angulato ;

elytris apice late rotundatis paullo truncatis, dorso confuse punc-

tulatis, carina laterali fortissima.

Long. 6-63 lin. ¢ Q.

Lower Amazons (Mr. Herbert Smith).

294 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

Hemilophus cayennensis.

Subcylindricus, robustus, fusco-niger, antennarum articulis quinto ad

septimum totis, quarto apice, secundo ad quartum octavoque basi

flavis; capite linea verticis genisque cinereis; thorace vitta lata

utrinque laterali cinereo-tomentosa : elytris apice late rotundatis et

prope suturam breviter truncatis, carina laterali valde elevata

flexuosa, dorso basin versus punctulatis, fascia postmediana (ad

suturam late interrupta) alba fulvo-marginata, maculaque humerali

fulva; femoribus pallide fulvis ; abdomine( ? ) segmentis secundo

et tertio albo-tomentosis ; antennis articulis tertio at quarto modice

elongatis, infra dense ciliatis.

Long. 62 lin. S),

Cayenne.

Hemilophus duplicatus.

Subangustus, erecte pilosus, fusco-niger, fronte, thoracis lateribus,

elytrisque vitta lata mediana, macula supra callum humeralem

lineaque marginali versus humeros ochraceo-fulvis: capite angusto,

retracto; antennis articulo tertio modice, quarto vix elongato,

subtus dense hirsutis ; thorace cylindrico ; elytris parallelis, apice

rotundatis, carinis lateralibus utrinque duabus, interiore abbrevi-

ata ; femoribus basi fulvo-rufis.

Long. 5 lin. 6?

New Granada.

Differs from all other species of the genus in its retractile

head and double elytral carina, besides the much shorter fourth

joint of the antenne. In other respects it presents the cha-

racters of Hemilophus, and in colours resembles H. fasciatus

and H. spectabilis.

Tyrinthia macilenta.

Angusta, elongata, postice sensim dilatata, supra fulva, thorace

medio elytrisque utrinque vitta nigro-fuscis; capite antice fulvo,

postice nigro fulvo-trivittato : vertice profunde impresso, fronte

modice prominula; antennis gracilibus, nigris, articulo tertio infra

(quartoque basi) longe ciliato; thorace angusto; elytris dense

substriatim punctulatis, absque costulis; pedibus nigris, coxis

femorumque dimidio basali flavo-testaceis.

Long. 33-5 lin.

Novo Friburgo, Rio Janeiro.

Tyrinthia longiscapus.

Gracilis, erecte breviter nigro-pilosa, supra fulva ; capitis vertice et

vittis tribus, thorace vitta dorsali alteraque laterali, elytris vitta

abbreviata communi basali-suturali alteraque utrinque apicali

(versus medium, interdum usque ad basin) attenuata nigris: an-

tennis nigris, longe pilosis, scapo valde elongato, articulo tertio

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Colcoptera. 295

haud incrassato; elytris versus apicem paullo dilatatis, apice

singulatim rotundatis, supra sublineatim punctatis ; corpore sub-

tus pedibusque nigris, femoribus plus minusve testaceis.

Long. 33-4 lin.

Rio Janeiro (Lev. Hamlet Clark).

The forehead is only moderately convex in the single ex-

ample examined; but the vertex is deeply depressed, and

the elytra are destitute of lateral keels. The antennal scape

is relatively only a little longer than in 7. capillata, but it

is nearly equal in length to the third joint; the long hairs are

not so dense beneath the joint as in other species.

Tyrinthia reversa.

Elongata, postice dilatata, nigro-pilosa, supra fulva, fascia frontali,

thoracis lateribus, sutura vittaque utrinque elytrorum nigris:

fronte conice porrecta; antennis dense et longe pilosis, scapo

valido, modice elongato ; elytris dense punctatis, subtiliter elevato-

lineatis, apice singulatim rotundatis; corpore subtus pedibusque

nigris, coxis et femoribus testaceis.

Long. 43 lin.

Rio Janeiro (Rev. Hamict Clark).

Very similar to 7. longiscapus ; but the dorsal part of the

occiput and thorax are fulvous instead of black, and the entire

flanks of the latter are black. The forehead is produced and

conical, with a slight notch in the apex of the protuberance.

Tyrinthia xanthotenia.

Sublinearis, postice deplanata, erecte pilosa, cinereo-nigra, capite

(vertice excepto), thorace vitta angusta laterali, elytris vitta lata

laterali, pedibus antennarumgue articulis quarto quintoque et scapo

(infra) melleo-flavis: capite inter antennas depresso, fronte convexa

linea mediana profunde divisa; thorace parvo, medio paullulum

angulato, antice angustato ; elytris ante apicem paullo rotundatis,

apice sinuatim truncatis, angulo exteriore dentato, dorso usque ad

apicem declivi, lineatim crebre punctulato, carina laterali obtusa

subrecta, epipleuris modice (postice perparum) elevatis ; antennis

articulo tertio undique longe, modice dense piloso.

Long. 32 lin. ¢?

Rio Janeiro, Brazil.

Tyrinthia obtusa.

Oblongo-linearis, elytris apice late rotundatis haud dilatatis, late-

ribus carina incrassata longe ante apicem terminata: rufo-fulva,

erecte pubescens, capite postice supra nigro, fronte (¢ fortius)

conica, vertice valde concavo; antennis nigris, articulo tertio

longissimo, paullo incrassato, dense hirsuto, quarto ad undecimum

296 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

elongatis (preecipue ¢ ) gracillimis ; thorace valde transverso, dorso

convexo, nigro nitido, linea laterali rufo-fulva; elytris sub-

planatis crebre punctatis, rufo-fulvis, apice nigris; corpore

subtus pedibusque nigris; pectore medio, coxis femoribusque

testaceis.

Long. 5lin. ¢ Q.

New Granada.

The species has a peculiar facies, owing to its parallel

form, the length and slenderness of the joints 4-11 of the an-

tenne,and thecoloration. The surface is slightlyshining. The

lateral carinee of the elytra extend from the base to beyond

the middle, and are thickened and raised posteriorly so as to

give the elytral surface a plane appearance in the central

portions.

Malacoscylus albens.

Angustulus, nigro-fuscus, passim erecte pilosus, antennis articulo

quarto quintoque basi, pedibus (tarsis tibiisque apice exceptis)

et vitta laterali elytrorum albo-testaceis ; capite (occipite excepto)

thoracisque lateribus rufo-testaceis: capite postice subtumido ;

thorace brevi, antice et postice constrictulo, sparsim grosse punc-

tato; elytris apice breviter truncatis (angulo exteriore producto),

subcrebre punctulatis; antennis articulo tertio valde elongato et

piloso sed haud incrassato, quarto dimidio breviore.

Long. 43 lin.

South Brazil.

Agrees with Malacoscylus in the great length and pilosity of

the third antennal joint, although the absence of thickening in

the same joint gives the insect a different facies. The elytra

have no elevated lines, and the lateral keel is much thickened ;

the white lateral vitta is broad from the shoulder to far beyond

the middle, whence it narrows and terminates in a point before

the apex.

Malacoscylus ‘iodinus.

Elongatus, niger, elytris violaceis sericeo-nitentibus, fascia postmedi-

ana flava ; capite thoraceque nigro-velutinis, fronte vix convexa ;

thorace linea utrinque laterali indistincte fulva ; elytris apice

_ late rotundatis, dorso convexis, utrinque costulis duabus tertia-

que laterali preeter carinam, lateribus post medium paullulum ex-

planatis ; pedibus antennisque nigris, coxis fulvis.

Long. 63 lin.

Keuador (Buckley).

Malacoscylus auricomus.

Elongatus, angustus, niger, verticis et thoracis vitta utrinque late-

rali elytrisque fulvis aureo-sericeis, ‘his vitta suturali usque ad

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 297

medium ibique in maculam magnam dilatata alteraque marginali a

basi usque ad medium nigris ; antennis nigris, articulo quarto basi

fulvo ; capite antice, pectore medio coxisque flavis ; elytris apice late

rotundatis, angulis exterioribus breviter spinosis, dorso crebre

sublineatim punctulatis.

Long. 5lin. @.

Chanchamoyo, Peru (Dr. Thamm).

Apparently closely allied to M. Klugii, Thomson, from

Colombia.

Malacoscylus cinctulus.

Hemilopho spectabili (Blanch.) similis, at minor. Gracilis, linearis,

niger; vertice et thorace utrinque vitta laterali elytrisque

macula triangulari humerali fasciaque lata postmediana ochraceis

aureo-sericeis ; fronte et genis flavis; antennis nigris, articulo

quarto basi flavo; elytris apice subtruncatis, angulo exteriore

spinoso, dorso lineatim punctulatis ; pedibus basi testaceis.

Long. 44 lm. 92.

Bolivia, Yungas, La Paz (Buckley).

Malacoscylus gratiosus.

Elongatus, niger, elytris (vittula subhumerali excepta) croceo-fulvis,

capite antice fulvo, vertice thoraceque nigris, vitta utrinque late-

rali fulva; scutello nigro; elytris apice late subtruncatis, angulo ex-

teriore breviter spinoso, dorso planatis crebre punctulatis, carina

laterali acutissima; antennis nigris, articulis quarto, quinto et

sexto basi fulvis.

liong165 linea Oe

Ecuador (Buckley).

Malacoscylus gonostigma.

M. cirrato (Germ.) proxime affinis, differt elytrorum macula nigra

postica antice ad suturam acute angulata. Niger, vertice vittis

duabus postice divergentibus et per thoracis latera continuatis

fulvo-rufis ; elytris (quarto apicali nigro excepto) fulvo-ochraceis,

sutura et lateribus usque ad basin nigris; genis (¢) femorumque

basi antennarumque articulis quarto et quinto flavo-testaceis.

3. Caput inter antennas late concayum, fronte medio linea im-

pressa ; vittis flavis verticis et thoracis angustis.

2. Caput crassum, inter antennas modice concavum; fronte genis-

que totis fulvis.

Long. 4 lin. § Q.

Rio Janeiro, Brazil (Rev. Hamlet Clark).

The head in the female is much broader behind, and the crown

and occiput much more convex than in the same sex of the

298 Myr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

common Brazilian Malacoscylus cirratus. ‘The species further

differs in the crown having a single central black stripe,

and not two separate vitta. The colour of the fore part of

the head varies, being sometimes wholly fulvous and some-

times more or less clouded with dusky or black.

Themistonoe exilis.

Elongata, gracilis, postice paullulum rotundato-ampliata, longe

sparsim setosa, subtus nigra, supra fulvo-ochracea, vertice et

thorace vittis tribus elytrisque margine apicali nigris: antennis

articulo tertio valde elongato, incrassato, infra ciliato, lateribus

utrinque dense hirsuto, articulis quarto ad undecimum modice

tantum abbreviatis ; elytris utrinque costulis dorsalibus duabus

carinaque acuta laterali.

Long. 5 lin.

Yungas, La Paz, Bolivia (Buckley).

Intermediate in generic structure between Zhemistonoe and

Malacoscylus, but nearer the former on account of its elongate

shape and the distinct, though moderate, rounded expansion

of the elytra towards their apices. The third antennal joint,

viewed sideways, appears slender and fringed beneath only

with fine and long hairs; but viewed from above it is thicker

than the fourth and densely pilose on each side, as in the

larger species of Themistonoe.

Lycidola expansa.

L. Beltii quoad formam similis, elytris mox pone humeros valde

explanato-dilatatis. Nigra, thorace lateribus, elytris fascia basali

alteraque mediana fulvis, his area apicali violacea; pedibus basi

testaceo-flavis ; elytris utrinque 4-costulatis, interstitiis punctu-

lato-coriaceis.

Tonga Gs lini

New Granada.

Agrees with L. Beltit in the wide dilatation of the elytra,

which is carried to a greater extent in these species than in Z. »

simulatrix and L. togata. It differs, however, in colours, the

elytra being violet-black (more violet in the apical part) and

traversed by two tawny-ochreous belts of equal width, one

basal and the other median. ‘The sides of the thorax are

also tawny ochreous, having a broad dorsal vitta (much nar-

rowed behind) of the black ground-colour; the head is black,

with a spot between the antennx and one on the occiput on

each side tawny.

Mr. H, W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 299

List of the AMrénicides and Amphionychides of Tropical

America®.

Subfamily Saperdine.

Group AURENICIDES.

Genus 1. Mrcas, Lec. (Dylobolus, 'Thoms.).

1. senescens, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 203.

Mexico.

2. rubripes, Bates, ibid. p. 203. Mexico.

3. ambigenus, Bates, ibid. p. 203. Mexico.

4. laminata, Bates, ibid. p. 204. Mexico, Guatemala.

5. obereoides, Bates, ibid. p. 204, t. 15. f. 16. Mexico,

Guatemala.

6. laticeps, Bates, ibid. p. 204. Mexico, Guatemala.

7. mexicana, Bates, ibid. p. 204. Mexico, Guatemala.

8. rotwndicollis, Thomson. Mexico, Guatemala.

. rupicollis, Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. vii. p. 44. Mexico

(Texas).

Four other species have been described from North America.

wo DO be

mH 9

Genus 2. Pannycuis, Thoms.

. sericeus, Thoms. Mexico.

. ducalis, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 205. Mexico.

. callicerus, Bates, ibid. p. 206. Mexico.

Genus 3. APHILESTHES, Bates, anté, p. 145.

. rustica, Bates, ante, p. 145. Venezuela.

Genus 4. Antopyce, Thoms.

. picta, Klug. Brazil.

. cretata, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer. t. 15. f. 8. Mexico,

Guatemala, Nicaragua. .

. nympha, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 207. Mexico,

Guatemala.

. Juncea, Bates, ante, p. 145. Brazil.

Genus 5. AURENICA, Thoms.

1. hirticornis, Klug. Brazil.

* In this list I give references only to those genera and species which

have been published since the appearance of the tenth volume of Harold

and Gemminger’s Catalogue, which contains full citations to all species

described up to the year 1873.

300 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

. albicans, Guérin. Brazil.

. canescens, Klug. Brazil.

. hirsuta, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Aimer., Col. v. p. 206. Gua-

temala.

. multipunctata, Serville. Brazil.

. spissicornis, Bates, ante, p. 145. Brazil.

. leucippe, Bates, ante, p. 146. Brazil.

. porosa, Bates, ante, p. 146. Venezuela.

CO 1 Sd Cr H> Co bo

Genus 6. PHauta, Thoms.

. antiqua, Thoms. Brazil.

. Thomsonii, Lacord. Brazil.

. lichenigera, Perty. Brazil.

or bo

Genus 7. IscoNopHyGAS, Thoms.

1. telephoroides, Thoms. Mexico.

Genus 8. APAGOMERA, Bates, ante, p. 146.

. triangularis, Germar. Brazil. |

. suturella, Bates, ante, p. 147. Brazil.

. azurescens, Bates, ante, p. 147. Brazil.

OO BO pe

Genus 9. HyprAscHEMA, Thoms.

. fabulosa, Thoms. Brazil.

. virgata, Pascoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, 1878, 11. p. 377.

Brazil.

CO a

Genus 10. HULACHNESIA, Bates.

. sapphira, Bates. Amazons.

. smaragdina, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. t. 15.

f. 11. Nicaragua.

. cobaltina, Bates, ante, p. 148. New Granada.

. calliste, Bates, ante, p. 148. Peru.

. equatoria, Bates, ante, p. 149. Ecuador.

. viridipennis, Bates, ante, p. 149. Heuador.

Sp OU bo

Genus 11. Dapboycuus, Chevr. (Daduchus ?)

1. flavocinctus, Chevr. Brazil.

Genus 12. AmiLLarus, Thoms.

1. apicalis, 'Thoms. (erythrodera, Chevr., mutabilis, Bates),

Biol. Cent.-Amer., Col. v. t. 15. f. 14. Nicaragua,

New Granada, Amazons.

Ile

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 301

Genus 13. PRETILIA, Bates.

telephorotdes, Bates. Amazons.

Group AMPHIONYCHIDES.

Genus 14, SPHALLONYCHA, Bates, anté, p. 149.

roseicollis, Bates. Amazons.

Genus 15. ALAMPYRIS, Bates., Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v.

OMONG Ov He Go bo

Or = Oo bo

OEN DOS Co bor

p. 219

» fuliginea, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 219.

Mexico.

. curta, Bates, ibid. p. 219. Mexico.

. nigra, Bates, ibid. p. 220. Mexico.

. melanophiloides, Thoms. Mexico.

. photinoides, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 220.

Guatemala.

. mimetica, Bates, ibid. p. 220. Mexico.

. marginella, Bates, ibid. p. 221. Mexico.

. quadricollis, Bates, ibid. p. 221. Mexico.

. planipennis, Bates. Brazil.

Genus 16. TETANOLA, Bates, ante, p. 151.

. polita, Bates, ante, p. 151. Ecuador.

Genus 17. EssosrrutuHa, Thoms.

. feta, Newm. Mexico.

. fimbriolata, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 210

(albina, Pase. ?) Mexico.

. miniata (Lac.), Bates, ibid. p. 211. Mexico.

. cinnabarina, Bates, ibid. p. 211. Guatemala.

. binotata, Bates, ibid. p. 212, t. 15. fig. 18. Mexico.

Genus 18. HRANA, Bates.

. cincticornis, Bates. Amazons.

. pusilla, Bates. Guatemala, Nicaragua.

. pectoralis, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 208.

Mexico, Guatemala.

. leuconoe, Bates, ibid. p. 209. Nicaragua.

. florula, Bates, ibid. p. 209. Guatemala.

. dispar, Bates, ibid. p. 209. Mexico, Guatemala.

. suavissima, Bates, ibid. p. 209. Guatemala.

. univittata, Bates, ibid. p. 210. Mexico.

. fulveola, Bates, ibid. p. 210. Guatemala.

302 Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

Oo Or B® OF DO

bor

Genus 19. CaLocosmus, Chevrolat.

. venustus, Chevr. Cuba.

. dimidiaius, Chevr. Cuba.

. nuptus, Chevr. Cuba.

. spectosus, Chevr. Cuba.

. Janus, Bates, ante, p. 151. Cuba.

. semimarginatus, Bates, ante, p. 151. Cuba.

Genus 20. Burocrysa, Thoms.

. msignis, Lucas. Brazil.

Genus 21. CEPHALODINA, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer.,

Col. v. p. 213.

. capito, Bates. Panamé.

. crassiceps, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 213, t. 15.

f. 5. Nicaragua.

3. megacephala, Bates. Amazons.

Ou G2 DO

bo ke

°c

(oe) 10) Or > CG BO

Genus 22. HiLARoLeA, Thoms.

. incensa, Perty (Saperda). Brazil.

. nigripennis, Bates (Amphionycha). Amazons.

. seminigra, Bates. Amazons.

. mintacea, Bates. Amazons.

. tuberculicollis, Guér. (Hemilophus). Ecuador.

Genus 23. CHRYSAPERDA, Bates, anté, p. 152.

. metallica, Bates, ante, p. 152. Ecuador, Peru.

. ?curcumcincta, Pascoe (Amphionycha). Amazons.

Genus 24. OcHromiMA, Bates, ante, p. 151.

3 megalopoides, Bates (Amphionycha). Amazons.

Genus 25. CiRRHICERA, Thoms.

. leuconota, Casteln. Mexico.

. Sallei, Thoms. Mexico, Guatemala, Nicaragua.

: Championi, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer. , Col. v. p. 214, t. 15.

f. 12. Guatemala.

. longifrons, Bates, ibid. p. 214. Guatemala.

niveosignata, ‘Thoms. Mexico.

. nigrina, Thoms. Mexico.

. eristipennis, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 214.

Mexico.

. cinereola, Bates, ibid. p. 215. Guatemala.

Sd Or & Go bo —

CO CONT SD Or (SU NO

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. 303

Genus 26. Puass, Serville.

. octomaculata, Serv. ( pheebe, Serv. olim, cretefera, Pasc.).

Brazil.

. cornuta, Oliv. Surinam.

. bicornis, Oliv. Amazons.

. concinna, White. Amazons.

. cava, Germar. Brazil.

. mexicana, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 218.

Mexico.

. albaria, Bates, ibid. p. 215, t. 15. f. 3. Nicaragua.

. lutaria, Bates, ibid. p. 215. Guatemala.

Genus 27. AMpHIONYCHA, Leseleuc.

. luctuosa, Leseleuc. Brazil.

. Diana, Thoms. Cayenne, Amazons.

. princeps, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. t. 4. f. 2.

Nicaragua.

. charts, Bates, ante, p. 197. THcuador.

. leucodryas, Bates, ante, p. 198. Venezuela.

. tribalteata, Bates, ante, p. 198. Peru.

. leta, Bates, ante, p. 198. Venezuela, Peru.

. spilota, Bates, ante, p. 199. Brazil.

. scalaris, Pascoe. New Granada. ’

. sexgutiata, Lucas. Brazil.

. sexlineata, Bates, ante, p. 199. Brazil.

. strigata, Redtenb. Brazil.

. vittata, Pascoe. Brazil.

. diva, Chabrillac. Brazil.

. theaphia, Bates, anté, p. 199. Ecuador.

. hemispila, Germar. Brazil.

. verticalis, Germar (nigriceps, Castl.). Brazil.

. spectabilis, Drury. Mexico, Central America, New

Granada.

. callizona, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 217.

Honduras, Guatemala.

. Druryi, Thoms. Costa Rica.

. bifasciata, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. t. 15.

f. 4. Nicaragua.

. pluricostata, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 217.

Guatemala.

. dimidiata, Bates, ante, p. 200. New Granada.

. bisellata, Bates, ante, p. 200. Heuador. ‘

. obesa, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 217. Mexico.

. globicollis, Bates, ibid. p. 218. Mexico.

. colligata, Redt. Brazil.

304 My. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera.

28. flavipes, Lucas (an var. preced.?). Brazil.

29. pallipes, Oliv. Surinam.

30. postilenata, Bates, ante, p. 201. Brazil.

31. fumigata, Germar. Brazil.

32. suturata, Bates, anté, p. 201. Brazil.

33. pubicornis, Bates, ante, p. 201. Amazons.

34. rectilinea, Bates, anté, p. 202. Brazil.

35. longipennis, Bates, ante, p. 202. HKcuador.

36. fraudatrix, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 218.

Nicaragua.

37. fulvicornis, Bates, ante, p. 203. Brazil.

38. fenestrata, Bates, ante, p. 202. Brazil.

39. fuscipennis, Bates, ante, p. 203. Peru.

AQ. discicollis, Bates, anté, p. 203. Ecuador.

Al. rubra, Bates, anté, p. 204. Brazil.

A2. dilaticeps, Bates, ante, p. 200. New Granada.

43. cephalotes, Bates. Amazons.

44. urocosmia, Bates, ante, p. 204. New Granada.

Sp. incerte sedis.

45. petrone, Burmeister. ‘Tucuman.

46. Mniszechii, Chabrillac. Brazil.

A7. ocularis, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. iv. p. 181, t. 13. fig. 2

(Saperda). South America.

48. brachialis, Guérin. Ecuador.

Genus 28. AxicrA, Thoms.

1. flavescens, Thoms. Brazil.

2. testacea, Bates (Amphionycha). Amazons.

Genus 29. ISoMERIDA, Bates.

. albicollis, Casteln. Guiana, Amazons.

. amicta, Pascoe. New Granada.

. lineata, Bates. Nicaragua, New Granada.

. subdilatata, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. t. 15. f. 9.

Nicaragua.

. picticornis, Bates, ibid. t. 15. f. 10. Nicaragua.

. rupficornis, Bates. Amazons.

. longicornis, Bates, ante, p. 292. Brazil.

. vittipennis, Bates, ante, p. 292. Brazil.

. piciicollis, Bates, anté, p. 291. Brazil.

10. crinicornis, Germar. Brazil.

11. lanificus, Germar. Brazil.

12. plumosa, Bates, ante, p. 291. Brazil.”

13. fimbriata, Bates, ante, p. 290. Brazil.

OMNAMN BwWNe

C5 MD =1 OD Ou © bo

CON Od Or BH OO BD

et et ee

(SUN) Oi ena)

CONT OD OU CODE

Mr. H. W. Bates’s Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera. B0a

Genus 30. SPATHOPTERA, Serv. (Photuronta, Thoms.).

. albilatera, Serv. (P. gutticollis, Thoms.). Brazil.

Genus 31. HemiLopHus, Serv.

. dimidiaticornis, Serv. Brazil.

. tnfuscatus, Bates, ante, p. 292. Brazil.

. leucogramma, Bates, anté, p. 293. Brazil.

. unicolor, Bates, ante, p. 293. Brazil.

. vartans, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 222.

Mexico, Guatemala.

. longulus, Bates, ibid. p. 222. Mexico.

. prolixus, Bates, ibid. t. 15. f. 20. Nicaragua.

. fasciatus, Bates. Amazons.

. spectabilis, Blanch. Bolivia.

. cayennensis, Bates, anté, p. 294. Cayenne.

. Smithii, Bates, ante, p. 293. Amazons.

. duplicatus, Bates, ante, p. 294. New Granada.

. Pciliaris, Klug. Brazil.

Genus 32. Tyrintuta, Bates (Cyphometopus, Thoms.).

. scissifrons, Bates. Amazons.

. infacetus, Thoms. Brazil.

. Lacordaret, Thoms. Colombia.

. frontalis, Guérin (Hemilophus). Weuador.

. macilenta, Bates, ante, p. 294. Brazil.

. reversa, Bates, ante, p. 295. Brazil.

. longiscapus, Bates, ante, p. 294. Brazil.

. lycinella, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. p. 223.

Costa Rica.

. zantha, Bates, ibid. p. 223. Nicaragua.

. xanthotenia, Bates, anté, p. 295. Brazil.

. capillata, Bates. Amazons.

. obtusa, Bates, ante, p. 295. New Granada.

. 2minima, Pascoe. New Granada.

Genus 33. MAtacoscyLus, Thoms.

. cirratus, Germar (dasycerus, Klug). Brazil.

. gonostigma, Bates, ante, p. 297. Brazil.

. Klugit, Thoms. Colombia.

. albens, Bates, ante, p. 296. Brazil.

. fulveolus, Bates. Brazil.

. auricomus, Bates, ante, p. 296. Peru.

. cinctulus, Bates, ante, p. 297. — Bolivia.

. gratiosus, Bates, ante, p. 297. Ecuador.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Serv. 5. Vol. viii. 21

306 Mr. A. G. Butler on some

a iodinus, Bates, anté, p. 296. Ecuador.

10. thoracicus, Oliv. Guiana.

Genus 34. 'THEMISTONOE, Thoms.

. cacica, Thoms. Brazil.

. reticulata, Waterh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v.

(April 1880), p. 300. Ecuador.

humeralis, Wa ries. ibid. p. 301. Hcuador.

. delectabilis, Waterh. ibid. p. 302. New Granada.

. exilis, Bates, anté, p. 298. Peru.

bo Fr

Ou Go

Genus 35. LycANEPTIA, Thoms.

. amicta, Klug (¢ ampliata, Klug). Brazil.

. antiqua, Waterh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v.

(April 1880), p. 800. Brazil.

bo ee

Genus 36. LycipoLa, Thoms.

1. palliata, Klug. Brazil.

2. togata, Klug. Brazil.

3. simulatriz, Bates. Amazons.

4, Beltii, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. v. t. 15. f. 1.

Nicaragua.

5. flavofasciata, Waterh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. v. (April 1880), p. 298. Ecuador.

6. felix, Waterh. ibid. p. 298. Ecuador.

7. retifera, Waterh. ibid. p. 298. Ecuador.

8. expansa, Bates, ante, p. 298.. New Granada.

9. mimica, Bates. Amazous... “\,

10. capillacea, Bates. Aimee.

Genus 37. ITES, Waterh.

1. plagiatus, Waterh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v.

‘(April 1880), p. 298. Ecuador.

Genus 38. CLYTHRASCHEMA, Thoms.

1. Chabrillactt. Brazil.

XXX.—An Account of the Sphinges and Bombyces col-

lected by Lord Walsingham in North America during the

Years 1871-72. By Arruur G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.S.,

&e.

THE Sphinges and Bombyces collected by Lord Walsingham

consist of thirty-six species referable to twenty-six genera.

North-American Sphinges and Bombyces. 307

The exact localities are in almost every case carefully recorded ;

but a few species were placed in a separate box from the others,

and to these I found no exact record attached.

His Lordship has kindly forwarded the following hist of

places visited by him in California and Oregon :—

California.

“San Francisco, May 16th, 1871.

“Sonoma County, May 18th to 23rd.

“‘ Mendocino County, May 24th to June 14th.

“Lake County, June 15th to 23rd.

“Colusa County, June 24th to July 4th.

‘Tehama County, July 5th to 9th.

“Shasta County, July 10th to 28th.

“Siskiyou County, July 29th to September 15th, part of

which time (August 1st to September Ist) being spent upon

Mount Shasta.”

Oregon.

*¢ Lost River to Crooked Creek, September 16th to 23rd.

“Camp Watson, on John Day’s River, North Oregon, up

to April 14th, 1872; reached Fort the Dalles, near the mouth

of the Columbia River, April 21st, and Portland April 27th ;

thence by rail and road to Rouge River, May 7th ; remained

at Rouge River up to June lst; thence proceeded, wid@ Jack-

sonville, to Siskiyou Mountains, June 7th ; remained on the

Siskiyou range to June 18th, crossing into

“ California,

“thence vid Crescent City &c. to mouth of Klamath River,

June 23rd, and then to Hureka on July 1st.”

In the identification of several of the forms here enumerated

I have been assisted through the generosity of Mr. Henry

Edwards (formerly of San Francisco, but now of New York),

who recently presented a series of named Californian Lepido-

ptera to the collection of the British Museum.

Four, if not five, of the species appear to me to be new to

science, for one of which I have found it necessary to erect a

new genus. ‘There are also several well-marked varieties of

known species not hitherto recorded, for some of which I have

considered it best (for purposes of reference) to propose dis-

tinctive names, although I cannot regard them as entitled to

specific rank.

308 Mr. A. G. Butler on some

Sphingide.

Hemaris, Grote.

1. Hemaris cynoglossum.

Hemaris cynoglossum, H. Edwards, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 1875, p. 88.

Rouge River, May 7th to June Ist.

DIENECES, gen. nov.

Allied to Cinogon, but the margins of the wings not sinu-

ated, the secondaries smaller, shorter; the anal tuft better de-

veloped, expanded in the male; coloration of Pterogon.

2. Dieneces Clarkia.

Pterogon Clarkie, Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 2° sér. x. p. 319

(1852).

Between Camp Watson and Fort the Dalles, near the mouth

of the Columbia River, April 14th to 21st.

DEILEPHILA, Ochs.

3. Deilephila lineata.

Sphinx lineata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. p. 541 (1775).

No exact locality noted.

SPHINX, Linn.

4, Sphinx oreodaphne.

Pee Crecdapine H. Edwards, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. y. p. 109

(1874).

California.

ARCTONOTUS, Boisd.

'5. Arctonotus lucidus.

aciccoe lucidus, Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 2° sér. x. p. 319

a2).

California.

Agaristida.

ALyPIA, Hiibn.

6. Alypia Ridingsit.

3. Alypia Ridingsn, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. vol. iii. p. 521, pl. vy.

fig. 1 (1864); 9. Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb. p. 12, pl. i. fig. 3 (1872).

Between Camp Watson, on John Day’s River, N. Oregon

North-American Sphinges and Bombyces. 309

and Fort the Dalles, near the mouth of the Columbia River,

April 14th to 21st; also at Rouge River, between May 7th

and June Ist.

7. Alypia Maccullochit.

Alypia Maccullochu, Kirby, Fauna Boreali-Americana, iv. p. 301. n. 1,

pl. iv. fig. 5.

Rouge River, between May 7th and June 1st.

The female appears to be scarce ; the spots on its seconda-

ries are equally yellow with those of the primaries.

Arctiide.

CTENUCHIINA, Butl.*

ScEpsis, Walk.

8. Scepsis fulvicollis.

Glaucopis wnicolor fulricollis, Hiibner, Samii. exot. Schmett. i. pl. clxiv.

(1806).

One example at Rouge River, Oregon, end of May.

CTENUCHA, Kirby.

9. Ctenucha ochroscapus.

Ctenucha ochroscapus, Grote, Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. vol. i. p. 330

(4868).

Cape Mendocena.

Excepting in its superior size, slightly browner primaries,

and the paler (more salmon-coloured) borders of the tegule,

this species might be associated with C. rubroscapus, Ménétr.

(nec Boisd., which is=C. multcfaria, Walk.).

PERICOPIINA, Butl.

GNOPHALA, Walk.

10. Gnophela Hopffert.

Gnophela Hopfferi, Grote, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. vol. i. p. 332 (1868).

Rouge River, Oregon, May 7th to June 1st.

ARCTIINA, Stretch.

HYPHANTRIA, Harris.

11. Hyphantria cunea.

Bombyx cunea, Drury, Ul. Exot. Ent. i. p. 36, pl. xviii. fig. 4 (1770).

Lord Walsingham had a single example labelled ‘“ Wash-

* See Journ, Linn. Soc, vol. xi. p- 429.

310 Mr. A. G. Butler on some

ington ;” itagrees with the form represented by Stretch (Zyg.

and Bomb. pl. vii. fig. 20).

SPILOSOMA, Steph.

12. Spilosoma virginica.

Bombyx virginica, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 487 (1798).

No locality recorded.

13. Spilosoma vestalis.

Spilosoma vestalis, Packard, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iii. p. 125 (1864).

One female. Jacksonville, Oregon.

HucHatES, Harris.

14. Huchetes oregonensis.

3. Euchetes oregonensis, Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb. p. 187. n. 2, pl. viii.

fir. 7 (1871-73).

Rouge River and Jacksonville, Oregon, May 7th to June 7th.

HYPERCOMPA, Steph.

15. Hypercompa virginalis.

Chelonia virginalis, Boisduval, Lép. Calif. p. 49 (1852).

Var. Epicallia virginalis, var. ochracea, Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb. p. 71,

pl. iii. fig. 2 (1871-73).

Cape Mendocena.

Why Dr. Packard and others have placed this species in

Epicallia, of which £. villica is type, it would indeed be

hard to say; setting aside other differences, the utter dissimi-

larity of the male antennze should have been sufficient to keep

them widely separated. ‘The pattern and colour of the wings,

the less woolly and smaller thorax, and the barred abdomen

are all characteristic of Hypercompa; in fact, with the excep-

tion of the rather shorter costal margin of the primaries, which

may perhaps be regarded as a generic character, I can see

nothing to distinguish it from that genus.

ArcTIA, Schrank*.

16. Arctia achaia.

Arctia achaia, Grote, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. vol. i. p. 334, pl. vi. figs. 45,

46 (1868).

* It may be well to note here that the A. antholea, Boisd., of California

is evidently conspecific with A. docta, Walk., from Mexico,

North-American Sphinges and Bombyces. 311

Sonoma County and Mendocino County, California, May

18th to June 14th, also Rouge River, Oregon.

Var. ochracea, Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb. p. 125; pl. v.

fig. 21 (1871-73), but without pale veins.

Rouge River, May 7th to June Ist.

17. Arctia simplicior, sp. n.

Possibly a well-marked variety of A. achaia, but appa-

rently intermediate between that species and A. Saundersti :

primaries as in var. ochracea, excepting that the veins are not

cream-coloured (this, however, is a variable character in A.

ochracea) : secondaries scarlet, paler along the abdominal

border and at base; a small subbasal black spot in the cell,

no other basal markings; but the lunate discocellular spot,

three semicircular submarginal spots, and an irregular external

border (completely divided, however, at the extremity of the

first median branch) almost exactly as in Stretch’s fig. 19 of

A. achaia. YWixpanse of wings 48 millim.

Jacksonville.

Only one female of this form was obtained. The almost

entire absence of the large black discoidal patch and of the

broad basiabdominal streak seems to bring this insect near to

A. Saundersti and intermedia; the body, however, is coloured

as in A. ochracea.

18. Arctia phalerata, var. incompleta.

Differs from typical examples in the absence of the sub-

apical oblique cream-coloured stripe to complete the S-shaped

marking on the disk of primaries.

Washington.

ANTARCTIA, Hiibn.

19. Antarctia rubra.

Antarctia rubra, Neumoegen, ‘“ Papilio,” p. 79 (1881).

9. Mendocino Co., California, May 24th to June 14th.

This, if rightly identified, must be the insect figured by

Myr. Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb. pl. vii. fig. 11; but the ex-

amples obtained by Lord Walsingham are rather larger, of a

deeper reddish colour and with blacker secondaries than in

the illustration, which seems to me a little undercoloured.

20. Antarctia Walsinghami, sp. n.

Allied to the preceding, but slightly smaller, the primaries

312 | Mr. A. G. Butler on some

bright crimson with a small black spot at the end of the cell;

fringes slightly paler than the ground-colour: secondaries

deep rose-red with scarlet veins, the discoidal cell and two

interno-median streaks irrorated with grey ; three almost con-

fluent apical submarginal blackish spots and a squamose

blackish submarginal streak in continuation of these spots:

thorax bright red; antenne scarlet; palpi scarlet; abdo-

men paler red; legs scarlet above, but yellowish in the

central line below; pectus yellow, with tufts of orange-red

hairs; venter bright orange-yellow, red at the sides. Wings

below bright rose-red, with the costal borders and veins

brilliant scarlet ; asmall black spot at the end of each discoidal

cell. Expanse of wings 41 millim.

Rouge River, Oregon.

Only one example of this exceedingly beautiful species was

obtained. I cannot believe it to be a variety of the preceding ;

it certainly has a greater claim to specific rank. |

LEPTARCTIA, Stretch.

Mr. Stretch recognizes three species, L. decia, lena, and

dimidiata, which he distinguishes by the coloration of the

secondaries ; the fine series obtained by Lord Walsingham

shows that £. dimidiata belongs to the two divisions of L.

decia and EL. lena, since the females always show a trace and

sometimes a well-marked band of ochreous or red. As the

broad-banded form is exceptional, however, it may perhaps

represent another variety.

Judging from the series before me I cannot hesitate to

regard the whole as referable to one extremely variable species,

consisting of eight fairly marked varieties; and as four of

these have already received distinctive names, and, moreover,

as the differences in pattern and coloration appear in both sexes,

I shall not hesitate to give varietal names to the remaining

four, so as to enable lepidopterists to speak of them without

the necessity of describing in each case the form to which they

peceter:

21. Leptarctia californie.

Var. 1. Leptarctia Stretchit, var. n.

3. Leptarctia dinudiata, var., Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb. pl. v. fig. 9

(1871-73).

?. Band of primaries buff-coloured, a spot of the same

colour at base, and a second towards the base of internal;bor-

der: secondaries with an ill-defined streak of orange scales

across the radia! and median interspaces, a spot of the same

North-American Sphinges and Bombyces. 313

at anal angle, and a scarlet marginal spot at extremity of

submedian vein: abdomen with a scarlet lateral stripe. Hx-

panse of wings 36 millim.

3 2. Rouge River, Oregon.

Var. 2. Lepiarctia Boisduvalit, var. n.

2 Leptarctia decia, var., Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb. pl. v. fig. 15.

The three specimens obtained by Lord Walsingham differ

from Mr. Stretch’s figure in having the white band of prima-

ries zigzag and the band of secondaries orange (this band is

variable in width).

2. Rouge River, Oregon.

Although only females of this form have yet come to hand,

T do not doubt that similar males exist.’

Var. 3. Leptarctia dimidiata, Stretch.

3. Leptarctia dimidiata, Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb. p. 123. n. 2, pl. v. figs. 7,

8 (1871-73).

9. Differs from the male in having no abbreviated white

band on the primaries, sometimes one or two white dots to-

wards the apex; a slightly curved series of small ochreous or

crimson spots just beyond the middle of the secondaries, one

or two marginal spots near the anal angle, and the fringe

slightly flecked with the same colour. Expanse 37 millim.

S ¢. Rouge River, Oregon (six examples).

Var. 4. Leptarctia latifasciata, var. n.

9 differs from the preceding in its broad red belt, and from

figure 15 of Stretch’s plate in the absence of any band across

the primaries. Hixpanse of wings 35 millim.

Rouge River (one example).

The male of this variety remains to be discovered.

Var. 5. Leptarctia fulvofasciata, var. n.

3. Leptarctia lena, var., Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb. pl. v. figs. 13, 14.

2 only differs from the male in having no white spots on

the primaries. The width of the band of secondaries is

somewhat variable.

3 ¢?, Rouge River; ¢ between John Day’s River and

Fort the Dalles.

Var. 6. Leptarctia californice (typical).

Nemeophila cahforme, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iii. p. 625. n. 3 (1855).

Lithosia adnata, Boisduval, Ann, Soc. Knt. Belg. xii. p. 73. n. 84

(1868).

314 Mr. A. G. Butler on some

3 ¢, Rouge River; ¢ between John Day’s River and

Fort the Dalles.

This form is represented by Stretch, pl. v. figs. 11 and 16,

as L. lena; but the black band on disk of secondaries (barely

shown on the secondaries of his female) is often broad and

well marked in both sexes.

Var. 7. Leptarctia decia.

Lithosia decia, Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 72. n. 85 (1868).

2. Rouge River, Oregon and Mendocino County, Cali-

fornia.

This form chiefly differs from Stretch’s fig. 11 in the

reddish-orange colour of the secondaries and the less promi-

nent white spots on the primaries.

Var. 8. Leptarctia lena.

Lithosia lena, Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 73. n. 85.

& 2. Between John Day’s River and Fort the Dalles

(five examples).

No examples of this variety (Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb.

pl. v. figs. 3 and 5) were obtained at Rouge River; but

L. fulvofasciata, regarded by Stretch as a variety of the same

species, though distinct from L. dimidiata and L. decia,

occurs there with them.

Lithosiide.

HYALOSCOTES, gen. nov.

Aspect of Psyche and Comacla; venation of Byssophaga,

Behr. (= Trichromia, Hiibn.)*, but the primaries with longer

costal margin, more arched towards apex; wings semitrans-

parent, opalescent ; the head and body very hairy, particularly

the sides of the abdomen; genitalia prominent; antenne

setose, hairy at the base; legs long and rather slender; palpi

very small. Type H. fumosa.

22. Hyaloscotes fumosa, sp. 0.

Wings semitransparent, smoky grey, with darker marginal

line, veins, and fringes: primaries slightly darker than

secondaries: antennes brown; body blackish, clothed with

long whitish hair; genitalia mahogany-brown; legs pale

greyish brown. Expanse of wings 27 to 31 millim.

* See Stretch in Zyg. & Bomb. p. 48, as “Custhene,”

North-American Sphinges and Bombyces. 315

Five male examples, Shasta and Siskiyou Counties ;

Mount Shasta.

This is a most singular-looking species, which, but for the

fact that its neuration locates it among the Lithoside, I

should have been almost inclined to place among the Psychide.

Nowa, Leach.

23. Nola minna, sp. n.

Primaries above silvery grey; a black-brown dash at the

base of the costal margin, a black spot at basal third, a larger

rhomboidal jet-black spot (immediately below the second

costal spot) within the cell, and an oblique series of four

blackish dots between the latter and the inner margin; a

black dot at the end of the ceil, a slightly sinuous series

crossing the wing obliquely just beyond the cell, and a slightly

zigzag disco-submarginal series of blackish spots; costal

margin from before the middle to the apex spotted with

blackish ; fringe sordid white, traversed by two series of

oblong grey spots: secondaries sericeous white, the costal

border and fringe slightly sordid: body white, the abdomen

sordid and greyish towards the centre; palpi long, porrect,

white above, with the sides grey ; antenne greyish. Primaries

below grey, with grey-speckled white borders; fringe as

above: secondaries white, the costal area slightly irrorated

with grey scales; a small grey discocellular spot: bod

below greyish brown; tarsi and venter banded with white.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Three specimens. Mendocino County, California.

Of the Kuropean species this most nearly resembles N. cen-

tonalis; its antennee, however, are longer and more slender.

By the description I should judge it to be allied to N. sexmacu-

lata of Grote.

Liparide.

Oreyia, Ochs.

24. Orgyia nora.

Orgyia nora, Fitch, Highth Report on Noxious Insects of New York,

p. 675 (1864).

One male. Siskiyou County, California.

IT am rather sceptical about the distinctness of this species

from O. antiqua ; it 1s certainly darker (or rather duller) than

the majority of specimens of the Huropean species; but the

latter is frequently much darker than the example now before

316 Mr. A. G. Butler on some —

me; whilst three specimens, undoubtedly referable to O. anti-

gua, in the Museum collection from Nova Scotia, are paler

than the majority of Huropean examples. I believe that

O. nora is a bad species.

25. Orgyta gulosa.

Orgyia gulosa, H. Edwards, “ Papilio,” p. 61 (1881).

Two males. Lake County, California.

I had already separated these from a series of O. vetusta

before I was aware that Mr. Edwards had described it. The

specimens are smaller than O. vetusta, with rather less-pointed

primaries; these wings are slightly browner, giving the

imsect a more uniform coloration; the stripes across the pri-

maries are more regular, the inner one straighter, and the

white spot near external angle is a good deal smaller.

26. Orgyia vetusta.

Orgya (sic) vetusta, Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 28. n. 94

(1868).

Lake and Colusa Counties, California.

Lasiocampide.

(ZASTROPACHA, Ochs.

27. Gastropacha Mildet.

Gastropacha Mildei, Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb. p. 113. n. 1, pl. iv. fig. 12

(1871-73).

Rouge River, Oregon.

One example. Rather smaller and of a more uniformly

lilacine-grey colour than Stretch’s figure.

Saturniide.

PSEUDOHAZIS, Grote.

28. Pseudohazis eglanterina, var.

Saturnia eglanterina, Boisduval, Ann, Soc. Ent. France, 2° sér. x.

p. 328. n. 95 (1852).

California.

A single extremely melanistic example, in which the

orange-yellow areas are reduced to short dashes, those towards

the costa of primaries washed with pink.

North-American Sphinges and Bombyces. 317

Drepanulide.

Drepana, Schrank.

29. Drepana arcuaia.

Drepana arcuata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. v. p. 1164. n. 8 (1855).

Washington.

Ceruridz, fam. nov.

Cerura and allies, with their Drepanulidiform larve, must

be separated from the typical Notodontide: their larve are

broad in front, with a distinct angle or hump at the fourth

segment, fourteen legs and a forked pair of projecting tails,

from which, when annoyed, bright-coloured filaments are

exserted. The cocoon is hard, and the imago very woolly.

Crrura, Schrank.

30. Cerura bicuspis ?

Bombyx: bicuspis, Borkhausen, Eur. Schmett. iii. p. 380. n. 141.

Mendocino County, California.

Notodontide.

Napata, Walk.

31. Nadata Doubleday?, var. oregonensis.

Differs from typical N. Doubledayi, Packard, in the dis-

tinctly greyer tint and greater prominence of the markings on

the primaries; the lines across these wings are also much

more divergent, the inner line being considerably more ob-

lique, Hxpanse of wings, 3 48 millim., 9 60 millim.

Rouge River, Oregon.

It is possible that this may be specifically distinct ; and

therefore I give it a distinctive name; but it does not seem

to differ so evidently as D. Doubledayi and D. gibbosa, though

these two were placed together by Walker.

Hepialide.

STHENOPIS, Packard.

32. Sthenopis anceps.

Hepialus anceps, H. Edwards, “ Papilio,” p. 36 (1881).

California.

318 On North-American Sphinges and Bombyces.

Surely this cannot be the species intended by Behrens in

his description of H. Baroni? That description has puzzled

me, since it states that the third and fourth bands are fused,

and that the submarginal forms a fifth band, whereas it

appears that the insect only possesses three bands in all.

The example in Lord Walsingham’s series is rather of a

subochreous clay-colour than reddish-brown tint; but diffe-

rent men hold different views respecting colours (possibly

they may not even see them alike), as an instance of which I

may note that what Hewitson invariably called “rufous

brown” I should describe as ‘ fuliginous brown,” or, in some

cases, as ‘‘ olivaceous brown,” the colour having to my eyes a

green rather than a red shade; in the second place, it is

possible, though hardly probable, that the specimen before

me is referable to another new species of Sthenopis.

HeEpiAuus, Fabr.

33. Hepialus sequoiolus.

Hemalus sequotolus, Behrens, Can. Ent. viii. p. 174 (1876).

Mendocino County, California.

34. Hepialus mendocinolus.

Hepialus mendocinolus, Behrens, Can. Ent. viii. p. 174 (1876).

Mount Shasta, California.

35. Hepialus Lenzi.

Hepialus Lenz, Behrens, Can. Ent. viii. p. 175 (1876).

Mendocino County, California ; Rouge River, Oregon.

The H. sangaris of Strecker (pl. xv. fig. 5, 1877) seems to

come between this species and the following.

36. Hepialus inutilis.

Hepialus inutilis, H. Edwards, “ Papilio,” i. p. 36 (1881).

Mendocino County, California.

The oblique bands on primaries are much whiter in some

examples than in others, sometimes also showing traces of a

scarlet margin similar to that of the ochreous bands in

HI, Lenzi.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on a new 'Trichoplus. 319

XXXI.— Description of a new Species of the Genus 'Tricho-

plus (Coleoptera, Cremastochilide). By CHartes O.

WATERHOUSE.

Trichoplus cordicollis.

Valde oblongus, niger; thorace cordiformi, disco excavato ; elytris

oblique striatis, singulatim carina longitudinali suture proxima, et

parallela instructis.

Long. 43 lin.

Very near to 7. Schaumit, Westw. (Thesaurus, p. 33,

pl. ix. fig. 10), but at once distinguished by the thorax being

cordiform instead of orbiculate. The thorax is closely and

strongly punctured, especially at the posterior border of the

discoidal excavation ; the base itself is not punctured. Scutel-

lum striolate. Hlytra parallel for two thirds their length, then

a little narrowed to the apex, which is obtuse ; sutural region

flat, obliquely vermiculate-striolate, the flattened region

bounded on the outer side by a carina which does not extend

to the apex. Towards the side there is an indication of a

second carina, the surface between the dorsal carina and the

sublateral one less obliquely striolate; some very fine striole

may also be traced on the sides; the apex is dull and has

some very fine elongate punctures. The abdomen has some

deep, elongate, longitudinal punctures on each side of the

middle of the four basal segments. Pygidium transversely

quadrate, opaque. All the tibie are simple; but the posterior

are shorter and broader than in 7. Schaumiz.

Hab. Zulu.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

A Handbook: of the Vertebrate Fauna of Yorkshire, being « Catalogue

of British Mammals, Birds, Reptiles, Amphibians, and shes,

showing what Species are or have, within Historical Periods, been

found wm the County. By W. Haetr Crarxe and W. Denison

Rorzsuck. 8vo. London: Reeve, 1881.

Tue title of this book, as given above, renders it almost unnecessary

for us to say any thing about the general nature of its contents. It

is, as stated, a complete catalogue of the recognized British species

of Vertebrata, with certain details with regard to the mode of occur-

rence and distribution of those which have occurred, or been asserted

to occur, within the limits of the great northern county. Those

species which have undoubtedly become extinct in Britain are in-

serted without numbers, and their names printed in old English

characters ; only two species which have usually been included in

the British lists are omitted—namely the beech-marten (Martes foie),

320 Bibliographical Notice.

on the authority of the late Mr. KE. R. Alston, and the right whale

(Balena mysticetus), on the ground of want of evidence, its supposed

occurrence on the British coasts never having been recorded since

the distinction was established between that species and B. biscay-

ensis, which is certainly known to visit the British seas.

One is not much surprised to find that Yorkshire, the largest of

British counties, embraces in its terrestrial fauna (including, of

course, the inhabitants of the fresh waters) a very great majority of

the British Vertebrates. Thus we find that it possesses 32 out of

45 terrestrial mammals, 4 out of 7 reptiles (and one of the others is

British only because it inhabits the Channel Islands), 6 out of 7

amphibians, and 32 out of 53 freshwater fishes. With regard to

the birds there would be some difficulty in drawing a distinction

between marine and freshwater species; but taking the whole class

we find Yorkshire boasting of no fewer than 307 species out of a

total of 380.

That the county should be so exceedingly rich is easily explained

when we consider its physical characters. It is not only the

largest county in Britain, but it possesses a variety of geological

structure, and consequently of surface, such as no other county can

boast. In its western parts the old paleozoic rocks form an ele-

vated country, rising here and there into actual mountain masses,

and reaching in the north-west, towards the borders of Westmore-

land, an elevation of some 2600 feet above the level of the sea; and

from this lofty region the most beautiful and romantic dales sweep

down towards the rich pasture-lands of the Craven district and the

Vale of York. Southwards these older rocks form wild high moor-

lands, stretching away to the borders of Derbyshire. The great

central plain, formed chiefly by the Vale of York, although chiefly

covered up by clays and gravels, nevertheless presents a considerable

variety of surface, and especially some interesting remains of the

old forest of Galtres, which formerly spread over its whole northern

part, extending upto the very walls of York, and harbouring in its

recesses the wolf, the wild boar, and the red deer. In the north-

east the Cleveland and Hambleton hills offer high ground of a totally

different character from the old mountain-region of the west: and

separated from these by the Vale of Pickering, we have the Chalk

Wolds, with quite another character of scenery. Between the chalk

and the sea again come the low grounds of Holderness. In a region

of such diversified character, with an abundance of both wild and

cultivated ground, it is no wonder if the terrestrial fauna is very

extensive; and the coast-line, which stretches tor nearly 120 miles

from the mouth of the Tees to Spurn Point, offers in its lofty cliffs

the most favourable conditions of existence for many species of sea~

birds, whilst others find congenial haunts on the sandy shores of

Holderness. Further, as our authors remark, the situation of

Yorkshire, nearly in the middle of Britain, gives it an advantage

with regard to migratory birds, some southern species finding here

their northern boundary, while certain northern immigrants are

not known to advance further to the south.

The only point in which Yorkshire shows to a disadvantage in

Miscellaneous. Bail

this catalogue is the class of fishes—out of a total of 249 recorded

British species, only 148 are known to occur in the county and the

sea that washes its coast. Eighty species of marine fishes which

occur somewhere in the British seas are unknown on the Yorkshire

coast ; some of these will probably turn up hereafter; many of them

are scarce fishes, which have occurred only once or twice anywhere

round our coasts, or species of southern type which can hardly be

expected to find their way so far north.

On the whole, Yorkshire has good reason to be proud of its verte-

brate fauna; and the authors of this catalogue may with equal

justice take a pride in their work, which has evidently been exe-

cuted with most conscientious care. As already stated, it includes

the whole British vertebrate fauna; and the Yorkshire species are

indicated by having appended to their names brief statements

relating to their occurrence in the county, including the localities

where specimens have been obtained in the case of the rarer species,

and frequently an indication of the museums in which known

Yorkshire specimens are preserved. ‘The authors have given a short

introductory exposition of the principles by which they have been

guided in the performance of their task, followed by an excellent

brief sketch of the physical aspects of Yorkshire, and a summary of

the results of their investigation of its Vertebrata. The little book

is a most valuable contribution to British zoological literature ;

and the authors could not have paid a more graceful compliment to

the British Association in its year of jubilee than by dedicating it,

as they have done, to Sir John Lubbock, as President of the Asso-

ciation at the York meeting.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Origin of the Ovum in the Hydroids.

By M. A. DE VARENNE.

Unit lately it was supposed that the ova and spermatozoids of the

Hydroids are developed in the interior of the gonophores, medusoid

buds, and Meduse ; and, in fact, these individuals are regarded as

representing the sexual generations of these animals. Various

opinions even have been put forward with regard to the endodermic

or ectodermic origin of the sexual elements in these gonophores.

M. Goette, however, in a memoir on Hydrella, published in 1880,

showed that, in that species, the ova attain their complete develop-

ment in the stem instead of being conveyed into a gonophore ; and

in the same year M. Weismann observed that, in Plumularia echinu-

lata, the sexual elements are developed in the stem and afterwards

pass into the gonophore ; and he has recently demonstrated the same

fact with regard to the ova in the genus Hudendrium.

Simultaneously with these two authors, but without any know-

ledge of their labours, I busied myself with the same question

last summer at the laboratory at Roscoff; and the following are the

results to which my observations have led me.

In Campanularia flexuosa the ova are met with in the endoderm

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. Ze,

322 Miscellaneous.

of the stem before the appearance of any gonophores ; they are true

endodermic cells differentiated ; and we find all the transitions be-

tween an ordinary endodermic cell and a well-developed ovum.

They are conveyed, with the neighbouring endoderm and ectoderm,

into the gonophore which is in course of development, and which

is at first only a simple diverticulum of the body-wall of the Hydroid

olype.

. it a variety of Plumularia echinulata that I found at Roscoff I

observed the same phenomena: the stem is filled with ova before

the appearance of the gonophores ; then the perisare is perforated

at a certain point in the stem where a gonophore is to be deve-

loped ; the endoderm and ectoderm of the stem form, as it were,

a hernia through this fissure, and carry the ova along with them

as they advance. A new chitinous envelope is secreted, and we

get a young gonophore, in which the ova complete their develop-

ment. My observations upon Sertularia pumila have led me to the

the same results.

Thus in these three species, which have their sexual generation

represented by gonophores which always remain attached to the Hy-

droid polype, I was last year led to conclude that the ova are deyve-

loped, not in the gonophore as was supposed, but in the actual stem of

the polype itself, which has been regarded as the asexual gene-

ration.

This year I wished to profit by my sojourn at the Laboratory at

Roscoff, in order to extend my observations to the species which

have not gonophores fixed through their whole life, but free

Meduse.

I commenced with a species which has semimeduse (that is to

say, a gonophore with an umbrella, tentacles, and well-developed

canals, but which remains constantly attached to the polype upon

which it buds), namely Gonothyrea Lovent. Here, again, the ova

originated from the endodermic cells of the differentiated stem ; they

are carried away with the neighbouring tissues into the blastostyle

and the gonophore, to the interior of the gonangium, and they

complete their development in the semimedusee which are met with

at the summit and exterior of the female capsules.

To study what takes place in the species of which the sexual

generation is represented by free meduse, I selected Podocoryne

carnea, which lives parasitically upon the shells of Nassa, and Obelia

gemculata. The former belongs to the Tubularian and the second to

the Campanularian group.

In the region of the body of the Hydroid polype upon which the

Medusz are to bud we find ova in course of development. They are

modified cells of the endoderm. When the Medusz begin to bud

they are at first only a simple diverticulum of the two layers which

form the wall of the body of the polype; the ova are carried into

the interior of this young bud: they are then much smaller than

in the species cited above; but from this moment they are rapidly

developed ; soon the peduncle of the medusa ruptures, it separates

from the Hydroid polype upon which it has budded, swims about

freely, and completes its metamorphoses, while, at the same time,

the ova it contains attain maturity.

Miscellaneous. 323

We are thus led to conclude—

1. That in the species above cited, which have their sexual gene-

ration represented by gonophores always attached to the hydroid

polype, or by semimedusee or free meduse, the ova originate in the

interior of the hydroid polype itself, and not in these gonophores or

meduse.

2. That the ova are only differentiated cells of the endoderm, and

that we can observe all the transitions between an ordinary endo-

dermic cell and a well-developed ovum.

3. That the ova are conveyed into a bud, which is at first only a

diverticulum of the body-walls of the polype; that this bud en-

larges, and finally becomes a gonophore, destined to be always

attached, or a semimedusa or a free medusa.

4. If we accept as demonstrated the facts that I have just ex-

pounded, the gonophores, the semimedus, and the medusze cannot

be regarded as sexual individuals ; consequently it would seem that

alternation of generations cannot be accepted for these species.—

Comptes Rendus, August 16, 1881, p. 345.

Biological Evolution of the Aphis of the Alder * (Vacuna alni,

Schrank). By M. J. LicwrenstErn.

Among the Aphidians there exists a small group of insects which

is distinguished from all the rest at the first glance by the mode of

carrying the wings. Instead of being roof-like, as is the rule, these

organs are laid flat upon the back, as in the males of the Coccide.

Of these the Phyllowera is the best known type. I have already,

some ten years ago, traced the evolutive cycle of this genus, show-

ing the Phyllowera of the oak with two apterous and two winged

forms, the Phyllowera of the vine with three apterous and a single

winged form, and the Phyllowera acanthochermes, which is always

apterous.

Besides the genus Phyllowera, which has only three joints in the

antennx, only two other genera carry their wings horizontally,

namely Aplonewra, with six joints in the antennee, and Vacuwna, with

five joints in the antenne.

Only one species of Aploneuwra was known, namely the Aphis of

the pistachio (A. lentisci) ; I discovered its sexual forms in a second

on the roots of grasses. I regard this second species as a form of

that of the pistachio, believing that there is a migration from the

pistachio to the grasses, as also in that of the Phyllowera from the

white oak to the green oak, and vice versd.

It remained to study the Vacune, of which two species are known

—V. dryophila on the oak and V. alni on the alder and birch.

Vacuna dryophila lives on the green oak and the white oak ;

and I have hitherto been unable to ascertain any regular migration ;

but, at any rate, in December, a winged form appears under the

leaves of the white oak (Quercus pubescens), and there deposits sexual

- * There is also upon the alder another Aphis (Aphis aint of Kalten-

bach, Koch, &c.) which is a true Apes with seven joints in the antenne,

and has been placed by Passerini in the new genus PMerocallis. I only

intend here to examine the Aphis with flat wings, allied to Phyllovera,

with which it has even been sometimes confounded,

324 Miscellaneous.

individuals, male and female, which copulate after moulting. This

winged form is what I have called the Pseudogyne pupiféere. The

fecundated female deposits, around the buds of the oak, brilliant

black eggs without any covering. ‘These eggs hatch in the spring.

Vacuna alni, according to authors (De Geer, Kaltenbach, Koch),

appears in the spring in the form of a green founder Aphis, and

produces young which acquire wings in June.

I do not know these two forms, which are my Pseudogynes fonda-

trices and émigranies ; but in July I have found, at Luchon, a large

wingless Aphis of a brick-red colour, with a median line and four

streaks (two on the shoulders and two at the nectaries) white,

which deposited along the stems and under the leaves green young

of two sizes. Although accustomed hitherto to apterous sexual

forms, I immediately suspected that ‘this large red Aphis was the

pupiferous form, although it was wingless.

And, in fact, a very few days afterwards, and after a few very rapid

moults, I saw the small individuals become active males, running

about in search of the females and copulatimg with them. The

Pseudogyne pupifere, which is wingless and red, is 1:10 millim. in

length ; the green female is 1 millim. long, and its transparency

shows a large egg in its abdomen.

The male, which is also green, is 0°66 millim. in length. On

pressing the abdomen very gently we see the penis issue, of the

usual form of that of Aphidians.

After copulation, a shining secretion of a pearly white is seen to

make its appearance on both sides of the abdomen of the female ;

this indicates that oviposition is about to take place. In fact, two

or three days afterwards the egg is deposited, and the female in-

dues it all round with the nacreous secretion that exudes from her

abdomen, not in filaments, but in the form of small waxy plates.

In tubes these eggs are placed upon the cork; I have not witnessed

the oviposition in freedom.

The discovery of the sexual forms of Vacuna alni completes the

knowledge of these forms in all the known species of Aphidians

which carry their wings horizontally.

In Phylloxera and Aploneuwra the sexual individuals have no

rostrum; nevertheless they enlarge and undergo at least one, and

perhaps several moults. In the Vacune the sexual forms have a

rostrum and feed. In this they approach the genus Schizoneura,

several species of which have sexual forms bearing a rostrum. It

is curious also to see in the genera Phylloxera and Vacuna species

with a winged pupiferous form side by side with others with an

apterous pupiferous form.

But in any case nothing could be more dangerous than to attempt

to judge by analogy of these singular animals. Seeing the two

Vacune side by side, one would take them for the same insect: now

one oviposits in August, and the other in December; one has the

pupiferous form apterous, the other winged; one has no secretion,

the other exudes nacreous plates.

Consequently there still remain many observations to make before

we can venture to undertake the classification of the Aphidians from

a biological point of view.— Comptes Rendus, August 29, 1881, p. 425.

A HISTORY OF THE BIRDS OF EUROPE

(INCLUDING ALL THE SPECIES INHABITING THE WESTERN

PALMARCTIC REGION).

By H. E. DRESSER, F.LS., F.Z.S., &e.

a Excepting the General Index and a short Introduction, which will together

‘form a thin separate volume, the work is now complete and ready for binding.

’ It contains nearly 5000 pages of letterpress and more than 600 hand-coloured

Plates by JosepH Worr, J. G. Keu_Eemans, and E. NEAxs, and forms seven

‘thick quarto volumes, for which titlepages, specially designed by JosrpH Wo xr,

sare issued. fre

' The stones being erased and the type distributed, the work is now out of

‘print. A few complete copies are, however, still unsold; and intending pur-

“chasers are requested to apply to the AurHor direct, at

THE ZooLoeicaL Society, 11 Hanover Square, W., or

6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, London, W.

Price, FIFTY GUINEAS.

Also, demy 8vo, price Is.,

; A LIST OF EUROPEAN BIRDS

_ (INCLUDING ALL SPECIES FOUND IN THE WESTERN PALMARCTIC

; aie eis REGION).

The Nomenclature carefully Revised by

HENRY E. DRESSER, F.LS., F.Z.S., &.,

Author of the ‘ Birds of Europe.’

(A check-list for labelling and for referencein making exchanges of birds and eggs.)

Published by the AuTHoR at 6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, W.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

ZOOLOGY.

Since September 1879, when the work was commenced, twelve parts (including

that now issued) have been published; and the work has progressed as

follows :— .

Mammalia. By E. R. Atston. (Pp. 1-200, pls. i—xxii.)

Aves. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-168, pls. i.—xi.) ;

Coleoptera. Vol. II]. part 2 (Matacopmrmara). By H. S. Gora.

(Pp. 1-88, pls. i—v.)

Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Lonciconnia). By H. W. Barus. (Pp. 1-224,

ee ee eee ee ee

pls. i—xv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PHyTopHaGca). By M.Jacosy. (Pp. 1-120,

pls. ivi.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. By F. D.Gopmanand O, Satvin. (Pp. 1-136,

pls. i.—xv.)

Lepidoptera Heterocera. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-24, pls. i, i.)

Rhynchota. By W.L. Distant, (Pp. 1-168, pls. i—xv.)

. BOTANY.

Of the Botany Hight Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. I. (nearly

complete), pp. 1-568, pls. 1.—xxxy.; Vol. IL., pp. 1-192, pls. xxxvi.—xlix.

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d.

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Portmr, 10 Chandos Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dunav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 46,—Fifth Serie

XXY. Contributions to our ue of the Spongide

Comosa., By H...J. Canter, FORS Gees. ace cee Pa

XXVI. On a Collection of Crustacea made by Baron Herm

Maltzan at Goree Island, Senegambia. By Epnwarp J. Misr

F.LS., F.Z.S8. (Plates XII. RU ee rnc ta PC crae a e a3

XXVII. Dr. H. Apir’s Researches on the Altemating Gene

of the Gall-flies of the Oak....... PAP Ore Mian me nt 3 2

XXVIII. Note on Wagnerella borealis, a Brotozom, :

M@EREsCH KOWSEY oo) 2rd oho oe Se eee

XXIX, Notes on Longicorn Coleone) Re aGe of ths > Hire

nicides and Se of Tropical America. By H. W. Bar

E.R.S., F.LS.

XXX. An Account of be Sphinges and Bombyces ‘Alloa b

Lord Walsingham in North America during , the ‘Years 187 1

By Anrruur G. Burrer, F.LS., F.Z.8., &e. Bree eh 0

XXXI. Description of a new Species of the Genus Tilo a

(Coleoptera, Cremastochilide). By Cuarius 0, WATERHOUSE . BS rsa

BIBLIO GRAPHICAL NOTI CE.

A Handbook of the Vertebrate Fauna of Yorkshire, being a Gui

logue of British Mammals, Birds, Reptiles, Amphibians, and

Fishes, showing what Species are or have, within Historical

Periods, been found in the County. By W. Ears Co and

W. Dzntsox Rorsuck

eC ei ee en

MISCELLANEOUS. ek

On the Origin of the Ovum in the Hydroids. By M. A. a .

VAREN NI OGI Or. os eae eee wis Les U CAPER IN aS nl I a Ree ie

Biological Evolution of the phe ofthe Alder (Paci ani, Sabre

By M. J. LicHtTEnstEIn:

*.* It is requested that all Communications for this Work m

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Sang

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London, ;

THE ANNALS ;

2 |

: | MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, |

aM _ “INCLUDING. |

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

’ NS

REIS Y

ay Nae:

No. XLVII.

NOV. 1881.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., MD., Pu.D., F-B.S.,

| WILLIAM S. DALLAS, F.L.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

P AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.8.

ee BEING A CONTINUATION OF ae dis ”” COMBINED WITH

y i MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’

WITH FOUR PLATES. .

i Mhuetratire of Dr. L. Orley’s Paper on Hair-worms in the British Wek

Prof. T, R. Jones’s on Palzozoic Bivalved Entomostraca, Mr. H. J. Carter’s

on Spongiophaga Potts, and Mr. H. J. Miers’s on Crustacea from Goree

gala, Senegambia.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

| Sold by Longmans, Green, Reader, and Dyer; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.;

‘|| Whittaker & Co.: Bailliere, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, ieee

i ‘& Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

COVERNMENT GRANT OF £1000.”

oA Meeting of the Government-Grant Connie will be held in

February 1882. It is requested that Applications to be considered

| that Meeting be forwarded to the Secretaries of the Royal Society,

Burlington House, before the 31st of December, pee

Royal 4to, 1284 pp., with 34 Plates, Map, &c. Price £7.

A HISTORY OF THE BIRDS OF CEYLON.

By Captain W. V. LEGGE, R.A., F.LS., &.

Published by the AutHorR, Aberystwith, Wales.

Price 2s. 6d., royal 8yo.

A CATALOGUE OF COLEOPTERA

FROM THE

JAPANESE ARCHIPELAGO.

By GEORGE LEWIS.

A few copies printed on one side only, for labelling, price 33. 6d.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.

Price 5s.; royal 4to, with Coloured Plates and Woodcuts.

NATURAL HISTORY OF THE EUPLECTELLA ASPERGILLUM

(VENUS’S FLOWER-BASKET),

FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

By WILLIAM CHIMMO, Capt. B.N., F.LS., F.R.ASS., &e,

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

‘Including Zoology, Botany, and Geology.—Monthly, price 2s, 6d. -

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices :—

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. ,, £10.

The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. ,, £12.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, B.C.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science.

A Journal devoted to Physics, Astronomy, Mechanics, Chemistry, Mineralogy,

and the allied Sciences. Monthly, price 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices:—

A set of the First Series, from 1798 to 1826 (wanting a few plates), in

68 volumes. Price £15. .

The Second Series, from 1827 to 1832, in 11 volumes, Price £2 4s.

The Third Serves, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. eG ie

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E,C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES.]

No. 47. NOVEMBER 1881.

XXXII.—On Hair-worms in the Collection of the British

Museum. By Dr. L. Orury.

[Plate XVIIL.]

THE determination of the various species of the Gordiide

has been much facilitated by Villot’s excellent monograph *,

in which all the species as yet known are described. About

thirty-five were already distinguishable, without paying any

attention to the number of varieties included by Diesing in

his ‘Systema Helminthum,’ and which he himself allowed to

drop in his “ Revision der Nematoden” +. But even among

these thirty-five fairly distinguishable species, some are so

madequately described that one might very easily regard

them as synonyms; meanwhile, however, we must allow them

to stand as distinct species until they shall have been re-

examined.

The collection of Gordiide in the British Museum is a very

good one, as it comprises nearly half the known species, the

majority of which are represented by both male and female

specimens. Schneider’s f assertion that the males in Gordius

preponderate over the females is a statement that I cannot

corroborate; on the contrary, I find that the female specimens

predominate, and only in Gordius subbifurcus does there

* Archives de zool. expérim. t. ill. (Paris, 1874).

+ Sitzungshb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, 1861, Band xlii. no. 28.

$ Monographie der Nematoden: Berlin, 1866.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 32

326 Dr. L. Orley on Hatr-worms.

appear to be a preponderance of males. Generally speaking,

it is impossible to establish a fixed rule in this matter, either

from the form or size of the body, as in certain species it is

sometimes the males and at other times the females that attain

the greater length. As the existing species are not represented

by very many examples, I have not been able to submit any

Specimens to anatomical investigation, and have been obliged

to content myself with a study of their external characters. I

have, however, subjected the cuticula of each species to micro-

scopical examination, and grouped them in accordance with

the structure of this layer; it is, indeed, the one characteristic

feature which, as the best, and, in fact, only practicable one,

has been always adopted up to this time. I must remark that

the cuticula separated from the muscular system has not been

treated with any reagents, as its structure is best observed

under water. Indeed it is generally impossible to determine

species properly without a knowledge of the structure of their

cuticula; and [ have therefore given the microscopical struc-

ture of the same both in the case of the new species and of

Baird’s type specimens *.

I find it also desirable to add a table for identifying the

existing species in the collection, and to characterize them

briefly according to their most striking points. In addition to

the literature of the subject, I have given an account of the

localities where the specimens were found. This last presents

much that is interesting in regard to the geographical distri-

bution of the Gordiide, as the same species is found in

different zones.

The species are generally divided into two groups, accord-

ing to the structure of the cuticula, viz. to those that are

smooth and those that are granulated. A closer microscopical

investigation establishes this, and at the same time enables

us to form a more exact division. I arrange the Gordide in

two groups, according as the cuticula consists of only one

system of lines crossing each ‘other, or, on the other hand,

these lines are either wanting or along with the papilli-

form granulation compose the cuticula. ‘The first group is

divided into those that have cross lines, and those that have,

together with these, a facetted network (fig. 3). The second

group contains species in which either the whole cuticula con-

sists of papilliform granulations (fig. 4), or where they are

dispersed, and consequently have the appearance of being

imbedded in an intermediate substance (figs. 5.and 7).

* «Catalogue of the Species of Entozoa contained in the Collection of

the British Museum’ (London, 1853) ; and ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological

Society of London,’ 1858, pp. 20 & 21.

ir-worms. 327

Dr. L. Orley on Ha

eNnsodNLLaa CDGNDNOUDONDDODNODHO oO COUDRACOODDGODNDDDO000 gozis snotiva jo eaypided yr 4os Apesozo opOTyNY |

‘enusaphyaod eaeeene ve soee0e8 yorqy Area

gjouno {Ajrorteyue peyutod Apog | “"**"** =" depBorg

F111)

‘spuo ( pue toys ‘sozIs yuereyTp JO

Tog 4B ueToas ATYsys Lpog

"Sngopil7? VAIOFITAIS PU TOMOIIVU BQO] 9UC

‘sisuajodounypib sree ese cose oe es eee YIpvatq,

ur jenbaqns ‘soqoy, sett} UIT

DOOdUTOOOOHOOUOO aire) Filaloge

gjemoey jo Ajzrue1}xe J0110}s0q

‘snounfiqqns °

“snaoDnjour

‘ensopngsnd *

*sninioyds *

‘sninhqnjd *

'snaUuD *

‘snoyonbp °

“unhynf *

‘snypuspf *

opeee

peo Gnd 0000000000 vad GDDGUUDUOO DOO UOOOOD (190) (Np

@reecsooee

oocoeoer eae

peeeeooe o

vreeeeees oremmazy UL podeys-aoo

CRONE RA ORCS ET pace ek Ue ty p9}jJOp so9}4908F JO SBPLE

Siipdemollalelelictel isle) siieje neni lsielled>aelieo)=cenoneuenelis s}ods

eyemoy Ut eae A{twt9I}.X9 10110480 q

g Aq1M91}X9 IOL1E4{S0q

‘ woryeyuetdes fetoyazedns o

+ Toner A AS ue oy.ta et popunoz Apoq 04} Jo sorqtuter} xn

UIPNILIUOT YSIUMOIG OY { MONLyMeTISES Terogtodns ON

* soul] [®

eo oe00 oe

se eed oeeeness sss ss 2. sour [eUIpNyLsUOT, OU

‘uoeyuourses jetoyiodns @ 0} Ostt SuIAIs suotssordep Iv[NotoTTIEg

‘sovoady ay) bururnudajap of qv],

seerroes gooeds10qUL

kq poyervdes arideg

eooeo0e od @

eeyid

~ed WTA Epon

‘| °° seul, surssoro

-194UL 9} 0} WOT}

-Ippe ut soovds

D9 00000000 0 AXE} ON

TAMOIG JUST WITAX EpOIND

*SMOTJVAOTO IB[NIIID ON

BODO 0000S FIRE! Gy

putyoq suorssordep

pus SUOTIVAOTS TETNOAT

pe7700BF

‘q}00uIS

ules

epung

** SoUly SuIssor10

-reyut Aq soovds

O}UL Jno peyxreUM

“q,00uIs

eporng

23*

828 Dr. L. Orley on Hair-worms.

The characters for distinguishing the species must be

looked for in the form of the head and in the end of the tail,

as well as in the lines crossing the whole length of the body,

which are either wanting or appear single or double. The

colour of the cuticula, as also the length of the body, are

insufficient to determine the species, as, according to our

knowledge, one and the same species may exhibit the most

different tints and sizes. The form of the body is so similar

that it is not available for the purpose of determination.

1. Gordius fasciatus, Baird. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1.)

Gordius fasciatus, Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. xxi. (1853) p. 21; id. Ann.

& Mag. ‘Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xv. p. 72; Diesing, Revision d. Nem.

p. 602; Villot, Monogr. d. Drag. p. 53.

Length 28 centim.; breadth 1 millim.

Anterior extremity as well as posterior of a very dark

colour, almost black, and roughened with raised circular

ridges, which extend for about 3 lines. Only one specimen

(female).

Hab. North America.

2. Gordius fulgur, Baird. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 2.)

Gordius fulgur, Baird, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vii. p. 229.

This gigantic species was collected by Wallace, and named

and briefly described by Baird. It is very interesting to me

to have discovered several of this species in unnamed bottles

from different localities, and moreover to have found the male,

which was hitherto unknown to science.

The belief that this worm is luminous is highly probable,

its iridescent property proceeding from the crossing lines of

the cuticle, which cause also a luminosity in Lumbricus and

Piscicola. The people of Batchjan, moreover, call it the

“ lightning-snake.”’

Female: length 100-160 centim. ; breadth 1—-1°5 millim.

Male: length 40-70 centim.; breadth 1 millim.

The body is of the same breadth throughout, somewhat

flattened, with two dark lines running along the sides of its

whole length. The free end of the head is thinner than the

other extremity ; but both are rounded off; the postcephalic

region is ringed, as in G. fasciatus. ‘The cuticle is very firm,

and is marked by lines crossing one another, which are gene-

rally set nearly at right angles. ‘The hinder extremity of the

male has two lobate processes, swollen at their free ends, and

nearly touching; the thickening in the region of the sexual

aperture is conspicuous. ‘The males are much thinner and

smaller than the females, and nearly quite flat.

Dr. L. Orley on Hatr-worms. 329,

Hab. Batchjan (This curious Annelid is found on the

ground in the forests of Batchjan, twisted among dead leaves

or twigs.” — Wallace) ; Celebes; Nepaul (coll. by B. H. Hodg-

son, Hsq.) ; River Nikko, Central Japan.

3. Gordius aquaticus, Linné.

Complete literature in Baird’s ‘Catalogue of Entozoa,’

p. 35. ;

Hab. Freshwater ponds, ditches, and slow-running streams.

Europe.

4, Gordius eneus, Villot.

Gordius eneus, Villot, Monogr. d. Drag. p. 52.

Female, length 55 centim.; male, length 25 centim.

Body cylindrical, tapering but very slightly at extremities.

Anterior extremity rather narrower than posterior. The tail

of the male has two lobate processes with short spines at their

ends. ‘The thickening in the region of the sexual apeyture is

inconspicuous.

Hab. Cumana (Venezuela) and South Africa.

5. Gordius platyurus, Baird.

Gordius platyurus, Baird, Cat. of Ent. in Brit. Mus. p. 36; id. Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1853, p. 20; id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xv. p. 71;

Diesing, Revision d. Nem. p. 601; Villot, Monogr. d. Drag. p. 52.

Body of a uniform dull white colour, narrower at anterior

extremity and terminating in a broad flattish tail, which is

shghtly bifid.

Male unknown.

Hab. Jamaica.

6. Gordius spherurus, Baird.

Gordius spherurus, Baird, Catal. of Entozoa in Brit. Mus. p. 112; id.

Proce. Zool. Soc. 1853, xxi. p. 21; id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 2, xv. p. 72; Diesing, Revision d. Nematoden, p. 601; Villot,

Monogr. d. Drag. p. 56.

Female and male, length 86-40 centim., breadth 1-14

millim.

Posterior extremity bluntly rounded and marked across

with a rather elongated depression. The tail of the female is

somewhat swollen and club-shaped. ‘The tail of the male has

two lobate processes; the lobes are equally broad, and the

interval between them distinct. The thickening in the region

of the sexual aperture conspicuous.

Hab. Khassya hills, India.

330 Dr. L. Orley on Hatr-worms.

7. Gordius pustulosus, Baird.

Gordius pustulosus, Baird, Cat. Entoz. p. 37; id. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853,

p. 20; id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xv. p. 72; Diesing, Revi-

sion d. Nem. p. 602; Villot, Monogr. d. Drag. p. 66.

Female, length 20-22 centim.

Tapering considerably at anterior extremity, and becoming

gradually thicker at inferior. Along the whole length of the

body, on each side, runs a pretty deep sulcus, interrupting the

circular lines.

Hab. Abdomen of Blaps obtusa. THurope.

8. Gordius violaceus, Baird.

Gordius violaceus, Baird, Cat. Entoz. p. 36; id. Proce. Zool. Soc.

1853, p. 20; id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xv. p. 71; Diesing,

Revision d. Nem. p. 604; Villot, Monogr. d. Drag. p. 60.

Female, length 26-30 centim.

This species is closely allied to G. subbifureus, and not to

G. aquaticus, as Diesing supposed.

Body tapering slightly at upper extremity, and gradually

becoming thicker at inferior. Along the whole length of the

body, on each side, runs a pretty deep sulcus, interrupting the

circular lines.

Hab. France; Germany (?).

9. Gordius subbifurcus, Meissner (=G. tolosanus, Duj.).

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 3.)

Complete literature in Baird’s ‘ Catalogue of Entozoa.’

Hab. Freshwater ponds and slow-running streams.

10. Gordius gratianopolensis, Charvet.

(= G. tricuspidatus, Meissner). (Pl. XVIII. fig. 5.)

Filaria tricuspidata, LL. Dufour, Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1828, p. 222.

Dragonneaux de Claix, Charv. Nouv. Ann. du Mus. iii. pp. 36-44.

Filaria Grylli bordigalensis, Sieb. Stettin. entom. Zeitung, 1872, p. 154.

Gordius grution, Ch. Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. p. 106.

Gordius tricuspidatus, Meissner, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vii. p. 55;

Schneider, Monogr. d. Nematoden. Berlin : 1866.

Only one specimen (female).

Hab. Ceylon.

11. Gordius trilobus, Villot.

Gordius trilobus, Villot, Monogr. d. Drag. p. 59.

Female, length 30 centim.

The hinder extremity of the female has three lobate pro-

cesses, somewhat rounded at their free ends and closely touch-

Dr. L. Orley on Hair-worms. 331

ing. One lobe narrower and styliform. I am not quite certain

whether our specimen is quite identical with the species of

Villot ; for he mentions nothing specially of the form of the

extremity of the tail, and in our specimen the unequal lobe is

so much narrower that it might be rather called a rod than a

lobe. The lobes are so closely united that one can hardly

distinguish them with the naked eye. In other respects it

agrees with Villot’s description.

Hab. Lima (Peru).

12. Gordius diblastus, n. sp. (Pl. XVIIL. fig. 6.)

Female, length 40 centim. ; male, length 16-20 centim.

Body slender, tapering at both extremities, especially poste-

riorly. The extremities are somewhat swollen and button-

shaped. The tail of the male has two lobate processes of

nearly equal thickness throughout their whole length. Thick-

ening in the region of genital aperture inconspicuous. Cuticle

with very slightly raised crossing lines, and covered with pale

spots.

Hab. New Zealand.

13. Gordius pachydermus, n. sp.

(QB, SCWIUOL, te, 05)

Male, length 16-20 centim.

This species is especially distinguished by the thickness of

its cuticle, which is covered with a great many more or less

elevated papillee of various sizes. No crossing lines are to be

seen ; and the cuticle appears almost structureless.

Body of a red-brownish colour, tapering continuously at the

extremities, especially at the anterior. Semicircular depres-

sions giving rise to a superficial segmentation. ‘Tail of the

male has two lobate very short processes, equally broad

throughout their whole length, running almost parallel and

not touching each other. ‘The horseshoe-shaped thickening

in the region of the genital aperture inconspicuous.

Hab. New Zealand (coll. by the Rev. kh. Taylor).

14. Gordius verrucosus, Baird.

(Pl. XVIIL fig. 4.)

Gordius verrucosus, Baird, Catal. of Entoz. p. 86, t.i. f. 5; id, Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 20; id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xv. p. 71;

Diesing, Revision d. Nem. p. 602; Villot, Monogr. d. Drag. p. 60.

Female, length 16-50 centim., very variable.

Body black, covered all over with immumerable small raised

warty papille, round and very stiff. Head small.

Hab. South Africa and Ceylon.

332 Prof. T. R. Jones on

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Figs. 1-7. Structure of cuticle in the different species.

(Object-glass } inch.)

Fig. 1. Gordius fasciatus, Baird.

Fig. 2. Gordius fulgur, Baird.

Fug. 3. Gordius subbifurcus, Meissner.

Fig. 4. Gordius verrucosus, Baird.

Fig. 5. Gordius gratianopolensis, Charv.

Fig. 6. Gordius diblastus, n. sp.

fig. 7. Gordius pachydermus, n. sp.

XXXIII.—WNotes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.

No. XII. Some Cambrian and Silurian Leperditie and

Primitie *. By Prof. T. Rupert Jonss, F.R.S., F.G.S.

[Plates XIX. & XX.]

SINCE the publication of my notes on Scandinavian, British,

and North-American Leperditie, in the Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 2, vol. xvii. pp. 81-100, ser. 3, vol. i. pp. 244-257,

and pp. 840-342 (1856-58), considerable additions have been

made to the list of known species, and to some extent a re-

vision of the members of the group has been carried out.

M. Fr. Schmidtt has given a careful monograph of the

Leperditie of Russia and neighbouring countries; and Dr.

Lars Kolmodin{ has similarly treated those of his own

country.

My esteemed friend M. J. Barrande has given us in his

admirable ‘Systéme Silurien du Centre de la Bohéme’§, a

perfect bibliographic history, as well of this genus as of some

closely allied genera, as far as the date of his publication

reaches; and, besides the descriptive details of the generic

characters and an account of the new species discovered by

himself in Bohemia, he has elaborated several most useful

tables showing the geographical and geological range of the

known forms of Leperditia, Isochilina, Primitia, and Bey-

richia.

* For No. XI, see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, 1875, vol. xv. p. 52.

+ “Ueber die russischen silurischen Leperditien,’ &c., Mém. Acad.

Imp. Sc. St. Pétersbourg, sér. 7, vol. xxi. (1878).

{ ‘ Bidrag till Kannedomen om Sveriges Siluriska Ostracoder,’ Upsala,

1869; and “Ostracoda Silurica Gotlandiz,” &c., Cifvers. Kongl. Vet.-

Akad. Forhandl. 1879, no. 9 (Stockholm, 1880).

§ le partie: Recherches paléontologiques. Supplément au vol. i. Tri-

lobites, Crustacés divers, et Poissons. 4to, Paris and Prague, 1872.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 333

Our fellow-workers in North America also have contributed

to the geological history of these Ostracodes.

The gradual accumulation of specimens, and an improved

acquaintance with their special characters, have enabled my

colleagues, Dr. Holl, Mr. Kirkby, and Prof. Dr. G.S. Brady,

and myself to offer at times some remarks on Paleozoic and

other fossil bivalved Entomostraca; but, excepting as to the

Carboniferous Leperditia Okeni and its varieties and allies,

we have had little certain information to add to the general

stock about this genus in particular. I have now, however,

put together some notes and sketches illustrative of various

doubtful points in the alliance of some British and other

Leperditic, endeavouring to improve, if not simplify, their

nomenclature. At the same time I have to introduce a few

species not previously recognized.

In 1869 Dr. Lars Kolmodin * indicated the difference of

form between certain specimens figured in the Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. 1856 (namely, pl. vi. figs. 1, 2, 4, and 5, on one

hand, and fig. 3, a-e, on the other) as giving a varietal dis-

tinction ; and in 1873 Fr. Schmidtt established a new species

for Kolmodin’s “var..6”’ (fig. 3, a-e, above mentioned) with

the name of L. Hisingert, illustrating also two varietal forms

by his figs. 22 and 23. Subsequently | Dr. Kolmodin ob-

jected to this name, under an erroneous impression that it was

the same as ‘Cytherina Hisingert” § as applied by Minster,

and he substituted “LZ. Schmedti.”

There are certain differences between the more oblong cara-

paces of L. balthica (I. c. figs. 1, 2, 4, 5) and the more ovate

form (fig. 3, a—e), as to both outline and relative convexity,

the oblong form having the longest hinge-line, and being

thickest at the anterior third, the other having a shorter

hinge-line and being most convex in the middle.

In my paper of February 1856 (p. 86) I referred these dis-

tinctions to difference in age. ‘The oblong form is rare.

Large individuals are by no means common, I believe; and

I have seen only one rather small specimen having this shape

(in the British Museum), besides the two small valves shown

by our figs. 10 and 11, and the imperfect valve shown by

fic. 1 of our Plate XIX., which probably belongs to the form

* ‘Sveriges Siluriska Ostracoder,’ p. 14, figs. 4 and 5.

+ Russ. silur. Leperd. p. 16.

} “Ostracod. Silur. Gotland.” 1880; Cifv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1879,

p. 133.

§ See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xv. p. 408, pl. xx. figs. 12,

a-c, where Jones and Kirkby defined Count Munster’s Carboniferous

species.

334 Prof. T. R. Jones on

under notice. On the other hand, there are many small indi-

viduals of the subovate shape among specimens from Goth-

land. Taking every thing into consideration, I am inclined

to think that the oblong specimens may be the males of the

species. In aspect and structure the thick, smooth, brown

carapaces of the two sorts (oblong and ovate) are remarkably

similar. Nevertheless, for the convenience of collector and

statist, as the difference of shape is easily recognized, it may

be allowable to follow Fr. Schmidt in using the name Hs7n-

gert for the ovate and balthica for the more oblong form,

even if it has not a strictly specific claim.

Aiming at exact results, and trying to avoid unnecessary

confusion in the endeavour to determine specifically either

gradational forms or casts and damaged specimens (valuable

on account of either rare occurrence or their geological posi-

tion), { have taken pains in tabulating the measurements of

my specimens ; but the numerical value of relative dimensions

has not given me precise grounds for classifying them, and I

have had to rely more especially on the usually recognized

features and characters.

Characteristic Features of the Leperditiade *

1. Relative dimensions: absolute and proportional.

i, Length of valves.

i. Length of hinge-line.

il. Height of valves.

iv. Convexity of valves or thickness of carapace; often

difficult to determine.

In comparing the heights of valves, it is to be remembered

that the right is the overlapping and therefore the higher of

the two valves.

2. Shape or outline.

All approach the oblong in outline, with one (upper or

dorsal) margin straight for greater or less extent of hinge-

ment; but the Leperditie are subovate, with a more or less

elliptical ventral curve.

i. Approaching oblong, with relatively long hinge-line.

ii. ” ovate, ” ” ”

iil. > 7 op short: a.

iv. Obliquely os 3 lone

fe Bom) ” ” short ,,

vi. Cylindroid, a koe 5,

* T. R. Jones, “ Palewoz. Biv. Entom.,” Geol. Assoc. Proceed. 1869,

pp. 2 and 9; Monthly Microse. Journal, Oct. 1, 1870, pp. 187 and 190.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 335

3. Elevations and depressions of surface.

In Leperditie—

i, Ocular tubercle and escutcheon.

ii. Muscle-spot (and internal vascular markings).

il. Nuchal furrow.

4, Surface-ornament.

Reticulation, &e.

The subjects of the present paper have long been under

observation, some for many years, and have been brought

together, by the kind help of friends, from Siluria, Scandi-

navia, Livonia, Russia, and North America. The drawings

have been made at different times and on various scales, some

under a grant from the Royal Society, by the aid of which

also the careful plates before us have been lithographed.

I believe that figs. 1, 10, 11, and 4 of Pl. XIX. belong to

the typical (oblong) L. balthica, and that figs. 2, 3, 13, 14,

and 17 represent a small and short variety of the same.

Figs. 5, 6, and 16 are varieties of the more ovate L. Hisin-

gert, Schmidt. Such dwarfs and varieties of large well-

marked forms remind us of the great variations to which the

Carboniferous L. Okent was subjected in the varying seas

and lagoons of that period. Fig. 9 is a new species from

N.W. Canada. Fig. 12 is Lsochilina punctata (Hichw.) ; fig. 15,

L. phaseolus (His.), var. In Pl. XX. figs. 1-3 are simple Pri-

mitice from Newfoundland; fig. 5 answers to the typical L.

canadensis; and Pl. XIX. fig. 7, and Pl. XX. figs. 4,7, and

8, are probably L. fabulites (Conrad). Pl. XIX. fig. 9 is L.

amygdalina of Canada; and Pl. XX. fig. 6 is a fresh and

correct drawing of L. Hicks, one of the oldest species of the

genus.

1. Leperditia balthica (Hisinger). (Pl. XIX. figs. 1, 4a, 46,

10, 11: all small specimens.)

1837. Cytherina balthica, His. Leth. Suec. p. 10, pl. i. fig. 2.

1854. Cythere baltica, Romer in Bronn’s Letheea Geogn. ii. p, 528

(parte), pl. ix*. figs. 8, 9.

1856. Leperditia balthica, Jones, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xvii.

p- 85 (parte), pl. vi. figs. 1, 2, 4, 5.

1869. Leperditia baltica, var. a, Kolmodin, Sveriges Siluriska Ostra-

coder, p. 14. figs. 1-8.

1873. Leperditia baltica, Schmidt, Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb.

sér, 7, vol. xxi. no. 2, p. 15.

Pl. XIX. fig. 10. This is the outline of a small, suboblong,

left * valve, somewhat broken at the hinder margin, ~% inch

* The narrower and overlapped valve of the carapace.

336 Prof. T. R. Jones on

in length, from the Upper Silurian of Wisby, Gothland. It

was collected by Dr. G. Lindstrém, and is marked “ No.

58689” in the British Museum.

In its sloping ventral border it is very close to fig. 23 in the

plate illustrating Schmidt’s memoir on the Silurian Leper-

ditie of Russia, &c., which he regards as a long-backed

variety of his ZL. Hisingert; but in our fig. 10 the contour of

the antero-ventral region is too full. Its great length of

hinge-line is characteristic of the true ZL. balthica, of which

species I take this to be a small individual, with the usual

nearly level ventral line of the left valve.

Pl. XIX. figs. 11 a, 116. A rather larger and more convex

valve (right), $4 inch long, from the same place and collection

(and numbered the same) as the last. In its greater ventral

rotundity compared with that of its fellow (fig. 10), this speci-

men. approaches Schmidt’s subrotund variety of his L. Hisin-

gert (fig. 22, loc. cit.) ; but its postero-ventral curve falls

short to some extent, and its hinge-line is too long. This

specimen seems to me to be the right (larger) valve of a small

L. balthica.

Pl. XIX. figs. 1 a, 1 6, show the hinder moiety of a damaged

right valve from the Wenlock Limestone of the Wren’s Nest,

Dudley. It belonged to Mr. John Gray’s collection, and is

marked “ No. 58892” in the British Museum.

This imperfect valve (probably 8, inch long when perfect)

has relatively a rather long hinge-line; and its nearly oblong

outline is by no means sufficiently ovate to match Schmidt’s

fic. 23 before mentioned. It appears to be asmall L. balthica,

very narrow for a right (overlapping) valve.

In 1864 I saw in the Ludlow Museum a good cast of such

an oblong Leperditia as the above described, 3 inch in length.

It was collected by Mr. Lightbody in the yellowish Downton

Sandstone of the Upper Ludlow series, at Ludford Park, Old

Leominster Road, near Ludlow.

Pl. XIX. figs. 4a, 46. These outlines illustrate two speci-

mens of left valves of different sizes, and more or less damaged

by crushing, from a band of bluish-grey shale at the Ham-

mond Hill cutting on the Bromyard and Worcester Railway,

in Herefordshire. They were collected by Mr. George Reece,

of the Worcester Museum; and the Rev. W. 8. Symonds,

F.G.8., who kindly communicated the specimens in 1877,

states that this particular band “lies quite at the base of the

Old Red, and is perhaps the equivalent of the grey bands in

the passage-beds at Ledbury Tunnel, Herefordshire *, which

contain the fishes Auchenaspis Salter’ and A. Egertont.”

* See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 193, and vol. xvii. p. 162.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. oon

In the confused mass of casts and crushed valves, adherent

in fragments, which compose the hand-specimen before us, it

is difficult to find even a tolerably perfect outline, and real

features are not easily determined. Fig. 4, a, however (a

nearly perfect valve, 4 inch long), shows a rather long hinge-

line and oblong shape, like that of fig. 1, @, and of the large

and oblong individuals of LZ. balthica (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. 7c. pl. vi. figs. 1, 2,4, and 5). On the other hand,

fig. 4,6, a smaller valve, ;'; inch long, seems to have an ovate

outline, approaching that of Schmidt’s fig. 23, before alluded

to. In this case small specimens of the two kinds (oblong

and ovate) occur together; but still the latter is the smaller

(younger?) of the two. These badly-preserved specimens

may be dwarfs of L. balthica.

2. Leperditia balthica (His.), var. contracta, nov.

(Pl. XIX. figs. 2, 3, 13, 14, and 17.)

Pl. XIX. figs. 2 a, 2 6. This small specimen is from the

same place and collection as fig. 1, and is marked “No.

58893” in the British Museum. It is 3% inch in length, and

is a broadly-ovate right valve, with a decidedly long dorsal

edge; but it is well rounded ventrally, and convex at the

centre. It altogether wants the oblique ellipticity of Schmidt’s

fig. 22 (var. of his LZ. Hisingert) to be the same as that, and

its hinge-line is too long; but at the same time it is too short

and too much rounded ventrally for a true L. balthica.

This specimen approaches some forms of L. canadensis,

such as fig. 11, a, pl. ix. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. i. ;

but it is larger and its convexity is central. Taking all its

features into consideration, I must regard it as a small variety

of L. balthica, to be distinguished under the name of var.

contracta.

Casts of small Leperditie, from about 7%; to 7% inch long,

similar in shape to fig. 2a, occur in the brown sandstone of

the Kington Tilestones, Herefordshire (from Mr. R. W. Banks),

and in the green shale of the Passage-beds near Ludlow (from

Prof. John Morris), and with Beyrichia Wilckensiana in an

olive-brown micaceous shale of the same series.

Pl. XIX. fig. 3. Thisis a brownish internal cast, in greenish

fine-grained micaceous mudstone, of a small right valve,

about 7%; inch long, somewhat crushed, from the Lower Lud-

low beds at Leintwardine, near Ludlow*. It was collected by

* Mr. G. Cocking, of Ludlow, has found a similar specimen in the same

beds at Church Hill, Leintwardine. In the ‘Catalogue of the Fossils

in the Museum of Practical Geology,’ 1865, p.38, a Leperditia is quoted

as ‘balthica” from the Wenlock Limestone of Ferriter’s Cove, Dingle,

Treland; but I have not yet examined the specimen.

338 Prof. T. R. Jones on

Dr. H. B. Holl, F.G.S., and will be deposited in the British

Museum.

This cast somewhat resembles in outline the perfect valve,

fig. 2,a; but it has a relatively shorter hinge-line and a fuller

antero-ventral curve, by which differences it approaches

L. Hisingert, without, however, identifying itself with that

form. Although it has also some resemblance to ZL. anti-

costiana (fig. 8, a) in size and shape, this cast may belong to

the same variety of ZL. balthica as fig. 2, namely var.

contracta.

Pl. XIX. fig. 13. The outline of a small right (overlapping)

valve, centrally convex, 3) inch long. It is in the white

Upper-Silurian Pentamerus-limestone of Talkof, Livonia, with

Primitie * and Obolus (?), and was communicated some years

ago by the late M. d’Hichwald. This is very much like

Schmidt’s fig. 22, already referred to; but its postero-dorsal

angle is more, and its front angle less, pronounced, thus

making its main diameter (diagonal) less oblique than in that

variety of L. Hisingert, Schmidt, and giving an outline far

more like that of our fig. 2 a, though still fuller on the ven-

tral curve. Thus it seems to be a minute individual of

L. balthica, var. contracta.

PL. XIX. fig. 14. The imperfect outline of a partly-imbedded

very small right valve, with eye-tubercle and muscle-spot.

Length 5 inch. In this minute specimen we have the long

hinge-line of the large L. balthica, together with the typical

dorsal angles fore and aft. In a dark-grey compact ‘‘Pen-

tamerus-limestone’’ from Kamenetz-Podolsk, on the river

Zhbroutsch. Communicated by the late M. d’Hichwald, and

labelled “Z. phaseolus, His.;” but the shape is against this

allocation. ‘The limestone contains other small Entomostraca

besides this dwarfish var. contracta of L. balthica.

Pl. XIX. fig. 17. This is a small left valve in grey lime-

stone, also communicated by M. d’Hichwald, probably from

the Baltic provinces ; but the label has been lost. It measures

74; inch in length, and has the contour of the long-backed

oblong type of L. balthica as far as can be seen, its postero-

ventral margin being still imbedded in the limestone. The

ocular tubercle is visible; but the muscle-spot has been lost

by fracture of the convex centre.

Fig. 17 much resembles the cast, fig. 3, but is larger,

in the proportion of 8:6 in length, and has a more

decided postero-dorsal angle. It agrees with L. balthica, var.

contracta.

* Labelled “ Leperditia minuta, Kichw.,” and very near to P. concinna.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 339

3. Leperditia Hisingert, Schmidt.

(Pl. XIX. figs. 5, 6, 16: small and varieties.)

1837. Cytherina balthica, Hisinger, Leth. Suec. a IO), joke bo-Srep sates, Al,

1854. Cythere baltica, Romer in Bronn’s Leth. Geogn. ii. p. 528 (parte),

Toll, woe THe, Bh, Gy Dy @

1856, Leperditia balthica, Jones, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2,

vol. xvii. p. 85 (parte), pl. vi. figs. 3, a-e.

1858. Leperditia marginata, Schmidt, Untersuchungen &c. p. 192

(parte).

1860. Leperditia baltica, Hichwald, Leth. Rossica, p. 1329 (parte).

1869. Leperditiabaltica, var. b, Kolmodin, Sveriges Siluriska Ostracoder,

p. 14, figs. 4, 5.

1873. Leperditia Hisingert, Schmidt, Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb.

sér. 7, vol. xxi. no. 2, p. 16 (figs. 22, 23, var.).

- 1880. Leperditia Schmidti, Kolmodin, Cifversigt af Kong]. Vetenskaps-

Akademiens Forhandlingar, 1879, no. 9, p. 133.

Pl. XIX. figs. 5 a, 5 6. This fragmentary but interesting

relic (front moiety) of a small right valve was collected by the

late H. A. Wyatt-Edgell, Esq., in the “ Upper Llandovery

Sandstone ” of Hastnor, near Malvern. It is white, with the

outer layer flaking off. When perfect it was probably about

35 Inch long.

As far as the imperfect contour allows of reconstruction,

this seems to come nearest to Schmidt's L. Hisingert of any

of the British specimens that I have seen, being more ovate

than any other, and with probably a short hinge-line. It

shows the eye-spot, a slight nuchal furrow, and a trace of

the muscle-spot. We may refer to it as a dwarfed individual

L. Hisingert, Schmidt.

Dr. Holl has collected an apparently similar Leperditia (as

a cast) from the “ May-Hill Sandstone” of Hastnor, which

is the same formation.

A perfect carapace, about $ inch long, but unfortunately

partly imbedded, of Leperditia Hisingeri (?), has been col-

lected by Mr. G. F. Whidborne, F.G.S., in the Upper-Silu-

rian Limestone of Colwall Copse, near Malvern.

Pl. XIX. figs. 6a, 66, 6c. ‘This is a ferruginous internal

cast of a small left valve, 3% inch long, with short hinge-line,

from the Tilestones (uppermost Silurian) of Kington, in Here-

fordshire. It was collected by Mr. Richard W. Banks, of that

lace.

In the outline, fig. 6, a, we see an approach to Fr. Schmidt’s

fig. 23, regarded by him as a varietal form of Leperditia

Hisingert; but the postero-dorsal slope in fig. 6,a, has a

lower angle, giving a greater ellipticity to the region below.

Our cast somewhat resembles also our fig. 10 at first glance ;

but its hinge-line is relatively shorter, and its front half has

340 Prof. T. R. Jones on

less depth. Wemust remember that, as a cast, this specimen

cannot be so good for such strict determination as either of

the valves would be. .

It exhibits the nearest approach among British specimens

to Hisinger’s L. phaseolus * that I have met with; but still

it does not correspond with it by any means in full, being

much too short on the back and too elliptical behind. More-

over it more closely resembles in outline the valve of L. amyg-

dalina from Canada (fig. 9, a); but its convexity is more

central.

I prefer, therefore, to regard it as a small, narrow, and very

oblique form (variety gracilenta) of L. Hisingerti, Schmidt.

To the same category we must relegate the imperfect speci-

men from Kington, figured in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 2, vol. xvi. pl. vu. fig. 15, and (with another cast)

quoted as “Leperditia marginata?” at pp. 95 and 100. Both

of these specimens, from the Downton Sandstone (‘Tilestones)

of Herefordshire, are in the British Museum. For some

similar casts in these light-brown micaceous sandstones +,

and in the olive shales of the passage-beds near Ludlow, I

have been indebted to the late Mr. J. W. Salter and Mr.

Lightbody, of Ludlow. One specimen in the Ludlow Mu-

seum in 1864, from the passage-beds (‘olive shales” or

“'Tinmill shales’) in the railway-cutting at Ludlow, was

4 inch long. Several smaller specimens were collected there

by Mr. G. Cocking and the late Mr. Lightbody, together with

Eurypterus, small Brachiopods, &c.

To this kind of Leperditia we must also refer those

noticed by Mr. Salter in the ‘ Catalogue of the Collection of

Cambrian and Silurian Fossils in the University Museum at

Cambridge,’ 1873, pp. 189 and 193, as “LZ. marginata?”

from the Upper Silurian of Ledbury and Ludlow.

In the same Downton Sandstone (from Mr. R. Banks, of

Kington) and in greenish micaceous shale (from Prof. J.

Morris) of the uppermost Ludlow series I have had some

casts of small Leperditiw, from less than 7%; to 7% inch long,

that have the same outline as that shown in our fig. 2, a, as

above mentioned.

Pl. XIX. fig. 16. This is the outline of a small left valve 3

inch long, 2 inch high, and convex in the middle. It bears

the structural marks of eye-spot and muscle-spot, and has a

* Carefully figured from the original type by Dr. Kolmodin in his

‘Ostrac. Sil. Gotl.’ 1880, pl. xix. figs. 4 and 5.

+ With Lingula and Beyrichia Wilckensiana,

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. B41

strongly inturned ventral border, fitted to receive the opposite

overlapping edge. It exhibits the form of Schmidt’s LZ. Hisin-

gert, having its short hinge-line and ovate outline, but is

rather too full in the antero-ventral curve.

This specimen was given to me by the late M. d’Hichwald

some years ago, and is from the Upper-Silurian coral-limestone

of Randifer, Isle of Oesel. It was labelled “Z. phaseolus, His.”

Except that its hinge-line is rather shorter in proportion

and its angles less acute, this minute form resembles in shape

my fig. 3,6, pl. vi. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1856. It has

been somewhat cleared of its hard matrix since it came to me;

hence its outline, as now visible, is broader than when it was

labelled “‘ phaseolus,” and is more like that of L. Hisingert,

Schmidt, to which [ refer it as a dwarf variety.

The localities in Scandinavia and Russia where L. balthica,

LL. Hisingert, L. phaseolus, &c. occur may be gathered from

the memoirs of Kolmodin and Schmidt, by whom the many

references made by Hisinger, d’Hichwald, and others are

corrected according to the revised nomenclature of the species.

In the ‘Neues Jahrbuch’ for 1867, p. 592, some Lower-

Silurian Leperditia-marls are mentioned which seem to be

the same as the Russian “ wayboards of greenish-grey or

reddish shale” of Murchison’s ‘ Siluria,’ 1867, p. 356. In

Scania, at Lake Ringshén, there are Silurian red sandy beds

(overlying limestone) which contain small Leperditice similar to

those from the Ludlow Passage-beds (jide K. Hébert, 1867),

A, Leperditia phaseolus (Hisinger), var. marginata,

(CEG ROD Ca ityer,, 11)

~ Cytherina phaseolus, Hisinger, Anteckn. phys. &c. Heft 5, p. 110, pl. viii.

‘fig. 3, Tableau, p. 2; Letheea Suec. p. 9, pl. i. fig. 1 (fide Kolmodin).

1873. Leperditia Angelini, Schmidt (parte), Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.

Pétersb. sér. 7, vol. xxi. no. 2, p. 14, figs. 14 and 17 (fide Kolmodin).

1880. Leperditia phaseolus, Kolmodin, Cty. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhand].

1879, no. 9, p, 134, fig. 4, a-e (Hisinger’s original specimen), and

fig. 5, a, b.

Pl. XIX. fig. 15. Thisis an outline of a small right valve,

with the usual ventral overlap and a high convexity along

the middle, which cannot be shown in the outline. It is 5

inch long, and has an extremely delicate reticulation on a

smooth surface; and the spots of eye and muscle are visible.

This valve has also a narrow but distinct flat rim on the

anterior and posterior margins. It lies in a compact cream-

coloured ‘‘ calcaire 4 coraux,” one of M. d’Hichwald’s speci-

mens from Randifer, Isle of Oesel, and it was labelled by him

“Leperditia phascolus, His.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 24

342 Prof. T. R. Jones on

Although this approaches figs. 10 and 11 in shape, it is

longer in proportion ; and though somewhat shorter relatively

than Kolmodin’s figures of LZ. phaseolus (from Hisinger’s

type specimen), it may really belong to that species. A

Scandinavian true Z. phaseolus (from Dr. Lindstrém) shows

a somewhat granulated surface, which, when smoothed down,

would give the slight reticulation above noticed ; but it has

no trace of the slight marginal flange existing in our Baltic

specimen (not shown in the outline) on the front and hinder

edges, like that seen in Schmidt’s fig. 13, a, of his L. Angelind,

and more developed than is shown in Kolmodin’s fig. 5, a.

This variable expression of a feature would scarcely alter the

specific place of these specimens; and therefore I refer to this

specimen from Oesel as varietas marginata of Leperditia

phaseolus (Hisinger).

Fr. Schmidt’s L. Angelini and its varieties (op. cit. pp. 13,

14, figs. 18-18) seem to comprise LZ. phaseolus (as both

ata and Kolmodin surmise) and some closely allied

orms.

5, 6, and 7. Leperditia canadensis, Jones, and Leperditia

fabulites (Conrad), with varieties; and Leperditia amyg-

dalina, Jones.

The characteristic features of Leperditia canadensis and its

varieties are described and illustrated in the Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 3, 1858, vol. 1. pp. 244, 840, &e., pl. ix.

figs. 11-17; and in the Geol. Surv. Canada, decade ii. 1858,

pp. 92-95, pl. xi. figs. 6-12, 16,17. Its stout little valves,

with their subquadrate outlines and strong dorsal angles, are

easily recognized, however much the variability in some re-

spects affects the surface, margins, and contours. One set,

however, of the varieties indicated in the above-mentioned

memoir, namely that typified by var. josephiana, is some-

what distinct from the others, having the antero-ventral region

much contracted, and therefore possessing a more elliptical

and graceful outline than the others. It slightly approaches

the shape of L. phaseolus, but would more closely represent

an elliptical, elongate-ovate form of L. balthica, if this were

taken as the leading type, than any modification of L. Hisin-

gert, Schmidt, which is characterized by a short hinge-line

and a very deep and oblique postero-ventral region.

It is this form, moreover, that seems to have been Mr.

Conrad’s Cytherina fabulites*, as intimated at page 341, Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. May 1858, and p. 95, decade ii. Geol.

Surv. Canada, and further supported by Prof. Safford, of

* Philadelph. Acad. N. Sci. Proceed. 1843, vol. i. p. 382.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 343

Tennessee, who wrote, in the winter of 1858, to Mr. Billings,

then of the Canadian Geological Survey, at Montreal, as

follows :—“ The village in which I reside rests upon ‘Trenton

and Black-river rocks. Many of the layers abound in Leper-

ditia fabulites (Conrad). Thousands of them can be seen in

half-an-hour’s walk. They are certainly Conrad’s species, as

Mr. Jones has suspected. Several years ago I compared

specimens from Mineral Point, Wisconsin®. ‘The average

size is about that of fig. 16, plate xi. of the Decade, or per-

haps a little smaller; but they occur of all sizes, from a third

larger down to that of the figure of L. amygdalina (fig. 19, a),

and even smaller.”

Mr. Billings observed, in his letter of December 20, 1858

(containing the above quotation), that “ Mineral Point is at

no very great distance from St. Joseph’s, and in the same run

of rocks; so that we might expect to find the species there ;

but Tennessee is far from these localities. The geological

position, however, is the same.”

In view of adopting Conrad’s prior name (“‘ fabulites”’) for

the common North-American Leperditia of the Lower-Silurian

(Trenton) Limestone, we have to point out (as intimated

above) that Leperditia canadensis, Jones, very variable in its

individuals, can be grouped into two series: one set (I.) have

a more subquadrate outline than the other (II.), which have a

rather long hinge and an obliquely ovate body. ‘There is

- another Lower-Silurian form (II1.), typified by LZ. amygdalina,

which has a short hinge-line and a very oblique ovate body.

I. L. canadensis, var. nana, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1858,

vol. i. p. 244, pl. ix. figs. 11,12; Geol. Surv. Canada,

decade iii. p. 92, pl. xi. figs. 6, 7, 9, 10 (this I take to

be typical, though small); and var. labrosa, Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. 7. c. p. 245; decade ii. p. 93, fig. 8:

both from the Chazy Limestone.

For these I propose to keep the specific designation of L.

canadensis.

II. Varieties—josephiana, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 7. c.

pp- 340, 341; decade iii. p. 94, fig. 16 (“ fabulites,”

Conrad): anticostiana, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. . ¢.

pp- 340, 341; dec. iii. p. 95, fig. 17: louckiana, Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. /. c. p. 245, pl.ix. fig. 16; dee. 111.

p- 98, fig. 11: pauquettiana, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

i. c. p. 246, pl. ix. fig. 17; dee. ii. p. 94, fig. 12.

* Mineral Point is mentioned in the ‘Geology of Wisconsin; Surveys

of 1873-7,’ vol. ii. 1877, at p. 682 &c.; and Leperditia fabulites is re-

ferred to as abundant among the “Trenton” fossils, at pp. 294, 298,

300, 302, and 325. si

344 Prof. T. R. Jones on

For these it will be convenient to adopt Leperditia fabulites

as the specific name.

Ill. Leperditia amygdalina, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 0. ¢.

p- 841; decade ii. p. 97, figs. 18, 19.

Of these L. fabulites, var. josephiana, is the largest, L. amyg-

dalina is the next ; and the others (varieties of L. fabulites)

diminish in size in the order given above. JL. amygdalina,

from the Chazy Limestone, and L. canadensis (nana), from

the Chazy Limestone and Calciferous Sandrock, are the oldest ;

louckiana, from the Bird’s-eye Limestone, josephiana and

pauquettiana, from the Trenton Limestone, and antzcostiana,

from the Hudson-River group, succeed in geological age. The

closely allied LZ. ovata of Pennsylvania* is also from a Lower

Silurian rock, namely the Black-River Limestone, next above’

the Bird’s-eye Limestone. The more cylindrical form, L.

Billingsit, sp. n., from near Lake Winnipeg, is, like some of

the foregoing, from the Trenton Limestone.

Pl. XIX. figs. 7, 8, and 9 illustrate some Canadian specimens

described in 1858 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. 1.

pp. 840-342), but not figured at that time.

Fig. 9, a perfect carapace of L. amygdalina, from L’Orignal,

Canada West, has a length of 14 inch. This species varies

somewhat in relative proportions among individuals, but keeps

an elongate oblique ovate form and the forward position of

its convexity.

Fig. 8, a perfect carapace of ZL. fabulites (Conrad), var.

anticostiana, +3 inch long, is rather shorter and higher,

in proportion, than the smaller valve figured in the Canad.

Surv. decade ii. Besides Hast Point other localities in

Anticosti yield this Leperditia. In the ‘Catalogue of

Anticosti Fossils,’ by W. Billings, 1866, at page 68 it is said

to occur at the Jumpers and other places in “ Divisions 3 and

4 of the Anticosti group.”

Fig. 7, a perfect carapace of LZ. fabulites (Conrad), var.

josephiana, 4 inch long, from St. Joseph’s Island, Lake Huron.

The ventral margin sloping away from the front end, the well-

rounded posterior margin, and the rather long hinge-line are

features which bring this form near to the Scandinavian L.

phaseolus ; but the latter is subcylindrical, having rather

less ventral depth and a convexity along the middle of the

valves.

Pl. XX. fig. 7 is a right valve, in outline, of L. fabulites,

var. josephiana, +5 inch long. The specimen came from St.

Joseph’s Island, at the outlet of Lake Superior, and was

given to me by Prof. James Hall in 1872.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. i. p. 252, pl. x. fig, 14.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 345

Fig. 8 is a perfect carapace, in outline, of L. fabulites,

var. josephiana, with a length of 35 inch and a height of

zy Inch, from Lebanon, Tennessee, U.S., and was also given

to me by Prof. J. Hall.

Pl. XX. figs. 4 and 5. The specimens here figured were

selected from among many crushed individuals forming a

piece of Leperditia-rock, labelled “ Neile Bay,” and commu-

nicated by E. B. Tawney, Esq., F.G.S., as a fragment of a

larger mass in the Museum of University College, Bristol.

If “ Neile Bay” be the same as, or near to, Port Neill, in

Prince-Regent’s Inlet, in extreme North America, the occur-

rence there of such Leperditice as these, which have a Lower-

Silurian aspect (being apparently identical with LZ. canadensis

and L. fabulites), would not. be strange.

Fig. 4 is the outline of a left valve, broken along the ven-

tral margin, and about + inch long. What remains of the

valve indicates the proportions of L. fabulites (josephiana).

Fig. 5 is a left valve, apparently retaining its outline, but

broken at the centre, where it shows another similar valve

underneath, symmetrically squeezed within it. This speci-

men is about 7 inch long, and has the subquadrate outline,

long hinge, and sharp dorsal angles of the typical LZ. cana-

densis.

8. Leperditia Billingsti, sp. nov. (Pl. XX. fig. 9.)

This is the internal cast, in white limestone, of a subcylin-

drical carapace, and is not quite perfect at the dorsal corners

or ends of the hinge-line. It is from the Lower-Silurian

(Trenton ?) strata, near (to the west of) Lake Winnipeg and

north of Lake Superior. In length it is 3, and in height

yy inch. This unique specimen was sent to me by the late

W. Billings, Esq., then paleontologist to the Geological

Survey of Canada, in December 1858. In its cylindroid

shape and in its relative length, height, and thickness this

Leperditia differs from all the North-American species, and has

too true a parallelism of the upper and lower margins to be

compared with any allies of L. phaseolus. Nor has it any

analogue except the less convex Upper-Silurian LZ. parallela of

Schmidt’s Russ. silur. Lep. 1873, p. 18, figs. 24-26, and the

minute L. parallela, J. & K., of the Carboniferous rocks of

Bavaria (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1865, ser. 3, vol. xv. p. 407,

pl. xx. fig.6). I name it after its discoverer.

9. Leperditia alta (Conrad).

Among the Upper-Silurian Leperditie of North America

346 Prof. T. R. Jones on

are two forms which have been called Z. alta (Conrad).

These were figured by Prof. James Hall in the ‘ Paleon-

tology of New York,’ 1852, and were described and figured

by myself in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1856, ser. 2,

vol. xvi. p. 88, pl. vil. figs. 6, 7; and 1858, ser. 3, vol. 1. p. 250,

pl. x. figs. 8,9. Prof. Hall subsequently referred to these

forms in the ‘ Paleontology of New York,’ vol. ii. 1859,

part i. p. 372, intimating that the larger of the two might be

distinguished as L. Jonesiz; but the illustrations were not

published with the text. It seems to me, however, that these

larger (higher) specimens should retain the specific name of

altaen

In the ‘ Report of the Geological Survey of Ohio,’ parti.

Paleontology, 1873, p. 187, Prof. F. B. Meek redescribed

L, alta (Conrad), and gave two outlines (pl. xvi. figs. 2, a, b),

analogous to the earlier figures, of the broad and the narrow

forms respectively. In this case, as in the others, the two

shapes ought to be distinguished, fig. 2 6 (like fig. 7, pl. vil.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1856) being a representative of L.

phaseolus (His.) of Scandinavia; whilst fig. 2 a (like fig. 6,

l. c.) is a broad or higher form, deserving the name “ alta.”

10. Leperditia Hicksit, Jones. (Pl. XX. fig. 6.)

Leperditia Hicksw, Jones, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1872, vol. xxviii.

p. 183, pl. v. fig. 16 (mala),

An incorrect figure (reversed and imperfect) of this Cam-

brian Leperditia, interesting on account of its rarity and age,

having been given in the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. above re-

ferred to, the specimen is here redrawn. It is + inch long and

pyritous. It was found at St. David’s, South Wales, in or

about the zone of Paradoxides Hicks, rather below the

middle part of the Menevian group.

IsOCcHILINA, Jones.

1858. Subgenus, Jones, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 248.

1870. Genus, Jones, Monthly Microsc. Journ. October 1870, pp. 187,

191.

1872. Genus, Barrande, Syst. Silur. Bohéme, parti, suppl. to vol. i.

. 95.

1873. Genus, Schmidt, Mém, Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersh. sér. 7, vol. xxi.

no. 2, pp. 9, 21.

1. Isochilina punctata (Hichwald). (Pl. XIX. fig. 12.)

1856. Leperditia marginata (Kutorga), Jones, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 2, vol. xvii. p. 91, pl. vii. figs. 11-13.

1860. Leperditia phaseolus, var. punctata, Kichw.

1873. Isochilina punctata, Schmidt, Russ. sil. Leperd. pp. 10, 22,

figs. 86, 37.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 347

Pl. XIX. fig. 12 exhibits the outlines of an impression (in-

side of a hollow cast) of the outside of the fore part of a left

valve, which was probably 3; inch long when perfect. It is

in white Upper-Silurian Porambonite Limestone, from Gat-

schina, near Saretsche, in the Government of St. Petersburg.

The rock is crowded with similar specimens, as convex and

concave casts. It was sent to me (with other specimens) in

1862, by the late M. d’Hichwald, and is the same as the

fragments of white Lower-Silurian Limestone with Entom-

ostraca which I treated of in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1856. The figs. 11 and 12 of pl. vil. in that volume, and re-

ferred to at pp. 91 and 100, belong to this species, and not to

L. marginata® (Keyserling). I find that one, at least, of the

specimens there concerned shows, under the microscope, casts

of those minute pits on the marginal flange of the ventral

border which originated d’Hichwald’s “ L. phaseolus, var.

punctata,” and Schmidt’s ‘ Jsochilina punctata.”

Fig. 12 is an enlarged drawing of the hollow impression of

the antero-dorsal angle (with its eye-tubercle) of a left valve,

similar to fig. 12,a, pl. vu. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. loc. cit.,

and belonging to J. punctata, Schmidt.

This species has its North-American representative in the

Lower-Silurian Lsochilina gracilis, Jones, of Canada (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. 1858, ser. 3, vol. 1. p. 248, pl. x. fig. 2; and

Geol. Surv. Canada, decade ili. p. 98, pl. x1. fig. 15).

2. Isochilina grandis (Schrenck).

The large specimen from Rupert’s Land, described and

figured as ‘ Leperditia marginata, Keyserling?” inthe Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, 1856, vol. xvi. pp. 94 and 100,

pl. vii. figs. 14, a-d, is an Isochilina. It differs materially

from Keyserling’s “ Cypridina marginata,”’ as pointed out

by Dr. F. Schmidt in his memoir on Russian Leperditie,

1873, p. 19. It is related to Isochilina formosa, Barrande

(Syst. Sil. Bohéme, vol. i. suppl. 1872, p. 534, pl. xxiii.

fies. 22-25, and pl. xxxiv. figs. 1-3), and to Jsochilina gigan-

tea (Romer), described and redrawn by M. Barrande, op. cit.

p. 5385, pl. xxxiv. figs. 4-6. It differs from both sets of

figures in the slope of its antero-ventral region, its obliquely

ovate body, and the more elliptical curve of its lower margin.

It still more closely resembles, however, Schmidt’s figures of

Schrenck’s “ Cypridina grandis” (Russ. sil. Leperd. figs. 1,

3-6), to which species Schmidt refers Ferd. Rémer’s “ Leper-

ditia gigantea” above mentioned. This last is determined

by M. Barrande to be an Isochilina; and although Dr.

* As pointed out by F, Schmidt, Russ. sil. Leperd. 1873, p. 22.

348 Prof. T. R. Jones on

Schmidt regards it as a Leperditia, | think that the former is

correct. Among Schmidt’s figures of one cast and three valves

there are sufficient variations to cover any slight differences that

the one specimen from North America may exhibit, as com-

pared with any one of those figures of the large Upper-

Silurian form from Scandinavia.

PriMITIA, Jones & Holl.

Primitia, Jones & Holl, 1865, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xvi.

p- 415, and 1868, ser. 4, vol. ii. p. 55 &c.; Jones, Pal. Biv. Entom.

Proceed. Geol. Assoc. 1869, p. 8 &c.; Barrande, 1872, Syst. Sil.

Bohéme, vol. i. suppl. p. 539.

1. Primitia simplex, Jones, varr.

Pl. XX. figs. 1, 2, 3. These are simple Primitie, common

in some pieces of limestone from the “ Saint-John group” of

St. John’s, in Newfoundland, given to me in 1866 by the late

Mr. T. G. B. Lloyd. This rock is referred to the “‘ Lower

Potsdam” (‘Cambrian’) by Prof. John Milne, F.G.8., in

the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. p. 743.

Figs. 1, a, 6, are the outlines of a right valve, about 4 ich

long; figs. 2, a-c, of a complete carapace 34; inch long; and

fig. 3 isa drawing of aright valve, about 2 inch long. These

valves differ but slightly among themselves in their shape,

having a nearly semicircular ventral curve, with a broadly

ovate outline of body and straight back. Figs. 1 and 2 have

a relatively high convexity. Fig. 3 shows the most symme-

trical ends ; fig. 1 has the postero-dorsal slope more expressed 5

and fig. 2 has the hinge-line extended so far back that this

slope is almost lost. Fig. 1 is like the Lower-Silurian Pri-

mitia simplex, Jones (Ann. & Mag. Nat Hist. ser. 2, 1855,

vol. xvi. p. 173, pl. vi. fig. 255; and ser. 3, vol. xvi. p. 417),

of Portugal and Shropshire ; but it shows no trace of a dorsal

notch or furrow. Fig. 2 is also somewhat like P. simplex,

and is even more comparable with P. obsoleta, Jones & Holl

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xvi. p. 423, pl. xiii.

fic. 12), from the Upper Silurian of Scandinavia; but it is

more convex than the latter, and has not its marginal rim.

Fig. 3 represents P. s¢mplex in a general way ; but, instead of

a simple dorsal notch it has aslight curved, subspiral, comma-

shaped elevation, due to a narrow semicircular depression on

the convexity of the valve, and a small curved, tapering, con-

centric furrow within the other on the dorsal region.

Fig. 1. P. simplex, var. Sanctojohannesiana.

Fig. 2. —— ——, var. Lloydiana.

Fig. 3. —— ——., var. Milneana.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 349

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

(The specimens here figured, except figs. 7, 8, and 9 of Pl. XIX., either

Fig.

Fi ig.

Ig.

Fig.

Fug.

Fig.

. Fig.

Fig.

Fg.

Fug.

Fig.

16.

are or will be deposited in the British Museum.)

Puate XIX,

Leperditia balihica (Hisinger), small individual, natural size.

Upper Silurian; Wren’s Nest, Dudley. a, lateral view ; 6, dor-

sal view. és

. Leperditia balthica (His.), var. contracta, nov., right valve, nat.

size. Upper Silurian, Wren’s Nest. a, lateral; 6, ventral view.

. Leperditia balthica (His.), var. contracta, noy., internal cast of a —

right valve (somewhat crushed), magnified 4 diam. From the

Lower-Ludlow beds at Leintwardine, near Ludlow.

. Leperditia balthica (His.): a and 6, outlines of two specimens of

left valves, of different sizes, and both more or less damaged,

and 4 6, more ovate, probably in consequence; magnified 11

diam. Uppermost Silurian; from the Bromyard and Worcester

railway.

. Leperditia Hisingert (°), Schmidt, small pore of aright valve,

magnified 2 diam. From the Upper Llandovery of Eastnor,

near Malvern. a, lateral; 0, anterior view.

. Leperditia Hisingert, Schmidt, var. gracilenta, internal cast of a

left valve, magnified 2 diam. Upper Silurian; Kington,

Herefordshire. a, lateral; 6, ventral; c, anterior view.

. Leperditia fabulites (Conrad), var. josephiana, Jones, perfect cara-

pace, with left valve exposed, nat. size. Lower Silurian ;

St. Joseph’s Island, Canada. a, lateral; 5, ventral view.

. Leperditia fabulites (Conrad), var. anticostiana, Jones, perfect

carapace, left valve exposed, nat. size. Lower Silurian; Anti-

costi, Canada. a, lateral; 6, ventral view.

. Leperditia amygdalina, Jones, perfect carapace; exposing left valve,

nat. size. Lower Silurian; L’Orignal, Canada. a, lateral view ;

6, ventral edge of the left (overlapped) valve; ce, ventral edge of

the right (overlapping) valve.

. Leperditia balthica (His.), small, left valve broken at the hinder

margin, nat. size. Upper Silurian; from Wisby, Gothland.

. Leperditia balthiea (His.), small, right valve, nat. size. Upper

Silurian; Wisby. a, side view; 6, ventral outline.

. Isochilina punctata (d’Kichw.), outline of the inside of a hollow

cast of the fore part of a left valve, magnified 4 diam. Lower

Silurian ; Gatschina, near Saretsche, Russia.

. Leperditia balthica (His.), var. contracta, noy., outline of a right

valve, magnified 9 diam. Upper Silurian; Talkof, Livonia.

. Leperditia balthica (His.), var. contracta, nov., outline of a partly

imbedded right valve, with eye-spot and muscle-spot, magnified

23 diam. Upper Silurian; Kamenetz-Podolsk.

. Leperditia phaseolus (His.), outline of a right valve, with eye-

spot and muscle-spot, magnified 6 diam, Upper Silurian; Ran-

difer, Oesel.

Leperditia Hisingert, Schmidt, var., outline of a left valve, with

eye-spot and muscle-spot, magnified 6 diam. Upper Silurian ;

Randifer, Oesel.

Leperditia balthica (His.), var. contracta, novy., left valve, with

the shell broken in the middle, also imbedded below and be-

hind,

350 Mr. T. P. Barkas on Ctenoptychius. —

PLATE XX,

Fig. 1. Primitia simplex, var. Sanctojohannesiana, nov., outline of a right

valve, magnified 23 diam. Cambrian; St. John’s, Newfound-

land. a,side view; 6, end view.

Fig. 2. Primitia simplex, var. Lloydiana, noy., outline of a complete cara-

pace, magnified 23 diam. Cambrian; St. John’s, Newfound-

land. a, side view, left valve shown; 0, end view; c, edge

view.

Fig. 3. Primitia simplex, var. Milneana, nov., right valve, magnified

23 diam. Cambrian; St. John’s, Newfoundland.

Fig. 4. Leperditia fabulites (Conrad), outline of a left valve, broken on

the ventral margin, magnified 4 diam. Lower Silurian (?);

Neile Bay.

Fig. 6. Leperditia canadensis, Jones, left valve, broken, and showing

another valve squeezed within it symmetrically, magnified

4 diam. Lower Silurian (?); Neile Bay.

Fug. 6. Leperditia Hicks, Jones, imperfect carapace, right valve shown,

broken behind, magnified 4 diam. Menevian; St. David’s,

South Wales. a, side view; 0, ventral outline of one valve.

Fig. 7. Leperditia fabulites (Conrad), var. josephiana, Jones, right valve,

in outline. Lower Silurian; St. Joseph’s Island, Canada. a,

nat. size; 6,magn.2diam. —~

Fig. 8. Leperditia fabulites (Conrad), var. josephiana, Jones, perfect cara-

pace, in outline, with left valve outwards, magnified 4 diam.

Lower Silurian; Lebanon, Tennessee, U.S. a, side view; 8,

hinder end; c, ventral edge.

Fig. 9. Leperditia Billings, noy., internal cast of a carapace, not quite

perfect at the dorsal corners, magnified 4 diam. Lower Silu-

rian; near Lake Winnipeg. a, side view [right (?) valve seen | ;

b, edge view.

XX XIV.—Ctenoptychius or Kammplatten.

By T. P. Barxas, F.G.S.

To the Editors of the ‘ Annals.’

GENTLEMEN,

Your correspondent Mr. Thomas Stock, of the Museum of

Science and Art, Edinburgh, in his communication in your

issue of August 1881, pp. 90-95, refers at some length to

our present knowledge of the teeth of Ctenoptychius, and

appears disposed to accept the theory of Professor Fritsch,

that those specimens which I have named Ctenoptychius

unilateralis are “‘ Kammplatten ” or “‘ Kammleisten,” belong-

ing to Ophiderpeton, and associated with the anal orifice of

that Coal-measure Labyrinthodont.

The genus Ophiderpeton was established by Prof. Huxley

on tolerably complete specimens obtaimed from Jarrow

Colliery, Kilkenny, Ireland. The specimens were a few

years ago in the natural-history work-rooms of the British

Museum, and are now, I suppose, removed to the Kensington

British-Museum Department. The matrices in which the

Mr. T. P. Barkas on Ctenoptychius. 351

specimens lie are of a very fragile character ; and the speci-

mens themselves are rather obscure in detail, although their

outlines are well preserved.

I have seen the specimens in question, and do not remember

any indications of “‘ Kammplatten” in connexion with them ;

and as Professor Huxley does not, in his description of the

fossils, recognize so marked a peculiarity, I inter that the

inferior surfaces of the specimens are not presented, or that

the ‘ Kammplatten ” are not present.

Ophiderpeton has been found in the Northumberland Coal-

measures by the late Mr. T. Atthey and myself; but the few

specimens discovered are of small size and quite insignificant

when compared with the sizes of the alleged ‘* Kamm-

platten ” that have been found in our local Coal-measures.

Ophiderpeton was first discovered in Northumbrian Coal-

measures by Mr. ‘I’. Atthey; and the specimen, which was

53 inches long, was described by Messrs. Hancock and

Atthey in the ‘Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists’

Field-club,’ p. 79, pl. v., new series, 1868-70.

Since that time various fragments have been found, all

small, and not at all likely to be the bearers of “ Kamm-

platten”’ 14 inch long, as some of my specimens are.

The sole evidence of these comparatively large and well-

marked comb-like forms being portions of Ophiderpeton rests

on the researches of Professor Fritsch, as the Scottish and

Northumberland specimens point more to varieties of

Ctenoptychius than to Ophiderpeton, specimens of which, so

far as | am aware, have only been found in Northumberland ;

and those are of insignificant size.

The specimens discovered by Mr. T. Atthey are not asso-

ciated with remains of Ophiderpeton. They are five in number,

and are now in the admirable museum of the Natural-History

Society, Newcastle-on-T'yne. -The collections of Mr. Taylor

of Shiremoor, Mr. Simm of Cramlington, and the six

specimens in my possession are all unassociated with Ophi-

derpeton ; and the smallness and rarity of Ophiderpeton render

their association with it at least very improbable.

Mr. Stock, at page 95 of his paper, credits me with the

authorship of Ctenoptychius marginalis, and states he has not

seen specimens thus labelled. The species was named by

Agassiz; and the species Ctenoptychius unilateralis was

quoted by my son, Dr. W. J. Barkas, from named specimens

in my collection, and published by him in the excellent

papers describing the external appearance and microscopical

structure of the teeth of Coal-measure fishes, which appeared

in the ‘Monthly Review of Dental Surgery’ in the years

352 Mr. T. P. Barkas on Ctenoptychius.

1874, 1875, and 1876, copies of which papers were forwarded to

the Geological Society of London, Professors Owen, Huxley,

Traquair, Etheridge, Marsh, Messrs. Davies, Atthey, Ward,

and several other paleontologists, and are the only papers

extant in which the minute microscopical structures of the

teeth of Coal-measure fishes are given with great elaboration

and detail, accompanied ‘by ninety-four admirably drawn en-

raved figures.

This work Mr. Stock appears not to have seen, or he would

not have said that “a microscopic examination would help

to settle the point ” in reference to the fish or labyrinthodont

origin of the alleged ‘ Kammplatten.”’

My son, Dr. W. J. Barkas (who is now in Australia), in

the papers above referred to, describes at length and with great

accuracy and minuteness the microscopical structures of Cteno-

ptychius pectinatus, C. denticulatus, and C. apicalis, and

finally, for various substantial reasons, transfers C. apicalis

to the Petalodi.

He then proceeds to describe Ctenoptychius unilateralis as

follows (and this passage I quote verbatim) :—

“ OCtenoptychius unilateralis was first described and figured

by Mr. T. P. Barkas, F.G.S., in the ‘ Geological Magazine’

for January 1869. It is very rare, but not so much so as C.

apicalis ; and, so far as I know, it has only been discovered

in these measures.

“Tt differs externally from all the preceding varieties with

respect to the position of the base, which is situated on

one side of the crown instead of at the lower border. The

specimen from which fig. xvi. was drawn is a very typical

tooth, and is about the average size, though I possess some

measuring less than half the length. ‘The teeth having this

peculiar lateral base vary much im form; but whether these

varieties belong to one fish, though situated in different parts

of its mouth, or pertain to distinctly different fishes, I cannot

say. The tooth was classified among the Ctenoptychit on

account of the resemblance between the external characters

of its crown and those of the crown of C. pectinatus ; for if a

short base had been attached to the interior border of the

crown of C,. wnilateralis instead of to the side, it would have

closely resembled the former tooth; the serrations, however,

are not quite so deep in this new variety.

“The crown is separated from the base on the external

surface by a vertical concavity, and on the internal by a pro-

minent ridge; the base exceeds the crown in length, and

gradually tapers to a point as it proceeds outwards; but

the latter is the higher of the two parts. ...........

Mr. T. P. Barkas on Ctenoptychius. 353

“The microscopical structure of this. tooth differs some-

what from the preceding three varieties, but has more

points of resemblance to C. pectinatus and C. denticulatus than

to C. apicalis. It is composed of vascular and unvascular

dentine. ‘The unvascular dentine covers the whole of the

denticular surface of the crown, and the external surfaces of

the coronal end of the base. The vascular dentine is con-

tained within the layers of unvascular dentine, and is continued

along the centre of the base nearly to its distal extremity, and

tapers to a point in a direct ratio with the tail. The un-

vascular dentine is a comparatively thick layer; and the sum

of the thickness of the layers on the internal and’ external

surfaces of the crown is nearly half the thickness of the crown

itself, which is one twentieth of an inch ; it is permeated

freely by fine calcigerous tubules, which spring from the

vascular canals running along its internal surface and pass

to the extreme periphery.

“The tubules are rather fine, measuring from one five-

thousandth to one ten-thousandth of an inch in diameter at

their origin; in their course, which is vertical to the super-

ficies, they are slightly wavy, branch freely but always dichoto-

mously ; the branches are given off at an acute angle... . .

“The structure of the crown of this tooth does not agree in

any one particular with that of C. apicalis ; but there are many

points of resemblance between it and the crowns of C. pecti-

natus and C. denticulatus ; for they all have a layer of unvas-

cular dentine covering the whole of the external surface, in

which the tubules proceed to the extreme periphery; but

the tubules differ m being fasciculate in their arrangement

and larger in diameter in the two latter varieties, while they

are not so in the former; and in all the medullary canals in the

vascular dentine branch and anastomose, and the canals are

dilated when branching or an anastomosis takes place ;

they also run parallel with the axis of the tooth and

with each other; but in C. wnilateralis the canals are consi-

derably fewer in number, and give off a greater number of

calcigerous tubules.

‘“‘ I'he structure of the bases of these teeth cannot be com-

pared; for the base of C. unilateralis is altogether unique in

position and external characters, differing in this particular

from the teeth of all other fishes, whether recent or extinct.

“The arrangement of C. unilateralis in the jaw is not

known.”

Dr. Barkas, in a subsequent paper in the ‘ Monthly Review

of Dental Surgery,’ named, described, and figured a new

variety of Ctenoptychius under the name of C. aciculatus ; and

304 Mr. H. J. Carter on Spongiophaga Pottsi.

in the ‘ English Mechanic,’ vol. xu. p. 469, I named a very

distinct species now in my possession C. obtusus.

Paleontologists interested in the minute structure of Coal-

measure fossil teeth should refer to Dr. Barkas’s papers in the

‘Dental Review ;’ they embrace Diplodus, Hybodus, Clado-

dus, Ctenoptychius, Petalodus, Petalodopsis, Pleurodus, Peeci-

lodus, Helodus, Janassa, Paleoniscus, Pygopterus, Acrolepis,

Cycloptychius, Gyrolepis, Megalichthys, Rhizodus, Rhizodop-

sis, Strepsodus, Orthognathus, and Archichthys, and, had Dr.

Barkas not left England for Australia, would have included

Ctenodus, Celacanthus, Acanthodopsis, Platysomus, and

Amphicentrum.

XXXV.—On Spongiophaga Pottsi, n. sp.

By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &e.

[Plate XVIL.]

In the ‘Annals’ for September. last I published a short

notice of a parasitic growth on Spongilla which Mr. Edward

Potts of Philadelphia, United States, had sent to me, under

the impression, very naturally, that it was a growth of the

sponge itself; and so it may be to a certain extent, much as

the “gall” on the oak tree is a growth of the latter around

the egg deposited by an insect which makes use of the tree

for this purpose ; but how it is that the oak under these cir-

cumstances is treated by the insect parent so as to cause this

outgrowth of its cellular structure [ am unable to explain,

although it is very evident that the excrescence would not be

there were it not for the presence of the parasitic ege.

So it is with the freshwater sponge (Spongilla): there

are specimens of the same species, as will be seen hereatter,

in which there is no Spongiophaga Pottsi present, just as there

are specimens of the sea-water sponge Hircinia in which there

is no Spongiophaga communis, which Lieberktihn believed to

be so much a part of the sponge itself that he established his

genus “ Hilifera” upon this supposed character. I have

already gone into the history of the subject when treating of

Spongiophaga communis in the paper entitled “‘ Parasites of

the Spongida” (‘ Annals,’ 1878, vol. 11. p. 165, with wood-

cut, p. 168), so need not repeat any more of it here.

The metamorphoses of parasites are often veiled in almost

impenetrable mystery until some happy observation renders

them intelligible. Who, for instance, would have thought

that the tapeworm came from a Canurus—discharged as an

egg from one, fostered as Ceenurus in another, and finally de-

Mr. H. J. Carter on Spongiophaga Pottsi. 355

veloped as the tapeworm in the body of a third animal? The

nematoid parasites, however, do not appear to be so erratic in

their course of development or so very different in their meta-

morphic forms as the Cestoidea ; but they are so numerous in

species, throughout the animal and vegetable kingdoms, both

independently and parasitically (that is, externally and inter-

nally), that there is no saying where they may not present

themselves, and, in some instances, considerably altered in

form. ‘Thus the guinea-worm ((laria medinensis), which I

described and illustrated from specimens in Bombay, some

years since (‘ Annals,’ 1859, vol. iv. ser. 3, pp. 28 and 98,

pls. i., ii., and iil.), is always filled with full-grown embryos

(for no male has yet been found) about 1-33rd inch long, cor-

rugated transversely and possessing a long, straight, attenu-

ated tail, while the parent may measure 32 inches, and in

some instances is stated to reach ‘‘10 to 12 feet,” perfectly

smooth on the surface, and equally obtuse at each end, with

an oral aperture, not exceeding 1-600th inch in diameter, in

the centre of one extremity, and at the other the tail dimi-

nished to a minute object, curled up and shut in by a membra-

nous expansion from the body, thus evidencing an amount of

metamorphosis which, but for the presence of the well-deve-

loped embryo inside the parent (pl. 1. fig. 6, 1. c.), would be

incomprehensible. Moreover the extremely minute oral

orifice and corresponding atrophy of the alimentary canal would

seem to indicate that its nourishment must have come through

other sources ; but be that, in part, as it may, the oral orifice is

not near so small-as that of the cilium of an Acineta (A.

tuberosa), which, temporarily metamorphosed into a tentacle,

may in plurality be seen to transfer the contents of Para-

mecium aurelia (into which they have been projected for this

purpose) to its own body, by the passage of glairy, fatty, or

albuminous globules through the centre of the tentacle from the

Paramecium to the Acineta. Hence the minute size of the

oral orifice in the guinea-worm may be no indication that it

receives nourishment in any other way than through the oral

aperture, although this is so extremely small.

Slight, however, as the metamorphosis of the guinea-worm

may appear when compared with that of the Cestoidea (ex. gr.

the tapeworm), I think that the conjectured one which I am

about to mention, viz. the metamorphosis of a nematoid worm

into Spongiophaga, is nearly equal to it.

As before stated, I have gone into the history &c. of

Spongiophaga communis (op. et loc. cit.), so have now only to

refer the reader to it for an introduction to what Iam about

to state.

356 Mr. H. J. Carter on Spongiophaga Pottsi. —

It has already been noticed (Joc. cit.) that Mr. Potts kindly

sent me anew or undescribed species of Spongilla affected with

one of Spongiophaga, which, to commemorate the circumstance,

T have named after him Spongiophaga Pottst, leaving the new

species of Spongilla to be described by himself hereafter. ‘This

came from a small stream in the Centennial Grounds at Phila-

delphia; while Mr. Potts also states in his letters that he had —

received another of the same kind from Bethlehem, situated

about fifty miles N.N.W. of this city, and a third is mounted

in two of his slides affecting a specimen of Meyenta (Spongilla)

Baileyi, Bk., from Buffalo, Lake Erie, to which I shall more

particularly allude hereafter, as it only presents an initial de-

velopment of the filament. Meanwhile the following may be

taken as adescription of Spongiophaga Pottst so far as I have

been able to learn from ample fragments of the new species of

Spongilla affected with it, together with its statoblasis, as

arranged by Mr. Potts on four slides, viz. three mounted in

balsam, of which two are stained red, and the fourth in glyce-

rine; so that I am most satisfactorily supplied in this respect.

Spongiophaga Pottsi,n. sp. (Pl. XVII. figs. 1-8.)

Vermicular whiplike filaments, very long, round, and more or

less tortuous, of which two, three, and sometimes four are at-

tached to a tubular prolongation externally from the nipple-like

rocess of the chitinous coat of the statoblasts, which juts out

through the hilous aperture, in some specimens of Spongilla

only (Pl. XVII. fig. 1). Filament uniformly diminishing in

diameter from the fixed end—which is the, largest, viz. about

1-900th of an inch thick, and applied to the tubular prolonga-

tion mentioned just before its open termination (fig. 1,99 g)—

to the free end, which is almost immeasurably minute

(fig. 2,7, m). Colour transparent oil-yellow. Consistence (in

the marine species) soft, glutinous, and elastic, but extremely

fragile on account of its great tenuity ; so that in water, when

once touched with a needle it so adheres to the latter that

it is seldom disunited without fracture; yet drying en masse

into a tough, fibro-membranous texture tearing like parchment.

Proximal end of the filament somewhat enlarged and so

blended with the wall of the “ prolongation” extended from

the process of the chitinous coat, that, both being of the same

colour and horny consistence, the former appears to be a direct

continuation in growth of the latter (fig. 2, £7), while the distal

or attenuated end may be curved and pointed (fig. 2, 2), or

bilobate with a curved point between the lobes (fig. 2,0), but,

as before stated, is almost immeasurably minute; filament

presenting a comparatively broad cavity at its union with the

Mr. H. J. Carter on Spongiophaga Pottsi. 35

a |

prolongation from the process of the chitinous coat (fig. 2, ¢),

becoming suddenly contracted into a narrow axial canal about

1-6000thinch in diameter (“‘Achsenstrang,”’ Schulze), fig.2,hh,

in which may be observed little glairy fatty-looking globules

in broken linear arrangement for some distance (fig. 2, £),

connected with those at the bottom that occupy the expandea

part of the canal (fig. 2,7), and are in direct continuation

with the mass which may (so long as there are any left) fill

the prolongation from the process of the chitinous coat (fig. 2, d),

that, again, are supplied from the germinal contents of the

statoblast (fig. 2, aa), through the aperture in the mammi-

form process of the chitinous coat (fig. 2, 6, c); so that the

germinal contents may thus be traced directly from the sponge

into the axial canal of the filament (fig. 2,e,4). Surface of the

filament towards its fixed end presenting transverse parallel

rugee about 1-1200th inch in diameter (fig. 2, g). Length of

full-grown filament not ascertainable in the slides, from its

extreme tortuosity and intermingling with its neighbours.

Hab. Spongilla. Attached, when present, close to the end

of a tubular prolongation extended from the process of the

chitinous coat of the statoblast, which prolongation is always

open at its free extremity (fig. 1 wae

Loc. Centennial Grounds at Philadelphia, and at Bethle-

hem, Pennsylvania, United States, in a new species of

Spongilla to be described hereafter by Mr. Potts; and at

Buffalo, Lake Erie, in Meyenia (Spongilla) Baileyi, Bk., sent

to Mr. Potts by Mr. H. Mills.

Obs. This parasite, like the marine species, is not a com-

mensalist, but a devourer of its host, in the present instance

confined to the statoblasts, while in the marine sponges, there

being no statoblasts, it feeds upon the sarcode, which here con-

tains the ovules or germinal contents, more especially on Hirci-

nia. When in Spongiophaga Pottsi we have before our eyes the

filament attached to the open tubular prolongation of the process

of the chitinous coat, through which the richest partof the sponge

(that is, the germinal contents of the statoblast) must issue, and

we can trace these contents directly into the axial canal of the

filament, as before mentioned—considering the presence of a

corrugated surface of the filament externally consisting of

transverse parallel rugz, and that the prolongation from the pro-

cess of the chitinous coat, together with the filaments, is pre-

sent in some specimens of the same species of Spongilla and

not in others, as in those of Meyenia (Spongilla) Baileyz, Bk.,

from Buffalo and noé in those from Lehigh Gap, in Pennsyl-

vania, as shown by the slides, I cannot help thinking that

the prolongation beyond the process of the chitinous coat of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 25

358 Mr. H. J. Carter on Spongiophaga Pottsi.

the statoblast, which is always open at its free end, may be in

part produced by the sponge itself, to sure, if possible, a sate

egress for the reproductive particles against the rapacity of its

unwelcome visitor; while the passage of these particles en

masse into the lower and dilated cavity of the filament, with

their presence some way on, arranged linearly in the axial

canal, together with the corrugation or transverse strize on the

surface, much more resemble the features of a filiform or

nematoid parasite than any thing belonging to the vegetable

kingdom—especially when, after inferring that the fixed end

is the oral extremity, we find the filament gradually dimi-

nishing into an attenuated whip-like form which is terminated

by a curved and pointed element like that of many Filariide.

The marine species called by Lieberkiihn ‘“ Faden,” by

Schmidt “ Fibrillen,” by Schulze “ Filamente,” and by myself

Spongiophaga communis, has been latterly pointed out by

Schmidt to have a bulb at each end, in a communication

entitled “‘ Die Fibrillen der Spongien,” of which he kindly sent

me a copy on the 15th May, 1878, just before my ‘ Parasites

on the Spongida’ was published; so that I ought to have

mentioned it therein. Hence to atone for this accidental omis-

sion, in priority, as I had discovered the same thing myself

independently, it is here thus mentioned. (Whence the

“separate copy ’’ of Schmidt’s paper is extracted, however, I

cannot say; forit only bears the pagination, viz. 661.) Sub-

sequently Prof. F. EH. Schulze of Gratz studied Spongio-

phaga communis in his usual exhaustive manner (Zeitschrift

f. wiss. Zoologie, Bd. xxxiii. 1879, ‘“ Untersuchungen &c.

Die Gattung Hircinia, Nardo, &e.,” Taf. iv.) ; and under the

heading of “ Die Filamente” (Separat-Abdruck, p. 23) he

states that the filaments present no trace of cellulose, and have

not, apparently, been found through chemical analysis to agree

in composition with the horny fibre of the official sponge ;

while further observations are necessary to determine what their

real nature is, although they may be assumed to be foreign

organisms growing and thriving in the sponge. However, in

his fig. 4, Taf. iv. (loc. cit.), there is a fragment delineated

with a transversely corrugated exterior and a central cord

(‘¢ Achsenstrang,” p. 21, oc. c7t.), which to a certain extent

corresponds with what 1 have stated to be presented by the

proximal part of the filament of Spongiophaga Pottst.

Lastly, as regards the specimen of Spongtophaga Pottst in.

Meyenia Bailey, Bk., from Buffalo, which Mr. Potts in his

letter states to have been sent to him by Mr. H. Mills, the

development seems to have only just commenced; for the

filaments to the number of from two to four rising from the pro-~

Mr. H. J. Carter on Spongiophaga Pottsi. 359

longation extended from the process of the chitinous coat, on

which the reproductive elements must have settled, are not

only very short but of different lengths in different statoblasts

(figs. 5, 6)—namely in one, the shortest, not more than

1-4000th inch long (that is, mere points, fig. 6,¢c), with the

wall of the prolongation from the process of the chitinous coat

extremely thin (fig. 6, a), and the statoblast from which it

proceeds about 1-60th inch in diameter, and in another, the

longest, on the slide (fig. 5, a) not more than the 1-60th inch

long, with the wall of the prolongation much thickened and

the statoblast 1-40th inch in diameter, while every variety of

length with proportionate thickness in all occurs between these

two in different statoblasts on the same slide.

Thus, then, we can trace the filament back to two points,

one on each side of the tubular prolongation from the process

of the chitinous coat towards its termination, where it is dilated,

and ends, as usual, in an open mouth; while these “ points ”’

(which, as just stated, are not more than the 1-4000th inch long)

appear here, as well as in all other instances, to be connected

round the tube—that is, as it were, to embrace it by a thinner

substance or membranous expansion (figs.6, d, and4, d), which,

by alteration of the focus, can be seen to make them continu-

ous, whence it has seemed to me that they must be two dis-

tinct individuals which have thus grown together, as in the

fully developed filament they open separately into the tubular

prolongation, one on each side (fig. 2, 2) —or that there was only

one embryo, and that, growing in opposite directions, it ended

in this development. What the individual embryo may be

like I cannot pretend to say ; butif still more reduced in size,

_ say to a sphere, it would lose the filiform character and then

become undistinguishable from other like objects if not found

to bear some special character. When rudimentary, too, these

filaments are crooked and bent almost to angularity most

irregularly (figs. 7, 8,65), while those in the specimen from

Philadelphia are incomparably longer and even (fig. 1,994),

although they also become more or less crooked and irregular

towards their respective free ends (fig. 2, n, 0). Still, as

may be seen from the illustrations, they too may respectively

be terminated by the simply hooked or bilobate extremity, as

observed in the Spongilla from Philadelphia; at the same

time more extended observation is necessary before the per-

sistence of such forms can be satisfactorily established.

Of this development, then, in Meyenia (Spongilla) Bailey:

Bk., from Buffalo, being Spongiophaga Pottst, 1 have no more

doubt than that the mounted fragments from Lehigh Gap (to

which I have already alluded, which is about fifty-five miles

25*

360 Mr. H. J. Carter on Spongiophaga Pottsi.

N.N.W. of Philadelphia), on two other slides, are statoblasts

of Meyenia Baileyi without both filaments and prolongation

from the process of the chitinous coat.

Returning for a moment to the marine species, viz. Spongio-

phaga communis, it might be observed that the only way to

ebtain entire filaments (that 1s, with the bulb at each end) is to

get a fragment of a Hircinia infested with them which has

not been allowed to dry, by having been put in spirit of

wine immediately after it has been taken from its place of

growth. A minute portion of the soft parts, which may be

found to be entirely composed of the parasitic filaments, may

then be pulled out with a microscopic hook and put into a

little shallow vessel containing about half an inch of water,

after which this minute portion may be gently taken off the

hook and pulled to pieces with fine needles, twisting the latter

round and round the vessel so as to dislodge the filaments

(which, ef course, are now invisible) and cause them to dis-

engage themselves and float about freely and separately.

Then taking a glass tube with about one sixth of an inch bore,

drawn out to about one sixteenth at the lower end, and closing

the upper or larger aperture forcibly with the fore finger, put

the free end in the water containing the filaments so as to

touch the bottom of the vessel, when, on suddenly withdrawing

the finger, the water will rush into the tube, carrying with it

perchance one or more entire filaments. Now replace the

finger gently and transfer the contents to a glass slide by

blowing also gently through the tube; cover and examine

with the microscope. Repeat the process if necessary until

some entire filaments are obtained.

Having just examined many in this way I have, by deline-

ating to scale the bulbs at the ends respectively of the same

filaments in several instances, been able to compare the whole

together, both in size and shape, whence it seems to me

not only that one is more ovular than the other (fig. 9, a, 0),

but that the ovular one is often accompanied by a spiral linea-

tion (fig. 9,a), although whether this be in the interior or on

the surface I cannot say; yet sometimes it has very much

the appearance of the spiral thread of a nematocyst;

sometimes also there is a minute point or projection at the

apex or on the side of the bulb (fig. 9, a) ; nor is it easy to

say, from the minuteness of the latter, whether this is natural

or adventitious, even if it be always present when unseen.

To determine satisfactorily whether there is any character-

istic difference between the two bulbs, and if so what it is,

would require more time than I have at my disposal; nor

have I found staining ‘shorten the process or facilitate this

Mr. H. J. Carter on Spongiophaga Pottsi. 361

result ; so I must leave the subject as it is, hoping that Mr.

Potts, by obtaining the freshwater species and examining it

alive in its natural element, may be able to clear up the

mystery that attends the life-history of both, which it seems

hardly possible to do with the marine species alone, on

account of the rapidity with which the salt water becomes

putrescent.

As regards the interunion without appreciable line of de-

marcation between the fixed end of the filament in Spongio-

phaga Pottsi and the additional “ prolongation” and thickening |

of the chitinous coat of the statoblast (fig. 2, f), the latter may

be likened to that which takes place in the formation of the

gall in the oak tree when the insect deposits its egg on the

bark, to which I have before alluded * ; while the former is

of every-day occurrence in the polyp which imbeds itself in

the dermal sarcode of a sponge; and the metamorphosis of

the complicated elements of a parasitic crustacean into a single

trumpet-shaped sucking-tube is hardly less than would be

that of the oral extremity of a nematoid worm into the form

of the fixed end of the filament of Spongiophaga Pottst. ‘This,

however, must not be regarded as “ special pleading ;” for as

yet I do not see either in the marine or freshwater species, or

in both together, enough to point out what the parasite is,

further than that I must now renounce the opinion altogether

of its belonging to the vegetable kingdom, as J can also now

assert that it is to be found in the freshwater as well as in the

marine sponges, growing in some specimens, and noé in others,

of the same species of the Spongida.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Statoblast of undescribed species of Spongilla (gen. 2, Meyenia,

Carter) from Philadelphia, bearing three filaments of Spongio-

phaga Potts. Scale 1-48th to 1-1800th inch. a, germinal

contents of statoblast ; 6, delicate membranous envelope of the

same; c, chitinous coat (indicated by the dark line); d, spicu-

liferous layer (the dotted line outside); e, process of chitinous

coat, opening into 7, tubular prolongation from the same; ggg,

filaments of Spongiophaga Potts:. ‘The latter are diagrammatic

in point of length, which is much longer than that delineated.

Fig. 2. Process of chitinous coat &c. of the same, bearing two filaments

of Spongiophaga Potts: truncated. Scale 1-24th to 1-6000th inch,

thus much more magnified to facilitate explanation, as follows:—

* In Spongilla friabilis, Leidy, 1851,=S. Lordu, Bk., 1863, the prolon-

gation, however, is natural, and, as pointed out by Mr. Potts, bent sharply

to one side like the iron ventilators of a steam-vessel; but it appears to

me to be produced by an elongation of the process of the chitinous coat

itself, and not by an additional portion like that accompanying the pre-

sence of Spongiophaga Pottst (Pl. XVII. fig. 1, f, &c.).

362 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Aphelorrhina simillima.

aa, germinal contents; 6, process of chitinous coat, opening at

c into tubular prolongation of the same, d; ee, truncated fila-

ments; ff, point of union with chitinous coat; fg, rugz on

the surface; Ah, axial canal; 2, germinal contents in the lower

and dilated part of the axial canal; &, the same, altered

into fatty-looking globules in the axial canal; J, small or free

end of the filament (pointed form) ; m, the same (bilobate form) ;

more magnified in m and o respectively, viz. onthe scale 1-6th to

1-6000th inch.

Fig. 3. Process of chitinous coat of the same, bearing two filaments

truncated, to show fundamental form of tubular open prolonga-

tion, a. Scale 1-24th to 1-1800th inch.

Fig. 4. The same, bearing two filaments truncated, to show membranous

expansions occasionally extended from and connecting the fila-

ments. a, process of chitinous coat; 6, opening into e, prolon-

gation from the same; d, membranous expansions. Same scale.

Fig. 5. Three representations (a,b,c) of the tubular prolongation from

the chitinous coat, bearing respectively rudimentary growths of

different lengths of Spongiophaga Potts: in Meyenia (Spongilla)

Bailey, Bk., from Buffalo, Lake Erie. Scale the same as that

of figs. 8 and 4, to show the relative size and form of these

rudimentary growths when compared with the full-grown

filaments in fig. 1.

Fig. 6. The same, on a still more magnified scale, viz. 1-24th to

1-6000th inch, bearing the rudiments of two filaments, each not

more than 1-4000th inch long, apparently connected by a mem-

branous expansion round the opening of the tubular prolonga-

tion from the process of the chitinous coat. a, prolongation ;

b, opening at free end; ce, rudimentary filaments; d, mem-

branous expansion.

Figs. 7 and 8. The same, magnified on the same scale, but with filaments

of longer growth, to show their crookedness at this period.

aa, prolongations; 6, filaments.

Fig. 9. Spongiophaga communis in Hircinia from the Levant, ends of,

on the scale of 1-12th to 1-G000th inch. a, ovular end or bulb,

presenting the appearance of a spiral line and point at the apex ;

6, globular end or bulb.

XX XVI.— On Aphelorrhina simillima, Westwood (Coleoptera,

Cetoniide). By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE.

In a former volume of the ‘ Annals’ (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1879, iii. p. 87), I wrote a paper on Ceratorrhina guttata and

the allied species, describing three new species, Aphelorrhina

Julia, A. bella, and A. tibialis, and redescribing A. stmillima,

Westwood, from the type in the British Museum.

Dr. Kraatz has recently written (Deutsche ent. Zeit. 1880,

xxiv. p. 165) on the same group, particularly with the view of

showing that the msect which I have described as A. sdmil-

lima is not the insect described and figured by Westwood,

but that my A. Julia is the true semellima; and he proposes

the name A. Westwoodii for my A. simillima.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Aphelorrhina simillima. 363

He argues that the specimen of A. simillima from which I

took my description cannot be the one mentioned by Prof.

Woodward asin the British Museum *, because I have stated

that the posterior tibize have no spine on the outer edge, and

give the length 94 lines; whilst Westwood says “ hind tibiz

with a minute central tooth on the outside,” and gives the

length 12 lines. Dr. Kraatz notes that Westwood’s figure

measures 114 lines. That in German lines is 12 lines in

English measure.

No one with the Museum specimen of A. simllima before

him could for a moment doubt that it is the one from which

Westwood made his drawing ; and the figure cannot be mis-

taken for the broad brightly-coloured A. Julia.

As for the apparent discrepancies between Westwood’s

description and mine, they are easily accounted for in the

following way :—

I have no doubt that Prof. Westwood made his drawing

from the Museum specimen, and perhaps took a note or two

from it. The description was very likely completed after-

wards, and the measurement given from the figure.

I do not consider that the posterior tibie have any tooth

properly so called. On the outer edge there is a very slight

angular enlargement; this is somewhat exaggerated in the

figure on the right side, and still more so on the left.

With regard to the measurements. I gave the length,

taken in the ordinary way (from the apex of the clypeus to

the apex of the pygidium), 94 lines; but this was an error on

my part; I should have said 10 lines (English). [I very

likely accidentally placed my compasses to the French lines,

which I have on the same ruler.| Now, taking the separate

parts of the insect from the specimen, I get the following

result :—Head 2 lines, thorax 23, elytra 64, pygidium 1 (or

1} from its base to apex), total 12 lines.

The head and thorax being on an incline accounts for the

difference when measuring the insect from tip to tip. The

male example of A. Julia, for which I have given 12 lines as

the length from tip to tip, gives 15 lines when measured

piece by piece, which is not the ordinary way, and would be

very misleading.

I observe a peculiarity in Prof. Westwood’s figure which

* There is only one specimen in the British Museum, which has been

there since November 1838. Burmeister’s label ‘‘ Celorrhina simillima,

Burm.,” is still preserved; and his description (Handb. iii. 1842, p. 209) is

better than Westwood’s; it was written before, but published after,

Aieeoroed The specimens of 4A. Julia were received in December

878. ;

364 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

is perhaps worth noticing. He represents four spots on the

margin of the left elytron, and three on the margin of the

right *; and I notice that this is just the reverse in the type

specimen, which has four spots on the margin of the raght

elytron and three on the left; but if Prof. Westwood repre-

sented the spots when drawing on the stone as he saw them

in the insect, they would be reversed when the plate was

printed. The additional spot on the right side is extremely

small, which accounts for Burmeister and Westwood having

omitted to mention it in their descriptions.

XXXVII.— Ona Oollection of Crustacea made by Baron Her-

mann Maltzan*t at Goree Island, Senegambia. By EDWARD

J. Miers, F.L.S., F.Z.5.

[Plates XTII., XIV., XV., & XVI]

[Continued from p, 281.]

MACRURA.

Scyllarus (Arctus) arctus, var. paradoxus, n.

Two small examples are in thecollection (length of the largest

a little over 1 inch 1 line, 28 millim.), which differ from the

typical form of the species in the somewhat broader carapace,

the three cardiac prominences of which are more elevated, and

in the form of the teeth of the median longitudinal dorsal

carina in front of the cervical suture; the most anterior of

these teeth is obsolete, the second very minute and situated just

in front of, and beneath, the last tooth of the series, which is

very prominent ; whereas in the typical S. arctus these teeth

are all well defined and nearly equidistant from one another.

In both, the carapace is covered with depressed squamiform

tubercles, and the postabdomen marked with impressed lines

forming leaf-like patterns.

Whether these characters are of permanent value a larger

series of better-grown specimens is needed to determine. There

is, however, in the Museum collection a series of small speci-

mens from Madeira (the Rev. R. B. Watson), the largest of

* In the Museum copy of the ‘ Arcana’ the colourist has not placed the

white on the spots where they are indicated by small circles.

+ By an unfortunate oversight on my part, which I regret extremely,

Baron Maltzan’s name has been misspelled in the earlier parts of this

paper. Instead of “ Maltzam ” vead “ Maltzan,” and instead of ‘ Hetero-

erypta Maltzami” read “ Heterocrypta Maltzant.”

Goree Island, Senegambia. 365

which does not reach the size of the Gorean specimens, which

present all the characters of the typical form of S. arctus*.

In two small specimens from Mr. Watson’s Madeiran col-

lection, and in the one from the same locality referred to b

me in my recent report on the Crustacea collected by Dr.

Coppinger, of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ under the name of S. arctus f,

the carapace is much depressed and nearly smooth, but little

broader than long, with scarcely any trace of squamiform

tubercles and the median dorsal teeth very low; the lateral

- caring distinct, and reaching nearly to the posterior margin ;

the lateral lobes of the second to fifth postabdominal segments

are angulated, but the angies not produced into spines; there

is a strong spine on the sternum, at base of each of the fifth

pair of legs. I have little doubt that these belong to the

species recently described by Prof. S. I. Smith under the

name of S. depressus, the types of which were dredged in

86 fathoms off the New-England coast t.

Possibly, as Prof. Smith remarks, both the depressed form

of the carapace and the prominence of the sternal spines may

be due to immaturity.

S. Gundlachi, von Martens, from Cuba §, appears to bear a

considerable resemblance to S. arctus, var. paradoxus, if the

figure may be trusted; but the spines of the carapace are

differently arranged. Prof. 8. I. Smith (¢. c. p. 431), I may

add, apparently regards this species as synonymous with his’

S. americanus, which has the median crest of the carapace

“high, covered with low squamiform tubercles, tridentate,

the anterior tooth small, and situated halfway between the

front and second tooth,” &c.

Crangon (Cheraphilus) cataphractus, Olivi.

There is in the collection a single small specimen (a female

with ova), length rather over 11 lines (24 millim.) , which I

refer, with scarcely any doubt, to this species. The position

of the spines of the carapace and the sculpture of the post-

abdominal segments are similar to those obtaining in the Medi-

terranean examples in the collection of the British Museum ;

but the spines are much smaller.

Alpheus paracrinitus, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. fig. 6.)

Rostrum triangulate, acute, arising from the frontal margin

* M. Brullé, in Webb and Berthelot’s ‘Tles Canaries,’ Crust. p. 18

(1836-44), mentions the occurrence of S. arctus at the Canaries.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 63.

{ Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, iti. p. 429 (1881).

§ Arch. f. Naturg. p. 128, pl. v. fig. 13 (1872).

366 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

of the carapace (which is slightly concave on each side of

its base), but not prolonged backward as a dorsal carina.

Orbital arches entire, arcuated, without spinules. Anterior

margin of the carapace sinuated on the sides, without spines.

Postabdominal segments smooth, entire, with the lateral

margins broadly rounded ; terminal segment not three times

as long as broad at the base, with its distal end subtruncated.

Eyes completely concealed beneath the carapace. Antennules

with three joints of the peduncle exposed, of which the middle

one is slightly the longest, with a small spine-like scale at

base, reaching nearly to the end of the basal joint. Basal

scale of antennee about reaching to the end of the antennal

peduncle, with the outer margin nearly straight and ending

in a small spine, and the inner margin convergent towards it

and clothed with long hairs. Anterior legs or chelipedes

having the merus and carpus slender; merus with a small

tooth or spine at the distal end of its under margin; palm of

larger chelipede rather more than twice as long as broad,

smooth, without notches or ridges, largest at its rounded basal

end, with an impressed curved line on its upper and proximal

end; fingers nearly half as long as the palm ; the upper with

its superior margin arcuated. Smaller chelipede with the

carpus rather longer, and chela very slender, fingers hairy.

Second legs with first jomt of the carpus longer than the

second, the last three joints of nearly equal length, the last a

little the longest, the joint preceding these somewhat longer.

Ambulatory legs somewhat hairy. Distal ends of the rami of

the uropoda clothed with long hairs. Colour light yellowish

(in spirit). Fingers of larger chelipede pinkish. Length

7 lines (nearly 15 millim.).

Two females with ova are im the collection.

Several species of this very difficult genus have been re-

corded from the Cape-Verd Islands; it may therefore be

useful to note that Alpheus paracrinitus may be distinguished

from Alpheus pugilator and A. rugimanus, A. M.-Edwards*,

Alpheus streptochirus, Stimpsont, and Alpheus Hdwardsit

(Audouin) {, by the absence of spinules from the orbital

arches (not to mention other characters), and from Alpheus

Bouviert, A. M.-Edwards (é. c. p. 231), by the form and in-

sculptation of the larger chela.

From the well-known Mediterranean A. ruber it may be

distinguished by the form of the rostrum and of the larger

chela.

* Bull. Soc. Philomath. de Paris, ser. 7, ii. pp. 229, 280 (1878).

+ Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 80 (1860).

{ Explic. des planches in Savigny’s Cr. de l’Egypte, pl. x. fig. 1.

Goree Island, Senegambia. 367

It is also evidently very nearly allied to A. crinitus,

Dana*, from the far distant Balabac Straits; but the front

between the eyes in A. paracrinitus can scarcely be described

as carinated, and the first carpal joint of the second pair of

legs is decidedly longer than the second joint.

Sicyonia sculpta, M.-Hdwards.

Seven specimens, which apparently do not differ specifically

from this species, are in the collection; the length of the

largest is nearly 1 inch 3 lines (32 millim.).

If, as appears to be the case, Olivi’s name of carinata is the

earliest applicable to this speciesT, it will be necessary to ap-

ply anew designation to the Stcyonia carinata of M.-Kdwards

and Olivier, which might be named S. Hdwardsii. For the

present, however, I prefer to adopt the generally-received

terminology.

Mr. C. Spence Batef, in his recent memoir on the Penzeidea,

has recorded the occurrence of this species at St. Vincent, in

the Cape-Verd Islands (‘ Challenger ’ collection).

Peneus brasiliensis (Latyr.).

Three females are in the collection; length of the largest

about 4 inches 2 lines (106 millim.). They were obtained in

the marshes at Rufisque.

I have already noted the occurrence of this species at

Whydah, on the West-African coast§. On the American

coasts its range extends from New York to Brazil (vide Kings-

ley, Bullet. Essex Instit. x. p. 69, 1878).

Peneus velutinus, Dana.

Thus must be provisionally designated several small speci-

mens in the collection from Goree (length of the largest to

base of rostrum, which is broken, about 12 inch, 32 millim.),

and also specimens in the Museum collection which I formerly

very doubtfully designated P. affinis, M.-Edwards, having

only M.-Edwards’s short diagnosis for a basis of identification.

Mr. Spence Bate, however, has recently examined the type of

P. affinis; and I am satisfied from his figure (t.c. p. 179,

pl. xu. fig. 6) that P. velutinus is in reality distinct from

M.-Hdwards’s species. Mr. Bate, however, agrees with me in

* U.S. Explor. Exp. xiii. Cr. i. p. 548, pl. xxxiv. fig. 8 (1852),

t Vide ‘Zoologia Adriatica,’ p. 51, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1792).

$ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 5) viii. p. 172 (Sept. 1881),

§ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 299.

368 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

regarding P. affinis (barbatus) of De Haan as identical with

P. velutinus.

The range of this species having now been ascertained to

extend to the West-African coast, it is more than ever pro-

bable that P. pubescens, Stimpson, from St. Thomas (West

Indies), which is scarcely to be distinguished by the author’s

description, will have to be united with P. velutinus. Stimp-

son mentions, however, but a single pair of lateral caudal

spines.

Mr. Spence Bate has described several species from New

Guinea, the Philippines, and Japan, which (in the short

diagnoses published) are separated from one another and from

P. velutinus by characters largely drawn from the rostrum and

postabdomen. I may add, therefore, the following particulars

respecting the Gorean examples and others in the Museum

collection :—Rostrum nearly straight, sharp, slightly ascending

from the base, and armed with from seven to ten spines on its

upper margin, besides the gastric spine (the number of spines

fewest in the smallest specimens). Second to sixth segments

of the postabdomen carinated, the carina terminating on the

last segment in a small tooth or spine; terminal segment

longitudinally suleated above and terminating in a strong

spine and with four pairs of lateral spines, of which the

proximal pair are small and remote from the rest. These are

wanting in some specimens, and may have been disarticulated

and lost. A similar arrangement of the spines is evident in

two specimens from the Gulf of Suez in the Museum collec-

tion; in a specimen from the Japanese seas the proximal pair

of spines are wanting, and in one from the Australian seas the

distal pair. In another specimen from Shark Bay, West

Australia, the spines correspond in number and development

with the Gorean specimens. In all of the above there is but

little variation in the form of the rostrum and number of its

teeth and of the postabdominal carina; and in all the body

is more or less densely clothed with a short scabrous pubes-

cence. In but few of the specimens [ have seen are the

external genital appendages fully developed.

STOMATOPODA.

Lystosquilla (Coronis) acanthocarpus, var. septemspinosa.

(Pl. XVI. fig. 7.)

I thus designate a small female example in the collection

that agrees with examples of C. acanthocarpus, from Port

Essington, North Australia, and from Penang, in the form of

Goree Island, Senegambia. 369

the carapace and postabdomen, the number of the spines on

the terminal segment, the existence of a spine on the carpus

of the large raptorial limbs, in the form of the spines of the

basal prolongation of the uropoda, &c.

It scarcely differs, indeed, except in the somewhat less-

elongated, slightly transverse rostral plate (which, as in the

typical examples of C. acanthocarpus, has its anterior margin

armed with a short spine, and its antero-lateral angles not

prolonged into spines), its less prominent eyes, and in having

the dactylus of the raptorial limbs armed with seven, not six,

spines on their inner margins; the penultimate spine is also

relatively not so short as in the two specimens of C. acantho-

carpus above referred to; the small spinules on the latero-

posterior margin of the terminal segment are somewhat more

elongated. The example from Goree Island measures barely

1 inch 4 lines (34 millim.), whereas the smallest (the type)

specimen of C. acanthocarpus measures about 2 inches 6 lines

(64 millim.); and in the absence of a larger series for compa-

rison I do not venture to regard the distinctions above men-

tioned as of specific value ; yet, in consideration of the widely-

separated localities, it appears desirable to apply a distinct

designation to the West-African variety. As in the typical

form, the lamellate appendage of the antepenultimate joint is

less dilated in the last pair of thoracic limbs than in the pre-

ceding*.

Lysiosquilla armata, Smith}, from the coast of New

England, is a very distinct species from the foregoing, differ-

ing (it would appear) in the form of the rostrum and terminal

segment, as well as in having ten spines on the prehensile

edge of the dactylus of the “ raptorial limbs ” (second maxil-

lipedes).

ISOPODA.

Cirolana Swainsonii.

Nelocira Swainsonit, Leach, Dict. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 347 (1818); Des-

marest, Consid. Crust. p. 302, pl. xlvili. fig. 2 (1825) ; M.-Edwards,

Cr. in Cuvier, Régne Anim., Atlas, pl. Ixvii. fig. 4.

Eurydice Swainson, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. p. 288 (1840) ;

White, List Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 106 (1847).

? Cirolana /urtipes, Heller, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, xvi.

p. 742 (1866); Stalio, Atti Istit. Veneto (ser. 5), ili. p. 1875

(1876-77). ;

There are in the collection six small specimens that I refer

* Vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 5), v. p. 125 (1880).

+ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. iii. p. 446 (1881).

370 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

to this species with little hesitation after comparison with

Leach’s types in the British Museum, which are from the

Mediterranean, and are dried and in fairly good condition.

The length of the largest of the West-African examples is

not quite 4 lines (8 millim.), whereas that of the largest of

the Mediterranean types is about 6 lines (over 12 millim.).

It may be useful to subjoin a detailed description of this

species, the original diagnoses being very short and insuff-

cient.

Body oblong-oval, convex, and nearly smooth. Head trans-

verse, closely encased in the first segment of the body, smooth

above, its anterior margin with only a very small subacute me-

dian rostriform lobe that projects somewhat between the bases

of the antennules. First thoracic segment more than twice as

long as the following, with its antero-lateral angles little pro- -

minent; the following segments of the thorax are short, with

their posterior margins straight and their postero-lateral angles

nearly right angles. The postabdomen has not more than

four or five of its segments visible in a dorsal view ; of these

the first four are very short, the second and third having their

sides prolonged, acute, and visible in a lateral view; the

penultimate has its posterior margin perfectly straight to

within a short distance of the lateral angles; the terminal

segment is nearly equilaterally triangulate, flat above, with

the apex subacute and fringed with hairs. The eyes, which

are placed close to the postero-lateral angles of the head

and occupy about half of the lateral margins, are oblong in a

lateral view and more or less distinctly faceted. The an-

tennules reach about to the posterior margin of the head; the

two visible joints of the peduncle are moderately enlarged and

of nearly equal length; flagellum of eight or nine joints. An-

tenn barely half as long as the animal, with the last two

joints of the peduncle subequal and longer than the pre-

ceding; flagellum with numerous joints (twenty to forty).

Epimera of second and third segments oblong and transverse ;

those of the four following segments with the postero-lateral

angles slightly prolonged and acute, and with an oblique line

on their outer surface. Legs moderately robust, the fourth

to sixth joints margined with short stiff sete ; dactylus shghtly

curved. Uropoda little longer than the terminal segment, the

rami arising from a broad and transverse base, margined with

hairs, the outer the narower, both somewhat ovate, outer with

the apex subacute. Colour more or less of a yellowish brown,

with darker punctulations.

Oirolana Swainsonii is regarded (but doubtfully) by Heller

(t. c.) as synonymous with C. hirtipes of Milne-EKdwards, a

Goree Island, Senegambia. 371

species from the Cape of Good Hope. Stalio, while retaining

Dr. Heller’s designation of C. hirtipes for the Adriatic speci-

mens, 1s yet of opinion that Hurydice Swainsonii may be

their proper designation, and C. hirtipes be a distinct yet

allied species. That C. hirtipes is distinct is, I think, certain,

since in Milne-Edwards’s figure the body is represented as

longer and narrower, the terminal segment less acute, and the

uropoda subequal and of a more acute and narrow lanceo-

late shape; moreover, in specimens referred, I think rightly,

to C. hirtipes in the British-Museum collection, the interan-

tennal process of the epistome is narrower and the median

frontal lobe more distinct and prominent.

In all its characters C. Swainsonii much more nearly ap-

proaches C. Cranchii of Leach; and the two species may even

be identical; but more specimens of C. Cranchii are needed

for comparison, and for the present it may suffice to point out

the affinity and possible identity of the two species. Neither

the degree of granulation of the eyes nor the number of ex-

posed postabdominal segments are characters of importance,

since I have seen specimens of C. Cranchii having the

eyes nearly smooth and but five postabdominal segments ex-

posed; there are, however, slight differences in the form of the

uropoda and terminal segment.

AMPHIPODA.

Ampelisca tenuicornis, Lilljeborg.

Here are referred with little hesitation two Amphipods in

somewhat imperfect condition in the collection which agree in

all essential characters with A. Boeck’s diagnosis of the

species **, who, moreover, quotes as synonymous with the

Arctic form the Araneops diadema of Costa from the Gulf of

Naplest. I have thought it well, however, to subjoin the

following detailed description of the Gorean specimens :—

The body is compressed and dorsally arcuated, without

spines or tubercles ; the head projects somewhat beyond the

anteriorly-porrected coxa of the first thoracic segment, is

nearly twice as long as its greatest vertical depth, and its

antero-lateral margins are slightly sinuated. Segments of

the postabdomen smooth; the first has its postero-lateral

angles rather broadly rounded; in the third postabdominal

segment this angle is nearly a right angle; the fourth seg-

* De Skandinaviske og Arktiske Amfipoder, ii. p. 519, pl. xxxi. fig. 1

1876).

‘ + Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Napoli, p. 178, pl. i. fig. 1 (1856).

372 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

ment is dorsally somewhat carinated; the terminal segment

is narrow-ovate and divided through rather more than half its

length by a narrow fissure. The eye-specks are very small,

pale-coloured, and scarcely distinguishable. Antennules

scarcely half as long as the antenne ; with two joints of the

peduncle visible, the first bemg thicker and rather shorter

than the second; flagellum with from eighteen to twenty joints;

the antenne have the first peduncular joint very short, the

next two slender, elongated, and subequal; the flagellum is

longer than the peduncle, but broken in the two specimens

I have examined; the coxe of the first four legs are narrow ;

and the posterior margins of the five succeeding joints in these

legs are clothed with long hairs. In the first pair of legs,

which are rather shorter than the next pair, the wrist and

palm are a little longer than broad and somewhat dilated

inferiorly, so that these joints are broadest in the middle of

their length; dactylus scarcely more than half as long as the

alm and closing against its inferior margin. Second legs

with the wrist slender, more than three times as long as

broad ; palm slender and a little shorter than the wrist (which

it resembles in shape), not dilated below; dactylus rather

shorter than the palm. The third and fourth legs have the

penultimate and antepenultimate joimts somewhat dilated, the

dilatation greatest in the fourth legs; dactylus very slender

and longer than the two preceding joints taken together. In

the three posterior pairs of legs the coxee are very short and

the basa or second joints very considerably dilated; im the

fifth and sixth pairs these joints are dilated anteriorly as well

as posteriorly ; in the last pair the anterior margin is straight

and the large posterior dilatation is broadly rounded ; in the

fifth and sixth legs the fifth joints are slightly produced at

their posterior and distal angles; and the dactyli in all three

are very short. The three posterior pairs of postabdominal

appendages are biramose, the rami lanceolate; those of the

last pair slightly sinuated. Colour pale yellowish in spirit.

Length a little more than 5 lines (11 millim.).

CIRRIPEDIA.

Balanus spongicola, Brown.

To this species, as characterized by Mr. Darwin *, are re-

ferred numerous small specimens incrusting certain of the

shells tenanted by hermit crabs in the collection; two or

* Monograph of the Cirripedia, Balanidaz, p. 225, pl. iv. fig, 1 (1854),

grap v »~ »?P 8

Goree Island, Senegambia. BTS

three specimens were also observed attached to the dorsal

surface of the carapace of Lambrus massena, var. atlanticus,

and Hbalia tuberculata. The valves of the operculum in these

specimens are of a pinkish or purplish hue in spirit, and lon-

gitudinally ribbed or folded, the ribs often nearly as promi-

nent as in B. trigonus; the adductor ridge of the scutum is

generally very distinct, the tergum has a short and broadly

truncated spur.

Intermingled with the above I have found in one or two

instances young specimens apparently referable to Balanus

amphitrite, which is mentioned by Mr. Darwin (¢.c. p. 241)

as occurring on the west coast of Africa and being, in fact,

common in nearly all the warmer temperate and tropical

seas ; whereas B. spongicola has, according to Mr. Darwin, a

more restricted range, occurring on the southern and western

coasts of Britain, at Madeira, and in the West Indies.

Geographical Distribution of the Species.

In order to facilitate reference to the species enumerated in

the foregoing paper, the following systematic list is given,

with the geographical range of each, so far as known to me

at present. Our knowledge of the distribution of the higher

Crustacea is as yet very imperfect, although the attention of

earcinologists has been of late years increasingly directed to

its study. The following list, however, will suffice to show

the marked affinities of the crustacean fauna of Goree (so far

as it is represented in the collection now described) with that

of the Mediterranean and Hastern American coasts, which I

have already referred to above. Of 55 species or well-marked

varieties contained in this list, 3 are not included in the Gorean

collection, and may be dismissed from present consideration.

Of the remaining 52, 17 have been recorded from the temperate

European seas ; and of these several are now indicated from one

or more of the intervening island-groups, ¢. e. the Cape-Verd,

Canary, and Madeiran Islands; the Huropean aftinity is

further exhibited by several of the new species having near

allies in Mediterranean forms. Only five species in the fol-

lowing list have been recorded from the West Indies or

localities on the east coast of North America; but several

others find near allies among their American congeners, e. g.

Heterocrypta Maltzani, Lophozozymus sexdentatus, Leptodius

punctatus, Neptunus inequalis, Hthusa mascarone, Roux,

Spiropagurus elegans, Scyllarus arctus, var. paradoxus, n.,

and Peneus velutinus, Dana.

Portunus corrugatus, Pennant, Penceus velutinus, Dana, and

Balanus amphitrite have an Oriental range; and the typical

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 26

374 Mr. E. J. Miers on Crustacea from

forms of Thalamita integra, Pilumnoplax sulcatifrons, and

Lysiosquilla acanthocarpus (new varieties of which are in the

Gorean collection) are also from Oriental localities. Other

species there are, as (¢.g.) Goniosoma Milleri, A. M.-Edw.,

Spiropagurus elegans, and Alpheus paracrinitus, which are

very closely allied to Oriental congeners.

Several of the new species or varieties described from Goree

are also known to occur at the Cape-Verd, Madeira, or

Canary Islands ; and no doubt all may be expected to have a

more or less extended range {.

Systematic List of the Species.

(The species distinguished by an asterisk are those not represented

in the collection from Goree.)

DECAPODA.

BRACHYURA.

Stenorhynchus rostratus (Linn.). European seas.

S. rostratus, var. spinulosus,n. Vigo Bay ?, Ireland ?

Herbstia (Micropisa) violacea, A. M.-Kdw. Cape St. Vincent

(Cape-Verd Isl.), Angola.

Pisa carinimana, Miers. Canaries.

Lambrus (Parthenopoides) massena, Roux. Mediterranean,

Cape-Verds ?

L. (P.) massena, var. goreensist, n.

L. (P.) massena, var. atlanticus, n.

L. (P.) bicarinatus, sp. n. Canaries.

Heterocrypta Maltzani, sp. n.

Lophozozymus (Lophoxanthus) seadentatus, sp. n.

Xanthodes melanodactylus, A. M.-Kdw. Madeira, Cape St.

Vincent (C.-Verd Isl.), Ascension Island.

Xantho pilipes, A. M.-EKdw.? Senegal.

Leptodius punctatus, sp. n.

*7. Macandree, sp.n. Canaries.

Pilumnus verrucosipes, Stimpson. Cape of Good Hope, Si-

mon’s Bay.

Neptunus (Amphitrite) inequalis, sp. n.

Thalamita integra, var. africana, n. Canaries.

+ In connexion with the subject of geographical distribution, I may be

allowed to call attention to the remarks of Prof. 8. I. Smith on the geo-

graphical distribution of the Crustacea recently dredged by the United-

States Fish Commission on the New-England coast (vide Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 1881, vii. p. 146).

} This designation must be given to the variety above named spinifer,

since Mr. Haswell has quite recently applied the latter name to an Aus-

tralian species.

Goree Island, Senegambia. 375

Goniosoma Millerii, A. M.-Edw. Cape St. Vincent (Cape-

Verd Isl.).

Portunus corrugatus (Pennant). Huropean temperate seas,

Red Sea, Japan.

P. pustllus, Leach. European temperate seas, New Zealand ?

Atelecyclus rotundatus, Olivi. Mediterranean, west coast of

France.

Pilumnoplax sulcatifrons, Stm., var. atlantica, n. (The

typical form was obtained at Hong Kong.)

Typhlocarcinus integrifrons, sp. 0.

Thaumastoplax anomalipes, gen. and sp. nov.

Gelasimus tangiert, Kydoux. North and west coasts of

Africa, coast of Portugal, West Indies.

Philyra cristata, sp. n.

P. levidorsalis, sp. n.

Ilia spinosa, sp. n. Canaries.

EKbalia tuberculata, sp. n.

*H. fragifera, sp. n. Madeira, Canaries.

Ei. affinis, sp. n.

Dorippe armata, White (ined.), Miers.

Ethusa mascarone, Roux. Mediterranean, Canaries.

ANOMURA.

Dromia fulvo-hispida, sp. n.

D. spinirostris, sp. n.

Diogenes varians (Costa). Coasts of Portugal, Mediterranean,

Buack Sea.

D. varians, var. ovata, n.

D. varians, var. gracilimana, n.

Pagurus striatus, Latr. Mediterranean, Madeira, coasts of

Portugal.

*P. imperator, sp.n. St. Helena.

P. granulimanus, sp. n.

Tsocheles ? gracilis, sp. n.

Spiropagurus elegans, sp. n.

Eupagurus excavatus (Herbst). Mediterranean.

Macrura.

Scyllarus (Arctus) arctus, var. paradoxus, n.

Crangon (Cheraphilus) cataphractus (Olivi). Mediterranean.

Alpheus paracrinitus, sp. n.

Sicyonia sculpta, M.-Edw. Mediterranean, St. Vincent.

Penceus brasiliensis (Latr.). West Africa, Whydah, Ameri-

can coasts from New York to Brazil.

P. velutinus, Dana, Oriental region, from Japan to Gulf of

26*

376 Mr. E. J. Miers on Senegambian Crustacea.

Suez; West Australia (Sharks Bay), West Indies,

St. Thomas ? (as P. pubescens ?).

STOMATOPODA.

| Lystosquilla (Coronis) acanthocarpus, var. septemspinosa, 0.

(The typical form was from Port Essington, North

Australia.)

ISOPODA.

Cirolana Swainsonit (Leach). Mediterranean.

AMPHIPODA.

Ampelisca tenuicornis, Lilljeb. North-European and Medi-

terranean seas.

CIRRIPEDIA.

Balanus amphitrite, Darwin. Warmer temperate and tro-

pical seas of the globe.

B. spongicola, Brown. South and west coasts of Britain,

Madeira, West Indies.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XIII,

Fig. 1. Heterocrypia Maltzant, sp. u., X 3 diam.

Fig. 1a. Inferior view of the front of the cephalothorax, showing the

position and structure of the antennz and outer maxillipedes,

x 3 diam.

Fig. 2. Lophozozymus (Lophoxanthus) sexdentatus, sp. n., X 3 diam.

Fig. 2a. Outer view of chela of the same, x 3 diam.

Fig. 3. Outer view of chela of Leptodius punctatus, sp.n., X 14 diam.

Fig. 4. Outer view of chela of Leptodius Macandree, sp. n., X 2 diam.

Fig. 5. Similar view of a chela of Pilwmnus verrucosipes, Stm., X 3 diam.

Lig. 6. Neptunus (Amphitrite) inequalis, sp. u., X 13 diam.

Puate XIV.

Fig. 1. Typhlocarcinus integrifrons, sp. n., x about 3 diam.

Fig. 1a, Frontal and orbital region of the same, further magnified.

Fig. 2. Thaumastoplax anomalipes, gen. and sp. p., X 2 diam.

Fig. 2.a. Frontal and orbital region of the same, further magnified.

Fig. 2b, Outer maxillipede of the same, considerably magnitied.

Fig. 2c. Outer view of chela of the same, xX 2 diam.

Fig, 3. Ebaha tuberculata, sp.n., X 3 diam.

Fig. 3a. Outer maxillipede of the same, showing the form of the exo-

enath, further magnified.

Fig. 4, Outer maxillipede of Ebalia affinis, sp. n., considerably magnified.

)

Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen on Durgella Christiane. 377

PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. Philyra cristata, sp. n., x 4 diam.

Fig. 1 a. Outer maxillipede of the same, considerably magnified.

Fig. 1b. Postabdomen of a male, considerably magnified.

fg. 2. Chela of Philyra levidorsalis, sp. n., magnified.

fig. 8. Iha spinosa, sp.n., X 2 diam.

Fug. 4. Dorippe armata, White (ined.), nat. size.

Fiy. 4a. Outer view of larger chela of the same, nat. size. (The figures

are taken from White’s typical specimen in the Museum col-

lection.)

PiLatTe XVI.

Fig. 1. Outer view of chela of Dromia fulvo-hispida, sp. n., * about

A diam.

Fig. 2. Dorsal view of frontal rezion of Dromia spinirostris, showing the

form of the rostral spines, X 14 diam.

Fig. 3. Pagurus granulimanus, sp. n., nat. size.

Fig. 3a. Outer view of larger (left) chela of the same, nat. size.

Fig. 4. Outer view of third (right) leg of Isocheles? gracilis, sp. n., X

13 diam., showing the form of the long and slender dactylus.

Fig. 5. Spiropagurus elegans, sp. n., X 13 diam.

Fig. 5a. The spirally-coiled genital appendage of the left leg of the

fifth pair, x 5 diam.

Fig. 6. Rostrum and orbital region of Alpheus paracrinitus, sp. n., X

8 diam.

Fig. 7. Large raptorial limb (second maxillipede) of Lysiosquilla acan-

thocarpus, var. -septemspinosa, sp. n.. X 2 diam.

XXX VIII.—Descriptionof the Animal of Durgella Christiane,

a Species of Land-Shell from the Andaman Islands. _ By

Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-Austen, F.R.S., F.Z.8.,

&e.

My friend Mr. Geoffrey Nevill, a short time since, was

good enough to send me some specimens of Andaman and

Nicobar land-shells in spirit, and among them a specimen

named Helicarion Christiane, Vheobald. This I took an

early opportunity of examining ; and it proved a most inter-

esting species. The form of the shell-lobes at once recalled

the genus Durgella, W. Blf., described in full in Journal

Linn. Soe. vol. xv. 1881, p. 291; and after dissecting out the

generative organs and odontophore, there was no doubt of

its relationship to D. levicula, Bs., of Venasserim, and D.

assamica of the Brahmaputra valley, Assam, thus extend-

ing in an interesting way the range of this very well-marked

genus. I give below a full description of the animal of this

the largest species of it; and I only wish that I could give

378 Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen on Durgella Christiane.

one from life ; for from the spirit-specimen it would appear to

be of a very fine dark colour, contrasting remarkably with

very much paler-coloured shell-lobes.

The species was first described (on shell-character alone),

under the title Vitrina Christiane, by Mr. W. Theobald, in

J. A. S. B. 1864, p. 245; but he had apparently never seen

the animal. In his ‘Catelogue of the Land and Freshwater

Shells of India,’ published in 1876, it is placed in Section C

of the genus Helicarion. The five sections into which this

genus is divided are quite artificial, and apparently based on

shell-characters, which in these slug-like forms are of no

value whatever. For instance, H. Bensoni, to which Chris-

tvane is compared in the original description, is closely

allied to Macrochlamys.

Shell (original description). Testa subglobosa, tenuis, polita, dia-

phana, nitida, supra costulate striata, infra planior, colore

succineo ; apice pallido, vix elevatiusculo ; peripheria rotundata ;

apertura parum obliqua; anfractibus 34, lente crescentibus.

Long. 13, lat. 11, alt. 8 millim.

Habitat in insulis Andamanicis.

It is figured in ‘ Conchologia Indica,’ pl. lxvi. figs. 7-10.

Descr. Animal from spirit-specimen about 14 inch long

when fully extended. Whole body very dark (probably indigo-

grey), with the shell-lobes conspicuously pale-coloured. Ap-

parently long, and foot narrow, with a distinct central area and

lateral pallial line. ‘The vight neck-lobe is small, dark-coloured,

of triangular form, the left neck-lobe commencing as a very

narrow strip at the respiratory orifice, and widening gradually,

but to no great extent, towards the left side. The right

shell-lobe is largely developed even as contracted in the spirit,

and in life must extend over all the right and posterior side

of the shell. ‘The left shell-lobe is given off from the edge of

the mantle on the left anterior margin, and is broadly tongue-

shaped, in length about four times its breadth, and must also

cover a very large surface of shell when fully extended. The

extremity of the foot is square, with a mucous gland overhung

by a large lobe. ,The generative orifice is just behind and a

little below the right eye-tentacle. The generative organs

are the same as in Durgella assamica*, there being no ama-

torial organ. ‘The spermatheca is long and small, expanding

at the end into a large pear-shaped sac. The albumen-gland

is large and granular; but I failed to trace out the herma~

phrodite duct and ovo-testes.

Odontophore. The buccal mass is large and broad, with a

* Vide Linn. Soc. Journ, Zool. vol. xy. pl. xxi. fig. 2, &e.

On Sumatran Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 379

broad lingual ribbon, extremely brittle, so that I was unable

to get it out complete; it consisted of rows of similar and

equal-sized teeth ; however, I was fortunate enough to secure

the central portion. A very minute central bicuspid tooth, suc-

ceeded by much-curved bicuspid laterals, the first on either

side of the central being slightly shorter than the second ;

thence and outwards there is no change in form, except that

those further removed nearer the margin show the pectiniform

edges so characteristic of the odontophore in D. levicula. The

jaw is straight, with a slightly convex central margin, by no

means of solid form, and longitudinally striate.

XXXIX.— Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocerous

Lepidoptera from Sumatra. By Artuur G. BuTLer,

IFES been aC.

THE species now described were chiefly collected by Mr.

Charles Curtis, and were added to the Museum series during

the present year; they are referable to the Bombycina and

Geometrina.

Lithosiide.

1. Miltochrista Curtisit, sp. n.

Allied to M. rubricosiata of Herrich-Schaffer, but consi-

derably larger and somewhat differently coloured: primaries

above greyish brown, with bright yellow markings, upon

which the internervular folds are represented by thick

crimson lines; these markings are as follows—a basicostal

patch, a triangular costal patch immediately beyond it, an

irregular transverse band before the middle, a tapering costal

streak from just beyond this band to the apex, and a rather

‘broad irregular external border ; there are also a short narrow

streak at base of inner margin, a spot just below the cell and

before the transverse band, and two narrow longitudinal lines on

the radial interspaces, all crimson; fringe yellow: secondaries

rose-pink, with pale yellow fringe: thorax greyish brown,

spotted with yellow and red; abdomen rose-pink. Primaries

below rose-red, slightly purplish below the upper radial vein,

and inclining to crimson above it (thus indicating the broad

brown area of the upper surface) ; costa and discoidal cell

clouded with orange-yellow ; veins and external border yel-

low: secondaries pale rose-pink: body below pale yellow;

hind legs tinted with rose-colour. Hxpanse of wings 47

millimetres.

One female.

380 Mr. A. G. Butler on Heterocerous

2. Miltochrista collivolans, sp. n.

Hypocrita meander (part.), Snellen, Nat. Hist. Sumatr. p. 35 (mec

Tijd. v. Ent, xxii. pl. vii. fig. 1]

General aspect of J. meander from the Celebes, but cer-

tainly distinct: primaries ochreous, with pale grey-brown

markings, as follows—two convergent basicostal dashes, a

slightly simuous oblique stripe, marched at costa, across the

basal fourth, a zigzag stripe (the first angle of which unites

with the first stripe) just before the middle, a sigmoidal stripe,

and aseries of longitudinal discal dashes, the fitth and seventh

of which are longer than the others; there are also two

blackish dots at base of costa; fringe greyish: secondaries

pale stramineous: body above ochreous, the head and thorax

spotted with grey. Wangs below creamy stramineous, without

markings, the primaries of a deeper colour than the secon-

daries: body ochreous. Expanse of wings 41 millimetres.

A specimen of this species was taken on the 7th of August,

1879, on hilly ground at Bankala.

Nyctemeride.

3. Secusio picatus, sp. n.

Allied to S. mundipictus, but larger, the interno-median

streak of primaries wider, the white band longer and more

oblique, its inner edge notched at origin of first median

branch; the external border of secondaries considerably nar-

rower, and on the upper surface terminating abruptly at the first

median branch, but reappearing as a narrow greyish marginal

dash near to anal angle ; abdomen grey, with white edges to

the segments, black lateral (but not dorsal) spots, and ochreous

anus; in other respects similar to the well-known species with

which I have compared it. Expanse of wings 4 inches 4 lines.

One female example.

A. Trypheromera zerenoides, sp. n.

Wings above snow-white, semitransparent; primaries with

the costal border grey, crossed by an oblique white line near

apex ; two unequal, almost confluent longitudinal grey streaks

on the basal half of the cell ; three transverse series of more or

less fusiform unequal grey spots, the first series just before the

middle and uniting at its inferior extremity with the second

series (which is interrupted on the first median interspace) ;

second series discal; third series abbreviated, marginal, de-

creasing, the second spot being, however, as small as the fifth

and sixth ; secondaries immaculate: body ochreous, spotted

with black, the spots of the dorsal abdominal series being

Lepidoptera from Sumatra. 381

large. Primaries below with the costal border blackish, the

subcostal spots of the first two series dark grey, but the other

spots of these series obsolete, the terminal spots dark grey ;

secondaries with a black line along the centre of the costal

margin: body below ochreous dotted with black. Hxpanse

of wings 50 millimetres.

One example.

This singular species has the general aspect of some of the

Zerenidx, but agrees in neuration with Zripheromera.

Euschemide.

5. Milionia Guentheri, sp. n.

Wings velvety black, shot with ultramarine blue towards

the base of the primaries, and almost to the outer margin of

the secondaries on the upper surface; the basal third of pri-

maries and the interno-median area of secondaries with broad

diffused shining emerald-green streaks along the veins, these

streaks, however, changing to ultramarine blue in certain

lights: primaries crossed before the middle from costal

margin to inner margin just before the external angle by a

vivid scarlet oblique band (almost as in MZ. fulgida of Java) :

secondaries crossed by a discal scarlet band, acutely angulated

upon the radial yein, trisinuated externally between the angu-

lation and the anal angle of the wing, the inferior half shot

with magenta, enclosing a small black spot at the anal angle ;

a marginal series of depressed triangular spots and the fringe

bright orange-red ; a series of slaty-blue spots upon the fringe

at the extremities of the nervures; body brilliant metallic

_ emerald-green with blue shades in certain lights; anal tuft

tipped with stramineous; antenne, palpi, and inferior surface

of legs dark fuliginous brown. Wings below less brilliant in

colouring than above, the band on the wings of a more orange-

red colour; primaries with the external and internal areas

somewhat greyish ; secondaries with an additional basicostal

emerald-green streak. Hxpanse of wings 65 millimetres.

Two specimens.

Ihave named this superbly beautiful moth in honour of

Dr. Albert Giinther, Keeper of the Zoological Department, as

a slight acknowledgment of the deep interest which he has

always manifested in the Lepidoptera. Its natural position

is doubtless between M. fulgens from Java and M. basalis*®

from the same island.

* Speaking of M. basalis, it may be well to note that its representa-

tive from Malacca has the orange bands double the width of those of

the Javan species; it should therefore be regarded as distinct, and

may take the name of Milonia latifasciata (expanse 57 millim.).

382 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Treatise on Comparative Embryology. By Francis M. Batrour.

Vol. Il. 8vo. London: Macmillan, 1881.

In January last we noticed the publication of the first volume of

Dr. Balfour’s ‘ Treatise on Comparative Embryology ;’ and the second

volume, which has since made its appearance, affords a most bril-

liant justification of the high terms in which we ventured to speak

of this work. In the presence of such a book the ordinary critic, if

he has any modesty in him, must perforce be dumb; and although

we are quite prepared to hear that specialists may discover small

errors or omissions inits pages, the excellence of the work is such that

to dwell upon them would be an ungracious as well as an ungrateful

proceeding. The author may certainly congratulate himself on

having produced one of the grandest contributions to zoological

literature that has appeared for years.

The embryology of the Invertebrate groups having been treated

of in the first volume, this second volume deals, in the first place,

with the Vertebrates; but here we must note a peculiarity of classi-

fication which may not meet with general approval. Dr. Balfour

includes in the subject matter of this volume the embryology of the

Ascidia; that is to say, he not only regards these animals as rela-

tives of the Vertebrates, in accordance with the views of Kowa-

leysky and others, but actually places them withthe Vertebrates, as

forming part of the same highest group of animals, which he pro-

poses to name Chordata. This great group is then divided into

three subordinate ones—namely the Cephalochorda, including only

Amphioxus, the Urochorda, consisting of the Ascidia, and the Ver-

tebrata, or animals which show more or less distinctly a regular

backbone. The members of the first two groups have probably, in

the author’s opinion, undergone degeneration ; and the collocation of

the three divisions seems to be borne out by their embryology. The

Cephalochorda “undergo a less modified development than that of

other Chordata.”

The details of the development of the various great groups of the

Chordata are worked out in the earlier chapters of the present

volume with a care and patience deserving of all praise; and the

whole subject is wound up by an excellent chapter giving a compa-

rison of the formation of the germinal layers and of the early stages

in the development of the Vertebrates. This is followed by another

most interesting chapter on the ancestral form of the Chordata, which

the author thinks must have belonged to a type allied to the Nemer-

tine worms, which has now become totally extinct. According to

his table of the phylogeny of the Chordata, both the Ascidians and

Amphiowus lie out of the direct line of descent from these hypothe-

tical ancestors of all Vertebrates. The final chapter of this section

Bibliographical Notices. 383

of the book, devoted to systematic embryology, contains a discussion

of the mode of origin and homologies of the germinal layers, and a

most important consideration of the nature, origin, and aflinities of

larval forms.

The second part of his Treatise Dr. Balfour devotes to Organogeny ;

and in it he describes in considerable detail the origin and develop-

ment of the various organs throughout the animal ‘kingdom, so far

as such a treatment is possible, in the present state of our "know-

ledge of the organogeny of the Invertebrata. The different organs

are “classed roughly i in accordance with the germinal layers Som

which they are principally derived.

It has been impossible for us here to give more than a brief indi-

cation of the mode of treatment adopted by Dr. Balfour in this most

valuable book, which certainly ought to be upon the shelf of

every student who wishes to understand and follow the progress of

zoology in these modern days. The second volume, like its prede-

cessor, is copiously illustrated with excellent wood-engravings.

Compte Rendu des Excursions (1) aux Environs de Renaix, (2) aux

Environs de Brucelles, (3) dans le Boulonnais, (4) dans le Qua-

ternaire de la Vallée de la Somme. Par A. Ruror.

(5) Sur les Restes de Mammiferes Terrestres dans les ees de

V Eocéne de Belgique. Par A, Ruzor.

(6) Les Terrains Tertiaires de la Belgique. Par A. Ruror et G.

Vincent. Liége, 1879.

Tue first four papers have appeared in the ‘ Annals’ of the Malaco-

logical Society of Belgium, and comprise notices by M. A. Rutot of

excursions to some localities of geological interest. Thus the Mont

de la Musique, in the environs of Renaix, afforded sections of the

Lower and Upper Eocene deposits, in which a different interpretation

of the strata there exposed is assigned from that given by M. Dumont.

The Brussels excursion extended over three days, during which the

most interesting exposures of the Middle and Upper Eocene and

superficial deposits around the city were examined. The extra-

ordinary meeting of the French Geological Society was held at

Boulogne in 1880; and M. Rutot gives a short account of the geo-

logical character of the Secondary rocks of the coast-section and of

the Paleozoic rocks of the interior. The Quaternary strata of the

vicinity of Abbeville, their characters and fossil contents, form the

subject of the fourth paper. In the fifth paper M. Rutot, after

noticing the oscillations of the Eocene series and the continental

periods resulting therefrom, describes the stratigraphical position

of the terrestrial Mammalia found in the Kocene strata of

Belgium.

The memoir by MM. A. Rutot and G. Vincent is intended to

comprise a general but concise account of what is known (to 1879)

384 Bib liographical Notices.

relative to the stratigraphy and paleontology of the Belgian Ter-

tiary strata, more especially of the subdivisions of the Eocene

period, the descriptions of which occupy the greater part of the

paper (pp. 5-85). Besides copious lists of fossils of the different

subdivisions, a table is given showing the synchronism of the Kocene

strata of Belgium, France, and England. Four pages only are de-

voted to the Oligocene and Pliocene; but these will be further

illustrated and described by the authors and M. E. Vanden Broeck.

With regard to the strata referable to the Oligocene, M. Rutot con-

siders that the Bolderien, Upper and Lower Rupelien, and Upper Ton-

grien systems of Dumont correspond to the Middle Oligocene of the

Germans, to the Fontainebleau sands of France, and to the Osborne,

Bembridge, and perhaps the Hempstead series of England. The

Lower Oligocene will include the Lower Tongrien of Dumont, the

upper part of the Paris gypsum, and the Headon series of the Isle

of Wight.

Monograph of the British Aphides. By Grorcr Bownter Bucxton.

3 vols. 8vo. London: Ray Society, 1876-1881.

Somz months ago we noticed the completion of Mr. G. 8. Brady’s

treatise on the British non-parasitic Copepoda, published by the Ray

Society. Another work, scarcely of less interest, has since been com-

pleted under the auspices of the same valuable institution, namely

Mr. Buckton’s ‘ Monograph of the British Aphides,’ which has been

in progress since the year 1876. This book may perhaps be re-

garded as hardly taking so high a position in zoological literature as

that above mentioned, seeing that, although denominated a Mono-

graph, it does not profess to include all the British species of the

group of which it treats ; but, as dealing with a group of animals

representatives of which are almost constantly under our eyes

wherever we go, and which present some of the most extraordinary

developmental phenomena that can be met with in the animal

kingdom, it may fairly be regarded as appealing to a wider circle of

students than Mr. Brady’s complete and elaborate essay. Moreover,

so far as we can see, the number of British types omitted cannot

be very great, and we have the further advantage that the whole

of the species are described from the author’s personal obser-

vations.

Mr. Buckton opens his first volume with a general introductory

chapter on the Aphides, describing the structural peculiarities of

the group, both external and internal, the remarkable phenomena

of their development as understood five years ago, and certain other

points in the general natural history of the family, and also giving

a brief sketch of the bibliographical history of the group. This

introduction is followed by the systematic descriptions of the species

and genera, in which, as regards classification, the author follows

generally in the steps of his predecessors. His descriptions

Bibliographical Notices. 380

are sufficiently detailed, and treat separately of the different forms

under which the species make their appearance; and they are

founded, as already stated, upon the author’s own observations,

which have been continuously carried on during many years in spite

of physical disadvantages which it might be thought were hardly

compatible with such labours. A few new genera are proposed by

the author, sometimes, as it seems to us, upon insufficient characters ;

but without a special knowledge of so difficult a group it is hard to

form any sound opinion upon such a point as this. Undue multi-

plication of genera is not by any means an unusual fault in zoolo-

gical writers of the present day ; and it does not stand in the way of

what, after all, is our author’s principal object, namely to enable

students to determine the species of Aphides, and to give them a

notion of the natural history of the insects.

Besides giving a general account of the natural history of the

group in his introductory chapter, the author indicates under the

head of each species any thing that there may be peculiar in its

habits and mode of life, and especially notes the injuries done to

vegetation by the ordinate multiplication of some of the species.

Further he mentions the various enemies of the Aphides, which

serve more or less effectively to keep their multiplication within

bounds ; and certain special sections of his book are devoted to the

deseription of the habits of Aphidivorous groups of insects, such as

the Hymenopterous parasites of various families, the fossorial Hyme-

noptera, which provision their nests with Aphides, and the Hemero-

biidee and Syrphid, whose larvee prey upon them. Throughout the

book we find evidence of the most conscientious work; and this work

has been directed to a most successful end.

We have yet a few words to say about the illustrations, which

are exceedingly numerous and characteristic. There are in all 114

coloured plates illustrating the systematic part of the three volumes,

besides three plates of anatomical details appended to the general

introduction. The whole of these figures have been drawn by the

author, the outlines being obtained by means of the camera lucida;

so that their accuracy may be depended upon, although, perhaps,

we miss that elegant arrangement of the limbs to which one is accus-

tomed in entomological plates. As a matter of course the possession

of such a quantity of reliable figures will facilitate in no small

degree the identification of the species described ; and for their pub-

lication we have to thank the Ray Society, seeing that, in all proba-

bility, no publisher would embark his capital in such a risky under-

taking. It isin the production of illustrated works like this that

such societies as the ‘‘ Ray” find their raison détre; and it is a

matter for regret that this valuable institution, which has already

published so many important works, should at present be in a some-

- what languishing condition for lack of subscribers.

386 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On a Curious Phenomenon of Prefecundation observed in a

Spionide Worm. By M. A. Grarp.

Tur Annelide that forms the subject of this notice is a Spionide,

therather complicated synonymy of which may be stated as follows :—

Spio crenaticornis, Montagu ; Aonis Wagnert, Leuckart ; Colobran-

chus ciliatus, Keferstein ; Uncinia ciliata, Quatrefages ; Scolecolepis

vulgaris, Malmgren (pro parte).

It has been found on the south coast of England, at Heligoland,

at St. Vaast-la-Hougue, &e. It is common at Wimereux in a bed

of shifting sand, where it lives in company with Magelona mirabilis,

Echinocardium cordatum, Bathyporera Robertsonr, Carinella linearis,

&e. Spio crenaticornis is very nearly allied to Spio bombyx, Clapa-

réde, of the Bay of Naples. The first fourteen setigerous segments

present, at the base of each foot, sacs containing a coil of chitinous

sete rolled up together. These organs, discovered by Claparéde in

Spio bombyx, and named by him “ filicres,” should be sought for in

the other Spiones. Their presence would furnish a good character

for the generic distinction of Spio and Nerine, which are so fre-

quently confounded. ‘The “‘ filicres” evidently seem to protect the

Annelide from thesand which presses upon on all sides; similar organs

exist in the Magelone in the posterior part of the body beyond the

ninth segment.

The mature ovum of Spio crenaticornis has the form of a spheroid

strongly flattened at the two poles. The equator is ornamented

with about twenty transparent vesicles, arranged like a circlet of

beads at the periphery of the greyish vitellus. These vesicles

belong to the capsule, which is very thick and sprinkled with

papille. This is shown by the action of picrocarmine ; the vitellus

contracting, each vesicle escapes from the vitelline mass, and assumes

the appearance of a small hyaline phial suspended from the capsule

by a slender neck. Similar ampulle exist, in variable numbers,

in the ova of the Spionide that I have examined, except those of the

genus Magelona, which, moreover, differs in many respects from

the typical Spionide. With very weak carmine one can colour the

ampulle, as was done by Claparede; they fill through the uncon-

tracted neck. It is very evident that these elements have nothing

to do with the formation of the blastoderm, contrary to the opinion

of the illustrious zoologist just mentioned. Nor can we call them,

as he does, protoplasmic spheres. I can only compare them to the

follicular elements of the capsule in the Ascidia. Their physiological

function is perhaps that of micropyles.

The germinal vesicle is very large ; its radius is about one third

of the equatorial radius of the ovum. Its contour is not at all well

defined in the fresh ovum ; the employment of picrocarmine renders ~

it more distinct. The nucleolus is very bright and voluminous. Its

position is strictly central.

Some time before the maturation of the ovum we see in the ger-

Miscellaneous. 387

minal vesicle, besides the nucleolus, a cellular element rather smaller

than the nucleolus, and situated at a variable distance from the

latter. This excentric element is itself provided with a small, very

distinct nucleus. At first widely separated from the nucleolus, it

approaches this by degrees, and finally becomes applied to its surface,

when it flattens out and assumes the form of a double hood (calotte).

Becoming more and more closely applied to the nucleolus, it loses its

nucleus, and in the end becomes reduced to a double membrane

which surrounds the nucleolus as the pericardiac serous membrane

surrounds the heart. Finally its substance unites with that of the

nucleolus; and the mature ovum then presents no trace of this sin-

gular phenomenon.

I repeated this observation many times at the end of last Septem-

ber. The whole process is perfectly visible in the fresh ovum taken

from the interior of the maternal organism, and without the employ-

ment of any reagent. Verick’s objective is quite sufficient for

following the phenomenon. The employment of picrocarmine, by

distinctly limiting the germinal vesicle, shows clearly that it is not

the nucleus of the ovum, but its nucleolus (Wagner's spot) that

conjugates with the excentric cellular element.

I do not know how this element penetrates into the germinal

vesicle, or what is its origin. J have met with it once or twice out-

side the germinal vesicle in the vitellus, where it is more difficult to

distinguish it and to follow its progress, in consequence of the greyish

granules of the vitelline mass.

The significance of this phenomenon of prefecundation I am still

unable to “Tundlanstecndl I have nevertheless thought that I ought to

make known these facts, on account of their importance and the

facility with which they can be checked.

I think that there are great differences between this observation

and the more or less analogous observations formerly published by

M. Balbiani. Perhaps there would be no difficulty in observing the

same process in the ovarian ovum of Sternaspis scutata. It is in this

way, at least, that 1 think we may interpret the appearances figured

by M. Franz Vejdovsky, in an excellent memoir quite recently pub-

lished*. The element designated the “‘ Buckelchen ” by the Prague

professor seems to be nothing but the migratory cell in conjugation

with the nucleolus.—Comptes Rendus, Oct. 17, 1881, p. 600.

Some new Genera of Freshwater Sponges. .

Mr. E. Potts referred to a recent paper by H. J. Carter, F.R.S.

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1881), entitled “The History and

Classification of the Known Species of Spongilla,’ in which the

writer has distributed the species, heretofore grouped under one

generic title, among five genera, founded upon the differences in

form and arrangement of the spicula surrounding the statospheres.

* F. Vejdovsky, ‘Untersuchungen uber Anatomie, Jelinyauoliogue und

Entwicklung von Sternaspis’ (Vienna, 1881), pl. viii. figs. 2,11, 12, and 13.

388 Miscellaneous.

He spoke of the arrangement as a timely step well taken in advance

in the history of this branch of the animal kingdom.

He believed that the characteristics of the statospheres and their

spicula were those which furnished the only reliable distinctions

among freshwater sponges; but the recent discovery of novel forms

in American waters had already required an increase in the number

of genera, and seemed to make it desirable to modify the terms of

some of those already established.

In illustration he referred to several forms observed in this

neighbourhood, resembling in many points the English Spongilla

lacustris (taken as a type of the genus Spongilla in the new ar-

rangement), in which, however, the spicula were riot acerate, but

irregular in shape, were not placed ‘tangentially’ upon the

surface, or were altogether wanting. Specific names were suggested

for these, but were held under advisement, awaiting a decision as

to whether it would be better to create new genera for them or to

enlarge the scope of those already defined by Dr. Carter.

The two new genera already decided upon were then described.-

Under the generic head Meyenia Dr. Carter has grouped those

species in which the statosphere is surrounded by birotulate spicula,

radiately arranged, one disk resting upon the surface. Throughout

the genus as already constituted, the shatts of these spicules are of

a nearly uniform length, and the outer disks, nearly or quite touching

at their edges, give the appearance of a second coat to the stato-

sphere. In two species, however, observed by Mr. Potts last

summer, this uniform series was broken by another of about double

their length, much fewer in number, somewhat regularly arranged,

interspersed among them. He proposed to group these under the

genus Heteromeyena, as H. argyrosperma and H. repens, suggesting

that the latter may possibly be the same as Bowerbank’s Spongilla

(now Meyenia) Baileyr.

Another new genus had been formed and dedicated to Dr. Carter

under the name Carterella, to include the singular form described

by the speaker last year in the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy,’ and

then called Spongilla tentasperma, changed later to S. tenosperma.

The distinguishing peculiarity of this genus is that the tube sur-

rounding the foramen of the statosphere is elongated, and divides into

from two to five long curling or twisted tendrils, by means of which

during the winter the statosphere remains attached to the stems or

roots upon which the sponge had grown. ‘This will now be Car-

terella tenosperma.

A second species has been added to this genus, the discovery of

Professor Kellicott and Mr. Henry Mills, of Buffalo, under the name

of Carterella tubisperma. In this the tube is much longer than in

any sponge heretofore described, terminating in several straggling

rather weak tentacles, much shorter than in the former species.

The birotulate spicula in the two forms are quite different; and the

species are unquestionably distinct.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,

June 14, 1881.

Miscellaneous. 389

Anew Form of Freshwater Sponge.

A note was read from Mr. Edward Potts, reporting the discovery

in Chester Creek of another curious form of freshwater sponge, a

third species of Oarterella, resembling C. tubisperma in the character

of its birotulates and the length of its foraminal tubes, but much

more robust than that species. The tendrils are nearly as long as

those of C. tenosperma, but broad, flat, and riband-like.

Thus far it is the most conspicuous and peculiar of our American

forms. He proposed for it the name OCarterella latitenta.—Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., July 26, 1881, p. 176.

Note on the Structure of the Posterior Foot of Toxodon.

By E. D. Copz.

The position of the genus Yowodon in the system of Mam-

malia is a question upon which few authorities have expressed

positive opinions, and which is generally regarded as still an open

question. In the lack of certainty on the subject, a separate order,

the ‘‘Toxodontia,” has been proposed for its reception. It is known

that the genus is ungulate, but the opinions of authors are much

divided as to its relations to the three principal orders included

under that head. Resemblances to the Proboscidea have been de-

tected; but Prof. Gervais (‘Comptes Rendus,’ 1878) asserts that

there is a close resemblance to the genus Hippopotamus in the struc-

ture of the posterior foot.

Haying come into possession of remains of Zoaodon, which include

the greater part of the skeleton, I make a few observations on the

affinities suggested by the posterior foot, the only portion just now

accessible in my collection. The calecaneum and astragalus have

been more or less imperfectly figured by De Blainville and Bur-

meister, but no one has, to my knowledge, represented the entire

foot. The caleaneum is rather short and stout and its external

convex tuberosity is of unusual size. Its articular surface is divided

into two subequal parts, the internal of which supports the astra-

galus, the external the fibula. Thus the fibular articulation is of

unusual size. The cuboid facet is on the inferior face of the extre-

mity of the caleaneum, thus looking directly downwards when the

bone is prone. In order to articulate with the remainder of the

foot, the caleaneum must have been inclined upwards and forwards

at an angle of 45°, and the cuboid inclined downwards and for-

wards at a similar angle. That the axis of the astragalus had the

latter inclination is proven by the fact that the superior plane of

the sustentaculum lies at that angle to the axis of the remainder of

the calcaneum. The great convexity of the external tuberosity for

the astragalus will also permit of such a position for the astragalus.

The navicular facet of the astragalus is plane and truncates the bone

somewhat inferiorly as well as distally, so as to present in the same

way as the cuboid. There is probably no cuboid facet. I have not

seen the cuneiform bones. The metatarsals and phalanges are

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 27

390 Miscellaneous.

robust and rather short. The distal keels of the former are poste-

rior and rudimental; their proximal extremities have a small

lateral tarsal facet as well as the principal one. The median digits

are of unequal length, and the lateral ones are much shorter, but

robust. Whether there are four or five digits I cannot definitely

ascertain.

The above characteristics are very significant. They at once

refute any supposition of affinity to the Artiodactyla, whether suil-

line or ruminant. The form of the astragalus and wide fibular

condyle of the calcaneum opposes the reference of the genus to the

Perissodactyla. On the other hand, all the characters of the feet

thus far adduced are found in the Proboscidea. They are not only

those of that order, but they are carried to a degree of exaggeration,

as though Yowodon represented a high grade of specialization of

that order. The posterior feet were more truly plantigrade, for the

extremity of the caleaneum reached the ground, while the instep

was elevated above it, being supported, no doubt, by a more or less

elastic pad. This arched or angulate plantigrade type of foot has

a remote parallel in that of man. It is quite unique among ungu-

late Mammalia.

What difficulties the other parts of the skeleton may present I

do not yet know, but I perceive nothing in the dentition which

forbids the reference of Toaodon to the Proboscidea. The dentition

is scarcely more different from that of Mastodon or Dinotherium than

that of Bos is from Dicotyles or Hippopotamus. The former genera

may be the extremities of a series whose intermediate members are

as yet undiscovered. In the latter case the intermediate forms are

mostly known.—Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., April 15, 1881, p. 402.

Contributions to the Study of the Flagellata. By M. J. Kunsruze.

Cryptomonas ovata, Khrbg., presents at its superior terminal part

a narrow cavity extending from the dorsal to the ventral surface,

and forming a sort of vestibule of the digestive tube. At the boun-

dary of the left surface and the anterior surface of the body there is

an emargination of the margin of this vestibular cavity, which

descends to about one fifth of its length, and thus passes the bottom

of the cavity, which is not deep. The two flagella are inserted in

the centre of this cavity, at the bottom of a tube which projects

from its interior; they present a distinct transverse striation, and

absolutely resemble a muscular fibrilla. I have observed an analo-

gous striation in several other forms, such as Huglena oxyuris,

Trachelomonas hispida, Phacus pleuronectes, Chlamydomonas pul-

visculus, Chilomonas paramecium, Astasia costata, and Entosiphon

costatum. In Chlamydomonas pulvisculus only two flagella are de-

scribed; but in reality there are four. In Tvrachelomonas hispida

the enormous flagellum, which is so striking, is the only one known,

while at its base there are two other analogous organs which have

not been described ; they are much shorter and more delicate. The

Miscellaneous. 391

two terminal flagella of Cryptomonas ovata serve exclusively for

locomotion.

Besides these terminal locomotory organs, there are further in

these creatures a whole group of flagella the existence of which has

hitherto been entirely unknown. Along each of the two margins

of the superior emargination there exists a series of these appen-

dages almost as long as the others, but of excessive fineness and

transparency ; they are also striated. These organs serve exclu-

sively for the prehension of food.

The walls of the body are composed of four layers, the outer one

of which alone (the cuticle) is colourless, while the others are im-

pregnated with chlorophyll.

In the deepest of them there are polygonal grains of starch, which,

when well developed, nearly touch each other by their edges, and

give to the creature a reticulate aspect. Its inner surface presents

a regularly mamillated appearance, and the gibbosities observed

upon it appear to be an indication of an actual division of the sub-

stance of this layer into small protoplasmic spheres ; each of them

produces a grain of starch in its interior. Sometimes certain ma-

mille become elongated and then constricted in the middle, finally

forming new mamille. The peripheral material of these proto-

plasmic spherules is much more dense and resistant than that of

the centre, which appears to be absolutely aqueous, for the fine

granules which occur there are frequently animated by a Brownian

movement, and thus each of them presents in its interior a large

vacuole. This deep-seated layer of the integument is not much

coloured, and its thickness varies considerably, according to the part

of the body that is examined; it is even completely deficient at

certain points. The grains of starch which are produced in it have

the form of thin polygonal lamelle; they also divide at the same

time as the mamilla that has produced them.

The other two tegumentary layers, which are much thinner, are

perforated by a multitude of extremely small vacuoles, filled with

an aqueous protoplasm, regularly arranged, and separated from each

other simply by thin portions of a denser substance. The cuticle

which forms the outermost envelope of the body presents an analo-

gous structure ; but the small vacuoles are much flattened parallel

to the surface of the body.

The cesophageal tube which has been described in Cryptomonas

has no existence; but, on the other hand, we find in these creatures

a spacious stomach, well defined, in which the food is digested. The

walls of this organ are thick, and present a remarkable appearance ;

throughout they show numerous close-set granules arranged in asingle

layer and forming regular rectilinear series ; these are starch-grains.

In certain cases, when these granules are absent, we can easily see

that the protoplasm forming the stomachal walls presents a regu-

larly vacuolar structure, and does not owe its remarkable aspect

only to the presence of these grains. At the bottom of the stomach

is the origin of a tube, which is the intestine, and which terminates

at the anus, which is situated at the lower extremity of the body

392 Miscellaneous.

towards the dorsal surface. Contrary to the generally received

opinion, according to which the Cryptomonades only absorb liquid

food, there are frequently in their digestive tube small creatures

upon which they feed.

The contractile vesicle communicates with the exterior by a pore

opening into the interior of the canal projecting from the bottom of

the digestive vestibule; it has distinct, vacuolar proper walls, like

those of the stomach ; from its lower part there issues a transparent

canal which soon loses itself.

The nucleus, the substance of which possesses a regularly and

finely vacuolar structure, like that of the integuments, usually pos-

sesses a certain number of nucleoli, around each of which the sur-

rounding substance seems to be massed; these vesicular corpuscles

divide transversely, pretty actively, and frequently we see some of

them surrounded by a zone of clear protoplasm, projecting at the

surface of the nucleus, and finally detaching themselves completely

and falling into a special cavity ; these are germs, a part of the

development of which takes place in this cavity. It consists of a

tube commencing at the bottom of the vestibular duct, soon dilating

into anincubatory chamber, and terminating at the nucleus.

Above the stomach, in front and to the right of the nucleus,

there is a large mass of protoplasm with a finely vacuolar structure

and remarkably distinct, within which are distributed a certain

number of corpuscles resembling nucleoli, and from which starts a

tube which terminates at the vestibular duct. It is an excretory

organ or a male apparatus; and the latter hypothesis is rendered

probable by the fact that in these creatures there occurs a sort of

copulation, in which they adhere together, two by two, and mouth

to mouth, and in this way wander about freely.

In order to investigate the oculiform point of the Flagellata I

selected an organism in which this organ is usually well developed,

namely Phacus plewronectes, Dujard. Starting from the observation

that in individuals brought up in a certain obscurity the oculiform

point was but little developed, I assumed @ prior: that an intense

light would, on the contrary, be favourable to its development, and

I made these creatures live in a strong light. The result of this

arrangement was that I obtained individuals with the oculiform point

large, brilliant, and very red. This organ is formed by a collection

of red granules, irregularly pyriform in shape, and with the enlarged

extremity turned always in the same direction ; the pigment which

colours them is diffused only over their surface, while their internal

substance is hyaline. All these granules are arranged side by side

upon a curved plane; in the concavity thus formed there is lodged

a transparent, refringent, lenticular corpuscle. Judging from this

structure it seems to me that the visual functions of the oculiform

point can no longer be doubted*.—Comptes Rendus, Oct. 17, 1881,

p- 602.

* As Cryptomonas ovata is only about*04 millim. in length, it is a pity that

M. Kunstler has not informed us with what sort of microscope and under

what power he was enabled to arrive at such extraordinary results.

A HISTORY OF THE BIRDS OF EUROPE

(INCLUDING ALL THE SPECIES INHABITING THE WESTERN

PALMARCTIC REGION).

.. By H. E. DRESSER, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

Excepting the General Index and a short Introduction, which will together

form a thin separate volume, the work is now complete and ready for binding.

It contains nearly 5000 pages of letterpress and more than 600 hand-coloured

Plates by, Josepu Wor, J.G. Keutemans, and HE. Neawz, and forms seven

thick qe volumes, for which titlepages, specially designed by JosepH Wo r,

are issued.

The stones being erased and the type distributed, the work is now out of

print. A few complete copies are, however, still unsold; and intending pur-

chasers are requested to apply to the AurHoR direct, at

THE ZooLoericaL Society, 11 Hanover Square, W., or

6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, London, W.

Price, FIFTY GUINEAS.

Also, demy 8vo, price 1s.,

A LIST OF EUROPEAN BIRDS.

(INCLUDING ALL SPECIES FOUND IN THE WESTERN PALZAROCTIC

REGION).

The Nomenclature carefully Revised by

HENRY E. DRESSER, F.LS., F.Z.8., &.,

Author of the ‘ Birds of Europe.’

(A check-list for labelling and for referencein making exchanges of birds and eggs.)

Published by the AurHor at 6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, W.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

Y ZOOLOGY.

3 SINCE September 1879, when the work was commenced, thirteen parts (including

; that now issued) have been published; and the work has progressed as’

follows:— — 5

'_ Mammalia. By E. R. Ausron. (Pp. 1-200, pls. i.—xxii.)

Aves. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-184, pls. i.—xi.)

' Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 1 (ApEpHaGa). By H. W. Barus. (Pp. 1-16,

a See Vol. IIL. part 2 (MatacopERmMatTa). By H. 8. Gornam,

(Pp. 1-104, pls. i—v.) ;

_ Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Lonaicornia). By H. W. Bates. (Pp. 1-224,

pls. i.—xv.)

- Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PHyTopHaGga). ByM.Jacopy. (Pp. 1-128,

pls. i—vi.

ge aii Rhopalocera. By F.D. Gopman and O. Satvin. (Pp. 1-152,

Pols i.—xvii.)

' Lepidoptera Heterocera. By H. Drucz. (Pp. 1-24, pls. i, ii.)

_ Rhynchota. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-168, pls.i-xv.)

‘BOTANY.

; of the Botany Nine Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. I, pp. 1

619 and titlepage, pls. i—xxxv.; Vol. IL., pp. 1-232, pls. xxxvi.-l.

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d.

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porter, 10 Chandos Street,

RS Cavendish Sq., W., and Duzav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

PAN

ee OF es pe Series.

Page :

XXXII. On Hair-worms in the Collection of the British Museum. :

By Dr. L Oem. (Plate KVL) 00 Soe ee 325

XXXIII. Notes on the Paleozoic valved Entomostraca. No. XM.

Some Cambrian and Silurian Leperditie.and Primitie. ay Prof. T.

eis)

Rover downs, FBS, PGS. (Plate XIX.) 02) 382

XXXIV. Ctenoptychius or Kammplatten. By T. P. Bameae My

POS OO 350

XXXYV. On Spongiophaga Pottsi,n. sp. By H. J. Creu BBs

er (Plate X VEL) Paes Ca aie oa 8 ieee 354

XXXVI. On Aphelorrhina simillima, Westwood (Coleg, eka ? [3

niide). By Cuarues 0. WATERHOUSE ........---+00.-+-- Bibs 362

XXXVII. On a Collection of Crustacea ede by nae Heaiee pe

Maltzan at Goree Island, Senegambia. By Epwanp J. Mimrs, pe

¥.LS., F.Z.8. ° (Plate XV.)

XXXVIII. Description of the Animal of Durgella Chena a # -

Species of Land Shell from the And&man Islands. By Lieut. Colonel

H. H. Gopwin-Avsten; FR S,,.B-Z8., GC... i eee er een ieee 377

eeceee se eee see oe eee ee eee eee eee te

XXXIX. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocerous ie Oe

doptera from Sumatra. By Arruur G. Burrer, F.LS., F.Z.8., &... 379

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Treatise on Comparative Embryology. By Franots M. Batrour.

Vol. IT

Oouthts Rendu des Excursions (1) aux Environs de Renaix, (2) aux

Environs de Bruxelles, (3) dans le Boulonnais, (4) dans le Qua-_

ternaire de la Vallée de la Somme. Par A. Rutor.—(5) Sur les

Restes de Mammiféres Terrestres dans les couches de Eocene

de Belgique. Par A. Ruror.—(6) Les Terrains Tertiairesdela _

Belgique; “Par A. Ruror et G. Vincent ¢ 6.) oe cow ae 383

Monograph of the British Aphides. By Guorcz BowDLer Bucxron. . 384.

MISCELLANEOUS. Pea

On a Curious Phenomenon of Prefecundation observed in a Spionide me

Worm.) By Mi AC GARD ic cite eet ee Cami in aiengnes ‘eee 386

Some new Genera of Freshwater Sponges. By EH. Ports...... fig, Sega

K newaForm of Freshwater Sponge ............+...0- : Leena — 889

Note on the Structure of the Posterior Foot of Toauon By E. D. : ‘ :

ORR eRe: sates 6 ix ov Ane (eet i oa ea Cass eee Yee

Contributions to the Study of the Flazellate, By M. J. Kunstrm .. 890

*.* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, |

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, | yee Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Sirent, London. 6

ii we jy RiETH SERIES. No, aa

THE ANNALS a

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

No. XLVIII.

DEC. 1881.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ps.D., F. R.

ue WILLIAM 8S. DALLAS, F-.L. S.,

“WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.GS.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS”? COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’

WITH THREE PLATES.

Ie Hleiwean of Mr. E. J. Miers’ s Paper on Crustacea from Goree Island, Sene-

_ gambia, Prof. T. R. Jones’s on Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca, and Mr.

eas s B. Brady’s on Arctic Foraminifera.

LONDON: :

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

mes by Longmans, Green, Reader, and Dyer; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.;

_ Whittaker & Co.: Bailliere, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, pokes Hodges, Foster,

ERRATA (‘ Annals,’ November 1881).

Page 363, line 3, for Woodward read Westwood.

ROYAL INSTITUTION OF GREAT BRITAIN, —

ALBEMARLE STREET, PICCADILLY, W.

—

LECTURE ARRANGEMENTS BEFORE EASTER, 1882.

(Lecturer Hoor, 3 o’clock P.M.) :

Christmas Lectures.

Rogert STAWELL Batt, Esq., LL.D., F-R.S., Andrews Professor of Astronomy

’ in the University of Dublin, and Royal Astronomer of Ireland.—Six Lectures

(adapted to a juvenile auditory) on the Sun, the Moon, and the Planets (with

illustrations by the electric light &c.); on Dec. 27 (Tuesday), Dee. 29, 31,

1881; Jan. 3, 5, 7, 1882. ees

The Fullerian Professor of Physiology, R.I— Eleven Lectures, on Tuesdays,

Jan. 17 to March 28. ;

Hanry N. Moserey, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.—Four,Lectures on Corals ; on Thurs-

days, Jan. 19, 26, and Feb. 2, 9.

Pair Lutriey Scuater, Esq., M.A., F.RS., F-L:S., Ph.D., Secretary of the

Zoological Society—Four Lectures on the Geographical Distribution of

Animals; on Thursdays, Feb. 16, 23, and March 2, 9.

ProFessor Tynpatt, D.C.L., F.R.S., M.R.I.—Three Lectures, on Thursdays,

March 16, 23, and 80.

Ernst Paver, Esq., Principal Professor of the Pianoforte at the National

Training School for Music.—Four Lectures on Louis van Beethoven (with

illustrations on the pianoforte); on Saturdays, Jan, 21, 28, and Feb. 4, 11.

Witiam Warxiss Luoyp, Esq., M.R.L—Four Lectures on the Language,

Mythology, Construction, and Characteristies of the Niad and Odyssey ; on

Saturdays, Feb. 18, 25, and March 4, 11.

Three Lectures, on Saturdays, March 18, 25, and April 1.

Subscription (to non-Members) to all the Courses during the Season, Two Guineas.

Tickets issued Daily.

Members may purchase not less than Three Single Lecture Tickets, available

for any Lecture, for Half-a- Guinea.

The Fripay Eventne Mrxrtines will begin on January 20th, at 8 P.M.

Dr. William Huggins will give a Discourse on Comets, at 9p.M. Succeeding

Discourses will probably be given by Mr. R. 8S. Poole, Professor Odling, Professor

Frankland, Professor J. G. McKendrick, Captain Abney, Mr, A. Tylor, Mr. J.

W. Swan, Professor W. E. Ayrton, Mr. William Spottiswoode, and other gentle-

men. To these Meetings Members and their Friends only are admitted.

Persons desirous of becoming Members are requested to apply to the Secre-

‘tary. When proposed, they are admitted to all the Lectures, to the Friday

Evening Meetings, and to the Library and Reading Rooms; and their Families

are admitted to the Lectures at a reduced charge. Payment :—First Year, Ten

Guineas; afterwards, Five Guineas a Year; or a composition of Sixty Guineas.

Price 6d., post-free 7d.,

TAYLOR'S CALENDAR OF MEETINGS

OF ’

THE SCIENTIFIC BODIES OF LONDON for 1881-82.

‘ Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES.]

No. 48. DECEMBER 1881.

XL.—On some Arctic Foraminifera from Soundings obtained

on the Austro-Hungarian North-Polar Expedition of 1872-

1874. By Henry B. Brapy, F.R.S.*

[Plate XXTI.]

Towarps the end of last December I received from my friend

Dr. F. Karrer, of Vienna, a parcel of soundings from Franz-

Josef Land and the Novaya-Zemlya sea, obtained during the

Austro-Hungarian North-Polar Expedition, with the intima-

tion that he had been authorized by the Imperial Academy of

Sciences to place them in my hands for investigation, and

the suggestion that I should draw up a report upon the Micro-

zoa contained in them for presentation to the Academy.

My first duty under these circumstances is to express my

thanks to the Academy for the courtesy which has afforded

me the opportunity of reverting to a subject to which I have

before given some attention, namely the distribution of minute

forms of animal life in the seas of high latitudes.

Before enlarging upon the results of the examination of the

* Report presented to the Imperial Academy of Sciences of Vienna—

“ Ueber einige arktische Tiefsee-Foraminiferen, gesammelt wahrend der

ésterreichisch-ungarischen Nordpol-Expedition in den Jahren 1872-

1874,” Denkschriften d. math.-naturw. Cl. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.

vol. xliii. p. 91, map and plate,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol, viii. 28

394 Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera.

material, it may be interesting to recapitulate briefly the suc-

cessive steps that have heretofore been made towards a know-

ledge of the Rhizopod-fauna of the polar seas, that we may

be in a position to determine the precise value to science of

the instalment now furnished by the explorations of Lieuts.

Weyprecht and Payer.

The first record of any importance concerning the Rhizopoda

living at the sea-bottom within the Arctic Circle is contained

in a short paper by Profs. W. K. Parker and 'T. Rupert Jones,

published in 1857, entitled ‘‘ Description of some Foraminifera

from the Coast of Norway” *. ‘The specimens therein de-

scribed were chiefly found in dredgings made by the late Mr.

M‘Andrew at points not far from land, between lat. 65° N.

and 71° N., in depths of fronr 30 to 200 fathoms (55 to 366

metres). The total amount of material, however, appears to

have been small; and the number of species described and

figured is only twenty-six.

In 1864 the same authors presented to the Royal Society

their well-known memoir “On some Foraminifera from the

North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans, including Davis Straits and

Baffin’s Bay’’t, a work which has, since that time, been gene-

rally accepted as the text-book of the subject. It contains the

results of the examination of soundings taken by Sir HE. Parry

in Baffin’s Bay, between latitudes 74° 45’ and 76° 30! N., and

of those made by Dr. Sutherland off the Hunde Islands in

lat. 68° 50’ N., together with a revised and extended list from

Mr. M‘Andrew’s Norwegian dredgings in the latitudes already

named. One of the distribution-tables which accompany the

memoir is devoted to the Arctic fauna. It comprises twenty

localities, of which seven belong to the group of soundings

from Baffin’s Bay, five to the Hunde Islands, and eight to

the coast of Norway. In all seventy-five species of Forami-

nifera are included; and of these twenty appear only in the

Norwegian list.

On the departure of the last British North-Polar expedition

in 1875, the steam-ship ‘ Valorous’ accompanied the explor-

ing vessels as far as Davis Straits, with Dr. J. Gwyn Jeftreys

as naturalist; and on the return voyage some dredging was

accomplished. A preliminary report on the Foraminifera

obtained on this cruise was drawn up by the Rev. A. M. Nor-

man{; and a brief notice of some of the larger species was

supplied by Dr. Carpenter. The record of Mr. Norman’s

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xix. p. 273, pls. xi., xii.

+ ‘Philosophical Transactions,’ vol. cly. p. 325, pls. xii.-xix.

{ Proc. Royal Soc. vol. xxy. p. 202.

Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctie Foraminifera. 395

observations on the Rhizopoda, which, as far as they affect the

Arctic area, were confined to four stations, is unfortunately

incomplete, as no detailed report on the subject has as yet

appeared ; and this is the more to be regretted as the prelimi-

nary notice gave promise of valuable additions to our know-

ledge of the distribution of the northern types.

On the return of this expedition in the following year, the

soundings and other similar material which had been collected

by Capt. H. W. Feilden, R.A., the naturalist in charge, were

placed in my hands for examination ; and a report upon the

Rhizopoda contained in them was published soon afterwards*.

This material comprised gatherings made in twenty-four locali-

ties, between latitudes 71° 15’ N. and 83° 19’ N., and yielded

altogether fifty-three species of Foraminifera besides a con-

siderable list of Radiolaria. From a geographical point of view

it represented a district considerably further north than any

previously investigated, the most northerly, indeed, that has

yet been attained ; and it furnished conclusive evidence that

there was no diminution in the lower types of animal life in-

habiting the sea-bottom, at any rate to a point within seven

degrees of the North Pole. A tabular summary of the Fora-

minifera of the polar seas accompanied this memoir.

A brief but interesting paper ‘‘ On Foraminifera from the

Gulf and River St. Lawrence’’t, was contributed to the

pages of the ‘ Canadian Naturalist’ in 1870 by Dr. G. M.

Dawson. ‘Though pertaining to an area far to the south of

those which have been already mentioned, namely to about

lat. 49° or 50° N., the Rhizopod-fauna therein described,

owing probably to the influence of a cold polar current, presents

a remarkable analogy to that existing at many points within

the Arctic Circle.

The various memoirs that have been enumerated all refer

to those portions of the Arctic sea which lie to the west of the

European coast-line (that is to say, from the Norwegian coast

westward to the shores of Greenland, Davis Straits, and the

adjacent regions) ; and until a year ago, when some soundings

made by Capt. Markham during a holiday voyage in the

Novaya-Zemlya Sea, were brought home for examination,

little or nothing was known of the Microzoa of the sea-bottom

north of the European continent. A brief report upon Capt.

Markham’s soundings has recently been published ft; and

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p. 425, pls. xx., xxi.

+ ‘Canadian Naturalist,’ ser. 2, vol. v. p. 172, woodcuts.

t “Notes on Rhizopoda obtained from Capt. Markham’s Soundings on

the Shores of Novaya Zemlya, by Henry B. Brady,” in ‘A Polar Re-

connaissance,’ by Capt. A. H. Markham, R.N., p. 346 (London, 1881),

28*

396 Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera.

though the quantity of the material was too small to yield re-

sults of any great value taken alone, the information it affords

is of considerable interest in connexion with the still more

northerly fauna brought to light by the enterprise and perse-

verance of Lieuts. Weyprecht and Payer. A summary of the

report, with some slight corrections, is therefore presented

herewith as a supplementary note, and will be found on a

later page.

We may now turn to what is more particularly the subject

of the present paper—the material procured on the Austro-

Hungarian expedition.

The parcel of soundings contained in all sixteen samples

of the sea-bottom, varying in quantity from 0°15 to 12:0

grammes, but, for the most part, between one and two grammes

in weight. ‘Their physical characters and contents are de-

scribed in general terms in the followmg summary. ‘The

letters A to P correspond to the headings of the columns of the

Distribution Table. The depths are given approximately in

fathoms as well as in metres, for more ready comparison with

the Tables contained in the memoirs which have been re-

ferred to.

A. No.500. 29th July, 1872. Lat. 74°? 46’ N., Long. 53°?

36’. Depth 400 metres (219 fathoms).

Fine grey siliceous sand with fragments of slate and occa-

sional grains of magnetite. In this as well as in some other

of the soundings there occur little masses of red earth, proba-

bly the result of the decomposition of some volcanic mineral.

In sounding 522 (N) the shells of many of the calcareous

Foraminifera are more or less stained brown by it.

This sounding is the richest of the whole series in the variety

of the Foraminifera it contains, thirty-two species in all having

been found. Of Ostracoda* only a single species was noticed,

Krithe glacialis, Brady, Crosskey, and Robertson. There

were also a number of sponge-spicula and fragments of

Polyzoa.

B. No. 501. Lat. 74° 48’ N., Long. 54° 53’ EK. Depth 130

metres (70 fathoms), mud.

Siliceous sand, with fragments of black shale and of hyper-

sthene or some similar mineral. The total amount of material

* The Ostracoda were in all cases reserved when picking out the Fora-

minifera ; but the number of specimens obtained was too small for sepa-

rate treatment. My brother, Dr. G. 8S. Brady, has been kind enough to

to examine them ; and the results are embodied in the present report.

Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera. 397

is too small (less than 0°2 gramme) to be considered in any

respect representative.

C. No. 502. 12th August, 1872. Lat. 76° 14’ N., Long.

58° 54! H. Depth 100 metres (55 fathoms).

Siliceous sand, with a large proportion of dark-coloured

grains of slate, trap, hypersthene, &c.

Only a small sounding, but tolerably rich in Foraminifera.

It also contained specimens of one species of Ostracoda, Cythe-

ridea Sorbyana, Jones.

D. No. 503. 30th August, 1872. Lat. 76° 25! N., Long. 62°

43’ KE. Depth 130 metres (70 fathoms).

Grey siliceous sand, with fragments of a dark-coloured

porous rock, probably volcanic, and occasional grains of mag-

netite. Rich in Foraminifera, twenty-seven species in all, of

which Nonionina scapha is especially remarkable for size and

abundance.

HE. No. 504. 16th September, 1872. Lat. 76° 36’ N.,

Long. 61° 7’ E. Depth 100 metres (55 fathoms), mud.

Grey siliceous sand, with fragments of slate and particles

of the red earth before mentioned.

Contained thirty species of Foraminifera, as well as the

following Ostracoda :—

Cythere leioderma, Norman. Cytheridea punctillata, Brady.

Cytheridea Sorbyana, Jones. Cytheropteron angulatum, Brady.

F. No. 506. 2nd October, 1872. Lat. 76° 59’ N., Long.

65° 49’ EH. Depth 170 metres (93 fathoms), mud.

Siliceous sand, with particles of slate and schist, and frag-

ments of trap, possibly basalt.

Moderately rich in Foraminifera, especially the smaller

arenaceous forms. Contained also broken bits of an Ophiurid

and some small Kchinus-spines, together with the following

species of Ostracoda :—

Cythere leioderma, Norman. Cytheridea punctillata, Brady.

— dunelmensis, Norman. HKucythere argus, G. O. Sars.

G. No. 514a. 17th May, 1873. Franz-Josef Land. Depth

230 metres (125 fathoms), mud.

Consists almost entirely of the tests of Saccammina spherica,

either entire or broken. These are constructed of siliceous

sand. ‘There are also a few fragments of slate present.

Tolerably rich in Foraminifera; the only sounding in which

Haplophragmium subglobosum (one of the most important

398 Myr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera.

constituents in the “ Biloculina-ooze”’ of the cold area of the

North Atlantic) was found, if we except a chance specimen

or two in No. 518.

Two species of Ostracoda were noticed, namely :—

Krithe glacialis, B. C. § R. Cytheropteron arcuatum, B. C. SR.

H. No. 515. 23rd May, 1873. Franz-Josef Land. Depth

163 metres (89 fathoms), mud.

Chiefly reddish siliceous sand, with fragments of Saccam-

mina-tests. The quantity was too small to yield an extensive

list of Foraminifera.

Two species of Ostracoda were found :—

Cythere mirabilis, Jones. Krithe glacialis, B. C. & R.

I. No. 515a. 23rd May, 1873. Franz-Josef Land. Depth

163 metres (89 fathoms), light-coloured mud.

Very similar to the foregoing, but somewhat richer in the

smaller Rhizopoda.

J. No. 516. Ist June, 1873. Franz-Josef Land. Depth

238 metres (130 fathoms), light-coloured mud.

Siliceous sand, with fragments of soft brown rock and red

earth.

'-The entire quantity of material was less than a gramme ;

it yielded nevertheless seventeen species of Foraminifera,

K. No. 518. 4th June, 1873. Franz-Josef Land. Depth

207 metres (113 fathoms), light-coloured mud.

Fine clean siliceous sand. One of the richest samples in

the variety of its Rhizopod-fauna. —

Contained also specimens of a single species of Ostracoda,

namely Arithe glacialis, B. C. & R.

L. No. 5196. 5th June, 1873. Franz-Josef Land. Depth

198 metres (108 fathoms), dark-coloured mud.

Siliceous sand, with some brown clay. _

Contained very few species, and nothing of much interest.

M. No 519,a. 6th June, 1873. Franz-Josef Land. Depth

198 metres (108 fathoms), dark-coloured mud.

Siliceous sand, with fragments of a brown variety of quartz

and a good deal of red earth. .

Like the foregoing, contained only a small number of Fora-

minifera. Of Ostracoda, Arithe glacialis, B. C. & R., was

the only species observed.

Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera. 399

N. No. 522. 17th June, 1873. Franz-Josef Land. Depth

222 metres (121 fathoms), mud.

Fine, white, siliceous sand, with numerous grains of mag-

netite and a little red earth. Many of the calcareous Forami-

nifera are stained brown by this or some similar colouring-

matter,

Not very rich in organisms ; the Foraminifera belong chiefly

to the smaller species.

O. No. 523. 20th June, 1873. Franz-Josef Land. Depth

22() metres (120 fathoms), dark-coloured mud.

Siliceous sand with red earth; quantity of material very

small. List of organisms manifestly imperfect.

P. No. 525. 12th July, 1873. Franz-Josef Land. Depth

265 metres (145 fathoms), light-coloured mud.

Siliceous sand, with fragments of soft brown rock and some

red earth, also bits of hypersthene or epidote.

Affords a good representative list of Foraminifera. Some

valves of Cythere mirabilis, Jones, were also found.

On reference to the map it will be seen that these soundings

refer to two tolerably distinct areas. ‘The more southern area,

represented by Nos. 500-506 (A—F), embraces the western

shores of Novaya Zemlya between latitudes 74° and 77° N. ;

whilst the more northern, represented by Nos. 514-525 (G=

P), lies in the latitude of Franz-Josef Land—that is to say,

at about 79° or 80° N.

There is not much that is new to be said respecting the

general aspect of the Rhizopod-fauna brought into view by

the careful investigation to which the material has been sub-

jected. The total number of species obtained from it is

seventy-one, which suggests a somewhat greater variety in

the Rhizopod life of the eastern arctic area than exists in the

western region explored by the British North-Polar expedition

of 1875-76. The soundings obtained on the latter occasion

yielded on examination fifty-three species of Foraminifera.

Too much reliance must not be placed upon these figures in

either case, inasmuch as the total amount of material that has

as yet been secured is insufficient to furnish what can be re-

arded as even approximately exhaustive lists.

The Distribution Table, which will be found facing page

418, indicates the prevalence over the whole area of certain.

species which previous researches had shown to be common

denizens of polar seas—namely Globigerina bulloides and its

arctic variety, Pulvinulina Karstent, Truncatulina lobatula,

Cassidulina: levigata, Cassidulina crassa, and Polystomella

striatopunctata ; but over this eastern ground there appear in

400 Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera.

addition three arenaceous species with the same very general

distribution—Reophax difflugiformis, Reophax scorpiurus, and

Haplophragmium nanum. ‘These forms, so far as is known,

are very rare or entirely absent in corresponding latitudes on

the western or American side of the Arctic Ocean.

Comparing the set of soundings in the Novaya-Zemlya

sea (A—-F) with those from Franz-Josef Land (G—P) it may

be noticed that one or two species, such as Nonionina scapha,

which are abundant in the former, are absent, or nearly so,

from the latter series; and the genus Lagena, though still

represented by a few specimens, diminishes in frequency as

we proceed northwards. On the other hand, Saccammina

spherica, which is the most prominent Foraminifer on the

shores of Franz-Josef Land, has not been found in any of the

southern group of soundings ; and the other arenaceous species

are also conspicuous by their size and abundance in the more

northern region.

The influence of climate and other external conditions

in modifying morphological characters is a subject full of

interest, though it is much more easy to observe the changes

that take place than to account satisfactorily for them.

Some of the coarse arenaceous types, such as Saccammina

spherica and, in deeper water, Rhabdammina abyssorum,

attain their maximum size and importance in the polar

seas; whilst upon other sandy forms the more northerly con-

ditions appear to have a starving or depauperating effect.

For example, Haplophragmium globigeriniforme, which in

the North Atlantic is often 1:6 millim. in diameter, is re-

presented in the soundings from Franz-Josef Land by speci-

mens not much more than one tenth of that size (0:18

millim.). Globigerina bulloides, of which the North-Atlantic

specimens are often 0-6 millim. or more in diameter, and have

the typical subglobular segments, is represented in the arctic

area by a thick-shelled variety, with a diameter of about 0°3

millim. and much more compactly built.

There is another peculiarity, common amongst northern

specimens of certain clear-shelled perforate species, that I do

not think has been previously noticed, namely the habit of

covering the shell with a coat of very fine loose sand. This

may be seen in the genera Nonionina and Polystomella, and in

adherent specimens of TZruncatulina lobatula. The latter

species, in its young parasitic condition, frequently constructs

a perfect nédus, in the form of a convex tent-like covering of

light-coloured sand, that may easily be mistaken for the test

of some Lituoline organism, like Webbina hemispherica or

Placopsilina vesicularis. Many of the specimens of Polysto-

Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera. 401

mella striatopunctata contained in these soundings had origi-

nally a thin coating of adherent sand. In all cases this sandy

investment is easily removed, without mechanical interference

beyond washing in warm water. Amongst the adherent arena-

ceous types a similar tendency may be observed. Valvulina

conica is commonly surrounded at its base by an accumulation

of fine sand, easily distinguished from the test itself by its

colour; and the same is the case with certain true Textularia,

of rough arenaceous texture, when found growing attached to

other bodies. If the shell of any of these be detached, the

sandy environment remains behind, showing that it has no

real connexion with the proper test.

The following is a list of the species found, with notes on -

some of the more interesting and important forms. The num-

bers prefixed correspond with those in the Distribution Table.

Cornuspira, Schultze.

1. Cornuspira involvens, Reuss.

Operculina imvolvens, Reuss, 1849, Denkschr, k. Akad. Wien, vol. i

p. 370, pl. xly. fig. 20.

Cornuspira involvens, Reuss, 1863, Sitzungsb. k, Akad. Wien, vol. xlviii.

p- 39, pl. 1. fig. 2.

Very rare; represented by a few broken specimens.

Bitocutina, D’Orbigny.

2. Biloculina ringens, Lamarck, sp.

Miliolites ringens, Lamarck, 1804, Ann. Mus. vol. v. p. 35], vol. ix.

pl. xvii. fig. 1

Very rare; the specimens are of long, oval form, scarcely

typical.

3. Biloculina bulloides, D’Orbigny.

Biloculina bulloides, D’Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 297,

pl. xvi. figs. 1-4; Modéles, no. 90.

A single specimen in one of the soundings off Franz-Josef

Land.

Mittoria, Williamson.

A, Miliolina tricarinata, D’Orbigny, sp.

Triloculina tricar inata, D’Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vil. re 299.

no. 7; Modeéles, no. 94.

Very rare; occurs in only two of the soundings ; specimens

small and thin-shelled.

402 Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera.

5. Miliolina seminulum, Linné, sp.

Serpula seminulum, Linné, 1767, Syst. Nat. 12th ed. p. 1264. no. 791.

Very rare in the more northern soundings, but abundant in

the shallow water of the Matyushin Shar.

6. Miliolina subrotunda, Montagu, sp.

Vermiculum subrotundum, Montagu, 1803, Test. Brit. pt. 2, p. 521.

In the Matyushin Shar, very rare.

7. Miliolina agglutinans, D’Orbigny, sp.

Quingueloculina agglutinans, D'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Cuba, p. 168,

pl. xii. figs. 11-18.

In shallow water, Matyushin Shar, rare.

SaccaMMina, M. Sars.

8. Saccammina spherica, M. Sars.

Saccammina spherica, M. Sars, 1868, Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl. 1868,

p. 248.

Very common in the soundings off Franz-Josef Land.

Saccammina spherica, in its typical condition, has a rough

arenaceous test, subspherical or somewhat pyriform in contour,

with a single orifice situate in a nipple-shaped protuberance ;

but in localities where the species is abundant the specimens

often assume anomalous forms. Sometimes a number of these

spherical chambers are adherent to each other, in which case

they either have separate orifices and remain, in fact, indepen-

dent organisms, or, as is more common, they open into each

other and constitute a sort of polythalamous test. Occasion-

ally a larger fragment of rock is built into the wall, and the

test has the characters of an adherent species. Specimens

in all these conditions exist where the individuals are crowded

together at the sea-bottom, as, to judge by the samples, they

must be in the area represented by the northernmost series of

dredgings. Such variations from the typical form are purely

the result of accident, and have no zoological significance.

The distinction between Saccammina and Psammosphera,

which depends upon the presence in the former genus of a

general aperture, whilst Psammosphera has none, but pro-

trudes its pseudopodia through interstitial openings between

the sand-grains which form the test, is far from satisfactory ;

for many specimens of undoubted Saccammina are found in

dredged sands, like some of those from Franz-Josef Land,

without any conspicuous general aperture. In polythalamous

Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera. 403

specimens of this species the additional chambers are often

smaller than the primordial one, and to some extent, there-

fore, supplementary ; in such cases the sandy investment of

the terminal sphere is often incomplete, and shows numerous

large openings between the sand-grains.

PELOSINA, Brady.

9. Pelosina variabilis, Brady.

Pelosina variabilis, Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xix. n.s.

p. 30, pl. iii. figs. 1-3.

Amongst the numerous chitino-arenaceous and muddy Rhi-

zopod-tests found in No. 514a@ (G) are some which are com-

posed of a thickish layer of fine homogeneous mud with a

chitinous lining. Unfortunately all the specimens are more

or less broken ; but the fragments are sutticiently large to leave

no doubt that they belong to this species.

RHABDAMMINA, M. Sars.

10. Rhabdammina abyssorum, M. Sars.

_ Rhabdammina abyssorum, M. Sars, 1858, Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl.

1868, p. 248.

It is impossible to identify this species with certainty ex-

cept by the central portion of the test, as the broken arenaceous

arms, by themselves, cannot be distinguished from similar

portions of several allied organisms. ‘There are, however,

two fragments that may be said, without any doubt, to belong

to it. Lhabdammina abyssorum is very common in some

parts of the North Atlantic; and Prof. G. O. Sars’s researches

suggested the idea that it might be found abundantly in

this section of the eastern Polar Sea; its rarity therefore

is probably due to insufficient depth of water.

HYPERAMMINA, Brady.

11. Hyperammina elongata, Brady.

Hyperammina elongata, Brady, 1878, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. i, p. 438, pl. xx. fig. 2.

The specimens are small and rough, chiefly in fragments,

only a few having the closed broad end entire. They closely

resemble the examples obtained in the western Arctic seas.

This species, or one nearly allied to it, attains a very large

size in more southern latitudes.

404 Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera.

12. Hyperammina ramosa, Brady.

Hyperammina ramosa, Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xix.

n. 8. p. 39, pl. ii. figs, 14, 15.

Smail fragments of the branching variety of Hyperammina

occur in three of the soundings; but in only one instance is

the primordial chamber present. Owing to the thin brittle

nature of the shell-wall, the organism is never found entire ;

but the tubes are usually identified without much difficulty,

even in the absence of the primordial chamber.

PSAMMOTODENDRON, Norman (MS8.).

13. Psammotodendron arborescens, Norman (MS.).

Amongst some Rhizopoda recently dredged by the Rev. A.

M. Norman on the coast of Norway is a very remarkable

arenaceous form growing like a little tree rooted on a piece of

a Polyzoan. ‘The main stem and branches are of nearly even

diameter (about 0°07 millim.), cylindrical, compactly cemented,

nearly smooth externally, and brown in colour. The ends of

the branches are rounded, and have an irregularly shaped

orifice with thickened lip. Amongst the arenaceous tubes of

various sorts which occur in many of the soundings, a few of

the minuter specimens may be recognized as pertaining to

this or some very similar species, though they are but small

fragments and give but little idea of the general character and

appearance of the organism in its living condition *.

REOPHAX, De Montfort.

14. Reophax difflugiformis, Brady.

Reophax difflugiformis, Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xix.

n.s. p. Ol, pl. iv. fig. 3 a, 0.

This is a common species in the far north, and has been

found in nearly all the soundings. The specimens are of

larger size and much rougher externally than that originally

figured loc. cit. There appeared at first some question

whether Reophax difflugiformis was an independent species or

only the first chamber of 2. scorpiurus. The size of the test

and its apparent completeness led to the conclusion that it was

specifically distinct ; but recently the question as been set at

rest in another way. In one of the dredgings made by Sir

Wyville Thomson, during the ‘ Knight-Errant’ Expedition, in

* Since the presentation of this report my friend David Robertson,

F.G.S., has obtained a beautiful series of specimens of Psammotodendron

arborescens in dredgings off Cumbrae, on the west coast of Scotland.

Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera. 405

the summer of 1880 (lat. 59° 37! N., long. 7° 19! W.), BR.

diflugiformis was found in abundance, whilst R. scorpcwrus

was entirely absent.

15. Reophax fusiformis, Williamson, sp.

Proteonina fusiformis, Williamson, 1858, Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 1, pl. i.

fig. 1.

A starved variety of F. scorpiurus ; occurs in the shallow

water of the Matyushin Shar.

16. Reophax scorpiurus, De Montfort.

Reophax scorpiurus, De Montfort, 1808, Conchyl. Systém. vol. i. p. 330,

88° genre.

Very common over the whole area.

17. Reophax nodulosa, Brady.

Reophax nodulosa, Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xix. n. s.

p- 52, pl. iv. figs. 7, 8.

Small specimens occur in most of the soundings on the

shores of Franz-Josef Land ; but it is absent from those further

south. It is nevertheless a very widely distributed species,

and specimens an inch (25 millim.) or more in length have

been found in some of the ‘ Challenger’ deep-water dredgings.

18. Reophax arctica, sp.nov. (Pl. XXI. fig. 2 a, b.)

Test elongate, tapering, often more or less irregular, com-

pressed, only slightly constricted at the septal lines. Seg-

ments numerous ; septation indistinct ; aperture simple ; walls

arenaceous, very thin. Length 0°3 millim. ~

This is an exceedingly minute and obscure species, which

may be regarded as the sandy isomorph of Lingulina. With

the exception of a single specimen from Station 504, and one

which had been previously recorded, without a specific name,

from Capt. Markham’s soundings, all the specimens are from

Station 503; so that the distribution appears confined to the

Novaya-Zemlya Sea.

HAPLOPHRAGMIUM, Reuss.

19. Haplophragmium canariense, D’Orbigny, sp.

Nonionina canariensis, 1)’Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Canaries, p. 128, pl. ii.

figs. 83, 34. |

A very widely distributed species; some of the more

northern specimens are rougher and thicker-shelled than

usual.

406 Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera.

20. Haplophragmium nanum, Brady.

(CEG OT. sms, Ih Gi, Oe.)

Haplophragmium nanum, Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxi.

n.s. p. 90.

The commonest of all the smaller arenaceous forms, over the

whole area represented by these soundings.

The Arctic specimens are rather smaller than those described

from the ‘ Challenger’ dredgings (oc. cit.), and seldom ex-

ceed 0°25 millim. in diameter; they are generally less convex

on the superior surface and altogether somewhat thinner ; but

these are minor and very variable characters.

21. Haplophragmium glomeratum, Brady.

Tituola glomerata, Brady, 1878, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i.

p. 433, pl. xx. fig. la, b,c.

A minute species widely distributed in the North Atlantic

and Arctic Oceans, but not common anywhere. It is more

frequent in the Novaya-Zemlya Sea than further northwards.

22. Haplophragmium subglobosum, M. Sars, sp.

Intuola subglobosa, M. Sars, 1868, Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl. 1868,

p- 250.

Common at one station only, 514 (G), where it flourishes

in company with Saccammina spherica, Reophax scorpiurus,

and other strong arenaceous types.

23. Haplophragmium globigeriniforme,

Parker & Jones, sp.

Lituola nautiloidea, var. globigeriniformis, Parker & Jones, 1864, Phil.

Trans. vol. clv. p. 407, pl. xv. figs. 46, 47, pl. xvii. figs. 96-98.

This occurs at five of the Franz-Josef Land stations, but in

none of the more southern soundings. The specimens are

few in number, and all extremely minute and thin-shelled.

AMMODISCUS, Reuss.

24. Ammodiscus gordialis, Jones and Parker, sp.

Trochammina squamata, var. gordialis, Jones & Parker, 1860, Quart.

Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. xvi. p. 304.

Represented only by single specimens from four stations.

Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera. 407

TROCHAMMINA, Parker and Jones.

25. Trochammina nitida, Brady.

Trochammina nitida, Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxi.

n.s. p. 02.

Very rare ; only a single specimen from Franz-Josef Land,

Station 518 (K), and one from the Matyushin Shar.

HippocrePina, Parker.

26. Hippocrepina indivisa, Parker.

(Pl. XXI. figs. 3a, b, & 4.)

Hippocrepina indivisa, Parker, 1870, in Dawson’s paper, ‘ Canadian

Naturalist,’ n. s. vol. v. p. 176, fig. 2.

This is an exceedingly interesting arenaceous type. The

test is long, tapering to a point at the inferior extremity,

broad and rounded at the superior end. The aperture is at

the centre of the broad end, and is irregular in shape, often more

or less curved so as to resemble a horseshoe. The shell-wall

is thin, finely cemented, and smooth externally ; the cavity of

the shell is undivided. In colour it is brown at the inferior

extremity, lighter near the apex. Length of full-sized speci-

mens about 1:0 millim.; those from the Matyushin Shar are

somewhat smaller. _

Hippocrepina indivisa was originally found by Dr. G. M.

Dawson in Gaspé Bay at a depth of from 16 to 20 fathoms

(29 to 36 metres), and has since been dredged by the Rev.

A. M. Norman in deeper water off the coast of Norway.

TEXTULARIA, Defrance.

27. Textularia agglutinans, D’Orbigny.

Lextularia agglutinans, D’Orbigny, 1889, Foram. Cuba, p. 136, pl. i.

figs. 17, 18, 82-34,

Very rare, specimens minute and varying a good deal in

contour, possibly belonging to more than one species.

SpPrropLecta, Ehrenberg.

28. Spiroplecta biformis, Parker & Jones, sp.

Teatularia aggutimans, var. biformis, Parker & Jones, 1864, Phil. Trans,

vol. ely. p. 370, pl. xv. figs, 23, 24,

Moderately common and widely distributed.

408 Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera.

VERNEUILINA, D’Orbigny.

29. Verneuilina polystropha, Reuss.

Verneuilina polystropha, Reuss, 1846, Verstein. bohm. Kreid. vol. ii.

p- 109, pl. xxiv. fig. 53.

Common in Capt. Markham’s material from the Matyushin

Shar, but does not occur in any of the Austrian soundings.

Buuimina, D’Orbigny.

30. Bulimina subteres, Brady.

Bulimina elegantissima, var., Brady, 1878, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. i. p. 436, pl. xxi. fig. 12.

Bulimina subteres, Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxi. n. s.

p- 58.

A single specimen of this species was found in the sounding

from Station 500 (A). It somewhat resembles the Hobertina

arctica of D’Orbigny, but is stouter and has much fewer seg-

ments.

31. Bulimina elegantissima, D’Orbigny.

Bulimina elegantissima, D’Orbigny, 1839, Voyage dans l’Amér, Mérid.

p: Ol, pl. vii. figs. 18, 14

Only found in one sounding, in which it is moderately

common (No. 503, D) ; the specimens all very minute, thin-

shelled, and delicate.

Vireutina, D’Orbigny.

32. Virgulina Schreibersiana, Cajzek.

Virgulina Schreibersiana, Czjzek, 1847, Haidinger’s Naturw. Abhandl.

vol. ii. p. 147, pl. xiii. figs. 18-21.

Tolerably common and generally distributed; many of the

specimens have a shorter, stouter contour than the typical

form.

Botivina, D’Orbigny.

33. Bolivina punctata, D’Orbigny.

Bolivina punctata, D’Orbigny, 1889, Voyage dans l’Amér. Mérid. p. 63,

pl. viii. figs. 10-12.

In the Novaya-Zemlya Sea; rare and small.

CAssIDULINA, D’Orbigny.

34. Cassidulina levigata, D’Orbigny.

Cassidulina levigata, D’Orbigny, 1826, Ann, Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 282,

pl. xv. figs. 4,5; Modéles, no. 41.

Abundant; generally distributed.

Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera. 409

35. Cassidulina crassa, D’Orbigny.

Cassidulina crassa, D'Orbigny, 1839, Voyage dans l’Amér. Mérid. p. 56,

pl. vii. figs. 18-20.

Common over the whole area.

LaGcEena, Walker & Jacob.

36. Lagena globosa, Montagu, sp.

Vermiculum globosum, Montagu, 1803, Testac. Brit. p. 525.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea, very rare.

37. Lagena levis, Montagu, sp.

Vermiculum leve, Montagu, 1803, Testac. Brit. p. 524.

Widely distributed, specimens rare. :

38. Lagena apiculata, Reuss.

Oolina apiculata, Reuss, 1850, Haidinger’s Naturw. Abhandl. vol. iv.

Pa22 mpl ta tig T,

Lagena apiculata, Reuss, 1862, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wien, vol. xlvi.

p. 319, pl. 1. figs. 4-8, 10, 11.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea, very rare.

39. Lagena gracillima, Seguenza, sp.

Amphorina gracillima, Seguenza, 1862, Foram. Monotal. Mioc. Mess.

p- 51, pl. 1. fig. 37.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea, very rare.

40. Lagena distoma, Parker & Jones.

Lagena sulcata, var. distoma, Parker & Jones, 1865, Phil. Trans. vol. clv.

p- 306, pl. xiii, fig. 20.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea, very rare.

41. Lagena gracilis, Williamson.

Lagena vulgaris, var. gracilis, Williamson, 1858, Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 7,

pl. i. figs. 12, 13.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea, very rare.

42. Lagena semistriata, Williamson.

Lagena striata, var. B. semistriata, Williamson, 1848, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 14, pl. i. figs. 9, 10.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea, very rare.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 29

410 Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera.

43. Lagena sulcata, Walker & Jacob, sp.

Serpula (Lagena) sulcata, Walker & Jacob, 1798, Adams’s Essays on

the Microsc. 2nd ed. p. 634, pl. xiv. fig. 5.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea; a small number of specimens, gene-

rally distributed.

44, Lagena striatopunctata, Parker & Jones.

Lagena sulcata, var. striatopunctata, Parker & Jones, 1864, Phil. Trans.

vol. ely. p. 350, pl. xii. figs. 25-27.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea, very rare. This is a widely distri-

buted North Atlantic and Arctic species, though the number

of specimens is generally very small.

45. Lagena squamosa, Montagu, sp.

Vermiculum squamosum, Montagu, 1803, Testac. Brit. p. 526, pl. xiv.

fig. 2.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea and Franz-Josef Land, very rare in

both areas.

46. Lagena levigata, Reuss, sp.

Fissurina levigata, Reuss, 1849, Denkschr. k.-k. Akad. Wien, vol. i.

p. 366, pl. xlvi. fig. 1.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea and Franz-Josef Land; very rare in

both areas.

47. Lagena tricincta, Gimbel*.

Lagena tricincta, Giimbel, 1868, Abh. II. Cl. k. Akad. Wiss. vol. x.

p. 606, pl. 1. fig. 8, a, b.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea, very rare.

48. Lagena lagenoides, Williamson, sp.

Entosolenia marginata, var. lagenoides, Williamson, 1858, Rec. For. Gt.

Br. p. 11, pl. 1. figs. 25, 26.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea and Franz-Josef Land; very rare in

both areas.

49. Nodosaria radicula, Linné, sp.

Nautilus radicula, Linné, 1767, Syst. Nat. 12th ed. p. 1164, p. 285.

Widely distributed, but the number of specimens very small.

50. Nodosaria (Dentalina) pauperata, D’Orbignys

Dentalina pauperata, D’Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 46, pl. i.

figs. 57, 58.

One or two fine specimens from Franz-Josef Land.

* TI find that Prof. Seguenza has figured this form under the name

Fissurina Orbignyana, Foram. Monotal. Mioc. Mess. 1862, p. 67, pl. ii. figs.

25, 26; his specific term therefore takes precedence.

Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera. 411

51. Nedosaria (Dentalina) mucronata, Neugeboren.

Dentulina mucronata, Neugeboren, 1856, Denkschr. k. Akad. Wiss.

Wien, vol. xii. p. 83, pl. iii. figs. 8-11.

A single broken specimen of this species was found in the

sounding No. 514 a, off Franz-Josef Land.

PoLymorPHINA, D’Orbigny.

52. Polymorphina lactea, Walker & Jacob, sp.

Serpula lactea, Walker & Jacob, 1798, Adams’s Essays, 2nd ed.

p- 634, pl. xxiv. fig, 4.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea; very rare, specimens minute.

53. Polymorphina oblonga, D’Orbigny.

Polymorphina oblonga, D’Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 232, pl. xii.

figs. 29-31.

A single characteristic specimen and one or two fragments

from the Novaya-Zemlya Sea.

54. Polymorphina compressa, D’Orbigny.

Polymorphina compressa, D’Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 238,

pl. xii. figs. 32-34.

One specimen from the Matyushin Shar.

ees

Uvigerina, D’Orbigny.

55. Uvigerina pygmea, D’Orbigny (var.).

Uvigerina pyymea, D’Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 269,

pl. xii. figs. 8,9; Modeéles, no. 67.

Sparingly distributed over the whole area; very rare off

Franz-Josef Land. All the specimens are of the Arctic

variety (vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. 1. p. 435,

pl. xx. fig. 7 a,b), an intermediate form partaking more or

less of the characters of U. angulosa, Will. ‘They differ from

the typical U. pygmea in the partial nature of the surface-

ornamentation, and in their tendency to assume a more

elongate and subangular shape. These, however, are very

variable characters, indicating rather the different life-condi-

tions of a polar climate than any specific distinction ; and as

we proceed southwards the specimens gradually assume the

normal form.

29%

412 Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera.

GLOBIGERINA, D’Orbigny.

56. Globigerina bulloides, D’Orbigny.

Globigerina bulloides, D’Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 277.

no. 1; Modéles, no. 17 & 76.

Minute specimens of the typical Globigerina bulloides are

found in many of the soundings, especially in those of the

more southern series ; but the small, compactly built, subsphe-

rical variety for which I have proposed the trivial term

“ borealis” * is comparatively common over the whole area.

This has been figured as the “ Arctic variety of Globigerina

bulloides,” in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. 1.

pl. xxi. fig. 10a, 6,¢; and a further notice of it is now in the

press. It prevails, sometimes to the exclusion of the typical

form, in the cold area of the North-Atlantic and in some parts

of the Arctic Ocean; but there is quite sufficient evidence to

show that its morphological peculiarities are merely the result

of climatal conditions. Under these circumstances no attempt

has been made to separate the type from the vardety in the

Distribution Table. In some of the soundings both forms

occur, as well as specimens with intermediate characters.

Orsutina, D’Orbigny.

57. Orbulina universa, D’Orbigny.

Orbulina universa, D’Orbigny, 1859, Foram. Cuba, p. 36, pl. 1. fig. 1.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea, rare.

PuLueniA, Parker & Jones.

58. Pullenia spheroides, D’Orbigny, sp.

Nonionina spheroides, D’Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 293.

no. 1; Modéles, no. 48.

Jn one of the soundings of the Novaya-Zemlya Sea (No.

500, A) this species is not uncommon ; but it has not been

found in any of the others.

PATELLINA, Williamson.

59. Patellina corrugata, Williamson.

Patellina corrugata, Williamson, 1858, Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 46, pl. iii.

figs. 86-89.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea, very rare.

* Ina report upon the Foraminifera obtained on the cruise of the

‘Knight Errant’ in the summer of 1880, not yet published.

Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Horaminifera. 413

DiscorBinA, Parker & Jones.

60. Discorbina Berthelot?, D’Orbigny, sp.

Rosalina Bertheloti, D’Orbigny, 1889, Foram. Canaries, p. 135, pl. i.

fios, 28-30. 3

Novaya-Zemlya Sea, Station 500 (A); very rare. The

specimens all very small, and similar in character to those

found off the Shetland Islands and at some other points to

the north of Great Britain.

61. Discorbina Wrightii, sp. nov.

(ell, ROMs ities @ a5 Oy G,)

Discorbina parisiensis, Wright (in part), 1877, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field-

Club, 1876-77, App. p. 105, pl. iv. fig. 2 a, 8, e.

Test free, trochoid; superior surface subconical ; inferior

flat; peripheral margin subangular or somewhat rounded, very

slightly excavated at the sutural lines. ‘The shell consists of

about three convolutions, the whole of which are visible on

the superior surface, the final one only on the inferior. In-

ferior surface ornamented with beaded lines radiating from

the umbilicus. Segments numerous, seven or eight in the

final convolution ; septation of the earlier portion indistinct.

Diameter #5 inch (0°5 millim.).

Mr. Wright, in his careful paper on the “ Recent Fora-

minifera of Down and Antrim” (loc. cit.), describes and

figures certain small Discorbine occurring in shallow water

in the north of Ireland under the general name of D. parist-

ensis, D’Orb. The figures represent two varieties, differing

considerably in contour and in minor characters, which there

was reason to think were only individual modifications of the

same species. Of the close affinity of the two there can be no

question ; and that the thinner specimens have all the essential

characters of D’Orbigny’s Modéle no. 88 is equally beyond

doubt; but further research has led to the conclusion that it

will be convenient to recognize the conical form, which is

more particularly an inhabitant of northern seas, by a dis-

tinctive term; and under these circumstances it is proper to

associate Mr. Wright’s name with the species.

Discorbina Wrightit is very rare in the Novaya-Zemlya

Sea; and a single young specimen has been found in the

Matyushin Shar. It is not uncommon on the north-eastern

coast of Ireland, and is occasionally met with in deeper water

in the North Atlantic.

414 Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera.

TRUNCATULINA, D’Orbigny.

62. Truncatulina lobatula, Walker & Jacob, sp.

Nautilus lobatulus, Walker & Jacob, 1798, Adams’s Essays, 2nd ed.

p. 642, pl. xiv. fig. 36.

Common over the whole area.

PULVINULINA, Parker & Jones.

63. Pulvinulina Karsteni, Reuss, sp.

Rotaha Karstent, Reuss, 1855, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. vol. vii.

p- 273, pl. ix. fig. 6.

Abundant both in the Novaya-Zemlya Sea and off Franz-

Josef Land.

Nonionina, D’Orbigny.

64. Nonionina depressula, Walker & Jacob, sp.

Nautilus depressulus, Walker & Jacob, 1798, Adams’s Essays, 2nd ed.

p. 641, pl. xiv. fig. 53.

Franz-Josef Land, not uncommon; Novaya-Zemlya Sea,

rare.

65. Nonionina umbilicatula, Montagu, sp.

Nautilus umbilicatulus, Montagu, 1808, Testac. Brit. p. 191, 1808, Suppl.

p- 78, pl. xviii. fig. i

Distributed over the whole area.

66. Nonionina turgida, Williamson, sp.

Rotalina turgida, Williamson, 1858, Rec. For. Gt. Brit. p. 50, pl. iv.

figs. 95-97.

Novaya-Zemlya Sea, very rare. Only a single specimen in

sounding No. 500 (A).

67. Nonionina scapha, Fichtel & Moll, sp.

Nautilus scapha, Fichtel & Moll, 1803, Testac. Micr. p. 105, pl. xix.

figs. d—f.

A characteristic form in the Novaya-Zemlya Sea; speci-

mens large and abundant, often with very thick terminal

chamber, like NV. labradorica, Dawson.

68. Nonionina stelligera, D’Orbigny.

Nonionina stelligera, D’Orbigny, 1889, Foram, Canaries, p. 128, pl. iii.

fig. 12.

Widely distributed, especially in the southern area, but

the specimens not numerous.

Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Horaminifera. 415

69. Nonionina orbicularis, sp. nov. (Pl. XXI. fig. 5 a, 6.)

Test symmetrical, nautiloid, subglobular, somewhat com-

pressed, convex or slightly umbonate at the umbilici; peri-

pheral margin more or less lobulate. Segments numerous,

about ten in the final convolution; sutural lines somewhat

excavated, especially near the umbilici. Aperture arcuate,

either simple or divided by projections from the upper margin.

Diameter 0°5 millim.

This species resembles N. pompitliotdes in its subspherical

contour, but may be distinguished by its larger number of seg-

ments and their less regular disposition, as well as by the

thickened umbilici. The aperture is frequently subdivided

by cross bars of shell, suggesting its affinity with the weaker

forms of Polystomella.

Nonionina orbicularis only occurs in one of the soundings,

No. 502 (C); but a number of specimens, of somewhat larger

size than those now described (0°75 millim.), have been ob-

tained from the ‘ Porcupine’ dredgings in the North Atlantic.

POLYSTOMELLA, Lamarck.

70. Polystomella arctica, Parker & Jones.

Polystomella crispa, var. arctica, Parker & Jones, 1865, Phil. Trans.

vol. cly. p. 401, pl. xiv. figs. 25-30.

Widely distributed ; the specimens large and abundant in

many of the soundings.

71. Polystomella striatopunctata, Fichtel & Moll, sp.

Nautilus striatopunctatus, Fichtel & Moll, 1803, Testac. Micr. p. 61,

pl. ix. figs. a—e.

Abundant over the whole area.

In addition to the species which have been enumerated,

there are a few specimens concerning which it is impossible

to speak with certainty. One of these is a minute or young

Cristellaria ; anotherns probably a worn example of Lagena

hispida. But in the absence of well-defined examples these

and other doubtful forms have been excluded from the list.

Supplementary Note on some Foraminifera from Soundings

obtained by Capt. A. H. Markham, R.N., on the Shores

of Novaya Zemlya in 1879.

From a region so difficult of access, and on a subject con-

cerning which so little has hitherto been known, every addi-

416 Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera.

tion to the common fund of knowledge is welcome ; and each

instalment, however small and fragmentary in itself, serves to

fill a vacant place. Under these circumstances a few sound-

ings made by Capt. Markham on the shores of Novaya

Zemlya possess considerable interest ; and as they refer to an

area contiguous to that embraced by the southern section of

the Austro-Hungarian series, the details of their examination

supply a fitting supplement to the present report.

The material consists of eleven samples ot the sea-bottom ;

but the quantity is in every case very small. ‘The lists of

species therefore cannot be regarded as even approximately

complete, though they serve collectively to indicate the general

aspect of the Rhizopod fauna.

Four of the soundings contained no Foraminifera; and of

these, three showed no evidence of animal or vegetable life of

any sort; the remaining seven were lahelled as follows :—

1. “Soundings, 10 fathoms, Matyushin Shar, June 21st,

1879.”

2. Soundings, 10 fathoms, Matyushin Shar, June 24th.”

3. “Soundings (no depth given), Cairn Bay, Matyushin

Shar.”

4, “Soundings, 15 fathoms, north side Matyushin Shar,

July 28th.”

These four samples may be considered collectively as

representing the bottom-fauna of the Matyushin Shar at a

depth of from 10 to 15 fathoms. ‘The sample without memo-

randum of depth differs in no particular from the rest. The

Matyushin Shar or Matotschkin Schar is the strait dividing

the two islands that together form Novaya Zemlya, the lati-

tude being about 73° N.

Mineralogically the soundings were very much alike.

They were dark-coloured more or less muddy sands, consist-

ing of flattish felspathic grains, with a small proportion of

white angular siliceous particles. foraminifera were present

in all four specimens, but abundant in none; there were also

a few Ostracoda and small fragments of Polyzoa, Ophiurids,

and Hchinoderms.

The following is a revised list of the Foraminifera obtained

from them :—

Cornuspira involvens, Reuss. Reophax fusiformis, /7ll.

Biloculina ringens, Lamk. arctica, Brady.

Miliolina seminulum, Zinneé. Haplophragmium — canariense,

agelutinans, D’ Ord. DP Orb.

: SF SOS li ;

Hippocrepina indivisa, Darker. nanum, Brady.

Hyperamnina elongata, Bredy. Trochammina nitida, Brady.

Reophax nodulosa, Brady. Verneuilina polystropha, Zteuss.

Mr. H. B. Brady on some Arctic Foraminifera. 417

Polymorphina compressa, D’Orb. Pulvinulina Karsteni, Reuss.

Cassidulina levigata, D’ Ord. Nonionina umbilicatula, Mont.

crassa, D’ Orb. stelligera, D’ Orb.

Discorbina Wrightii, Brady. Polystomella striatopunctata,

Truncatulina lobatula, W. & J. & M.

The three remaining soundings are from somewhat greater

depths ; and their examination has yielded but a poor list of

species. Whether this arises from the smaller quantity of

material secured, or from the less plentiful distribution of

animal life, may be difficult to decide; but the former is the

more probable explanation.

5. “ Soundings, June 19th, lat. 73° 10’ N., long. 50° E.

Depth 30 fathoms.” Clean siliceous sand with dark fel-

spathic grains; contained but little evidence of animal life.

There were a few Rhizopoda, belonging to half a dozen

species, namely :—

Miliolina seminulum, Linné. Nonionina scapha, F. & M.

Verneuilina polystropha, Reuss. Polystomella striatopunctata, F.

Truncatulina lobatula, W. & J. & M.

Pulvinulina Karsteni, Reuss.

6. “Soundings, lat. 70° 45’ N., long. 47° EK. Depth 80

fathoms.” The material in this case consisted only of a

pellet of mud weighing about 0-3 gramme, which, after wash-

ing, left scarcely. any residuum. This, however, yielded

specimens of two arenaceous species :—

Haplophragmium glomeratum, Haplophragmium nanum, Brady.

Brady.

7. “ Soundings, lat. 74° 16’ N., long. 53° 50’ E. Depth

90 fathoms.” Quantity of material not much greater than

the last, contained the following forms :—

Haplophragmium glomeratum, Nonionina stelligera, D’ Orb.

Brady. scapha, F. & M,

Cassidulina crassa, D’ Orb.

The only species of unusual interest contained in these lists

is Hippocrepina indivisa, concerning which a note will be

found on a previous page (p.407). The specimens of Nonio-

nina scapha often approach in character the variety named by

Dawson JN. labradorica. It is frequently difficult to decide

whether some of the flat outspread Nonionine are more cor-

rectly placed with N. asterizans, Bc Me vor NE stelligera,

D’Orb.; but as the distinction between the two depends pri-

marily on the extent to which the stellate sutural limbation is

developed (a comparatively trivial character), they have been

associated with similar specimens from the more northern

stations under the latter species.

418 Ma Pee Carpenter on certain Points in

These lists collectively furnish the final column (Q) of the

Distribution Table.

POLYZOA.

A few of the soundings contained specimens of Polyzoa in

more or less fragmentary condition. These have been iden-

tified by my good friend the Rev. A. M. Norman as follows :—

No. 500. Menipea arctica, Busk.

Crisva eburneo-denticulata, Busk.

In this sounding, and also in No. 516, there are examples

of a very interesting simple form, the type of an undescribed

genus.

No. 514 a. Idmonea atlantica, Forbes.

Crisia eburneo-denticulata, Busk.

No. 515. Crista eburneo-denticulata, Busk.

No. 525. Lepralia Jeffreys’, Norman.

Idmonea atlantica, Forbes.

Hornera lichenoides, Linné.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.

Fig. 1. Haplophragmium nanum, Brady, magnified 120 diam.: a, supe-

rior lateral aspect; 6, inferior lateral aspect; ¢, periphero-lateral

aspect.

Fug. 2. iene arctica, Brady, magnified 120 diam.: a, lateral aspect ; 3,

end view, with aperture.

Figs. 3, 4. Hippocrepina indivisa, Parker, magnified 60 diam.: a, lateral

aspect; 6,end view, with aperture. 4. Section, showing the

interior.

Fig. 5. Nonionina orbicularis, Brady, magnified 65 diam. : a, lateral aspect ;

b, periphero-lateral aspect.

Fig. 6. Discorbina Wrightit, Brady, magnified 85 diam.: a, superior lateral

aspect; 6, inferior lateral aspect; ¢, periphero-lateral aspect.

XLI.—On certain Points in the Morphology of the Blastoidea.

By P. HERBERT CARPENTER, M.A., Assistant Master at

Eton College.

Since the appearance of the classical memoir by Rémer

scarcely any attention has been paid upon this side of the

Atlantic to the morphology of the Blastoidea. In America,

however, the case has been very different. White, Shumard,

Billings, Lyon, Hall, Meek and Worthen, and various other

Ann

_& Mag. N. H. ser. 5, vol. viii.]

DISTRIBUTION TABLE.

GNI CV Cobo

West side of Novaya

Zemlya,

from lat. 74° to 77° N.

and long. 53°

500, | 501, | 502. 504.

Ney

to 65° Is.

from lat. 79°

[Vo face p. 418.

Shores of Franz-Josef Land,

to 80° N., and long. 58° to 64° E.

Silda.) 515,

515a.| 516. | 513.

519 d,| 51a.) 52

. | 52

525,

About lat. 73°.

B. E.

TH.

iM 1p tts || ANG

Cornuspira involvens, Rewss ......... 6.006.

Biloculina ringens, Lamk.

—— bulloides, D’Ord.. .

Miliolina tricarinata, D’ Ord.

seminulum, Zinn. .

— subrotunda, Montagu .......

agelutinans, D’Orb. .

Saccammina spheerica, M. Sars

Pelosina variable, Brady ....

Rhabdammina abyssorum, W, Sars

Hyperammina elongata, Brady ..... ;

RAMEE Je) wooo pep oBaseop bu Suop BoE

Psammotodendron arborescens, Norman, MS...

Reophax difflugiformis, Brady ......

jem, WA booger

scorpiurus, De Mont. ..

—— nodulosa, Brady .......

subglobosum, ISTE Ya ttve salsc an:

Hippocrepina indivisa, Parker .........-..55

Textularia agelutinans, D’Orb. ..... 6... ees

Spiroplecta biformis, P. GJ. ........e.eee eee

Verneuilina polystropha, Reuss ..........00--

Bulimina subteres, Brady

elepantissima, OOFD5. «ce. ccna

Vireulina Schreibersiana, Czjzek ........

Bolivana/punctata, DOr. vo. cee se ec cen ene

Cassidulina levigata, D’Orb.............0065

(CrassayeOTOs tec sen avs es .

L&gena globosa, Montagu ...............06

levis, Montagu ...........

——apiculata, Reuss .. SR crne

S————OTACHIMA OSCE suiscstsinia vine sisss eves ose) ere.

distoma, P. § J...

gracilis, Will.

BOMMISUTUBLDN PV tlie oc. are essere oneivbe

suleata, W. § J. ears eyes

—— striatopunctata, P. § J. ........... Pee

— rene Montagu...... eer

—— (F.) levigata, Reuss ....... :

——fricineta, Gumbel... csc vies ven ewe nous

—— lagenoides, Will.............

Modosamamadienla, Vain 2 5. <ieesa us. sale oes

—— (D.) pauperata, D'Orb. ............04.

— (D.) mucronata, Neug. .....

Polymorphina lactea, Wi GJ. 2 ....0. ce eseee

=== Gunes JDJORIS Son caged na ce eeenonene

compressa, D'Orb.

Uvigerina pygmea, D'Orb., ti eee

Globigerina bulloides, D Orb..............5.

Orbulina universa, D’Orb. ........

Pullenia sphzeroides, D'Ord. . 5 :

Patellina corrugata, Will. ...........0...5-

Discorbina Bertheloti, D’Orb. .............

Wrightii, Brady ....... : aes

Truncatulina lobatula, W.§ J. ......... 0.00.

Pulvinulina Karsteni, Rewss .............

Nonionina depressula, W. G J. ......

———= INU CHG UA, MOE evan arise ee oe ayea eee

furgida, Will. ....2 6.6.

—— scapha, F.§ M...

— stelligera, D’Ord. .....

orbicularis, Brady .....

Polystomella arctica, P. §

striatopunctata, J. §

wie

. erat 3

i ssallica

# * |e | &

* Do nD Of A

Un |e era *

oe ite . a

oe . . *

Nee *

* 5 par o .

. . * oe oa od .

* * * oe On * .

Eo * ke aot oe * °

* * * * * |:

*, ,

* KK

* *

the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 419

writers have all added more or less to our knowledge of this

interesting but difficult group. Although some of their con-

clusions have not borne the test of further investigation, yet

their observations have been mostly confirmed by later workers,

while their descriptions of them are clear, accurate, and scien-

tific. ‘Two other palxontologists have recently taken up the

subject, and have treated it in very different ways, as I

propose to show in the following pages.

Mr. Charles Wachsmuth, of Burlington, Iowa, who is so

well known by his writings on the Paleocrinoids, has pub-

lished incidentally, in the revision of that group by himself

and Mr. Springer, some extremely valuable notes on the

structure of the Blastoids, which are illustrated by excellent

diagrams *., The chief novelty discovered by him is the

presence in Pentremites of a plate lying directly below the

lancet-piece, with a tubular passage running through it. He

does not, however, either describe or figure any perforation of

the lancet-piece itself; and in the case of Granatocrinus he

merely figures one subambulacral f plate, pierced by a longi-

tudinal canal.

Dr. Hambach f, on the other hand, figures a section of a

ray (of Granatocrinus Norwoodi ?), the lancet-piece of which

is not only “ pierced through the centre in its whole length

by a very fine canal,” but also has a posterior (se) side which

is ‘“ concave, semilunar, and grooved in its whole length for

the reception of some duct or vessel.” At the summit this

duct or vessel “connects with a circular duct (cesophageal

ring ?), surrounding, on the interior side, the central orifice or

annulus centralis.” ‘Thanks to the kindness of Mr. Wachs-

muth, I have been enabled to examine many beautiful inter-

nal casts of Granatocrinus Norwoodi, a well-preserved speci-

men of which is the original of Dr. Hambach’s description ;

but, despite this advantage, I am at a loss to understand his

* Part I. of the “ Revision of the Paleeocrinoidea” appeared in the

‘Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy’ for 1879; and Mr. Wachs-

muth has been good enough to favour me with advance sheets of Part IL.,

which will be issued shortly. In this valuable work the authors have

reduced the chaos of the Paleeocrinoids to something like order; and the

illustrated memoir, of which it is but the precursor, will be heartily

welcomed in Europe, as it is utterly impossible to gain clear ideas about

many of the American species, owing to the difficulty of obtaining the

literature on this side of the Atlantic. ;

+ LI use this word simply to denote the parts beneath the food-groove,

without thereby implying any homology with similarly-named structures

in the Kchinozoa.

¢ “Contributions to the Anatomy of the Genus Pentremutes, with De-

scriptions of new Species,” Trans. St. Louis Acad. vol. iv. no. 1, pp. 145-

160.

420 Mr. P. H. Carpenter on certain Points in

meaning, and can only hope for a further explanation of it

in his forthcoming monograph.

An extensive series of observations which have been made

conjointly by Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., and myself *, enables us

to give a general confirmation to the results of Wachsmuth

and Hambach. We cannot with certainty detect more than

one subambulacral plate in any species of Granatocrinus,

either British or American; but we cannot agree with Wachs-

muth in considering its longitudinal canal as corresponding

to the dorsal canal of a Crinoid arm, which lodged the axial

cord; for we believe it to have contained the water-vessel.

We think, however, that he is correct in describing two sub-

ambulacral pieces in Pentremites; but we are not quite clear

as to whether both of these were perforated, or only one, and.

if so, which of them. It is a matter of no little difficulty to

attempt to solve problems of this kind on material which is so

highly mineralized as most of these Blastoid calices are; and

it is therefore satisfactory to find that the observations of

three independent sets of workers are fairly in accordance

with one another.

Besides the lancet-piece and the poral pieces, there is, ac-

cording to Dr. Hambach, another element which enters into

the composition of the ambulacra of the Blastoids, viz. “the

zigzag plicated integument. ‘This may be regarded as a

band which is transversely plicated and covers the whole

ambulaeral field; it was probably of an elastic texture during

the litetime of the animal. It commences at the apex of the

ambulacral field, running in a zigzag from the lateral

margin to the median line, so that the poral openings are

always placed between two returning folds, which are flattened

here to form a sort of articulating surface for the pinnule.

It ascends in this manner, covering half of the ambulacral

field, to the summit of the calyx, where it surrounds in a very

acute angle two of the ovarian openings, and descends in a

like manner on the following ambulacral field.”

Two figures are given by Dr. Hambach in illustration of

the novel statement which I have quoted. One of them

represents a portion of an ambulacral field considerably mag-

nified; and in some points it is more correct than any which

has yet been published. Thus the pinnule-sockets are

shown to be distinct from the marginal pores, as was long ago

described, though not figured, by Billings Tt, whose observa-

* “Remarks upon the Structure and Classification of the Blastoidea,”

‘Nature,’ vol. xxiv. p. 497, and Geol. Mag. October, 1881, p. 464.

+ ‘Canadian Naturalist,’ 1870, p. 184.

the Morphology of the Biastoidea. 421

tions seem to have escaped the notice of both Wachsmuth

and Hambach. The other figure, published by the latter

author, professes to represent the summit of P. sulcatus, and,

though small, is clear enough to show that the “zigzag plicated

integument ’’ which passes round the ovarian openings from

one ambulacral field to the other is nothing but the crenula-

tion on the central ends of the deltoid pieces. This is excel-

lently shown in Rémer’s figures of P. crenulatus *, and also

its continuation up onto the lancet-piece along the margins

of its median groove. In all the best-preserved specimens of

Pentremites that I have seen, the edges of the minute trans-

verse grooves .on the ambulacral fields, which join their

median grooves alternately on opposite sides, are also crenu-

lated, as is shownin Dr. Hambach’s figure. But the markings

are not due to the presence of any probably elastic “ integu-

ment” overlying the plates, as Dr. Hambach seems to suppose,

as they are merely delicate surface-ornamentation. In the

case of the lancet-plate of Granatocrinus this is very well

seen on ambulacra from which the pore-plates have disap-

peared; so that the contrast between the crenulated edges to

the median groove of the plate and its smooth peripheral

portion is very marked.

It is very singular that, although Dr. Hambach has “ had

an opportunity to study a large and excellent material... .

numbering several thousand specimens in almost every stage

of preservation,” he does not make the slightest mention of

the minute plates which have been described by so many

authors as covering in the ambulacral furrows of the Blastoids.

He is less reticent, however, about the so-called summit-

plates, which are generally supposed to have roofed in the

peristome, and to represent on a small scale the vault of the

Palzocrinoids. or he says that the acute points of the zig-

zag plicated integument, ‘‘ which almost come in contact with

each other at the summit, are the only covering of the central

opening, which was never closed by additional plates, as inti-

mated by some authors ¢ ; although specimens are frequently

found (and I have such in my collection) where it appears as

if the summit were closed by additional plates, which on close

examination, however, prove to be Bryozoa or ovulum-like

bodies. Again, it seems improbable to suppose that the cen-

tral opening was closed if we compare our fossils with Hehino-

derms, with which they have unquestionably most affinity,

both as regards the calcareous shell as well as the interior of

* Wiegmann’s Archiv, Jahrg. xvii. Band i. fig. 15 (1851).

+ Billings and Shumard.

422 Mr. P. H. Carpenter on certain Points in

the visceral cavity (except as regards the number and ar-

rangement of pieces).”’

One scarcely knows how to criticise the remarkable state-

ments contained in the passage just quoted. For myself, I

should greatly like to learn something more about the

evidence which satisfied Dr. Hambach that the structures in

question are “ Bryozoa or ovulum-like bodies.” If they be

Bryozoa, they must certainly represent a most aberrant type

of that group, and it would be well worth Dr. Hambach’s

while to investigate and describe them. If, on the other

hand, they are “ ovulum-like bodies,”” one would like to know

more about the “ovulum” which they resemble. Does Dr.

Hambach mean to suggest that they are partially hatched

“ovula” of the Blastoid ?

After Dr. Hambach’s astounding statements about the

summit-plates of the Blastoids, his remark that this group

has ‘‘ unquestionably most affinity” with Echinoderms falls

rather flat, as I am not aware that any one has ever proposed

to consider these fossils otherwise than as members of that

subkingdom. As a general rule, too, the nearest allies of the

Blastoids have been sought for among the Crinoids. But,

according to Dr. Hambach, the affinity of the Blastoids with

Echinoderms “can easily’ be comprehended if we divide the

calyx into two equal halves, ¢. e. an upper or dorsal and an

under or ventral one, of which the ventral one would be com-

posed of the pelvis and fork-pieces, and the dorsal one of the

deltoid pieces and ambulacral fields. Supposing the column

to be absent, we would have an analogue of an Hchinus,

except that mouth and vent are placed, together with the

ovarian openings, on the dorsal part of the shell instead of

being on the ventral side, as in true Echinoids.”

I must confess that I cannot easily comprehend the advan-

tage of inverting the generally received nomenclature in such

a manner as to place the mouth and vent of a Blastoid on its

dorsal side; and when this is done and the column supposed

to be absent, I altogether fail to see the analogy between the

Blastoids and the (true) Echinoids, in which last group Dr.

Hambach admits that the mouth and vent are on the ventral

side. Hvenif I am right in supposing that the word ‘‘ Hchino-

derms”’ in the passage quoted above should be read “ Hehi-

noids,” I am unable to see the affinity between this group and

the Blastoids, “ both as regards the calcareous shell as well

as the interior of the visceral cavity (except as regards the

number and arrangement of pieces).” Ii the pieces of the

calcareous shell in the two groups do not agree in number and

arrangement, I should be glad to know the characters wherein

the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 423

their affinity lies; and as no living Blastoids are known, it is

difficult to understand the similarity of the visceral cavities of

the two groups, especially when one remembers that the hydro-

spires of the Blastoids are wanting in the Echinoids.

The jointed appendages of the ambulacra of the Blastoids,

the so-called pinnules, are briefly described by Dr. Hambach,

who rightly states that they are not placed over the marginal

pores of the ambulacra, as supposed by many authors; but he

goes on to make the following extraordinary statement :—

“‘ These poral openings, as it appears, must have remained

free ; because we frequently find the remains of collapsed

tentacles preserved in them, the so-called supplementary poral

pieces.” Further on also he speaks of the poral fissure at the

side of the ambulacra “ from whence the tentacles originate,

leaving the interior of the calyx through the poral openings,

and forming in their collapsed state the supplementary poral

plates of Dr. Romer. This can easily be observed in good

and suitable specimens by grinding off the lateral margin of

an ambulacral field, where we will find that the interior cir-

cumference of a poral opening is lined with a membranaceous

integument.”

He explains rightly enough that the cavities of the hydro-

spires communicate above with a tube extending along the

length of the ambulacrum, and that this ‘ ovarian tube” hag

its outlet through one of the spiracles at the summit; but he

totally ignores the proofs given by Rofe, Billings, Wachs-

muth, and others that the marginal pores along the ambulacra

lead down into this ovarian tube. Surely this obvious fact

cannot have escaped his notice during “ his numerous exami-

nations of cross sections” of the ambulacra, unless, indeed, he

means to imply that the “ovarian tube” also lodged a vessel

from which the tentacles were filled.

I had quite hoped that, since the researches of Rofe and

Billings, the old doctrine of the ambulacra of the Blastoidea

being fringed with tentacles like those of the Crinoids had

been finally got rid of; and I am somewhat surprised at its

revival by Dr. Hambach, who must have a wonderful power

of imagination ; for he actually believes that “soft and mem-

branaceous organs, such as occupy the pores of the ambulacral

field in Echinoderms,” can have been preserved (in a col-

lapsed state, it is true) through all the ages between the Car-

boniferous period and the present time. He does not, however,

vouchsafe to tell us when or how they underwent such changes

as rendered them now liable to be described and figured as

calcareous plates of definite shapes in different species of

Blastoids. It is certainly a very singular phenomenon that

424 Mr. J. W. Davis on the Genera

the ‘collapsed tentacles” of Pentremites obliquatus and of

P. crenulatus respectively should have assumed shapes zn

limestone which are so very different, but yet constant for those

particular species.

Dr. Hambach is understood to be at work upon a mono-

graph of all the known American and European species of

the Blastoidea. Its appearance will be awaited with no ordi-

nary interest, in the hope of finding therein some further

development of the remarkable new theories of the morpho-

logy of the group which have been criticised above.

XLIL— On the Genera Ctenoptychius, Agassiz; Ctenopetalus,

Agassiz; and Harpacodus, Agassiz. By JAmEs W. Davis,

HGS.) ELS:

Pror. L. AGAsstz, in his great work on Fossil Fishes, defined

the genus Ctenoptychius (Poiss. Foss. vol. 11. p. 99) as em-

bracing small teeth presenting the appearance which would

be produced if small teeth of Orodus were strongly compressed

so that the transverse ridges of that genus were disposed in

the form of comb-like projections more or less round and de-

tached. The teeth of Ctenoptychius ave remarkable for their

pectinated appearance and compressed form.

Three species of this genus are described by Prof. Agassiz,

viz. :—1, Ctenoptychius apicalis (p. 99, pl. xix. figs. 1, 1a) from

the Staffordshire coal-fields and the coal strata near Man-

chester; 2, C. pectinatus (p. 100, pl. xix. figs. 2, 3, and 4)

from Burdie House and Lancashire; and 3, C. denticulatus

(p. 101, pl. xix. figs. 5, 6, 7). ‘To those described were also

added (p. 173) others which were named but not described,

the description being left for a supplement, which unfortu-

nately has not been written. They are :—

Ctenoptychius cuspidatus. Coal, Glasgow.

C. dentatus. Mountain Limestone, Armagh.

CU. serratus. am -

C. macrodus. Me i

C. crenatus. Coal, Carluke, near Glasgow.

In 1843 C. macrodus was described and figured in Port-

lock’s Report on the Geology of Fermanagh &c. (p. 467,

pl. xiv. fig. 7). 1t differs from C. apicalis, Ag., “by the form

of the crest, which is round, and not tending to a point as in

that species.” ‘The crest is denticulated, the denticles being

tolerably large and blunt.

Prof. M‘Coy, 1854 (Brit. Palesoz. Foss. p. 626), defined the

Ctenoptychius, Ctenopetalus, and Harpacodus, 425

genus Otenoptychius and redescribed the species C. apicalis,

Ag., including therein C. apicalis, Ag. (Binney, Trans.

Manch. Geol. Soe. vol. i. t. 5. fig. 19), Petalodus dentatus,

Owen (Odont. p. 62), and C. macrodus, Ag. ined. (and

Portl. Geol. Rep. t. 14. fig. 7). A second species is described,

C. serratus, Ow.? (Owen, Odontog. p. 62), and figured on

pl. 31. figs. 21, 22, 23. During 1858 Prot. Agassiz visited

the Harl of Enniskillen at Florence Court, and revised his

genus Ctenoptychius. He divided it into three genera. C.

apicalis being taken as the type of the old genus, C. serratus

forms the type of a new genus Céenopetalus, and C. dentatus

the type of the third genus Harpacodus.

Since Prof. Agassiz made these determinations many addi-

tions have been made to the species, both in this country and

more especially in America, and the whole group has reached

a state of considerable confusion. It was the intention of

Prof. Agassiz to greatly amend and rewrite his work on

the fish-palates of the Mountain Limestone; but the great

pressure of engagements in connexion with his labours in

America prevented, from time to time, this being accomplished;

and by his premature death all chance of its being done has

been cut off. The work has been rendered comparatively easy,

however, by the careful determinations of Agassiz and the

knowledge possessed by Lord Enniskillen of his intentions

with regard to them, as well as from the fact that all the type

specimens are in the Florence-Court collection.

The following descriptions of the genera are derived prin-

cipally from a study of the type specimens. The enumeration

of species appended to each may be taken as suggestive rather

than any thing else.

Genus CTENOPTYCHIUS, Agass. ined.

Gen. char. Teeth small; crown strongly compressed,

more or less acuminate and often irregular in form; cutting-

edge divided into several strong denticulations, the central

one largest and most prominent; base of crown with a few

imbricating folds of ganoine ; bony root thin, flattened in the

same direction as, and longer than, the crown.

Ctenoptychius apicalis, Agass. Poiss. Foss. t. ii. p. 99, pl. xix.

figs. 1, la. (Type.) s

C. pectinatus, Ag. P. Foss. WOK it, Jo. DOO, Galle xab<; ten. 4!

only).

C. ae St. J. & W. Paleont. Illin. vol. vi. p. 382, pl. x. a.

fig. 27.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 30

426 On Ctenoptychius, Ctenopetalus, and Harpacodus.

O. Stevensoni, St. J. & W. Paleont. Min. vol. vi. p. 383, pl. xii.

fig. 15.

CO. semicircularis, N. & W. Paleont. Illin. vol. i. p. 72, pl. iv.

figs. 18, 18.4, 18 0.

CO. Ordii, Davis, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1881, p. 422,

pl. xxi. fig. 8.

Genus CTENOPETALUS, Agass. ined.

Gen. char. Teeth of small or medium size; crown broad,

compressed, gently rounded in outline; cutting-edge divided

into from twenty to thirty small denticles; base of crown

possessing three or four imbricating ganoine folds descending

lower on posterior than anterior surface ; root narrower than

crown, flattened, and about equal to it in height.

Ctenopetalus ( Ctenoptychius) serratus, Agass. ined. (‘I'ype.)

M‘Coy, Brit. Paleoz. Foss. p. 626, pl. 31. figs. 21,

22, and 23 (Owen, Odont. p. 62).

O. (Ctenoptychius) denticulatus, Agass.? Poiss. Foss. vol. i.

pe LOW) ple xix ties: O-7-

C. vinosus, St. J. & W. Paleont. Ilin. vol. vi. p. 396, pl. xu.

fig. 13.

C. occidentalis, St. J. & W. Paleont. Ilin. vol. vi. p. 401,

pl. xu. fig. 14.

Genus HArpacopus, Agass. ined.

Gen. char. Teeth small ; crown slightly convex, strong ; cut-

ting-edge very slightly circular, divided into from five to eight

deeply-cut, broad, and strong denticulations; base of crown

prominent, with a single broad fold of ganoine deeper pos-

teriorly than in front; root at its junction with the crown

much constricted; lower it is expanded, large, and tumid.

Harpacodus (Ctenoptychius) dentatus, Ag. med. (Type.)

H. ne apicalis, M‘Coy, Brit. Paleoz. Foss.

p- 626.

H. ( Ctenoptychius) macrodus, Ag. ined.

H. ( Ctenoptychius) macrodus, Portl. Geol. Rep. p. 467, pl. xiv.

fig. 7.

H. (Ctenoptychius) pectinatus, Ag. Poiss. Foss. vol. i. p. 100,

pl xix igs. 253.

FH. (Petalodus) dentatus, Owen, Odont. p. 62.

H. ( Ctenopetalus) limatulus, St. J. & W. Palzont. Ilin. p. 399,

ple xaos Se

H. ( Ctenopetalus) medius, St. J. & W. Paleont. lin. p. 400,

pl. x. A. fig. 26.

H. Ce pectinatus, Davis, Q. J. G. 8. 1881,

p. 424.

On the Organization of Coenogonium. 427

The crown of the teeth in all three genera is thickly coated

with enamel; and they have all a ceneral family resemblance.

They appear, however, to be much more nearly related to the

Petalodonts than to Or odus, as suggested by Prof. Agassiz.

The convex surface of the crown in fr ont, and the corresponding

concave surface behind, form a petal-shaped tooth very similar

to that of some of the Petalodonts ; they are distinguished by

the deeply denticulated or pectinated cutting-surface. Whilst

agreeing in the possession of a family likeness one with the

other, they exhibit considerable generic distinctions. The

genus Harpacodus differs from the other two in its thick,

strong crown and the almost straight contour formed by the

enamelled tips of its denticles. ‘The constricted, tumid, and

prominent bony base is quite different from the flattened bases

of Otenopetalus and Ctenoptychius. ‘The denticulation of the

three genera is sufficiently distinct. Ctenoptychius, though

possessing about an equal number of denticles with Harpa-

codus, is distinguished by their peculiar irregularly acuminate

arrangement, whilst in Harpacodus they extend almost

straight across the tooth. ‘The denticulation of Ctenopetalus

is easily discriminated by the large number of denticles and

their comparative smallness in proportion to the size of the

tooth.

XLUL— The Organization of Coeenogonium, and the Theory of

Lichens. By Dr. J. MULLER *.

THE genus Cenogonium, established in the class of Lichens

by Ehrenberg in 1820, at present consists of about twenty

species, all of which grow in the warmer regions of the two

hemispheres. Their fruits, or apothecia, and their spores are

like those of the section Biatorina of the genus Patellaria,

while their thallus, or vegetative part, has a "totally different

structure, approximating the genus to Graphis.

The constituent elements of this thallus are filiform, not

much branched, more or less parallel to one another, and

very loosely combined into a felted mass, which, according to

the species, may have the form of a small sod or flattened

cushion, or may become developed horizontally in the form

of a fan about 2-8 centim. in diameter; and on examining

them one is struck with the great resemblance which these

filamentous elements show to the filaments of the Conferve.

Tubes (filaments) about 5-30 w in width, according to the

* Translated by W. 8. Dallas, F.L.S., from the Bibliotheque Univer-

selle, Arch. des Sci. 15th October, 1881, p. 370.

30*

428 Dr. J. Miiller on the

species, contain a simple series of green cells charged with

chlorophyll, which touch each other at their ends, and are

usually several times as long as broad. But the details stop

here if we are working with an ordinary microscope; and it

was by this means that Ehrenberg drew the analysis of his

new genus.

By a better method of analysis, and by the aid of very

superior objectives, Dr. Karsten and Prof. Schwendener, in

1862, ascertained that round the large confervoid filaments

there exist others which are much more slender, about 1-2 p

in diameter, which appear to be hyaline, and creep, as it were,

over the surface of the large green filaments. ‘There is only

a single series around the green filaments; and, moreover,

this series is interrupted, the slender filaments not touching

each other laterally in a regular manner ; but they often show

anastomoses, and sometimes form here and there a very close

network. Thenceforward we had in the thallus of the Ceno-

gonia, as in the other Lichens, two constituent elements :—

that of the large green cells still enclosed in their mother cell,

corresponding to the gonidia; and that of the slender hyaline

filaments, corresponding to the hyphoidal filaments. But

no genetic connexion between the two had been observed as

late as 1866 (De Bary, Morphol. und Physiol. der Pilze und

Flechten, p. 270).

It is therefore clear that, according to the celebrated theory |

of Prof. Schwendener, put forward in 1867, the large green

filaments would represent the nutritive alga, and the slender .

hyphoidal filaments would be the parasitic fungus, the two

forming together the thallus of a plant which, as a mixture,

would no longer have its legitimate place in the series of the

classes of plants.

Along with this normal structure we sometimes find incom-

plete individuals, in which the slender enveloping filaments

are deficient, as in C. confervoides, Nyl., and others. In

this case the plants are necessarily barren, without apothecia ;

for these, according to the researches of Prof. Schwendener

(Flor. Ratisb. 1862, tab. i.), are formed exclusively by

means of the hyphoidal filaments. This difference, how-

ever, is not absolute throughout; for the new Cenogonium

pannosum (just published by me in the Flora de Ratisb. of

the present year, Lichenol. Beitr. no. 309), which is a native

of Brazil, and was sent by M. Puiggari, presents the two

cases at once: certain filaments show only the large green

tube, the gonidia; and others of the same clump, charged

with apothecia, are surrounded by a small number of slender

hyphoidal filaments.

Organization of Coenogonium. 429

Now it is precisely some filaments of this latter category

that showed me, when I analyzed the above-mentioned species

for its specific characters, a remarkably demonstrative case,

which forms the subject of this note, and confirms the fine

general results recently published in the splendid work of

Dr. Minks.

This filament for a great part of its length measured 8 pu

in diameter, and consisted only of the large green tube. It

agreed with the large green tube of the other filaments of the

same clump, the greater number of which were loosely covered

or coated with a small number of slender hyphoidal filaments.

It therefore contained the cylindrical green gonidia, which

simulated the joints of a conferva; it was the alga of the

theory. But at a certain point this large gonidiophorous tube

became suddenly constricted, in the form of a cone a little

longer than broad, and afterwards continued in the form of a

very slender capillary tube, only 2 in diameter, without

there being any discontinuity of ne cavity between the large

tube and the very slender part. ‘lhe whole was formed only

of a single cell, at first wide, and afterwards very narrow ;

and the narrow part was comparatively hyaline, and in other

respects perfectly agreed with the slender hyphoidal tubes of

the theoretical fungus, which cover the large green tube or

theoretical alga in other filaments of the same species. More-

over the narrow part, when examined with powerful immer-

sion objectives, and with the assistance of Prof. Abbé’s hght-

condenser, showed clearly the microgonidia, the gonidia, in

their preliminary state, of normal form, size, and arrangement ;

and in this respect also there was conformity between the

narrow part and the enveloping hyphoidal tubes of the coated

filaments.

It follows that one and the same cell would have been the

theoretical alga on the widened and gonidiophorous side, and

the theoretical fungus on the other side, which remained

narrow and contained microgonidia—which proves, in the most

absolute manner, the falsity of the theory, as the same cell

could not belong at once to two classes of plants. We have

here neither fungus nor alga: the whole is lichen, and

nothing but lichen; and the two kinds of tubes, so different at

the first glance, are only different states of development of

one and the same organ. ‘The very slender hyphoidal tubes

are the primary part containing the microgonidia. ‘This pri-

mary part may remain always in that state; or it may become

enlarged and elongated, whilst its microgonidia, produced by

free formation, will pass to the state of gonidia; and then the

slender hyphoidal tubes will have become large gonidiopho-

rous tubes.

430 On Ascension-Island Zoology.

XLIV.—Report on a Collection made by Mr. T. Conry in

Ascension Island.

Fishes. By A. GUNTHER.

Mollusca. By HE. A. SMITH.

Crustacea. By EH. J. Mizrs.

Myriopoda and Insecta. By C. O. WaTERHOUSE.

Echinodermata. By F. J. Bru.

Madreporaria. By S. O. Rrpiey.

SraFF-SurGEON T. Conry, who at present is stationed in the

Island of Ascension, has kindly forwarded a small collection

of zoological specimens to the British Museum. And as it is

always of interest to record the occurrence of animals in an

oceanic island, the fauna of which must be ever changing from

physical causes as well as owing to the agency of man, we

have thought it useful to prepare a list of the specimens col-

lected, and to give the result of our examination in a collective

form. ‘

FISHES.

The species were four in number, three of which are addi-

tional to the list of Ascension-Island fishes given in the ‘Chal-

lenger’ Reports (Shore-fishes, p. 4), viz. Scorpena Plumiert,

Ostracion quadricornis, and Salarias vomerinus (=S. textilis).

The last-named species is said to make jumps twenty times

its own length.

MoLuusca.

The specimens coilected belong to the following species :—

1. Purpura ascensionis, Quoy & Gaimard ; 2. P. hemastoma,

Lamarck ; 3. Nerita ascensionis, Gmelin ; 4. Cyprea lurida,

Linn.; 5. C. spurca, Linn.; 6. Hipponyx antiquata, Linn. ;

7. Malleus regula, Forskal, ?jun.; 8. Helix similaris,

Férussac.

Of these species it is interesting to note that nos. 2, 4, and

5 are extensively distributed throughout the Mediterranean

and down the west side of Africa as far as St. Helena. The

Hipponyx extends along the same African region, but does

not enter the Mediterranean. ‘This, Purpura hemastoma, and

Cyprea spurca also inhabit the shores of the West Indies.

Although it is possible that their range will eventually prove

still more extensive, (as far as I can ascertain) neither of them

has as yet been met with further south than St. Helena.

This distribution may ‘be attributable, as suggested by Dr.

Gwyn Jeffreys, to the action and mfluence of the great

On Ascension-Island Zoology. 431

Agulhas current, which issues from the Indian Ocean and

flows round the Cape of Good Hope northwards towards

St. Helena, and thence past Ascension to the West Indies ;

and to the Guinea current, as well as to a passage which

formerly existed across Africa in the line of the Sahara, may

be owing the partial correspondence between the Mollusca

of the Indian Ocean and of the Mediterranean. Yet, if these

ocean currents be the cause of such distribution (and doubtless

they must influence it considerably), we should expect to find

these same species in the Indian Ocean or at the Cape. We

do not; and are we therefore to consider St. Helena the

starting-point of these species? Unfortunately the Hipponyx

is found on the west side of both North and South America,

afact eminently perplexing; and Purpura hemastoma has yet

to be proved distinct from P. biserialis of the Californian and

Panama coasts.

Purpura ascensionis appears to be peculiar to the island,

and, although living under the same conditions as the other

species, has not been similarly affected by these oceanic cur-

rents, unless the P. neritoidea found at the Cape-Verd Islands

and Benguela (Dunker) is to be considered a modified form

of it, or vice versa.

Nerita ascenstonis 1s also limited in range; and the only

other locality known to me whence it has been obtained is

the island ot Trimidad, off the Brazilian coast, about 20°

south of the equator. In this instance also to the ocean cur-

rents may be attributable such distribution ; for, according to

certain maps which I have consulted, a branch of the great

Indian-Ocean current passing Ascension sweeps southward

along the Brazilian coast past the island of Trinidad. But

whether such speculations respecting the range of these mol-

lusks possess any real value is very questionable, seeing how

extremely imperfect up to the present time has been the in-

vestigation of both the east and west shores of the South

Atlantic or even of the whole of the Caribbean Islands.

The species of Malleus is very closely represented in the

West Indies by M. candeana of D’Orbigny, which, however,

may be specifically distinct. The only land-snail, Helix simi-

laris, is, with regard to distribution, quite an anomaly among

terrestrial gastropods, being met with in Brazil, Cuba, Natal,

Mauritius, Madagascar, Seychelles, Rodriguez, Bourbon,

Bengal, China, Java, Philippines, Australia, Sandwich

Islands, and other places. Monsieur Morelet thinks that it

probably originated in the eastern parts of Asia, whence it

has spread on the one hand to Polynesia, and on the other to

America.

432 On Ascension-Island Zoology.

CRUSTACEA.

The crabs are few and unimportant. They include a very

small male specimen that I refer to Xanthodes melanodactylus,

A. M.-Edw., whose occurrence at Ascension I have already re-

corded *, three specimens of Pachygrapsus transversus, Gibbes,

three of 'Letolophus planissimus (Herbst), a small specimen of

the anomurous genus Petrolisthes that is very probably referable

to the West-Indian P. armatus, Gibbes, since it agrees with

Gibbes’s description in nearly all particulars, having, however,

the spines on the upper margin of the third joints of the am-

bulatory legs very small and almost concealed by the stiff

setee and slenderer pinnated hairs with which the margins are

clothed; the carapace and legs are covered with a close,

thick, whitish pubescence; but there are scarcely any traces

of its disposition in transverse lines except on the merus

joints of the chelipedes; the carapace and legs are very

prettily mottled with pink. Length of carapace nearly 23 lines

(5 millim.).

Besides the above there are in the collection two small

specimens of a crabin a larval (DMegalops) stage of develop-

ment, which cannot be certainly identified with any known

species.

To render this brief account of the Crustacean fauna of this

isolated rock the more complete, I subjoin the description of a

species in the British-Museum collection which is apparently

undescribed.

Pseudozius Mellissc, sp. n.

In this handsome species the carapace is transverse, much

broader than long, its surface punctulated, the punctulations

numerous and crowded in front, sparser posteriorly, and nearly

obsolete near the postero-lateral and posterior margins. Some

larger pits occur here and there near the antero-lateral margins 5

and the upper margins of the carpus and hand of the cheli-

pedes are also punctulated. The front is four-lobed ; the two

median lobes are prominent and rounded and separated by a

well-defined median notch; the outer lobes (or inner orbital

angles) very little prominent, and separated from the median

lobes only by a rather shallow sinus. The antero-lateral mar-

gins are longer than the postero-lateral margins, and are defined

along the greater part of their length by an obliquely striated

entire line or crest, after which follow, at the broadest part of

the carapace, two small but distinctly-defined teeth. All the

joints of the postabdomen are distinct in both sexes. ‘The

* Vide Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 5) viii. p. 215 (1881).

On Ascension-Island Zoology. 433

anterior legs (or chelipedes) in both specimens are very large

and robust; arm or merus joint short, trigonous, with the

margins unarmed; carpus or wrist large, with its inner margin

produced into a broad squarely truncated lobe; both carpus

and palm (as already noted) are punctulated above, the palm

has its upper margin rounded, the lower margin straight, thin-

edged, and entire ; there is a rounded prominence on the inner

surface ; the fingers are black, dentated on their inner margins,

with acute apices, the coloration not extending along the inner

or outer surface of the palm. ‘The ambulatory legs are slender,

smooth, and nearly naked, with the penultimate and terminal

joints longitudinally canaliculated, the longitudinal channels

in the penultimate joints not always extending along the whole

length of the jomts. Length of the specimen from Ascension

Island about 1 inch (25 millim.), breadth about 14 inch

(38 millim.). This specimen is a female (preserved in

spirit); it is of a flesh-coloured tint, and bears numerous

ova. It was received with the collection of fishes of H.M.S.

‘Challenger.’ There is also a larger male specimen (preserved

dry) in the British-Museum collection from St. Helena (/. C.

Melliss, Esq.) : length nearly 1 inch 5 lines (354 millim.),

breadth a little over 2 inches 3 lines (nearly 59 millim.).

This specimen is of a more bluish pink hue. |

The smooth but rather convex and very transverse cara-

pace, which is marked neither with tubercles nor swlc7, and

the absence of the three anterior teeth of the antero-lateral

margins, suffice to distinguish this species from all with which

I am at present acquainted. Nantho Bouviert, A. M.-Ed-

wards*, from the Cape-Verd Islands (St. Vincent), if one may

judge from the brief description, bears some slight resem-

blance to this species ; but the carapace is much narrower, the

front less deeply notched, and the antero-lateral margins have

but a single obscure tooth near their posterior angles.

It may be identical with the small bright orange-red-coloured

crab, figured on a reduced scale, but not determined, by Mr.

C. 8. Bate, in the work of the late Mr. J. C. Melliss on St.

Helena (Crustacea,’ p-)206, pl. xxi. ae. 3) 1875). Mir.

Melliss notes that it is very rare; but one specimen was

brought to him from Break-neck Valley, on the leeward side

of the island. The crab figured by Mr. Bate differs from the

species now described in being much narrower in proportion

to its length. I designate this species P. Melliss¢, after its

original discoverery.

* Rev. et Mag. Zool. xxi. p. 877 (1869).

+ Whether the Museum specimen received from Mr. Melliss is that

referred to by Mr. Bate is uncertain. It was received from Mr. Mellisg

434 On Ascension-Island Zoology.

In regard to the distribution of the species, I have

already (/. ¢.) noted the occurrence of X. melanodactylus at

Madeira and Cape St. Vincent, in the Cape-Verd Islands.

Pachygrapsus transversus, Gibbes, is a very common and

widely distributed form, occurring on the coast of Brazil, on

the shores of the West-Indian islands, at Nicaragua, Vera

Cruz, on the coast of Florida, &c.; also on the west coast of

Central America (Capt. Dow, in coll. Brit. Mus.), California

(Kingsley), Vancouver Island (var. socéus, Stm., J. K. Lord,

Esq., in coll. Brit. Mus.), at Madeira (Rev. R. B. Watson),

&e. Mr. Kingsley, in his recently published and very useful

synopsis of the Grapside*, mentions specimens (identified by

himself) occurring at Tahiti, New Zealand, and Australia.

Letolophus planissimus also occurs at various localities on

the eastern and western coasts of America, and at Madeira,

and is widely distributed throughout the Oriental region {.

Myriopopa.

Scolopendra Leachit, Newport.

From West and South Africa.

COLEOPTERA.

1. Dermestes vulpinus, Fabr.

Cosmopolitan.

2. Dermestes felinus, Fabr.

This species was described from Tasmania. A specimen

in the Banksian collection is marked “ Kerguelen I.” It is

a species which might be found anywhere, but is not nearly

so frequently met with as D. vulpinus.

3. Alphitobius piceus, Oliv.

A warehouse insect.

4. Anthicus floralis, Linn.

A European species.

5. Phlyctinus callosus, Bohem.

From the Cape of Good Hope.

with some specimens of Plagusia depressa; and no species of Plagusia is

mentioned by Mr. Spence Bate in his report.

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 200 (1880).

t Vide Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 5) i. p. 153 (1878).

On Ascension-Island Zoology. 435

6. Naupactus longimanus, Faby.

Siderodactylus ornatus, Pascoe.

A Brazilian species. Mr. Pascoe, misled by the reception

of this species from Ascension, described it as a new species of

the old-world genus Stderodactylus (Hint. Mo. Mag. xv. 1879,

p- 185). This insect formed the subject of a communication

from the Lords of the Admiralty to the Director of the Royal

Gardens, Kew. It is stated to have done much damage to

grape-vines by eating the leaves, and is said also to attack

the plants of kohlrabi.

7. Orthoperus punctum, Marsham.

A European species, described originally from England.

The late Mr. T. V. Wollaston met with it in Madeira.

HYMENOPTERA.

Evania levigata, L.

In the British Museum, from Mexico, Congo, Rodriguez,

Ceylon, Sandwich Islands, Port Essington, &c.

LEPIDOPTERA.

1. Leucania Loreyt, Dup.

Occurs in Kurope, and there are in the British Museum

examples from Brazil and Java.

2. Prodenia retina, Herrich-Schiffer.

Has been received from Crete, European Turkey, Asia

Minor, Madagascar, Mauritius, Madeira, Congo, and Nepal.

3. Laphygma caradrinoides, Walker.

Port Natal.

4. Cosmophila indica, Guenée.

Received from Mauritius, Sierra Leone, Congo, Ceylon,

- North India, Moreton Bay, and Tasmania.

5. Plusia aurifera, Hiibner.

Has been received also from Teneriffe.

6. Plusia ni, Hiibner.

Europe, New York, &e.

436 On Ascension-Island Zoology.

7. Hymenia fascialis, Cramer.

West Indies, Venezuela, Santarem, Sierra Leone, Congo,

Bagdad, Ceylon, North India, China, Australia, New Zealand.

8. Scoparta alconalis, Walker.

In the British Museum only from Ceylon.

DIPTERA.

1. Sarcophaga hemorrhoidalis, Fall.

A Kuropean species.

2. Musca cesar, Linn.

A European species.

NEUROPTERA.

1. Oligotoma Saundersii, Westw.

Originally described from Bengal. Mr. Conry states that

it is domg much mischief in Ascension.

2. Chrysopa vulgaris, Schneider.

A European species.

ORTHOPTERA.

1. Bacteria trophinus, Westw.

From Port Natal.

2. Gryllus capensis, Fabr.

Found almost everywhere.

3. Meroncidius specularis, Fabr.

Brazil and Mexico.

4, Pachytes, spp. ?

Specimens of two species of this genus, which do not agree

satisfactorily with any in the British Museum.

E.CHINODERMATA.

1. Cidaris metularia, Lamk.

Three specimens, with and without spines.

2. Diadema setosum, Gray.

Three specimens, with and without spines.

On Ascension-Island Zoology. 437

3. Tripneustes angulosus, Leske.

One specimen, without spines; abactinal area complete.

4, Hchinometra subangularis, Leske.

One specimen, of moderate size ; no spines.

This is doubtiess the ‘small Warted Barbadoes Sea Ege”

which was collected by James Cuninghame at Ascension

about 1699 *.

5. Hehinoneus cyclostomus, Leske.

Five specimens, all in good condition, and three quite

richly covered with spines.

6. Rotula dentata, Leske.

Two specimens, without spines—one only slightly injured

and still pale green in parts, the other bleached and more

broken. :

7. Linckia diplax, M. & Tr.

A large specimen, with four long and two very short arms,

which I am unable to distinguish from a specimen of L. diplax

that was determined by Prof. Perrier.

All the above specimens arrived dry ; an Ophiurid in spirit

is not in accndition to be certainly determined.

The species enumerated are all forms with a wide dis-

tribution; and none of them are at all specially character-

istic of the eastern coast of the American continent; indeed

Diadema setosum and Echinometra subangularis (with the pos-

sible, though very doubtful}, case of Tripneustes angulosus)

are the only forms that seem as yet to have been found

in that region. On the other hand, D. setosum, E. subangu-

laris, and Rotula dentata have ail been found on the eastern

shores of the Atlantic; the last-mentioned would appear to

be the only species in this collection which is confined to the

western side of the African continent. The other species

(Cidaris metularia, Tripneustes angulosus, Hehinoneus cyclo-

stomus, and Linckia diplax) are only to be found when we

touch the Cape of Good Hope or pass from it into the great

ocean on the eastern side; from this statement the island of

St. Helena will probably have to be excluded.

As compared with the Mollusca, it is of interest to note

* See Phil. Trans. vol. xxi. p. 298.

+ P.Z.'S. 1879, p. 661.

438 On Ascension-Island Zoology.

that no Mediterranean species is represented in this collection ;

and the “ereat Agulhas current” to which Dr. Gwyn

Jeffreys has directed attention is not only an efficient, but

also, so far as the problem is raised by the characters of the

Kchinoderm-fauna, a sufficient cause for the presence of the

same species on both sides of the southern peninsula of the

Old World.

It may be of interest to add that Salenia varispina and

Echinus acutus have been taken in deep water off Ascension.

MADREPORARIA.

Platygyra ascensionis, sp. n.

The specimen which I venture thus to designate is unfor-

tunately but a portion of what was probably a globose colony.

It is somewhat worn, the summits of many of the intercalicular

walls being rather rubbed and the septa of many of the calicles

considerably broken. Enough, however, remains of its cha-

racters to leave little doubt as to what they originally were.

The species is decidedly fissiparous. The calicles are poly-

gonal, generally either pentagonal or hexagonal, generally

rather longer than they are broad, especially when about to

divide; greatest diameter from 3 millim. to 5 millim., least

diameter from 2 to 3 millim., depth about 2 millim. The

calicles are absolutely united by their walls, which are barely

1 millim. thick at bottom of calicle, and end somewhat

bluntly above, the septa being slightly indicated as low teeth

on the summit of the wall. ‘There are no traces of dissepiments

or traverses, and seldom of lateral union between the septa.

Septa in three cycles, the rudimentary third cycle frequently

wanting, generally about three primaries to a millimetre;

the primaries project horizontally about 1°5 millim. from the

wall, and then slope gradually to the columella, to which

they are intimately united; secondaries only about half as

wide as the primaries ; tertiaries, where present, mere ridges

on the wall. Septa thin, but strongly roughened by lateral

tubercles ; edges of primar ies decidedly dentate, those of infe-

rior cycles slightly so. Columella distinct, normally spongy,

but drawn out into a linear form in calicles about to divide.

Tissue of walls and of the part subjacent to the calicles

dense and non-cellular.

This species is a very interesting one, as showing a marked

divergence frem the ordinary type of the genus (Plat YY? a,

Ehrb.,= Caloria+ Astroria, M.-Kdw. & Haime) to which 1

have assigned it ; it appears to fall into the Aséroria division

On Ascension-Island Zoology. 439

of that genus, but differs from any species hitherto assigned

to it in the small size and very slight depth of the calices.

It differs further in its spongy columella so much from the

typical forms that it is excluded from the genus as limited

Fig. 1.

Fig. 1. Platygyra ascensionis. A few calicles, asseen from above, Xx 4.

Fig. 2. Ditto. A wide calicle in vertical section, made outside the

columella, which is seen beyond line of section, x 4.

(under the appellation Celoria) by Milne-Edwards & Haime

(Hist. Cor. 1. p. 411); but Dr. Briiggemann has given

reasons (“Corals of Rodriguez,” Phil. Trans. vol. elxviii.

p-571) for considering the character, whether vertical or spongy,

of this part not to be even of specific importance, having been

obliged to unite under the name Platygyra Esperi forms which

have both vertical and spongy columelle. This species has the

calicles much more individualized than is usual in that species,

and in this respect appears to approach the Faviacez, and

may perhaps mark a transition to that group; but it is very

decidedly distinct in other points from the genera of that

group as at present known and under their present limitations.

Of the species referred doubtfully to Prionastreea by Milne-

Edwards & Haime (Hist. Cor. i. pp. 522-525), I believe

both Astrea rigida and A. varia, Dana, to be referable to

this section of Platygyra: the former, coming from the East

Indies, seems to be the nearest known ally of this form out of

the Atlantic area; and the latter (A. varia), from the West

Indies, the nearest from the Atlantic region. Some forms of

P. Espert trom Rodriguez Island also approach it, but not

closely.

440 = Mr. F. J. Bell on a new Species of Archaster.

It differs from <A. rigida in the small proportions of the

calices, from A. varia in the non-cellularity of the corallum

and the shallowness of the calices, from P. Hspert in the

small size of the calices and of their parts and in the. slight

denticulation of the mural ridge by the septa.

The only coral alluded to in the paper on Ascension in the

Phil. Trans. for 1699 could hardly be this species, though

some Astreid is possibly indicated by the very vague and

unscientific description there given.

XLV.—Description of a new Species of the Genus Archaster

from St. Helena. By ¥. Jerrrey Beuu, M.A.

In connexion with the foregoing notes on the fauna of the

island of Ascension it seems to be of interest to present an

account of a magnificent species from the island of St. Helena,

two specimens of which were, several years ago, presented to

the Trustees of the British Museum by Mr. J. C. Melliss, but

to which the donor makes no reference in his valuable work .

on that island *, and which have not as yet been described.

Archaster magnificus, 1. sp.

Rays five. R=207,138; r=50,37. Breadth of arms at

base 57, 36; at middle 36, 20; breadth of paxillar area at

middle 17, 10°5.

Disk rather flat, the median portion of the arms elevated,

and the paxille along the middle line arranged in longitudinal,

and not, as at the sides, transverse rows. Anus obscure.

The tips of the paxille consist of a tuft of about fifteen

cylindrical spinules, closely appressed together, and not forming

any kind of fringing crown. ‘There are, in one specimen, about

seventy-four, and in the other about sixty-four, supero-

marginal plates ; these are covered with granular scales, which

may become elongated, or converted at the lower edge into

flattened spatulate spines, which do not appear to stand erect,

but to le along the side of the arm. The plates themselves

are placed altogether at the margin of the arm, and are some-

what higher than broad. Near the tip of the arm the spines

on these plates may disappear, while the plates themselves

take a more dorsal position. The infero-marginal plates

are thickly covered with stout flattened spines, which are

much better developed than in A. angulatus. The spines are .

frequently cut off square at their tips, and are so closely

packed as to destroy any distinct appearance of regularity of

distribution ; here and there, however, it is possible to detect

* J.C. Melliss, ‘St. Helena’ (London, 1875).

Mr. E. A. Smith on two new Species of Shells. 441

a transverse row of five spines. The adambulacral plates are

convex towards the ambulacrum, and carry on their inner

edge three or four spines ; the other spines on these plates are

stouter, with blunted ends, and would seem in younger ex-

amples to have been arranged in two or three regular longi-

tudinal rows; such regularity, however, is considerably ob-

secured in well-grown specimens. ‘The rich supply of stout

blunt spines which distinguishes the adambulacral region and

the infero-marginal plates is a characteristic also of the inter-

mediate plates on the ventral surface, the transverse axes of

which are completely covered by them, about ten being, in the

larger specimen, found to be set in one more or less regular

line at the angle of the disk.

The madreporic plate is large, and, though not projecting,

is very distinct; it is distant a little more than its own

diameter from the edge of the disk. The abactinal surface

of the larger specimen is greyish brown, and of the smaller

orange-yellow ; both are, unfortunately, dried.

Like Archaster angulatus, A. magnificus attains a con-

siderable size, but, as compared with that species, has the

skeletal plates of its arm distinctly not so stout; it is possibly

in consequence of this that we find the spines themselves so

richly and so well developed.

Indeed we have much evidence in support of the generali-

zation that in littoral species, at any rate, the strength and

number of the spines is in inverse proportion to the stoutness

of the skeletal plates: when these are strong, the starfish is

enabled to withstand the bite of an enemy ; but when they are

weaker, a defensive apparatus is provided in longer, stronger,

and stouter spines.

XLVI.—Description of two new Species of Shells.

By Ene@ar A. Smita.

Cyprea fallax.

Testa pyriformi-ovata, postice subumbilicata vel excavata, lutea,

maculis albis parvis notata, basi marginibusque albis; labrum

mediocriter crassum, postice aliquanto productum, dentibus 23

subsequalibus munitum; labium internum dentibus 23 paulo

minoribus parum prominentibus instructum. Longit. 36 mill.,

lat. 20.

Hab. West Australia.

This shell closely resembles the common: C. cribraria; but

I venture to describe it as a new species for the following

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. 31

442 Myr. E. A. Smith on two new Species of Shells.

reasons. It is larger than any specimen of that species which

has come under my observation, and of a pear-like shape (in

which respect it resembles C. miliaris or C. Cumingit), it has

more than the average number (about nineteen) of teeth on

the labrum, and the white spots are smaller and not so clearly

defined as in C. cribraria. The fawn-colour is paler than in

most specimens of the latter (perhaps the result of bleaching),

and on the right side towards the labrum it is somewhat

deeper in tone. This darker tint (possibly an individual

peculiarity) commences where the white margination ceases,

and extends upwards between the white spots in the form of

irregular streaks, and thus does not terminate in a defined

line. An almost invariable character of C. cribraria is the

circularity and clear definition of the white spots, which, too,

are very frequently margined with a dark ring. Many spe-

cimens (I believe, even the majority) of that species in

addition exhibit a few minute brown dots just above or on the

white lateral ridge. On the contrary, in C. fallax the white

spots appear to blend into the fawn-colour, and no indication

of minute dotting is traceable. The locality (West Australia)

may also be slight evidence in favour of its specific distinct-

ness; for, as far as I can ascertain, C. crabrarza is not known

from that region.

Conus clarus.

Testa abbreviato-turbinata, dilute rosacea, basim versus oblique

sulcata; spira breviter conica, apice acuto, lateribus leviter con-

cayis ; anfractus 8-9, plani, declives, parum gradati, striis tenui-

bus circiter 7 spiraliter sculpti; anfr. ultimus superne ad

angulum subacute carinatus, infra carinam vix convexus, lateri-

bus fere rectilinearibus; apertura angusta, pallide rosacea ;

labrum vix arcuatum, sinu superiore inconspicuo. Longit. 27

mill., lat. max. 14.

Hab. West Australia.

This species possesses no very striking features by which

it may be recognized. The uniformity of its colour (a very

pale pink, or white with a blush of pink), the sharpness and

carination of the angle of the body-whorl, and the fine stria-

tion of the spire are the principal characters. Only a single

specimen was received by Mr. G. _B. Sowerby, from whom it

was purchased for the Museum, together with the Cyprea

just described, which is likewise unique at present.

The only species at all resembling C. clarus is C. cyano-

stoma, A. Adams. The figure of the latter (Sowerby’s

Thesaurus Conch. pl. cc. fig. 304) will serve as a guide to

the form of this species, which, however, is a trifle narrower.

Bibliographical Notice. 443

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Formation of Vegetable Mould through the Action of Worms,

with Observations on their Habits. By Cuartes Darwin, LL.D.,

F.R.S. Sm. 8vo. London: Murray, 1881.

Earrnworms are probably not regarded with much interest by the

public in general. For the most part they are looked upon as

nuisances, from their exceedingly unpleasant habit of disfiguring

the lawns and gravel-walks of our gardens with their unsightly

castings; and the only people who hold them in any degree of

esteem (and that manifested in a way that the worms themselves

can hardly be expected to appreciate very highly) are the anglers,

who occasionally use worms as bait, and then, no doubt, follow the

advice of the old piscatorial writer and handle them as if they loved

them, always barring the insertion of the hook, which it would

be hard to interpret into a sign of affection. This feeling of indif-

ference, perhaps verging upon contempt, has been abundantly re-

flected in what is by courtesy styled the “ comic literature” of

the day, since the appearance of the book of which the title stands

at the head ef this article. The jokers and soi-disant jokers who

produce that marvellous flood of words with which we are familiar

in the so-called comic journals found something exquisitely funny

in the notion of a grave philosopher devoting his time to the obser-

vation of earthworms, and at once gave utterance to a series of more

or less jocular remarks on the subject, most of which serve chiefly to

prove (what, indeed, is tolerably evident from their efforts in other

directions) that the writers in question have entirely mistaken their

vocation in attempting to be funny.

We can quite believe that similar sentiments were entertained by

most people when, some forty-four years ago, at a time when pro-

bably most of our readers had not begun to think very much, and

certainly few of them had turned their thoughts to scientific subjects,

the naturalist, who now above all others fulfils the requirements in-

volved in that title, communicated to the Geological Society a short

paper, in which he maintained that earthworms have played and are

still playing a very important part in the economy of this world

of ours.

We do not know how the Fellows of the Society received the

novel views put forward by Mr. Darwin in this paper ; but they

printed it in their Transactions, and the question of the influence

of worms on the cultivation both of fields and gardens was for some

time a subject of discussion. Many, no doubt, like the Vicomte

D’Archiac, regarded Mr. Darwin’s earthworm-theory as a singular

one; but we fancy that, on the whole, the conclusion arrived at

was, that the action of worms upon the soil was beneficial (mechani-

eally at all events) to cultivation, although comparatively little im-

portance was assigned to it. Mr. Darwin, however, continued his

observations, and supplemented them with numerous experiments,

after the persevering fashion with which he has familiarized us in

ol*

444 Bibliographical Notice.

his many invaluable works; and he now publishes the results in a

most interesting little volume, in which he fully vindicates the claims

of his humble clients to be regarded as entities of considerable im-

portance.

Mr. Darwin claims for earthworms the performance of two most

important functions. He maintains that they are, to a great ex-

tent, the actual makers of what we are accustomed to call “ vege-

table mould,” and, secondly, that they are great workers in, and

transporters of, this mould when formed.

These animals are shown to contribute to the formation of the

substance called vegetable mould in several ways. They feed chiefly

on vegetable substances, which may be either already mixed with

the existing mould, or dragged by them into their burrows for the

purpose or, in the first instance, to stop the mouth of the hole, or

to line the interior of the upper part of the burrow—a practice for

the discovery of which we are indebted to Mr. Darwin. These

vegetable materials are torn into minute shreds and swallowed by

the worms, in addition to the soil which they take for the purpose

of extracting nourishment from it; and the residue of this food,

passing through their bodies and getting mixed with their intestinal

secretions, goes to increase the stratum of mould. They further

assist in the process of mould-formation by throwing up their cast-

ings over the dead leaves lying on the surface of the ground, which

are thus brought at once into the layer of soil and protected from

atmospheric action until they either become slowly decomposed or

are converted into food for worms, in either case adding to the

thickness of mould. And they add to the quantity of mineral

matter in the soil by bringing up the finer particles of the subsoil,

into which they burrow to some depth, and facilitating their mix-

ture with the other materials. The reality of this influence is

proved in a striking manner by an experiment made by Von Hensen

and cited by Mr. Darwin from that gentleman’s admirable article

on the natural history of earthworms, published in Siebold and

Kolliker’s ‘ Zeitschrift ’ for 1877. ‘* Von Hensen,” he says, ‘* placed -

two worms in a vessel 18 inches in diameter, which was filled with

sand, on which fallen leaves were strewed ; and these were soon

dragged into their burrows to a depth of 3 inches. After about six

weeks an almost uniform layer of sand, a centimetre (‘4 inch) in

thickness, was converted into humus by having passed through the

alimentary canals of these two worms.”

As workers of the soil, their influence seems to be of equal im-

portance. As they are constantly swallowing the mould in which

they live, and reducing the organic matter contained in it to the

smallest possible particles, they effect a most intimate intermixture

of all the parts, acting, as Mr. Darwin points out, “just in the same

way as a gardener in preparing the finest soil for his choicest plants,

bringing it into a state in which it is well fitted to retain moisture

and to absorb all soluble substances, as well as for the process of

nitrification.” Their burrows, which frequently descend to a con-

siderable depth, give access to air and water, and also, by yielding

Bibliographical Notice. 445

to pressure or to atmospheric agencies, facilitate small movements

of the soil, changing the position of its component particles. The

author says, ‘* The plough is one of the most ancient and most valu-

able of man’s inventions; but long before he existed the land was

in fact regularly ploughed, and still continues to be ploughed, by

earth-worms.”

But the most striking action of worms in working the soil con-

sists in the transport of great quantities of mould to the surface,

where it can be exposed to the action of the air, spread over the

surface by rains, and thus serve as new nourishment for growing

plants. This is effected by the worms coming to the mouths of their

burrows with their intestines full of mould, which is then discharged

upon the surface in the well-known conyoluted bodies known as

worm-casts or castings. It was to this characteristic of the action

of worms that Mr. Darwin’s first observations related; and he

showed by the gradual and uniform sinking of top-dressings of

various kinds (lime, cinders, burnt marl, &c.) that it was a real

factor in nature. Substances unfit for the food of worms, and too

large for them to swallow, if lying on the surface of the soil are

slowly but continuously involved in a layer of soil brought up from

below them and discharged at the surface, while at the same time

and by the same process they are to an equal extent undermined.

The phenomenon, in fact, consists of a transfer of the substance of

the more deeply-seated layers of mould to the surface; and as such

objects as bones, stones, &c. must remain in contact with the sur-

face on which they were originally deposited, they are compelled to

sink with it beneath the fresh layers of earth brought up. ‘To show

the important effects thus produced upon the general face of the

land, we may cite an example adduced by Mr. Darwin from his

experience in one of his fields at Down. He says that a sloping

part of this field ‘‘ was last ploughed in 1841, was then harrowed,

and left to become pasture-land. For several years it was clothed

with an extremely scant vegetation, and was so thickly covered

with small and large flints (some of them half as large as a child’s

head) that the field was always called by my sons ‘ the stony field.’

When they ran down the slope the stones clattered together. I

remember doubting whether I should live to see these larger flints

covered with vegetable mould and turf. But the smaller stones

disappeared before many years had elapsed, as did every one of the

larger ones after a time; so that after thirty years (1871) a horse

could gallop over the compact turf from one end of the field to the

other and not strike a single stone with his shoes. . . . This was

certainly the work of the worms ; for, though castings were not fre-

quent for several years, yet some were thrown up month after month,

and these gradually increased in numbers as the pasture improved.”

A trench cut in 1871 showed a thickness of 3 an inch of turf and

24 inches of vegetable mould, beneath which lay clayey earth full

of flints like that in the neighbouring ploughed fields. The rate of

formation of the mould in this case is certainly very slow, not more

on the average than an inch in twelve years; but, slow as it is, it

446 Miscellaneous.

justifies the following remarks of Mr. Darwin :—“ When we behold

a wide turf-covered expanse, we should .remember that its smooth-

ness, on which so much of its beauty depends, is mainly due to all

the inequalities having been slowly levelled by worms. It is a

marvellous reflection that the whole of the superficial mould over

any such expanse has passed, and will again pass, every few years

through the bodies of worms.” Large stones lying on the surface

of grass-land become gradually imbedded, partly by the raising of

the surface and partly by the undermining action of worms ;

and the same influences have been at work, as the author well

shows, in the covering up with a layer of mould of the remains of

ancient buildings.

The quantity of earth moved in this way is enormous, and such

as to surprise those whose minds are not already familiar with the

vast effects that are produced in nature by the long-continued

working of minute agencies. By collecting, drying, and weighing

the worm-casts over a given space of ground Mr. Darwin is enabled,

at least approximately, to determine the quantity of soil brought to

the surface by worms; and he finds that in many parts of England

this amounts to about ten tons per acre annually. Two of his cal-

culations, however, give a much larger amount, namely 16-1 and

18:12 tons per acre. These larger quantities, when corrected,

would produce a layer of about 14 inch spread over the whole sur-

face in ten years. ‘This, of course, does not represent increase of

thickness, but only the rate of transfer of the underlying mould to

the surface.

This notice has extended to such a length that we must bring it

somewhat abruptly to a close, merely remarking in conclusion that,

besides their influence upon the formation of mould, Mr. Darwin

ascribes to earthworms under certain conditions an important action

in aid of the phenomena of denudation, as their castings, when

present on the surface, will be peculiarly liable to be washed away

by heavy rains, and even in dry weather they will break up into

small pellets which may easily be transported by the wind. It is

hardly necessary to say further that for the better exposition of the

main subject of his book Mr. Darwin thoroughly describes the struc-

ture and habits of worms, and dwells especially upon their senses

and mental qualities. His book is a most interesting and attractive

one, and its teaching of the importance in nature of what are appa-

rently the most contemptible of agents will furnish an excellent

lesson to many besides the reading section of the general public.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Dutch Mollusca. By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D., F.R.S.

WHILE passing a short time in Holland, immediately after sustaining

the greatest calamity which can befall a man (the death of a long-

loved wife), I spent a day at Scheveningen, a favourite sea-side

Miscellaneous. 447

resort near the Hague, and I made a note of the shells that had

been thrown up on the sands. ‘The season being over, I had the

beach to myself. As I am not aware that any list of the Mollusca

from the Dutch coast has been published since the work of Dr.

Herklots, now nearly twenty years ago, I subjoin the names of those

species which I noticed during my solitary ramble. Although all

of these species are common in the North Sea, one of them at least

(Montacuta bidentata) is not mentioned in the above work on the

Mollusca of the Netherlands ; and the list may be useful to give the

modern nomenclature.

CoNCHIFERA.

Ostrea edulis, Linné.

Pecten varius, Z.

Mytilus edulis, Z.

Montacuta bidentata, Montagu.

Cardium edule, Z.

Tellina balthica, Z. Larger than

British specimens, and thrice

the size of those from the

Baltic.

tenuis, Da Costa.

—— fabula, Gronovius.

Donax vittatus, Da Costa.

Mactra solida, Z., and var. truncata.

subtruncata, Da Costa.

stultorum, Z. Very large.

Scrobicularia alba, W. Wood.

piperata, Bellonius.

Solen ensis, Z.

siliqua, L.

Mya truncata, Z.

Pholas candida, LZ.

GASTROPODA.

Trochus zizyphinus, Linné.

Littorina obtusata, L.

litorea, Z.

Sealaria communis, Lamarck.

Natica catena, Da Costa.

Alderi, Forbes.

Buccinum undatum, Z.

Nassa reticulata, Z.

Lutraria elliptica, Lamarck.

This list gives a total of twenty-seven species, viz. nineteen bi-

valves and eight univalves. All of them inhabit sand except the

first-named three species of univalves, which inhabit rocky places.

In the great wood between the Hague and Scheveningen I ob-

served a few land and freshwater shells, viz. :—Zonites purus, Alder ;

Z. radiatulus, Ald.; 4. crystallinus, Miller; Z. fulvus, Mull. ; Helix

pulchella, Mull., and var. costata; Cochlicopa lubrica, Miill., var.

lubricotdes; Carychium muumum, Miull.; and Unio tumidus, Philipp-

son.

These lists could easily be quadrupled by examining the refuse

from fishermen’s boats and spending more time than I had to spare.

4] Seymour Street,

7 Noy., 1881.

An Abbreviated Metamorphosis in Alpheus heterochelis.

By A. 8. Packarp, Jun.

This species and Alpheus minus, Say, are very abundant, living

in the larger excurrent orifices of the large sponges which exist

from the depth of one or two feet or more to deeper water, at Key

West, Florida. A. minus, however, is far more abundant than the

larger species. I found several of A. heterochelis with far advanced

embryos in the winter of 1869-70, and on removing the embryonic

448 Miscellaneous.

zoéa from the eggs, was interested to find that the larva was of a

form much more advanced than in the zoéa of other Anomura

described and figured by Fritz Miullerin his suggestive work entitled

“Facts for Darwin.” Indeed the metamorphosis appears to be

abbreviated ; and the larva, on hatching, closely approximates the

form of the adult, as in the case of the development of the lobster,

the crayfish, and of Palemon adspersus and Eriphia spinifrons (the

three latter observed by Rathke). The eyes were developed on very

short peduncles, being almost sessile. The embryo was near the

time of hatching, though the yolk was not entirely absorbed.

The two pairs of antenne were well developed and hung down

behind the large claws ; the five pairs of legs were well developed,

the joints distinct, and the first pair were about twice as thick as

the others, the claws rather large, but not so disproportionately so

as in the adult form, but as much so as in the larva in the second

stage of the lobster, figured by Prof. Smith. The eyes were large,

but nearly sessile. The abdomen was broad and flat, spatulate at

the end much as in the adult; there were five pairs of abdominal

teet or swimmerets, each with an endopodite and exopodite, like those

seen in the second larval stage of the lobster.

It thus appears that Alpheus heterochelis hatches in a stage more

advanced than the first larval stage of the lobster. Unfortunately

the specimens, though carefully preserved for several years, finally got

misplaced ; so that it is not possible for us to give a more detailed

description of the young at the time of birth.—Amer. Nat., Oct.

1881.

Observations on the Rotifera of the Genus Melicerta. By M. Joxrer.

The observations here summarized. were made upon two species

of Melicerta, namely Melicerta ringens and an allied species distin-

guished by the presence of a long thread that fixes it in its sheath.

With the exception of a few details, all that applies to the one

apples to the other.

Nervous System.—Several authors, following Huxley, have stated

that the ganglion of the Melicertina is situated near the mouth, and

consequently ‘at the surface of the body opposite to the anus. This

would be the reverse of what exists in all Rotatoria. In reality,

what these observers have taken for the ganglion is a gland, both in

its structure and in its situation and functions. The true nervous

centre is on the opposite side, on the dorsal surface of the pharynx.

It consists of a group of large cells of very characteristic form, and

furnished with a voluminous nucleus. Several similar cells are ar-

ranged by the side of the former, and extend in different directions.

This centre a good deal resembles that described by Leydig in the

genus Lacinularia. It is not voluminous ; and I think that the

comparatively enormous ganglia that have been described in several

Rotatoria are glands, and that the true nervous centre is still to be

sought.

In any case, we see that the anomaly created for the Melicertina

Miscellaneous. 449

must disappear, and that, asin all the Rotatoria, the central nervous

system occurs in these animals on the anal or dorsul side, and con-

sequently in the curvature of the digestive tube.

Reproduction.—During the whole summer we find three kinds of

_ ova in the tubes inhabited by the Melicerte, namely :—male summer-

eggs, Which are the smallest, and haye not previously been indicated ;

female summer-eggs, of larger size; and, lastly, winter-eggs, which

are still larger, and exceedingly opaque at the moment of deposition,

and which afterwards become encysted in an ornamented chitinous

membrane within the first chorion. These different ova are not

produced by all the females indiscriminately, but each one has, so

to speak, its specialty.

Formation of the Ovum.—It is to be remarked that in the ovary

of the Rotatoria all the ova are of uniform aspect, and appear to be

equally advanced, with the exception of a single one, which, being

detached from the ovary and placed in that portion of the envelop-

ing membrane that may be called the sac of maturation, is always

strongly granular, and increases in size with such rapidity, that in

less than twenty-four hours it attains a volume more than fifty

times that which it had retained for some weeks in the ovary. ‘This

result and these appearances are explained by the fact that the

stroma of the genital gland constantly secretes a great quantity of

granules of deutoplasm. ‘These granules the freed ovum aggluti-

nates rapidly, and mixes with its own vitelline substance. In

certain Hloscularic, in which the sae of maturation does not exist,

and in which the ovum, when detached from the ovary, falls into

the general cavity, we see these granules circulate and spread every-

where in the body, even into the limb and the peduncle, and then

unite with the ovum, which increases in size rapidly. I cannot

help seeing in these facts a sort of sketch of what takes place in

many Turbellaria and in the Trematoda, in which a supplementary

vitellus furnished by special glands (vitellogene) is added to the

ovum (germinal vesicle of Van Beneden) as it issues from the ovary

(germigene).

Winter-Egg.—There has been much discussion as to the nature

of the winter-egg. Huxley regards it, not as a true ovum, but as

a portion of the ovary separated from the rest, a sort of compound

of several ova. He does not suppose that these eggs undergo seg-

mentation after deposition. JI am in a position to assert that the

winter-eggs are formed in the Melicertw exactly like the summer-

eggs, and that they are segmented after deposition absolutely like

the latter. What may have deceived that eminent observer is, that

the vitelline granules of the winter-eggs, being exceedingly opaque,

render the stroma of the ovary which secretes them very dark.

The first phases of the segmentation of the winter-egg are iden-

tical with those of the summer-egg. It is difficult to follow the

transformations in all their details, in consequence of the extreme

opacity ; but the general course is exactly the same. As the deve-

lopment progresses the ovum becomes less dark-coloured, until it

finally acquires a lemon-colour, which it retains throughout the

450 Miscellaneous.

winter. It is then covered by an inner shell, ornamented and

formed of parchment cells. At the end of the winter this latter

shell generally alone remains ; and towards the month of March or

April there issues from it a small but perfectly formed Melicerta,

which does not pass through the phase of ciliated and swimming

larva, like that born from the summer-egg.

Male Summer-Egg.—The development of the male egg is similar

to that of the female summer-egg, at least up the closure of the

blastopore. The creature that issues from it is about half the size

of the female larva. It resembles the latter in general form, but

differs in the complete absence of the digestive tube, and in the

presence of an organ which, from the analogy of the male of

Lacinularia, I regard as a sperm-sac, although I have been

unable to detect in it any spermatozoids, but at the utmost some

mother cells. This may be because I have always observed the

male soon after exclusion. I have therefore no observation upon

its function. Itis rare, and dies soon; I have never found it in any

tube of the female. Does it fertilize all the females, or only those

with winter-eges? Does it fertilize some of them, as is the case

with certain species of insects? or is the reproduction wholly

parthenogenetic? I cannot decide this. At any rate, I have never

observed in any female any thing resembling a spermatozoid. The

ovum, from the time of its passing into the sac of maturation, be-

comes clothed with a thick chorion; it always begins segmentation

immediately after deposition, and apparently under the influence of

water; for an ovum ready for deposition which remains in a dead

female is not segmented, but becomes destroyed—that is to say,

unless the chitinous envelope of the mother is torn so as to

allow the water to enter, in which case the ovum soon begins its

development.—Comptes Rendus, November 7, 1881, p. 748. .

Addendum to our Knowledge of the Carnosa.

By H. J. Canter, F.R.S. &e.

In the number of the ‘ Annals’ for October last I gave a tabular

view of the Carnosa (pp. 252, 253), omitting Lacinia stellifica,

Salenka (p. 249) and Cellulophana pileata, Schmidt (p. 258), because

I could not satisfy myself that they not only were not Carnosa, but

not sponges at all.

Since then my attention has been called to Dr. F. E. Schultze’s

observations on his family ‘Chondroside” (Zeitschrift f. wiss.

Zoologie, Bd. xxix. 1877), wherein, at pp. 35 and 37 respectively, my

doubts regarding the spongeous nature of these organisms are con-

firmed, inasmuch as Dr. Schultze therein affirms that he has satis-

fied himself, through actual examination, that both Lacinia stellifica

and Cellulophana pileata are compound Ascidians.

I am not sorry that these recorded facts had slipped my memory

at the time the “Contribution” to which I have alluded was com-

piled, because the observations therein made lead independently

to the decisions of an unquestionable authority.

Miscellaneous. 451

On the Circulatory System of Spatangus purpureus,

By M. R. Kanuer.

The buccal aperture of Spatangus purpureus is surrounded by

two vascular rings—an outer one, belonging to the blood-vascular

system, and an inner one, belonging to the ambulacral system. The

same arrangement recurs in the ambulacra.

Hoffmann’s branch of communication, which connects the intestinal

vessel with the only peribuccal ring described by that author, really

divides at the level of the mouth into two branches, one of which

opens into the sanguiferous ring, and the other into the ambulacral

ring.

In the same way the sand-canal is double in that part of it in-

cluded between the opening of the mouth and the extremity of the

cesophagus ; it is formed of two canals placed close together, each of

which opens into the corresponding peribuccal ring. At the level

of the extremity of the cesophagus (first curvature) these two canals

unite in one, which continues simple as far as the point where the

second convolution of the digestive tube joins the third. Beyond

this region it becomes partitioned off again into several secondary

cavities, four or five in number, at the moment of its arrival at the ~

organ commonly called the heart, in which it loses itself. It

becomes reconstructed after having traversed this organ, and reaches

the madreporic plate in the form of a slender canal of peculiar

structure.

The supposed heart is a spongy organ, the interstices of which be-

come completely filled when the sand-canal is injected. It is composed

of connective tissue supporting numerous nuclei and elements like

those of the blood and of the general cavity. Are we to regard this

organ as a sort of blood-vascular gland ? or simply as an organ of

secretion? The so-called membrane which surrounds the extremity

of the sand-canal and unites it with the madreporic plate also ap-

pears rather to be a gland in connexion with that canal. It pre-

sents a structure analogous to that of the heart.

The digestive tube receives the blood from the inner and outer

marginal vessels. It only possesses vessels in the region included

between the first orifice of the siphon and the origin of the third

convolution ; the cesophagus, the third convolution, and the rectum

do not receive a singleone. Moreover, where the vessels exist, their

distribution is far from being so regular as figured by Hoffmann.

The ventral surface of the second convolution receives no vessel,

except in the neighbourhood of the orifice of the diverticulum and

on each side of that organ ; it is the dorsal surface that receives the

greater part of the vessels. The intestinal vessel of Hoffmann,

which, according to him, furnishes vessels to the stomach, the third

convolution, and the rectum, really dies out a little beyond the

origin of the branch of communication without reaching the sto-

mach, the vessels of which present the following arrangement :—

The two marginal vessels of the second convolution form a very close

plexus around the orifice of the diverticulum ; and from this originate

452 Miscellaneous.

two other vessels, which are continued on each side of the stomach

as far as the siphon, and are united here and there by transyerse

anastomoses, on both the dorsal and ventral surfaces. Moreover the

vessel which skirts the right border of the stomach* furnishes

several small vessels which ramify over the mesenteric lamella ex-

tending from the diverticulum to the digestive tube. All these

vessels afterwards unite in one trunk, which follows the diverticulum

to the heart, between the sand-canal and the marginal vessel of the

diverticulum, giving off to the right and left transverse branches,

which place it in communication at once with the sand-canal and

this marginal vessel.— Comptes Rendus, October 24, 1881, p. 651.

Jurassic Birds and their Allies. By Prof. O. C. Marsut.

About twenty years ago, two fossil animals of great interest were

found in the lithographic slates of Bavaria. One was the skeleton

of Archeopteryx, now in the British Museum; and the other was

the Compsognathus preserved in the Royal Museum at Munich.

A single feather, to which the name Archeopterya was first applied

by Von Meyer, had previously been discovered at the same locality.

More recently, another skeleton has been brought to light in the

same beds, and is now in the Museum of Berlin. These three speci-

mens of Archwopteryx are the only remains of this genus known,

while of Compsognathus the original skeleton is, up to the present

time, the only representative.

When these two animals were first discovered, they were both

considered to be reptiles by Wagner, who described Compsognathus ;

and this view has been held by various authors down to the present

time. The best authorities, however, now agree with Owen that

Archeopteryx is a bird, and that Compsognathus, as Gegenbaur

and Huxley have shown, is a Dinosaurian reptile.

Having been engaged for several years in the investigation of

American Mesozoic birds, it became important for me to study the

European forms; and I have recently examined with some care the

three known specimens of: Archwopteryx. I have also studied in

the continental museums various fossil reptiles, including Compso-

gnathus, which promised to throw light on the early forms of birds.

During my investigation of Archwopteryx, I observed several

characters of importance not previously determined ; and I have

thought it might be appropriate to present them here. The more

important of these characters are as follows :—

. The presence of true teeth, in position, in the skull.

. Vertebre biconcave.

. A well-ossified, broad sternum.

. Three digits only in the manus, all with claws.

. Pelvic bones separate.

. The distal end of fibula in front of tibia.

* The animal supposed to be placed on the ventral surface.

+ Read before Section D, British Association for the Advancement of

Science, at York, Sept. 2, 1881.

> Ore Co bo

Miscellaneous. 453

7. Metatarsals separate or imperfectly united.

These characters, taken in connexion with the free metacarpals

and long tails, previously described, show clearly that we have in

Archeopteryx a most remarkable form, which, if a bird (as I believe),

is certainly the most reptilian of birds.

If now we examine these various characters in detail, their im-

portance will be apparent.

The teeth actually in position in the skull appear to be in the

premaxillary, as they are below or in front of the nasal aperture.

The form of the teeth, both crown and root, is very similar to that of

the teeth of Hesperornis. The fact that some teeth are scattered

about near the jaw would suggest that they were implanted in a

groove. No teeth are known from the lower jaw ; but they were

probably present.

The presacral vertebrae are all, or nearly all, biconcave, resem-

bling those of Jchthyornis in general form, but without the large

lateral foramina. There appear to be twenty-one presacral vertebra,

and the same, or nearly the same, number of caudals. The sacral

vertebra are fewer in number than in any known bird, those united

together not exceeding five, and probably less.

The scapular arch strongly resembles that of modern birds.

The articulation of the scapula and coracoid, and of the latter with

the sternum, is characteristic; and the furcula is distinctly avian.

The sternum is a single broad plate, well ossified. It probably

supported a keel; but this is not exposed in the known specimens.

In the wing itself the main interest centres in the manus and its

free metacarpals. In form and position these three bones are just

what may be seen in some young birds of today. This is an im-

portant point, as it has been claimed that the hand of Archwo-

pteryx is not at all avian, but reptilian. The bones of the reptile

are indeed there; but they have already received the stamp of the

bird.

One of the most interesting points determined during my inves-

tigation of Archeopteryx was the separate condition of the pelvic

bones. In all other known adult birds, recent and extinct, the

three pelvic elements, ilium, ischium, and pubis, are firmly anky-

losed. In young birds these bones are separate ; and in all known

Dinosaurian reptiles they are also distinct. This point may perhaps

be made clearer by referring to the two diagrams before you, which

I owe to the kindness of my friend Dr. Woodward, of the British

Museum, who also gave me excellent facilities for examining the

Archeopteryx under his care. In the first diagram we have repre-

sented the pelvis of an American Jurassic Dinosaur allied to Igua-

nodon ; and here the pelvic bones are distinct. The second diagram

is an enlarged view of the pelvis of the Archwopterya in the British

Museum; and here too the ilium is seen separate from the ischium

and pubis.

In birds the fibula is usually incomplete below; but it may be

coossified with the side of the tibia. In the typical Dinosaurs

(Iguanodon, for example) the fibula at its distal end stands in front

454 Miscellancous.

of the tibia; and this is exactly its position in Archwopteryx, an

interesting point not before seen in birds.

The metatarsal bones of Archeopteryx show, on the outer face at

least, deep grooves between the three elements, which imply that

the latter are distinct, or unite late together. The free metacarpal

and separate pelvic bones would also suggest distinct metatarsals,

although they naturally would be placed closely together, so as to

appear connate.

Among other points of interest in Archeopterya# may be mentioned

the brain-cast, which shows that the brain, although comparatively

small, was like that of a bird, and not that of a Dinosaurian reptile.

It resembles in form the brain-cast of Laopteryx, an American

Jurassic bird, which I have recently described. The brain in both

these birds appears to have been of a somewhat higher grade than

that of Hesperornis; but this may have been due to the fact that

the latter was an aquatic form, while the Jurassic species were land

birds.

As the Dinosauria are now generally considered the nearest allies

to birds, it was interesting to find in those investigated many points

of resemblance to the latter class. Compsognathus, for example,

shows in its extremities a striking similarity to Archwopteryx. The

three-clawed digits of the manus correspond closely with those of

that genus, although the bones are of different proportions. The

hind feet also have essentially the same structure in both. The

vertebrae, however, and the pelvic bones of Compsognathus differ

materially from those of Archwopteryx ; and the two forms are in

reality widely separated. While examining the Compsognathus

skeleton, I detected in the abdominal cavity the remains of a small

reptile which had not been previously observed. The size and

position of this enclosed skeleton would imply that it was a foetus ;

but it may possibly have been the young of the same species, or an

allied form that had been swallowed. No similar instance is known

among the Dinosaurs.

A point of resemblance of some importance between birds and

Dinosaurs is the clavicle. All birds have those bones; but they have

been considered wanting in Dinosaurs. ‘Two specimens of Jguano-

don in the British Museum, however, show that these elements of

the pectoral arch are present in that genus. Some other Dinosauria

possess clavicles; but in several families of this subclass, as I regard

it, they appear to be wanting.

The nearest approach to birds now known would seem to be in

the very small Dinosaurs from the American Jurassic. In some of

these the separate bones of the skeleton cannot be distinguished with

certainty from those of Jurassic birds, if the skull is wanting ; and

even in this part the resemblance is striking. Some of these dimi-

nutive Dinosaurs were perhaps arboreal in habit; and the difference

between them and the birds that lived with them may have been

at first mainly one of feathers, as I have shown in my memoir on

the Odontornithes, published during the past year.

It is an interesting fact that all the Jurassic birds known, both

Miscellaneous. 455

from Europe and America, are land birds, while all from the Creta-

ceous are aquatic forms. The four oldest known birds, moreover,

differ more widely from each other than do any two recent birds.

These facts show that we may hope for most important discoveries

in the future, especially from the Triassic, which has as yet furnished

no authentic trace of birds. For the primitive forms of this class

we must evidently look to the Paleeozoic.—Amer. Journ. Science,

Nov. 1881, pp. 837-340.

Contributions to the Natwral History of the Compound Ascidia of the

Bay of Naples. By Dr. A. Detia Vater.

The author in the first place carefully describes his genus Distaplia.

In this genus the colony is pedunculate or sessile ; the individuals,

arranged in branched coenobia, have the form of Didemnide with an

ectodermic process. The branchial sac is furnished with four series

of fissures ; the stomach has smooth walls; the heart is placed at

the level of the intestinal loop; the sexual glands are situated on

the right side and rather above the heart. The testis is developed

before the ovary, and in all the individuals of the colony at the

same time, so that the colonies are always formed entirely of male

or of female individuals. The mature ova are coliected in the cloaca,

whence they fall into a peculiar diverticulum, which is developed for

this purpose and afterwards separates from the animal. The larve

are gigantic, and already produce buds. ‘The formation of a new

bud commences by eversion of the parietal lamella of the peritoneal

sac at a short distance from the end of the endostyle. The bud

very soon separates from the maternal individual, and migrates

towards the peripheral parts, dividing by scission, and thus giving

origin to new individuals, which increase the colony.

In connexion with the structure of the tail of this large larva the

author gives an account of the observations of other writers on the

axial cord which is seen in the tail of these larve, and shows, by

means of transverse sections, that this cord, considered hy Kowa-

levsky, Kupffer, &c. to be formed of solid gelatinous material, is, instead,

merely a cylindrical canal full of a transparent and colourless liquid,

which is perhaps the same liquid that bathes the surrounding

cellular elements.

The author then proceeds to the exposition of his anatomical

researches. He has observed that in the living ectoderm amceboid

cells move about in the common mantle, thus confirming a previous

observation of Hertwig’s. He describes very earefully the general _

structure of an ascidiozooid, which he finds to be formed of an

internal endodermic sac and of a bilobed peritoneal sac, interposed

between the two primary sacs. The peritoneal sac communicates

on the one hand with the endoderm by means of the branchial

fissures, and on the other with the exterior by the cloacal siphon.

The muscular fibres are situated between the parietal lamella of

the peritoneum and the ectoderm. The heart and the sexual glands

456 Miscellaneous.

are similarly situated; and the products of the latter are poured

directly into the body-cavity. The existence of a mesentery and

the mode of development of the buds and of the embryo in the

ovum demonstrate very clearly the Enteroccelous type of the

Ascidia. The author confirms the opinion that the endostyle is a

gland, and states that the circulation of the blood takes place ex-

clusively by lacune.

The reproductive apparatus of the Ascidia was almost entirely

unknown. The author has paid particular attention to it, and has

obtained truly important results from his careful observations.

Particularly noteworthy are the formation of a special oviduct in

the Botryllide analogous to that of the Salpe, and the peculiar

form of the testis in the Aplidia, which induced Milne-Edwards

and Giard to regard the postabdomen of those animals as a true

ovary. He also gives a very exact description of the structure of

the postabdomen, in which are recognized all the elements of the

fundamental lamelle of the animal, namely ectoderm, endoderm, and

peritoneal sacs. .

In a young Botryllid the author has seen the nervous ganglion in

direct continuity with the prolongation of the vibratile fossa. ‘The

muscular system is composed of smooth fibres situated beneath the

ectoderm, between this and the parietal lamella of the peritoneum.

Finally, the author confirms the discovery of Metschnikoff of the

origin of the. buds of the Botryllide from the parietal lamella to the

right and left, and describes minutely their various stages, and

especially the formation of the enterocele. In connexion with this

he refers to the memoir of Kowalevsky upon the development of

the simple Ascidia, and demonstrates that in these also the perito-

neal sacs are not developed from the ectoderm, as maintained by the

Russian naturalist, but are rather derived directly from the intes-

tine. Hence he draws the final conclusion that the Ascidia certainly

belong to the Enteroccelous type.—Atti R. Accad. dei Lincei, Trans-

unti, vol. vi., 1881, p. 14.

On the Vitality of the Germs of Artemia salina and Blepharisma

lateritia. By M. A. Cerrus.

After inundations or heavy rains the sudden appearance of cer-

tain lower Crustaceans (Apus, Branchipus) has frequently been

noticed ; aud it has been justly concluded that the ova of these

Crustaceans had the property of remaining uninjured under very

- different conditions ofmedium. An experiment that I have recently

made upon Artenia salina leaves no doubt upon this point,’ and

proves that the alternations of desiccation and moisture to which the

ova of this Crustacean are subjected may be prolonged with impu-

nity during several years.

In March 1878 I collected salt water from the Chott Timrit,

near Boutinelli (Province of Constantine, Algeria). A rapid exa-

mination (all that was possible at the moment) enabled me to ascer-

Miscellaneous. 457

tain the existence of Alga, Infusoria, and even larves of which I

could not then determine the species. I evaporated the water in

the sun, and carefully collected the sediments, with the view of

making experiments in revivification, which it seemed to me would

be of more validity in the case of water having a quite peculiar

chemical composition, than with fresh or simply brackish water.

On the 9th of April, 1881 (that is to say, after more than three

years of complete desiccation), these sediments were placed in boiled

and filtered rain-water, which quickly became strongly saline. Tho

next day, although every precaution had been taken to protect this

infusion from germs, I ascertained the presence in it of Flagellata,

and soon afterwards of ciliated Infusoria, which, I must say, from

the species recognized, did not give any special character to the

fauna. It was only at the beginning of June that I perceived the

presence of Nauplian larvee, which were at first microscopic. The

number of these larve has since greatly increased. They grew

larger, and became transformed into a little animal about 0-01

metre in length, provided with a tail, and moving very actively by

means of its branchial feet. I still (October 31) possess many

living specimens.

M. Vayssiere, who has kindly determined the species of these

animals, recognized them as Artemia salina. As long since as 1875

Schmankevitsch indicated the curious modifications undergone by

the organization of this little Crustacean according to the degree of

saltness of the water in which it lives. For my part, even before I

had ascertained the species with which I had to do, I had trans-

ferred a certain number of Artemie into sea-water; and they are

still living in it. Up to the present time I have not observed any

modification except their extreme transparency, due, no doubt, to a

change of food.

According to Claus the existence of Artemia salina has already

been ascertained in the salt-marshes in the neighbourhood of Mont-

pellier, Cagliari, Lymington, and in the Crimea. M. Vayssiére has

found it near Marseilles. It had not previously been noticed in the

Chotts of Algeria, where the periods of desiccation are certainly

hotter, of longer duration, and more frequent than in the localities

just mentioned.

Whether we have to do with germs, eggs, or animals said to be

reviviscent, the phenomena, of latent life are fundamentally the same.

In the different cases death is only apparent. The phenomena of

organic combustion and the nutritive exchanges never cease com-

pletely in the living creature, egg, seed, or animal. I therefore

do not wander much from my subject in recording another fact

which I had the opportunity of observing in Algeria in Blepharisma

lateritia, a rather rare ciliated Infusorian.

The Sahel of Algeria is commanded by a small mountain, the

Bouzaréah, on the summit of which exist the ditches of an ancient

Turkish fort. In 1877 the drought was exceptional, even in the

Sahel. As soon as the first rains came I ascended to the Bouzaréah ;

and in the same ditch where I had collected them eight months

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. viii. Ny

458 Miscellaneous.

before I found abundant specimens of Blepharisma, very distinctly

characterized by their form and their rose-colour. Here again,

and during a torrid heat, there had been life latent for several

months, whether of animalcules, or of their germs, or of their cysts.

— Comptes Rendus, November 7, 1881, p. 750.

The Tertiary Lake-basin of Florissant, Colorado.

By 8. H. Scupprr*.

Mr. Scudder describes in this paper the position, characters, pale-

ontology, and age of the remarkable lacustrine deposits of Floris-

sant, Colorado, and illustrates the subject with a map. His obser-

vations in the region were made in 1877, along with Mr. A. Lakes,

whose geological notes are incorporated, and also Mr. F. C. Bow-

ditch. Tho lake-basin, nearly nine miles long, according to the

map, occupies a low depression among the mountains at the southern

extremity of the Front Range of Colorado, “at no great distance

from Pike’s Peak,” and sends its arms up the valleys on either side.

The beds are whitish, drab, and brownish shales below, with fine and

coarse sandstone above ; and, besides, trachyte occurs in the adjoin-

ing promontories and along the margin of the basin. The material

of the coarser beds directly above the shales, from a locality visited

by Mr. Scudder (south of the house of Mr. A. Hill), according to

microscopic investigations by Mr. M. E. Wadsworth, is tufaceous ;

and the shalesare ‘“ simply the finer material of the tufas laid down

in lamine of various thickness and coarseness.” The shales at this

place are about 22+ feet thick. The fossils from the Florissant

shales include :—of Hymenopterous insects, several species of Apidee

and Andrenidz, about 30 of Vespide or wasp-like Hymenoptera,

50 species or more of ants (mostly Formicide, with some Myrmi-

cide and Poneride) represented by about 4000 specimens, about

80 species of Ichneumonidée, over 100 other species of Hymenopters ;

of Lepidopters perhaps a dozen species; of Dipters, some thousands

of specimens and a large number of species, among them 1000 speci-

mens of Bibionide, and “ a vast host of Muscidée and allied kinds ;”

of Coleopters, over 300 species of the normal series, and about 120

of the Rhynchophorous section ; of Hemipters, more than 100 species

of the Heteroptera and 65 of Homoptera; of Orthopters, many

species; of Neuropters, largely the Phryganids, of which there are

15 or 20 species, 6 species of the Termites family, and others; of

spiders, 30 species, all Araneze ; one Myriopod, an Julus ; of mollusks,

only one species, that a Planorbis; of fishes, 8 species, all described

by Cope, except one by Osborn, Scott, and Speir ; of birds, several

feathers, a single tolerably perfect Passerine bird, described by J.

A. Allen, under the name Palcospiza bella, and a plover, Charedinus

Sheppardianus, described by Cope.

* Pp. 279-800 of the Bulletin, vol. vi. no. 2, of the U.S. Geol. and

Geogr. Survey, under Dr. F. V. Hayden (Dept. of the Interior).

Miscellaneous. 459

The fossil plants include large silicified trunks of trees, probably

Sequoias, and many species, 90 to 100 in all, about 40 of which

have already been described by Lesquereux, besides some flowers

with long stamens. The assemblage of plants indicates, according

to Lesquereux, a climate like that of the northern shores of the Gulf

of Mexico ; of fishes, according to Cope, of latitude 35°; of insects,

according to Scudder, a still warmer climate.

The age of the deposits is referred by the most recent and best

authorities to the later Eocene or early Miocene.

The insects are soon to be described by Mr. Scudder in a quarto

volume and illustrated by a large number of plates.—Amer. Journ.

Sci. Nov. 1881, p. 409.

On the Nature of Cyathophycus. By C. D. Waxcorr.

This genus was originally described by me under the impression

that the form was an alga of a peculiar appearance*. On reading

the observations of Prof. R. P. Whitfield on the nature of Dictyo-

phyton and its affinities to certain sponges, it was instantly sug-

gested that Cyathophycus was probably a member of the same group.

A special effort was made to obtain perfectly preserved specimens of

the genus, and with such success that the reticulate structure men-

tioned in the original description was found to be formed of a hori-

zontal and perpendicular series of narrow bands crossing each other

at right angles so as to ferm a network with rectangular interspaces,

the narrow bands being formed of thread-like spicula resting on, or

one against the other. The spicula differ in size; some are fili-

form, while others are stronger and more prominent; and all appear

to be replaced by pyrite, as in the Devonian specimens studied by

Principal Dawson and Professor Whitfield. Through the kindness

of Professor Whitfield I have had the opportunity of examining the

Specimens referred to by him, and now have little doubt that

the Utica slate form belongs to the same class, although probably

differing generically from the Devonian species, and is an earlier

representative of this interesting group of sponges.

Cyathophycus reticulatus presents a beautiful appearanee when a

large number of specimens are flattened out on a slab of the dark

slate. Hach individual lies free from its associates; and the striking

resemblance to Huplectella is seen at a glance, although the convex

summit of the latter genus is absent, and the margin curves over

and downward on the inside to a considerable distance at least ; how

far is yet unknown. ‘The cylindrical forms vary in length from 10

to 350 millim., and the spheroidal species, C. swbhsphericus, from 3

to 60 millim. in diameter, each species preserving the rounded rim

of the crcular aperture at the summit.—Amer. Journ. Sc. Nov.

1881, p. 394.

* Trans, Albany Institute, vol. x. 1879.

+ Amer. Journ. Science, xxi. July & Aug. 1881; and pp. 167, 237 of

the present volume of the ‘ Annals.’

460

INDEX to VOL. VIII.

eee

Aptrr, Dr. H., on the alternating

generation of the Gall-flies of the

oak, 281.

Afrenica, new species of, 145.

Alactaga, new species of, 14.

Alampyris, new species of, 150.

Alpheus, new species of, 365.

Alpheus heterochelis, on an abbrevi-

ated metamorphosis in, 447. j

Amphionycha, new species of, 196.

Antarctia, new species of, 311.

Antodyce, new species of, 145.

Apagomera, characters of the new

genus, 146,

Apellorrhina simillima, note on, 362.

Aphilesthes, characters of the genus,

145.

Aphis of the Alder, on the biological

evolution of the, 323

Aplysina, new species of, 103.

Archeopteryx, on the, 452.

Archaster, new species of, 440,

Archer, Mr., on a new Sarcodine,

230; on a new species of Stauras-

trum, 252.

Arctia, new species of, 311.

Aristeus, new species of, 188.

Artemia salina, on the vitality of the

germs of, 456.

Ascidia, on the compound, of the Bay

of Naples, 455.

Ascidians, on the embryogeny of the,

Asterias, new species of, 66.

Aulastoma heluo, observations on,

137.

Azelina, revision of the genus, with

descriptions of new species, 29.

Barkas, T. P., on Ctenoptychius or

“ Kammplatten,” 350.

Barrois, J., on the metamorphosis of

Pedicellina, 163, |

Be C. Spence, on the Penzidea,

69,

Bates, H. W., on the Afrénicides

and Amphionychides of tropical

America, 142, 196, 290.

Bell, Prof. F. J., on the characters of

the genus Crossaster, with descrip-

tion of a new species, 140; on

the Echinodermata of Ascension

Island, 436; on a new species of

Archaster, 440.

Benthesicymus, characters of the new

genus, 190.

Birds, on the Jurassic, and their allies,

452.

Blastoidea, on certain points in the

morphology of the, 418.

Blepharisma lateritia, on the vitality

of the germs of, 456.

Bombyces, on some North-American,

306.

Books, new :—Nicholson’s Structure

and Affinities of the genus Monti-

culipora, 61; Lee’s Note-book of

an Amateur Geologist, 63; Journal

and Proceedings of the Royal So-

ciety of New South Wales for 1879,

158; Proceedings of the Bristol

Nat. Hist. Soc., 1879, 2b. ; Proceed-

ings of the Yorkshire Geological

and Polytechnic Society, 1880,

159; Clarke and Roebuck’s Ver-

tebrate Fauna of Yorkshire, 319 ;

Balfour’s Comparative Embryo-

logy, vol. i1., 3882; Rutot’s Excur-

sions Géologiques, 883; Buck-

ton’s British Aphides, 384; Dar-

win’s Formation of Vegetable

Mould through the action of

Worms, 448.

Brady, H. B., on some Arctic Fora-

minifera, 393.

Brongniart, C., on the structure of

the oothecee of the Mantides, 164.

Butler, A. G., on the genus Azelina,

29; on Dr. Karsch’s subdivision

of the Phrynidia, 69; on North-

American Sphinges and Bombyces,

306; on new Heterocerous Lepi-

doptera, 379.

Caberea, new species of, 2.

Calocosmus, new species of, 151.

Carlin, W. E., on Siredon lichenoides,

235.

Carpenter, P. H., on a new Coma-

tula from the Kelloway Rock, 167 ;

INDEX,

on certain points in the morpho-

logy of the Blastoidea, 418.

Carter, H. J., on the Spongida, 101,

241, 450; on the development of

the fibre in the Spongida, 112; on

Spongiophaga in Spongilla, 222;

on Spongiophaga Pottsi, 354.

Carterella, characters of the new

genus, 388.

Catenicella, note on, 129.

Cellepora, new species of, 127,

Certes, A., on the vitality of the

germs of Artemia salina and Ble-

pharisma lateritia, 456.

Ceruride, characters of the new

family, 517.

Chalk, on the identity of the, and

recent calcareous deposits in the

ocean, 46,

Cheirolepis, new species of, 161.

Chrysaperda, characters of the new

genus, 152.

Cladocoryne floccosa, observations on,

166.

Coenogonium, on the organization of,

427,

Coleoptera, notes on Longicorn, 142,

196, 290; new genera and species

of, 145, 197, 290, 319, 362.

Conus, new species of, 442. _

Cope, HE. D., on the structure of the

posterior foot of Toxodon, 389.

Cribrilina, new species of, 8.

Crossaster, characters of the genus

and new species of, 140.

Crustacea, new, 169, 204, 259, 364 ;

of Ascension Island, on the, 482.

Ctenopetalus, observations on the

genus, 424,

Ctenoptychius, observations on the

genus, 350, 424.

Cyathophycus, on the nature of, 459.

Cynipide, on alternation of genera-

tion in the, 281.

Cypreea, new species of, 441.

Danielssen, D. C., on North-Atlantic

Echinodermata, 66.

Davis, J. W., on the fish-remains of

the bone-bed at Aust, 58; onsome

fish-spines from the coal-measures,

59; on the genera Ctenoptychius,

Ctenopetalus, and MHarpacodus,

494.

Dawson, Dr. J. W., on the structure of

a specimen of Uphantznia, 287.

Diachoris, new species of, 182,

461

Diastopora, on some specimens of,

59.

Dictyophyton, on the structure and

affinities of, 167, 237.

Discorbina, new species of, 413.

Distant, W. L., on Japanese Rhyn-

chota, 27.

Distaplia, observations on the genus,

455,

Dromia, new species of, 270.

Dublin Microscopical Club, proceed-

ings of the, 229,

Duncan, Prof. P. M., on Spongio-

phagus Carteri, 120.

Duplessis, M., on Cladocoryne floc-

cosa, 166,

Durgella Christians, on the animal

of, 377.

Ebalia, new species of, 266.

Echinodermata, on North-Atlantic,

66; of Ascension Islond, on the,

436,

Entomostraca, on the paleozoic bi-

valved, 332,

Epicaulidium pulchrum, note on, 135.

Equus, new species of, 16.

Eulachnesia, new species of, 148.

Eusthenopteron, description of the

new genus, 161.

Fauna of Ascension Island, on the,

430.

Fish, on some remarkable fossil, 159;

ory of, inthe Gulf of Mexico,

38.

les of Ascension Island, on the,

30.

Flagellata, contributions to

study of the, 390.

Flints, on the origin and formation

of, 46.

Foraminifera, on Arctic, 393.

Gall-flies of the oak, on the alterna-

ting generation of the, 281.

Gennadas, description of the new

genus, 191.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 58, 153.

Gerbillus, new species of, 228.

Giard, A., on the embryogeny of the

Ascidians of the genus Lithone-

phria, 64; on a curious phenome-

non of prefecundation in a Spionide

worm, 386.

Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col., on the

animal of Durgella Christiane, 377.

Gordiidz, on the, 325.

the

462

Gordius, new species of, 301.

Giinther, Dr. A., on the Fishes of

Ascension Island, 430.

Hair-worms in the collection of the

British Museum, on the, 525.

Haliporus, description of the new

genus, 185.

Halisarca, new species of, 247.

Halysites, on the zoological affinities

of, 72. f

Haploporella, characters of the new

genus, 10

Harpacodus, observations

genus, 424,

Hemilophus, new species of, 292.

Hemipeneus, characters of the new

genus, 186.

Hepomadus, description of the new

genus, 189.

Heterocrypta, new species of, 209.

Hicks, Dr. H., on some remains of

Plants from the base of the Den-

bighshire Grits, 158.

Hincks, Rey. T., on marine Polyzoa,

1, 122.

Horse, on a supposed new species of,

on the

Hyaloscotes, description of the new

genus, 314.

Hydroids, on the origin of the ovum

in the, 821.

Ilia, new species of, 265.

Insects of Ascension Island, on the,

434.

Tsocheles, new species of, 277.

Isomerida, new species of, 290.

Jeflreys, Dr. J. Gwyn, on Dutch

Mollusca, 446. :

Joliet, M., on the Rotifera of the

genus Melicerta, 448.

Jones, Prof. T. R., on the paleeozoic

bivalyed Entomostraca, 532.

“ Kammplatten ” of Prof. Fritsch, on

some British specimens of the, 90,

350.

Keehler, R., on the circulatory sys-

tem of Spatangus purpureus, 451.

Koren, J., on North-Atlantic Echino-

dermata, 66.

Kunstler, J., on the Flagellata, 590.

Lambrus, new species of, 208.

Leidy, Dr., on Rhizopods, the food

of young fishes, 240.

Leperditia, new species of, 345.

Leperditiz, on some Cambrian and

Silurian, 332.

INDEX.

Lepidoptera, new, 29, 311, 879.

Leptodius, new species of, 214.

Lichens, on the theory of, 427.

Lichtenstein, J., on the migration of

the Poplar-Aphis, 162; on the

biological evolution of the Aphis

of the Alder, 323.

Lithonephria, on the embryogeny of,

64.

Longe, F. D., on some specimens of

Diastopora and Stomatopora from

the Wenlock Limestone, 59.

Lophozozymus, new species of, 211.

Lunulites, new species of, 127.

Lycidola, new species of, 208.

M‘Coy, Prof. F., on a new Volute,

Madreporaria of Ascension Island, on

the, 438.

Malacoscylus, new species of, 296.

Mammals, new, 14, 16, 228; from

Kashmir, 95; from Kandahar, 222.

Mantides, on the structure of the

oothece of the, 164.

Marsh, Prof. O. C., on Jurassic Birds

and their allies, 402.

Melicerta, on the genus, 448.

Membranipora, new species of, 3, 128,

129;

Mereschkowsky, C., on Wagnerella

‘borealis, 288.

Microgromia, new species of, 230.

Miers, EK. J., on Crustacea from

Goree Island, Senegambia, 204,

259, 364; on the Crustacea of As-

cension Island, 482.

Milionia, new species of, 381.

Miltochrista, new species of, 379.

Mollusca of Ascension Island, on the,

430; on some Dutch, 446.

Mucronella, new species of, 124.

Muller, Dr. J., on the organization of

Coenogonium and the theory of

Lichens, 427,

Neoglypsus, characters of the new

genus, 27.

Neptunus, new species of, 217.

Neuroterus, on alternation of gene-

ration in, 282.

Nola, new species of, 315.

Nonionina, new species of, 415.

Ochromima, characters of the new

genus, 151,

Orley, Dr. L., on Hair-worms in the

collection of the British Museum,

326. °

INDEX.

Packard, A. S., jun., on an abbrevi-

ated metamorphosis in Alpheus

heterochelis, 447,

Pagurus, new species of, 275.

Paludina, on the discrimination of

the sexes in the genus, 85, 220.

Pedicellina, on the metamorphosis

of, 163.

Pemphigus bursarius, on the migra-

tions of, 162.

Penzeidea, on the, 169.

Penzeus, new species of, 180.

Petalidium, characters of the new

genus, 194,

Phaneropleuron, new species of, 160.

Philyra, new species of, 263.

Phrynidia, on Dr. Karsch’s subdivi-

sion of the, 69.

Plategyra, new species of, 438.

Plesiosaurus, new species of, 60.

Poliakoff, M., on a supposed new

species of Horse from Central

Asia, 16. ;

Polyzoa, contributions towards a

general history of the marine, 1,

122.

Poraniomorpha, characters of the

new genus, 68.

Potts, E., on some new genera of

freshwater Sponges, 387.

Primitiz, on some Cambrian and

Silurian, 332.

Prosopistoma punctifrons, on the

perfect state of, 73.

Psammotodendron arborescens, ob-

servations on, 404.

Pseudorius, new species of, 452.

Rheophax, new species of, 405.

Rhizopods, new, 230; food of young

Fishes, 240.

Rhynchopora, new species of, 125.

Rhynchota, on new, from Japan, 27.

Ridley, 8. O., on the Madreporaria

of Ascension Island, 438.

Rotifera, observations on some, 448.

Schizoporella, new species of, 12,

134.

Schwendener’s, Prof., theory of

Lichens, observations on, 428.

Scudder, 8S. H., on the lacustrine

‘deposits of Florissant, Colorado,

458.

Scully, J., on some Mammals from

Kashmir, 95; on Mammals from

Kandahar, 222,

Seals, eared, on the influence of

463

marine currents in the geographi-

cal distribution of the, 70.

Secusio, new species of, 380.

Seeley, Prof. H. G., on the Reptile

fauna of the Gosau formation, 154.

Sergestes, new species of, 193.

Shells, new, 88, 441.

Sicyonia, new species of, 173.

Siredon lichenoides, observations on,

235.

Smith, H. A., on the discrimination

of the sexes in Paludina, 220; on

Mollusca of Ascension Island, 430 ;

on two new species of shells, 441.

Solaster, new species of, 67.

Solenocera, new species of, 185.

Sollas, Prof. W. J., on a new species

of Plesiosaurus, 60.

Spatangus purpureus, on the circula-

tory system of, 451.

Spathegaster, on alternation of gene-

ration in, 282.

Sphallonycha, characters of the new

genus, 149.

Sphinges, on some North-American,

306.

Spio crenaticornis, on a curious phe-

nomenon of prefecundation ob-

served in, 386, ;

Spiropagurus, new species of, 278.

Sponges, contributions to our know-

ledge of the, 101, 241, 450; on the

development of the fibre in the,

112; on an organism which pene-

trates and excavates the siliceous

spicula of, 120, 222 ; on the affinities

of Dictyophyton with certain, 167,

a new species of, 108, 247, 387,

Spongilla, on the occurrence of

Spongiophaga in, 222, 354.

Spongiophagus Carteri, description

of, 120.

Staurastrum, new species of, 230,

Stock, T., on some British specimens

of the “Kammplatten” of Prof.

Fritsch, 90.

Stomatopora, on some specimens of,

Templeton, R., on Aulastoma heluo,

137.

Tetanola, characters of the new

genus, 151.

Thaumastoplax, description of the

new genus, 261.

Themistonoe, new species of, 298,

464

Thomas, O., on a new species of Alac-

taga, 14.

Tomes, R. F., on a new species of

Coral from the Middle Lias, 156.

Toxodon, on the structure of 'the

posterior foot of, 389.

Trichoplus, new species of, 319.

Trouessart, EK. L., on the influence of

marine currents in the geographi-

cal distribution of the Hared Seals,

70.

Trypheromera, new species of, 380.

Tubulipora, new species of, 128.

Tylaster, characters of the new genus,

68.

Typhlocarcinus, new species of, 260.

Tyrinthia, new species of, 294.

Uphanteenia, on the structure of a

specimen of, 237.

Urochela, new species of, 28.

Vacuna alni, on the biological evo-

lution of, 525.

Valle, Dr. A. Della, on the compound

Ascidia of the Bay of Naples, 455.

Varenne, A. de, on the origin of the

ovum in the Hydroids, 321.

Vayssiére, A., on the perfect state of

Prosopistoma punctifrons, 73.

INDEX.

Verrill, A. E., on the zoological affi-

nities of Halysites, 72.

Voluta, new species of, 88.

Waenerella borealis, observations on,

288.

Walcott, C. D.,-on the nature of

Cyathophycus, 459.

Wallich, Dr., on the flints and the

lithological identity of the chalk

and recent calcareous deposits in

the ocean, 46.

Walsingham, Lord, on North-Ame-

rican Sphinges and Bombyces col-

lected by, 506.

Waterhouse, C. O., on a new species

of Trichoplus, 319; on Apellor-

rhina simillima, 362; on the Myrio-

poda and Insecta of Ascension Is-

land, 434.

Whiteaves, J. F., on some remark-

able fossil Fishes, 159.

Whitfield, R. P., on the structure of

Dictyophyton, 167, 237.

Willett, E., on a Mammalian jaw

from the Purbeck beds, 155.

Wood-Mason, J., on the discrimina-~

tion of the sexes in Paludina, 86.

END OF THE EIGHTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

HISTORY OF THE BIRDS OF EUROPE

(INCLUDING ALL THE SPECIES INHABITING THE WESTERN

, _ PALAARCTIC REGION).

By H. E. DRESSER, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

__ Excepting the General Index and a short Introduction, which will together

form a thin separate volume, the work is now complete and ready for binding.

__ It contains nearly 5000 pages of letterpress and more than 600 hand-coloured

Plates by JosrepH Woxr, J. G. Knutmmans, and E. Neaxz, and forms seven

thick quarto volumes, for which titlepages, specially designed by JoserPH Wo.r,

are issued.

_ The stones being erased and the type distributed, the work is now ot of

_ print. A few complete ,copies are, however, still unsold; and intending pur-

» chasers are requested to apply to the AurHoR direct, at

THE Zootoeicat Socrery, 11 Hanover Square, W., or

6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, London, W.

Price, FIFTY GUINEAS.

Also, demy 8vo, price ls.,

" A LIST OF EUROPEAN BIRDS

(INCLUDING ALL SPECIES FOUND IN THE WESTERN PALZARCTIO

REGION). .

The Nomenclature carefully Revised by

HENRY E. DRESSER, F.LS., F.Z.8., &.,

Author of the ‘ Birds of Europe.’

(A cheek-list for labelling and for referencein making exchanges of birds and eggs.)

Published by the AurHor at 6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, W.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

ZOOLOGY.

Since September 1879, when the work was commenced, thirteen parts (including

that now issued) have been published; and the work has progressed as

follows :—

Mammalia. By HE. R. Austron. (Pp. 1-200, pls. i—xxii.)

Aves. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-184, pls. i.-xi.)

Coleoptera. Vol..[. part 1 (ApEpHAGa).. By H. W. Barus. (Pp. 1-16,

Le st

‘ Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (Matacopermara). By H. 8S. GorHam.

(Pp. 1-104, pls. i—v.) »

-' Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Loneicornia). By H. W. Bates. (Pp. 1-224,

_pls. i.—xv.)

‘ Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PuHyTopHaga). ByM.Jacopy. (Pp. 1-128,

‘pls. ivi. ; °

saloons Rhopalocera. By F. D. Gopman and O. Satvin. (Pp. 1-152,

Is. i.—xvii.) ‘

Lepidoptera Heterocera. By H. Drucz. (Pp. 1-24, pls. i., ii.)

Rhynchota. By W. lL. Disranr. (Pp, 1-168, pls. i—xv.)

BOTANY.

Of the Botany Nine Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol.I., pp. 1-

619 and titlepage, pls. i—xxxy.; Vol. IL., pp. 1-232, pls. xxxvi.—l.

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d.

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porter, 10 ‘Chandos Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co. Soho Sq., W.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 48.—Fifth §

XL. On some Arctic Horenariioe from. Soundines ob a

Austro-Hungarian North-Polar Expedition of 1872

Henry B. Brapy, F.R.S. (Plate KXI.) .....

XULI. On certain Points in the Morphology of. the Blastoic es

P. HErsert CaRPENTER, M.A., Assistant Master at Eton

XLIT. On the Genera Ctenoptychius, Agassiz ; Ctenopetalus Ap

and Harpacodus, Agassiz. By Jamus W. Davis, FG. 8.

XLII. The Organization of Ceemogoncume, a Theory

By Dr. J. Mitrzr

XLIV. Report on a Collection. made by Mr. T. Cone in

Island. By Dr. A. Ginruer, BE. A. Suirn, E. J. ae C

HOUSE, F. J. Bett, and 8. O. Riprey

seecett ee sete ew es

XLV. Description of a new Species of the Genus Archa :

St. Helena. By F. Jurrrry Bert, M.A.

cco eee ee ee te oe

XLVI. Description of two new: Species of Shells. By 3

SMEDEY oS Uiterace

ee er ry

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Formation of Vegetable Mould through the Action GE i

with Observations on their Habits. By CHARLES Darwin, I

¥.BS.

bh Reh dn Sena Leas yh ek RANE Ra SLCC We IU BRC Wr PO ee ysis ae =k

MISCELLANEOUS.

Dutch Mollusca. By J. Gwyn JEEFREYS, LL.D: RS

An Abbreviated Rae ey in ue hetrachli,

* Packarp, Jun

By Ore Baer we ene OSes! ee) ei a isle vee! (s, tee) sy a eae

Observations on the Rotifera of fie Cone ea ‘By Megs

Addendum to our Knowledge of the Carnosa.. es He

PRS. Ge...

Jurassic Birds and their Allies. By Prof, on (

Contributions to the Natural History of the Compomn Ase dia ft

Bay of Naples. By Dr. A. Dutta Vane ..........

On the Vitality of the Germs of Artemia salina and Hae :

lateritia. By M. A. Cunrzs

The Tertiary Lake-basin of Florissant, Colorado. By 8. a, Se

On the Nature of Cyathophycus. By C. D. Waxcorr

ce eee

*," It is requested that all Communications for this Work ‘ma ,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, P

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London, ‘